Skip to main content

Full text of "Catalog 2006-2008"

See other formats


Mount  St.  Mary's  College 


*    ** 


2006-2008 


tit 


2      ACCREDITATION 


MOUNT  ST.  MARY'S 
COLLEGE  CATALOG 

2006-2008 

This  catalog  is  published  to  aid  the  student  in  making  decisions  leading  to  the 
accomplishment  of  academic  goals.  Each  student  is  responsible  for  becoming  acquainted 
with  academic  requirements.  The  rules  and  regulations  stated  herein  are  for  information  only 
and  in  no  way  constitute  a  contract  between  the  student  and  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  The 
College  reserves  the  right  to  make  program  changes,  policy  revisions,  and  fee  adjustments  at 
any  time  and  without  prior  notice.  Every  effort  has  been  made  to  ensure  the  accuracy  of  the 
information  contained  in  this  catalog.  The  student  should  consult  the  appropriate 
departments,  offices  or  the  published  Schedule  of  Classes  for  current  information. 

Accreditation  Agencies 

Chartered  by  the  State  of  California  in  1925,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  accredited  by: 

The  Accrediting  Commission  for  Senior  Colleges  and  Universities  of  the  Western 

Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges,  985  Atlantic  Ave.,  Suite  100,  Alameda,  California, 

94501,  (510)748-9001 

California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing 

The  Commission  on  Collegiate  Nursing  Education  (CCNE) 

The  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music 

Commission  on  Accreditation  in  Physical  Therapy  Education  (CAPTE) 

Information  regarding  these  accreditation  agencies  is  located  in  the  Office  of  the  President, 

12001  Chalon  Road,  Los  Angeles,  California,  90049 

Nondiscrimination  Policy 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  creed,  national 

origin,  age  or  handicap  in  the  administration  of  its  admission  policies,  scholarship  and  loan 

programs,  or  in  its  educational  programs. 

The  College  offers  equal  opportunity  to  all  members  of  its  faculty  and  staff  and  to  applicants 

for  employment  without  discrimination  as  to  race,  color,  creed,  sex,  age,  handicap  or  national 

origin. 

The  older  facilities  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  provide  limited  wheelchair  access. 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  complies  with  the  provisions  of  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and 

Privacy  Act  of  1974. 

In  conformance  with  college  policy,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  an  Affirmative  Action/ 

Equal  Opportunity  Employer. 

Inquiries  regarding  the  College's  equal  opportunity  policies  may  be  directed  to  the  Director  of 

Human  Resources,  Affirmative  Action  Coordinator,  at  (310)  954-4035. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Introduction 


General  Information 


Academic  Information 


Student  Affairs 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Faculty,  Trustees  and 
Administration 


Index 


The  Academic  Calendar 

4 

The  College 

5 

The  Campuses 

12,  14 

Maps 

13,  15 

Admission 

16 

Financial  Aid 

21 

Academic  Policies 

33 

The  Associate  Degree 

45 

The  Baccalaureate  Degree 

57 

Graduate  Degree  Programs 

79 

Associate 

51 

Baccalaureate 

73 

Course  Numbering 

89 

Listing  of  Courses  by 

Department 

91 

The  Board  of  Trustees 

358 

The  Administrative 

Officers 

362 

Academic  and  Student 

Affairs 

359 

Business  Management  and 

Administrative  Services 

Staff 

362 

The  Faculty 

363 

Cooperating  Agencies  and 

Clinical  Centers 

372 

Index 

382 

4  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


Academic  Calendar 

2006-2007  ACADEMIC  YEAR 


Fall  Semester,  2006 

Chalon  Orientation 
Doheny  Orientation 
Transfer  Orientation 
Fall  Semester  begins 
Labor  Day  Holiday 
Mid-Semester  Break 
Thanksgiving  Holiday 
Finals 

Spring  Semester,  2007 

Chalon  Orientation 

Doheny  Orientation 

Spring  Semester  begins 

Presidents  Day  Holiday 

Spring  Break 

Good  Friday,  no  classes 

Easter  Monday  (Academic  Holiday) 

Finals 

Graduation 


July  9- 11 
July  23-25 
August  7 
August  28 
September  4 
October  20 
November  23-24 
December  11-14 


January  16 
January  16 
January  17 
February  19 
March  12-16 
April  6 
April  9 
May  7-10 
To  be  announced 


Summer  Session  Calendars 

Consult  the  Registrar's  Office  or  the  specific  program  office  for  more  information  regarding 
the  summer  calendars  for  the  Weekend  College,  ADN,  Accelerated  Nursing,  and  Graduate 
programs  offered  during  summer  sessions. 

2007-2008  ACADEMIC  YEAR 


Fall  Semester,  2007 

Chalon  Orientation 
Doheny  Orientation 
Transfer  Orientation 
Fall  Semester  begins 
Labor  Day  Holiday 
Mid-Semester  Break 
Thanksgiving  Holiday 
Finals 

Spring  Semester,  2008 

Chalon  Orientation 

Doheny  Orientation 

Spring  Semester  begins 

Presidents  Day  Holiday 

Spring  Break 

Good  Friday,  no  classes 

Easter  Monday  (Academic  Holiday) 

Finals 

Graduation 


July  8-10 
July  22-24 
August  6 
August  27 
September  3 
October  19 
November  22-23 
December  10-13 


January  14 
January  14 
January  14 
February  18 
March  17-21 
March  21 
March  24 
May  5  -  8 
To  Be  announced 


THE  COLLEGE 


THE  COLLEGE 


History  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offers  a  values-based  liberal  arts  education  for  women,  as  well  as 
innovative  programs  for  professional  men  and  women  on  two  historical  Los  Angeles 
campuses. 

Founded  in  1925  by  the  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  of  Carondelet,  the  original  campus  was  housed  at 
St.  Mary's  Academy,  at  Slauson  and  Crenshaw  Boulevards  in  Los  Angeles.  Property  was 
purchased  in  the  Santa  Monica  Mountains  in  1927  and  that  site  in  Brentwood  became  the 
Chalon  Campus  which  is  home  to  the  Baccalaureate  degree  programs. 

The  Doheny  Campus  near  Downtown  Los  Angeles,  once  the  historic  Doheny  estate,  opened 
in  1962.  It  offers  graduate,  educational  credential,  physical  therapy,  nursing,  and  associate 
degree  programs,  many  in  an  evening  and  weekend  format.  Since  its  inception,  the  College 
has  granted  more  than  18,000  degrees.  In  Fall  2006  a  Weekend  College,  that  gives  working 
men  and  women  an  opportunity  to  earn  a  Bachelor's  degree  by  attending  classes  every  third 
weekend,  moved  from  the  Chalon  to  the  Doheny  Campus. 

While  tradition  remains  a  key  component  of  the  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  experience, 
educating  new  generations  of  women  for  the  new  millennium  is  a  major  College  priority. 

The  Sister  Magdalen  Coughlin  Learning  Complex  on  the  Doheny  Campus  serves  as  one 
example  of  the  efforts  the  College  is  taking  to  provide  facilities  to  meet  the  growing  needs  of 
its  students.  Named  for  the  prominent  Los  Angeles  leader  who  served  as  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  president  from  1976-1989  and  chancellor  from  1989  until  her  death  in  1994,  the 
complex  houses  a  library,  the  Cultural  Fluency  Center,  an  academic  building,  and  a  learning 
resource  center. 


Mission  Statement 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offers  a  dynamic  learning  experience  in  the  liberal  arts  and 
sciences  to  a  diverse  student  body.  As  a  Catholic  college  primarily  for  women,  we  are 
dedicated  to  providing  a  superior  education  enhanced  by  an  emphasis  on  building  leadership 
skills  and  fostering  a  spirit  to  serve  others.  Our  measure  of  success  is  graduates  who  are 
committed  to  using  their  knowledge  and  skills  to  better  themselves,  their  environments,  and 
the  world. 


6    THE  COLLEGE 


The  Religious  Commitment 

The  Catholic  commitment  of  the  College  manifests  itself  in  many  ways.  It  is  found  in 
opportunities  for  worship.  It  is  found  in  academic  programs.  It  is  found  in  the  way  the  College 
functions.  Above  all,  it  is  found  in  the  whole  environment  in  which  inquiry  and  learning  take 
place.  Thus,  the  College  embodies  Christian  convictions  supportive  of  lives  of  commitment 
and  Christian  concern  in  a  secular  society. 


Student  Affairs 

The  Division  of  Student  Affairs  is  dedicated  to  educating  and  developing  students  so  that  the> 
may  embrace  a  life-long  commitment  to  learning  and  self-reflection  and  enjoy  satisfying  and 
relevant  lives  of  leadership  and  service.  Students  on  both  campuses  are  invited  to  participate 
in  a  wide  variety  of  religious,  social  and  leadership  programs  and  avail  themselves  of  services 
in  career  counseling,  on-campus  living,  fitness,  and  learning  support.  Details  of  these  services 
and  activities  are  contained  within  the  Student  Affairs  section  of  the  baccalaureate  prograrr 
and  the  Student  Affairs  section  of  the  associate  program. 

The  Alumnae  Association 

The  Alumnae  Association  supports  the  mission  and  goals  of  the  College  by  strengthening  the 
bond  of  loyalty  between  the  College  and  its  former  students.  This  relationship  is  maintained 
by  communications,  continuing  education,  social  events,  and  fundraising. 

The  Alumnae  Association  is  a  member  of  the  Council  for  Advancement  and  Support  of 
Education.  Its  members  qualify  for  membership  in  the  American  Association  of  University 
Women;  the  International  Federation  of  Catholic  Alumnae;  Kappa  Gamma  Pi,  the  honor 
society  for  outstanding  graduates  from  Catholic  colleges;  and  Delta  Epsilon  Sigma,  honor 
society  for  graduates  of  Catholic  universities  and  colleges. 

Degree  Programs 
Associate  Degree  Program 

Through  the  Associate  in  Arts  Program  students  have  the  opportunity  to  develop  academic 
competencies  and  enhance  their  self-development  through  involvement  on  and  off  campus. 
Faculty  and  staff  offer  excellence  in  their  specialized  fields  and  show  concern  for  the 
individual  student. 

Courses  of  study  are  offered  which  lead  to  degrees  in  Business  Administration,  Early 
Childhood  Education,  Graphic  Design,  Human  Services,  Liberal  Arts,  Media  Communication, 
Nursing,  or  Pre-Health  Sciences. 

All  students  entering  the  Associate  Degree  Program  are  required  to  complete  placement  tests 
in  reading,  writing,  and  math  prior  to  registering  for  classes.  Four  semesters  are  usually 


THE  COLLEGE      7 


required  to  complete  the  A. A.  degree;  students  with  deficiencies  in  mathematics  or  English 
skills  may  need  one  or  two  additional  semesters. 

This  program  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  transfer  to  a  Baccalaureate  program  on  the 
Chalon  Campus  or  another  institution  or  direct  entry  into  a  career  after  graduation. 

Associate  Degree  Nursing  Program 

The  Associate  Degree  Nursing  Program,  located  on  the  Doheny  Campus,  offers  an  afternoon 
and  evening  program  for  working  adult  women  and  men  leading  to  an  Associate  in  Arts 
degree  in  Nursing. 

Baccalaureate  Degree  Programs 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offers  courses  of  study  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts 
and  Bachelor  of  Science.  Primarily  these  are  offered  at  the  Chalon  Campus. 

Within  the  liberal  arts  tradition,  the  curriculum  provides  the  student  with  a  broad  and 
liberating  background  in  the  arts  and  sciences  and  aims  at  developing  his/her  ability  to 
communicate  knowledge  and  to  apply  appropriate  principles  and  techniques  to  particular 
problems.  During  the  junior  and  senior  years,  the  students  pursue  deeper  study  in  their  major 
areas  of  concentration  and  take  related  elective  courses. 

Baccalaureate  Weekend  College 

The  Weekend  College  on  the  Doheny  Campus  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  an  innovative 
approach  to  learning  that  provides  working  adults  with  the  opportunity  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of 
Arts  degree  with  majors  in  Liberal  Arts,  Sociology,  Gerontology,  English  and  Business 
Administration  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  Business  Administration. 
In  four  years,  students  can  earn  their  degrees  while  continuing  to  fulfill  their  full-time 
obligations  to  their  careers  and  families. 

The  Weekend  College  is  not  an  accelerated  program.  Instead,  it  is  a  complete  college 
experience,  based  on  traditional  curricula  whose  content  has  been  organized  in  new  ways  and 
then  redistributed  so  that  classes,  which  would  traditionally  be  spread  out  evenly  over  a 
fifteen-week  semester,  are  concentrated  into  six  intensive  weekends.  These  weekends  are  non- 
consecutive  and  are  scheduled  in  such  a  way  that  there  is  a  space  of  at  least  two  weeks,  and 
usually  three  weeks,  between  each  class  weekend.  Adult  students,  even  if  they  work  full-time 
during  the  week  and  have,  in  addition,  family  and  personal  obligations,  are  nevertheless  able 
to  perform  comfortably  and  successfully  if  they  have  developed  a  reasonable  degree  of 
maturity  and  motivation.  Those  who  take  the  full-time  load  of  three  courses  per  semester 
spend  the  whole  day  in  classes  on  both  Saturday  and  Sunday  on  each  of  the  six  weekend 
sessions. 

The  program  is  designed  for  both  men  and  women,  part-time  or  full-time  students,  and  for 
those  who  bring  with  them  transfer  credits  from  other  colleges  as  well  as  students  who  are  just 
beginning  their  college  education.  The  same  teachers  who  exemplify  Mount  St.  Mary's 
academic  excellence  teach  small  classes.  Students  who  receive  a  four-year  bachelor's  degree 
from  the  Weekend  College  spend  comparable  hours  in  the  classroom,  receive  the  same 
outstanding  quality  of  instruction,  and  are  certified  as  possessing  the  same  high  level  of 
knowledge  and  skills  as  the  graduates  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  renowned  weekday  college. 


8     THE  COLLEGE 


Masters  Degree  Programs/  Teacher  Credential  Programs 

Since  1931,  the  graduate  division  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  has  extended  and  deepened  the 
work  of  the  undergraduate  departments  by  offering  to  qualified  men  and  women  the 
opportunity  to  pursue  advanced  courses  and  to  obtain  professional  preparation. 

Students  may  earn  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  in  Humanities,  Master  of  Arts  in  Religious 
Studies,  Master  of  Science  in  Counseling  Psychology,  Master  of  Science  in  Education,  and 
Master  of  Science  in  Nursing  Education. 

The  graduate  division  also  offers  courses  and  fieldwork  experiences  that  prepare  the  student 
for  a  California  Teaching  Credential  in  Elementary  Education,  Secondary  Education,  or 
Special  Education  (Mild/Moderate  Disabilities).  These  programs  may  be  completed  in 
conjunction  with  a  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Education.  An  advanced  program  in 
Instructional  Leadership  is  offered  for  experienced  teachers. 

Doctoral  Degree  Program 

Doctor  in  Physical  Therapy 

The  Doctor  of  Physical  Therapy  (DPT)  degree  is  an  entry  level  professional  program.  It  is  a 
three-year  program  (120  units)  requiring  full-time  study.  The  curriculum  integrates  clinical 
and  classroom  experiences  to  maximize  development  of  clinical  reasoning  skills. 

Certificate  Programs 
Gerontology 

Gerontology  is  the  scientific  study  of  aging.  The  aging  processes  are  studied  mainly  from  the 
aspects  of  biology,  psychology  and  sociology,  but  there  are  added  ethical,  religious,  and 
humanistic  dimensions  as  well. 

The  Certificate  Program  in  Gerontology  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  designed  for  students 
to  learn  about  the  aging  process,  the  elders  in  our  society,  and  ways  of  adapting  to  the  changes 
that  we  all  go  through.  This  is  a  multidisciplinary  approach  which  offers  a  solid  base  for  those 
who  work  with  the  elderly  in  service,  health,  church,  or  political  organizations  -  or  who  are 
interested  in  their  own  successful  aging. 

Requirements  for  the  Certificate  are  listed  in  the  Gerontology  section  of  this  catalog. 

Advanced  Religious  Studies 

This  is  a  36  unit  program  of  directed  course  work  in  theology  and  ministry  for  those  interested 
in  further  religious  studies,  but  not  a  graduate  degree.  No  comprehensives/examination  or 
Capstone  Project  is  required. 

Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministry 

This  1 7  unit  program  is  designed  for  Hispanic  leaders  wishing  a  deeper  theological 
background  as  it  relates  to  Pastoral  Theology  and  ministry  in  the  U.S.  Hispanic  Catholic 
community.  All  courses  are  taught  in  Spanish  for  graduate  credit. 


THE  COLLEGE 


Youth  and  Young  Adult  Ministry 

Designed  as  a  12  unit  program  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  Center  for  Youth  Ministry 
Development  as  preparation  for  those  in  youth  ministry,  this  program  is  presently  conducted 
in  as  many  as  five  dioceses  in  California.  Entrance  into  the  program  is  dependent  on 
acceptance  by  both  the  diocesan  office  and  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  Further  information 
about  these  certificate  programs  can  be  found  under  the  graduate  religious  studies  section  of 
this  catalog. 

Library  Facilities 

The  Charles  Willard  Coe  Memorial  Library,  located  on  the  Chalon  Campus,  is  the  principal 
library  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  Constructed  in  1947,  the  Coe  Library  houses  the 
majority  of  print  library  materials  for  both  campuses  and  also  houses  the  Instructional  Media 
Center,  an  Office  of  Institutional  Technology  (OIT),  administered  repository  for  non-print 
media,  and  the  hardware  necessary  to  non-print  media  use.  The  facility  is  intended  primarily 
for  individual  and  small  group  use  but  also  circulates  its  sound  and  image  collections  for  use 
in  the  classroom.  There  is  an  OIT  administered  Computer  Lab  on  the  4th  floor. 

The  J.  Thomas  McCarthy  Library  on  the  Doheny  Campus  is  housed  in  the  Sr.  Magdalen 
Coughlin  Learning  Complex. 

The  libraries  serving  the  two  campuses  currently  hold  over  130,000  volumes  and  carry 
subscriptions  to  over  800  periodicals.  Moreover,  the  libraries  contain  over  5500  titles  of  non- 
print  media  material.  Print  and  non-print  materials  are  lent  from  one  library  to  the  other  to 
accommodate  the  changing  curriculum  and  to  meet  the  needs  of  faculty  and  students,  who  are 
also  permitted  to  use  both  collections  in  person.  The  libraries  hold  subscriptions  to  a  number 
of  bibliographic  and  full-text  on-line  databases  in  a  wide  variety  of  academic  subject  areas. 
Please  consult  the  Libraries'  Research  Resources  WebPages  for  a  list  of  current  subscriptions. 

Center  for  Cultural  Fluency 

The  Center  for  Cultural  Fluency  is  housed  within  the  J.  Thomas  McCarthy  Library  on  the 
Doheny  Campus.  Established  by  the  Education  Department  in  1995,  the  Center  provides 
education  students  and  teachers  in  Los  Angeles  with  instructional  materials  for  K- 1 2 
classrooms  that  portray  the  experiences  and  perspectives  of  the  diverse  cultures  of  Los 
Angeles.  In  addition  to  fiction  and  nonfiction  books,  the  instructional  materials  collection 
includes  videos,  audiocassettes,  pictures,  posters,  and  software.  Through  the  use  of  these 
materials,  teachers  expand  their  cultural  fluency  and  provide  more  inclusive  classroom 
environments  and  curricula. 

Archives 

The  Archives  Office  holds  college  records,  both  administrative  and  academic,  and  other  types 
of  evidences,  written  and  pictorial,  associated  with  the  history  of  the  College.  The  Special 
Collections  comprise  notable  holdings  of  the  works  of  Cardinal  Newman  and  western  writer 
Frank  Spearman.  These  are  complemented  by  rare  books  and  early  editions  of  the  Bible,  St. 
Augustine,  missals,  theology,  lives  of  the  saints,  devotional  treatises  as  well  as  the  classics, 
European  and  American  history  and  literature.  The  Archives  and  Special  Collections,  located 
on  the  first  floor  of  the  Coe  Library,  are  open  Tuesday  through  Thursday  mornings  and  by 
appointment. 


10      THE  COLLEGE 


Academic  Calendar 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  operates  on  a  semester  calendar  with  Fall  classes  beginning  at  the 
end  of  August  and  ending  before  Christmas.  Spring  semester  begins  in  mid  January  and  ends 
in  mid-May.  The  College  offers  courses,  workshops,  and  seminars  during  the  summer.  A 
separate  schedule  of  summer  offerings  is  published  during  the  Spring. 

Family  Education  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (FERPA) 

In  order  to  safeguard  student  educational  records,  Congress  passed  the  Buckley  Amendment 
in  1976.  The  Buckley  Amendment  is  the  basis  of  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy 
Act  in  which  schools  are  charged  with  upholding  the  safety  of  student  information.  The 
primary  focus  of  FERPA  is  to  ensure  that  a  student  has  reasonable  access  to  his/her 
educational  records  and  along  with  this  openness  must  come  the  assurance  of  the  privacy  of 
the  record.  All  information  belongs  to  the  student  and  cannot  be  released  without  written 
permission.  The  only  exception  to  this  written  permission  clause  pertains  to  what  the 
institution  defines  as  directory  information.  Directory  information  is  information  the 
institution  may  publish  and  distribute  without  written  consent.  Mount  St.  Mary's  College 
considers  the  following  items  directory  information: 

Name  Campus  of  Attendance 

Address  Degree  Program 

Phone  Number  Degree(s)  and  Awards  Received 

Class  Enrollment  Status/Dates  of  Attendance 

Major 
Students  have  the  right  to  withhold  all  information,  directory  and  non-directory,  and  can  do 
this  by  filing  an  Information  Hold  Request  with  the  Registrar's  Office.  Requests  to  withhold 
information  are  granted  for  one  semester.  See  current  Student  Handbook  for  more 
information. 

Sexual  Harassment 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  recognizes  and  values  the  inherent  human  dignity  of  every 
individual.  MSMC  is  committed  to  creating  and  maintaining  a  collegial  environment  which 
does  not  allow  sexual  harassment  within  or  connected  to  the  operation  of  this  institution. 
Sexual  harassment,  in  all  its  forms,  will  not  be  tolerated  and  MSMC  is  committed  to  ensuring 
that  all  faculty,  staff,  and  students  are  given  a  safe  and  comfortable  environment  in  which  to 
develop  and  work  to  their  full  capacity.  MSMC  will  take  all  reasonable  steps  to  prevent 
harassment:  to  educate  members  of  the  college  community  about  the  issue;  to  promptly 
respond  to  allegations  of  harassment;  and  to  discipline  those  who  do  not  comply  with  the 
MSMC  policy.  Faculty,  staff,  and  students  have  a  legal  right  to  raise  the  issue  of  sexual 
harassment  without  fear  of  retaliation.  Supervisors  shall  take  every  complaint  of  sexual 
harassment  seriously,  and  all  complaints  will  be  appropriately  investigated.  Procedures  for 
administration  of  this  policy  are  described  in  the  appropriate  section  of  the  Faculty  Handbook, 
the  Employee  Handbook,  and  the  Student  Handbook. 

For  a  complete  description  of  the  procedures  for  administration  of  the  MSMC  Sexual 
Harassment  Policy,  see  the  Student  Handbook  or  request  a  copy  of  the  document  from  the 
Office  of  Student  Affairs. 


THE  COLLEGE        11 


Disability  Policy 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  in  compliance  with  the  state  and  federal  laws  and  regulations 
including  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  of  1990  (ADA)  and  Section  504  of  the 
Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  (Section  504),  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  disability  in 
administration  of  its  education-related  programs  and  activities.  We  have  an  institutional 
commitment  to  provide  equal  educational  opportunities  for  students  with  disabilities  who  are 
otherwise  qualified.  Students  who  believe  they  have  been  subjected  to  discrimination  on  the 
basis  of  disability,  or  have  been  denied  access  to  services  or  accommodations  required  by  law, 
should  contact  the  appropriate  campus  disability  services  coordinator  for  resolution.  Mount 
St.  Mary's  AD  A/Section  504  Grievance  Procedure  is  located  in  the  Student  Handbook  and 
copies  can  be  obtained  upon  request  in  the  Campus  Learning  Centers  or  the  Offices  of  Student 
Affairs.  The  policy  may  also  be  viewed  on  the  college  web  site  at  www.rnsmc.la.edu  (key 
word  "disability"). 

Technology  Policy 

This  policy  encompasses  the  use  of  the  computer  network  and  non-networked  campus 
computers,  e-mail,  voice-mail,  phone  systems,  Internet,  Intranet,  and  the  World  Wide  Web. 

In  support  of  its  mission  of  preparing  students  for  leadership  in  society  and  encouraging  them 
to  develop  the  intellectual  competence  and  receptivity  to  new  ideas  necessary  for  concerned 
citizenship,  the  College  maintains  technology  systems  that  allow  students,  faculty, 
administrators,  and  staff  to  pursue  academic  excellence  and  innovation  through  technology. 
The  intent  of  this  policy  is  to  set  down  guidelines  for  all  users  of  technology  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College.  This  policy  will  be  included  in  the  Student  Handbook,  the  Faculty 
Handbook,  and  the  Employee  Policies  and  Procedures  Handbook.  Violations  by  students  will 
be  evaluated  by  Student  Affairs;  violations  by  staff  will  be  evaluated  by  the  department  head 
or  Human  Resources;  and  violations  by  faculty  will  be  evaluated  by  the  Academic  Vice 
President.  Cases  potentially  involving  constitutionally  protected  free  speech  will  be  reviewed 
by  the  Academic  Freedom  Committee. 

In  keeping  with  the  Catholic  tradition  of  the  College,  all  technology  users  are  expected  to 
uphold  high  ethical  standards  and  adhere  to  the  policy  guidelines  set  out  in  the  policy.  Those 
violating  the  Technology  policy  may  face  penalties  that  may  include  restrictions  on  their  use 
of  technology  or  more  severe  sanctions,  if  circumstances  warrant.  All  users  of  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College  computer  technology  must  sign  a  User  Agreement  which  states  that  they 
understand  and  agree  to  abide  by  the  policy.  For  a  complete  document  of  the  policy,  please 
contact  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

Legal  Responsibility  of  the  College 

The  College  endeavors  to  safeguard  students  in  the  use  of  physical  facilities,  laboratories,  and 
athletic  equipment.  It  is  clearly  understood  that  students  who  use  college  facilities  do  so 
entirely  at  their  own  risk.  The  College  has  no  legal  responsibility  for  injury  or  other  damages 
suffered  by  students  on  or  off  campus,  or  in  travel  to  and  from  such  activities,  or  for  any 
expenses  in  connection  therewith. 


12         THE  COLLEGE 


The  Chalon  Campus 

The  Chalon  Campus  is  an  impressive  multi-level  complex  of  buildings  and 
gardens  on  a  thousand-foot  ridge  overlooking  the  Pacific  Ocean,  the  Getty 
Center  and  close  to  cultural  enrichment  and  recreation.  The  architecture  is  white 
Spanish  colonial,  with  arched  walkways  connecting  many  of  the  buildings. 
Mary  Chapel  occupies  the  central  position  on  campus  with  wide  stone  stairways 
approaching  it  on  two  sides. 

In  the  Charles  Willard  Coe  Library,  students  have  free  access  to  library  stacks 
and  to  special  collections  of  art,  music,  and  literature.  The  rare  book  treasury 
contains,  among  other  rare  editions,  a  fine  collection  of  documents  and 
manuscripts  relating  to  the  Oxford  Movement  and  to  John  Henry  Newman. 
Also  housed  in  the  library  is  the  Instructional  Media  Center. 

The  Administration  Building  accommodates  the  offices  of  the  President, 
Academic  Vice  President/Provost,  Registrar,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  and 
science  classrooms  and  laboratories. 

The  five-story  Humanities  Building  contains  classrooms,  conference  rooms,  a 
computer  lab,  the  Admissions  Office,  the  Office  of  Student  Financing,  the 
Academic  Advisement  Center,  special  facilities  for  the  Music  Department, 
faculty,  student,  and  administrative  offices,  the  Women's  Leadership  Office,  the 
Learning  Center,  and  the  Health  Services  Center.  The  Campus  Center  which 
comprises  nearly  the  entire  first  floor  of  the  Humanities  Building  is  used  for 
social  and  academic  functions. 

Jose  Drudis-Biada  Hall,  the  art  building,  contains  the  college  bookstore,  art 
galleries,  faculty  offices,  classrooms,  studios,  and  Human  Resources. 

The  three  residence  halls,  Brady,  Carondelet,  and  Rossiter,  provide  living 
accommodations  and  dining  facilities  for  400  students.  There  is  also  student 
housing  in  the  Aldworth  and  Yates  Buildings  (formerly  faculty  housing). 
Students  may  choose  singles,  doubles,  triples  and  private  rooms.  Lounge  areas, 
kitchenettes  and  laundry  facilities  are  conveniently  arranged. 

An  outdoor  swimming  pool,  tennis  courts,  and  a  fitness  center  are  located  at  the 
north  end  of  the  campus.  A  residence  for  the  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  is  located 
north  of  the  swimming  pool  and  tennis  courts.  Parking  is  available  in  various 
areas  on  campus  and  in  the  parking  structure  which  is  located  south  of  the 
Drudis-Biada  Hall. 


THE  COLLEGE      13 


I 


a    * 


is 

-  t 


J'L 

fill 


■*** 


! 


=  7   * 


m 


ilium 
"in 


!5Jj 


2  fc  |       | 


Il!i3:^l!£iii; 


I  r 


1 1 1  a  I 


=ii 


J-5-I 
II 


1 

£  s 

-  "f 

I  « 

4  I 

x  3 


-  -  /•*  Z 


V 


e 


*  -  >** 


'-;&': ':V 


, 


14    THE  COLLEGE 


The  Doheny  Campus 

The  College  expanded  to  a  second  campus  in  1962.  The  Doheny  Campus  at  Chester  Place, 
near  the  intersection  of  the  Harbor  and  Santa  Monica  Freeways,  is  located  on  property 
formerly  owned  by  Edward  L.  Doheny  and  his  wife,  the  Countess  Estelle  Doheny.  The 
campus  has  been  named  for  them.  The  Doheny  Campus  supplements  and  extends  the 
educational  opportunities  which  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offers.  This  location,  close  to  the 
commercial  center  of  Los  Angeles,  is  an  ideal  location  for  Associate  degree  programs;  for 
undergraduate  weekend  college  programs;  for  Graduate  degree  programs  in  both  the 
traditional  and  weekend  college  format;  and  for  California  Teacher  Credential  programs. 

The  two  city  blocks  of  Victorian  residences  in  their  setting  of  exotic  trees  and  flowers  have 
been  converted  to  educational  purposes.  In  1965,  a  classroom  building  {Building  Four) 
containing  an  auditorium,  lecture  rooms,  and  laboratories  was  erected.  In  1984,  Our  Lady  of 
Mercy  Chapel  and  Mclntyre  Hall,  a  student  residence  and  activity  center,  were  added  to  the 
campus.  The  Sr.  Magdalen  Coughlin  Learning  Complex,  built  in  1996,  includes  the  McCarthy 
Library,  the  Cultural  Fluency  Center,  the  Learning  Resource  Center,  an  IBM  computer  lab, 
the  Fritz  Burns  Conference  Center,  student  health  center,  nursing  and  physical  therapy  labs, 
classrooms  and  faculty  offices. 

Building  Number  One  houses  the  Title  V  Program,  Information  Technology  offices,  and 
student  housing. 

Building  Number  Two  houses  the  Undergraduate  Weekend  College  Office,  the  Spiritual 
Development  Program,  Graduate  Religious  Studies  Program,  and  faculty  offices. 

Building  Number  Seven  houses  Student  Affairs  offices,  Counseling  and  Psychological 
Services,  Campus  Ministry,  and  student  housing. 

The  Doheny  Mansion,  Building  Number  Eight,  houses  the  Da  Camera  Society,  Alumnae 
Relations,  Institutional  Advancement  and  Public  Relations  offices. 

The  Carriage  House  for  the  Mansion,  Building  Eight  and  a  Half,  has  been  renovated  to  house  the 
physical  plant  offices,  commuter  student  lounge,  the  fitness  center  with  access  to  the  pool  and 
tennis  courts,  and  student  housing. 

Building  Number  Ten  is  the  administration  building;  it  houses  offices  for  the  Deans  of  the 
Associate  in  Arts  and  Graduate  Programs,  Admissions,  Student  Financing,  Registrar,  and 
Business. 

Building  Ten  and  a  Half  'houses  a  music  room,  a  graphics  arts  lab,  and  the  College's  graphics 
department. 

Building  Number  Eleven,  Ahmanson  Commons,  houses  the  Bon  Appetit  food  service,  dining 
areas,  and  graduate  psychology  offices. 

Building  Number  Seventeen  houses  the  Child  Development  Center  and  the  W.  M.  Keck  Toddler 
Center,  state-funded  day  care  centers  for  young  children.  These  centers  serve  students  of  diverse 
ethnic,  linguistic,  and  social  backgrounds  from  the  surrounding  area.  Mount  St.  Mary's  students  in 
the  Early  Childhood  program  fulfill  assignments  in  child  observation  at  the  Centers.  Da  Camera 
and  faculty  offices  are  also  housed  in  this  building. 

Building  Number  Twenty  houses  the  Education  department  and  student  housing.  Parking  areas  are 
on  the  Chester  Place  Mall  and  in  Campus  lots. 


THE  COLLEGE       15 


1     Si. 


5    ':      = 

3  !  is 


i 

«-» ^  - 

£«_  = 

*s./..y. 


I, 

] 

*  - 


ii 


J 1 7 


1  •  . 


31.5   II' 


fa- 

?  -: :  -  -  >  I 


5 

I 


I  , 


-  =  ' 


J     C    - 

I*. 


5- 


* 


16       ADMISSION 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Admission/Financial  Aid/Tuition  and  Fees 

Admission  to  the  Undergraduate 
Degree  Programs 

Admission  to  the  Associate  in  Arts  Degree  Program 

The  Associate  in  Arts  Degree  Program  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  offered  on  the  Doheny 
Campus.  Students  may  seek  a  traditional  Associate  in  Arts  (A. A.)  degree  or  a  specialized 
A.A.  degree  in  a  professional  program.  All  programs  are  open  to  women;  men  are  admitted 
only  to  the  Nursing  Program. 

The  Nursing  Program  specialization  within  the  Associate  Degree  program  has  specific 
requirements  for  admission.  Please  refer  to  the  appropriate  section  of  the  catalog  for  these 
requirements.  In  all  cases  students  must  be  admitted  to  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  prior  to 
admission  to  any  specialized  program.  A  student  may  be  admitted  to  the  associate  degree 
program  and  begin  to  take  the  prerequisites  required  for  this  specialization. 

Candidates  for  admission  to  the  Associate  Degree  Program  are  evaluated  on  the  basis  of  their 
high  school  coursework  and  record  (or  either  GED  or  High  School  Proficiency  Exam),  other 
college  coursework  and  record  (for  transfers),  test  scores,  academic  reference,  and  the  essay. 
Interviews  are  strongly  recommended  for  serious  candidates.  A  profile  of  the  academic 
qualifications  of  the  most  recent  entering  class  is  available  from  the  Admissions  Office.  The 
requirements  and  procedures  are  detailed  in  the  next  section  of  this  catalog. 

Admission  to  the  Baccalaureate  Degree  Programs 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  programs  are  offered  on  the  Chalon 
campus.  All  undergraduate  majors  are  open  to  women;  men  may  be  admitted  only  to  the 
Music  and  Nursing  programs.  Transfer  students  interested  in  the  nursing  program  must  meet 
additional  requirements  for  admission  to  that  program.  Please  see  the  appropriate  section  of 
this  catalog  for  those  requirements. 

Candidates  for  admission  to  the  Baccalaureate  programs  are  evaluated  on  the  basis  of  their 
high  school  coursework  and  record  (or  either  GED  or  High  School  Proficiency  Exam),  other 
college  coursework  and  record  (for  transfers),  test  scores,  academic  reference,  and  the  essay. 
Interviews  are  strongly  recommended  for  serious  candidates.  A  profile  of  the  academic 
qualifications  of  the  most  recent  entering  class  is  available  from  the  Admissions  Office.  The 
requirements  and  procedures  are  detailed  in  the  next  section  of  this  catalog. 

Undergraduate  Admission  Procedures 

All  documents  should  be  sent  to  the  Admissions  Office,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  12001 
Chalon  Road,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90049. 


ADMISSION        17 


Freshman  Admission  Procedures  to  the  Associate  or  Baccalaureate 
Degree  Programs 

Candidates'  files  for  admission  will  be  evaluated  when  the  following  documents  have  been 
received.  Please  note:  the  priority  date  for  freshman  admission  for  the  Fall  semester  is 
February  15,  for  Spring  admission  is  November  1. 

1 .  Applications  and  all  supporting  documents  should  be  received  in  the  Admission  Office  by 
the  priority  date.  Applicants  completing  files  after  the  priority  date  will  be  considered  if  space 
in  the  class  remains.  A  completed  and  signed  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  application  form  and 
$40  application  fee  or  fee  waiver  (from  the  high  school  counselor)  is  required.  Information  on 
awards,  honors,  employment,  etc.,  should  be  included  in  the  proper  places  on  the  application. 
The  application  fee  is  not  refundable,  nor  is  it  applicable  toward  tuition. 

2.  Official  transcripts  of  high  school  work  should  be  sent  directly  to  the  Admission  Office 
from  the  high  school  and  any  colleges  attended.  Transcripts  should  show  coursework  through 
the  junior  year  in  high  school.  Senior  year  grades  may  be  required  of  some  candidates. 
Transcripts  become  the  property  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  and  cannot  be  returned  to  the 
applicant  or  sent  to  another  institution.  A  final  high  school  transcript  showing  evidence  of 
graduation  is  required  of  enrolling  students.  A  student  may  replace  the  high  school  transcript 
with  an  official  record  of  the  GED  or  High  School  Proficiency  Exam. 

3.  Scores  on  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  or  American  College  Test  (ACT)  are 
required.  These  may  be  sent  directly  from  the  testing  service  or  may  be  included  on  the 
official  transcript  from  the  high  school. 

4.  A  complete  essay  of  200  words  or  more  responding  to  one  of  the  three  questions  listed  in 
the  application  for  admission  is  required. 

5.  An  academic  reference  from  a  high  school  teacher,  counselor,  principal  or  school  head  is 
required.  This  may  be  sent  from  the  reference  to  the  Admission  Office  on  the  form  provided 
with  the  application,  or  it  may  be  sent  on  school  letterhead. 

6.  A  personal  statement  describing  a  special  situation  may  be  included  with  the  application  if 
the  statement  includes  information  supporting  the  applicant  that  would  help  the  Admission 
Committee  reach  a  decision. 

7.  The  record  of  a  personal  interview  will  be  included  in  the  application  file.  Serious 
candidates  are  encouraged  to  schedule  an  interview  with  an  admission  counselor  to  discuss 
goals,  the  high  school  record,  and  other  matters  that  will  assist  the  Admission  Committee. 

Once  the  documents  have  been  received,  the  file  will  be  evaluated  and  a  decision  made  by  the 
Admission  Committee.  The  student  will  be  notified  within  two  weeks  of  the  Committee's 
decision.  Several  decisions  may  be  made: 

1.  The  student  is  admitted,  and  if  she  is  applying  for  financial  aid,  the  Office  of  Student 
Financing  is  notified. 

2.  The  student  applied  for  admission  to  the  Baccalaureate  Program  at  Chalon  and  the 
Committee  believes  that  her  record  shows  the  need  for  further  preparation;  the  student  may  be 
admitted  under  the  Alternative  Access  Program  to  the  Doheny  Associate  in  Arts  Degree 
Program. 


18     ADMISSION 


3.  The  student  may  be  denied  and  directed  to  another  college  to  fulfill  requirements  before 
reapplying  for  admission  to  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Admitted  students  will  be  required  to  submit  a  $  1 00  tuition  deposit  to  hold  their  places  in  the 
entering  classes.  For  students  entering  the  Fall  semester,  this  tuition  deposit  is  due  by  May  1 . 
For  Spring  semester,  this  deposit  is  due  in  early  January.  The  tuition  deposit  is  not  refundable 
under  any  circumstances  and  will  be  credited  directly  to  the  student's  account  in  the  Business 
Office. 


Transfer  Admission  Procedures  to  the  Associate  or  Baccalaureate  Degree 
Programs 

Candidates'  files  for  admission  will  be  evaluated  when  the  following  documents  have  been 
received.  Please  note  the  following  dates: 

The  transfer  admission  applicants  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nursing  are  due  by 
February  15. 

The  transfer  admission  applicants  to  the  Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  Nursing  follow  the 
deadlines  provided  by  the  program. 

The  transfer  admission  applicants  to  all  other  Associate  and  Baccalaureate  Degree  Programs 
are  due  by  the  March  15  priority  date. 

Applications  and  all  supporting  documents  should  be  received  in  the  Admission  Office  by  the 
priority  date  or  deadline.  Programs  with  deadlines  will  adhere  to  these  dates,  and  applications 
received  after  these  dates  will  not  be  considered.  Applicants  completing  files  after  the  priority 
date  will  be  considered  on  a  space-available  basis. 

The  documents  required  for  application  as  a  transfer  are  the  following: 

1 .  A  completed  and  signed  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  application  form  and  $40  application 
fee  or  fee  waiver.  Information  on  awards,  honors,  employment,  etc.,  should  be  included  in  the 
proper  places  on  the  application.  The  application  fee  is  not  refundable  nor  is  it  applicable 
toward  tuition. 

2.  Official  transcripts  of  all  college  work  attempted  from  each  college  attended.  Students  who 
have  been  academically  disqualified  from  the  most  recent  college  or  university  attended  are 
not  eligible  for  admission  to  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  Transcripts  must  be  sent  directly 
from  the  college(s)  to  the  Admission  Office  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  Transcripts  become 
the  property  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  and  cannot  be  returned  to  the  applicant  or  sent  to 
another  institution. 

3.  Students  who  have  completed  more  than  24  units  at  another  college  must  have  a 
cumulative  GPA  of  2.4.  If  the  GPA  is  below  2.4,  the  student  may  submit  a  letter  of 
explanation  so  that  consideration  be  given  for  admittance. 

4.  Official  high  school  transcripts  (or  the  GED)  and  official  SAT  or  ACT  scores  will  be 
required  if  the  student: 

is  applying  for  admission  to  the  Baccalaureate  program  and  has  completed  fewer 
than  24  transferable  units  at  the  time  of  application,  or 

is  applying  for  admission  to  the  Associate  program  and  has  completed  fewer  than  24 
transferable  units  at  the  time  of  application. 


ADMISSION      19 


Transcripts  become  the  property  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  and  cannot  be  returned  to  the 
applicant  or  sent  to  another  institution. 

5.  If  the  student  is  25  years  or  older,  the  requirement  for  SAT  or  ACT  scores  does  not  apply. 
However,  the  student  must  furnish  proof  of  high  school  graduation  via  an  official  transcript, 
the  GED,  or  the  High  School  Proficiency  Exam. 

6.  A  complete  essay  of  200  words  or  more  responding  to  one  of  the  three  questions  listed  on 
the  back  page  of  the  application  for  admission  is  required. 

7.  An  academic  reference  from  a  professor  or  counselor.  This  may  be  sent  from  the  reference 
to  the  Admission  Office  on  the  form  provided  with  the  application,  or  it  may  be  sent  on 
school  letterhead. 

8.  A  personal  statement  describing  a  special  situation  may  be  included  with  the  application  if 
the  statement  includes  information  supporting  the  applicant  that  would  help  the  Admission 
Committee  reach  a  decision. 

Once  the  documents  have  been  received,  the  file  will  be  evaluated  and  a  decision  made  by  the 
Admission  Committee.  The  student  will  be  notified  within  two  weeks  of  the  Committee's 
decision  if  applying  for  a  program  other  than  nursing.  In  those  cases,  the  faculty  of  the 
programs  will  reach  a  decision  based  on  the  special  requirements  and  prerequisites  necessary 
for  the  program,  notifying  the  students  according  to  the  stated  timelines.  Several  decisions 
may  be  made: 

1 .  The  student  is  admitted  and,  if  she  is  applying  for  financial  aid,  the  Office  of  Student 
Financing  is  notified. 

2.  The  student  has  applied  for  nursing  and  is  not  admitted  directly  to  the  program.  The 
student  may  take  prerequisite  courses  for  those  programs  and  reapply  for  the  appropriate  term. 

3.  The  student  may  be  denied  and  directed  to  another  college  to  fulfill  requirements  before 
reapplying  for  admission  to  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Admitted  students  will  be  required  to  submit  a  $100  ($300  for  BS  Nursing)  tuition  deposit  to 
hold  their  places  in  the  entering  classes,  according  to  the  deadlines  included  in  the  letter  of 
admission.  The  tuition  deposit  is  not  refundable  under  any  circumstances  and  will  be  credited 
directly  to  the  student's  account  in  the  Business  Office. 

Admission  to  the  Weekend  College 

Adults  interested  in  the  Weekend  College  may  apply  at  any  time  during  the  year  for 
admission  to  any  one  of  the  trimesters  (Summer,  Fall,  or  Spring).  Information  on 
application  deadlines  and  starting  dates  can  be  obtained  from  the  Weekend  College  Office. 

Applicants  to  the  Weekend  College  should  complete  the  admission  application  and  submit  it 
to  the  Weekend  College  Office  with  the  $30.00  application  fee. 

Acceptance  into  the  Weekend  College  is  based  upon  the  following: 

•  Receipt  of  a  completed  admissions  application  and  fee. 

•  Receipt  and  evaluation  of  transcripts  for  any  previous  college  courses  attempted. 

•  An  official  high  school  transcript  if  the  applicant  has  completed  fewer  than  24  units 
of  transferable  college  courses. 

•  A  personal  interview. 

•  An  evaluation  of  all  admission  information  by  the  Weekend  College  Admissions 
Committee. 


20     ADMISSION 


In  selecting  potential  candidates  for  the  Weekend  College,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  principally 
interested  in  those  adults  who  are  committed  to  completing  their  degree,  who  have  the  requisite 
time-management  skills  and  motivation  to  function  successfully  within  the  unusual  weekend 
format,  and  who  are  comfortable  with  the  level  of  maturity  required  of  the  student  body  at  the 
Weekend  College. 

Procedures  for  International  Students 

Students  applying  for  admission  who  are  not  permanent  residents  or  U.S.  citizens  should  refer  to 
the  freshman  or  transfer  sections  for  general  instructions.  In  addition  to  the  requirements  stated  in 
those  sections,  the  following  are  required: 

1 .  Certified  original  copies  of  all  transcripts  must  be  submitted  accompanied  by  official 
translations. 

2.  English  as  a  Second  Language  (TOEFL)  is  required  of  all  applicants  for  whom  English  was  not 
the  language  spoken  in  the  schools  they  attended.  An  official  score  must  be  sent  directly  from  the 
testing  agency  or  the  school  to  the  Admission  Office.  Note:  the  score  required  for  admission  to  the 
Associate  and  Baccalaureate  programs  is  550  if  paper  based  and  213  if  computer  based. 

3.  A  financial  statement  describing  the  resources  available  to  the  student  must  accompany  the 
application  for  admission.  Official  verification  of  bank  funds  must  also  be  submitted  along 
with  an  English  translation. 

4.  Students  transferring  from  an  ESL  program  or  another  US  college  or  university  must  comply 
with  all  immigration  regulations  necessary  for  transfer. 

If  the  student  is  admitted  to  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  she  will  be  required  to  submit  a  US  $300 
non-refundable  tuition  deposit  by  May  1.  If  the  student  has  coursework  on  the  college  level 
completed  in  another  country,  she  will  also  have  to  submit  a  $175  fee  which  will  cover  the  official 
evaluation  of  the  student's  record.  A  copy  of  the  evaluation  will  be  sent  to  the  student.  The  1-20 
form  will  be  sent  to  the  student  upon  receipt  of  the  tuition  deposit,  and  it  is  the  student's 
responsibility  to  obtain  the  proper  student  visa  to  enter  the  United  States. 

Advanced  Placement 

Students  who  earn  scores  of  3,  4,  or  5  on  Advanced  Placement  Examinations,  or  pass  the  higher 
level  International  Baccalaureate  Exams  with  scores  of  5,  6,  or  7,  receive  college  credits  provided 
they  are  accepted  and  enrolled  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Credit  award  for  the  AP  exam  is  as  follows: 

•  Students  who  earn  scores  of  3  receive  3  units  of  elective  credit. 

•  Students  who  earn  scores  of  4  or  5  receive  credit  as  currently  awarded  in  the 
discipline  tested. 

•  There  is  no  limit  placed  on  the  number  of  AP  units  awarded  to  a  student. 

For  students  attending  the  Chalon  campus,  test  results  should  be  sent  directly  to  the  Baccalaureate 
Dean.  Students  attending  the  Doheny  Campus  should  send  test  results  to  the  Dean  of  the  Associate 
in  Arts  Program. 


FINANCIAL  AID      21 


FINANCIAL  AID 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  committed  to  making  a  college  education  accessible  to  as  many 
qualified  students  as  possible,  regardless  of  their  financial  means.  Students  and  their  parents 
are  encouraged  first  to  consider  all  possible  resources  when  planning  to  meet  the  expenses  of 
a  college  education.  Through  various  financial  aid  programs,  the  Student  Financing  Office 
will  help  in  the  best  possible  way  to  provide  students  with  the  difference  between  the  family 
contribution  and  the  cost  of  education. 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  administers  financial  aid  in  accordance  with  Federal  Government 
guidelines.  These  guidelines  are  based  on  the  principle  that  students  and  their  parents  have  the 
primary  responsibility  in  meeting  educational  expenses  to  the  extent  they  are  able.  Financial 
aid  funds  are  then  used  to  fill  the  gap  between  what  the  family  is  expected  to  contribute 
(including  the  student's  own  earnings)  and  the  annual  cost  of  education. 

To  apply  for  Financial  Aid,  all  students  must  follow  the  instructions  and  requirements  sent  to 
them  by  the  Admission  Office  or  Office  of  Student  Financing.  Financial  Aid  brochures  giving 
complete  application  and  program  information  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  or  calling  the 
Office  of  Student  Financing  on  the  Chalon  or  Doheny  campuses. 

Types  of  Financial  Aid 

Grants  and  Scholarships 

Grants  and  Scholarships  are  gift  monies  that  do  not  require  repayment.  They  are  based  on 
financial  need  and/or  academic  merit.  Grants  and  scholarships  are  provided  to  students  from 
one  or  more  of  the  following  sources:  the  Federal  Government;  the  State  of  California; 
outside  organizations;  and  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  Below  is  a  listing  of  institutional  talent 
and  achievement  scholarships. 

Alumnae  Legacy  Grant 

Children  of  alumnae  who  are  registered  as  full  time  students  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  are 
eligible  to  receive  an  annual  grant  toward  their  education.  To  take  advantage  of  this  privilege, 
contact  the  Alumnae  Relations  Office  for  authorization. 

Dean's  Transfer  Scholarship 

The  Dean's  Transfer  scholarships  are  merit  based  and  are  available  to  full  time  transfer 
students  with  minimum  of  24  transferable  units.  This  award  ranges  from  $4000  to  $6000  per 
year  depending  on  the  quality  of  the  course  work  undertaken. 

Music  Scholarship 

Awards  are  made  to  full-time  students  who  are  enrolled  as  Music  majors  and  who 
demonstrate  exceptional  talent  in  music.  Award  amounts  vary  and  are  based  on  financial  need 
and  merit.  Contact  the  chairperson  of  the  Music  Department  for  further  details. 

First  Year  Merit  Awards 

First  Year  Merit  Awards  are  awarded  to  incoming  full-time  freshmen  and  are  based  upon 
academic  preparation,  as  well  as,  SAT  or  ACT  test  results.  The  award  is  renewable  for  up  to 
four  years  and  ranges  from  $4000  to  $12,000  per  year. 


22      FINANCIAL  AID 


Intercampus  Transfer  Scholarship 

This  award  is  valued  at  $  1 000  and  is  made  to  students  who  begin  their  academic  career  on  the 
Doheny  Campus  and  transfer  to  the  Chalon  Campus  to  complete  their  Baccalaureate  degrees. 
Awards  are  based  on  academic  achievement.  The  number  of  awards  are  limited.  Students 
transferring  must  contact  the  Intercampus  Transfer  Office. 

Tuition  Discounts  for  MSMC  Graduate  Students 

A  tuition  discount  of  an  amount  specified  by  the  College  each  year  (2006-2007  is  35%)  may 
be  awarded  to  those  graduate  students  who  fulfill  one  of  the  following  requirements: 

Members  of  religious  communities,  diocesan  priests  and  deacons  in  good  standing, 
upon  verification  from  the  appropriate  religious  authority. 
Laypersons  enrolled  in  graduate  programs  who  are  full-time  (40  hours  per  week) 
employees  of  a  Roman  Catholic,  diocese  or  parish  as  listed  in  the  current  diocesan 
directory  or  in  "The  Official  Catholic  Directory:  (P.J.  Kennedy  &  Sons,  pub.),  upon 
written  verification  of  employment.  This  employment  must  be  the  major  source  of 
income  for  the  student. 

Laypersons  who  are  chaplains  in  hospitals  or  prison  and  who  are  full-time  employees 
of  a  Roman  Catholic  diocese  or  a  Roman  Catholic  institution  (according  to  "The  Official 
Catholic  Directory");  written  verification  of  employment  required. 

The  student  must  maintain  a  3.0  cumulative  grade  point  average  in  order  to  qualify  for  the 
waiver. 

Workshops  and  Continuing  Education  courses  are  not  included  in  this  waiver. 

It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  complete  and  file  a  Tuition  Discount  Application  form  with 
the  Business  Office  prior  to  registration.  At  each  subsequent  registration  period,  the  student 
may  verify  eligible  employment  by  submitting  a  copy  of  the  most  current  paycheck  stub  to  the 
Business  Office. 

Scholarships  through  the  Independent  Colleges  of  Southern  California 

The  Independent  Colleges  of  Southern  California  (ICSC)  is  a  nonprofit  organization  which 
provides,  through  a  unified  annual  appeal,  financial  contributions  from  corporations, 
foundations  and  other  friends  to  help  Southern  California's  smaller  private  colleges  and 
universities  meet  the  rising  costs  of  quality  higher  education. 

Loans 

Loans  are  money  that  must  be  repaid,  usually  with  interest.  The  interest  rates  and  terms  of  the 
loan  vary  by  program.  Some  of  the  loan  programs  require  a  separate  application  in  addition  to 
the  free  application  for  federal  student  aid.  The  Office  of  Student  Financing  is  unable  to 
replace  loan  funds  with  grant  funds,  but  students  may  replace  loan  funds  with  private 
scholarships  received  from  outside  organizations  not  affiliated  with  MSMC. 

Federal  Stafford  Loan 

All  students  are  eligible  to  receive  Federal  Stafford  Loans.  Need-based  Federal  Stafford 
Loans  are  called  "subsidized"  because  the  federal  government  pays  the  interest  while  in 
school  and  during  deferment  periods.  Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans  are  not  based  on 
financial  need,  and  students  are  responsible  for  paying  the  interest  while  in  school  and  during 
deferment  periods.  A  student  may  have  a  Federal  Stafford  Loan  partly  based  on  financial  need 


FINANCIAL  AID      23 


and  partly  not  on  need  up  to  the  annual  maximum.  The  maximum  loan  is  $2,625  per  year  for 
freshmen;  $3,500  per  year  for  sophomores;  $5,500  per  year  for  juniors  and  seniors  and  $8,500 
per  year  for  graduate  students.  Independent  students  and  dependent  students  whose  parents  do 
not  qualify  for  FPLUS  loans  (see  below)  may  also  apply  for  additional  unsubsidized  Stafford 
Loans  in  the  following  amounts:  $4,000.00  for  Freshmen/Sophomores;  $5,000.00  for 
Juniors/Seniors;  and  $10,000.00  for  graduate  students.  Repayment  begins  six  (6)  months  after 
graduating  or  ceasing  to  maintain  at  least  half-time  enrollment.  The  interest  rate  varies 
depending  on  when  the  first  loan  was  borrowed,  but  does  not  exceed  8.25%. 

Federal  Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate  Students  (FPLUS) 

Federal  PLUS  Loans  are  not  based  on  financial  need  but  must  be  coordinated  with  other 
financial  aid  where  need  is  established.  Federal  PLUS  loans  are  available  for  parents  of 
dependent  undergraduate  students  who  are  enrolled  at  least  half-time.  Parents  may  borrow  up 
to  their  student's  cost  of  education.  The  interest  rate  is  variable,  not  to  exceed  9.00%.  Interest 
and  repayment  begin  within  60  days. 

Federal  Nursing  Loans 

There  may  be  federal  nursing  loans  available  for  the  Associate  Degree  in  Nursing  program. 
Contact  a  student  financing  counselor,  213-477-2562. 

Institutional  Loans 

Through  the  generosity  of  several  foundations,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  has  several 
institutional  loan  programs  with  varying  interest  rates;  interest  rates  for  these  loans  vary 
between  zero  and  seven  percent.  In  addition,  eligibility  requirements  vary  by  program. 
Contact  the  Office  of  Student  Financing  for  more  information  regarding  these  loans. 

Short-term  Loans 

Two  short-term  loans  are  available  to  full-time  students  each  semester:  Bank  of  America 
Emergency  Loans  ($150  maximum)  and  the  Nancy  Manning  Loan  ($50  maximum,  for 
Chalon  students  only).  For  information  on  both  short-term  loans,  contact  the  Student  Affairs 
office. 

Student  Employment 

On-Campus  Student  Employment 

Work  study  money  is  earned  from  employment  on  campus.  Students  who  qualify  receive  a 
paycheck  every  two  weeks  for  the  hours  worked  and  may  use  the  earnings  to  make  tuition 
payments,  pay  for  books  and  supplies,  or  pay  for  personal  expenses. 

Both  Federal  College  Work  Study  and  Mount  Work  Study  (institutionally  funded)  provide 
excellent  opportunities  outside  the  classroom.  Students  who  participate  in  either  program  may 
choose  to  work  in  a  variety  of  on-campus  sites.  These  include:  the  Office  of  Student 
Financing,  the  Admission  Office,  Campus  Ministry,  the  Library,  departmental  offices  and 
laboratories.  Through  "hands  on"  experiences  in  these  offices,  students  develop  valuable 
skills  which  may  later  translate  to  professional  settings. 


24    FINANCIAL  AID 


Off-Campus  Student  Employment 

The  Student  Placement  Office  at  Chalon  and  the  Career  Center  at  Doheny  have  job  boards 
which  list  a  wide  variety  of  off-campus  employment  opportunities. 

Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  Requirements 

All  financial  aid  recipients  must  be  regularly  admitted  students  with  degree,  or  in  some  cases 
credential  or  certificate,  objectives.  While  receiving  financial  aid,  students  must  be  advancing 
toward  their  educational  objectives  at  a  reasonable  rate  and  must  maintain  a  minimum  2.0 
grade  point  average. 


EXPENSES     25 


Expenses  for  2006/2007 
Academic  Year 

All  tuition  and  fees  are  subject  to  change  without  notice. 
Tuition,  fees  and  room  &  board  are  payable  to  Business  Office  by  the  Financial  Clearance 
Deadline  set  for  each  term. 

A.  TUITION 

Undergraduate  {Including  Accelerated  BSN) 

Full-time  (With  12-18  units/semester)  $  23,380.00/year  or 

$ll,690.00/semester 
Full-time  (In  excess  of  18  units /semester)  $       900.00/unit 

Part-time  (Less  than  12  units/semester)  $       900.00/unit 

Associate  Degree  in  Nursing  (A  D  N)  $       580.00/unit 

Weekend  College  -  Undergraduate  $       530.00/unit 

Graduate 

Graduate  -  Others  (Traditional  Programs, 

Weekend  College  &  MSN)  $  630.00/unit 

Graduate  -  RST/HPM  $  371 .00/unit 

Graduate  Extension  $  3 5. 00/unit 

Doctor  of  Physical  Therapy  (DPT)  $  579.00/unit 

Auditing  Courses  (Recorded  on  Transcript) 

A  student  registered  for  auditing  classes  will  pay  the  above  fees  in  the  same  manner  as  a 

student  registered  for  credit. 

B.  TUITION  &  HOUSING  DEPOSITS 

Tuition  Deposit 

Undergraduate  $  100.00 

Accelerated  BSN  $  300.00 

International  &  Baccalaureate  Nursing  Transfer  $  300.00 

Required  of  all  new  incoming  Full-time  Undergraduate  students  as  stipulated  in  student's 

acceptance  packet. 

Not  refundable,  applied  against  Tuition  and  forfeited  after  two  (2)  calendar  years. 

Housing  Deposit  $  100.00 

Required  of  all  incoming  Full-time  Undergraduate  students  who  are  requesting  on-campus 
College  housing. 

Housing  Deposit  is  honored  only  when  the  required  Tuition  Deposit  has  also  been  received 
(Total  required  Deposit  -  $200.00/$400.00). 


26 


EXPENSES 


C.  COLLEGE  SERVICES  FEE  -  Per  Semester;  Not  Refundable 

Undergraduate  (With  7  or  more  units/semester)  $  385.00 

This  fee  includes  the  Associated  Student  Body  Fee  for  full-time  students, 
health  services  (not  health  insurance),  and  expenses  inherent  to  orientation 
and  graduation,  among  others. 

Undergraduate  (With  6  or  less  units/semester)  $  100.00 

Associate  Degree  in  Nursing  (A  D  N)  $    50.00 

Weekend  College  (undergraduate)  $    75.00 

Graduate  (Excluding  Certificate  Students)  $100.00 

Doctor  of  Physical  Therapy  (DPT)  $  385.00 

D.  NURSING  FEE  -  Per  Semester;  Not  Refundable 

This  Fee  includes  Background  &  Testing  Fees 

Accelerated  BSN,  Baccalaureate  Nursing  (Sophomores, 

Juniors  &  Seniors)  &  A  D  N  $  255.00 

E.  COURSE  FEES 


EDU  33  The  Visual  and  Performing  Arts  for  the 
Young  Child  (Lab  Fee  for  Materials) 

Supervised  Teaching  Courses  -  For  Master  Teacher 
EDU  1 16A,  316A,  164A,  364A,  378A  (12-unit) 
EDU  1 16B,  316B,  364B,  164B,  378B  (6-unit) 
EDU  3 16L  -  For  Master  Teacher 


$    20.00/course 

$    25.00/unit 
$  300.00/course 
$  150.00/course 
$  100.00/course 


MSN  200  MSN  Nursing  Lab  Fee 
Art  Lab  Fee 


$    75.00/class 
$    45.00/class 


Enrichment  Courses 

For  1  unit  course 
For  2  unit  course 
For  3  unit  course 


$  125.00 
$  200.00 
$  300.00 


EXPENSES      27 


Applied  Music   {See  the  Music  Department  for  further  information.) 

Part-Time  Student  $  120.00/unit  &  Instructor  Fee 

Full-Time  Student  Instructor  Fee  Only 

Course  Challenge  by  Examination 

Course  Challenge  Fee  $  100.00 

(If  successfully  passed,  the  cost  of  the  units  awarded  will  be  one-half  the  unit  cost  of 
the  course  as  stated  in  the  current  MSMC  Catalog.) 

F.  GENERAL  FEE 
Application  for  Admission  Fees 

Undergraduate  $    40.00 

ADN  $    40.00 

Weekend  College  $    30.00 
Graduate  {Education,  Psychology  & 

Religious  Studies)  $    50.00 

DPT  $    75.00 

Study  Abroad  Fee  -  For  Study  Abroad  Students  Only  $  1 50.00 

Residence  Hall  Activities  Fee  -  Per  Year  $    25.00 

Late  Clearance  Fee 

Undergraduate  &  DPT  $  1 50.00 

Graduate  &  Weekend  College  $  1 00.00 

ADN  $    40.00 
{After  published  Financial  Clearance  Deadline) 

Deferred  Payment  Plan  Fee  -  For  MSMC's  Deferred 

Payment  Plan  {Per  semester)  $  100.00 

Late  Payment  Fee -For  MSMC's  Deferred  Pymt  Plan  $    30.00 
{After  published  payment  due  dates) 

Course  Drop  Fee  -  Per  Transaction  $    1 0.00 
{After  published  deadline) 

Graduation  Fee  -  For  Graduate,  Weekend  College  & 

ADN  Students  $  100.00 

Late  Graduation  Application  Fee  $  100.00 

Transcript  Fee  -  Per  Copy  $      5.00 

Returned  Check  Fee  -  Per  NSF  Check  $    20.00 


28  EXPENSES 

G.  PARKING  PERMIT  (Including  LA  City  Tax) 

Undergraduate  &  DPT  $  300.00/year 

A  D  N,  Accelerated  BSN,  Graduate  & 

Weekend  College  $  150.00/year 

Daily  Parking  $      3.00/day 

H.  STUDENT  HEALTH  &  ACCIDENT  INSURANCE 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  does  not  determine  student  Health  and  Accident  Insurance 
Premiums.  Insurance  premiums  are  based  on  prevailing  insurance  market  conditions/rates. 

Undergraduate  Students 

Health  and  Accident  Insurance  is  required  of  all  Undergraduate  Students  enrolled  in  nine  (9) 
or  more  units.  The  coverage/annual  insurance  premium,  estimated  at  $1,100.00,  effective 
from  08/25/06  to  08/25/07,  will  be  automatically  charged  to  the  Student's  Statement  of 
Account  in  the  Fall  2006  Semester.  Students  enrolling  for  the  first  time  in  the  Spring  2007 
Semester  will  be  charged  the  premium  estimated  at  $700.00,  effective  from  01/09/07  to 
08/25/07. 

Students  who  have  personal  insurance  may  elect  not  to  participate  in  this  plan.  As  such,  an 
Insurance  Waiver  Form,  together  with  the  proof  of  coverage,  must  be  submitted  to  the 
Business  Office  no  later  than  the  published  Financial  Clearance  Deadline  set  for  each  term  for 
this  charge  to  be  removed  from  the  Student's  Statement  of  Account.  The  Insurance  Waiver 
must  be  renewed  in  the  Fall  Semester  of  each  new  academic  year. 

DPT  &  ADN  Students  -  Coverage  is  available  on  a  voluntary  basis.  For  voluntary 
enrollment,  contact  the  Business  Office. 

International  Students  are  required  by  law  to  carry  a  minimum  of  $75,000.00  in  Health 
and  Accident  Insurance.  Proof  of  adequate  insurance  must  be  provided  prior  to  admission. 

I.  ROOM  &  BOARD 

Residence  (Chalon  &  Doheny)  Per  Year  Per  Semester 

Board  and  quadruple  room  $  7,567.00  $3,783.50 

Board  and  triple  room  $  8,125.00  $4,062.50 

Board  and  small  double  room  $  8,747.00  $4,373.50 

Board  and  large  double  room  $  9,162.00  $4,581.00 

Board  and  single  room  $  9,772.00  $4,886.00 

Board,  single  room,  and  half-bath  $10,201.00  $5,100.50 

Board,  single  room  with  full  bath  $1 1,154.00  $5,577.00 

A  Housing  Deposit  of  $100.00  is  required  to  activate  the  housing  application.  New  students 
should  send  the  Housing  Deposit  to  the  Admission  Office.  Currently  enrolled  students  should 
pay  the  deposit  at  the  Business  Office  upon  notification  from  the  Residence  Life  Office 


EXPENSES        29 


A  Housing  Deposit  may  be  refunded  upon  permanent  termination  of  the  Residence  Living 
License  Agreement  subject  to  deductions  for  any  loss,  damage,  excessive  room  cleaning,  or 
failure  to  meet  the  deadlines  described  below: 

Residents  must  be  full-time  students  (12  units  or  more)  for  the  entire  time  that  they  are  living 
in  the  Residence  Halls. 

Prior  to  Fall  Occupancy 

$100  deposit  will  be  refunded  if  the  Residence  Life  Office  has  been  notified  in  writing 
by  May  1  st  that  the  student  opted  not  to  live  in  the  residence  halls  for  that  semester. 

$50  will  be  refunded  if  the  Residence  Life  Office  is  notified  by  May  15th. 
After  May  15th,  no  deposit  will  be  refunded. 

Prior  to  Spring  Occupancy 

$  1 00  deposit  will  be  refunded  if  the  Residence  Life  Office  has  been  notified  in  writing 
by  November  1  st  that  the  student  opted  not  to  live  in  the  residence  halls  for  that 
semester. 

After  November  1  st,  no  deposits  will  be  refunded. 

This  policy  is  applicable  to  students  currently  in  residence  and  new  applicants  to 

residence  for  the  Spring  semester. 

Housing  Termination  Forms  -  These  forms  are  available  at  the  Residence  Life  Office. 

Residence  Hall  Activities  Fee-  This  non-refundable  fee,  to  be  used  for  hall  programming  and 
events,  will  be  charged  to  all  Residents  who  are  housed  at  Chalon  or  Doheny. 

1 .  If  housed  at  any  time  during  the  Fall  semester,  the  fee  of  $25.00  is  payable 
at  the  beginning  of  each  academic  year. 

2.  If  housed  at  any  time  during  the  Spring  semester,  the  fee  is  $12.50. 

Residence  Living  License  Agreement  -  Each  resident  is  required  to  sign  this 
agreement,  which  begins  two  (2)  days  prior  to  the  first  day  of  classes  for  the  Fall  semester  and 
extends  through  the  day  immediately  following  the  last  day  of  final  exams  for  the  Spring 
semester. 

The  Residence  Halls  are  closed  for  the  Winter  Break  but  open  during  Thanksgiving  and 
Spring  Break.  The  Dining  Hall  is  closed  when  the  Residence  Halls  are  closed,  and  meals  are 
not  provided. 

Residents  have  three  (3)  Meal  Plan  options  to  choose  from: 

A  -  Platinum  Plan:   A  weekly  rate  of  $98.00  to  be  used  in  the  dining  room.  This  is  perfect 

for  the  student  who  spends  the  majority  of  the  time  on  campus. 

B  -  Gold  Plan:   A  weekly  rate  of  $90.00  to  be  used  in  the  dining  room  along  with  $50.00 

Flex  Funds  per  semester.  This  is  perfect  for  the  student  who  desires  alternative  meal  dining 

choices  at  times. 

C  -  Silver  Plan:   A  weekly  rate  of  $85.00  to  be  used  in  the  dining  room  along  with  $75.00 

in  Flex  Funds  per  semester.  This  is  perfect  for  the  student  who  may  eat  less  than  two  meals  a 

day. 


30     EXPENSES 


Flex  Fund  —  This  fund  can  be  used  to  purchase  additional  meals  if  the  student  desires  more 
than  the  allotted  daily  rate  to  purchase  sandwiches,  snacks,  etc.,  at  the  Chalon  Deli.  There  will 
be  no  refund  of  any  unused  Flex  Funds  and  funds  do  not  carry  over  to  the  next  semester. 

Munch  Money  —  Residents  may  choose  to  add  on  to  their  Meal  Plan  with  a  Munch  Money 
Account,  which  is  a  debit  account  that  can  be  accessed  via  the  ID  card.  Munch  Money  will 
carry  over  from  the  Fall  semester  but  must  be  used  prior  to  the  end  of  the  school  year. 

J.  STATEMENT  of  ACCOUNT: 

A  Statement  of  Account  (the  "Statement")  is  a  summary  of  expenses  (tuition,  fees/charges, 
and  room  &  board),  payments,  waivers,  financial  aid  credits  and  tuition  deposits.  The 
Statement  shows  the  Net  Amount  Due  to  MSMC  or  a  credit  balance  due  to  the  student 
(Refunds).  A  Pending  Financial  Aid  section  is  also  provided  in  the  Statement  to  assist 
students  in  planning  their  education  expenses.  The  Statement,  which  is  generated  for  all 
registered  students  on  a  regular  basis  or  at  any  time  upon  request,  is  mailed  through  (a)  the 
campus  mail  system  for  a  student-in-residence,  and  (b)  the  U.S.  Postal  system  for  the 
commuting  student  to  the  designated  preferred  address.  The  student  is  responsible  for  making 
payment  in  accordance  with  the  commitment  the  student  made  when  completing  the  Financial 
Obligation  Agreement  Form,  Payment  Form  or  the  Clearance  Form. 

K.  FINANCIAL  OBLIGATION 

Failure  to  make  payments  of  tuition,  fees,  room  &  board  or  other  amounts  due  to  MSMC,  or 
failure  to  set-up  payment  arrangement  before  the  due  dates  is  considered  sufficient  cause 

(a)  to  bar/prevent  the  student  from  registering  for  classes, 

(b)  to  drop  the  student  from  registered  classes  and  housing  assignment, 

(c)  to  withhold  diploma,  scholastic  certificate,  or  official  transcript  of  record,  and/or 

(d)  to  suspend  the  student. 

L.  PAYMENT  OPTIONS 

Methods  of  payment  for  tuition,  fees  and  room  &  board  to  MSMC  are  as  follows: 

1 .  Payment  in  Full  by  mail,  by  phone  or  in  person  at  the  Business  Office  no  later 
than  the  Financial  Clearance  Deadline  as  indicated  in  the  Financial  Obligation 
Agreement  Form,  Payment  Form  or  the  Clearance  Form.  Types  of  payments  are 
check,  cash,  money  order,  and  some  major  credit  cards. 

2.  Payment  Plan  is  available  through  Tuition  Management  Systems  (TMS),  a  partner 
of  MSMC  in  providing  an  education  expense  payment  plan.  It  allows  interest-free 
monthly  payments  at  a  varying  number  of  months  for  a  minimal  fee.  For  more 
information,  please  call  the  Business  Office. 

3 .  Deferred  Payment  Plan  with  MSMC  can  be  arranged  for  a  fee  of  $  1 00.00  per 
semester.  The  student  must  complete  and  submit  to  the  Business  Office  the  Deferred 
Payment  Plan  Note  contained  in  the  Payment  Form  on  or  before  the  Financial 
Clearance  Deadline.  Upon  signing  of  the  Note,  a  25%  down  payment  of  the  Net 
Amount  Due  must  be  made  by  the  Financial  Clearance  Deadline.  The  balance  to  be 
deferred  is  payable  in  equal  installments  on  the  predetermined  Payment  Due  Dates. 


EXPENSES       31 


M.  FINANCIAL  CLEARANCE 

Students  must  clear  their  financial  obligations  with  the  Business  Office  prior  to  registering  for 
classes  and  receiving  services  at  MSMC. 

Financial  Clearance  means: 

1 .  Payment  in  Full  is  made  or  letting  the  Business  Office  know  which  Method/s  of 
Payment     (via  TMS  Set-up,  Financial  Aid  Credits,  Direct  Application  of  Work  Study 
Earnings  and/or  Waivers)  will  be  used  to  settle/clear  the  student's  account  no  later 
than  the  published  Financial  Clearance  Deadline. 

2.  Return  to  the  Business  Office  of  the  completed  Financial  Obligation  Agreement 
Form,  a  Payment  Form  or  Clearance  Form  and  Health  Insurance  Waiver  Form, 
together  with  Proof  of  Insurance  (if  applicable),  among  others,  for  the  current 
academic  year,  on  or  before  the  published  deadline  whether  or  not  the  student  has  an 
amount  due. 

3.  Student,  who  avails  of  the  TMS  Payment  Plan,  must  have  remitted  to  TMS  all 
payments  due  prior  to  the  start  of  semester.  Throughout  the  year,  the  student  must 
maintain  current  payments  status  with  TMS. 

4.  Student,  who  avails  of  the  Deferred  Payment  Plan,  must  maintain  current  payment 
status  with  MSMC. 

N.  FINANCIAL  CLEARANCE  DEADLINES 

These  are  published  deadlines  established  to  ensure  that  the  students  clear  their  financial 
obligations  with  the  Business  Office.  They  are  established  - 

1 .  Prior  to  start  of  the  semester,  and  the  dates  are  contained  in  the  Financial  Obligation 
Agreement  Form,  Payment  Form  or  Clearance  Form;  and 

2.  Prior  to  end  of  the  semester,  and  the  dates  are  given  to  the  students  via  e-mail, 
messages  in  the  Statement  of  Account  or  posted  on  Business  Office  bulletin  board. 

O.  FINANCIAL  RESTRICTIONS 

Financial  Restrictions  or  Holds  are  placed  on  a  student's  account  when  the  - 

1 .  Student  has  not  met  the  financial  obligations  to  MSMC  by  the  published 

deadline. 

2.  Student  has  an  amount  due  at  the  end  of  each  semester. 

3.  Student  with  an  amount  due  is  not  allowed  to  register  or  to  make  room  reservation  for 

the  following  semester  and  the  grade  reports,  official  transcript  and/or  diploma  will 
not  be  released. 

P.  REFUND  POLICY 

The  following  formula  will  calculate  the  tuition/room  &  board  refund  amount  and  will  credit 
a  student's  account  accordingly.  A  refund  table  with  specific  refund  dates  will  be  published  in 
the  student  newspaper,  distributed  to  student  processing  departments  and  posted  on  the 
Business  Office  Website/bulletin  board  during  the  academic  year.  Refunds  will  be  issued 
ONLY  when  there  is  a  credit  balance  on  the  student's  account. 

Enrollment  or  Room  Occupancy  period %  of  Refund 

Withdrawal/drop  on  or  before  first  day  of  class  or  first  day  1 00% 

After  first  day,  through  first  1 0%  of  period  of  enrollment  90% 

Between  1 1  %  and  25%  of  period  of  enrollment  50% 

Between  26%  and  50%  of  period  of  enrollment  25% 


32     EXPENSES 


Tuition  Refimd 

The  last  date  of  attendance  indicated  on  the  Withdrawal/Leave  of  Absence  (LOA)  form  that  is 

filed  with  the  Registrar's  Office  will  be  used  to  calculate  reduction  of  charges  for  tuition. 

Room  &  Board  Refund 

The  date  on  which  residents  remove  all  belongings  from  their  residence  hall  rooms  and  return 

the  keys  is  used  to  calculate  reduction  of  charges  for  room  and  board. 

Reductions  will  first  be  credited  against  a  student's  financial  aid,  if  any,  before  a  balance 
accrues  to  the  student.  Refunds  will  not  be  made  in  cases  of  suspension  or  dismissal. 

Tuition  for  all  students,  including  those  whose  tuition  payments  have  been  deferred,  becomes 
an  obligation  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  reduced  charges. 

When  outside  agencies,  grants,  scholarships  or  loans  do  not  cover  the  withdrawal  or  change  of 
tuition  charge,  the  individual  will  be  responsible  for  the  amount  due. 


UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES         33 


ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 

Academic  Policies 
All  Undergraduate  Programs 

Grades 

At  the  end  of  each  term,  the  student  receives  a  grade  in  every  course  of  enrollment.  All 
grades,  with  the  exception  of  I,  IP,  and  RD  are  final  when  reported  to  the  registrar  at  the  end 
of  the  term.  The  grade  indicates  results  of  examinations,  term  reports,  and  general  scholastic 
standing  in  the  entire  course,  and  becomes  a  part  of  the  student's  permanent  college  record. 
Once  submitted,  grades  may  not  be  changed  unless  the  result  of  clerical  or  procedural  error. 
A  student  must  request  a  review/change  of  grade  within  30  days  after  the  end  of  a 
semester,  or  within  30  days  following  the  distribution  of  the  grade  report  containing  the 
grade  that  the  student  wishes  to  challenge.  (See  procedure  in  the  Student  Handbook) 

The  student's  grade  point  average  is  computed  according  to  this  scale: 
Student  performance  is  clearly  outstanding. 

Performance  indicates  sharp  insights  and  an  ability  to  integrate  and 
generalize  material  beyond  the  context  of  the  course. 

Student  performance  is  above  average,  demonstrating  a  knowledge  of  facts 
and  an  ability  to  integrate  and  apply  material  within  the  context  of  the 
course. 


A 

4.0 

A- 

3.7 

B+ 

3.3 

B 

3.0 

B- 

2.7 

C+ 

2.3 

c 

2.0 

c- 

1.7 

D 

1.0 

Student  performance  is  average,  demonstrating  knowledge  of  course 
content  and  exhibiting  an  ability  to  apply  basic  concepts  within  the  context 
of  the  course. 

Student  performance  is  below  average,  partially  fulfilling  minimum  course 
requirements.  This  level  of  performance  may  not  prepare  the  student  to 
progress  to  a  more  advanced  level  of  study  within  the  subject  content  or  the 
major.  (A  grade  of  D  does  not  satisfy  General  Education  requirements.) 
F  0.0  Student  performance  is  unacceptable  and  does  not  meet  minimum  course 

requirements. 

The  following  are  not  computed  in  the  GPA: 

AU         Audit 

CR  Credit  given;  work  C  -  or  better.  For  field  experience  and  supervised  teaching 

offered  by  the  Education  and  Psychology  Departments,  CR  signifies  B  or  better  in 

quality. 
I  Incomplete 

IP  In  Progress;  deferred  grading  for  graduate  thesis,  senior  project,  or  undergraduate 

research  work  in  progress 
NC  No  Credit  given;  work  of  D  or  F  in  quality 

NG         No  Grade  received;  issued  by  the  Registrar  pending  receipt  of  the  final  grade 
*  Course  was  repeated  at  a  later  date 


34      UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 


U  Unauthorized  withdrawal 

W  Withdrawn 

RD  Report  Delayed 

X  Courses  taken  for  Associate  degree  credit  only;  not  computed  in  the  Baccalaureate 

degree 

Grading  Policies 

All  lower  division  courses  required  by  the  major  must  be  completed  with  no  grade  lower  than 
a  C-  and  an  overall  departmental  GPA  of  2.0  or  above.  An  exception  to  this  college  policy 
occurs  when  a  grade  of  C  (2.0)  for  departmental  prerequisites/requirements  is  mandated  by  an 
outside  licensing  board,  e.g.,  California  Board  of  Registered  Nursing. 

All  upper  division  courses  required  by  the  major  must  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  C  (2.0)  or 
above. 

All  courses  being  used  to  fulfill  General  Studies  requirements  must  be  passed  with  a  grade  of 
C-  or  better.  Courses  passed  with  a  grade  of  D  can  still  count  as  elective  units  toward 
graduation. 

Academic  Standing 

As  of  Spring  2004,  academic  standing  appears  on  official  transcript  of  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College. 

Audit 

The  grading  selection  of  Audit  should  be  requested  when  a  student  wishes  to  preview  a  course 
for  which  he/she  will  be  enrolled  at  a  later  date  for  a  grade  or  to  review  a  course  that  has 
already  been  successfully  completed  as  preparation  for  further  study,  or  for  intellectual 
curiosity  and  enrichment.  Auditors  attend  class  sessions  regularly  but  are  not  obligated  to  take 
examinations.  They  receive  no  credit  for  courses  audited.  Tuition  is  charged  for  courses 
taken  as  audit. 

Procedures/Requirements  for  an  Audit: 

Students  must  register  for  an  Audit  by  the  end  of  the  second  week  of  the  semester  on  a  space- 
available  basis. 

Once  requested,  the  Audit  status  cannot  be  reversed. 

Students  must  attend  a  reasonable  number  of  classes  in  order  to  receive  an  AU  on  their 
transcript. 

Faculty  have  the  option  of  requesting  other  requirements  in  addition  to  reasonable  attendance 
such  as  class  participation  of  students  requesting  to  audit.  A  space  will  be  provided  on  the 
Audit  Request  Form  where  faculty  can  stipulate  the  conditions  agreed  upon  for  the  Audit. 

If  the  conditions  of  the  Audit  are  not  met,  the  instructor  may  use  the  grading  option  of  U 
(Unauthorized  Withdrawal). 


UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES        35 


Credit/No  Credit 

To  encourage  a  wider  choice  of  courses  by  lessening  the  student's  concern  for  the  grade  point 

average,  selected  courses  may  be  taken  for  CR/NC.  The  following  regulations  apply  to  this 

option: 

Courses  used  to  fulfill  General  Studies  requirements  may  not  be  taken  CR/NC. 

No  more  than  six  (6)  elective  units  taken  on  a  CR/NC  basis  can  be  applied  to  the  124  units 
required  for  the  Baccalaureate  degree. 

Courses  which  are  only  offered  on  a  CR/NC  basis  are  not  counted  as  part  of  the  six  units. 

The  deadline  for  changing  the  grading  in  a  course  to  CR/NC  is  the  tenth  (10th)  week  of  the 
semester.  Consult  the  academic  calendar  or  the  Registrar's  Office  for  the  specific  date. 

Courses  taken  on  a  CR/NC  basis  may  not  be  applied  to  requirements  for  the  student's  major 
except  at  the  discretion  of  the  major  department. 

Once  requested  and  approved  the  request  for  CR/NC  cannot  be  reversed. 

Incomplete 

An  Incomplete  in  a  course  can  be  granted  only  when  a  student: 

•  has  fulfilled  the  majority  of  the  course  requirements, 

•  has  a  passing  grade  in  course  work, 

•  is  prevented  from  completing  the  assigned  work  for  serious  medical/personal 
reasons, 

•  can,  in  the  opinion  of  the  instructor,  complete  the  work  within  one  semester. 

Procedures/Requirements  for  Requesting  an  Incomplete: 

A  student  requesting  an  incomplete  must  obtain  the  signature  and  consent  of  the  instructor 
and  the  department  chairperson  before  the  last  day  of  class  and  prior  to  the  day  of  the  final 
exam. 

Faculty  must  assign  a  default  grade  when  approving  an  incomplete.  This  default  grade  will  be 
recorded  on  the  student's  transcript  when  a  completed  grade  is  not  assigned  by  the  instructor 
within  one- semester  and/or  an  extension  of  the  incomplete  is  not  processed.  If  a  default  grade 
is  not  provided  by  the  instructor  and  the  work  is  not  completed,  the  /  will  revert  to  an  F. 

An  incomplete  may  only  be  extended  for  one  additional  semester  with  the  approval  of  the 
instructor,  the  department  chairperson,  and  the  appropriate  academic  dean. 

Repetition  of  Courses  with  C-/D/F/NC  Grades 

Only  courses  for  which  C-,  D,  F,  and  NC  were  assigned  may  be  repeated  for  a  higher  grade  or 
CR.  Courses  that  are  required  for  a  student's  major/minor  may  only  be  repeated  one  time, 
either  at  MSMC  or  at  another  institution  if  approved  by  the  department  chairperson.  In  cases 
of  repeated  courses,  the  units  are  counted  once,  and  the  higher  grade  is  computed  in  the  GPA 
if  the  course  is  repeated  at  MSMC. 

Unauthorized  Withdrawal 

The  designation  of  Unauthorized  Withdrawal  or  U  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructor,  be 
assigned  in  lieu  of  a  grade  of  F,  when  a  student  does  not  attend  a  course  but  fails  to  officially 
withdraw,  or  does  not  attend  a  sufficient  number  of  class  meetings. 


36      UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 


Withdrawal  from  Courses 

The  grade  of  W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course.    Students  wishing  to  withdraw  from  a 
class  must  meet  the  following  requirements: 

•  The  deadline  for  withdrawing  from  a  class  with  a  grade  of  W  is  the  end  of  the  tenth 
(10th)  week  of  the  semester. 

•  The  withdrawal  deadline  for  the  Weekend  College  is  the  end  of  the  fourth  weekend. 

•  In  cases  where  a  class  is  offered  on  a  split-semester  basis,  the  deadline  for 
withdrawing  is  one  week  after  the  midpoint  of  the  course. 

•  Consult  the  academic  calendar  or  the  Registrar's  Office  for  the  specific  date. 

After  the  deadline  for  withdrawal,  a  student  may  request  permission  to  be  allowed  to 
withdraw  from  all  of  her/his  classes  because  of  a  medical  emergency  or  extraordinary 
circumstance  by  submitting  an  Academic  Petition  to  the  appropriate  Academic  Dean. 

The  W  designation  carries  no  connotation  of  quality  of  student  performance  and  is  not 
calculated  in  the  grade  point  average. 

Summer  School 

Matriculated  MSMC  students  may  enroll  for  a  maximum  of  nine  (9)  units  each  summer  at 
another  accredited  institution  until  their  last  year  at  MSMC.  Courses  must  be  approved  by  the 
Academic  Advisement  Center  and  a  Transfer  of  Credit  Form  must  be  completed  and  approved 
by  the  student's  advisor  before  the  student  enrolls.    The  College's  residency  requirement 
which  requires  that  30  of  the  last  39  units  prior  to  graduation  need  to  be  taken  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College  must  be  honored.  Grades  received  by  Mount  students  for  summer  school 
courses  are  not  included  in  a  student's  MSMC  grade  point  average.  The  units  for  courses 
passed  with  a  grade  of  C-  or  above  are  accepted  and  the  units  are  counted  toward  units 
required  for  graduation. 

Honors 

Dean's  List 

To  give  public  recognition  to  academic  achievement,  the  Deans  of  undergraduate  programs 
post  a  list  each  term  with  the  names  of  full-time  students  who  have  obtained  a  grade  point 
average  of  3.5  or  higher  for  the  preceding  semester.  To  qualify  for  the  Dean's  List,  a  student 
must  have  completed  at  least  1 2  letter-graded  units  in  the  preceding  semester  or  9  units  per 
semester  for  Weekend  College.  Students  who  have  Incompletes  (I),  Report  Delayed  (RD), 
and/or  No  Grade  (NG)  on  their  semester  grade  reports  will  not  be  eligible  for  the  Dean's  List 
until  grade(s)  are  awarded. 

Commencement 

In  order  to  participate  in  commencement  exercises,  a  student  must  be  registered  for  all  the 
courses  required  to  complete  degree  requirements  for  graduation.  If  a  student  is  granted 
permission  to  enroll  in  a  course  prior  to  graduation,  at  an  institution  other  than  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College,  the  transcript  must  be  received  by  June  30  in  order  to  have  the  degree  posted 
for  Spring. 


UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES        37 


Honor  Societies 

Alpha  Mu  Gamma 

National  Foreign  Language  Honor  Society 
Alpha  Tau  Delta 

National  Honor  Fraternity  in  Nursing 
Delta  Epsilon  Sigma 

National  Scholastic  Honor  Society 
Kappa  Gamma  Pi 

National  Catholic  College  Graduate  Honor  Society 
Lambda  Iota  Tau 

National  Literature  Honor  Society 
Phi  Alpha  Theta 

International  History  Honor  Society 
Pi  Delta  Phi 

National  French  Honor  Society 
Pi  Theta  Mu 

Service  Honor  Society 
Psi  Chi 

National  Honor  Society  in  Psychology 
Sigma  Delta  Pi 
National  Spanish  Honor  Society 

Attendance 

Attendance  and  punctuality  are  important  for  successful  study.  Therefore,  the  number  of  a 
student's  absences  may  be  taken  into  account  in  determining  academic  grades.  Students  may 
be  expected  to  explain  to  the  instructor  the  reason  for  any  absences  from  class  and,  in  some 
cases,  be  asked  to  provide  appropriate  documentation. 

There  is  no  provision  for  a  system  of  allowed  cuts  and  absences.  Students  may  be  dropped 
from  a  class  for  excessive  absences  (Excessive  is  defined  as  missing  20%  of  the  classes.) 
when,  in  the  opinion  of  the  instructor,  further  enrollment  in  the  class  would  be  of  little  value 
to  the  student. 

Occasionally,  a  student  is  excused  from  class  attendance  by  the  Provost  for  the  purpose  of 
representing  the  College.  In  such  cases,  the  student  is  responsible  for  securing  and  completing 
any  assignments. 

Placement  Examinations 

All  incoming  freshmen  and  transfer  students  are  required  to  complete  placement  tests  in  order 
to  assist  them  in  selecting  appropriate  courses.  Information  regarding  placement  testing  will 
be  sent  to  incoming  students  prior  to  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 

Examinations  used  to  place  a  student  at  a  level  of  study  may  result  in  lower  levels  of  study 
being  waived.  No  credit  will  be  awarded  as  a  result  of  these  placement  examinations.  (See 
Credit  by  Exam.) 

Algebra  and  calculus  math  placement  exam  scores  will  be  valid  for  two  years  only.  If 
students  do  not  take  a  math  course  to  fulfill  their  general  studies  math  requirement  within  two 
years,  they  will  have  to  retake  the  math  placement  exam. 


38    UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 


Academic  Internship 

The  academic  internship  provides  the  student  with  an  educational,  hands-on  experience 
outside  the  classroom  setting.  This  experience  provides  an  opportunity  to  apply  classroom 
theory  and  sharpen  skills  in  problem-solving.  Ordinarily,  interns  do  not  get  compensated,  but 
they  do  earn  academic  credit  while  participating.  Ordinarily,  a  maximum  of  six  units  may  be 
earned  through  internships.  Each  academic  internship  unit  is  equivalent  to  40  hours  of 
supervised  time  spent  in  the  professional  setting.  Criteria  for  evaluation  are  determined  by  the 
faculty  sponsor  prior  to  the  student's  internship.  These  may  include  an  experience  journal, 
oral  reports,  and  written  reports. 

Independent  Study 

A  course  by  Independent  Study  provides  students  with  the  opportunity  to  initiate  and  custom 
design  a  course  of  study  within  their  major  or  minor  areas  of  study.  An  Independent  Study 
course  may  not  include  the  content  of  a  regularly  scheduled  classroom  course. 

Guidelines  for  Independent  Study:  Students  assume  the  responsibility  for  implementing  and 
presenting  the  proposed  course  of  study  to  the  sponsoring  faculty  member  for  approval  and 
signature  through  completion  of  an  Independent  Study  Approval  and  Application  Form 
(available  at  the  Registrar's  Office).  When  signed  by  the  sponsoring  faculty  member, 
academic  advisor  and  student,  the  document  becomes  a  contract  and  upon  registration 
becomes  an  official  document  within  the  student's  academic  file.  During  the  semester, 
students  are  responsible  for  initiating  at  least  four  contacts  with  the  supervising  faculty 
member  as  well  as  presenting  the  final  independent  study  project  to  the  faculty  member  by  the 
end  of  the  semester  of  registration.  The  following  apply: 

•  Lecture  and  laboratory  courses  listed  in  the  catalog  may  not  be  taken  through 
Independent  Study. 

•  At  least  30  student  study/work  hours  equals  one  unit  of  credit,  e.g.,  students  enrolled 
in  a  3  unit  course  will  be  expected  to  devote  at  least  90  hours  to  the  independent 
study. 

•  Independent  Study  course  enrollments  are  not  available  to  freshmen. 

•  No  more  than  two  Independent  Study  and/or  Directed  Study  courses  may  be  taken 
during  a  semester. 

•  Students  must  submit  the  all  paperwork  for  a  registration  through  independent  study 
on  or  before  the  end  of  the  add/drop  period. 

Directed  Study 

Directed  Study  provides  a  means,  at  the  discretion  of  the  regular  course  instructor,  for 
students  to  complete  a  regularly  scheduled  classroom  course  when  prevented  from  attending 
the  course  for  specific  reasons.  The  official  catalog  course  number,  followed  by  DS  will  be 
used  (e.g.,  HIS  124  DS:  Title).  Under  the  directed  study  mode,  faculty  members  share  the 
responsibility  with  students,  including  the  planning  of  readings  and/or  projects,  and  agree  to  at 
least  six  instructional/review  meetings  during  the  semester. 


UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES        39 


Guidelines  for  Directed  Study.  Enrollment  in  regular  classroom  courses  through  Directed 
Study  requires  the  completion  of  the  Directed  Study  Application  and  Approval  Form.  With 
the  consent  and  assistance  of  sponsoring  faculty  members,  students  complete  the 
learning/study  goals,  content  and  criteria  for  evaluation  sections  of  the  form  or  attach  a  copy 
of  the  regular  course  syllabus.  Upon  receipt  of  required  signatures  and  when  filed  in  the 
Registrar's  Office,  these  documents  become  official  records  within  the  student's  academic 
file.  The  following  apply: 

•  Introductory  courses  within  a  discipline  may  not  be  taken  through  Directed  Study. 

•  Directed  Study  course  enrollments  are  not  available  to  freshmen. 

•  No  more  than  two  Directed  Study  and/or  Independent  Study  courses  may  be  taken 
during  a  semester. 

•  Ordinarily,  regularly  scheduled  courses  are  not  taken  through  Directed  Study. 

•  Students  must  submit  all  paperwork  for  registration  through  Directed  Study  on  or 
before  the  end  of  the  drop/add  period. 

Academic  Integrity 

The  academic  environment  is  predicated  on  truth  and  integrity.  Acts  of  dishonesty  constitute 
a  serious  offense  to  the  Mount  Community.  Acts  of  academic  dishonesty  include,  but  are  not 
limited  to,  the  following: 

1.  Cheating:  Cheating  of  any  kind  is  dishonest.  This  includes  copying  other's  essays  or 
exams,  stealing  exams,  buying  or  otherwise  procuring  new  or  used  exams,  having  someone 
else  take  an  exam  or  write  an  essay  for  which  you  take  credit,  and  any  other  way  you  might 
receive  credit  for  work  that  is  not  your  own. 

2.  Failing  to  hand  in  original  work:  Using  one  essay  for  two  different  classes  is  also 
dishonest.  If  you  have  a  topic  appropriate  for  two  classes,  original  and  separate  work  must  be 
done  for  each  class,  unless  approval  of  both  instructors  has  been  obtained.  Moreover,  co- 
writing  an  essay  without  both  obtaining  the  instructor's  permission  and  acknowledging  the 
other  person's  help  is  dishonest. 

3.  Plagiarism:  Plagiarism  is  an  act  of  academic  dishonesty.  It  is  a  serious  academic  offense. 
Plagiarism  is  using  anyone  else's  ideas  and  representing  them  as  your  own  (i.e.,  not  giving 
appropriate  credit).  Acts  of  plagiarism  include  the  following: 

•  failure  to  document  and  give  credit  to  an  original  source, 

•  paraphrasing  another  person's  ideas  without  giving  credit, 

•  using  direct  quotes  without  proper  recognition  of  the  source, 

•  using  statistics,  facts,  or  information  from  a  source  other  than  your  own 
original  research  without  giving  credit. 

4.  Falsification  or  misrepresentation:  Falsification  of  lab  or  clinical  data,  clandestine 
collaboration  with  others  in  class  presentations  or  laboratory  experiments,  alteration  of 
College  documents,  alteration  of  instructor's  grade  sheets/books,  misrepresentation  on 
admissions  materials,  falsification  of  academic  records,  forgery,  entering  computer  accounts 
other  than  one's  own  without  prior  consent  of  the  owner,  entering  or  deleting  information 
without  permission  are  all  academic  offenses. 

5.  Theft:  Theft  or  mutilation  of  library  or  media  materials,  computer  or  media  equipment, 
records  or  other  College  documents  (such  as  examinations,  assignments,  gradebooks  or  other 
course  materials),  or  theft  from  any  member  of  the  academic  community  are  all  acts  of 
academic  dishonesty. 


40      UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 


Consequences:  Actions  such  as  these  should  incur,  in  proportion  to  the  gravity  of  the 
offense,  appropriate  action  on  the  part  of  the  instructor  or  College  representative.  The  penalty 
for  an  act  of  dishonesty  could  range  from  a  grade  of  F  on  an  examination  or  assignment,  a 
reduced  or  failing  grade  for  the  course  in  question,  probation,  suspension  or  expulsion  from 
the  College.  Repeated  acts  of  academic  dishonesty  will  be  treated  more  gravely. 
Appeal  Procedure:  Any  student  of  the  College  has  the  right  to  appeal  any  decision  resulting 
from  a  perceived  act  of  academic  dishonesty.  The  Academic  Integrity  Board  should  be 
consulted  in  the  case  of  an  appeal  or  whenever  a  case  involving  academic  dishonesty  has  not 
been  resolved  at  a  lower  level. 

Probation  and  Dismissal 

Academic  Probation 

A  student  is  placed  on  probation  for  failing  to  maintain  a  2.0  GPA  for  all  courses  undertaken 
in  a  term.  A  student  must  achieve  a  GPA  of  2.0  or  higher,  based  on  a  minimum  of  12  letter- 
graded  units,  during  the  following  term  in  order  to  continue  in  the  college. 

Academic  Dismissal 

A  student  is  subject  to  dismissal  for  the  following  reasons: 

I      Failure  to  maintain  a  minimum  GPA  of  1 .0  during  any  term, 

I      Failure  to  maintain  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.0  during  a  probationary  term,  or 

I     Failure  to  maintain  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.0. 

Students  are  notified  by  the  appropriate  academic  dean  of  their  dismissal.  When  extenuating 
circumstances,  such  as  prolonged  illness,  account  for  the  disqualification,  the  student  may  be 
permitted,  on  petition  to  the  appropriate  academic  dean,  to  continue  on  probation  for  the  next 
term. 

Enrollment  in  the  College  implies  willingness  on  the  part  of  the  student  to  comply  with  the 
requirements  and  regulations  of  the  College.  If  the  student  fails  to  comply  with  these 
requirements  and  regulations,  or  if  it  is  determined  by  the  dean  that  the  student  is  not  able  to 
benefit  from  the  opportunities  offered  by  the  College,  withdrawal  may  be  requested  even 
though  no  specific  breach  of  discipline  is  charged. 

Withdrawal  from  College 

Students  thinking  of  withdrawing  from  the  College  should  schedule  an  interview  with  the 
Coordinator  of  the  Advisement  Center  in  order  to  explore  other  options  or  assistance. 

Students  who  must  withdraw  from  the  College  at  any  time  must  file  a  withdrawal  notice  in  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar.  Forms  are  available  from  the  Advisement  Center  on  both  campuses. 
Students  who  leave  the  college  for  two  consecutive  semesters  without  filing  appropriate  forms 
are  considered  withdrawn.  Students  wishing  to  re-enter  must  file  an  application  for  re- 
admission  with  the  Admission  Office.  (See  Business  Office  for  reduced  charges  which  apply 
when  withdrawing  from  the  College.) 


UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES        41 


Leave  of  Absence 

Students  in  good  academic  standing  may  request  a  Leave  of  Absence  from  the  College  for  one 
semester.  However,  after  the  deadline  to  withdraw  with  a  W,  a  Leave  of  Absence  cannot  be 
granted  for  the  current  term.  Students  on  a  Leave  of  Absence  may  not  enroll  in  another 
institution  during  the  period  of  Leave  of  Absence. 

Upon  request,  a  Leave  of  Absence  can  be  extended  for  one  additional  semester  by  the 
appropriate  academic  dean.  Students  on  a  Leave  of  Absence  are  considered  continuing 
students  and  may  pre-register  for  the  next  semester  at  the  allotted  time  and  must  contact  their 
advisor. 

Weekend  College  students  may  petition  to  take  a  Leave  of  Absence  for  three  consecutive 
semesters  and  will  not  be  required  to  change  their  catalog.  Also,  with  the  approval  of  the 
advisor  or  director,  Weekend  College  students  may  petition  to  enroll  at  another  institution 
while  on  a  Leave  of  Absence  with  the  understanding  that  they  may  not  complete  more  than  6 
units  during  any  semester  and  no  more  than  a  total  of  15  units. 

Transcripts 

Transcripts  are  issued  at  the  written  request  of  students  or  graduates  to  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar.  At  the  close  of  each  term,  transcripts  for  registered  students  must  be  held  for 
inclusion  of  grades  for  the  term,  and  therefore  will  not  be  available  for  approximately  three 
(3)  weeks.  Partial  transcripts  will  not  be  issued.  At  times  other  than  the  close  of  the  term,  the 
normal  period  required  for  processing  transcripts  is  5  working  days.  No  transcript  will  be 
released  unless  all  indebtedness  to  the  college  has  been  satisfied.  All  transcripts  are  $5.00 
each.  Upon  completion  of  degree,  students  are  entitled  to  a  complimentary  transcript. 

The  Registrar's  Office  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  will  only  accept  transcripts  that  have  been 
mailed  directly  to  MSMC  from  another  institution.  Transcripts  that  are  hand-delivered  or 
mailed  by  the  student  to  MSMC  will  not  be  accepted  as  "official"  and  can  only  be  used  for 
purposes  of  "unofficial  evaluation." 

Academic  Petitions 

Students  may  petition  to  waive  or  modify  any  academic  policy  or  regulation,  for  good  reason, 
which  must  be  documented.  The  petition  must  be  approved  by  the  appropriate  academic  dean. 
Students  file  the  approved  petition  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  for  placement  in  their 
permanent  file. 

Students  with  Disabilities 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  in  compliance  with  the  state  and  federal  laws  and  regulations 
including  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  of  1990  (ADA)  and  Section  504  of  the 
Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  (Section  504),  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  disability  in 
administration  of  its  education-related  programs  and  activities.  The  College  has  an 
institutional  commitment  to  provide  equal  educational  opportunities  for  students  with 
disabilities  who  are  otherwise  qualified.  Students  who  believe  they  have  been  subjected  to 
discrimination  on  the  basis  of  disability,  or  have  been  denied  access  to  services  or 
accommodations  required  by  law,  should  contact  the  appropriate  campus  disability  services 
coordinator  for  resolution.  Mount  St.  Mary's  AD  A/Section  504  Grievance  Procedure  is 
located  in  the  Student  Handbook  and  copies  can  be  obtained  upon  request  in  the  Campus 
Learning  Centers  or  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs.  The  policy  may  also  be  viewed  on  the 
college  website  at  www.msmc . la. edu,  key  word,  "disability." 


42      UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 


Transfer  Students 

Students  transferring  into  the  College  bring  different  backgrounds,  goals,  education,  and 
experiences.  In  recognizing  this,  special  efforts  are  made  to  provide  academic  advisement  and 
program  planning  that  build  on  the  learning  the  student  has  already  acquired.  Careful  attention 
is  paid  to  provide  assistance  in  the  scheduling  of  classes  so  that  major  requirements  as  well  as 
college  general  education  requirements  are  fulfilled. 

Transfer  students  are  assigned  an  academic  advisor  in  the  area  of  their  major;  the  services  of 
the  Academic  Advisement  Center  are  available  to  all  students. 

Appeals  of  academic  regulations  and  curriculum  requirements  are  possible  where  such  action 
seems  warranted.  Students  seeking  to  appeal  regulations  other  than  course  requirements  in 
their  major  should  obtain  a  petition  from  the  Academic  Advisement  Center.  The  completed 
form  should  be  taken  to  the  appropriate  dean  for  approval.  Students  seeking  a  substitution  or 
waiver  of  requirements  in  their  major  should  obtain  the  written  approval  of  the  departmental 
chairperson.  Copies  of  this  approval  should  be  placed  in  the  students'  permanent  files. 
Students  who  wish  to  challenge  their  Transfer  of  Credit  Evaluation  must  do  so  by  the 
end  of  their  first  semester  at  MSMC. 

Credit  by  Exam 

In  selected  departments,  course  credit  by  challenge  examination  is  available  on  a  limited  basis 
and  at  the  discretion  of  the  department  chairperson.  The  student  must  file  the  approved  form 
in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  Only  units  of  CREDIT  will  be  awarded  for  these  examinations 
(No  record  of  failures  will  appear  on  a  student's  transcript.).  All  credit  awarded  in  this  manner 
will  be  so  noted  on  the  student's  transcript.  A  course  may  only  be  challenged  by 
examination  once.  Students  may  also  take  externally  administered  standard  proficiency 
exams  such  as  CLEP  (College-Level  Examination  Program  from  CEEB)  and  PEP 
(Professional  Equivalency  Program  from  ACT)  in  those  areas  approved  by  the  College. 
Information  about  these  exams  and  a  current  list  of  approved  exams  are  available  from  the 
office  of  the  baccalaureate  dean.  Credit  for  CLEP  or  PEP  exams  taken  prior  to  enrolling  at 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College  and  which  appear  on  the  transcript  of  record  from  another  college 
or  university  will  be  accepted  according  to  the  transfer  of  credit  procedure.  If  there  has  been 
no  official  awarding  of  credit,  an  original  transcript  from  ACT  or  CEEB  must  be  presented. 
Students  who  have  taken  courses  sponsored  by  the  armed  forces  or  other  non-collegiate 
agencies  may  apply  for  an  evaluation  of  these  learning  experiences. 

For  the  Baccalaureate  degree,  a  maximum  of  12  units  may  be  secured  through  CLEP/PEP 
exams  in  areas  approved  by  the  College.  All  units  earned  in  this  manner  are  held  in  escrow 
until  the  student  has  successfully  completed  30  units  of  course  work  at  Mount  Saint  Mary's 
College. 

For  the  Associate  degree,  a  maximum  of  8  units  of  credit  may  be  secured  through  credit  by 
departmental  exam  and/or  CLEP/PEP  exams  in  areas  approved  by  the  College.  All  units 
earned  in  this  manner  are  held  in  escrow  until  the  student  has  successfully  completed  24  units 
of  course  work  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 


UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES        43 


Advanced  Standing 

Advanced  standing  is  determined  on  an  individual  basis  and  is  not  decided  until  an  evaluation 
of  all  previous  academic  work  has  been  completed.  Original  transcripts  must  also  be 
submitted  for  all  proficiency  or  advanced  placement  credit  awards  (CLEP,  PEP,  AP).  A 
maximum  of  36  semester  units  for  course  work  taken  in  an  accredited  college  is  transferable 
toward  the  Associate  degree.  No  more  than  66  transferable  community  college  units  may  be 
applied  toward  the  units  required  for  a  Baccalaureate  degree. 

Students  transferring  from  foreign  schools,  colleges,  and  universities  must  submit  original 
copies  of  their  academic  records  and  translations  from  an  approved  translating  service.  The 
Admission  Office  can  provide  a  list  of  approved  agencies. 

Credit  for  courses  taken  at  other  accredited  colleges  or  universities  is  transferable  provided 
that  the  transferred  courses  satisfy  curriculum  requirements  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  The 
following  courses  ordinarily  do  not  transfer: 

Cooperative  Education  Freshman  Orientation 

Continuing  Education  Pre-college  Math,  Writing,  Reading 

Directed  and  Independent  Studies  English  as  a  Second  Language 

Special  Studies  Business  Skills  (typing,  shorthand,  etc.) 

Selected/Special  Topics  Vocational  and  Technical 
Internships,  Practicums,  Field  Work 

No  more  than  2.0  units  in  physical  education  and  6.0  units  in  applied  art  may  be  transferred 
from  any  college  or  university. 

In  the  case  of  courses  in  which  grades  of  C-,  D,  or  F  are  repeated,  only  the  better  grade  will  be 
transferred.  In  cases  where  a  course  in  which  a  grade  of  C  or  better  has  been  repeated,  only 
the  C  will  be  accepted. 

Courses  are  evaluated  by  the  Advisement  Center  for  general  studies  applicability.  The 
determination  of  whether  courses  transferred  into  the  College  may  serve  as  fulfillment  of 
major  or  minor  requirements  is  made  by  the  appropriate  department.  Those  courses  not 
accepted  in  the  major  or  minor  may  count  as  general  electives. 

A  transfer  credit  summary  and  determination  of  advanced  standing  will  be  prepared  by  the 
Advisement  Center  after  all  transcripts  of  all  previous  college  work  have  been  submitted.  A 
final  credit  summary  will  be  prepared  during  the  first  semester  of  attendance  once  all  final 
transcripts  have  been  submitted.  Failure  to  submit  required  transcripts  may  prevent  students 
from  enrolling  in  classes.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  for  transcripts  of  prior  work 
submitted  after  the  first  semester  of  attendance.  Students  who  wish  to  challenge  the 
transfer  credit  summary  must  do  so  by  the  end  of  their  first  semester  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College. 


44         UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 


Concurrent  Enrollment  Policy  and  Transfer  of  Credit 

Once  admitted  to  and  enrolled  in  the  College,  students  are  normally  expected  to  pursue  study 
only  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  during  the  Fall  and  Spring  semesters.  Students  seeking  an 
exception  to  Concurrent  Enrollment  Policy  must  file  an  Academic  Petition  and  Transfer  of 
Credit  Clearance  Form  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  prior  to  registration  at  another  institution. 

Classification  of  Students 

To  be  classified  as  a  sophomore,  a  student  must  have  satisfactorily  completed  30  semester 
units  towards  the  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  undergraduate  degree,  and  have  1-2  more 
semesters  of  work  to  complete  before  fulfilling  Associate  degree  requirements  or  5-6  more 
semesters  of  work  to  complete  before  fulfilling  Baccalaureate  degree  requirements  or  the  unit 
equivalent;  as  a  junior,  a  minimum  of  60  semester  units  and  3-4  semesters  of  work  to 
complete;  as  a  senior,  90  semester  units  and  1-2  semesters  of  work  to  complete. 

A  student  with  full-time  status  must  carry  12-18  units  per  semester.  Part-time  students  carry 
less  than  1 2  units  per  semester.  Foreign  students  (with  non-immigrant  F- 1   student  status) 
enrolled  in  beginning  ESL  (on  or  off  campus)  plus  nine  semester  units  may  be  considered  as 
students  with  full-time  status. 

Non-matriculating  students  may  take  a  course  or  courses  for  academic  credit  without 
following  a  prescribed  curriculum  toward  a  degree. 

Ordinarily  a  student  should  be  a  sophomore  before  enrolling  in  upper  division  courses.  It  is 
the  student's  responsibility  to  be  aware  of  prerequisites  or  requirements  for  enrolling  in  upper 
division  courses. 

Application  for  Graduation  with  a  Degree 

Students  applying  for  graduation  must  file  a  graduation  application  in  the  Registrar's  Office 
before  the  end  of  the  semester  prior  to  the  term  of  project  completion.  See  the  Registrar's 
Office  for  specific  dates  and  forms. 

Degree  Completion: 

Associate  of  Arts  Students 

Full-time  traditional  students  continuously  enrolled  in  the  MSMC  Associate  of  Arts  degree 
program  must  complete  all  degree  requirements  in  six  semesters,  excluding  Leaves  of 
Absence.  Failure  to  complete  degree  requirements  within  this  time  frame  would  result  in 
dismissal  from  the  College. 

Baccalaureate  Students 

Full-time  traditional  students  continuously  enrolled  in  the  MSMC  Baccalaureate  degree 
program  must  complete  all  degree  requirements  in  six  years  and/or  twelve  semesters, 
excluding  Leaves  of  Absence.  Failure  to  complete  degree  requirements  within  this  time 
frame  would  result  in  dismissal  from  the  College. 

Returning  Students 

A  student  who  wishes  to  return  to  MSMC  to  complete  his/her  degree  (either  Associate  or 
Baccalaureate)  after  an  absence  of  six  or  more  years  must  return  under  the  catalog  in  effect 
when  the  readmission  is  granted.  All  General  Studies  requirements  must  be  completed.  The 
department  chair  will  determine  requirements  necessary  to  complete  the  major. 


ASSOCIATE  DEGREES  45 


Associate  in  Arts  Degrees 

Through  the  Associate  in  Arts  Program  students  have  the  opportunity  to  develop  academic 
competencies.  Faculty  and  staff  offer  excellence  in  their  specialized  fields  and  show  concern 
for  the  individual  student.  The  fundamental  goal  of  this  program  is  to  provide  knowledge  and 
skills  for  an  enriched  life  and  the  possibility  for  further  education.  Students  in  the 
AA  Program  also  are  able  to  explore  various  options  in  determining  a  career  and  the  skills 
necessary  for  employment. 

All  courses  are  transferable  to  the  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Baccalaureate  degree  program 
unless  otherwise  stated.  Students  wishing  to  transfer  to  other  four  year  campuses  should 
consult  with  their  advisors  about  the  transferability  of  courses. 

Students  who  enter  the  Associate  Degree  Program  are  required  to  complete  a  series  of  tests 
including  reading,  writing  and  math  prior  to  registering  for  classes.  These  proficiency  tests 
must  be  passed  before  students  can  receive  their  AA  degree  or  transfer  to  Chalon. 

The  specializations  are  designed  to  prepare  students  for  transfer  to  a  Baccalaureate  program  or 
employment  upon  graduation. 

Four  semesters  are  usually  required  to  complete  the  A.  A.  degree.  Students  with  academic 
deficiencies  may  need  an  additional  semester.  Students  may  continue  in  the  AA  program  for 
6  semesters  in  order  to  fulfill  requirements  to  graduate  or  to  transfer  to  the  Chalon  Campus. 
Students  must  be  enrolled  in  an  English  class  every  semester  until  they  have  successfully 
completed  ENG  6A  and  6B  and/or  ENG  1 A  and  IB. 


Majors  Offered 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  confers  the  Associate  in  Arts  degree  with  the 
following  majors: 

Business  Administration 

Early  Childhood  Education 

Graphic  Design 

Health  and  Human  Services 

Liberal  Arts 

Media  Communication 

Nursing 

Pre-Health  Science 


A  complete  description  of  the  requirements  for  each  major  as  well  as  course  descriptions  may 
be  found  in  the  Courses  of  Instruction  section  of  this  catalog. 


46  ASSOCIATE  DEGREES 


Students  are  governed  by  the  catalog  under  which  they  enter  MSMC.  If  subsequent  catalogs 
have  changes  in  major/minor  or  general  studies  requirements  which  are  in  the  students'  favor, 
they  may  be  substituted  at  the  option  of  the  students. 

Academic  Policies:  Associate  Degree 
Degree  Requirements 

1.  Completion  of  at  least  60  semester  units  with  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  (a  C  average) 
for  all  college  work  undertaken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

2.  Residency  Requirement:  30  of  the  last  39  units  must  be  taken  at  MSMC 

3.  Required  courses: 

I.  Communication  Skills  (minimum  of  6  units): 

ENG6ABorENG  1AB/C 
(Students  planning  to  transfer  to  the  Chalon  Campus  must  be  enrolled  in  an  English 
class  every  semester  until  they  have  successfully  completed  English  IB.) 

II.  Arts  and  Sciences  (minimum  of  9  units): 

(At  least  one  course  must  be  taken  from  three  of  the  following  categories.) 

A.  Art,  Music,  Literature 

ART  2  Design  I  (3) 

ART  5  Fundamentals  of  Art  (3) 

MUS  6  The  Fine  Arts:  Music  (3) 

ENG  12  Literary  Analysis  (3) 

ENG  15  Literature  &  Society  (3) 

ENG  16  Literature  &  the  Human  Experience^) 

ENG  17  Literary  Focus  (3) 

ENG  25  Mythmaking:  Quest  for  Meaning  (3) 

ENG  27  Women  in  Quest  (3) 

ENG  28  Contemporary  Issues  in  World 

Literature  (3) 

B.  History,  Contemporary  Economics,  Politics 

HIS  1 A  Western  Civilization  I  (3) 

HIS  IB  Western  Civilization  II  (3) 

HIS  25  Cultural  Geography  (3) 

HIS  75  Contemporary  America  (3) 

ECO  2  Macroeconomics  (3) 

POL  1  American  Government  (3) 

C.  Natural,  Physical  Sciences 

BIO  5  Life  Science  (3) 

BIO  10  Health  Science  (3) 

BIO  40A  Anatomy  (4) 

BIO  50B  Physiology  (4) 

PHS  1  Scientific  Concepts  (3) 


ASSOCIATE  DEGREES 

47 

D.  Social,  Behavioral  Sciences 

ECO  1 

Microeconomics 

(3) 

POL  2 

Comparative  Government 

(3) 

POL  10 

Political  Concepts 

(3) 

PSY  1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  12 

Child/Human  Development 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

SOC6 

Family,  Child  and  Community 

(3) 

III. 

Philosophy 

(3) 

IV. 

Religious  Studies 

(3) 

V. 

Intro  to  College  Studies 

(1) 

SPR85 

(1) 

VI.  Outreach 

SPR60A  Social  Action  (1) 

-or- 

Fieldwork  or  clinical  experience  required  by  specific  majors 

-or- 

Successful  completion  of  a  service  learning  class  (SL) 

VII.  Diversity  (3  units) 

ART  5  Fundamentals  of  Art  (3) 

ENG  27  Women  in  Quest  (3) 

HIS  25  Cultural  Geography  (3) 

MUS6  The  Fine  Arts:  Music  (3) 

PHI  15  Challenges  in  Philosophy  (3) 

PHI  21  Moral  Values  (3) 

PHI  92  Business  Ethics  (3) 

POL  2  Comparative  Government  (3) 

RST61  World  Religions  (3) 

RST78  Death  and  Afterlife  (3) 

SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 

SOC  6  Family,  Child  and  Community  (3) 

VIII.  Quantitative  Literacy  (3  units) 

(a  minimum  of  3  units,  taken  from  either  category,  QL1  or  QL2) 

A.  Quantitative  Literacy  1(QL1) 

BUS  16AB  Accounting  Principles  1,11  (4,4) 

MTH  50  Elementary  Number  Systems  (3) 

NUR  20  Adaptation  Model  Nursing  Theory  (2) 

NUR  30  Pharmacology  (2) 

PHI  5  Introduction  to  Logic  (3) 

B.  Quantitative  Literacy  2  (QL2) 

MTH  10    Quantitative  Reasoning  and  Mathematical  Ideas  (3) 

MTH  28   Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business  (3) 

MTH  38    Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

MTH  51    Elements  of  Geometry  and  Statistics  (3) 

PHS  1        Scientific  Concepts  (3) 


48  ASSOCIATE  DEGREES 


4.  Completion  of  program  requirements.  (Listed  under  departments.) 

5.  For  the  Associate  degree,  24  semester  units  must  be  completed  during  the  last  two 
semesters  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  Of  these,  a  minimum  of  12  semester  units  must  be  in 
students'  major  and  earned  in  regular  course  work. 

6.  In  order  to  participate  in  commencement  exercises,  students  must  have  completed  all 
requirements  for  graduation. 

7.  Skill  in  writing,  reading,  and  basic  math  evidenced  by  passing  scores  in  proficiency  tests. 

8.  The  student  must  file  a  graduation  application  in  the  Registrar's  Office  by  the  end  of  the 
term  prior  to  the  term  of  completion. 

Credit  Load 

A  full-time  student  is  defined  as  a  student  who  is  enrolled  in  a  minimum  of  1 2  units  and  a 
maximum  of  1 8  units  per  semester. 

Graduation  With  Honors  (Associate  in  Arts  Degree) 

Graduation  With  Honors  shall  be  granted  to  a  student  who  has  earned  the  Associate  in  Arts 
degree  while  maintaining  a  cumulative  3.5  grade  point  average  prior  to  the  final  semester. 

The  overall  GPA  at  the  end  of  the  fall  semester  of  the  academic  year  is  used  in  determining 
honors.  The  student's  grade  point  average  will  be  calculated  on  the  basis  of  grades  earned  at 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  as  well  as  college  course  credits  and  grades  earned  prior  to  the 
time  of  matriculation. 

Courses  completed  at  another  institution  after  matriculation  are  not  computed  into  the 
cumulative  grade  point  average  with  the  exception  of  approved  exchange  programs. 

Intercampus  Transfer 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offers  students  who  begin  their  studies  in  the  Associate  degree 
program  the  opportunity  to  transfer  to  the  Baccalaureate  program.  Students  wishing  to 
transfer  must  have  completed  two  semesters  at  MSMC  with  a  2.4  grade  point  average,  have 
passing  scores  on  the  proficiency  tests,  have  completed  ENG  1  A,  and  take  the  following 
steps: 

1 .  Request  a  Program  Change  Application  from  the  Academic  Advisement  Center,  the 
Intercampus  Transfer  Office  or  the  Registrar's  Office;  obtain  the  signatures  of  the 
academic  advisor,  the  testing  coordinator,  and  the  intercampus  transfer  coordinator. 

2.  If  requesting  to  transfer  to  the  Nursing  or  Liberal  Studies  majors,  have  the  transfer 
form  approved  by  the  department. 

3.  Have  completed  ENG  1 A  and  be  enrolled  in  ENG  IB  or  1C  (if  not  already  completed) 
during  the  first  semester  at  the  Chalon  Campus. 

4.  Submit  this  form  to  the  Intercampus  Transfer  Office  to  obtain  verification  of 
transferable  units  and  cumulative  GPA. 

Students  who  transfer  prior  to  receiving  their  AA  degree  cannot  request  it  retroactively. 

Students  will  be  notified  of  their  preliminary  acceptance  into  the  Baccalaureate  program  by 
the  Intercampus  Transfer  Office.  Students  will  be  notified  of  final  approval  after  the 
verification  of  semester  grades. 


ASSOCIATE  DEGREES  49 


Integration  of  Theory  and  Practice 

Experience  endeavors  to  relate  personal  growth  and  learning  to  the  more  practical  aspects  of 
life.  Opportunities  for  experience  can  occur  both  inside  and  outside  the  college. 

The  Intro  to  College  Studies  course  facilitates  the  incoming  student's  adjustment  to  the 
demands  of  college  life  by  teaching  skills  for  personal  effectiveness  and  presenting  strong 
female  role  models  in  various  careers.  Students  work  in  small  groups  with  staff  and  peer 
counselors  to  discuss  concerns,  explore  values  and  goals,  and  practice  communication  skills. 

Social  Action/Fieldwork  extends  the  learning  process  beyond  campus  limits.  The  student 
becomes  aware  of  important  issues  in  society.  Opportunities  are  offered  for  career-related 
experiences  and  the  blending  of  theory  and  practice.  In  Social  Action  or  Service  Learning 
courses,  the  student  performs  supervised  volunteer  services  such  as  tutoring,  hospital 
volunteer  work,  child  care,  home  visiting,  and  the  like.  In  Field  Work  the  student  engages  in 
supervised  fieldwork  as  determined  by  the  major. 

Academic  Support  Services 

Academic  Advisement 

The  Doheny  Academic  Advisement  program  for  the  Associate  of  Arts  degree  is  coordinated 
through  the  Academic  Advisement  Center.  The  Doheny  Advisement  program  consists  of 
faculty  advisors,  Academic  Advisement  Center  advisors,  first  year  Orientation  Advising  and 
several  workshops  providing  information  about  summer  school  attendance  and  Study  Away 
programs. 

Each  student  is  assigned  an  advisor  who  will  assist  in  clarifying  program  requirements,  class 
schedules,  and  academic  and  career  goals.  The  students  meet  with  their  advisor  at  least  once  a 
semester  for  advisement  and  registration  purposes.  However,  students  are  encouraged  to  visit 
their  advisors  to  build  a  positive  advisor-student  relationship.  To  further  serve  the  students' 
advisement  needs,  the  Academic  Advisement  Center  also  functions  as  a  drop-in  office  for  on- 
going guidance  and  referral  services. 

Although  the  individual  faculty  advisors  and  the  Advisement  Center  staff  make  every  effort  to 
provide  advisement  for  the  student,  it  is  ultimately  the  student's  responsibility  to  see  that  all 
procedures  are  followed  and  all  requirements  are  fulfilled. 

Learning  Resource  Center 

The  Learning  Resource  Center  oversees  the  English  classes'  Skills  Labs,  supervises  students 
still  working  for  reading,  writing,  and  math  proficiencies,  and  provides  tutors  for  most  areas 
of  the  undergraduate  curriculum.  Students  in  developmental  English  classes  spend  an 
assigned  hour  a  week  receiving  instruction  in  diagnosed  grammatical  and  compositional  skills 
not  yet  mastered.  With  tutors,  computer  or  AV  aids,  students  also  work  to  acquire  a  certain 
proficiency  in  reading,  writing,  and  basic  math.  Students  may  also  request  a  tutor  or  organize 
a  study  group  for  other  areas  of  the  curriculum,  e.g.,  psychology,  sociology,  geography,  etc. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  make  appointments  for  any  extra  time  they  may  need,  but 
occasionally  drop-ins  can  also  be  accommodated. 


50  ASSOCIATE  DEGREES 


Library  Facilities 

The  Charles  Willard  Coe  Memorial  Library,  located  on  the  Chalon  Campus,  is  the  principal 
library  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  Constructed  in  1947,  the  Coe  Library  houses  the 
majority  of  print  library  materials  for  both  campuses  and  also  houses  the  Instructional  Media 
Center,  an  Office  of  Institutional  Technology  (OIT),  administered  repository  for  non-print 
media,  and  the  hardware  necessary  to  non-print  media  use.  The  facility  is  intended  primarily 
for  individual  and  small  group  use  but  also  circulates  its  sound  and  image  collections  for  use 
in  the  classroom.  There  is  an  OIT  administered  Computer  Lab  on  the  4th  floor. 

The  J.  Thomas  McCarthy  Library  on  the  Doheny  Campus  is  housed  in  the  Sr. 
Magdalen  Coughlin  Learning  Complex. 

The  libraries  serving  the  two  campuses  currently  hold  over  130,000  volumes  and  carry 
subscriptions  to  over  800  print  periodicals.  Moreover,  the  OIT  administered  IMTC  contains 
over  5500  titles  of  non-print  media  material.  Print  and  non-print  materials  are  lent  from  one 
library  to  the  other  to  accommodate  the  changing  curriculum  and  to  meet  the  needs  of  faculty 
and  students,  who  are  also  permitted  to  use  both  collections  in  person.  The  libraries  hold 
subscriptions  to  a  number  of  bibliographic  and  full-text  on-line  databases  in  a  wide  variety  of 
academic  subject  areas.  There  are  three  book  databases  as  well  as  numerous  journal  article 
and  proprietary  materials  databases.  Please  consult  the  Libraries'  Research  Resources 
WebPages  for  a  list  of  current  subscriptions. 

Skills  Programs 

The  ability  to  communicate  is  one  of  the  basic  tools  of  learning.  A  student  must  be  able  to 
receive  and  to  transmit  information  accurately.  This  process  involves  reading,  writing, 
speaking,  and  listening,  as  well  as  understanding  non-verbal  messages.  A  student  must  be  able 
to  think  logically  and  apply  knowledge  to  problems  and  situations  at  hand.  In  order  to 
facilitate  the  acquisition  of  these  tools,  the  following  programs  are  offered: 

College  Skills 

Specialized  courses  in  areas  such  as  study  skills,  reading,  math,  and  English  are  provided  for 
students  whose  previous  performance  and/or  test  results  indicate  they  might  experience 
academic  difficulty.  These  courses  are  required  for  students  who  are  academically 
underprepared. 

Summer  Skills  Workshop 

The  Workshop  in  Study  Skills,  offered  prior  to  freshman  year,  enables  interested  students  to 
get  a  better  start  in  their  college  careers.  Students  receive  one  unit  of  AA  credit  for 
successfully  completing  a  class  in  study  skills  and  two  other  classes  chosen  from  classes  in 
writing,  math,  reading,  and  studying  the  sciences. 


ASSOCIATE  DEGREES       51 


Computer  Labs 

The  Doheny  Campus  has  two  complete  computer  labs.  Each  has  laser  printers  available. 

Macintosh  Lab,  located  in  room  120,  Bldg.  4,  has  18  iMac,  networked  computers.  Each  has 
the  Microsoft  Office  software  suite  and  web  browsing  capabilities.  The  lab  is  open  daily  for 
student  and  faculty  use. 

The  main  student  computer  lab  in  Bldg.  3,  room  B-104,  has  25  networked  Dell  workstations. 
Each  has  a  ZIP  drive  for  large  file  access  and  storage,  the  Microsoft  Office  software  suite  and 
web  browsing  capabilities.  The  lab  is  open  daily  for  student  and  faculty  use. 

Title  V  grant-funded  labs,  located  in  Bldg.  4,  rooms  111,119,  206,  209,  and  21 1,  have 
networked  Dell  computers.  Each  has  the  Microsoft  Office  software  suite  and  web  browsing 
capabilities.  The  labs  are  also  used  as  classrooms  and  are  open  daily  for  student  and  faculty 
use  when  there  are  no  classes  in  session. 

A.A.  Student  Cross-Enrollment  at  Chalon 

Associate  of  Arts  students  may  take  a  limited  number  of  units  at  Chalon.  Ordinarily  students 
admitted  to  the  AA  Program  do  not  take  classes  at  Chalon  during  their  first  semester. 
However,  if  there  is  need  for  a  sequence  course  such  as  biology,  chemistry,  math,  or  music,  a 
maximum  of  eight  units  may  be  taken  during  the  first  two  semesters.  Unless  noted  in 
program  requirements,  AA  students  do  not  take  upper  division  courses  until  completion  of 
ENG  IB.  (Chalon  students  have  priority  registration  for  Chalon  classes;  Doheny  students  for 
Doheny  classes.) 

After  two  (2)  semesters  in  the  A  A  Program,  students  with  a  2.4  cum  GPA  may  take  a 
maximum  of  seven  (7)  units  during  their  third  semester  and  as  many  as  nine  (9)  units  during 
their  fourth  semester  at  the  Chalon  Campus. 

Student  Affairs 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  provides  students  with  programs  and  experiences  conducive  to 
personal,  cultural,  ethical,  social,  physical,  spiritual,  and  intellectual  growth.  Student  initiative 
and  responsibility  are  encouraged  in  an  atmosphere  of  close  interrelation  among  students, 
faculty,  administration  and  staff. 

Campus  Ministry 

Campus  Ministry  seeks  to  develop  and  sustain  awareness  of  the  spiritual  dimension  of  life 
which  is  at  the  heart  of  the  College's  mission,  assisting  students,  faculty  and  staff  to  grow 
spiritually  in  accordance  with  their  own  religious  traditions.  Catholic  in  our  roots  and  vision, 
we  welcome  an  opportunity  to  be  of  service  to  persons  of  every  religious  persuasion  or  none 
at  all,  and  commit  ourselves  to  respect  for  the  freedom  of  each  person's  conscience  and 
unique  path. 

The  Campus  Ministry  team  consists  of  a  director,  two  coordinators  (each  focused  on  one  of 
our  two  campuses),  student  coordinators  and  office  staff.  Together,  they  are  responsible  for  a 
number  of  areas:  Prayer  and  Spirituality;  Liturgy  (including  Sunday  Mass,  reconciliation 
services  and  other  prayer  services);  the  Rite  of  Christian  Initiation  for  Adults  (for  those  who 
wish  to  become  Catholic);  preparation  for  Confirmation,  Eucharist  and  other  sacraments; 
Bible  Study  and  other  educational  efforts;  retreats;  campus  festivities  and  observances;  and 


52  ASSOCIATE  DEGREES 


community  service  opportunities,  including  action  and  reflection  for  Social  Justice. 
Individual  counseling  and  conversations  are  also  available  to  any  member  of  the  campus 
community. 

Our  Lady  of  Mercy  Chapel  is  the  central  place  for  worship  and  prayer  on  the  Doheny  campus. 
People  of  all  faith  backgrounds  are  welcome  there,  whether  for  an  afternoon  Mass,  an  evening 
Rosary  with  friends,  or  for  personal  quiet  reflection. 

You  are  always  welcome  to  the  Campus  Ministry  office,  whether  you  are  a  student,  faculty  or 
staff  member,  whatever  your  religious  tradition. 

Career  Center 

The  Career  Center  provides  the  opportunity  for  students  to  find  the  major  and  career  best 
suited  for  them  by  learning  how  to  identify  their  unique  skills,  interests,  values  and 
personality  traits,  and  how  to  research  the  world  of  work.  Students  are  encouraged  to  enroll 
in  the  one  unit  Career  Planning  seminar  (required  for  business  majors)  offered  in  the  Spring 
semester,  the  Career  Exploration  course  (for  undeclared  or  major  changers)  offered  during  the 
Fall  semester  or  the  Careers  in  Health  (required  for  pre-health  majors)  course  offered  in  the 
Fall. 

The  Career  Center  includes  a  career  library  with  books  on  interviewing,  resume  writing, 
major  and  career  options  and  job  search  information.  Off-campus  full-time  and  part-time  job 
listings,  the  "Volunteer  Works"  internship  database  with  over  300  internship  listings,  and 
"Choices,"  a  computerized  career  planning  tool,  can  be  found  in  the  Career  Center. 

A  variety  of  activities  are  offered  by  the  Career  Center.  Annual  events  include  an  etiquette 
dinner  and  major  fair.  Alumnae  Career  panels  focusing  on  different  majors  and  occupations 
are  held  throughout  the  school  year.  The  Center  also  sponsors  trips  to  various  off-campus 
career  fairs,  career-related  conferences  and  workshops. 

The  Career  Center  staff  is  available  for  individual  counseling  appointments  to  assist  students 
with  skills  assessment,  resume  writing,  and  interviewing  techniques.  Staff  also  help  students 
to  research  information  on  career  positions  and  internship  options.  The  Career  Center  staff 
foster  on-going  relationships  with  a  variety  of  organizations  and  corporations  in  order  to 
develop  internship  and  employment  opportunities  for  students. 

Service  Learning  and  Community  Engagement 

In  the  spirit  of  the  mission  and  strategic  planning  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  community 
engagement  opportunities  exist  to  offer  MSMC  students  off-campus  service  and  learning 
experiences  at  community  organizations  that  promote  human  and  community  development. 
Service-Learning  faculty,  Career  Development  staff,  the  Women's  Leadership  Program  and 
the  office  of  Experiential  Learning  work  collaboratively  with  MSMC  students  to  promote 
healthy,  socially-just  communities  in  the  greater  Los  Angeles  area.  In  order  to  gain  knowledge 
and  understanding,  assess  their  own  learning  through  reflection  and  structured  experiences, 
and  become  life-long  committed  advocates  for  social  justice  in  our  world,  all  Mount  students 
are  encouraged  to  participate  in  a  variety  of  community  engagement  and  service-learning 
opportunities. 


ASSOCIATE  DEGREES  53 


Counseling  and  Psychological  Services  (CPS) 

MSMC  recognizes  that  emotional  health  and  personal  growth  are  essential  components  of  a 
successful  academic  experience.  The  mission  of  CPS  is  to  enhance  the  emotional  growth  of 
students  by  promoting  balanced  lifestyles,  positive  self-esteem,  and  essential  life  skills  with 
an  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  whole  person.  CPS  provides  psychological 
counseling  services  and  psycho-educational  programs  for  students,  as  well  as  responsive 
consultation  to  the  college  community.  In  counseling,  students  discuss  issues  such  as  anxiety, 
depression,  stress  management,  academic  concerns,  family  and  relationship  problems,  grief, 
loneliness,  eating  disorders,  substance  abuse,  dating  violence  and  self-esteem  difficulties. 
Counseling  services  are  available  to  current,  full-time  MSMC  undergraduates  and  doctor  of 
physical  therapy  graduate  students.  After  the  initial  appointment,  a  recommendation  will  be 
made  for  individual  counseling,  group  sessions,  or  referrals  to  services  in  the  community. 
Our  counseling  is  short-term,  including  up  to  twelve  sessions  per  academic  year. 

All  sessions  are  confidential  in  keeping  with  professional  ethics  and  state  laws.  No 
information  about  student  clients  is  shared  with  family  members,  the  faculty,  college 
administrators,  or  anyone  else  without  written  permission.  The  exception  to  this  policy  is 
when  limited  disclosure  is  required  by  law  to  protect  the  student  or  another  individual  from 
harm.  CPS  is  staffed  by  licensed  psychologists  and  advanced  doctoral  level  interns. 

Fitness  Education 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  committed  to  graduating  well-balanced  women  with  a  strong 
sense  of  self  and  physical  well  being.  The  Fitness  Education  Department  offers  two  programs 
that  complement  the  academic  program:  the  physical  education  courses  offered  for  academic 
credit,  and  a  wellness  and  fitness  program,  including  nutrition.  The  two  programs  together 
provide  students  with  the  opportunity  to  attain,  improve  and/or  maintain  their  physical  fitness, 
attend  informative  workshops  on  wellness  and  fitness,  participate  in  recreational  activities  on 
or  off  the  campus,  and  participate  in  intramural  volleyball,  basketball,  and  tennis  programs. 
Facilities  include  a  pool,  fitness  center  equipped  with  cardiovascular  and  weight  training 
equipment,  and  a  tennis-basketball-volleyball  court. 

Institute  for  Student  Academic  Enrichment  (ISAE) 

ISAE  is  a  federally  funded  Student  Support  Services/TRIO  program  designed  to  assist  first- 
generation,  low-income  and/or  disabled  students  in  achieving  their  maximum  potential  in 
higher  education.  ISAE  provides  eligible  students  academic  advisement,  peer  tutoring  and 
mentoring,  career  and  personal  counseling,  financial  aid  information,  workshops  and 
leadership  and  cultural  enrichment  opportunities.  ISAE  is  located  in  the  Doheny  Career 
Planning/Advisement  Center. 


54  ASSOCIATE  DEGREES 


Orientation  /  First- Year  Seminar 

The  Orientation  program  is  designed  to  assist  entering  students  with  their  transition  to  Mount 
St.  Mary's  College  and  to  enhance  their  success  at  college.  Orientation  includes  an 
introduction  to  both  the  academic  and  student  life  aspects  of  the  College  and  provides  for  the 
interaction  of  new  students  with  faculty,  staff,  and  current  students.  Orientation  for  new  first- 
year  students  is  held  in  July  with  separate  activities  for  parents.  Orientation  activities  include 
a  comedy  show,  movie  night,  and  service-learning  project.  In  addition,  placement  testing, 
advisement,  and  course  registration  are  available. 

First-year  students  continue  their  orientation  to  the  College  in  SPR  85  (Introduction  to 
College  Studies),  a  one-unit  seminar  course  taught  in  the  Fall  semester.  This  class  is  designed 
to  facilitate  the  transition  from  high  school  to  the  college  environment  and  provides 
opportunities  to  become  more  familiar  with  college  resources,  policies  and  procedures,  study 
skills,  and  other  strategies  for  college  success. 

Residence  Life 

Primary  emphasis  in  the  residence  halls  is  on  a  close  interrelationship  of  full-time  students 
and  staff  to  create  a  living  and  learning  environment  that  fosters  the  formation  of  personal 
values  and  integrity.  On-campus  living  affords  increased  opportunities  to  develop  personal 
relationships  and  to  participate  in  the  many  enriching  programs  which  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  offers.  Student  residence  life  is  largely  self-regulated,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Residence  Life  Staff  which  is  composed  of  the  Director,  Assistant  Director,  Administrative 
Assistant,  Graduate  Housing  Assistant,  Head  Resident  Assistants,  and  Resident  Assistants. 

The  residence  staff  gives  much  time  and  attention  to  assigning  rooms  and  roommates.  They 
strive  to  provide  students  both  privacy  and  the  freedom  to  develop  relationships  conducive  to 
social,  educational  and  spiritual  growth. 

An  off-campus  housing  referral  listing  is  available  through  the  Student  Activities  and 
Commuter  Services  Office. 

Student  Activities 

College  involvement  gives  the  student  the  opportunity  to  become  a  vital  part  of  the  institution. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  serve  on  college  committees  and  to  initiate  religious,  cultural,  and 
social  activities.  The  small  college  atmosphere  offers  many  opportunities  for  participation  in 
student  government  and  campus  organizations. 

Many  organizations  are  open  to  the  Mount  students  in  an  effort  to  broaden  their  experiences. 
Among  these,  the  Associated  Student  Body  sponsors  a  wide  range  of  social,  cultural, 
recreational,  volunteer,  and  religious  activities.  The  ASB  meets  regularly  to  discuss  student 
issues  and  to  promote  student  involvement.  Several  occasions  arise  each  year  for  interaction 
with  Baccalaureate  students  at  Chalon  as  well  as  with  students  of  surrounding  colleges. 
Special  interests  are  represented  in  various  clubs  and  organizations. 


ASSOCIATE  DEGREES  55 


Student  Ambassador  Program 

The  Student  Ambassador  Program  is  one  of  MSMC's  partnership  programs  designed  to 
motivate  inner-city  high  school  students  to  complete  high  school  and  aspire  to  a  college 
education.  The  ambassadors  help  high  school  students  understand  what  skills  they  need  to 
acquire  and  what  courses  to  take  to  qualify  for  college  admission,  and  assist  them  with 
identifying  appropriate  colleges  to  which  they  can  apply,  completing  admissions  applications 
and  researching  financial  aid.  The  program  provides  leadership  and  service  opportunities  to 
Mount  students  by  engaging  them  in  outreach  in  the  Los  Angeles  area.  Currently, 
ambassadors  serve  in  40  high  schools,  5  middle  schools,  and  several  Los  Angeles  City 
housing  developments.  By  helping  these  high  school  students  to  plan  for  college,  improve 
study  skills  and  envision  satisfying  and  rewarding  careers,  Mount  students  are  able  to  give 
back  to  the  community  while  developing  their  own  counseling  and  time-management  skills. 
The  Student  Ambassador  Program  continues  a  long-standing  Mount  tradition  of  service  to  the 
local  and  world  community. 

Student  Health  Services 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Health  Services  Department  offers  a  broad  range  of  services  to 
both  resident  and  commuter  students.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  preventive  medicine  and  on 
positive  health  practices  which  will  become  a  part  of  each  student's  lifestyle.  Health 
education  programs  designed  to  assist  students  in  developing  values  and  skills  related  to 
achieving  a  high  level  of  health  are  presented  each  semester. 

Regular,  full-time  students  at  the  Doheny  Campus  who  pay  the  Comprehensive  Student  Fee 
may  access  both  the  Doheny  Student  Health  Office  and  the  Chalon  Student  Health  Center. 
The  Doheny  Health  Office  is  staffed  by  a  registered  nurse  who  is  available  to  provide 
treatment  of  minor  illness  and  injuries,  health  references,  health  teaching,  immunizations  and 
laboratory  testing.  Appointments  are  also  available  with  the  Nurse  Practitioner  who  is 
scheduled  at  the  Doheny  campus  weekly. 

The  Chalon  Health  Center  is  staffed  by  physicians,  nurse  practitioners,  nurses  and  specially 
trained  students.  Services  include  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  illnesses  and  minor  injuries, 
physical  examinations,  health  teaching,  immunizations,  and  laboratory  testing.  Appointments 
may  be  made  throughout  the  week.  Students  who  pay  the  Comprehensive  Student  Fee  may 
see  a  medical  provider  or  nurse  at  no  expense.  There  may  be  minor  charges  for  laboratory 
testing  and  medications. 

When  the  Student  Health  Center  is  closed,  a  Medical  Provider  is  on-call  and  available  for 
consultation  by  contacting  the  Resident  Assistant  on  duty. 

Incoming  freshmen  and  transfer  students,  both  resident  and  commuters,  must  submit  a  current 
health  history  and  physical  examination  prior  to  entrance.  Proof  of  current  immunizations  and 
TB  skin  testing  are  also  required  for  admission.  Additional  health  requirements  exist  for 
students  enrolled  in  programs  with  clinical  affiliations. 


56  ASSOCIATE  DEGREES 


All  full-time,  regular  students  are  required  to  carry  Health  and  Accident  Insurance.  Please  see 
the  expense  listings  at  the  beginning  of  this  catalog  for  additional  information  regarding 
health  insurance  available  through  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 


Women's  Leadership  Program 

The  Women's  Leadership  Program  offers  many  opportunities  for  leadership  skill  building  and 
development  in  order  to  prepare  students  as  leaders  in  their  communities  and  future  careers. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  develop  and  strengthen  their  skills  at  the  Mount.  The  Program 
supports  students  in  developing  leadership  skills  through  co-curricular  activities,  workshops, 
internships,  and  participation  in  national  conferences. 

All  MSMC  students  have  the  opportunity  to  document  their  co-curricular  activities  in  the 
form  of  a  Leadership  Transcript.  Students  who  are  part  of  the  Leadership  program  have 
opportunities  to  develop  their  leadership  potential  by  taking  courses  and  participating  in  group 
service  projects  and  other  developmental  experiences. 

For  course  offerings  in  Leadership,  please  see  the  Leadership  and  Women's  Studies  Minor 
under  the  Courses  of  Instruction  section  of  this  catalog. 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES  57 


Baccalaureate  Degrees 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  confers  the  following  Baccalaureate  degrees: 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  majors  in: 

American  Studies 

Art 

Biological  Sciences 

Business  Administration 

Chemistry 

Child  Development 

Documentary  Film  and  Social  Justice 

English  {including  Weekend  College) 

English  and  Business  Administration  (including  Weekend  College) 

French  Studies 

Gerontology 

History 

Liberal  Arts  ( Weekend  College  only) 

Liberal  Studies  (for  elementary  teaching  credential  students) 

Mathematics 

Music 

Philosophy 

Political  Science 

Psychology 

Religious  Studies 

Social  Science 

Sociology  (including  Weekend  College) 

Spanish  and  Business  Administration 

Spanish  Studies 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  with  majors  in: 

Biochemistry 

Biological  Sciences 

Business  Administration  (Weekend  College  only) 

Chemistry 

Nursing 

Social  Work 


Individually  Designed  Major 

The  Individually  Designed  Major  is  available  to  students  interested  in  giving  further  creative 
direction  to  their  own  education.  This  student  is  encouraged  to  utilize  alternative  modes  of 
education  and  to  assume  leadership  in  initiating  educational  and  cultural  experiences. 
Admission  to  the  Individually  Designed  Major  presumes  the  ability  on  the  part  of  the  student 
to  engage  in  independent  study.  Freshmen  are  eligible  to  pursue  an  IDM  after  the  successful 
completion  of  their  first  semester  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Information  is  available  in  the  Advisement  Center  and  from  the  Baccalaureate  dean. 


58  BACCALAREATE  DEGREES 


Baccalaureate  Degree  Requirements 

Degree  Requirements 

1 .  Completion  of  at  least  124  semester  units  with  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  (C 
average)  for  all  college  work  undertaken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  A  minimum  of  45 
semester  units  must  be  in  upper  division  work. 

2.  Completion  of  a  major,  as  designated  by  the  major  department. 

3.  Satisfaction  of  the  senior  residence  requirement.  Residence  is  defined  as  30  of  the 
last  39  units  before  graduation  must  be  taken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  A  minimum  of  12 
upper  division  units  must  be  in  the  student's  major  and  earned  in  regular  course  work  at 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

4.  Completion  of  a  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  general  studies  program. 

5.  Required  Course:  Introduction  to  College  Studies  (SPR  85)  is  required  of  all 
freshmen  entering  college  with  fewer  than  24  units. 

6.  Must  file  a  graduation  application  in  the  Registrar's  Office  by  the  end  of  the  term 
prior  to  the  term  of  projected  completion. 

In  order  to  participate  in  commencement  exercises  students  must  be  registered  for  all  courses 
needed  to  complete  degree  and  college  requirements.  If  a  student  is  granted  permission  to 
enroll  in  a  course  prior  to  graduation  at  an  institution  other  than  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  the 
transcript  must  be  received  by  June  30. 

All  general  studies  courses  must  be  passed  with  a  C-  or  better 

A  student  is  governed  by  the  catalog  under  which  he/she  enters  MSMC.  If  subsequent 
catalogs  have  changes  in  major/minor  or  general  studies  requirements  which  are  in  the 
student's  favor,  they  may  be  substituted,  by  the  department  chair,  at  the  option  of  the  student. 
Changes  in  College  policies  and  procedures  apply  to  all  students. 

The  General  Studies  Curriculum 

An  educated  person  is  one  who  is  not  only  academically  prepared  in  an  area  of  specialization 
but  also  one  who  has  knowledge  and  appreciation  of  the  diverse  fields  of  human  endeavor.  To 
achieve  this,  a  student  is  expected  to  explore  areas  of  learning  outside  the  major  through  the 
General  Studies  curriculum.  The  College  has  adopted  the  following  components  of  a  liberal 
education  as  fundamental  in  developing  excellence  of  mind  and  spirit.  The  components  are 
integrated  into  the  educational  program,  and  into  the  General  Studies  Curriculum,  in  a  way 
that  enables  the  growth  of  students  as  free,  imaginative,  and  responsible  human  beings, 
sensitive  and  responsive  to  the  needs  of  the  human  person  and  human  society.  These 
components  are: 

1 .  effective  written  expression  of  ideas; 

2.  effective  oral  communication; 

3.  analysis  of  assumptions,  methods  of  argumentation,  values; 

4.  problem-solving:  defining  problems,  identifying  issues;  organizing,  analyzing, 
synthesizing  ideas;  comparing,  contrasting  ideas;  decision-making; 

5.  understanding  of  personal  and  group  behavior; 

6.  effective  participation  in  a  group  or  organization; 

7.  sense  of  history  as  providing  perspective  for  interpreting  human  events; 

8.  sense  of  literature  as  reflecting  and  interpreting  human  experience; 

9.  understanding  of  and  appreciation  for  music  and  the  visual  arts; 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES  59 


10.  curiosity  about  and  a  spirit  for  investigating  the  natural  universe; 

1 1 .  ability  to  recognize  patterns  of  thought  used  in  science  and  mathematics; 

12.  understanding  of  the  impact  of  advancing  technology  on  human  society  and  culture; 

13.  understanding  of  social  classes  and  social  structures  in  diverse  societies; 

14.  understanding  of  contemporary  economic,  social,  and  political  issues; 

15.  understanding  of  criteria  and  standards  to  assess  personal  moral  values  and  ethical 
judgments; 

16.  openness  to  understanding  of  and  respect  for  philosophical,  religious,  and  ethnic 
diversity; 

17.  awareness  of  the  religious  and  spiritual  dimensions  of  human  existence. 

General  Studies  Requirements 

The  following  structure  and  content  for  the  General  Studies  Curriculum  applies  to  Bachelor 
degrees  except  that  there  is  no  modern  language  requirement  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree.  Students  may  not  take  general  studies  courses  on  a  credit/no-credit  basis.  All 
courses  used  to  fulfill  General  Studies  requirements  must  be  passed  with  a  grade  of  C- 
or  above. 

The  college  policy  on  challenge  examinations  will  prevail  in  the  General  Studies  Curriculum. 

I.  Communication  Skills  (minimum  7  units) 

A.  Written  (6  units) 

ENG  1 A  B/C        Freshman  English  (3,3) 

ENG  5H  Freshman  Honors  English  (3) 

B.  Oral  (1-3  units) 

SPE  10  Introduction  to  Communication  (2) 

SPE  12  Business  and  Professional  Communication  (1) 

POL  133  Moot  Court  (1-3) 

POL  134  International  Organization-MUN  (3) 

POL  135  Selected  Problems  in  International  Organization  (3) 

SOC  30/130  Human  Communication  (3) 

II.  Critical  Thinking  (minimum  3  units) 

BIO  1 5 1  Medical  Physiology  (4) 

ENG  1C  Freshman  English  (3) 

NUR  138  Research  in  Nursing  (3) 

PHI  5  Introduction  to  Logic  (3) 

PHI  10  Critical  Thinking  (3) 

PHI  155  Symbolic  Logic  (3) 

III.  Arts  and  Sciences  (minimum  21  units) 

At  least  one  course  must  be  taken  in  each  of  the  following  categories  (A  -  G): 

A.  Art  or  Music 

ART  2  Design  I  (3) 

ART  3/103  Visual  Thinking  (3) 

ART  5  Fundamentals  of  Art  (3) 

ART  7/107  Experiences  in  the  Visual  Arts  (3) 

ART  170  History  of  Art:  Ancient  thru  Medieval  (3) 


60 

BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 

ART  171 

History  of  Art:  Renaissance  thru  Romanticism 

(3) 

ART  172 

History  of  Art:  Modern  World 

(3) 

ART  173 

Multiculturalism  and  the  Visual  Arts 

(3) 

ART  174 

Women  in  Contemporary  Art 

(3) 

MUS  6/106 

Varieties  of  Music 

(3) 

MUS  25/125 

Music  Masterpieces 

(3) 

INT  93AB/193AB  Guided  Experiences  in  the  Arts 

(1.5,1.5) 

INT  95/195 

Study/Travel:  European  History  and  Culture 

(3) 

B.  Literature 

ENG  12/112 

Literary  Analysis 

(3) 

ENG  15 

Literature  and  Society 

(3) 

ENG  16 

Literature  and  the  Human  Experience 

(3) 

ENG  17 

Literary  Focus 

(3) 

ENG  18/118 

Great  Works  in  World  Literature 

(3) 

ENG  19/119 

Great  Works  in  British  Literature 

(3) 

ENG  20/120 

Great  Works  in  American  Literature 

(3) 

ENG  21/121 

Classical  Epic  and  Drama 

(3) 

ENG  25/125 

Mythmaking:  The  Quest  for  Meaning 

(3) 

ENG  26 

Literature  of  the  American  West 

(3) 

ENG  27/127 

Women  in  Quest 

(3) 

ENG  28/128 

Contemporary  Issues  in  World  Literature 

(3) 

ENG  32/132 

Literature  of  Los  Angeles 

(3) 

ENG  70/170 

Western  Literary  Heritage 

(3) 

ENG  73 

Shakespeare 

(3) 

ENG  122 

Love  in  World  Literature 

(3) 

ENG  123 

Women's  Voices  in  Literature 

(3) 

ENG  124 

Fiction  to  Film 

(3) 

ENG  126 

The  American  Experience 

(3) 

ENG  129 

Ethnic  Literature  in  America 

(3) 

ENG  130 

Faith  and  Fiction 

(3) 

ENG  131 

Russian  Literature 

(3) 

ENG  156H 

The  Modern  Temper 

(3) 

ENG  164 

American  Drama 

(3) 

ENG  165 

Novels  of  the  Americas:  Latino  Voices 

(3) 

ENG  173 

Shakespeare 

(3) 

C.  History 

HIS  1AB 

Western  Civilization 

(3,3) 

HIS  3/103 

World  History 

(3) 

HIS5H 

European  Leaders  and  Ideas  in  Ferment  and  Flux 

(3) 

HIS  6/106 

American  Cultural  History 

(3) 

HIS  25 

Cultural  and  Historical  Geography 

(3) 

HIS  45/145 

Europe:Renaissance  to  the  Enlightenment  1300-1789  (3) 

HIS  46/146 

Europe:  Age  of  Revolution  and  Nationalism,  1789-1871  (3) 

HIS  47/147 

Europe:  1871-1945 

(3) 

HIS  50/150 

Introduction  to  Asian  History 

(3) 

HIS  75 

Contemporary  America 

(3) 

HIS  112/112H 

Economic  History  of  Europe 

(3) 

HIS  115AB 

History  of  Political  Theory 

(3,3) 

BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 


61 


HIS  116 

Classical  Civilization 

(3) 

HIS  118 

The  World  of  Medieval  Europe 

(3) 

HIS  151 

Advanced  Studies  in  History  of  Modern  Japan 

(3) 

HIS  152 

Advanced  Studies  in  History  of  Modern  China 

(3) 

HIS  171 

The  U.S.  From  Colony  to  Republic 

(3) 

HIS  173 

The  U.S.  in  the  Nineteenth  Century 

(3) 

HIS  175 

The  U.  S.  in  the  20th  Century 

(3) 

HIS  179 

Constitutional  History  of  the  U.S. 

(3) 

HIS  180 

Current  Constitutional  History 

(3) 

HIS  181 

Modern  Presidential  History 

(3) 

HIS  184 

Radicalism  and  Dissent 

(3) 

HIS  185  A 

African  American  History:  American  Slavery,  1619-1865  (3) 

HIS  185B 

African  American  History:  Emancipation  to  Modern  Era  (3) 

HIS  185C/H 

Race  and  Racism  in  American  Life  and  Thought 

(3) 

HIS  191 

Major  Issues  in  US  Women's  History 

(3) 

POL  2 

Comparative  Government  and  Politics 

(3) 

POL  108 

American  Constitutional  Law 

(3) 

POL  109 

Individual  Rights 

(3) 

POL117AB 

History  of  Political  Theory 

(3,3) 

POL  152  A 

History  of  Modern  Japan 

(3) 

POL  152B 

History  of  Modern  China 

(3) 

D.  Natural  and  Physical  Sciences 

BIO  1AB 

Biological  Dynamics 

(4,4) 

BIO  3/103 

General  Microbiology 

(4) 

BIO  5 

Life  Science 

(3) 

BIO  10 

Health  Science 

(3) 

BIO  40A 

Human  Anatomy 

(4) 

BIO  50A 

Human  Anatomy 

(4) 

BIO  50B 

Human  Physiology 

(4) 

BIO  67/167 

Environmental  Science 

(3) 

CHE  1A/1AL 

General  Chemistry/Laboratory 

(3,1) 

CHE  3 

Foundations  of  Chemistry 

(3) 

PHS  1 

Scientific  Concepts 

(3) 

PHS  2AB 

General  Physical  Science 

(4) 

PHS  4 

Elementary  Environmental  Studies 

(3) 

PHY  1A 

Introductory  Physics 

(4) 

PHY  11A 

Mechanics 

(4) 

E.  Mathematics 

BUS  28 

Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business 

(3) 

BUS  38 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

MTH  1 

College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry 

(4) 

MTH5A 

Calculus  I 

(4) 

MTH5B 

Calculus  II 

(4) 

MTH  10 

Quantitative  Reasoning  and  Mathematical  Ideas 

(3) 

MTH  20 

Programming 

(3) 

MTH  28 

Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business 

(3) 

MTH  38/H 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

MTH  50 

Elementary  Number  Systems 

(3) 

MTH  51 

Elements  of  Geometry  and  Statistics 

(3) 

PSY40 

Basic  Statistical  Methods 

(3) 

62 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 


F.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

ECO  1 

Microeconomics 

(3) 

ECO  112/112H 

World  Economic  History 

(3) 

POL  2 

Comparative  Government 

(3) 

POL  10 

Political  Concepts 

(3) 

PSY  1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  12/102 

Child/Human  Development 

(3) 

PSY  52/152 

Biological  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

SOC6 

The  Family,  Child  and  Community 

(3) 

SOC  104 

The  Family 

(3) 

SOC  195 

Sociology  of  Religion 

(3) 

G.  Contemporary  Economics  or  Politics 

BUS  5 

Business  Law  I 

(3) 

BUS  133 

Money,  Politics  and  Business 

(3) 

BUS  140 

Women's  Issues  in  Business  and  Economics 

(3) 

ECO  2 

Macroeconomics 

(3) 

ECO  195 

International  Economics 

(3) 

HIS  75 

Contemporary  America 

(3) 

HIS  178 

Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States 

(3) 

HIS  179 

Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States 

(3) 

HIS  180 

Current  Constitutional  History 

(3) 

HIS  188 

California  History 

(3) 

LWS  1 1 1 

Women's  Issues  in  Business  and  Economics  (3) 

POL  1 

American  Government  and  Institutions 

(3) 

POL  5 

Business  Law  I 

(3) 

POL  102 

Women  and  the  Law 

(3) 

POL  108 

American  Constitutional  Law 

(3) 

POL  109 

Individual  Rights 

(3) 

POL  125 

Foreign  Relations  of  the  U.  S. 

(3) 

POL  131 

International  Relations 

(3) 

POL  134 

International  Organizations-MUN 

(3) 

POL  135 

Selected  Problems  in  International 

Organizations 

(3) 

POL  137 

Ethnic  Conflict  and  Civil  War 

(3) 

POL  171/H 

Presidents  and  Personality 

(3) 

POL  179 

California  Politics 

(3) 

POL  180 

State  and  Local  Government 

(3) 

POL  192 

Plays  and  Politics 

(3) 

IV.  Language  &  Culture 

Required  for  B.  A.  degree  only. 

FRE  1  Elementary  French  I  (or  equivalent) 

FRE  2  Elementary  French  II  (or  equivalent) 

FRE  3  Intermediate  French  III 

FRE  4  Intermediate  French  IV 

FRE  33A/B  French  Culture  and  Civilization 

JPN  1  Elementary  Japanese  I  (or  equivalent) 

JPN  2  Elementary  Japanese  II  (or  equivalent) 


(4) 
(4) 
(3) 
(3) 

(3)  Weekend  College  only 

(4) 
(4) 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES  63 


SPA1 

Elementary  Spanish  I  (or  equivalent) 

(4) 

SPA  2 

Elementary  Spanish  II  (or  equivalent) 

(4) 

SPA3A 

Accelerated  Spanish 

(3) 

SPA3B 

Intermediate  Spanish  III 

(3) 

SPA  4 

Intermediate  Spanish 

(3) 

SPA  33A 

Civilizations  and  Cultures  of  Spain 

(J)  Weekend  College  only 

SPA  33B 

Civilizations  and  Cultures  of  Hispanic 

America 

(3)  Weekend  College  only 

SPA  44/144  Hispanic  Civilizations  and  Cultures  (3) 

B.S.  degree  programs  do  not  require  a  second  language  because  of  the  additional  science 
courses  required  by  the  related  departments  or  outside  professional  accrediting  agencies. 

However,  all  students  are  strongly  encouraged  to  take  a  second  modern  language  to  enhance 
their  personal  and  professional  communication  in  our  current  multilingual  society. 

V.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

(minimum  15  units*  -  must  include  3  units  of  Ethics  and  3  units  of  Philosophical  Ideas .) 

A.  Religious  Studies  (6-9  units) 

Ordinarily  courses  must  be  taken  in  at  least  two  of  the  following  areas: 

1.  Scripture 

RST  1 1  Introduction  to  Hebrew  Scriptures  (3) 

RST  15  Introduction  to  Christian  Scripture  (3) 

2.  Christian  Thought 

RST  21  Introduction  to  Catholicism  (3) 

RST  23  Spiritual  Journeys  of  Women  (3) 

RST  25/125  Marriage  Issues:  Catholic  Perspectives  (3) 

RST  70  Faith  and  Human  Development  (3) 

RST  131  Jesus  (3) 

RST  135  Women  and  Christianity  (3) 

RST  137  Challenges  in  Contemporary  Theology  (3) 

3.  Christian  Ethics 

RST  41  Introduction  to  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

RST  45/145  Contemporary  Issues  in  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

RST  50  Social  Issues  in  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

RST  49/149  Biomedical  Issues  in  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

RST  146  The  Catholic  Justice  and  Peace  Tradition  (3) 

4.  Religion  and  Religions 

RST  61/161  Introduction  to  World  Religions  (3) 

PHI  1 60  Philosophy  of  Religion  (3) 

RST  78/178  Death  and  Afterlife  (3) 

RST  1 72  Jesus  &  the  Buddha  (3) 

SOC  195  Sociology  of  Religion  (3) 


64 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 


B.  Philosophy  (6-9  units) 

At  least  one  course  from  among  those  listed  under  Philosophical  Ideas  must  be 
taken. 


1.  Philosophica 

Ideas 

PHI  15 

Introduction  to  Philosophy 

PHI  24 

Socrates,  Plato,  Aristotle 

PHI  126 

Descartes  to  Kant 

PHI  130 

Existentialism 

PHI  134 

American  Philosophy 

PHI  150 

Metaphysics 

PHI  152 

Theory  of  Knowledge 

PHI  158 

The  Scientific  Method 

PHI  160 

Philosophy  of  Religion 

PHI  162 

Philosophy  &  Native  Cultures 

PHI  165 

Philosophy  &  Law 

PHI  167 

Ethics  and  Film 

PHI  169 

Philosophy  of  Technology 

PHI  170 

Social  and  Political  Philosophy 

PHI  172 

Marxism 

PHI  174 

Philosophy  of  Art 

PHI  175 

Philosophy  of  Film 

PHI  176 

Philosophy  in  Literature 

PHI  178 

Philosophy  of  Woman 

PHI  179 

Women  and  Values 

PHI  180 

Chinese  Philosophy 

2.  Ethics 

PHI  21 

Moral  Values 

PHI  92/192 

Business  Ethics 

PHI  167 

Ethics  &  Film 

PHI  168  A 

Contemporary  Moral  Problems 

PHI  168B 

Bioethics 

PHI  179 

Women  and  Values 

3.  Other 

PHI  5 

Introduction  to  Logic 

PHI  10 

Critical  Thinking 

PHI  155 

Symbolic  Logic 

PHI  158 

The  Scientific  Method 

(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


(3) 

(3) 

(3) 
(3) 


*  Students  transferring  into  the  College  who  will  graduate  in  two  years  or  less  will 
fulfill  General  Studies  V.,  A  and  B,  by  completing  two  courses  in  each  area,  a  total 
of  twelve  (12)  units;  one  course  must  be  Ethics  and  one  must  be  Philosophical  Ideas. 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 


65 


VI.  Diversity  (6) 

ART  5 

ART  173 

BUS  140/140H 

BUS  189 

CUL  107 

EDU  150/250 

ENG26 

ENG  27/127 

ENG  28/128 

ENG  123 

ENG  126 

ENG  129 

FRE4 

FRE  128 

HIS  25 

HIS  162 

MUS  6M/106 

NUR  160 

PHI  15 

PHI  21 

PHI  92/192 

PHI  160 

PHI  162 

PHI  168  A 

PHI  174 

PHI  175 

PHI  176 

PHI  178 

PHI  179 

POL  2 

POL  192 

PSY  113 

PSY  144 

RST  61/161 

RST  78/178 

RST  172 

SOC5 

SOC6 

SOC49 

SOC  104 

SOC  125 

SOC  161 

SPA  4 

SPA  33B 

SPA  140 

SPA  146 

Fundamentals  of  Art  (3) 

Multiculturalism  and  the  Visual  Arts  (3) 

Women's  Issues  in  Business  and  Economics  (3) 

International  Management  (3) 

Theory  and  Practice  of  Culture  (3) 

Elementary  Instruction:  Theory  and  Practice  (3) 

Literature  of  the  American  West  (3) 

Women  in  Quest  (3) 

Contemporary  Issues  in  World  Literature  (3) 

Women's  Voices  in  Literature  (3) 

The  American  Experience  (3) 

Ethnic  Literatures  of  America  (3) 

Intermediate  French  (3) 

Twentieth  Century  Literary  Trends  (3) 

Cultural  and  Historical  Geography  (3) 

History  &  Civilization  of  Latin  America  (3) 

Varieties  of  Music  (3) 

Adaptation  Nursing:  Childbearing  Family  (2.5) 

Introduction  to  Philosophy  (3) 

Moral  Values  and  Ethical  Decisions  (3) 

Business  Ethics  (3) 

Philosophy  of  Religion  (3) 

Philosophy  and  Native  Cultures  (3) 

Contemporary  Moral  Problems  (3) 

Philosophy  of  Art  (3) 

Philosophy  of  Film  (3) 

Philosophy  in  Literature  (3) 

Philosophy  of  Woman  (3) 

Women  and  Values  (3) 

Comparative  Government  (3) 

Plays  and  Politics  (3) 
Learning  in  Children  and  Adolescents  Across 

Cultures  (3) 

Psychology  of  Prejudice  (3) 

Introduction  to  World  Religions  (3) 

Death  and  Afterlife  (3) 

Jesus  and  the  Buddha  (3) 

Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 

The  Family,  Child,  and  Community  (3) 
Multicultural  Issues  for  Health  Care  Professionals        (3) 

The  Family  (3) 

Cultural  Anthropology  (3) 

Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations  (3) 

Intermediate  Spanish  TV  (3) 

Civilizations  and  Cultures  of  Hispanic  America  (3) 

Contemporary  Literature  of  Hispanic  America  (3) 

Women  in  Hispanic  Literature  (3) 


66  BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 


VII.  Quantitative  Literacy  (6  units) 

Baccalaureate  students  must  take  six  (6)  units  of  Quantitative  Literacy  (QL).  The  six 

units  must  come  from  either  two  QL2  courses  OR  one  QL  1  course  and  one  QL2 
course,  but  NOT  two  QL1  courses. 

A.  QL1 

BIO  1A  &  1 AL  Biological  Dynamics  with  lab  (4) 

BI0  1A&1AH  Biological  Dynamics  with  honors  lab  (5) 

BIO  130  Genetics  (4) 

BIO  1 5 1  Medical  Physiology  (4) 

BUS  15AB  Accounting  Principles  1,11  (3) 

BUS  16AB  Accounting  Principles  1,11  (4) 

CHE  107  Biochemistry  (3) 

MTH  50  Elementary  Numbers  (3) 

NUR  5 1  Nursing  Practicum:  Adult  (0.5) 

NUR61  Nursing  Practicum:  Adult  (0.5) 

NUR  138  Research  in  Nursing  (3)** 

NUR  162  Adaptation  Nrsng:  Children  (3)** 

PHI  5  Introduction  to  Logic  (3)** 

PHI  1 65  Philosophy  and  Law  (3) 

PHS  2  General  Physical  Sciences  (3) 

PSY  106/L  Basic  Research  Methods  (4) 

SOC117  Quantitative  Research  Methods  (3) 
(**Note:  These  courses  satisfy  one  QL  unit.  Students  will  need  two  more  QL1 
units.) 

B.  QL2 

CHE1AB  General  Chemistry  (3,3) 

CHE  107L  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (1) 

CHE  1 1 0AB  Physical  Chemistry  (4,3) 

MTH  1  College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  (4) 

MTH  5ABC  Calculus  I/II/III  (4,4,4) 

MTH  10  Quantitative  Reasoning  and  Mathematical  Ideas  (3) 

MTH  28  Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business  (3) 

MTH  38  Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

MTH  51  Elements  of  Geometry  and  Statistics  (3) 

MTH  120  Discrete  Mathematics  (3) 

PHI  155  Symbolic  Logic  (3) 

PHS  1  Scientific  Concepts  (3) 

PHY  1AB  Introductory  Physics  (4,3) 

PHY11A  Mechanics  (4) 

PHY  1  IB  Electricity,  Magnetism,  and  Optics  (3) 

POL  101  Research  Methodology  (3) 

PSY  40  Basic  Statistical  Methods  (3) 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES  67 


Double  Counting  Courses 

A  course  must  have  received  a  General  Studies  designation  from  the  Curriculum  Committee 
for  the  area(s)  for  which  it  might  be  double  counted  to  fulfill  General  Studies  requirements. 

The  following  conditions  apply  to  double  counting: 

•  A  course  may  not  fulfill  more  than  one  category  in  Area  III.  At  most  six  units  of  the 
21  unit  minimum  in  Area  III  may  be  double  counted  in  other  General  Studies  areas. 

•  With  the  exception  of  Phi  5  and  Phi  10,  no  course  from  Areas  I  through  IV  may 
double  count  to  satisfy  a  requirement  in  Area  V. 

•  When  completing  a  double  major,  no  more  than  9  upper  division  units  may  be 
double  counted  to  satisfy  requirements  for  both  majors. 

Language  Fulfillment  Alternative 

This  requirement  may  be  satisfied  by  any  of  the  following  alternatives: 

•  A  student  who  begins  a  language  must  complete  French  1  and  2,  Japanese  1  and  2,  or 
Spanish  1  and  2,  or  their  equivalent.  For  other  languages,  students  must  complete 
the  equivalent  of  the  second  semester  or  third  quarter. 

•  Re-entry  students  may  choose  to  complete  the  requirement  by  taking  two  courses  in 
either  Spanish  or  French  culture  (The  courses  are  only  offered  in  Weekend  College). 

•  Students  whose  native  language  is  not  English  may  demonstrate  academic 
proficiency  in  English  as  a  second  language  by  passing  the  TOEFL  examination  with 
scores  above  550. 

•  Students  may  take  placement  exams  offered  by  MSMC's  Language  and  Culture 
Department  in  Spanish  or  French  to  fulfill  the  requirement.  Successful  completion 
will  waive  the  Modern  Language  Requirement  but  no  units  will  be  awarded. 

Graduating  with  a  Double  Major 

Students  who  wish  to  earn  a  degree  with  a  double  major  must  observe  the  following 
requirements: 

•  The  two  majors  may  be  in  the  same  or  different  degree  programs.  The  student  must 
determine  the  primary  major  and  satisfy  the  general  studies  requirement  for  the 
degree  of  that  major.  The  other  major  is  considered  the  secondary  major. 

•  All  requirements  for  both  majors  must  be  met,  including  all  upper  division  work, 
foreign  language,  and  any  additional  requirements. 

•  The  department  chairpersons  of  both  major  areas  must  approve  the  student's 
completion  of  the  requirements  for  the  major. 

•  A  second  major  may  be  earned  in  the  same  academic  area,  but  no  more  than  9  upper 
division  units  may  satisfy  requirements  in  both  majors. 


68  BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 


Second  Baccalaureate 

In  order  to  receive  a  second  Baccalaureate  degree,  a  student  must  fulfill  the  following 
requirements: 

•  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  24  semester  units  in  residence  beyond  the  requirements 
for  the  first  Baccalaureate  degree. 

•  Completion  of  all  departmental  requirements,  including  a  modern  language  if 
necessary,  in  the  area  of  the  major  for  the  second  degree. 

•  Completion  of  all  other  institutional  requirements  if  the  first  degree  has  been  earned 
elsewhere. 

Minor  Policy 

A  minor  should  enrich  a  student's  major,  allow  for  specialization  within  a  major,  broaden  a 
student's  career  options,  and  encourage  exposure  to  other  academic  disciplines.  While  most 
disciplines  require  18  units  to  complete  a  minor,  some  departments  require  additional  units. 
In  addition  to  the  requirements  for  individual  academic  disciplines,  a  student  must  complete 
three  upper  division  courses  (9  units)  for  a  minor  that  are  not  also  being  used  to  fulfill 
requirements  for  the  major,  general  studies,  or  another  minor.  The  deadline  for  declaring  a 
minor  will  be  the  end  of  the  student's  junior  year. 

Graduation  with  Honors  (Baccalaureate  Degree) 

•  Summa  cum  laude  shall  be  granted  to  a  student  who  has  earned  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  3.85  or  higher. 

•  Magna  cum  laude  shall  be  granted  to  a  student  who  has  earned  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  3.7  or  higher. 

•  Cum  laude  shall  be  granted  to  a  student  who  has  earned  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  3.5  or  higher. 

The  College's  criteria  for  eligibility  to  graduate  with  honors  will  be  determined  by  a  student's 
overall  GPA  at  the  end  of  the  term  prior  to  the  last  term  of  attendance.  To  be  eligible,  the 
student  must  have  completed  45  letter-graded  units  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  by  the  end  of 
the  term  prior  to  the  last  term  of  attendance.  The  student's  grade  point  average  will  be 
calculated  on  the  basis  of  grades  earned  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  and  grades  earned  at 
transfer  institutions.  Courses  at  another  institution  after  matriculation  are  not  counted  into  the 
cumulative  grade  point  average,  with  the  exception  of  approved  junior  year  abroad  and 
exchange  programs. 

Weekend  College  students  must  be  full-time  students  (9  units  per  semester)  to  be  eligible  to 
be  considered  for  honors  at  graduation. 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES  69 


The  Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  designed  to  offer  special  challenges  to 
students  who  have  an  outstanding  high  school  GPA  and  SAT  scores  and/or  who  maintain  a 
3.4  or  better  cumulative  college  GPA. 

The  Honors  Program  enables  students  to  explore  in  greater  depth  and  breadth  various  areas  of 
study,  with  possibilities  of  completing  their  college  work  with  alternative  modes  and 
approaches  to  learning.  Students  may  select  among  courses  specially  designed  for  the  Honors 
Program,  honors  sections  of  regularly  offered  courses,  and  courses  or  course  components 
designed  by  contract  with  an  instructor.  All  honors  courses  are  designated  with  an  H 
following  the  course  number. 

Honors  students  may  take  as  many  honors  courses  as  they  choose.  An  honors  certificate  is 
awarded  at  graduation  to  students  who  have  completed  a  minimum  of  1 8  units  of  honors 
work,  including  at  least  two  regularly  scheduled  honors  courses,  and  representing  at  least 
three  disciplines.  Included  in  the  18  units  of  honors  work  required  for  the  certificate  is  a 
senior  thesis  which  is  a  major  research  project  of  the  student's  choosing,  involving  at  least  two 
disciplines.  The  thesis  work  is  supervised  by  two  faculty  sponsors.  Presentation  of  the  senior 
thesis  is  open  to  the  college  community. 


70  BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 


Academic  Support  Services 

Academic  Advisement  Center  and  Services 

The  Chalon  campus  advisement  program  is  coordinated  through  the  Academic  Advisement 
Center.  All  students  are  assigned  a  Faculty  Advisor  with  whom  they  plan  their  academic 
programs.  The  advisor  assists  in  clarifying  the  requirements  in  the  general  studies  program 
and  major  department.  Students  meet  with  their  advisor  at  least  once  each  semester  to  register 
for  classes.  Entering  students  meet  with  a  Faculty  Advisor,  are  advised  and  registered  at 
Orientation  for  their  first  semester  at  the  Mount.  Placement  testing  sessions  are  held  during 
the  month  of  June,  and  Orientation  is  held  in  July  for  all  new  freshmen  and  transfers.  Out-of- 
area  students  are  advised  by  the  Advisement  Center  via  e-mail  and  phone.  Information 
regarding  Orientation  is  sent  to  new  students  after  tuition  deposits  have  been  made.  Students 
entering  in  the  Spring  semester  should  contact  the  Advisement  Center  for  registration  and 
placement  testing  information. 

To  further  serve  the  student's  advisement  needs,  the  Academic  Advisement  Center  functions 
as  a  drop-in  office  for  on-going  guidance  and  referral  services.  Help  in  understanding  and 
following  college  policies  is  always  available.  The  staff,  along  with  student  assistants, 
provides  information  on  many  aspects  of  college  life  and  can  clarify  many  academic 
procedures.    Although  the  individual  faculty  advisors  and  the  Advisement  Center  staff  make 
every  effort  to  provide  advisement  for  the  student,  it  is  ultimately  the  student's  responsibility 
to  see  that  all  procedures  are  followed  and  requirements  fulfilled. 

Library  Facilities 

The  Charles  Willard  Coe  Memorial  Library,  located  on  the  Chalon  Campus,  is  the 
principal  library  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  Constructed  in  1947,  the  Coe  Library  houses 
the  majority  of  print  library  materials  for  both  campuses  and  also  houses  the  Instructional 
Media  Center,  an  Office  of  Institutional  Technology  (OIT),  administered  repository  for  non- 
print  media,  and  the  hardware  necessary  to  non-print  media  use.  The  facility  is  intended 
primarily  for  individual  and  small  group  use  but  also  circulates  its  sound  and  image 
collections  for  use  in  the  classroom.  There  is  an  OIT  administered  computer  lab  on  the 
4th  floor. 

The  J.  Thomas  McCarthy  Library  on  the  Doheny  Campus  is  housed  in  the  Sr.  Magdalen 
Coughlin  Learning  Complex. 

The  libraries  serving  the  two  campuses  currently  hold  over  130,000  volumes  and  carry 
subscriptions  to  over  800  print  periodicals.  Moreover,  the  OIT  administered  IMTC  contains 
over  5500  titles  of  non-print  media  material.  Print  and  non-print  materials  are  lent  from  one 
library  to  the  other  to  accommodate  the  changing  curriculum  and  to  meet  the  needs  of  faculty 
and  students,  who  are  also  permitted  to  use  both  collections  in  person.  The  libraries  hold 
subscriptions  to  a  number  of  bibliographic  and  full-text  on-line  databases  in  a  wide  variety  of 
academic  subject  areas.  There  are  three  book  databases  as  well  as  numerous  journal  article 
and  proprietary  materials  databases.  Please  consult  the  Libraries'  Research  Resources 
WebPages  for  a  list  of  current  subscriptions. 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES  71 


Study  Away/  Study  Abroad  Opportunities 

As  a  traditional  liberal  arts  college,  Mount  St.  Mary's  recognizes  the  value  of  the  study  away 
experience.  Students  who  participate  are  given  the  opportunity  to  gain  knowledge  and 
cultural  awareness  as  an  integral  part  of  their  liberal  arts  education.  The  Mount  allows 
qualified  students  to  participate  in  four  approved  programs.  The  study  away  programs  are  the 
Washington  Semester  Program,  the  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  College  Consortium  Exchange  (CSJ 
Exchange),  and  the  BorderLinks  program.  A  study  abroad  opportunity  is  available  through 
the  American  Institute  for  Foreign  Study  (AIFS).  Each  program  provides  students  with 
unique  and  valuable  experiences  at  other  institutions  while  earning  Mount  credit. 

Qualified  students  may  study  in  one  of  these  programs  for  one  semester  in  their  junior  or 
senior  year.  The  minimum  GPA  requirement  to  participate  is  a  cumulative  3.0.  Students  may 
pick  up  applications  and  course  information  in  the  Advisement  Center.  Students  interested  in 
studying  away/abroad  must  attend  a  mandatory  information  session  during  the  semester  prior 
to  their  desired  semester  away/abroad.  The  institutional  deadlines  to  file  an  application  and  a 
Transfer  of  Credit  form  are  April  1 ,  for  Fall  semester,  and  November  1 ,  for  Spring  semester. 
All  students  who  study  away  must  obtain  approval  from  the  Chalon  Advisement  Center  in 
order  to  be  eligible  for  financial  aid.  Finally,  students  who  participate  in  one  of  these 
programs  must  attend  a  pre-departure  session. 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  encourages  students  to  participate  in  the  Study  Away /Abroad 
Program.  Students  must  complete  the  appropriate  academic  year  Free  Application  for  Federal 
Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  and  have  the  information  sent  to  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  as  well  as 
the  Aid  Renewal  Request  Form.  Study  Away/ Abroad  students  must  follow  the  same 
deadlines  as  students  not  participating  in  the  program.  Students  must  provide  the  Office  of 
Student  Financing  with  a  breakdown  of  costs  for  their  semester.  They  will  be  reviewed  as  a 
"resident"  student  and  their  cost  of  housing  will  be  taken  into  consideration  during  the 
analysis  of  their  file.  Study  Away  students  do  not  qualify  for  Federal  Work  Study  or  Mount 
Work  funds  while  away,  but  may  be  awarded  work  monies  when  they  return  to  campus.  If  a 
student  receives  any  type  of  outside  award,  including  a  scholarship  or  stipend  from  their 
Study  Away /Abroad  program,  they  must  report  it  to  the  Office  of  Student  Financing  so  it  can 
be  considered  in  the  evaluation  of  their  aid.  Any  questions  regarding  funding  of  Study  Away 
programs  should  be  directed  to  the  Office  of  Student  Financing. 

The  GPA  earned  by  a  student  on  these  programs  is  included  in  the  student's  overall  GPA,  and 
is  also  used  for  the  conferral  of  honors  at  graduation.  Each  program  may  have  additional 
requirements.  Please  consult  the  Advisement  Center  for  more  information. 

American  Institute  for  Foreign  Study  (AIFS) 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offers  students  the  opportunity  to  study  abroad  with  the  American 
Institute  for  Foreign  Study  (AIFS).  AIFS  has  programs  in  the  following  countries: 
Argentina,  Australia,  Austria,  Czech  Republic,  England,  France,  Holland,  Ireland,  Italy, 
Japan,  Russia,  South  Africa,  and  Spain.  Most  countries  provide  students  with  intensive 
language  classes  and  each  has  specific  requirements  regarding  language  fluency. 

There  is  a  variety  of  courses  offered  in  this  program.  Most  courses  are  in  the  humanities  and 
social  science  areas.  Biology,  Biochemistry,  and  Chemistry  majors  will  find  an  assortment  of 


72  BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 


science  and  math  courses  offered  in  London,  England.  England  also  offers  a  variety  of 
internships  for  qualified  students.  For  more  information  visit:  www.aifsabroad.com. 

Washington  Semester 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  affiliated  with  the  American  University  in  Washington,  DC, 
making  it  possible  for  Mount  students  to  spend  a  semester  in  the  nation's  capitol  and  pursue 
study  in  one  of  eleven  areas:  American  Politics,  Economic  Policy,  Foreign  Policy, 
International  Business  &  Trade,  International  Environmental  &  Development,  Justice,  Justice: 
Law  Enforcement,  Peace  &  Conflict  Resolution,  Print  &  Broadcast  Journalism,  Public  Law, 
and  Transforming  Communities.  To  participate  in  the  program  students  must  be  nominated 
by  a  full-time  faculty  member  in  their  major  department.  Since  a  major  portion  of  a 
Washington  semester  consists  of  internship  experience,  students  who  study  in  Washington  are 
not  normally  permitted  to  enroll  in  additional  internship  units.  For  more  information  visit: 
www.washingtonsemester.com. 


Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  College  Consortium  (SS  JCC)  Exchange 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  one  of  twelve  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  Colleges.  The  consortium 
agreement  allows  students  from  the  Mount  to  attend  any  of  the  other  schools  for  one  semester 
The  member  schools  are:  Aquinas  Junior  College  at  Milton  (MA),  Avila  College  (MO), 
Chestnut  Hill  College  (PA),  Elms  College  (MA),  Fontbonne  College  (MO),  Mater  Dei 
College  (NY),  Nazareth  College  (NY),  Regis  College  (MA),  The  College  of  St.  Catherine 
(MN),  The  College  of  St.  Joseph  (VT),  and  The  College  of  Saint  Rose  (NY).  The  SSJCC 
Student  Exchange  Program  allows  students  to  take  advantage  of  the  rich  learning  experience 
of  being  with  students  from  a  different  part  of  the  country  on  a  campus  with  unique  academic 
resources.  Each  school  offers  students  an  enriching  learning  opportunity  as  well  as  increased 
exposure  to  faculty  specialists  and  curricula. 

Border  Links 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  affiliated  with  BorderLinks,  a  semester  on  the  border  program. 
The  BorderLinks  experience  is  more  than  academic;  it  offers  students  a  dynamic  experiential 
learning  experience  and  community  living  along  the  U.S.  Mexico  border  in  Tucson,  Arizona, 
and  Nogales,  Sonora.  The  main  focus  of  the  program  is  to  enlighten  students  on  the  impact  of 
globalization.  Available  to  students  on  the  program  are  the  following  courses:  Liberation 
Theology,  Culture  of  the  Borderlands,  Peace  and  Justice  Studies,  History  of  Mexico,  and 

Spanish  Language  courses.  For  more  information  visit:  www.borderlinks.org. 

i 

i 

UCLA  Cross-Registration  Agreement 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  has  a  cross-registration  agreement  with  the  University  of  California 
at  Los  Angeles  (UCLA),  the  purpose  of  which  is  to  supplement  and  enrich  the  MSMC 
academic  program  and  to  provide  an  opportunity  for  UCLA  students  to  take  Mount  courses. 
Full-time  Mount  Baccalaureate  students  who  have  sophomore,  junior,  or  senior  standing  and  a 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.2  or  better  may,  with  the  permission  of  the  College 
Registrar,  take  one  undergraduate  course  at  UCLA  per  semester,  but  no  more  than  four 
courses  toward  the  degree.  No  more  than  two  such  courses  will  count  toward  the  MSMC 
residency  requirement;  courses  taken  at  UCLA  must  not  be  among  those  available  at  MSMC. 
Courses  taken  at  UCLA  under  this  arrangement  will  be  included  in  the  student's  load  at  the 
College,  and,  except  for  specific  course  laboratory  or  studio  fees,  no  additional  tuition  or  fees    i 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES  73 


will  be  charged.  Transportation  to  such  courses  and  parking  fees  are  the  responsibility  of  the 
student  enrolled.  For  information  and  procedures,  consult  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  on  the 
Chalon  campus. 

University  of  Judaism  (UJ)  Cross-Registration  Agreement 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  has  a  cross-registration  agreement  with  the  University  of  Judaism, 
the  purpose  of  which  is  to  supplement  and  enrich  the  MSMC  academic  program  and  to 
provide  an  opportunity  for  UJ  students  to  take  Mount  courses.  The  following  conditions  and 
requirements  must  be  met: 

•  The  student  must  meet  all  prerequisites/criteria  required  for  courses. 

•  No  visiting  student  may  displace  a  student  from  the  registration  of  a  course  at  the 
student's  home  institution. 

•  The  student  is  responsible  for  obtaining  all  appropriate  signatures  and  returning  the 
completed  form  to  the  student's  home  institution. 

•  The  student  is  responsible  for  meeting  all  registration  deadlines,  regulations,  and 
penalties  of  MSMC. 

A  student  who  wishes  to  withdraw  from  a  course(s)  must  notify  the  Registrar  at  both  MSMC 
and  UJ.  Students  who  do  not  formally  withdraw  will  receive  a  grade  of  U  or  F. 

Student  Affairs 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  provides  students  with  programs  and  experiences  conducive  to 
personal,  cultural,  ethical,  social,  physical,  spiritual,  and  intellectual  growth.  Student  initiative 
and  responsibility  are  encouraged  in  an  atmosphere  of  close  interrelation  among  students, 
faculty,  administration  and  staff. 

Campus  Ministry 

Campus  Ministry  Office  seeks  to  develop  and  sustain  awareness  of  the  spiritual  dimension  of 
life  which  is  at  the  heart  of  the  College's  mission,  assisting  students,  faculty,  and  staff  to  grow 
spiritually  in  accordance  with  their  own  religious  traditions.  Catholic  in  our  roots  and  vision, 
we  welcome  the  opportunity  to  be  of  service  to  persons  of  every  religious  persuasion  or  none 
at  all,  and  commit  ourselves  to  respect  the  freedom  of  each  person's  conscience  and  unique 
path. 

The  Campus  Ministry  team  consists  of  a  director,  two  coordinators  (each  focused  on  one  of 
our  two  campuses),  student  coordinators  and  office  staff.  Together,  they  are  responsible  for  a 
number  of  areas:  Liturgy  (including  Sunday  Mass,  reconciliation  services  and  other  prayer 
services);  the  Rite  of  Christian  Initiation  for  Adults  (for  those  who  wish  to  become  Catholic); 
preparation  for  Confirmation,  Eucharist  and  other  sacraments;  Bible  Study  and  other 
educational  efforts;  retreats;  campus  festivities  and  observances;  and  community  service 
opportunities,  including  action  for  social  justice.  Individual  counseling  and  conversations  are 
also  available  to  any  member  of  the  campus  community. 

The  Mary  Chapel,  located  in  the  heart  of  the  campus,  is  the  central  place  for  worship  and 
prayer  at  Chalon,  and  people  of  all  faith  backgrounds  are  welcome  there,  whether  for  a 
Sunday  evening  Mass,  a  Noon  Prayer  service,  a  Rosary  with  friends,  or  for  personal  quiet 
reflection. 


74  BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 


Career  Center 

The  Career  Center  provides  the  opportunity  for  students  to  find  the  major  and  career  best 
suited  for  them  by  learning  how  to  identify  their  unique  skills,  interests,  values  and 
personality  traits,  and  how  to  research  the  world  of  work.  Students  are  encouraged  to  enroll 
in  the  one  unit  Career  Planning  course  (required  for  business  majors)  offered  in  the  Fall 
semester  or  the  Career  Exploration  course  (for  undeclared  or  major  changers)  offered  during 
the  Spring  semester. 

The  Career  Center  includes  a  career  library  with  over  400  books  on  interviewing,  resume 
writing,  major  and  career  options  and  job  search.  More  then  200  graduate  school  catalogs  and 
information  on  preparing  for  various  graduate  and  professional  entrance  examinations  can 
also  be  found  in  the  library.  Off-campus  full-time  and  part-time  job  listings,  the  "Volunteer 
Works"  Internship  database  with  over  300  internship  listings,  and  "Choices,"  a  computerized 
career  planning  tool  can  be  found  in  the  Career  Center. 

A  variety  of  events  are  offered  by  the  Career  Center.  Annual  events  include  an  etiquette 
dinner,  a  major  fair,  and  a  faculty  panel  addressing  graduate  studies.  Alumnae  Career  panels, 
focusing  on  different  majors  and  occupations,  are  held  throughout  the  school  year.  The 
Center  also  sponsors  trips  to  various  off-campus  career  fairs  as  well  as  professional  and 
graduate  school  information  sessions,  and  other  career-related  conferences  and  workshops. 

The  Career  Center  staff  is  available  for  individual  counseling  appointments  to  assist  students 
with  skills  assessment,  resume  writing,  interviewing  techniques,  and  information  regarding 
graduate  studies.  Staff  also  help  students  to  research  information  on  career  positions  and 
internship  options.  The  Career  Center  staff  fosters  on-going  relationships  with  a  variety  of 
organizations  and  corporations  in  order  to  develop  internship  and  employment  opportunities 
for  students. 

Service  Learning  and  Community  Engagement 

In  the  spirit  of  the  mission  and  strategic  planning  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  community 
engagement  opportunities  exist  to  offer  MSMC  students  off-campus  service  and  learning 
experiences  at  community  organizations  that  promote  human  and  community  development. 
Service-Learning  faculty,  Career  Development  staff,  the  Women's  Leadership  Program  and 
the  Office  of  Experiential  Learning  work  collaboratively  with  MSMC  students  to  promote 
healthy,  socially-just  communities  in  the  greater  Los  Angeles  area.  In  order  to  gain  knowledge 
and  understanding,  assess  their  own  learning  through  reflection  and  structured  experiences, 
and  become  life-long  committed  advocates  for  social  justice  in  our  world,  all  Mount  students 
are  encouraged  to  participate  in  a  variety  of  community  engagement  and  service-learning 
opportunities. 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES  75 


Counseling  and  Psychological  Services  (CPS) 

MSMC  recognizes  that  emotional  health  and  personal  growth  are  essential  components  of  a 
successful  academic  experience.  The  mission  of  CPS  is  to  enhance  the  emotional  growth  of 
students  by  promoting  balanced  lifestyles,  positive  self-esteem  and  essential  life  skills  with  an 
emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  whole  person.  CPS  provides  psychological  counseling 
services  and  psycho-educational  programs  for  students,  as  well  as  responsive  consultation  to 
the  college  community.  In  counseling,  students  discuss  issues  such  as  anxiety,  depression, 
stress  management,  academic  concerns,  family  and  relationship  problems,  grief,  loneliness, 
eating  disorders,  substance  abuse,  dating  violence  and  self-esteem  difficulties.  Counseling 
counseling,  group  sessions,  or  referrals  to  services  in  the  community.  Our  counseling  is  short- 
term,  including  up  to  twelve  sessions  per  academic  year. 

All  sessions  are  confidential  in  keeping  with  professional  ethics  and  state  laws.  No 
information  about  student  clients  is  shared  with  family  members,  the  faculty,  college 
administrators,  or  anyone  else  without  written  permission.  The  exception  to  this  policy  is 
when  limited  disclosure  is  required  by  law  to  protect  the  student  or  another  individual  from 
harm.  CPS  is  staffed  by  licensed  psychologists  and  advanced  doctoral  level  interns. 

Disability  Services 

Please  see  Disability  Policy  under  the  Undergraduate  Academic  Policies  for  additional 
information. 

Fitness  Education 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  committed  to  graduating  well-balanced  women  with  a  strong 
sense  of  self  and  physical  well-being.  The  Fitness  Education  Department  offers  two  programs 
that  complement  the  academic  program:  the  physical  education  courses  offered  for  academic 
credit,  and  a  wellness  and  fitness  program,  including  nutrition.  The  two  programs  together 
provide  students  with  the  opportunity  to  attain,  improve  and/or  maintain  their  physical  fitness, 
attend  informative  workshops  on  wellness  and  fitness,  participate  in  recreational  activities  on 
or  off  the  campus,  and  participate  in  intramural  volleyball,  basketball,  and  tennis  programs. 
Facilities  include  a  pool,  fitness  center  equipped  with  cardiovascular  and  weight  training 
equipment,  and  a  tennis-basketball-volleyball  court. 

Institute  for  Student  Academic  Enrichment  (ISAE) 

ISAE  is  a  federally  funded  Student  Support  Services/TRIO  program  designed  to  assist  first- 
generation,  low-income  and/or  disabled  students  in  achieving  their  maximum  potential  in 
higher  education.  ISAE  provides  eligible  students  academic  advisement,  peer  tutoring  and 
mentoring,  career  and  personal  counseling,  financial  aid  information,  workshops  and 
leadership  and  cultural  enrichment  opportunities.  ISAE  is  located  in  the  Chalon  Learning 
Center. 

Learning  Assistance  Programs  /  Learning  Center 

In  order  to  enable  each  student  to  achieve  maximum  benefit  from  the  academic  programs  at 
the  College,  Learning  Assistance  Programs  offers  a  variety  of  academic  support  services  for 
all  MSMC  students.  Services  include  peer  tutoring  in  all  subject  areas,  workshops  in  study 
and  organizational  skills,  structured  study  groups,  writing  and  analytical  skill  development, 
and  books  and  computer  tutorials  to  assist  in  developing  skills  to  prepare  for  standardized 
graduate  examinations.  Learning  Assistance  Programs  is  located  in  the  Chalon  Learning 
Center,  Humanities  Bldg.,  Rm.  207. 


76  BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 


Orientation  /  First-Year  Seminar 

The  Orientation  program  is  designed  to  assist  entering  students  with  their  transition  to  Mount 
St.  Mary's  College  and  to  enhance  their  success  in  college.  Separate  orientation  programs 
specifically  designed  for  new  and  transfer  students  are  held  in  the  summer.  Orientation 
includes  an  introduction  to  both  the  academic  and  student  life  aspects  of  the  College  and 
provides  for  the  interaction  of  new  students  with  faculty,  staff,  and  current  students. 
Orientation  for  new  first-year  students  is  held  in  July  with  separate  activities  for  parents. 
Orientation  activities  include  a  comedy  show,  movie  night,  and  service-learning  project.  In 
addition,  placement  testing,  advisement,  and  course  registration  are  available.  Students 
entering  for  the  Spring  semester  are  provided  a  one-day  orientation  program. 

First-year  students  continue  their  orientation  to  the  College  in  SPR  85  (Introduction  to 
College  Studies),  a  one-unit  seminar  course  taught  in  the  Fall  semester.  This  class  is  designed! 
to  facilitate  the  transition  from  high  school  to  the  college  environment  and  provides 
opportunities  to  become  more  familiar  with  college  resources,  policies  and  procedures,  study  I 
skills,  and  other  strategies  for  college  success. 

Residence  Life 

Primary  emphasis  in  the  residence  halls  is  on  a  close  interrelationship  of  full-time  students 
and  staff  to  create  a  living  and  learning  environment  that  fosters  the  formation  of  personal 
values  and  integrity.  On-campus  living  affords  increased  opportunities  to  develop  personal 
relationships  and  to  participate  in  the  many  enriching  programs  which  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  offers.  Student  residence  life  is  largely  self-regulated,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Residence  Life  Staff  which  is  composed  of  the  Director,  Assistant  Director,  Administrative 
Assistant,  Head  Resident  Assistants,  and  Resident  Assistants. 

The  residence  staff  gives  much  time  and  attention  to  assigning  rooms  and  roommates.  They 
strive  to  provide  students  both  privacy  and  the  freedom  to  develop  relationships  conducive  to 
social,  educational  and  spiritual  growth. 

An  off-campus  housing  referral  listing  is  available  through  the  Student  Activities  and 
Commuter  Service  Offices. 

Scholar  Mentor  Program 

President's  Scholars,  Dean's  List  students,  and  others  recommended  by  their  professors  may 
participate  in  the  Scholar  Mentor  Program.  Through  this  program  students  are  trained  as  peer 
tutors  and  provide  tutoring  to  other  Mount  students  in  a  variety  of  subjects.  Scholar  Mentors 
may  receive  academic  credit  by  enrolling  in  the  Scholar  Mentor  Seminar  (SPR  25).  In 
addition,  they  may  earn  compensation  for  training  and  tutoring  hours. 

Short  Term  Loans 

Two  short-term  loans  are  available  to  full-time  students  each  semester:  First  Interstate  Bank 
Emergency  Loans  ($150  maximum)  and  the  Nancy  Manning  Loan  ($50  maximum,  for 
Chalon  students  only).  For  information  on  both  short-term  loans,  contact  the  Student  Affairs 
office. 


BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES  77 


Student  Activities  and  Commuter  Services  (SACS) 

The  Office  of  Student  Activities  and  Commuter  Services  coordinates  numerous  co-curricular 
events,  programs  and  activities  on  campus.  SACS  provides  students  of  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  a  variety  of  options  for  involvement  through  participation  in  student  clubs,  student 
government,  and  other  leadership  opportunities. 

Commuter  students  are  an  active  and  vital  part  of  the  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  community. 
SACS  is  dedicated  to  meeting  the  needs  of  commuter  students  by  providing  various  programs 
and  services.  These  services  include  off-campus  housing  referrals,  lockers,  a  carpool  program, 
designated  carpool  parking,  Commuter  Cafe,  social  events,  and  a  commuter  lounge. 

The  Associated  Student  Body  is  also  housed  in  the  SACS  Office.  ASB  is  the  student 
governing  body  which  is  comprised  of  an  Executive  Board,  the  Senate,  and  the  Student 
Activities  Council.  The  Senate  provides  students  with  the  opportunity  to  participate  in  various 
College  committees  and  to  play  an  important  role  in  the  College's  decision  making  process. 
The  Student  Activities  Council  sponsors  many  campus-wide  events,  including  the  Christmas 
Social,  Mount  Community  Night-Talent  Show,  and  Spring  Carnival. 

Student  Ambassador  Program 

The  Student  Ambassador  Program  is  one  of  MSMC's  partnership  programs  designed  to 
motivate  inner-city  high  school  students  to  complete  high  school  and  aspire  to  a  college 
education.  The  ambassadors  help  high  school  students  understand  what  skills  they  need  to 
acquire  and  what  courses  to  take  to  qualify  for  college  admission,  and  assist  them  with 
identifying  appropriate  colleges  to  which  they  can  apply,  completing  admissions  applications 
and  researching  financial  aid.  The  program  provides  leadership  and  service  opportunities  to 
Mount  Students  by  engaging  them  in  outreach  in  the  Los  Angeles  area.  Currently, 
ambassadors  serve  in  40  high  schools,  5  middle  schools,  and  several  Los  Angeles  City 
housing  developments.  By  helping  these  high  school  students  to  plan  for  college,  improve 
study  skills  and  envision  satisfying  and  rewarding  careers,  Mount  students  are  able  to  give 
back  to  the  community  while  developing  their  own  counseling  and  time-management  skills. 
The  Student  Ambassador  Program  continues  a  long-standing  Mount  tradition  of  service  to  the 
local  and  world  community. 

Student  Health  Services 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Health  Services  Department  offers  a  broad  range  of  services  to 
both  resident  and  commuter  full-time  students  who  pay  the  Comprehensive  Student  Fee. 
These  services  include  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  illness  and  minor  injuries,  physical 
examinations,  health  teaching,  and  laboratory  testing.  The  Health  Clinic  on  the  Chalon 
campus  is  staffed  by  physicians,  nurse  practitioners,  nurses,  and  specially  trained  students. 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  preventive  medicine  and  on  positive  health  practices  which  will 
become  a  part  of  each  student's  lifestyle.  Programs  designed  to  assist  students  in  developing 
values  and  skills  related  to  achieving  a  high  level  of  health  are  presented  each  semester. 


78  BACCALAUREATE  DEGREES 


Incoming  freshmen  and  transfer  students,  both  residents  and  commuters,  must  submit  a 
current  health  history  and  physical  examination  prior  to  entrance.  Proof  of  current 
immunizations  and  TB  skin  testing  are  also  required  for  admission.  Additional  health 
requirements  exist  for  students  enrolled  in  programs  with  clinical  affiliations. 

Chalon  students  are  eligible  to  use  the  student  Health  Clinic  on  the  Chalon  campus. 
Appointments  may  be  made  with  physicians  or  nurses  throughout  the  week.  There  is  no  cost 
to  a  student  for  provider  visits;  however,  supplemental  fees  for  laboratory  testing  and 
medications  may  be  assessed.  Referrals  for  specialty  services  and  emergency  services  will  be 
made  through  the  Student  Health  Center. 

When  the  Student  Health  Center  is  closed,  a  Medical  Provider  is  on-call  and  available  for 
consultation  by  contacting  the  Resident  Assistant  on  duty. 

All  full-time  students  are  required  to  carry  Health  and  Accident  Insurance.  Please  see  expense 
listings  at  the  beginning  of  this  catalog  for  additional  information  regarding  health  insurance 
available  through  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Women's  Leadership  Program 

The  Women's  Leadership  Program  offers  many  opportunities  for  leadership  skill  building  and 
development  in  order  to  prepare  students  as  leaders  in  their  communities  and  future  careers. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  develop  and  strengthen  their  skills  at  the  Mount.  The  Program 
supports  students  in  developing  leadership  skills  through  co-curricular  activities,  workshops, 
internships,  and  participation  in  national  conferences. 

All  MSMC  students  have  the  opportunity  to  document  their  co-curricular  activities  in  the 
form  of  a  Leadership  Transcript.  Students  who  are  part  of  the  Leadership  program  have 
opportunities  to  develop  their  leadership  potential  by  taking  courses  and  participating  in  group 
service  projects  and  other  developmental  experiences. 

For  course  offerings  in  Leadership,  please  see  the  Leadership  and  Women's  Studies  Minor 
under  the  Courses  of  Instruction  section  of  this  catalog. 


GRADUATE  DEGREES  79 


Graduate  Degrees 


The  liberal  arts  tradition  and  the  Catholic  nature  of  the  College  give  direction  to  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College  Graduate  Division.  Graduate  programs  flow  from  the  College  mission 
statement  and  presuppose  the  components  of  a  liberal  arts  education,  as  is  evident  in  the 
following  objectives,  developed  by  the  Graduate  Council  for  the  teaching  and  preparation  of 
students  at  the  graduate  level. 

Women  and  men  at  the  graduate  level  are  prepared  as  leaders  for  society  and  are  given  the 
means,  as  well  as  the  confidence,  to: 

a.  create  and  contribute  to  a  society  in  which  respect  for  individuals  permeates  all 
professional  structures  and  personal  interactions; 

b.  assist  those  with  whom  they  work  to  recognize  and  use  their  own  talents,  skills, 
and  resources; 

c.  envision  and  facilitate  personal  responsibility  for  the  direction  of  society  as  it 
grows  toward  a  greater  global  interaction,  culturally,  socially,  and  politically; 

d.  expand  one's  own  knowledge  of  and  contribution  to  a  field  through  the  tools  of 
research  and  academic  development. 

Each  graduate  program,  in  ways  appropriate  to  the  preparation  for  a  particular  profession, 
strives  to  attain  these  objectives  by: 

a.  individualized  and  personal  advisement; 

b.  careful  curriculum  planning  and  scheduling; 

c.  selection  of  competent,  caring  faculty  who  are  well  prepared  in  their  fields  and 
sensitive  to  the  needs  of  the  adult  student  population; 

d.  challenging  students  to  investigate  a  wide  range  of  related  resources  beyond  those 
presented  in  classes; 

e.  providing  a  welcoming  environment  that  suggests  harmony,  peace  and  concern 
for  the  well-being  of  all  persons. 

Programs  in  the  Graduate  Division  include  disciplinary,  interdisciplinary,  and  professional 
graduate  degrees.  Degree  nomenclature  appropriately  reflects  the  type  of  degree. 


Master  of  Science  in  Education  with  concentrations  in: 

Elementary  Education 
Secondary  Education 

Special  Education:  Mild/Moderate  Disability 
Instructional  Leadership 
(Seep.  155) 

Master  of  Arts  in  the  Humanities  with  concentrations  in: 

English,  History,  Political  Science,  and  Cultural  Studies. 
(Seep.  198) 

Master  of  Science  in  Nursing  Education 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Nursing  (MSN)  is  conferred  with  a  specialization  in 
Nursing  Education.  (See  Graduate  Nursing  Section) 
(Seep.  253) 


80  GRADUATE  DEGREES 


Master  of  Science  in  Counseling  Psychology  with  concentrations  in: 

Marriage,  Family  and  Child  Counseling 
Community  and  Interpersonal  Relations 
(See  p.  294) 

Psychology  Certificates  of  Specialization: 

Counseling  the  Spanish-Speaking  Client 
Pastoral  Counseling  Emphasis 
(See  p.  296,  297) 

Master  of  Arts  in  Religious  Studies  with  Certificate  Programs  in: 

Advanced  Religious  Studies 
Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministry 
Youth  and  Young  Adult  Ministry 
(Seep.  312) 

Doctor  of  Physical  Therapy 

(See  p.  269) 


GRADUATE  DEGREES  81 


Admission  Policies 

A  student  who  holds  a  Bachelor's  or  higher  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited  college  or 
university  is  eligible  to  apply  for  admission.  The  student's  previous  academic  record  must 
give  evidence  of  the  ability  and  the  preparation  necessary  for  successfully  pursuing  graduate 
study.  Admission  will  be  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  applicant's  potential  for  success  in 
both  the  program  and  the  profession. 

Application  Procedures 

Applications,  with  all  supporting  documents,  must  be  completed  before  or  during  the  first 
semester  of  enrollment.  (For  application  procedures  for  Doctor  of  Physical  Therapy 
Admission,  see  p.  269.) 

The  applicant  forwards  the  following  to: 

The  Graduate  Division  Office 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College 
10  Chester  Place 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90007-2598 

1.  Application  and  application  fee. 

2.  One  official,  sealed,  transcript  of  all  previous  college  work,  both  undergraduate  and 
graduate,  sent  directly  from  each  institution  to  the  Graduate  Division  Office.  These  records 
should  demonstrate  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.0  for  applicants  to  all  graduate  programs. 

3.  Letters  of  recommendation  from  persons  who  have  had  ample  opportunity  to  judge  the 
applicant's  academic  ability,  achievement  and  professional  potential.  (Personal  references 
from  family  members,  close  friends,  and  neighbors  are  discouraged.) 

a)  For  applicants  for  the  M.  A.  in  Religious  Studies:  Two  letters  from  individuals 
who  can  assess  potential  for  graduate  study  in  theology  and  potential  in  counseling  or 
religious  leadership  in  parish  or  school;  or  ministry  in  the  Hispanic  community. 

b)  For  applicants  for  the  M.  S.  in  Education:  Two  letters  from  individuals  who  can 
assess  appropriate  professional  potential  for  teaching. 

c)  For  applicants  for  the  M.S.  in  Counseling  Psychology:  Two  letters  from 
individuals  who  can  assess  appropriate  professional  potential  as  a  counseling  psychologist. 

d.)  For  applicants  for  the  MSN  Nursing:  Two  letters  from  individuals  who  can 
assess  appropriate  professional  potential  for  success  in  advanced  studies  in  nursing. 

e.)  For  applicants  for  the  Doctor  of  Physical  Therapy:  Three  references  are 
required-one  academic,  one  from  a  physical  therapist,  and  one  from  an  individual  who  can 
assess  the  applicant's  interpersonal  skills. 

4.  Statement  of  interest/application  essay  (see  Graduate  Application). 

5.  Official  scores  of  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  (Religious  Studies)  or  the  Graduate  Record 
Exam  (Psychology  and  Physical  Therapy),  or  the  California  Subject  Examination  for 
Teachers  (Education). 

6.  An  Admission  interview  with  graduate  faculty. 


82  GRADUATE  DEGREES 


Graduates  of  foreign  universities  at  which  English  is  not  the  primary 
language  must: 

7.  Submit  results  of  the  TOEFL  test  with  required  minimum  score  of  550. 

8.  Have  their  transcripts  sent  to  an  approved  credential  evaluation  service  agency  for 
equivalency  evaluation. 

International  students  must: 

9.  Submit  a  notarized  statement  and  supporting  documents  guaranteeing  financial  support 
during  the  period  of  study  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

10.  Submit  a  medical  certificate. 

1 1 .  Complete  necessary  visa  documents. 

Further  details  are  published  in  "Information  for  Prospective  Graduate  Students  From  Other 
Countries,"  included  with  the  application  forms. 

Note:  Exceptions  to  the  requirements  listed  above  may  be  requested  by  academic  petition  to 
the  graduate  advisor  and  Graduate  Dean. 

Admission  and  Acceptance 

After  all  requirements  for  admission  have  been  fulfilled,  the  application  and  supporting 
documents  will  be  forwarded  to  the  department  housing  the  graduate  program  to  which  the 
applicant  has  applied.  The  evaluation  process  will  be  conducted  by  the  Program  Advisor  or 
Director,  Department  Chair,  Graduate  Dean,  and  occasionally  the  Graduate  Council. 

A  written  decision  of  acceptance,  conditional  acceptance,  or  non-acceptance  will  be  rendered 
on  the  Admission  Evaluation  Form.  A  copy  of  the  form  will  be  mailed  to  the  applicant  from 
the  Graduate  Division  Office. 

In  the  event  that  the  applicant's  undergraduate  record  does  not  include  all  the  required  courses 
or  a  satisfactory  grade  point  average,  supplementary  undergraduate  work  may  be  required  to 
fulfill  the  prerequisites  of  the  major  department. 

After  official  acceptance  into  a  graduate  degree  program,  masters  and  doctoral  degree 
students  may  apply  for  financial  aid  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office  of  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College. 

An  applicant  may  complete  up  to  6  units  in  one  semester  at  MSMC  while  applying  for 
admission  to  a  Graduate  Program  in  the  areas  of  Education  and  Humanities  (see  Non  Degree- 
Seeking  Graduate  Students  section).  For  Religious  Studies  requirements,  see  Graduate 
Religious  Studies.  Under  certain  circumstances  a  student  may  petition  to  complete  an 
additional  3  units  prior  to  the  acceptance  to  any  of  these  programs.     No  more  than  nine  units 
taken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  before  acceptance  into  a  program  may  be  applied  to  the 
degree  program.  Enrollment  in  courses  as  a  non-matriculating  student  is  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  program  advisor,  director  and/or  the  Graduate  Dean.  Permission  to  enroll 
under  a  non-matriculating  status  does  not  guarantee  acceptance  to  a  graduate  program  at 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 


GRADUATE  DEGREES  83 


Readmission  Policy 

A  student  wishing  to  return  to  the  University  after  one  year  in  which  he  or  she  was  not 
enrolled  must  reapply  for  admission  through  the  Graduate  Admission  Office  and  will  be 
evaluated  on  the  same  conditions  as  all  other  new  students. 

Academic  Policies  for  Graduate  Division 

Residence  and  Time  Limit 

After  acceptance  into  a  degree  program  the  student  is  expected  to  remain  continuously 
enrolled  each  regular  semester  up  to  and  including  the  semester  in  which  the  degree  is 
awarded.  The  degree  must  be  earned  within  seven  years  after  the  first  graduate  level  course  is 
posted  on  the  transcript.  Note:  courses  applicable  to  credentials  are  subject  to  California 
Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  limitations. 

A  graduate  student  who  is  eligible  but  who  chooses  not  to  enroll  continuously  may  petition 
for  a  leave  of  absence  for  a  semester  and  may  renew  the  leave  for  another  semester  but  no 
more  than  three  consecutive  semesters.  At  the  end  of  the  period  of  leave,  the  student  may 
enroll  without  filing  an  application  for  re-admission.  After  a  lapse  of  time  extending  beyond 
the  leave,  the  student  will  follow  the  same  procedures  as  those  for  new  applicants. 

Thesis  or  Project  Completion 

If  a  student,  after  one  semester  enrollment  in  EDU  296B,  HUM  296B,  PSY  295  or  296,  or 
RST  290  or  291,  has  not  completed  the  project  or  thesis,  the  student  will  be  required  to  enroll 
in  a  one-unit  thesis  project  continuation  course  (EDU  297A,B,C;  HUM  297A,B,C, 
PSY297A,B,C  or  RST  290A,B,Cor  291  A)  for  the  subsequent  semesters  until  the 
thesis/project  is  completed.  Once  three  project  continuation  courses  are  completed,  no  other 
options  for  completing  the  Masters  degree  are  available. 

Unit  Load 

The  number  of  semester  units  of  work  taken  in  the  respective  semester  or  summer  session  is 
determined  in  consultation  with  departmental  advisors.  The  number  of  semester  units  for  a 
full-time  load  is  six  (6)  semester  units. 

Student  Responsibility 

Students  are  held  individually  responsible  for  information  contained  in  the  College  catalog, 
Graduate  Student  Handbook,  program  handbooks,  and  College  email  correspondence.  Failure 
to  read  and  understand  these  policies  and  regulations  will  not  excuse  students  from  their 
observance.  In  addition  they  are  responsible  for  the  information  contained  in  the  official  class 
schedules  and  other  data  sent  or  posted  on  the  MSMC  website  by  the  Graduate  Division 
Office.  College  catalogs  are  available  in  the  Graduate  Division  Office,  and  students  are 
advised  to  obtain  and  keep  their  catalogs. 

Academic  Integrity  -  Graduate  students  are  expected  to  follow  Mount  St.  Maryes  policy 
regarding  academic  integrity.  Plagiarism  and  other  forms  of  academic  dishonesty  are  treated 
as  extremely  serious  violations  of  ethical  conduct  and  may  result  in  suspension  or  expulsion 
from  the  University.  (See  Catalog,  Undergraduate  Academic  Policies,  Academic  Integrity 
section,  page  36;  and  Graduate  Student  Handbook,  Academic  Integrity  section.) 


84  GRADUATE  DEGREES 


Graduation 

Application  for  Graduation:  Candidates  for  the  Masters  and  Doctoral  degrees  must  file  a 
formal  degree  application  and  pay  the  required  fee  at  the  beginning  of  their  final  semester. 
The  specific  date  for  this  application  is  published  in  the  current  Graduate  College  calendar. 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  apply  for  graduation.  Graduation  application  forms  are 
available  in  the  Doheny  Registrar's  Office.  The  application  must  be  signed  by  the  advisor. 

The  graduation  fee  is  required,  in  order  for  the  degree  to  be  awarded,  regardless  of  attendance 
at  the  graduation  ceremonies.  Candidates  should  check  with  the  appropriate  program  advisor 
or  director  to  affirm  that  all  requirements  have  been  met. 

Education  Credential  candidates  are  responsible  for  submitting  Credential  applications  to  the 
MSMC  Department  of  Education  for  processing. 

Graduation  Exercises 

Candidates  receiving  degrees  are  invited  to  participate  in  the  graduation  exercises.  In  order  to 
participate  in  commencement  exercises,  students  must  be  registered  for  all  courses  needed  to 
complete  degree  and  college  requirements.  These  ceremonies  are  held  each  year  at  the  end  of 
the  Spring  semester.  All  graduates  who  have  completed  their  programs  since  the  previous 
Spring  are  included  in  these  exercises. 

Readmission  of  Students  Who  Have  Already  Completed  a  Graduate 
Degree 

Graduates  who  wish  to  enroll  for  another  credential  or  degree  will  follow  the  same  procedure 
as  new  applicants.  New  recommendations  and  other  records  may  be  required,  depending  upon 
changed  circumstances.  An  application  fee  is  not  charged  unless  a  period  of  five  or  more 
years  has  elapsed  since  the  completion  of  the  previous  program 

Non  Degree-Seeking  Graduate  Students  (Non-Matriculating  Status) 

Students  who  hold  a  Baccalaureate  degree  from  accredited  colleges  or  universities  are  eligible 
to  take  courses  for  unit  credit  at  the  College  without  the  intention  of  pursuing  a  graduate 
degree  or  credential.  They  may  take  either  undergraduate  courses  in  subjects  of  special 
interest  or  graduate  courses  for  personal  or  professional  development.  Students  complete  an 
application  and  registration  form  and  may  be  required  to  provide  evidence  of  possessing  a 
Baccalaureate  degree  at  the  time  of  registration.  Their  registration  is  approved  by  the  program 
advisor.  They  are  expected  to  observe  all  policies  and  procedures  of  the  College  while  in 
attendance.  If,  after  taking  courses  at  the  College,  a  student  should  become  an  applicant  for  a 
degree,  a  limited  number  of  graduate  credit  courses  (no  more  than  nine  units)  may  be  applied 
to  the  individual  degree  program,  after  the  student  has  been  admitted  to  the  Graduate 
Program.  These  courses  must  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  program  and  meet  the  approval 
of  the  program  advisor/director  and  the  Graduate  Dean.  Permission  to  enroll  under  a  non- 
matriculating  status  does  not  guarantee  acceptance  to  a  graduate  program  at  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College. 


GRADUATE  DEGREES  85 


Course  Numbers 

Although  all  of  the  work  counted  toward  a  graduate  degree  is  of  a  distinctly  advanced 
character,  not  all  of  the  courses  need  be  taken  from  the  200-level.  With  the  approval  of  the 
graduate  advisor/director  in  the  major  field,  upper  division  courses  suitable  for  a  well  rounded 
program  may  be  included,  provided  that  the  student  earns  at  least  a  grade  of  B.  A  maximum 
of  upper  division  units  that  may  be  included  are  nine  semester  units  for  the  Master  of  Arts  in 
Humanities  and  the  Master  of  Science  in  Education  degrees.  Courses  required  for  a  Doctoral 
degree  in  Physical  Therapy  have  400-499  numbering. 

Grading  Policies 

Once  submitted,  grades  may  not  be  changed  unless  the  result  of  clerical  or  procedural  error. 
A  student  must  request  a  review/change  within  30  days  after  the  end  of  a  semester,  or  within 
30  days  following  the  distribution  of  the  grade  report  containing  the  grade  which  the  student 
wishes  to  challenge.  (See  process  in  Graduate  Handbook.) 

Grades 

The  grade  point  average  for  all  work  presented  for  an  advanced  degree,  credential,  or 
certificate  must  be  at  least  3.0  or  B  average.  A  required  course  in  which  a  grade  of  D  or  F  has 
been  received  must  be  repeated.  See  specific  program  requirements  for  exceptions. 

The  student's  grade  point  average  is  computed  according  to  this  scale: 

A  4.0 

A-  3.7 

B+  3.3 

B  3.0 

B-  2.7 

C+  2.3 

C  2.0 

C-  1.7 

D  1.0 

F  0.0 

The  following  grades  are  not  computed  in  the  GPA: 

AU  Audit 

CR  CRedit  given  (see  below) 

I  Incomplete  (see  below) 

IP  In  Progress:  deferred  grading  for  graduate  thesis  or  field  experience 

NC  No  Credit  given  (see  below) 

NG  No  Grade  received,  issued  by  the  Registrar  pending  receipt  of  the  final  grade 

R  Course  was  Repeated  at  later  date 

U  Unauthorized  withdrawal 

W  Withdrawal 


86  GRADUATE  DEGREES 


Credit/No  Credit 

CR/NC  ordinarily  applies  only  to  the  Supervised  Field  Experience  in  graduate  programs.  For 
field  experiences,  practica,  and  supervised  teaching  offered  by  the  Education,  Counseling 
Psychology,  Nursing  and  Physical  Therapy  Departments,  CR  signifies  B  or  better  work. 

Incomplete 

An  Incomplete  is  given  only  when  a  student: 

•  has  fulfilled  the  majority  of  the  course  requirements, 

•  has  a  passing  grade  in  the  classwork, 

•  is  prevented  from  completing  the  assigned  work  for  serious  reasons, 

•  has  consulted  the  instructor  prior  to  the  grading  period,  and 

•  has  been  assessed  by  the  instructor  that  he/she  can  realistically  complete  the  work 
within  one  semester. 

A  student  requesting  an  Incomplete  must  file  a  Petition  for  Incomplete  with  the  signature  of 
the  instructor  and  the  department  chairperson  prior  to  the  day  of  the  final  exam.  The  instructor 
will  assign  a  default  grade  when  approving  an  incomplete.  This  default  grade  will  be  recorded 
on  the  student's  transcript  when  a  completed  grade  is  not  assigned  by  the  instructor  and/or  an 
extension  of  the  incomplete  is  not  processed.  An  incomplete  may  only  be  extended  for  one 
additional  semester  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor,  the  department  chairperson,  and  the 
appropriate  academic  dean.  (Students  may  not  be  given  more  than  two  semesters  to  complete 
any  course.) 

Repetition  of  courses 

Only  courses  for  which  unacceptable  grades  have  been  assigned  may  be  repeated  for  a  higher 
grade  or  CR.  (See  specific  program  for  definition  of  unacceptable  grades.)  Courses  may  be 
repeated  only  once.  The  units  are  counted  only  once  and  the  higher  grade  computed  in  the 
GPA.  A  student  must  repeat  required  courses  in  which  unacceptable  grades  were  assigned  if 
the  student  is  eligible  to  remain  in  the  program. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

A  maximum  of  six  semester  units  of  graduate  work  taken  in  an  accredited  graduate  program  is 
transferable  to  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  provided  that: 

•  the  transfer  courses  satisfy  curriculum  requirements  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College 
and  a  grade  of  B  or  better  was  earned; 

•  the  courses  are  transferred  after  the  student  has  been  accepted  into  the  program 
and  prior  to  the  last  semester  of  graduate  study;  transfer  credit  forms  are 
available  in  the  Graduate  Office; 

•  correspondence  and  extension  courses  are  not  transferable; 

•  courses  were  taken  within  seven  years  of  the  date  on  which  the  student  was 
accepted  in  a  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  graduate  program. 

Once  admitted  to  a  graduate  program  students  are  expected  to  pursue  study  only  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College. 


GRADUATE  DEGREES  87 


Credit  by  Exam 

In  selected  departments,  course  credit  by  challenge  examination  is  available  on  a  limited  basis 
and  at  the  discretion  of  the  department  chairperson.  The  student  must  file  the  approved  form 
in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  Only  units  of  CREDIT  will  be  awarded  for  these  examinations 
(No  record  of  failures  will  appear  on  a  student's  transcript.).  All  credit  awarded  in  this  manner 
will  be  so  noted  on  the  student's  transcript.  A  course  may  be  challenged  by  examination 
only  once. 

Unauthorized  Withdrawal 

The  designation  of  Unauthorized  Withdrawal  (U)  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructor,  be 
assigned  in  lieu  of  a  grade  of  F,  when  the  student  does  not  attend  a  course  but  fails  to 
officially  withdraw,  or  does  not  attend  a  sufficient  number  of  class  meetings. 

Withdrawal  From  Courses 

The  grade  W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course,  according  to  the  following  policy: 

Withdrawal  (W)  indicates  that  the  student  was  permitted  to  withdraw  from  a  class  during  the 
period  scheduled  on  the  College  calendar  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor  and  advisor. 
After  the  scheduled  date,  a  student  may  petition  the  Graduate  Dean  for  an  exception.  The  W 
carries  no  connotation  of  quality  of  student  performance  and  is  not  calculated  in  the  grade 
point  average. 

Withdrawal  from  Programs 

When  students  withdraw  from  a  graduate  program,  they  must  file  a  withdrawal  notice  in  the 
Graduate  Division  Office. 

Academic  Probation 

Failure  of  a  graduate  degree  or  credential  student  to  maintain  a  3.0  cumulative  GPA  (2.50  for 
Doctor  of  Physical  Therapy  students)  places  the  student  on  probation.  The  student  will  be 
notified  in  writing  from  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  Dean  regarding  the  probation.  A  student 
on  probation  must  achieve  a  semester  GPA  of  3.0  or  higher  (except  for  DPT  students)  during 
the  next  two  semesters  in  order  to  be  reinstated  to  regular  standing  and  may  be  required  to 
take  fewer  units  of  work  while  on  probation.  See  individual  departments  for  specific 
probation  policies. 


GRADUATE  DEGREES 


Academic  Dismissal 

A  student  is  subject  to  dismissal  for  failure  to  maintain  a  3.0  GPA  (2.50  for  Doctor  of 
Physical  Therapy  students)  during  the  probationary  period.  Failure  to  comply  with  the 
requirements  and  regulations  of  the  graduate  program  and  College  may  also  subject  a  student 
to  dismissal.  The  Graduate  Dean  and/or  the  Graduate  Council  have  the  authority  to  dismiss 
students  and  to  suspend  dismissal. 

Academic  Petitions 

A  petition  may  be  submitted  to  cover  certain  exceptions  to  stated  policies.  A  petition  may  not 
be  retroactive,  but  must  be  submitted  before  the  exception  is  to  be  considered. 

Grievance  Procedure 

The  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Student  Bill  of  Rights  and  Grievance  Procedure  are  available 
on  the  MSMC  website  or  by  request  from  the  Graduate  Division  Office. 

The  Graduate  Council 

The  Graduate  Council  is  an  advisory  body,  composed  of  the  graduate  program  directors, 
student  representatives  and  the  Graduate  Dean,  whose  function  is  to  recommend 
modifications  or  changes  in  graduate  policy  to  the  Provost.  The  main  objectives  of  the 
Graduate  Council  are  to  promote  excellence  in  research  and  scholarship  beyond  the 
undergraduate  level  and  to  strengthen  existing  graduate  programs.  Among  their  concerns  are 
admission  standards,  degree  requirements,  and  program  review  and  approval. 


COURSE  NUMBERING  89 


Courses  of  Instruction 
Designation  of  Credits  and  Courses 

Courses  numbered  1-99  are  lower  division  courses,  generally  taken  by  freshmen  and 
sophomores;  those  numbered  100-199  are  upper  division  courses,  generally  taken  by  juniors 
and  seniors,  or  majors.  In  order  to  enroll  in  any  upper  division  course,  a  student  must  first 
successfully  complete  English  1 A  and  1B/1C  or  English  5H.    Students  must  also  have 
sophomore  standing  or  the  approval  of  the  instructor  to  enroll  in  an  upper  division  class. 
Students  must  be  enrolled  in  an  English  composition  class  each  semester  until  they  complete 
the  General  Studies  written  communication  skills  requirement  IA. 

Credit  for  courses  whose  course  numbers  include  the  letter  X  may  not  be  applied  to  the 
Baccalaureate  degree. 

Courses  numbered  200-299  are  graduate  level,  those  numbered  300-399  are  professional 
courses,  and  those  between  340-349  are  professional  credit  courses  that  may  be  submitted  for 
equivalency  evaluation  to  be  applied  to  a  credential  or  Masters  program.  Courses  numbered 
400  are  used  to  fulfill  DPT  requirements. 

Courses  listed  as  upper  division/graduate  (100/200)  may  be  taken  for  either. 

Courses  approved  for  fulfillment  of  the  General  Studies  curriculum  requirements  are 
identified  after  the  course  description  in  each  department: 

GS-IA  Written  Communication  Skills 

GS-IB  Oral  Communication  Skills 

GS-II  Critical  Thinking 

GS-HIA  Art  or  Music 

GS-IIIB  Literature 

GS-IIIC  History 

GS-HID  Natural  and  Physical  Sciences 

GS-IIIE  Mathematics 

GS-IIIF  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

GS-IIIG  Contemporary  Economics  or  Politics 

GS-IV  Modern  Language 

GS-VA1  Religious  Studies:  Scripture 

GS-VA2  Religious  Studies:  Christian  Thought 

GS-VA3  Religious  Studies:  Christian  Ethics 

GS-VA4  Religious  Studies:  Religion  and  Religions 

GS-VB1  Philosophy:  Philosophical  Ideas 

GS-VB2  Philosophy:  Ethics 

GS-VB3  Philosophy:  Other 

GS-VI  Diversity  Perspectives 

GS-VII  Quantitative  Literacy 

After  the  last  day  to  add  a  course  as  published  in  the  schedule  of  classes,  no  changes  may  be 
made  respective  to  the  level  of  study. 


90  AMERICAN  STUDIES 


American  Studies 

Departmental  Affiliation:  Philosophy 

What  is  distinctive  about  American  culture?  What  issues  and  concerns  face  America  in  terms 
of  the  global  realities  of  war,  terrorism,  international  economics,  poverty  vs.  wealth,  and 
public  policy?  What  values  do  Americans  treasure?  The  major  in  American  Studies  provides 
opportunity  to  focus  on  the  influences  of  the  past  and  present  which  affect  American 
character,  experience,  and  institutions. 

This  major  draws  from  a  variety  of  disciplines,  such  as  Philosophy,  English,  History, 
Business,  Art,  and  Political  Science.  It  provides  a  strong  foundation  for  careers  in  law,  public 
policy,  teaching,  writing,  philosophy,  politics,  and  international  relations.  Double  majors  with  ' 
Philosophy,  English,  History,  Art,  or  Political  Science  are  possible  and  encouraged. 

The  principal  criterion  for  determining  whether  a  course  is  applicable  to  an  American  Studies  ' 
major  is  that  it  gives  insight  into  American  thought  and  culture:  the  nation's  history,  social 
structure,  politics,  commerce,  all  that  comprises  The  American  Experience,  including  its 
reflection  in  literature,  art,  and  music. 

Many  regularly  offered  courses  clearly  fulfill  this  requirement  and  are  listed  as 
interdisciplinary  electives  in  the  following  sections.  Other  courses  that  a  department  may 
occasionally  offer  will  also  apply,  with  approval  of  the  American  Studies  Program  Director. 

Interdisciplinary  Requirements: 

A  minimum  of  thirty-six  units  in  American  Studies  is  required.  To  ensure  a  wide  exploration 
of  the  American  Experience,  at  least  three  upper  division  courses  must  be  taken  in  the 
humanities  (literature,  philosophy,  art)  and  three  in  the  social  sciences  (history,  political 
science,  sociology,  economics). 


Business 

BUS  4 

BUS  5 

BUS  92 

BUS  106 

BUS  133 

BUS  140/H 

BUS  160 

BUS  161 

BUS  184 

BUS  185 

BUS  194 

English 

ENG  20/120 

ENG26 

ENG  108 

ENG  126 

ENG  129 

ENG  145 

ENG  146 

ENG  164 

Business  Foundations  &  Analysis  (3) 

Business  Law  I  (3) 

Business  Ethics  (3) 

Business  Law  II  (3) 

Money,  Politics  and  Business  (3) 

Women's  Issues  in  Business  &  Economics  (3) 

Principles  of  Marketing  (3) 

Principles  of  Advertising  (3) 

Organizational  Behavior  (3) 

Principles  of  Management  (3) 

Consumer  Behavior  (3) 


Great  Works  in  American  Literature  (3) 
Literature  of  the  American  West  (3) 
The  News  Media  (3) 
The  American  Experience  (3) 
Ethnic  Literatures  of  America  (3) 
American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  1914  (3) 
American  Literature:  1914  to  Present  (3) 
American  Drama  (3) 


AMERICAN  STUDIES 


91 


History 

HIS  6/106 

HIS  171 

HIS  173 

HIS  175 

HIS  178 

HIS  179 

HIS  180 

HIS  181 

HIS  184 

HIS  185  A 

HIS  185B 

HIS  185C/185CH 

HIS  186/186H 

HIS  188 

Philosophy 

PHI  92 

PHI  134 

PHI  162 

PHI  165 

PHI  168  A 

PHI  168B 

PHI  170 

PHI  174 

PHI  175 

PHI  176 

PHI  179 

Political  Science 

POL  1 

POL  5 

POL  93ABCD 

POL  105    ' 

POL  107 

POL  109 

POL  116 

POL  125 

POL  137 

POL  170 

POL  171/H 

POL  175AB 

POL  176 

POL  179 

POL  180 

POL  186 

POL  191 

American  Cultural  History  (3) 

The  United  States  from  Colony  to  Republic,  1607-1800  (3) 

The  United  States  in  the  19th  Century  (3) 

The  United  States  in  the  20th  Century  (3) 

Diplomatic  History  of  the  U.  S.  (3) 

Constitutional  History  of  the  U.  S.  (3) 

Current  Constitutional  History  (3) 

Modern  Presidential  History  (3) 

Radicalism  and  Dissent  (3) 

African  American  History:  American  Slavery,  1619-1865  (3) 

African  American  History:  Emancipation  to  the  Modern  Era  (3) 

Race  and  Racism  in  American  Life  and  Thought  (3) 

Gender  in  American  Life  and  Thought  (3) 

California  History  (3) 


Intro  to  Business  Ethics  (3) 
American  Philosophy  (3) 
Philosophy  and  Native  Cultures  (3) 
Philosophy  of  Law  (3) 
Contemporary  Moral  Problems  (3) 
Bioethics  (3) 

Social  and  Political  Philosophy  (3) 
Philosophy  of  Art  (3) 
Philosophy  in  Film  (3) 
Philosophy  of  Literature  (3) 
Women  and  Values  (3) 


American  Government  &  Institutions  (3) 

Business  Law  (3) 

Selected  Problems  and  Projects  in  Political  Science  (1-3) 

Advanced  Business  Law  (3) 

Criminal  Law  (3) 

Individual  Rights  (3) 

Democracy  and  Democratic  Theory  (3) 

Foreign  Relations  of  the  U.  S.  (3) 

Ethnic  Conflict  and  Civil  War  (3) 

American  Party  Politics  (3) 

Presidents  and  Personality  (3) 

Selected  Topics  in  the  American  Political  Structure  (3,3) 

Public  Policy  (3) 

California  Politics  (3) 

State  and  Local  Government  (3) 

Intro  to  Public  Administration  (3) 

Internship  in  Government  Service  (3) 


92 


AMERICAN  STUDIES 


Psychology 

PSY  110 

PSY  128 

PSY  139 

PSY  144 

PSY  145 

PSY  148 

PSY  151 

PSY  185 

PSY  186 

Sociology 

SOC  104 

SOC  110 

SOC  1 1 1 

SOC  112 

SOC  125 

SOC  135 

SOC  160 

SOC  161 

SOC  175 

SOC  180 

SOC  189 

SOC  190 

SOC  191 

SOC  195 

Gender  Issues  in  Psychology  (3) 
Adulthood  and  Aging  (3) 
Child  Abuse  and  Family  Violence  (3) 
Psychology  of  Prejudice  (3) 
Social  Psychology  (3) 
Industrial/Organizational  Psychology  (3) 
Divorce  and  Remarriage  (3) 
Psychology  of  Law  (3) 
Violence  Against  Women  (3) 


The  Family  (3) 

Juvenile  Delinquency  (3) 

Criminology  (3) 

Medical  Sociology  (3) 

Cultural  Anthropology  (3) 

Mass  Media  (3) 

Diversity  in  Society  (3) 

Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations  (3) 

Urban  Sociology  (3) 

Social  Stratification  (3) 

Gerontology  (3) 

Social  Change  (3) 

Social  Movements  (3) 

Sociology  of  Religion  (3) 


Total  Units  in  American  Studies:  36 

Courses  are  described  in  the  respective  departmental  listings. 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units,  including 
Modern  Language  requirement.  At  least  1 5  upper  division  American  Studies  units  must  be 
completed  at  MSMC. 


The  Minor  in  American  Studies 

A  minimum  of  six  courses  that  meet  the  American  Studies  criteria  described  above. 


ART 93_ 

Art 


Baccalaureate  Programs 
Fine  Arts  and  Graphic  Design 


A  student  majoring  in  art  may  choose  between  two  emphases,  Fine  Arts  or  Graphic  Design. 

In  both  the  goal  is  to  provide  the  undergraduate  student  with  a  thorough  and  comprehensive 
understanding  of  art  as  an  essential  human  activity.    It  prepares  students  who  wish  to 
continue  as  professional  artists,  graphic  designers,  teachers,  or  in  a  related  field. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree  with  a  major  in  Art  offers  the  students  a  thorough 
foundation  through  applied  course  work.  As  applied  proficiency  is  gained,  a  personal 
direction  is  encouraged  and  a  conceptual  foundation  is  developed. 

Art  courses  are  offered  on  both  the  Chalon  and  Doheny  campuses  with  the  purpose  of 
enriching  the  liberal  arts  experience,  expanding  the  General  Studies  offerings,  and  providing  a 
comprehensive  program  for  the  major. 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  Degree  in  Art 
Lower  Division  Prerequisites: 

ART  1  Drawing  I  (3) 

ART  2  Design  I  (3) 

ART  4  Painting  I  (3) 

ART  11  PrintmakingI  (3) 

ART12  Ceramics  I  (3) 

ART  15  Computer  Graphics  I  (3) 

One  course  from  the  following: 

ART  7/107  Experiences  in  the  Visual  Arts  (3) 

ART  170  History  of  Art:  Ancient  through  Medieval       (3) 

ART  171  History  of  Art:  Renaissance  through  Romanticism  (3) 

ART  1 72  History  of  Art:  The  Modern  World  (3) 

ART  173    m  History  of  Art:  Multiculturalism  and  the  Visual  Art  (3) 

ART  174  History  of  Art:  Women  in  Contemporary  Art  (3) 

Students  are  encouraged  to  take  all  Art  History  courses 

Upper  Division  Required  Courses  for  an  Emphasis  in  Fine  Arts: 

ART  122  Drawing  II  (Figure)  (3) 

and 

Five  additional  upper  division  courses  in  art:  (15) 

and 

ART  193  Senior  Projects  and  Exhibition  *  (3) 

(*must  be  completed  during  final  year) 

Total  units,  emphasis  in  Fine  Arts:  42 


94  ART 

Students  with  an  Emphasis  in  Fine  Arts  are  encouraged  to  take  a  minimum  of  three  semesters 
in  at  least  one  of  the  following  mediums:  drawing,  painting,  printmaking,  photography, 
ceramics,  plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units, 
including  Modern  Language  requirements. 

Upper  Division  Required  Courses  for  an  Emphasis  in  Graphic  Design: 

ART  106  Design  II  (3) 

ART  1 15  or  1 16  Computer  Graphics  II  or  World  Wide  Web  (3) 

ART  130  Graphic  Communication  (3) 

ART  131  Graphic  Production  (3) 

ART  133  or  Art  4  Illustration  or  painting  (3) 

ART  164  Drawing  II  (Figure)  (3) 

ART  193  Senior  Project  and  Exhibition*  (3) 

(*must  be  completed  during  final  year) 
Total  units,  emphasis  in  Graphic  Design:  42 
Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units, 
including  Modern  Language  requirements. 

Requirements  for  the  Minor  in  Art 

A  minimum  of  six  courses  (18  units)  in  Art: 
Required  Courses: 

ART  1  Drawing  I  (3) 

ART  2  Design  I  (3) 

Any  Fine  Arts  course:  (3) 

One  course  from  the  following: 

ART  7/107  Experiences  in  the  Visual  Arts  (3) 

ART  170  History  of  Art:  Ancient  through  Medieval  (3) 

ART  171  History  of  Art:  Renaissance  through  Romanticism  (3) 

ART  1 72  History  of  Art:  The  Modern  World  (3) 

ART  173  History  of  Art:  Multiculturalism  and  the  Visual  Arts  (3) 

ART  174  History  of  Art:  Women  in  Contemporary  Art  (3) 

Any  two  additional  courses  (6  units)  in  Art: 
Total  units  in  Art:  18 

Requirements  for  the  Minor  in  Graphic  Design 
Required  Courses: 

ART  1  Drawing  I  (3) 

ART  2  Design  I  (3) 

ART  15  Computer  Graphics  I  (3) 

A  minimum  of  three  courses(9  units)  from  the  following: 

ART  102  Design  II  (3) 

ART  1 1 5  Computer  Graphics  II  (3 ) 

ART  1 1 6  Design  for  the  World  Wide  Web  (3) 

ART  130  Graphic  Communication  (3) 

ART  1 3 1  Graphic  Production  (3) 

ART  133  Illustration  (3) 

Total  of  18  units 


ART 

95 

Requirements  for  the  Minor  in  Art  History 

A  minimum  of  six  courses  (18  units)  including  one  applied  Art  course: 

ART  7/107            Experiences  in  the  Visual  Arts 

(3) 

ART  170               History  of  Art:  Ancient  through  Medieval 

(3) 

ART  171                History  of  Art:  Renaissance  through  Romanticism 

(3) 

ART  1 72               History  of  Art:  Modern  World 

(3) 

ART  1 73               Multiculturalism  and  the  Visual  Arts 

(3) 

ART  1 74               Women  in  Contemporary  Art 

(3) 

ART  175               Critical  Theories  in  the  Visual  Arts 

(3) 

ART  199               Independent  Study:  Research  Paper  in  Art  History 

(3) 

One  additional  course  in  Art 

(3) 

Total  units  in  Art:  18 

Associate  Programs 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Associate  in  Arts  program  in  Graphic  Desig 

n  and  Media 

Communication  will  prepare  the  diligent  student  for  a  career  in  a  varied  world  of  visual 
media.  These  include  graphic  design,  publishing,  film  and  television,  and  related  careers  from 
corporate  to  freelance.  At  the  end  of  the  two-year  program,  students  will  be  prepared  to 
present  a  portfolio  based  upon  their  choice  of  Graphic  Design  or  Media  Communication  that 
will  show  competence  in  publishing,  graphic  production,  visual  communication  including 
film,  all  with  an  emphasis  in  visual  literacy.  A  strong  foundation  in  design,  competence  with 
computer  literacy,  a  continuous  development  of  drawing  skills  and  the  understanding  of 
mass  media  are  central  to  the  programs. 

The  A.A.  Degree  Program  in  Graphic  Design  or  Media  Communication 

Students  entering  both  programs  are  urged  to  work  with  an  advisor  to  plan  a  two-year 
schedule  to  clearly  understand  the  best  sequencing  of  courses.  Depending  on  date  of  entry  to 
the  program  and  student's  interests  and  goals,  students  entering  the  program  in  the  second 
semester  may  need  to  attend  summer  school  to  complete  the  program. 

Requirements  for  the  A.A.  in  Graphic  Design 
Degree  Requirements: 
First  Year  Fall 

Art  I  Drawing  I  (3) 

Art  2  Design  (3) 

Art  5  Art  Fundamentals  or  any  Art  History  course  (3) 

Nine  courses  from  the  list  below 

Art  164  Drawing  II  (3) 

Art  1 5  Computer  Graphic  I  (3) 

Art  1  or  39  Photography  I  or  Documentary  Production  (3) 

Art  102  Design  II  (3) 


96             ART 

Art  4  or  133 

Illustration  or  Painting  I                                                 (3) 

Art  130 

Graphic  Communications                                               (3) 

Art  115  or  116 

Computer  Graphics  II  or  Design  for  the  World  Wide  Web         (3) 

Art  131 

Graphic  Production                                                        (3) 

Art  35 

Graphic  Arts  Internship*                                                  (1-3) 

*  Graphic  Arts 

Internship  -  transfer  students  from  the  A. A.  program  to  the  B.A.  program  are 

not  required  to  take  Graphic  Arts  Internship,  Art  35. 

Graphic  Arts  Internship  may  be  taken  either  Fall  and/or  Spring  of  the  second  year. 

In  addition,  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  60  semester  units  are  needed 
for  the  degree. 

Requirements  for  the  A.A.  in  Media  Communication 

Art  1  Drawing  I 

Art  2  Design  I 

Art  1 0  Photography  I 

Art  1 5  Computer  Graphics  I 

Art  39  Documentary  Production 

Art  102  Design  II 

Art  130  Graphic  Communication 

SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives 

SOC  33  or  133      Culture,  Music  and  Broadcasting 

SOC  35  or  135      Mass  Media 

SOC  132  Film  and  Television 

PHI  10  or  21  Critical  Thinking  or  Moral  Values 

PHI  167  or  175  or  174  Ethics  in  Film  or  Philosophy  of  Film  or 

Philosophy  of  Art 
ART  35*  Graphic  Arts  Internship 

Total  of  39  -  42  units  plus  additional  units  sufficient  to  complete  the  A.A.  degree.  Note 
that  many  of  the  courses  required  in  the  major  will  also  double  count  for  the  A.A.  degree. 

*  Graphic  Arts  Internship  -  transfer  students  from  the  A.A.  program  to  the  B.A.  program  are 
not  required  to  take  Graphic  Arts  Internship,  Art  35. 

Graphic  Arts  Internship  may  be  taken  either  Fall  and/or  Spring  of  the  second  year. 

In  addition,  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  60  semester  units  are  needed 
for  the  degree.. 

All  ART  courses  below  marked  with  *  carry  a  $45  Laboratory  Fee. 

*ART  1  Drawing  I  (3) 

Beginning  drawing  class  for  those  just  starting  and  for  those  who  need  to  renew  skills. 
Development  of  basic  drawing  skills.  Emphasis  on  fundamentals  of  form,  structure,  and 
composition.  Various  black  and  white  media  are  explored. 


(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

' 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(1-3) 

ART 97 

*ART  2  Design  I  (3) 

An  investigation  of  the  elements  and  principles  of  design  through  specific  visual  problems. 

Color  theories  are  explored  and  subsequent  interaction  of  color  is  studied  through  application. 

GS-IIIA 

*ART  3/103  Visual  Thinking  (3) 

Exploring  the  use  of  visual  imagery  as  a  form  of  communication  and  problem  solving.  Right 

brain  thinking  and  the  creative  process  will  be  considered.  Understanding  the  language  of 

vision  and  developing  skills  pertaining  to  the  use  of  these  visual  elements  and  principles  of 

design  will  be  emphasized.  The  course  seeks  to  develop  a  broader  sense  of  self  and  the 

potential  for  using  visual  thinking  as  an  alternate  mode  of  knowing.  It  complements  analytical 

skills  and  is  applicable  to  creative  problem  solving  in  all  disciplines.  GS-IIIA. 

*ART  4  Painting  I  (3) 

The  development  of  skills  relative  to  composition,  color  and  other  structural  elements  of 

painting.  Primarily  acrylic  or  oil  paint  will  be  used  although  various  materials  can  be 

considered.  Building  a  stretcher  bar  and  stretching  canvas  will  be  included. 

*  ART  5  Fundamentals  of  Art  (3) 

Illustrated  lecture  through  the  use  of  slides  and  videos  on  the  development  of  art  forms  from 

around  the  world.  History  from  earliest  time  periods  through  contemporary  life.  Various 

modes  of  painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  and  crafts  will  be  studied.  A  few  of  the  classes  will 

be  devoted  to  a  hands  on  exploration  of  some  of  these  art  forms.  GS-IIIA, VI 

*ART  7/107  Experiences  in  the  Visual  Arts         (3) 

The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  help  students  develop  a  greater  aesthetic  awareness  through 

direct  exposure  to  the  visual  arts.    Emphasis  on  visits  to  artists,  studios,  museums,  and 

galleries.  GS-IIIA 

*ART  10  Photography  I  (3) 

A  laboratory  and  theory  course  that  is  concerned  with  a  working  understanding  of  a  35mm 

format  camera,  techniques  of  shooting,  developing,  and  printing.  Photo  projects  in  this  course 

will  have  an  emphasis  with  issues  dealing  with  contemporary  society  and  social  issues.  This 

is  a  black  and  white  course.  The  art  department  will  loan  35mm  cameras  to  students  with  a 

need. 

*ART  11  Printmaking  I  (Intaglio)  (3) 

A  laboratory  course  involving  etching,  monotype,  relief  printing  processes  and  computer 

generated  photo  etching.  Historical  development  and  the  aesthetic  value  of  the  print  image 

will  be  considered.  Creative  experimentation  with  materials  and  technique  is  emphasized. 

*ART  12  Ceramics  I  (3) 

Beginning  course  with  emphasis  on  gaining  skills  through  manipulation  and  facility  of  the 

material  clay.  Students  will  be  introduced  to  beginning  techniques  of  hand-building  including 

coil  and  slab  construction  with  an  emphasis  toward  the  ability  to  create  complex  volumetric 

forms.  Personal  development  of  visual  concepts  through  given  projects  will  be  encouraged. 

*ART  15  Computer  Graphics  (3) 

This  course  will  introduce  various  graphics  programs  such  as  Quark  Xpress,  Adobe 

Illustrator,  and  Adobe  Photoshop  while  exploring  a  range  of  design  issues.  The  computer  will 

serve  as  a  tool  for  learning  and  expressing  ideas  through  visual  means.  This  course  is  taught 

both  on  a  PC  and  Mac  platform. 


98  ART 

*ART  22/122  Watercolor  (1-3) 

Watercolor  is  a  perfect  medium  for  sketching  and  on-the-scene  record.  It  has  been  the 

preferred  medium  of  travelers  since  the  time  of  Albecht  Durer  in  the  sixteenth  century 

Germany.  It  is  a  favorite  medium  for  illustration.  Due  to  its  interpretive  qualities,  it  is  often 

considered  a  poetic  medium  capable  of  conveying  delicate  emotion.  Beginning  with  line  and 

wash,  the  student  will  be  guided  through  the  basic  techniques  and  subjects  most  suitable  to 

this  extraordinary  painting  medium.  Color  mixing,  value,  glazes,  brush  techniques  and  wet 

into  wet  painting  will  be  covered  through  a  series  of  exercises  and  demonstrations.  More 

advanced  students  will  be  encouraged  to  inventive  uses  of  combined  techniques  and  subject. 

*ART  23/123  Introduction  to  Bookmaking  (1-3) 

This  class  will  teach  basic  binding  techniques  as  well  as  open  possibilities  for  creating 

personal  books  with  content.  Students  will  be  introduced  to  different  structures  while 

learning  folding,  cutting,  stitching,  adhesive,  and  non-adhesive  binding  techniques. 

*ART  24  Wood  (1-3) 

This  class  will  explore  the  nature  of  wood  and  how  the  material  can  be  shaped  and  formed. 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  techniques  such  as  sawing,  planing,  joinery,  and  finish  work 

with  both  hand  and  power  tools. 

ART  94  Study/Travel  (1-6) 

*ART  99  Special  Experience  (3) 

An  individually  designed  course  combining  field  experience  with  studio  projects.  May  be 

repeated  for  credit. 

*ART  102  Design  II  (3) 

This  course  further  investigates  the  application  of  elements  and  principles  of  design.  Included 

are  graphic  processes  and  techniques.  Topics  include  an  introduction  to  typography,  layout, 

advanced  color  theory  and  an  introduction  to  3-D  Design.  Prerequisite:  ART  2 

*  ART  1 1 5  Computer  Graphics  II  (3) 

Advanced  skill  using  Quark  Xpress,  Adobe  Illustrator,  and  Adobe  Photoshop  for  both  print 
and  the  web.  Emphasis  will  be  on  development  of  successful  design  concepts,  combining  text 
and  images,  along  with  solid  production  skills.  Prerequisite:  ART  15 

*  ART  1 1 6  Design  for  the  World  Wide  Web    (3) 

What  it  takes  to  make  a  successful  web  site  from  start  to  finish.  Creation  of  a  web  site 
through  the  writing  of  HTML  code.  Course  work  will  include  class  discussion  and  work  on 
advanced  Adobe  Photoshop  file  creation  techniques,  integrating  forms,  layout  options, 
JavaScript,  animation,  and  FTP.  Prerequisites:  Art  15 

*ART  130AB  Graphic  Communication  (3,3) 

The  development  of  visual  language  for  the  purpose  of  communicating  social,  industrial  and 
institutional  concerns.  Using  pictogram,  symbol,  and  logo  design,  students  create  visual 
identity  for  organizations,  business,  and  personal  concerns.  Students  learn  the  language  of 
design  as  they  develop  the  skills  to  communicate  as  a  designer  with  a  client  and  to  put  into 
visual  language  the  needs  of  the  client.  A  variety  of  techniques  and  graphic  processes  will  be 
explored.  Prerequisite:  ART  2 

*ART  131  Graphic  Production  (3) 

Advanced  studies  in  professional  print  production.  Continued  work  in  Adobe  Photoshop, 
Adobe  Illustrator,  and  Quark  Xpress.  Students  will  learn  the  inside  and  outside  of  what  it 
takes  to  prepare  files  and  successfully  work  with  professional  image  setters  and  printers. 
Prerequisite:  Art  15 


ART  99 

*ART  133AB  Illustration  (3,3) 

The  study  of  contemporary  illustrators  and  their  work  for  both  content  and  style  in 
publications  and  media.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  skills  applicable  to  illustrations  and 
communicating  your  ideas  with  a  convincing  message  and  technique.  Assignments  may  cover 
material  such  as  CD  covers,  book  jackets,  stories  or  magazine  articles.  Prerequisites:  ART  1 
and  ART  164. 

ART  35/135  Graphic  Art/Media/Film  Internship  (1-3) 

Development  of  skills  in  the  graphic  arts  as  used  in  contemporary  electronic  printing,  or 
other  modes  of  printing  as  interest  dictates.  Emphasis  will  be  on  design,  layout,  and  copy 
production  and  the  step-by-step  preparation  of  artwork  from  design  to  press.  Prerequisite: 
ART  2.   (Same  as  FLM  197.) 

*ART  136  Visual  Thinking  II  (3) 

The  further  development  of  skills  and  understanding  pertaining  to  the  use  of  visual  thinking  as 
a  method  of  creative  problem  solving.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  conceptual  development, 
presentation  and  verbal  analysis.  The  application  of  the  visual  elements  and  principles  of  all 
art  will  continue.  Prerequisite:  ART  3. 

*ART  139ABC  Documentary  Production  I  (3) 

Both  a  lab  and  field  work  class.  This  course  introduces  all  aspects  of  beginning  filmmaking 
including  screenwriting,  shooting,  editing,  and  sound.  Students  use  digital  cameras.  {Same  as 
SOC  139  and  FLM  139.) 

ART  140  ABC  Documentary  Production  (3) 

Advanced  production  class.  Perfecting  of  all  aspects  of  production  encountered  in 
Documentary  I  with  the  addition  of  lighting  skills.  Students  use  both  digital  cameras  and 
professional  feature  quality  cameras  in  conjunction  with  edition  program  Final  Cut  Pro. 
Expected  outcome  is  feature  quality  documentary  films.  {Same  as  FLM  140.)  J*- 

ART  141  Documentary  Production  Lab  Assistant  (3) 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  give  students  a  chance  to  hone  understandings  of  production 
and  content  with  regard  to  editing  and  story  through  helping  other  students  in  the  editing  lab. 
Assistant  will  work  with  an  instructor  in  researching  equipment,  trouble-shooting  and 
advanced  research.  Prerequisite:  ART  139  with  a  grade  of  A.   (Same  as  FLM  141.) 

*ART  145  Arts  and  Crafts  in  the  Classroom  (1-3) 

A  variety  of  skills  for  the  elementary  and  secondary  grades  to  demonstrate  arts  or  crafts 
activities  to  the  group.  Students  become  acquainted  with  classroom  methods.  They  will  use 
art  education  processes  as  a  method  to  enhance  reading,  writing,  arithmetic,  and  social 
studies.  Students  investigate  problems  such  as  group  and  individual  motivation,  self- 
motivation,  and  attitudes  of  self  expression  typical  of  different  ages  and  temperaments. 
*ART  146  Three-Dimensional  Design  (3) 

An  introduction  into  basic  design  vocabulary  and  concepts  through  the  use  of  exciting  use  of 
basic  materials  to  explore  three-dimensional  form  and  space.  A  variety  of  materials  will  be 
explored  that  are  directly  applicable  to  this  exploration. 

*ART  149  Sculpture  I  (3) 

An  introduction  into  basic  sculpture  processes  and  techniques.  Emphasis  on  the  creative 
development  of  three-dimensional  form  in  space.  A  variety  of  materials,  including  industrial 
and  alternative,  will  be  explored. 


100  ART 

*ART  150  ABC  Photography  II  (3,3,3) 

The  further  development  of  camera  and  dark-room  techniques.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
the  study  and  creative  use  of  controlled  lighting.  Advanced  students  will  explore 
contemporary  photo  processes.  Understanding  of  photography  in  a  historical  perspective  will 
be  a  component  of  this  course.  Personal  direction  and  development  of  photography  as  an  art 
form  will  be  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  ART  10. 

*ART  151  ABC  Printmaking  II  (3,3,3) 

Further  development  of  printmaking  skills  including  etching,  computer/photo  cimage  one 
intaglio,  and  multiple  plate  color  printing  and  monotype.  Personal  direction  will  be 
encouraged.  Prerequisite:  ART  11. 

ART  159  ABC  Sculpture  II  (3,3,3) 

Advanced  problems  which  encourage  conceptual  development  and  technical  control. 
Individual  direction  and  choice  of  materials  are  encouraged.  Prerequisite:  ART  12. 
*ART  162  ABC  Ceramics  II  (3,3,3) 

Development  of  personal  vocabulary  will  be  emphasized.  Sequential  addition  of  new  skills 
coupled  with  refinement  of  existing  skills.  Emphasis  will  be  on  learning  the  potteres  wheel. 
Glaze  formulation  and  kiln  operation  will  be  introduced.  Individual  direction  through 
selective  problems  will  be  encouraged.  Prerequisite:  ART  12. 

*ART  164  ABC  Drawing  II  (Figure)  (3,3,3) 

Drawing  from  life  in  various  media,  preceded  by  introductory  anatomical  studies.  The 
accurate  and  creative  use  of  the  figure  in  composition  will  be  an  objective  of  the  course. 
Advanced  students  will  concentrate  on  composition  and  individual  development  using  the 
figure.  Prerequisite:  ART  4. 

*ART  166  ABC  Painting  II  (3,3,3) 

Contemporary  modes  of  painting  will  be  explored  and  traditional  approaches  re-examined. 
Emphasis  will  be  on  the  further  development  of  skills  and  techniques.  Various  painting 
materials  will  be  investigated.  Individual  problems  in  painting  will  be  coordinated. 
Prerequisite:  ART  4. 

ART  170  History  of  Art:  Ancient  through  Medieval  (3) 

Illustrated  lecture.  Art  from  the  prehistorical  period  to  1400  A.D.,  including  Egypt,  Greece, 

Rome,  and  the  late  middle  ages.  Relationships  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  to  the 

social  and  cultural  environment.  GS-IIIA 

ART  171  History  of  Art:  Renaissance  through  Romanticism  (3) 

Illustrated  lecture.  The  arts  in  Europe  from  1400  to  1850.  Study  of  major  styles  and  artists 

including  Michelangelo,  Rubens,  Rembrandt,  Delacroix,  and  their  relationship  to  their  culture 

GS-IIIA 

Art  172  History  of  Art:  Modern  World       (3) 

Illustrated  lecture.  Major  art  movements  and  personalities  from  1850  to  the  present,  including 

Impressionism,  Cubism,  Surrealism,  the  Mexican  muralists,  Abstract  Expressionism,  and 

current  trends.  Emphasis  on  the  cultural  trends  which  provide  the  visual  and  theoretical 

background  of  contemporary  art.  GS-IIIA 

ART  173  Multiculturalism  and  the  Visual  Arts  (3) 

Illustrated  lecture  and  discussion.  A  study  of  art  from  the  diverse  cultures  which  make  up  the 

pluralistic  character  of  the  United  States.  African  American,  Asian  American,  Hispanic 

American  and  Native  American  art  will  be  examined  along  with  the  contemporary  social  and 

cultural  implications.  GS-IIIA,  VI 


ART  101 

ART  174  Women  in  Contemporary  Art  (3) 

Illustrated  lecture  and  discussion.  An  art  history  course  that  will  include  women  as  artists  and 
the  position  of  the  female  vis-J-vis  the  art  world.  A  study  of  women  in  the  arts  considers  the 
history  of  women  artists  in  a  social,  political  and  economic  context.  This  course  can  fulfill  a 
Womenes  Studies  minor  requirement.  GS-IIIA 

ART  175  Critical  Theories  in  the  Visual  Arts:  Seminar  (3) 

A  systematic  approach  to  art  theory,  criticism,  and  evaluation.  Includes  visits  to  museums, 
galleries,  and  exhibits.  Lecture  and  discussion.  Prerequisite:  Major  or  minor  in  art. 

*ART  90/190  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

ART  191  Directed  Readings  (1-3) 

ART  192  Special  Studies  in  Art  (1-3) 

A  series  of  courses  designed  to  provide  breadth  to  the  course  offerings  within  areas  of  art. 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

ART  193  Senior  Project  and  Exhibition  (3) 

Open  to  all  graduating  seniors  majoring  in  art.  Students  will  complete  and  coordinate  a  body 
of  work  to  be  exhibited  and  documented  for  use  in  an  exit  portfolio.  The  course  includes  the 
installation  and  all  organizational  aspects  of  the  exhibition  to  be  held  in  Jose  Drudis-Biada  Art 
Gallery.  Prerequisite:  Senior  with  an  art  major. 

ART  195  Internship  (1-3) 

ART  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 

*ART  199  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

Advanced  individual  problems.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


102  BIOCHEMISTRY 


Biochemistry 


Departmental  Affiliation:  Physical  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

The  major  in  biochemistry  offers  the  student  an  interdisciplinary  study  of  chemistry,  biology, 
mathematics  and  physics.  It  provides  excellent  preparation  for  all  graduate  work/research  in 
biochemistry  and  the  molecular  sciences,  and  professional  areas  leading  into  the  health 
sciences. 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.S.  Degree  in  Biochemistry 

Lower  Division: 


BIO  1AB 

Biological  Dynamics 

(4,4) 

CHE 1AB 

General  Chemistry 

(4,4) 

CHE  1AL/1BL 

General  Chemistry  Laboratory 

(1,1) 

CHE  6AB 

Organic  Chemistry 

(4,4) 

CHE  6AL/6BL 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

(1,1) 

MTH  5AB 

Calculus  I/II 

(4,4) 

PHY11AB 

Mechanics/Electricity,  Magnetism  and  Optics 

orPHYlAB 

Introductory  Physics  IA/IB 

(4,3) 

PHY  1BL 

Physics  Laboratory 

(1) 

Recommended  Courses: 

MTH  38 

Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

CIS  2 

Intro  to  Computer  Programming 

(2) 

Upper  Division: 

BIO  130 

Genetics 

(4) 

BIO  135 

Techniques  in  Molecular  Biology 

(4) 

Or  BIO  152 

Cell  and  Molecular  Physiology 

(4) 

CHE  107 

Biochemistry 

(3) 

CHE  107L 

Biochemistry  Laboratory 

(1) 

CHE  109 

Advanced  Biochemistry 

(3) 

CHE110AB 

Physical  Chemistry 

(4,3) 

CHE  111 

Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory 

(2) 

CHE  120 

Instrumental  Methods 

(3) 

or  CHE  130 

Biochemical  Methods 

(31 

CHE  199 

Research 

(3) 

Plus  one  course 

from  the  following: 

BIO  105,  BIO  125,  BIO  135,  BIO  151,  BIO  152,  BIO  180. 

(3) 

Total  units  in  chemistry,  biology,  mathematics,  and  physics:  77 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units.  An  overall  grad 
point  average  of  2.0  in  major  courses  is  required  for  the  degree.  Courses  are  described  in  th 
respective  department  listings. 


BIOCHEMISTRY       103 


Pre-Medical/Pre-Dental  Preparation 
Biochemistry  Major  with  a  B.S.  Degree 

Medical  Schools  accept  students  from  any  degree  program.  A  strong  background  in  science, 
including  chemistry,  biology  and  mathematics,  is  recommended  for  successful  performance 
on  the  Medical  College  Admissions  Test  (MCAT)  and  for  admission  to  medical  programs. 
Successful  completion  of  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biochemistry  provides  excellent 
preparation  for  medical,  dental  or  pharmaceutical  studies. 


104  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 


Biological  Sciences 

The  major  in  Biological  Sciences  is  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  broad  background  in 
biology  and  exposure  to  related  fields  such  as  chemistry,  physics  and  mathematics.  The 
program  offers  a  strong  science  foundation  balanced  with  a  well  rounded  Liberal  Arts 
education  required  for  successful  entrance  into  Schools  of  Medicine,  Dentistry,  Pharmacy, 
and  doctoral  degree  programs  in  the  biological  sciences. 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  Degree  in  Biological  Sciences 
Core  Required  Courses: 


BIO  1AB 

Biological  Dynamics 

(4,4) 

CHE 1AB 

General  Chemistry 

(5,5) 

CHE  6AB 

Organic  Chemistry 

(5,5) 

MTH38 

or  PSY  40 

Statistics 

(3) 

MTH5A 

Calculus  I 

(4) 

PHY1A 

Physics 

(4) 

CHE  107 

Biochemistry 

(4) 

BIO  130 

Genetics 

(4) 

BIO  135 

Molecular  Biology 

(4) 

BIO  195 

Senior  Seminar  in  New  Biology 

(3) 

Plus  four  additional  Upper  Division  Biology  courses,  at  least  two  must  have  labs. 

Total  units  required  for  B.A.  in  Biological  Sciences:  68 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling   124  semester  units 
including  Modern  Language  requirement. 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.S.  Degree  in  Biological  Sciences 
Core  Courses: 


BIO  1AB 

Biological  Dynamics 

(4,4) 

CHE  1AB 

General  Chemistry 

(5,5) 

CHE  6AB 

Organic  Chemistry 

(5,5) 

MTH38 

or  PSY  40 

Statistics 

(3) 

MTH  5AB 

Calculus  I/II 

(4,4) 

PHY  1AB 

Physics 

(4,4) 

CHE  107 

Biochemistry 

(4) 

BIO  111 

Ecology 

(4) 

BIO  130 

Genetics 

(4) 

BIO  135 

Molecular  Biology 

(4) 

BIO  152 

Cell  Biology 

(4) 

BIO  195 

Senior  Seminar  in  Biology 

(3) 

BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES  105 


Pius  two  additional  Upper  Division  Biology  courses,  one  of  which  must  have  a  lab,  selected 

from  the  following: 

Bio  103                  Microbiology  (4) 

Bio  105                  Immunology  (3) 

Bio  125                 Developmental  Bio  (4) 

Bio  151                 Medical  Physiology  (4) 

Bio  160                 Neurobiology  (4) 

Bio  180                 Endocrinology  (3) 

Research  Requirements: 

BIO  197  Research  Methods  (2)  -  must  be  completed  prior  to  senior  year 

BIO  198  Biological  Research  (2)  -  must  be  completed  prior  to  senior  year 

Total  units  required  for  B.S.  in  Biological  Sciences:  81 


PRE-PHYSICAL  THERAPY  EMPHASIS 

The  Pre-Physical  Therapy  Program  will  meet  the  needs  of  MSMC  undergraduate  students 
interested  in  pursuing  post-Baccalaureate  professional  education  in  Physical  Therapy  or  other 
health-science  related  fields. 

Students  selecting  this  major  will  complete  the  required  general  education  coursework  (45 
units),  as  well  as  a  core  of  major  requirements  (55  units)  as  outlined  below.  Grades  of  C  or 
above  must  be  received  in  core  courses. 

Core  Required  Courses: 

BIO  1AB  Biological  Dynamics  (4,4) 


CHE 1AB 

General  Chemistry 

(5,5) 

CHE  6AB 

Organic  Chemistry 

(5) 

CIS  1 
MTH38 
or  PSY  40 

Computer  Processes 

and  Applications  (3) 

Statistics 

(3) 

MTH5A 

Calculus  I 

(4) 

PHY  1AB 

Physics 

(4,4) 

BIO  50A 

Human  Anatomy 

(4) 

BIO  115  A,  B 

Research 

(2) 

BIO  151 

Medical  Physiology 

(4) 

BIO  135 

Molecular  Biology 

(4) 

Total  55  units 

Students  will  have  three  core-required  courses  in  both  psychology  and  sociology/gerontology. 
An  additional  two  courses  will  be  chosen  from  either  a  psychology  or  a  gerontology 
emphasis. 


106            BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

Psychology  core  requirements: 

PSY  1                    General  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  12                  Developmental  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  168                Abnormal  Psychology 

(3) 

Gerontology  core  requirements: 

i 

SOC  160               Diversity  in  Society 

(3) 

GER  189               Gerontology 

(3) 

and/or  PSY  128    Adulthood  and  Aging  (3) 

GER  188  Caregiving  and  Adaptation  for  Elders  (3) 


emphasis:  (Choose  any  2  courses) 


Psychology 

PSY  110  Gender  Issues  in  Psychology  (3) 

PSY  129  Motivation  (3) 

PSY  132  Personality  (3) 

PSY  134  Learning  and  Memory  (3) 

PSY  139  Child  Abuse/  Family  Violence  (3) 

PSY  144  Psychology  of  Prejudice  (3) 

PSY  145  Social  Psychology  (3) 

PSY  165  Behavioral  Psychopharmacology  (3) 

PSY  186  Violence  Against  Women  (3) 

PSY  188  Crisis  Intervention  (3) 


i 


Gerontology  emphasis:  (Choose  any  2  courses) 

SOC  104  The  Family  (3) 

SOC  1 12  Medical  Sociology  (3) 

SOC  161  Dynamics  of  Majority /Minority  Relations 

PHI  168B  Bioethics 

orRST149  Biomedical  Issues/Christian  Ethics  (3) 


(3) 


The  Minor  in  Biological  Sciences 

A  minimum  of  24  units  in  the  biological  sciences  including: 

BIO  1AB  Biological  Dynamics  (4,4) 

BIO  135  Molecular  Biology  (4) 

BIO  130  Genetics  (4) 

Plus  two  additional  upper  division  courses  in  the  Biological  Sciences. 


BIO  1A  Biological  Dynamics  (4) 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  biological  sciences  at  the  cellular  and  subcellular  level. 
Topics  include  the  biochemistry  and  energetics  of  life,  anatomy  of  the  cell,  metabolism,  cell 
cycle,  and  molecular  mechanisms  of  inheritance.  Historical  perspective  and  current  findings 
are  incorporated  into  these  units  of  study.  The  laboratory  allows  students  to  become 
proficient  in  the  scientific  methods  of  investigation  for  each  major  topic.  Lecture  3  hrs. 
Laboratory  3  hrs.  GS-III,  VIIA 


BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES  107 


BIO  IB  Biological  Dynamics  (4) 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  biology  and  the  variety  of  organisms  at  the 
organismic,  population,  and  environmental  levels.  Included  are  topics  dealing  with  the 
structures  and  coordination  of  functions  of  complex  multicellular  organisms,  biological 
factors  that  support  community  life  systems,  ecological  interrelationships  of  plants  and 
animals,  and  human  impact  upon  the  environment.  Lecture  3  hrs.  Laboratory  3  firs. 
Prerequisite:  Grade  ofC-  or  above  in  BIO  I  A.  GS-IIID 

BIO  1AH  Freshman  Honors  Biology  (1) 

Emphasis  on  application  of  concepts  learned  in  biological  dynamics  course.  Students  will  be 

required  to  use  quantitative  reasoning,  and  problem  solving  skills.  Student  must  be  eligible  for 

honors  courses.  Departmental  approval  required.  Offered  every  Fall  semester. 

Lecture/discussion  1  hr.  GS-VIIA 

BIO  1BH  Freshman  Honors  Biology  (1) 

Exploration  of  the  scientific  research  enterprise  with  reflection  on  ethics  in  research  and 

misconduct  in  science.  Critical  thinking  and  problem  solving  will  be  emphasized  throughout 

the  course.  Students  must  be  eligible  for  honors  courses  or  be  recommended  by  the 

department.  Offered  every  Spring  semester.  Lecture/discussion  lhr. 

BIO  3/103  General  Microbiology  (4) 

Basic  principles  of  microbial  growth  and  metabolism,  morphology,  taxonomy,  pathogenicity, 
immunity,  and  control.  Microorganisms  as  agents  of  disease  and  normal  inhabitants  of  our 
environment.  Techniques  of  isolation,  cultivation  and  identification  of  these  organisms. 
Offered  every  semester.  Lecture  3  hrs.  Laboratory  3  hrs.  May  be  taken  for  upper  division 
credit  if  approved  by  instructor.    GS  -  HID 

BIO  5  Life  Sciences  (3) 

This  is  a  one-semester  introduction  to  biology  for  the  non-biology  major.  Fundamentals  of 
biology  are  covered  in  the  context  of  real-life  situations,  emphasizing  the  relevance  of 
biological  principals  to  personal,  social  and  civic  issues.  Topics  include  evolution  of  the 
kingdoms  of  life,  their  similarities  and  distinctions,  structure-function  relationships  within  the 
human  body  as  they  pertain  to  daily  living,  a  survey  of  the  macromolecules  required  for  life, 
cell  structure  and  function,  energy  production,  the  genetic  basis  for  inheritance  and 
photosynthesis.  The  laboratory  will  illuminate  these  topics  and  provide  opportunities  for 
hands-on  experiences.  Offered  every  semester.  Lecture:  2  hrs.  Laboratory:  2  hrs.  GS-IIID 
BIO  10  Health  Science  (3) 

An  introductory  course  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  basic  understanding  of  the 
functioning  of  the  human  body  as  it  relates  to  health  problems.  Included  are  such  topics  as 
nutrition,  infectious  disease,  cancer,  cardiovascular  disease,  reproduction,  and  the  effects  of 
alcohol,  drugs,  and  tobacco.  Offered  every  semester.  Lecture  3  hrs.  GS-IIID 
BIO  40A  Human  Anatomy  (4) 

The  study  of  the  structure  of  the  human  body.  A  systemic  approach  is  used  beginning  with  the 
molecular  level  and  progressing  to  the  organism  as  a  whole  to  demonstrate  the 
interrelationships  at  each  level  of  organization,  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  skeletal,  muscular, 
nervous,  and  cardiovascular  systems.  Laboratory  exercises  are  used  to  expand  and  clarify  the 
concepts  presented  in  lecture.  These  include  microscopic  reviews,  dissections  and  other 
multiple  teaching/  learning  media.  Offered  every  Fall  semester.  Lecture  3  hrs.  Laboratory  3 
hrs.  Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  a  high  school  General  Biology  course.    GS-IIID 


108  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 


BIO  50A  Human  Anatomy  (4) 

The  study  of  the  structure  of  the  human  body.  A  systemic  approach  is  used  beginning  with  the 
molecular  level  and  progressing  to  the  organism  as  a  whole  to  demonstrate  the 
interrelationships  at  each  level  of  organization.  Laboratory  exercises  are  used  to  expand  and 
clarify  the  concepts  presented  in  lecture.  These  include  microscopic  reviews,  dissections  and 
other  multiple  teaching/learning  media.  Offered  every  Fall  semester.  Lecture  3  hrs. 
Laboratory  3  hrs.  Prerequisites:  Successful  completion  of  a  high  school  General  Biology 
course.    GS-IIID 

BIO  50B  Human  Physiology  (4) 

An  introduction  to  physiological  principles  with  emphasis  on  organ  systems.  An  integrative 

approach  is  used  beginning  with  the  molecular  and  progressing  to  the  organism  as  a  whole  to 

demonstrate  the  interrelationships  at  each  level  of  organization.  Laboratory  exercises  include 

measurements  of  physiological  activities  from  the  molecular  level  to  the  whole  organism. 

Offered  every  Spring  semester.  Lecture  3  hrs.  Laboratory  3  hrs.  Prerequisites:  A  grade  of 

C-  or  above  in  BIO  50 A  or  BIO  40 A.  GS-IIID 

BIO  87  Fundamental  Concepts  (1-3) 

An  acyclic  series  of  basic  concepts  in  the  field  of  biological  sciences  which  present  an 

introductory  understanding  of  living  systems.    GS-IIID 

BIO  105  Immunology  (3) 

Exploration  of  fundamental  concepts  of  immunology.  Topics  include  basic  mechanisms  of 

innate  and  adaptive  immunity,  host:pathogen  interactions,  regulation  of  immune  responses, 

antibody  and  T-cell  receptor  structure  and  function,  autoimmunity,  immunodeficiency  and 

vaccines.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  biochemical  and  molecular  approaches  to  studying  the 

immune  system  and  applications  in  medicine  and  research.  Offered  every  other  year.  Lecture 

3  hrs.    Prerequisites:  A  grade  ofC-  or  above  in  Bio  1A/B  and  Chem  1A/B 

BIO  111  Ecology  (3) 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  interrelationships  among  plants,  animals 
and  their  respective  environments.  Topics  include  single  species  population  biology, 
competition,  predation  and  mutualism,  community  and  organization,  behavioral  ecology  and 
evolutionary  ecology.   Offered  every  fall  semester.  Lecture  3  hrs.  Laboratory  3  hrs. 
Prerequisite:  A  grade  ofC-  or  above  in  BIO  1A/B. 

BIO  112  Human  Nutrition  (3) 

A  study  of  different  nutrients  with  emphasis  on  nutritional  requirements  for  health  and 
prevention  of  chronic  diseases  which  are  major  causes  of  death  in  the  United  States  today. 
Topics  include  healthy  lifestyle  including  daily  meal  planning,  weight  control  and  exercise, 
harmful  effects  of  alcohol  and  drugs.  Special  needs  during  pregnancy  and  lactation,  infancy 
and  childhood,  adulthood,  and  old  age  will  also  be  considered.  Offered  every  semester. 
Lecture  3  hrs. 

BIO  115AB  Research  Methods  (1,1) 

Introduction  to  the  philosophy  and  principles  of  scientific  methods  of  inquiry  used  in  research 
and  problem  solving.  Includes  identification  of  problems,  construction  of  hypotheses  and 
initial  development  of  research  questions  and  proposal.  Second  semester  emphasizes  oral 
presentation  of  published  literature. 


BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES  109 


BIO  125  Developmental  Biology  (4) 

This  course  focuses  on  the  patterns,  processes  and  mechanisms  by  which  a  single  cell  changes 
and  is  transformed  into  a  fully  organized  individual.  We  will  explore  -  at  the  cellular  and 
molecular  levels  —  the  mechanisms  involved  in  fertilization,  morphogenesis,  organogenesis, 
and  sex  determination,  emphasizing  the  experimental  bases  for  generalizations  whenever 
appropriate.  In  the  laboratory,  students  will  use  several  model  systems  including  sea  urchin, 
frog,  and  chick  to  investigate  aspects  of  developmental  mechanisms.  Offered  every  other 
year.  Lecture  3  hrs.  Laboratory  3  hrs.    Prerequisites:  A  grade  ofC-  or  above  in  BIO  IA/B. 

BIO  130  Genetics  (4) 

This  course  conducts  a  discussion  of  genes,  their  organization,  maintenance,  function  and 
inheritance.  The  course  covers  such  topics  as  Mendelian  inheritance,  bacterial  and  viral 
genetics,  mutation,  gene  replication,  expression,  and  regulation,  as  well  as  population 
genetics.  In  addition,  the  course  includes  discussions  of  genetic  disorders,  the  relationship  of 
genetics  to  environmental  influences,  and  an  introduction  to  both  current  and  historical 
techniques  in  used  in  the  field.  Offered  every  Spring  semester.  GS-VIIA 
Lecture  3  hrs.  Laboratory  3  hrs.  Prerequisite:  A  grade  ofC-  or  above  in  BIO  IA/B  and 
BIO  135. 

BIO  135  Molecular  Biology  (4) 

An  overview  of  the  techniques  used  in  genetic  engineering.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
structure,  handling  and  manipulation  of  nucleic  acids.  Current  topics  in  genetic  engineering 
such  as  transgenic  animals  and  human  gene  therapy  will  be  discussed.  Laboratory  studies 
include  isolation  and  analysis  of  DNA,  cloning  genes,  preparation  and  screening  of  genomic 
libraries,  and  hybridization  techniques  such  as  Southern  and  Northern  blotting.  Offered  every 
Fall  semester.  Lecture  3  hrs.  Laboratory  3  hrs.  Prerequisites:  A  grade  ofC-  or  above  in 
BIO  IA/B. 

BIO  151  Medical  Physiology  (4) 

This  lecture  portion  of  this  course  will  cover  the  physiology  of  cells,  organs  and  organ 
systems  with  an  emphasis  on  biophysical  and  biochemical  principles  and  how  they  contribute 
to  homeostasis.  The  laboratory  component  will  involve  performing  experimental 
investigations  of  physiological  phenomena  using  both  animal  and  human  model  systems. 
Offered  every  Fall  semester.  Lecture  3  hrs.  Laboratory  3  hrs.  Prerequisites:  A  grade  ofC  - 
or  above  in  BIOIA/B  and  CHE  IA/B.  GS-II.  VIIA 

BIO  152  Cellular  Biology  (4) 

A  detailed  analysis  of  eukaryotic  cell  structure  and  function.  This  course  aims  to  give  students 
an  in-depth  understanding  of  protein  structure  and  function,  translational  mechanisms, 
membrane  dynamics,  cell  communication,  and  cell  cycle  regulation.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on 
historic  and  current  research  findings  in  each  topic.  Laboratory  techniques  cover  current 
methods  in  cell  biology  and  include  cell  fractionation,  electrophoresis,  immunoassays, 
histology  and  microscopy.  Lecture  3  hrs.  Laboratory  3  hrs.  Prerequisites:  A  grade  ofC-  or 
above  in  BIO  IA/B  and  BIO  135. 

BIO  160  Neurobiology  (3) 

An  introduction  to  fundamental  concepts  in  neurobiology.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
molecular  organization,  biochemistry  and  physiology  of  nerve  cells  and  how  the  organization 
of  these  cells  underlies  the  functional  properties  of  the  brain  and  behavior.  Lecture  3  hrs. 
Prerequisites:  A  grade  of  C-  or  above  in  BIO  IA/B;  CHE  IA/B;  PHY  1A  and  completion  or 
concurrent  enrollment  in  PHY  IB.  Recommended:  BIO  152;  BIO  151;  CHE  107. 


110  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 


BIO  180  Endocrinology  (3) 

A  study  of  the  molecular  synthesis  and  physiological  functions  of  hormones  in  living  systems 
especially  as  they  are  understood  in  humans.  The  course  will  cover  neuroendocrine  controls, 
genetics  of  hormone  synthesis,  mechanisms  of  hormone  action,  reproductive  physiology, 
somatic  growth  and  development,  thyroid  and  adrenal  gland  physiology,  glucose  and  calcium 
homeostasis,  and  the  integration  and  assessment  of  endocrine  functions  with  the  use  of 
clinical  examples  throughout  the  course.  Offered  every  other  year.  Lecture  3  hrs. 
Prerequisites:  A  grade  ofC-  or  better  in  BIO  135,  151,  CHE  6A/B. 

BIO  187  Selected  Topics  in  Biology  (1-3) 

An  acyclic  series  of  topics  of  current  interest  in  the  biological  sciences  which  presents  receni 

developments  in  the  field. 

BIO  195  Senior  Seminar  in  Biology  (3) 

In  depth  literature  search  on  an  approved  topic  of  current  research  significance.  The  research 
study  should  culminate  in  a  class  presentation,  discussion  and  research  paper.  Topics  will 
focus  on  the  most  recent  research  and  discoveries  in  the  biological  sciences.  Offered  every 
Spring  semester.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing. 

BIO  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  into  the  Honors  Program. 

BIO  197  Research  Readings  (2) 

A  seminar  style  course  that  will  use  current  literature  in  a  biological  topic  to  teach  students 

how  to  read  and  critically  evaluate  scientific  manuscripts.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on  analyzing 

research  design  and  methodology,  data  presentation  and  developing  conclusions.  Topics  will 

be  chosen  by  the  instructor.  Must  be  completed  by  the  end  of  the  junior  year.    Offered  every 

semester. 

BIO  198  Biological  Research  (1-2) 

Directed  research  project.  Must  be  taken  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member  presently 

engaged  in  laboratory  research.  Two  semesters  of  research  are  required  and  must  be 

completed  by  the  end  of  the  junior  year.  Students  are  encouraged  to  continue  research  until 

graduation. 

BIO  199  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

The  initiation  or  continuation  of  a  project  under  departmental  faculty  direction. 

Work  should  culminate  in  a  research  paper  or  report. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  111 


Business  Administration 

The  Business  Administration  Department  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  committed  to 
developing  leaders  who  are  capable  of  making  complex  business  decisions  and  appreciate  the 
significance  of  their  responsibilities  to  the  companies  and  communities  they  serve. 

Consistent  with  the  liberal  arts  tradition  of  the  College,  the  Department  emphasizes  a  broad- 
based,  interdisciplinary  curriculum  that  provides  the  knowledge,  skills  and  values  necessary  to 
accomplish  these  goals.  Four  key  themes  are  infused  through  all  department  course  offerings 
that  nurture  a  continuing  curiosity  and  a  receptivity  to  new  ideas: 

•  Global  Business 

•  Management  Communication 

•  Business  Ethics 

•  Innovative  Management 

Hallmarks  of  the  program  include  a  high  level  of  interaction  with  faculty  and  peers,  academic 
rigor  and  the  translation  of  theory  into  practice.  The  Business  Administration  Department 
offers  the  following  degrees: 

•  Bachelor  of  Arts  (in  the  traditional  day  program) 

•  Bachelor  of  Science  (in  the  Weekend  College  program) 

•  Associate  of  Arts 

•  Minor  in  Business 


The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Business  Administration 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  program  in  Business  Administration  prepares  students  for  professional 
careers  by  stimulating  rigorous,  imaginative,  analytical,  and  inquisitive  attitudes.  An  emphasis 
on  teamwork  and  problem  solving  is  evident  at  all  levels  of  education  in  the  Business 
Administration  major.  The  department  offers  four  areas  of  emphases.  Each  emphasis  is 
described  below: 

Accounting 

The  emphasis  in  Accounting  qualifies  students  to  enter  private,  public  and  governmental 
accounting.  Students  are  prepared  in  the  practical  areas  of  tax  accounting,  cost  accounting  and 
auditing  as  well  as  the  application  of  computer  techniques  to  corporate  accounting  systems. 
Graduates  will  be  qualified  for  professional  employment  in  corporate  accounting  departments, 
public  accounting  firms,  and  governmental  agencies. 

International  Business 

The  emphasis  in  International  Business  prepares  students  for  the  many  opportunities  available 
in  the  fields  of  international  management  and  government  service.  The  International  Business 


112  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


emphasis  is  designed  for  individuals  with  an  interest  in  business  on  a  global  scale.  The 
program  concentrates  on  the  social,  political,  and  economic  aspects  of  the  international 
marketplace. 

Management 

The  emphasis  in  Management  offers  a  curriculum  based  on  practical,  applied  courses  that 
qualify  students  to  enter  administrative  positions  immediately  after  graduation.  Courses  cover 
the  broad  spectrum  of  business  activity  and  allow  students  to  choose  from  a  variety  of 
possible  career  opportunities  in  large,  midsize  and  small  organizations. 

Marketing 

The  emphasis  in  Marketing  provides  students  with  a  "strategic  orientation"  in  the  areas  of 
advertising,  public  relations,  designs,  sales,  research  and  marketing  management.  The 
program  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  marketing  related  careers  in  the  public  and  private 
sectors. 

The  requirements  for  the  B.A.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Business  Administration  include  the 
completion  of  all  Lower  Division  Core  Requirements  (33-35  units),  all  Upper  Division  Core 
Requirements  (21  units),  and  an  emphasis  (18-20  units).  (Some  Accounting  courses  are  four- 
unit  courses.)  Students  are  required  to  declare  the  emphasis  of  choice  in  writing  by  the  end  of 
the  sophomore  year.  Students  completing  a  double  major  are  not  required  to  complete  an 
emphasis  but  may  elect  to  do  so.  (See  Double  Major  Program,  page  67)  An  emphasis  is 
required  for  all  other  Business  Administration  majors  in  the  B.A.  Degree  program. 

! 

The  B.A.  Degree  in  Business  Administration 


Lower  Division  Core  Requirements: 

BUS  4  Business  Foundations  and  Analysis  (3) 

BUS  5  Business  Law  I  (3) 

BUS  15 A/BUS  16A    Accounting  Principles  I  (3,4) 

BUS  15B/BUS  16B    Accounting  Principles  II  (3,4) 

ECO  1  Microeconomics  (3) 

ECO  2  Macroeconomics  (3) 

MTH/BUS  28       Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business  (3) 

MTH/BUS  38       Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

CIS  1  Computer  Processes  and  Applications  (3) 

PHI  92/192  Business  Ethics  (3) 

SPE  10  Introduction  to  Communication  (2) 

SPR  1 8  Career  Planning  Seminar  ( 1 ) 

Total:  33-35  lower  division  units 

Upper  Division  Core  Requirements: 

BUS  122  Managerial  Communications  (3) 

(Required  for  Management  Emphasis) 
or 

BUS  106  Business  Law  II  (3) 

(Cannot  double  count  in  core  and  emphasis) 

BUS  130  Principles  of  Finance  (3) 

BUS  160  Principles  of  Marketing  (3) 

BUS  177  Management  Information  Systems  (3) 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


113 


BUS  185  Principles  of  Management 

BUS  190  Business  Administration  Internship 

BUS  192  Business  Policy  and  Strategy 

Accounting  Emphasis 

BUS  137  Intermediate  Accounting  I 

BUS  138  Intermediate  Accounting  II 

BUS  131  Managerial  Accounting 

BUS  1 86  Tax  Accounting 

BUS  188  Auditing 

BUS  198  Advanced  Accounting 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


(4) 
(4) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


Total:  41  upper  division  units 

International  Business  Emphasis 

BUS  1 89  International  Management 

BUS  195  International  Marketing 

ECO  195  International  Economics 

(Plus  three  courses  from  the  following:) 

ECO/HIS  1 1 2       World  Economic  History 

SOC  125 

POL  125 

POL  134 

or 

POL  135 

POL  138 

BUS  183 


Comparative  Social  Structures 
Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States 
International  Organizations 


Selected  Problems  in  International  Organization 
International  Law 
Management  Seminar 
Total:  39  upper  division  units 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 

(3) 

(3) 
(3) 


Management  Emphasis 


BUS  106 

Business  Law  II 

BUS  170  • 

Real  Estate 

or 
BUS  171 

Real  Estate  Law  and  Management 

BUS  157 

Human  Resource  Development 

BUS  176 

Small  Business  Management 

BUS  184 

Organizational  Behavior 

BUS  183 

Management  Seminar 

(3) 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


Total:  39  upper  division  units 


Marketing  Emphasis 

BUS  161  Principles  of  Advertising 

BUS  163  Marketing  Research 

BUS  175  Sales  Management 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


114 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


BUS  183  Management  Seminar 

BUS  194  Consumer  Behavior 

BUS  195  International  Marketing 

Total:  39  upper  division  units 


(3) 
(3) 

(3) 


For  students  transferring  in  business  courses  upon  admission  to  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  at 
least  21  units  of  the  upper  division  business  courses  must  be  completed  at  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College.  BUS  192  Business  Policy  and  Strategy  must  be  taken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Once  enrolled  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  all  upper  division  business  courses  must  be 
completed  at  the  College. 

Suggested  Sequence  of  Courses:  Bachelor  of  Arts 

The  following  is  a  model  for  completing  the  Business  Administration  major  in  four  years. 
Only  Business  Administration  courses  are  listed. 


FRESHMAN  YEAR 

Fall  Semester 

BUS  4  Business  Foundations  and  Analysis 

BUS  15A  Accounting  Principles  I 

CIS  1  Computer  Processes  and  Applications 

MTH/BUS  28       Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 

(3) 


Spring  Semester 


BUS  15B 
MTH/BUS  38 

Accounting  Principles  II 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

ECO  2 
SPE  10 
SPR18 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

Fall  Semester 

Macroeconomics 
Introduction  to  Communication 
Career  Planning 

ECO  1 
BUS  5 
PHI  92/192 

Spring  Semester 

Microeconomics 
Business  Law  I 
Business  Ethics 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

Fall  Semester 

BUS  1 60  Principles  of  Marketing 

BUS  185  Principles  of  Management 

Upper  Division  Emphasis  Course 

Spring  Semester 

BUS  122  Managerial  Communications 

BUS  1 77  Management  Information  Systems 

Upper  Division  Emphasis  Course 


(3) 

(3) 


(3) 
(2) 
(1) 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


(3) 

(3) 
(3) 


(3) 
(3) 

(3) 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  115 


SENIOR  YEAR 

Fall  Semester 

BUS  130               Principles  of  Finance  (3) 

BUS  190               Business  Administration  Internship  (3) 

Upper  Division  Emphasis  Course  (3) 

Upper  Division  Emphasis  Course  (3) 

Spring  Semester 

BUS  192               Business  Policy  &  Strategy  (3) 

Upper  Division  Emphasis  Course  (3) 

Upper  Division  Emphasis  Course  (3) 

Double  Major  Program 

The  Department  of  Business  Administration  offers  a  program  for  students  who  desire  to  major 
in  both  Business  Administration  and  another  discipline  at  the  College. 

Lower  Division  Core  Requirements: 

BUS  4                   Business  Foundations  and  Analysis  (3) 

BUS  5                   Business  Law  I  (3) 

BUS  15A              Accounting  Principles  I  (3) 

BUS  15B              Accounting  Principles  II  (3) 

ECO  1                   Microeconomics  (3) 

ECO  2                   Macroeconomics  (3) 

MTH/BUS  28       Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business  (3) 

MTH/BUS  38       Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

CIS  1                     Computer  Processes  and  Applications  (3) 

PHI  92/192           Business  Ethics  (3) 

SPR  1 8                  Career  Planning  Seminar  ( 1 ) 
Total:  31  lower  division  units 

Upper  Division  Core  Requirements: 

BUS  122  Managerial  Communications 

or  (3) 

BUS  106               Business  Law  II  (3) 

BUS  130               Principles  of  Finance  (3) 

BUS  160               Principles  of  Marketing  (3) 

BUS  177               Management  Information  Systems  (3) 

BUS  185               Principles  of  Management  (3) 

BUS  190               Business  Administration  Internship  (3) 

BUS  192               Business  Policy  and  Strategy  (3) 
Total:  21  upper  division  units 

Students  in  the  Double  Major  who  wish  an  emphasis  within  the  Business  Administration 
major  must  complete  all  courses  in  the  emphasis. 

For  students  transferring  in  business  courses  upon  admission  to  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  at 
least  21  units  of  the  upper  division  business  courses  must  be  completed  at  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College.  BUS  192  Business  Policy  and  Strategy  must  be  taken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 


116  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Once  enrolled  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  all  upper  division  business  courses  must  be 
completed  at  the  College. 

B.A.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  English  and  Business  Administration: 

(A  cooperative  program  offered  through  the  Departments  of  English  and  Business 
Administration) 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  Degree  in  English  and  Business 
Administration 

English  Preparation: 

ENG1AB/C         Freshman  English  (3,3) 

HIS  1AB               Western  Civilization  (3,3) 

SPR  1 8                  Career  Planning  Seminar  ( 1 ) 

Requirements: 

24  additional  units  in  English,  at  least  18  of  which  are  upper  division,  including: 

ENG  1 8 1               Theory  and  Criticism  (3) 

ENG  195               English  Seminar  (3) 

Recommended: 

One  course  in  American  literature  (3) 

Business  Administration  Preparation: 
Lower  Division  Core  Requirements: 

BUS  4                   Business  Foundations  and  Analysis  (3) 

BUS  5                   Business  Law  I  (3) 

BUS  15A              Accounting  Principles  I  (3) 

BUS  15B              Accounting  Principles  II  (3) 

ECO  1                   Microeconomics  (3) 

ECO  2                  Macroeconomics  (3) 

MTH/BUS  28       Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business  (3) 

MTH/BUS  38       Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

CIS  1                    Computer  Processes  and  Applications  (3) 

PHI  92/192           Business  Ethics  (3) 

SPE  1 0                  Introduction  to  Communication  (2) 
Total:  32  lower  division  units 

Strongly  Recommended: 

PSY  1                   General  Psychology  (3) 

SOC  5                   Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 

PHI  5                     Introduction  to  Logic  (3) 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  117 


Upper  Division  Core  Requirements: 

BUS  122  Managerial  Communications 

or  (3) 

BUS  106  Business  Law  II 

BUS  130  Principles  of  Finance  (3) 

BUS  160  Principles  of  Marketing  (3) 

BUS  177  Management  Information  Systems  (3) 

BUS  185  Principles  of  Management  (3) 

BUS  190  Business  Administration  Internship  (3) 

BUS  192  Business  Policy  and  Strategy  (3) 

Total:  21  upper  division  units  in  Business  Administration 

Total  units  in  English  and  Business:  90 

At  least  12  upper  division  units  must  be  completed  in  the  MSMC  English  Program. 

For  students  transferring  in  business  courses  upon  admission  to  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  at 
least  21  units  of  the  upper  division  business  courses  must  be  completed  at  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College.  BUS  192  Business  Policy  and  Strategy  must  be  taken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Once  enrolled  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  all  upper  division  business  courses  must  be 
completed  at  the  College. 

B.A.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Spanish  and  Business  Administration: 

(A  cooperative  program  offered  through  the  Departments  of  Modern  Languages  and  Cultures 
and  Business  Administration) 

Courses  required  for  a  B.A.  in  Spanish  and  Business  Administration 
Spanish  Preparation: 

Elementary  Spanish  I  and  II  (or  equivalent)  (4,4) 

Intermediate  Spanish  III  and  IV  (or  equivalent)  (3,3) 


Theory  and  Practice  of  Culture  (3) 

Spanish  Writing  Lab  (3) 

Translation/Interpretation  (3) 

Business  Communication  and  Culture  (3) 

Culture  and  Civilization  of  Latin  America  (3) 

Culture  and  Civilization  of  Spain  (3) 

Internship  (3) 

Choose  one  course  from  the  following: 

BUS  189  International  Management  (3) 

BUS  195  International  Marketing  (3) 

ECO  195  International  Economics  (3) 

POL  1 3 1  International  Relations  (3) 


SPA  1  and  2 

SPA  3  and  4 

Requirements: 

SPA  107    • 

SPA  109 

SPA  114 

SPA  149 

SPA  144 

SPA  112 

SPA  190 

118  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Lower  Division  Core  Requirements 

BUS  5 

Business  Law  I 

(3) 

BUS  15A 

Accounting  Principles  I 

(3) 

BUS  15B 

Accounting  Principles  II 

(3) 

ECO  1 

Microeconomics 

(3) 

ECO  2 

Macroeconomics 

(3) 

MTH/BUS  28 

Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business 

(3) 

MTH/BUS  38 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

CIS1 

Computer  Processes  and  Applications 

(3) 

PHI  92/192 

Business  Ethics 

(3) 

Total: 

27  lower  division  units  in  Business  Administration 

Upper  Division  Core  Requirements: 

BUS  122 

Managerial  Communications 

(3) 

BUS  130 

Principles  of  Finance 

(3) 

BUS  160 

Principles  of  Marketing 

(3) 

BUS  177 

Management  Information  Systems 

(3) 

BUS  185 

Principles  of  Management 

(3) 

BUS  192 

Business  Policy  and  Strategy 

(3) 

Total:  18  upper  division  units  in  Business  Administration 

Students  with  a  major  in  Spanish  and  Business  Administration  are  strongly  encouraged  to  do 
a  junior  semester  in  Europe  or  Latin  America. 

For  students  transferring  in  business  courses,  at  least  2 1  units  of  the  upper  division  business 
courses  must  be  completed  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  BUS  192  Business  Policy  and 
Strategy  must  be  taken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Once  enrolled  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  all  upper  division  business  courses  must  be 
completed  at  the  College. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 
(Weekend  College) 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  Program  in  Business  Administration,  offered  in  the  Weekend 
College,  is  designed  for  adult  professionals  who  wish  to  advance  and  solidify  their 
careers  in  business.  Built  on  the  strong  liberal  arts  foundation  provided  through  General 
Studies  requirements,  the  Business  Administration  major  is  generalist  in  scope  and  covers  key 
functional  areas  in  business-management  information  systems,  organizational  behavior, 
business  law,  accounting,  marketing  and  finance.  Courses  emphasize  discussion,  case  studies, 
group  projects  and  communication  exercises.  The  program  has  been  structured  to  incorporate 
workplace  experience  into  the  fabric  of  the  classroom. 

For  students  transferring  in  business  courses,  at  least  21  units  of  the  upper  division  business 
courses  must  be  completed  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  BUS  192  Business  Policy  and 
Strategy  must  be  taken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Once  enrolled  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  all  upper  division  business  courses  must  be 
completed  at  the  College. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  119 


B.S.  Degree  in  Business  Administration 

Lower  Division  Core  Requirements: 

BUS  5                    Business  Law  I  (3) 

BUS  15A              Accounting  Principles  I  (3) 

BUS  15B               Accounting  Principles  II  (3) 

ECO  1                    Microeconomics  (3) 

ECO  2                   Macroeconomics  (3) 

MTH/BUS  28        Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business  (3) 

MTH/BUS  38       Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

CIS  1                     Computer  Processes  and  Applications  (3)* 

PHI  92/192            Business  Ethics  (3) 
Total:  27  lower  division  units  in  Business  Administration 

*  Students  may  waive  the  CIS  1  requirement  by  passing  a  standardized  exam,  such  as  CLEP, 
that  demonstrates  proficiency  in  course  content. 

Upper  Division  Core  Requirements: 

Managerial  Communications  (3) 
(Required  for  Management  Emphasis) 

Business  Law  II  (3) 
(Cannot  double  count  in  core  and  emphasis) 

Principles  of  Finance  (3) 

Principles  of  Marketing  (3) 

Management  Information  Systems  (3) 

Organizational  Behavior  (3) 

Principles  of  Management  (3) 

Business  Policy  and  Strategy  (3) 
Total:  21  upper  division  units  in  Business  Administration 

In  addition  to  core  requirements,  eighteen  (18)  upper  division  business  units  are  required  for 
the  major  in  Business  Administration. 

Students  who  wish  to  pursue  a  specific  business  area  concentration  may  do  so  by  completing 
twelve  (12)  of  these  eighteen  (18)  units  as  follows: 

Accounting  Concentration 

BUS  137               Intermediate  Accounting  I  (3) 

BUS  138               Intermediate  Accounting  II  (3) 

BUS  131                Managerial  Accounting  (3) 

BUS  186               Tax  Accounting  (3) 

BUS  188               Auditing  (3) 

BUS  198               Advanced  Accounting  (3) 

Marketing  Concentration 

BUS  161               Principles  of  Advertising  (3) 

BUS  163               Marketing  Research  (3) 

BUS  175               Sales  Management  (3) 


BUS  122 

or 

BUS  106 

BUS  130 

BUS  160 

BUS  177 

BUS  184 

BUS  185 

BUS  192 

120  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


BUS  194  Consumer  Behavior  (3) 

BUS  195  International  Marketing  (3) 

Management  Concentration 

BUS  157  Human  Resources  Development  (3) 

BUS  187  Management  Seminar  (3) 

BUS  189  International  Management  (3) 

And  any  one  of  the  following  courses: 

BUS  133  Money,  Politics  and  Business  (3) 

BUS  170  Real  Estate  (3) 

BUS  171  Real  Estate  Law  and  Management  (3) 

BUS  176  Small  Business  Management  (3) 

International  Business  Concentration 

BUS  189  International  Management  (3) 

BUS  195  International  Marketing  (3) 

ECO  195  International  Economics  (3) 

And  three  units  from  the  following: 

ECO/HIS  1 12       World  Economic  History  (3) 

BUS  193  Special  Studies  in  Economic  Development  (1) 

(One  unit  in  each  of  the  following  areas:  China,  European  Union,  Eastern  Europe, 

Mercusor,  Africa  and  the  Four  Tigers) 

BUS  1 93  Managing  Diversity  ( 1 ) 

The  Associate  in  Arts  in  Business  Administration 

The  Associate  in  Arts  degree  in  Business  Administration  is  a  two-year  program  that  provides 
students  with  a  strong  business  background  invaluable  in  the  modern  work  environment.  In 
addition,  the  Business  Administration  Program  prepares  students  with  the  foundation 
necessary  to  successfully  transfer  to  a  four-year  business  program.  The  courses  in  the  A.A. 
Business  Administration  program  focus  on  business  fundamentals  commensurate  with  lower 
division  instruction  while  also  stressing  the  communication  and  critical  thinking  skills 
necessary  to  succeed  and  advance  in  a  business  career.  General  Studies  courses  contribute  to 
the  broad-based  education  of  students  which  not  only  makes  them  more  attractive  to 
employers  but  exposes  them  to  the  spectrum  of  knowledge  and  ideas  that  are  the  hallmark  of  a 
liberal  arts  education. 

Upon  completion  of  an  A.A.  Degree,  students  may  wish  to  pursue  a  B.A.  degree  in  Business 
Administration,  or  they  can  choose  to  terminate  their  education.  Given  the  current  business 
environment,  students  are  strongly  encouraged  to  continue  their  studies  for  a  four-year  degree. 
Many  students  who  complete  the  two-year  A.A.  program  in  Business  Administration  choose 
to  transfer  to  the  four-year  B.A.  program  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

To  be  accepted  into  the  A.A.  Business  Administration  Program,  students  must  have  a 
cumulative  high  school  GPA  of  at  least  2.5  in  all  college  preparatory  courses.  SAT  or  ACT 
scores  are  required  and  will  be  considered  during  the  application  process.  Students  who  have 
at  least  12  units  of  previous  college  course  work  must  have  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.25  in  order 
to  be  considered  for  admission  into  the  program. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  121 


The  A.A.  Degree  in  Business  Administration 
Business  Administration  Requirements: 


BUS  4 

Business  Foundations  and  Analysis 

(3) 

BUS  5 

Business  Law  I 

(3) 

BUS  16A 

Accounting  Principles  I 

(4) 

BUS  16B 

Accounting  Principles  II 

(4) 

ECO  1 

Microeconomics 

(3) 

ECO  2 

Macroeconomics 

(3) 

MTH/BUS  28 

Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business 

or 

MTH/BUS  38 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

CIS  1 

Computer  Processes  and  Applications 

(3) 

PHI  92/192 

Business  Ethics 

(3) 

Suggested  Sequence  of  Courses 

Only  Business  Administration  courses  are  listed. 


First  Year 

Fall 


Business  Foundations  and  Analysis 

(3) 

Computer  Processes  and  Applications 

(3) 

Spring 

Macroeconomics 

(3) 

Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business 

(3)* 

Second  Year 

Fall 

Microeconomics 

(3) 

Accounting  Principles  I 

(4) 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3)* 

BUS  4 
CIS  1 


ECO  2 
MTH/BUS  28 


ECO  1 
BUS  16A 
MTH/BUS  38 

Spring 

BUS  5  Business  Law  I  (3) 

BUS  16B  Accounting  Principles  II  (4) 

PHI  92/192  Business  Ethics  (3) 

Total  units  to  graduate:  60 

Overall  G.P.A.  needed  to  graduate:  2.0 

Overall  G.P.A.  needed  to  transfer  to  Chalon:  2.40 

The  Minor  in  Business  Administration 

The  Minor  in  Business  Administration  has  been  specially  designed  for  liberal  arts,  science, 
health  science  and  other  non-business  majors. 

A  minimum  of  21  units  selected  from  Business  Administration  offerings  is  required  for  a 
minor.  A  minimum  of  12  units  must  be  completed  in  the  Business  Administration  Department 
at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 


122  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Once  enrolled  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  all  upper  division  business  courses  must  be 
completed  at  the  College. 


All  minors  are  required  to  complete  the  following  courses: 


4 

Business  Foundations  and  Analysis 

2 

Macroeconomics 

5 

Business  Law  I 

15A 

Accounting  Principles  I 

160 

Principles  of  Marketing 

185 

Principles  of  Management 

Business  Elective 

Total: 

21  units 

(3)* 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 


*Note:  To  achieve  the  21  unit  minor  requirement,  those  matriculated  in  the  Weekend  College 
Program  may  replace  BUS  4  with  another  course  within  the  area  of  Business  Administration. 

Entrepreneurship  Certificate  Program 

A  total  of  12  semester  units  in  qualified  courses  must  be  successfully  completed  by  the 
student  to  qualify  for  the  Entrepreneurship  Certificate.  These  courses  are  identified  below: 

Section  One  Courses 

One  of  the  following  is  required: 

I 
BUS  145  Entrepreneurship  (3) 

BUS  176  Small  Business  Management  (3) 

Students  are  required  to  take  three  courses  from  Section  Two,  or  two  courses  from  Section  2 
and  three  one-unit  courses  from  Section  Three 

Section  Two  Courses 

*BUS  106  Business  Law  II  (3) 

*BUS  195  International  Marketing  (3) 

BUS  157  Human  Resources  Development  (3) 

*BUS  175  Sales  Management  (3) 

Section  Three  Courses 

Accounting  and  Finance  for  Small  Business 

Accounting  Systems  for  Small  Business 

Managing  Diversity 

Leadership 

Negotiation  Skills 

Personal  Finance 

*These  courses  have  a  prerequisite. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  123 


BUS  4  Business  Foundations  and  Analysis  (3) 

An  analytical  survey  of  the  principles  and  skills  necessary  for  accounting,  economics, 
marketing,  finance,  human  resources,  management,  and  government  policies  as  they  apply  to 
business  in  the  United  States  and  globally.  Through  the  course  students  develop  a  framework 
for  analyzing  business  issues  and  develop  critical  thinking  skills  to  solve  organizational 
problems.  This  course  will  include  an  introduction  of  the  case  method. 

BUS  5/POL  5  Business  Law  I  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  development  of  legal  principles  for  business  activity,  as  found  in 
common  law,  statutory  laws,  and  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code.  Use  of  case  studies  for 
practical  applications.  Introduction  to  legal  reasoning  and  legal  writing;  concentration  on 
contracts  and  their  use  throughout  all  business  negotiations;  introduction  to  issues  of 
commercial  liability  and  sales  transactions.  GS-IIIG  (Same  as  POL  5) 
BUS  15A  Accounting  Principles  I  (3) 

Course  emphasis  is  on  the  measurement,  valuation,  and  the  accumulation  of  accounting  data. 

Topics  include  the  accounting  cycle  through  financial  statements,  accounting  for 

merchandise,  internal  control,  notes,  bad  debts,  inventories  and  accounting  for  tangible  and 

intangible  assets.  Focus  is  on  the  sole  proprietorship.  GS-VIIA 

BUS  15B  Accounting  Principles  II  (3) 

Course  emphasis  is  on  the  measurement,  valuation  and  the  accumulation  of  accounting  data. 

Topics  include  accounting  for  partnerships,  corporations,  bonds,  cash  flow  statements,  present 

value,  annuities,  financial  statement  and  analysis  and  an  introduction  to  managerial 

accounting.  Prerequisite:  BUS  15 A.  GS-VIIA 

BUS  16A  Accounting  Principles  I  (4) 

Course  emphasis  is  on  the  measurement,  valuation,  and  the  accumulation  of  accounting  data. 
Topics  include  the  accounting  cycle  through  financial  statements,  accounting  for 
merchandise,  internal  control,  notes,  bad  debts,  inventories  and  accounting  for  lived  tangible 
and  intangible  assets.  Focus  is  on  the  sole  proprietorship.  Faculty-guided  lab  experiences  are 
provided  for  additional  reinforcement  of  course  concepts.  GS-VIIA 
BUS  16B  Accounting  Principles  II  (4) 

Course  emphasis  is  on  the  measurement,  valuation  and  the  accumulation  of  accounting  data. 
Topics  include  accounting  for  partnerships,  corporations,  bonds,  cash  flow  statements,  present 
value,  annuities  and  financial  statement  analysis.  Faculty  guided  experiences  are  provided  for 
additional  reinforcement  of  course  concepts.  Prerequisite:  BUS  16A.  GS-VIIA 

BUS  28  Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business  (3) 

Topics  in  algebra  including  solutions  of  systems  of  equations  and  inequalities;  exponential 
and  logarithmic  functions;  linear  programming  and  mathematics  of  finance.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  application  of  mathematics  to  problems  in  business.  (See  MTH  28.) 
Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  score  on  the  Mathematics  Placement  Exam.  GS-IHE,  VIIB 

BUS  38  Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

Elementary  probability  theory,  properties  of  distributions,  sampling,  hypothesis  testing, 
correlation.  Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  score  on  the  Mathematics  Placement  Exam. 
(See  MTH  38.)  GS  HIE,  VIIB 


124  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


BUS  92/PHI 92  Business  Ethics  (3) 

A  case  study  approach  to  business  ethics,  taking  into  consideration  the  perspectives  of 
management,  labor,  consumer  or  public,  governmental  agencies,  and  environmental  or  other 
special  interest  groups.  Using  a  basis  in  ethical  theory,  the  course  will  cover  areas  such  as 
public  welfare,  issues  in  hiring  (affirmative  action,  quotas)  and  business  practices  (product 
liability,  honesty,  business  bluffing,  advertising,  sexual  harassment,  racism),  environmental 
concerns,  global  issues  (apartheid,  social  injustice,  exploitation  of  the  third  world),  corporate 
decision-making  and  responsibility.  Students  who  take  this  course  may  not  take  PHI  21  for 
credit.  Honors  students  should  take  PHI  21H,  not  PHI  92.  GS-VB2,  VI 
BUS  93  Special  Topics  (1-3) 

Course  or  seminar  in  current  issues  in  business  administration.  Topics  change  each  semester. 
BUS  97  Independent  Study  (1-6) 

Lower  division  course,  independent  study  or  directed  readings  on  business-related  topics. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  faculty  member  and  approval  of  department  chairperson. 

BUS  104  Investment  Analysis  and  Management  (3) 

Survey  of  investments  including  corporate  and  government  securities,  real  property  and 

financial  intermediaries.  Study  of  financial  investments  with  emphasis  on  security  analysis, 

valuation  and  portfolio  management.  Prerequisite:  BUS  ISO. 

BUS  106/POL  105      Business  Law  II  (3) 

Upper  level  study  of  business  law.  Applications  to  areas  of  agency,  partnerships,  corporate 

law,  sales,  criminal  and  civil  liability,  product  liability  and  insurance.    Prerequisite:  BUS  5. 

BUS  122  Management  Communications        (3) 

This  course  develops  both  oral  and  written  business  communications  skills  through  the  study 

of  communications  theory  in  conjunction  with  practical  communication  assignments.  Specific 

content  areas  include  management  and  decision-making  case  studies,  internal  and  external 

written  communications,  business  proposals,  group  dynamics,  interviews  and  business 

presentations. 

BUS  123  Travel  and  Study  Abroad  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  participants  with  the  business,  historical,  cultural,  and 

social  environments  of  the  countries  visited.  Visits  will  be  arranged  to  business  organizations 

as  well  as  with  government  officials  connected  with  economic  and  business  development. 

Areas  visited  may  include  South  America,  China  or  East  Asia.  The  class  can  be  repeated  for 

credit. 

BUS  125  E-Commerce/E-Business  (3) 

This  course  will  cover  the  current  status  of  electronic  public  transactions  (E-Commerce)  and 

business  to  business  (E-Business).  Topics  will  include  the  internet,  intranet,  extranet,  security 

and  the  impact  of  the  World  Wide  Web  on  marketing,  business  relationships,  and  changing 

supplier,  customer  relationships. 

BUS  127  Accounting  and  Finance  for  Small  Business  (1) 

This  course  will  focus  on  the  selection  and  formation  of  various  business  entity  types.  We 

will  explore  diverse  sources  of  business  capitalization  including,  but  not  limited  to,  venture 

capitalists,  corporate  angels,  and  assistance  available  through  the  Small  Business 

Administration.  We  will  analyze  financial  statements  and  study  government  reporting 

requirements  for  the  most  frequently  selected  business  entity  types. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  125 


BUS  128  Accounting  Systems  for  Small  Business  (1) 

Students  are  introduced  to  the  latest  versions  of  various  automated  accounting  systems  used 

today  in  small  business.  They  are  subsequently  immersed  in  a  thorough  hands-on  application 

of  commonly  used  software  such  as  Quick  Books  or  Peachtree.  Students  will  enter 

transactions,  prepare  general  ledgers,  process  payroll,  and  prepare  and  analyze  financial 

statements. 

BUS  130  Principles  of  Finance  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  broad-based  understanding  of  financial 

concepts  and  their  applications.  The  course  will  explore  (a)  the  financial  system:  - 

components,  institutions,  and  functions;  (b)  business  finance  and  management  application  of 

financial  principles  on  a  micro  and  macro  level;  (c)  financial  policy:  the  methods  and  effects 

of  government  debt  and  fiscal  policy.  Prerequisites:  BUS  4  (except  for  Weekend  College), 

ECO  1,  ECO  2,  BUS  15  A,  BUS  15B,  MTH  38. 

BUS  131  Managerial  Accounting  (3) 

The  application  of  accounting  analysis  to  business  decision,  planning  and  control.  Integrating 

information  systems  with  specific  emphasis  on  cost  concepts  and  applications,  budget,  cost 

volume  profit  relationships  and  decision  making  from  the  capital  investment  and  pricing 

viewpoints.    Prerequisites:  BUS  15 A  and  BUS  15B. 

BUS  133  Money,  Politics,  and  Business  (3) 

This  course  explores  the  relationship  between  business  and  government  in  the  United  States— 
the  influence  of  environmental  forces  on  business  institutions  and  the  impact  of  corporations 
on  their  environment.  Through  this  course,  students  develop  an  analytic  framework  for 
exploring  political  institutions  and  practices,  social  and  ethical  responsibilities,  regulation  and 
the  policy  making  process,  environmental  issues,  consumer  concerns,  workplace 
multiculturalism  and  diversity,  global  issues,  and  institutional  reform.  GS-IIIG 
BUS  137  Intermediate  Accounting  I  (3-4) 

The  beginning  of  the  in-depth  study  of  financial  accounting.  Topics  include  the  conceptual 
framework,  financial  statement  preparation,  concept  of  future  and  present  value,  revenue  and 
expense  recognition,  accounting  for  cash  and  receivables,  inventory  and  fixed  asset 
accounting.  Prerequisites:  BUS  15 A,  BUS  15B. 

BUS  138  Intermediate  Accounting  II  (3-4) 

The  conceptual  and  procedural  aspects  of  some  of  the  more  complex  topics  of  financial 

accounting  are  studied.  Topics  include  long-term  debt,  leases,  pensions,  error  corrections  and 

the  statement  of  cash  flows.  Prerequisite:  BUS  137. 

BUS  139  Managing  Non-Profit  Organizations  (3) 

This  course  will  introduce  managerial  theories  to  lead  non-profit  organizations.  The  learning 

experience  includes  review  of  literature,  class  presentations  and  active  sponsorship  of  service 

organizations.  A  service-learning  project  integrates  theory  with  practice,  requiring  team 

cooperation,  planning,  and  accountability.  Also,  EDU 138C,  GER  138,  PSY 138  and 

SOC  138. 

BUS  140/BUS  140H  Women's  Issues  in  Business  and  Economics  (3) 

Survey  of  issues  that  affect  women  in  business  and  review  of  the  feminist  critique  of  classical 

economic  theory.  Topics  surveyed  may  include  women's  labor  history,  Marxist  feminism, 

socialist  feminism,  feminist  organizational  theory,  women  in  management,  the  wage  gap,  the 

glass  ceiling,  gendered  economic  roles,  women's  issues  in  business  law,  affirmative  action, 

and  sexual  harassment.  GS-IIIG,  VI 


126  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


BUS  144  Legal  Issues  in  Entrepreneurship    (3) 

This  course  will  discuss  legal  issues  which  an  entrepreneur  encounters  while  forming  and 
running  a  start-up  enterprise,  including  real  estate  purchases,  leasing,  employment  law,  human 
relations  procedures,  franchising,  supply  contracts  and  governmental  administrative 
regulations. 

BUS  145  Entrepreneurship  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  basic  concepts  and  skills  required  of  entrepreneurs.  This  course  uses  an 
applied  approachNteaching  students  to  recognize  opportunity;  screen  ideas  and  develop  a 
business  concept,  test  that  concept  and  create  a  new  venture.  Topics  include  entry  strategies, 
business  forms,  franchising,  entrepreneurial  mindsets,  management,  marketing,  capital 
requirements,  financing  sources  and  site  analysis.  An  entrepreneurial  internship  is  required. 
Prerequisite:  BUS  4  (except  Weekend  College). 

BUS  148/PSY  148  Industrial  Organization  and  Consumer  Psychology  (3) 

Study  of  the  psychological  principles  and  techniques  used  in  a  business  setting.  Topics 
include  the  psychology  of  work,  personnel  selection,  appraisal,  job  analysis,  placement 
training,  production  efficiency,  and  consumer  behavior. 
BUS  150  Strategic  Management  of  Nonprofit  Organizations      (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  study,  discuss,  and  debate  issues  facing  managers  of  nonprofit 
organizations.  The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  integrate  skills  in  organizational  behavior, 
marketing,  finance,  and  analytical  disciplines  into  strategic  decision  making  in  the  nonprofit 
context.  Topics  explored  include  mission  definition,  competing  internal  and  external 
demands,  resource  scarcity  and  uncertainty,  governance  systems,  and  managing  strategic 
change.  While  the  principal  thrust  of  the  course  is  on  nonprofit  organizations,  there  will  be 
opportunities  to  examine  areas  where  public,  for-profit,  and  nonprofit  organizations  interact. 
Prerequisite:  BUS  185. 

BUS  154  Cost  Accounting  (3) 

Budgeting  responsibility  accounting;  inventory  planning;  performance  measurement;  costing 

methods;  job  order  and  standard  costs;  direct  vs.  full  costing;  cost  allocation;  cost-volume 

profit  analysis;  analytic  cost  reports.  Prerequisites:  BUS  15A  and  15B. 

BUS  155/POL  185      Public  Personnel  Administration     (3) 

The  process  of  formulating  and  administering  public  personnel  policies;  concepts  and 

principles  utilized  in  selected  governmental  personnel  systems.  Special  emphasis  on 

collective  bargaining  in  public  employment. 

BUS  156/POL  186      Introduction  to  Public  Administration  (3) 

The  executive  function  in  government,  principles  of  administrative  organization,  personnel 

management,  financial  administration,  administrative  law,  and  problems  and  trends  in 

government  as  a  career. 

BUS  157  Human  Resources  Development      (3) 

This  course  explores  the  contributions  made  by  the  modern  human  resource  department  to  the 

success  of  business  organizations.  Particular  areas  of  focus  include  job  analysis,  recruitment, 

training,  compensation  analysis,  performance  analysis,  legal  issues  and  workforce  diversity. 

The  course  content  weaves  the  underlying  theories  of  human  behavior  in  organizations  with 

the  practical  applications  of  these  theories  pertinent  for  future  managers  or  human  resource 

professionals. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  127 


BUS  158/POL  187  Organizational  Theory  and  Governmental 
Management  (3) 

Organizational  structure,  human  factors  in  organization,  dynamics  of  organizational  change, 
internal  adaptability  to  external  environment,  problems,  limitations,  and  trends  in 
governmental  organization  and  management. 

BUS  160  Principles  of  Marketing  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  introduce  students  to  the  fundamentals  of  marketing.  Through  this 
course,  (a)  the  foundations  of  marketing  will  be  explored—product  issues,  pricing  decisions, 
distribution  channels  and  promotional  strategies;  (b)  the  users  of  marketing  will  be  identified; 
(c)  the  role  of  marketing  in  the  organization  and  society  will  be  examined;  (d)  marketing 
objectives,  tools  and  resources  will  be  assessed;  and  (e)  components  of  strong  marketing 
strategy  will  be  evaluated.  Prerequisite:  BUS  4  (except  Weekend  College). 

BUS  161  Principles  of  Advertising  (3) 

This  course  examines  the  major  components  of  modern  advertising  and  promotion.  Key  areas 
explored  include  the  social  and  economic  role  of  advertising;  controls  over  advertising; 
planning  of  the  campaign;  the  role  of  research;  media  strategy  and  coordination  with  other 
elements  of  the  marketing  communication  mix.    Prerequisite:  BUS  160. 

BUS  163  Marketing  Research  (3) 

Fundamentals  of  marketing  and  industrial  research  as  an  approach  to  problem  solving. 
Business  cases  are  used  to  develop  the  student's  analytical  ability  and  to  demonstrate  the 
application  of  business  research  fundamentals.  Prerequisites:  BUS  38,  BUS  160. 

BUS  164  Accounting,  Taxes  and  Finance  for  the  Small  Business  (3) 

This  course  aims  to  prepare  the  new  entrepreneur  with  a  thorough,  real  world  understanding 
of  the  accounting  requirements  for  external  and  governmental  reporting.  This  will  involve 
making  decisions  in  entity  formation,  establishing  appropriate  records  and  controls,  and 
hands-on  experience  in  preparing  required  financial  statements,  tax  reporting  documents  and 
financial  analysis.  Students  will  be  introduced  to  state-of-the-art  accounting  software  in  this 
endeavor  and  will  learn  how  to  research  and  find  sources  of  business  financing.  Upon 
completion  of  this  course,  the  student  should  have  a  strong  understanding  of  the  required 
administrative  aspects  of  business  formation,  reporting  requirements  and  business  financing. 
BUS  168  Marketing  Seminar:  Selected  Topics  (3) 

An  in-depth  seminar  in  marketing.  Primary  activities  include  the  exploration  of  advanced  and 
specialized  topics  and  issues  in  the  field.   Weekend  College  only.  May  be  repeated  once. 

BUS  169  Issues  of  Corporate  Responsibility  (3) 

Application  of  theories  developed  in  Business  Ethics  to  issues  arising  in  the  practice  of 
modern  business.  Topics  will  vary  by  semester  but  the  course  will  focus  on  newsworthy  items 
that  reflect  the  state  of  corporate  business  ethics.  These  issues  may  include  marketing  ethics, 
product  liability,  socially  responsible  investing,  employee  welfare  and  concerns  of  race  and 
gender.  Extensive  case  analysis  is  utilized  to  apply  critical  thinking  skills  to  real  business 
dilemmas.  Introduction  to  Business  Ethics  (PHI  92)  highly  recommended. 
BUS  170  Real  Estate  (3) 

Introduction  to  economics  of  land  ownership  and  use;  fundamentals  of  ownership;  financing; 
appraisal;  management  and  transfer  of  residential  and  other  real  property,  including  an 
introduction  to  real  estate  investment  issues.  Prerequisite:  BUS  5. 


128  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


BUS  171/POL  106  Real  Estate  Law  and  Management     (3) 

This  course  develops  those  skills  necessary  to  purchase,  sell  or  lease  real  estate  in  commercial 
transactions:  Business  and  legal  aspects,  purchase  and  sales  contracts,  conveyances,  mortgage 
and  trust  deed  transactions,  property  taxes,  landlord  and  tenant  law,  wills  and  inheritance,  and 
estates  in  land.  Prerequisite:  BUS  5. 

BUS  173  Real  Estate  Investment  (3) 

Emphasizes  problems  and  methodology  for  making  the  real  estate  investment  decisions. 

Includes  real  estate  versus  other  investments;  real  estate  user  and  investor  requirements; 

decision  models;  tax  factors  and  syndication. 

BUS  175  Sales  Management  (3) 

This  course  explores  the  function  of  sales  and  the  relationship  to  the  overall  marketing 

program.  Topics  considered  include  setting  sales  objectives,  formulation  of  sales  strategy, 

development  of  a  sales  organization,  selecting  and  working  with  distributors  and  dealers, 

measurement  of  salesmen's  performance,  evaluation  of  sales  management  performance, 

control  of  sales  operations,  and  integration  of  sales  and  other  marketing  activities. 

Prerequisite:  BUS  160. 

BUS  176  Small  Business  Management  (3) 

This  course  comprehensively  covers  all  activities  required  for  the  formation  of  new 
enterprises  and  certain  aspects  of  managing  growing  organizations.  The  course  explores  the 
new  venture  creation  process:  business  idea  generation  and  evaluation,  resource  acquisition, 
customer  identification  and  selling,  developing  a  business  plan,  organization  building, 
networking,  and  the  technical  issues  entrepreneurs  face  in  tax,  legal,  and  accounting  areas. 
BUS  177  Management  Information  Systems  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the  fundamentals  of  information  system 
development  and  use—giving  students  the  competitive  edge  in  the  workplace  of  tomorrow. 
The  course  explores  (a)  conceptual  foundations;  (b)  information  systems  applications;  (c) 
systems  technology—processing,  software,  programming;  (d)  systems  analysis;  (e) 
management  and  societal  issues.  Prerequisite:  BUS  4  (except  Weekend  College). 
BUS  180AB  Advanced  Advertising  Seminar       (3,3) 

An  advanced  seminar  covering  selected  topics  in  copywriting,  graphics,  media  and  buying, 
advertising,  budgeting,  planning  and  management.  Prerequisites:  BUS  160  and  BUS  161. 
BUS  181  Global  Business  (3) 

Global  Business  will  explore  the  reasons  trade  takes  place  and  the  role  of  international 
organizations  in  the  promotion  of  trade.  The  geographical,  cultural,  technological,  economic 
and  political  factors  influencing  multinational  business  are  discussed  in  detail.  International 
management,  finance,  marketing,  accounting,  human  resources  and  law  are  part  of  the 
curriculum. 

BUS  182  Advanced  Finance  (3) 

Case  studies  in  financial  management  and  capital  budgeting.  Strategies  in  debt  and  equity 

financing.  Portfolio  management.  Prerequisite:  BUS  130. 

BUS  183  Management  Seminar  (3) 

This  course  is  an  in-depth  seminar  in  areas  of  management  and  organization.  Primary 
activities  include  the  exploration  of  advanced  and  specialized  issues  in  the  field. 
Prerequisite:  BUS  185. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  129 


BUS  184  Organizational  Behavior  (3) 

This  course  brings  the  insights  into  human  behavior  in  organizations  brought  forth  by 

psychology  and  sociology  and  centers  them  on  their  implications  for  business  organizations. 

Issues  pursued  in  this  course  include  group  dynamics,  communications,  motivation, 

leadership,  and  decision  making  as  well  as  organizational  design,  culture,  development  and 

change.  The  discipline  of  organizational  behavior  is  unique  in  its  combined  goals  of  seeking 

organizational  success  while  advocating  employee  empowerment. 

BUS  185  Principles  of  Management  (3) 

This  course  discusses  the  four  principal  functions  of  management:  planning,  organization, 

leadership  and  control,  including  quality  control,  managing  cultural  diversity,  motivation  and 

other  leadership  issues,  decision  making,  group  communication  and  organization.  Case 

studies  explore  these  topics  within  the  context  of  business  ethics  and  corporate  responsibility 

to  the  community.  Prerequisite:  BUS  4  (except  Weekend  College). 

BUS  186  Tax  Accounting  (3) 

Statutes,  regulations,  administrative  rulings,  and  court  decisions  relating  to  federal  and 

California  income  taxes.  Audit  procedures;  partnership  and  corporate  tax  returns. 

Prerequisites:  BUS  15 A,  BUS  15B. 

BUS  187  Management  Seminar:  Selected  Topics  (3) 

An  in-depth  seminar  in  the  area  of  management  and  organization.  Primary  activities  include 
the  exploration  of  advanced  and  specialized  topics  and  issues  in  the  field.  Weekend  College 
only.  May  be  repeated  once. 

BUS  188  Auditing  (3) 

Audit  functions  of  the  CPA.  Nature  of  audit  evidence,  audit  procedures,  audit  work  papers, 

audit  reports,  evaluation  of  internal  controls  and  internal  auditing,  statistical  sampling  in 

auditing;  problems  of  auditing  computer-based  accounting  records.  Prerequisites:  BUS  15 A, 

BUS  15B. 

BUS  189  International  Management  (3) 

Application  of  modern  management  theory  to  the  administration  of  international  business. 

The  course  will  study  the  impact  of  multi-governmental  policies  upon  the  management  of 

international  enterprises.  Prerequisite:  BUS  185.  GS-VI 

BUS  190  Business  Administration  Internship  (1-6) 

An  intensive  supervised  work  experience  related  to  the  student's  major  emphasis.  Students 

are  responsible  for  setting  up  the  internship  in  conjunction  with  an  appropriate  faculty 

member  and  the  Office  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement.  Internships  must  be  approved  by 

the  Chair.  Prerequisite:  SPR  18. 

BUS  192  Business  Policy  and  Strategy  (3) 

This  course  is  the  capstone  course  for  Business  Administration  majors.  It  provides  an 

opportunity  to  integrate  previous  studies  in  functional  areas— marketing,  finance,  economics, 

accounting,  and  management.  Organizations  are  analyzed  with  respect  to  the  effectiveness 

and  appropriateness  of  strategies  and  goals  in  each  of  the  functional  areas  and  the  synergies  of 

the  functional  areas  for  achieving  optimal  results  consistent  with  their  respective  missions. 

The  major  topics  covered  include  (a)  competitive  analysis,  (b)  the  strategic  management 

process,  (c)  the  role  of  the  chief  executive  officer,  (d)  strategy  formulation  and  decision 

making,  and  (e)  strategy  implementation  and  control.  Prerequisites:  Lower  Division  and 

Upper  Division  Core  Courses. 


130  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


BUS  193  Selected  Topics  (1-3) 

Course,  independent  study,  seminar,  or  directed  readings  in  current  issues  in  business 

administration. 

BUS  194  Consumer  Behavior  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  explore  the  complexities  of  consumer  behavior.  Through  this 
course  students  will  (a)  develop  an  understanding  of  the  key  role  of  consumer  needs  and 
wants;  (b)  understand  the  role  of  marketing  information  systems,  marketing  research,  buyer 
behavior  and  competitive  forces;  (c)  explore  target  market  selection,  market  positioning,  and 
marketing  strategies;  and  (d)  examine  the  consumer  perception  in  the  market  planning  process 
of  product,  pricing,  promotion  and  distribution.  Prerequisites:  BUS  160,  BUS  185. 

BUS  195  International  Marketing  (3) 

The  role  of  marketing  in  the  global  business  environment  will  be  studied  from  the  viewpoint 
of  both  the  small  business  enterprise  and  the  multinational  corporation.  Special  emphasis  will 
be  given  to  how  small  business  can  get  information  and  assistance  for  its  efforts  to  enter  the 
global  marketplace.  Topics  covered  will  include  the  political,  legal,  economic,  and  cultural 
factors  that  impact  businesses  going  global  as  well  as  issues  of  product  development,  pricing, 
promotion  and  distribution.  Prerequisite:  BUS  160. 
BUS  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 

BUS  197  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

Opportunity  for  independent  study  is  available  to  qualified  students.  The  student  has 

responsibility  for  planning,  implementing,  and  presenting  the  project;  the  faculty  member 

approves  the  project,  meets  with  the  student  several  times  during  the  term,  and  evaluates  the 

final  results. 

BUS  198  Advanced  Accounting  (3) 

Problems  associated  with  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements,  foreign  currency 

translation,  partnerships,  and  governmental  fund  accounting.  Prerequisites:  BUS  137,  BUS 

138. 

BUS  199  Directed  Study  (1-3) 

Opportunity  for  directed  reading  is  available  to  qualified  students.  The  faculty  member  shares 

the  responsibility  with  the  student,  generally  planning  the  readings  and/or  projects  and 

meeting  with  the  student  regularly. 


CHEMISTRY  131 


Chemistry 

Departmental  Affiliation:  Physical  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

A  student  majoring  in  chemistry  receives  a  comprehensive  view  of  the  principles  of  this 
science  and  participates  in  personalized  laboratory  instruction  and  individual  research. 

A  major  in  chemistry  is  excellent  preparation  for  graduate  studies,  medical  studies,  health 
science  careers,  education,  scientific  writing,  and  careers  in  food,  petroleum,  and  textiles.  The 
B.A.  degree  in  chemistry  is  designed  for  those  interested  in  secondary  science  teaching, 
chemical  technology,  and  other  broadly-based  careers  requiring  a  science  background. 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  Degree  in  Chemistry 
Lower  Division: 

CHE  1 AB  General  Chemistry  (4,4) 

CHE  1 AL/ 1 BL     General  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1,1) 

CHE  6AB  Organic  Chemistry  (4,4) 

CHE  6AL/6BL     Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1,1) 

MTH5ABC  Calculus  I/II/III  (4,4,4) 

CIS  2  Introduction  to  Computer  Programming  (3) 

PHY  1  AB  Introductory  Physics  IA/IB  (4,3) 

or  PHY  1 1  AB       Mechanics/Electricity,  Magnetism,  and  Optics  (4,3) 

PHY  1BL  Physics  Laboratory  (1) 

Upper  Division: 

CHE  107  Biochemistry  (3) 

CHE  107L  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (1) 

CHE  1 10AB         Physical  Chemistry  (4,3) 

Plus  two  additional  upper  division  courses  in  Chemistry.  An  overall  grade  point  average  of 

2.0  in  major  courses  is  required  for  the  degree. 

Total  units  in  Chemistry:  37 

Total  units  in  Mathematics  and  Physics:  19 
Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units,  including 
Modern  Language  requirement. 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.S.  Degree  in  Chemistry 
Lower  Division: 


CHE 1AB 

General  Chemistry 

(4,4) 

CHE  1AL/1BL 

General  Chemistry  Laboratory 

(1,1) 

CHE  6AB 

Organic  Chemistry 

(4,4) 

CHE  6AL/6BL 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

(1) 

MTH  5ABC 

Calculus  I/II/III 

(4,4,4) 

CIS  2 

Introduction  to  Computer  Programming 

(3) 

PHY  11AB 

Mechanics/Electricity,  Magnetism,  and  Optics 

(4,3) 

PHY  1BL 

Physics  Laboratory 

(1) 

Upper  Division: 

CHE  107 

Biochemistry 

(3) 

CHE  107L 

Biochemistry  Laboratory 

(1) 

132  CHEMISTRY 


CHE  1 1 OAB         Physical  Chemistry  (4,3) 

CHE  1 1 1  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2) 

CHE  199  Research  in  Chemistry  (3) 

Three  additional  upper  division  courses  in  Chemistry  (9) 

Total  units  in  Chemistry:  46 

Total  units  in  Mathematics  and  Physics:  25 
Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units.  An  overall  grade 
point  average  of  2.0  in  major  courses  is  required  for  the  degree. 

Pre-Medical/Pre-Dental  Preparation 
Chemistry  Major 

Medical  schools  accept  students  from  any  degree  program.  A  strong  background  in  science, 
including  chemistry,  biology  and  mathematics,  is  recommended  for  successful  performance 
on  the  Medical  College  Admissions  Test  (MCAT)  and  for  admissions  to  medical  programs. 
Successful  completion  of  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  chemistry  provides  excellent 
preparation  for  medical,  dental  or  pharmaceutical  studies. 

The  Minor  in  Chemistry 

CHE  1AB  General  Chemistry  (4,4) 

CHE  1 AL/ 1 BL  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1,1) 

CHE  6AB  Organic  Chemistry  (4,4) 

CHE  6AL/6BL  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1,1) 

CHE  107  Biochemistry  (3) 

CHE  107L  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (1) 

Plus  one  additional  upper  division  course  in  Chemistry  selected  from:  CHE  1 10 A,  120  or  190 
An  overall  grade  point  average  of  2.0  in  requisite  courses  is  required  for  the  minor. 
Total  units  in  Chemistry:  27 

CHE  1A  General  Chemistry  (4) 

Atomic  theory,  atomic  structure  and  the  periodic  table;  molecular  structure  and  bonding; 
structure  and  properties  of  solids,  liquids,  and  gases;  kinetic  theory  and  colligative  properties. 
Lecture,  three  hours;  discussion,  one  hour.  Prerequisites:  High  school  chemistry,  three  years 
of  high  school  mathematics,  and  satisfactory  score  on  Chemistry  Placement  Examination,  or 
grade  ofC  or  better  in  CHE  3  or  PHS 1.  GS-II,  HID,  VIIB 
CHE  1AL  General  Chemistry  Laboratory        (1) 

Quantitative  techniques  including  gravimetric  and  volumetric  analyses;  qualitative  techniques 
including  isolation  of  compounds  and  descriptive  chemistry  of  inorganic  compounds. 
Laboratory,  four  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Concurrent  enrollment  in  CHE  1A 
(recommended)  or  completion  of  CHE  1A  with  a  grade  ofC  or  better. 

CHE  IB  General  Chemistry  (4) 

Equilibria,  kinetics,  thermodynamics,  oxidation-reduction  reactions  and  electrochemistry. 

Lecture,  three  hours;  discussion,  one  hour.  Prerequisite:  Grade  ofC-  or  better  in  CHE  1A. 

GS-VIIB 

CHE  1BH  General  Chemistry:  Honors  Section  (1) 

Acid-base  behavior,  thermodynamics  concepts,  transition  metal  complexes,  and  kinetics. 
Emphasis  will  be  on  research  approaches  to  problem  solving  and  data  analysis.  Laboratory, 
four  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHE  1A  with  grade  ofB  or  better  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Programs. 


CHEMISTRY  133 


CHE  1BL  General  Chemistry  Laboratory      (1) 

Calorimetry  and  thermodynamics  experiments,  instrumental  methods,  including 
spectrophotometers  and  pH  meters;  transition  metal  chemistry.  Laboratory,  four  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  C-  or  better  in  CHE  1A  and  concurrent  enrollment  in  CHE  IB 
(recommended)  or  completion  of  CHE  IB  with  a  grade  ofC-  or  better. 

CHE  3  Foundations  of  Chemistry  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  and  laws  of  chemistry  including  atomic  structure  and  the 
periodic  table,  bonding,  nomenclature,  stoichiometry,  gases,  solutions,  and  introductory 
organic  chemistry.  Lecture,  three  hours.  Note:  This  course  is  a  prerequisite  to  CHE  1A  if  the 
student  fails  to  qualify  for  CHE  1A  on  the  Chemistry  Placement  Examination.  GS-IIID 

CHE  4  Foundations  of  Chemistry  in  the  Laboratory  (1) 

Application  of  fundamental  concepts  including  measurements,  empirical  formulas,  energy  in 
reactions,  physical  states  of  matter,  and  solution  behavior.  Laboratory,  2  hours.  Prerequisite: 
Past  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  CHE  3.  It  is  highly  recommended  that  students  take  this 
course  concurrently  with  CHE  3. 

CHE  6A  Organic  Chemistry  (4) 

Nomenclature,  bonding,  structure,  and  stereochemistry  of  organic  molecules.  Introduction  to 
reactions,  reaction  mechanisms,  and  organic  synthesis.  Lecture,  three  hours;  discussion,  one 
hour.  Prerequisite:  Grade  of  C  -  or  better  in  CHE  IB. 

CHE  6AL  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory       (1) 

Methods  of  separations,  purification,  and  identification  of  organic  compounds;  introduction  to 
synthesis,  and  fundamentals  of  scientific  writing.  Laboratory,  four  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Concurrent  enrollment  in  CHE  6 A  (recommended)  or  completion  of  CHE  6 A 
with  a  grade  of  C  -  or  better. 

CHE  6B  Organic  Chemistry  (4) 

Continuation  of  Chemistry  6A.  Reactions  of  functional  groups  and  aromatic  compounds; 
synthesis.  NMR  and  IR  spectroscopy.  Lecture,  three  hours;  discussion,  one  hour. 
Prerequisite:  Grade  of  C  -  or  better  in  CHE  6 A. 

CHE  6BL  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory       (1) 

Synthesis  and  reactions  of  typical  organic  compounds;  scientific  writing;  introduction  to 
qualitative  analysis,  infrared  spectroscopy  and  mass  spectrometry.  Laboratory,  four  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  Concurrent  enrollment  in  CHE  6B  (recommended)  or  completion  of  CHE 
6 A  with  a  grade  ofC-  or  better. 

Except  where  noted,  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  prerequisite  courses  or  consent  of  the 
department  is  required  for  any  upper  division  Chemistry  course. 

CHE  104  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis  (3) 

Microtechniques,  separation  of  mixtures,  derivatives,  identification  of  unknown  organic 
compounds,  spectroscopic  methods.  Lecture,  one  hour;  laboratory,  eight  hours.  Prerequisite: 
CHE  6B. 
CHE  107  Biochemistry  (3) 

The  study  of  the  molecular  components  of  cells  with  emphasis  on  physical  and  chemical  properties 
and  biological  functions.  An  introduction  to  enzyme  kinetics,  bioenergetics  and  the  central 
pathways  of  carbohydrate  metabolism.  Lecture  3  hours.  Prerequisite:  CHE  6B.  GS-VIIA 


134  CHEMISTRY 


CHE  107L  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (1) 

Techniques  in  the  isolation  and  characterization  of  biomolecules  with  an  emphasis  on 
proteins.  Introduction  to  enzyme  kinetics.  Laboratory,  four  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
Concurrent  enrollment  in  CHE  107  (recommended)  or  completion  of  CHE  107  with  a  grade 
of  C- or  better.  GS-VIIB 

CHE  109  Advanced  Biochemistry  (3) 

Gluconeogenesis,  photosynthesis,  metabolism  of  fatty  acids  and  cholesterol,  biosynthesis  of 
nucleic  acids  and  proteins.  Topics  from  among  the  following:  biophysical  spectroscopy,  DNA 
damage  and  repair,  neurochemistry,  biochemistry  of  vision,  metals  in  biochemistry.  Lecture, 
three  hours.  Prerequisite:  CHE  107  with  a  grade  ofC-  or  better. 

CHE  110A  Physical  Chemistry:  Thermodynamics  (4) 

Laws  of  thermodynamics,  chemical  equilibria  and  cell  emf.  Lecture,  four  hours. 
Prerequisites:  CHE  IB,  MTH  SB,  PHY  1  IB  (or  IB),  CIS  IB.  GS-VIIB 

CHE  HOB  Physical  Chemistry:  Dynamics        (3) 

Kinetic  theory,  transport  processes,  chemical  kinetics  and  quantum  mechanics.  Use  of  the 

computer  for  the  analysis  of  problems  in  the  preceding  areas.  Lecture,  three  hours. 

Prerequisite:  CHE  11 0A.  GS-VIIB 

CHE  111  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory        (2) 

Chemical  and  phase  equilibria,  electrochemistry,  kinetics  and  transport  processes, 

conductance,  diffusion.  Laboratory,  six  hours.  Prerequisite:  CHE  110 A. 

CHE  120  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  (3) 

Theory  and  applications  of  modern  instrumental  methods  including  gas  chromatography, 

various  spectroscopic  methods  and  selected  electrochemical  methods.  Lecture,  one  hour; 

laboratory,  eight  hours.  Prerequisite:  CHE  6B  or  consent  of  instructor. 

CHE  130  Biochemical  Methods  (3) 

Experimental  techniques  in  biochemistry.  Chromatography,  electrophoresis,  and 
spectroscopic  methods  applied  to  the  preparation  and  measurement  of  biochemical 
substances.  Lecture,  one  hour;  laboratory,  eight  hours.  Prerequisite:  CHE  107 
CHE  190  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3) 

Chemistry  of  inorganic  systems  with  emphasis  on  reaction  mechanisms,  metal  complexes, 
bonding  and  periodic  relationships.  Lecture,  three  hours.  Prerequisite:  CHE  IB. 
CHE  195H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 

CHE  196  Internship  (1-3) 

An  intensive  work-study  program  for  qualified  upper  division  students.  The  student  is 

responsible  for  setting  up  the  internship  in  conjunction  with  the  appropriate  faculty  and  the 

office  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement.  The  internship  must  be  approved  by  the  department 

chairperson. 

CHE  197  Seminar  (1-3) 

CHE  98/198  Topics  in  Chemistry  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  chemistry  staff. 

CHE  199  Research  in  Chemistry  (1-3) 

Research  problems  to  be  arranged  with  individual  faculty  members.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
chemistry  staff. 


CHILD  DEVELOPMENT       135 


Child  Development 


Departmental  Affiliation:  Psychology 

The  Child  Development  major  provides  an  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  understanding  of 
young  children  as  individuals  and  as  members  of  society.  Courses  in  this  major  are  those 
specifically  relevant  to  child  development  in  the  departments  of  psychology,  education, 
sociology,  art,  music  and  English.  The  Child  Development  Major  is  recommended  primarily 
for  individuals  who  seek  careers  working  with  children  and  their  families  in  child  care, 
educational,  or  social  service  settings.  Students  who  plan  this  major  at  the  outset  of  their 
college  careers  may  elect  to  take  courses  in  their  first  two  years  through  the  Education 
Department  at  the  Doheny  Campus  to  qualify  for  the  Child  Development  Teacher  Permit. 
(See  the  Early  Childhood  Education  Program  under  the  Education  Department  listing.) 

Course  Requirements  for  a  B.A.  Degree: 

I.  Psychology  (9  to  21  upper  division  units,  including  the  following): 

PSY  1  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3) 

PSY12  Child/Human  Development  (3) 

PSY  1 12'  Careers  and  Observations  in  Child  Development  Settings  (3) 

PSY  113  Learning  in  Children  &  Adolescents  Across  Cultures  (3) 

PSY  1 1 8  Intervention  of  Children  with  Multiple  Impairments  (3) 

PSY  1 39  Child  Abuse  and  Family  Violence  (3) 

PSY  191  Child  Development  Practicum  (3) 

II.  Sociology  (1  of  the  following  courses  required;  3  upper  division  units  required): 

SOC  6  The  Family,  Child  and  Community  (3) 

SOC  104  The  Family  (3) 

III.  Art  and/or  Music  (minimum  3  units,  chosen  from  the  following): 

ART  145  Art  and  Crafts  in  the  Classroom  (1-3) 

ART  5  Fundamentals  of  Art  (3) 

ART  1 73  Diversity  and  the  Visual  Arts  (3) 

MUS  130  Creative  Music  Experience  (1) 

MUS  116  Music  of  World  Culture  (3) 

MUS  6/106  Varieties  of  Music  (3) 

INT  194 A  Introduction  to  the  Visual  and  Performing  Arts  (3) 

IV.  Education   (minimum  3  units,  chosen  from  the  following): 

EDU  33/133  Visual  and  Performing  Arts  for  the  Young  Child  (3) 

EDU  36  Emergent  Math  and  Science  Experiences 

in  the  Preschool  Classroom  (3) 


136  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT 


V.  English  (minimum 

6  units,  chosen  from  the  following): 

ENG  104 

Expository  Writing 

orENG  105 

Advanced  Composition 

or  ENG  106 

Creative  Writing 

(3) 

ENG  34 

Literature  for  the  Young  Child 

or  ENG  134 

Children's  Literature 

(3) 

VI.  Biology  (minimum  3  units,  chosen  from  the  following): 

BIO  10 

Health  Science 

(3) 

BIO  112 

Human  Nutrition 

(3) 

Needs  approval  of  advisor 

VII.   Additional  upper  division  courses,  chosen  in  consultation  with  an  advisor,  from  the 
departments  of  Psychology,  Sociology,  Art,  Music,  Education,  English,  and  Biology 
(Minimum  30  upper  division  units,  including  the  required  courses  listed  above). 

Recommended  Courses: 

Especially  for  Students  Interested  in  Pursuing  Graduate  Study: 

PSY  40  Basic  Statistical  Methods  (3) 

PS Y  106  Basic  Research  Methods  (3) 

PSY  1 06L  Basic  Research  Methods  Lab  ( 1 ) 

PSY  134  Learning  and  Memory  Processes  (3) 

Especially  for  Students  Interested  in  Counseling  and  Social  Services: 

PSY  125  Introduction  to  Counseling  (3) 

PSY  168  Abnormal  Psychology  (3) 

PSY  172  Developmental  Pathopsychology  (3) 

PSY  139  Child  Abuse  and  Family  Violence  (3) 

PSY  188  Crisis  Intervention  (3) 

SOC  1 1 5  Sociology  of  Violence  (3) 

SOC  120  Case  Management  in  Health  &  Human  Services  (3) 

SOC  180  Social  Stratification  (3) 

SOC  110  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3) 

SOC  161  Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations  (3) 

SOC  175  Urban  Sociology  (3) 

Especially  for  Students  Interested  in  Working  with  Children  with  Special  Needs: 

PSY  1 14  Psychological  Aspects  of  Children  with  Chronic  Impairments(3) 

PSY  116  Introduction  to  Children  with  Visual  Handicaps  (3) 

PSY  1 1 8  Intervention  of  Children  with  Multiple  Impairments  (3) 

Especially  for  Students  Interested  in  Child  Care  and  Education: 

EDU  3 1  Intro  to  Early  Childhood  Education:  Profession  and  Programs  (3) 

EDU  32  Early  Childhood  Education:  Observation/Curriculum  Planning  (3) 

EDU  37  Infant  and  Toddler  Development  and  Care  (3) 

EDU  138C  Organization  and  Administration  of  Early  Childhood  Education 

Programs:  Managing  Non-Profit  Organizations  (3) 


CHILD  DEVELOPMENT   137 


Students  may  petition  the  Child  Development  Program  Advisor  to  substitute 
other  relevant  courses  in  the  program. 

Total  units  in  the  interdisciplinary  major  areas:  39 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units 
including  the  Modern  Language  requirement. 

All  courses  are  described  in  the  respective  department  listings. 

Requirements  for  the  Child  Development  Minor 

18  units  from  the  following  (12  units  must  be  upper  division): 

Child/Human  Development  (3) 
Family,  Child,  and  Community 

The  Family  (3) 

Child  Development  Practicum  (3) 


PSY  12 

SOC6 

orSOC  104 

PSY  191 

Electives: 

PSY  112 

PSY  113 

PSY  139 

MUS  130 

ART  145 

INT  194  A 

ENG  134 

Careers  and  Observations  in  Child  Development  Settings  (3) 
Learning  in  Children  &  Adolescents  Across  Cultures  (3) 
Child  Abuse  and  Family  Violence  (3) 

Creative  Music  Experience  ( 1 ) 

Arts  &  Crafts  in  the  Classroom  (1-3) 

Introduction  to  the  Visual  &  Performing  Arts  (3) 
Children's  Literature  (3) 

Other  appropriate  courses  may  be  submitted  with  the  permission  of  the  Child  Development 
Program  Advisor. 


138  COMPUTER  INFORMATION  SCIENCE 


Computer  Information  Science 

Department  Affiliation:  Mathematics 

The  Minor  in  Computer  Information  Science 

The  minor  in  Computer  Information  Science  (CIS)  is  designed  to  complement  any  major  by 
providing  students  with  an  understanding  of  computing,  networking,  multimedia,  electronic 
information  resources,  systems  and  the  Internet.  Using  the  knowledge,  skills  and  experience 
from  these  technologies,  students  will  be  able  to  solve  problems  in  a  variety  of  contexts. 

This  minor  will  assist  students  in  acquiring  valuable  skills  to  enable  them  to  cope  with  the 
rapid  changes  in  technology  that  are  affecting,  and  will  continue  to  affect,  their  personal  and 
professional  lives.  Ever-changing  hardware  and  software  continue  to  permeate  research 
laboratories  and  offices  throughout  the  world.  The  growing  need  to  understand  and  use  the 
Internet  in  research  and  commerce  further  increases  the  importance  of  this  course  of  study. 
This  is  a  very  dynamic  minor  and  requirements  will  change  as  needed  due  to  the  ever- 
changing  state  of  technology. 

Required  Courses  (22-24  units) 

CIS  1  Computer  Process  and  Applications  (3) 

CIS  2  Introduction  to  Computer  Programming  (3) 

CIS  87  Technology  Internship  (3) 

One  course  from  the  following  list: 

PHI  169  Philosophy  of  Technology  (3) 

PHI  192  Business  Ethics  (3) 

Three  courses  from  the  following  list: 

MTH  20  Programming  (3) 

MTH  25  The  Linux/Unix  Environment  (3) 

MTH  135  Structure  &  Comparison  of  Computer  Language  (3) 

BUS  125  E-Commerce/E-Business  (3) 

BUS  177  Management  Information  Systems  (3) 

CIS  120  Communication  Protocols  (3) 

At  least  one  course  from  the  following  list: 

ART  15  Computer  Graphics  I  (3) 

ART  1 1 5  Computer  Graphics  II  (3) 

BIO  1 1 5  AB  Research  Methods  (1,1) 

BIO  1 1 5C  Independent  Study  ( 1 ) 

BIO  1 1 5D  Directed  Research  ( 1 ) 

BIO  1 97  Research  Readings  ( 1 ) 

BIO  198  Biological  Research  (3) 

CHE  198  Topics  in  Chemistry  (1-3) 

CHE  199  Research  in  Chemistry  (3) 

HIS  101  Historical  Methods  &  Historiography  (3) 


COMPUTER  INFORMATION  SCIENCE     139 


MTH  120  Discrete  Mathematics  (3) 

MTH  128 A  Numerical  Analysis  (3) 

POL  101  Research  Methodology  (3) 

PSY  106  Basic  Research  Methods  (3) 

PS Y  1 06L  Basic  Research  Methods  Lab  ( 1 ) 

SOC  117  Research  Methods  and  Social  Statistics  (3) 

CIS  1  Computer  Processes  and  Applications  (3) 

Description  of  the  computer  and  its  logical  structure  and  functioning  including  hardware 
(processors,  storage,  and  communications),  networking,  and  levels  of  software.  Introduction 
to  BASIC  programming  languages  and  binary  systems.  Use  of  application  programs  for  word 
processing,  spreadsheets,  databases,  presentations,  Internet,  and  e-mail. 
CIS  2  Introduction  to  Programming         (3) 

An  exploration  of  computer  processes:  data  and  file  structure;  databases  and  retrieval  of 
information;  programming  using  various  languages  (which  may  include  BASIC,  Fortran90, 
C++,  Perl,  Java,  or  Prologue).  Prerequisite:  Grade  ofC  or  higher  in  CIS  1  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

CIS  87  Technology  Internship  (1) 

This  course  is  a  one-year  experience  during  which  a  student  participates  by  assisting  faculty 
and  various  academic  and  administrative  departments  in  using  technology  effectively  and 
efficiently.  (Taken  at  sophomore  level  or  later.) 

CIS  120  Communication  Protocols  (3) 

This  course  will  cover  current  communication  protocols  and  will  include  TCP/IP,  Routers, 
Data  Packets  and  Security.  Prerequisite:  CIS  2. 


140  CULTURAL  STUDIES  MINOR 


Cultural  Studies  Minor 


Department  Affiliation:  Language  and  Culture 

Culture  courses  are  primarily  interdisciplinary  and  intended  to  complement  language 
acquisition,  as  well  as  to  inform  about  global  cultural  diversity.  They  are  generally  taught  in 
English. 


Required  courses:  26  units 

SPA  1  or  FRE  1  or  JPN  1  Elementary  Spanish,  French  or  Japanese         (4) 
SPA  2  or  FRE  2  or  JPN  2  Elementary  Spanish,  French  or  Japanese         (4) 

CUL  107  Theory  and  Practice  of  Culture       (3) 

The  course  addresses  the  growing  domestic  and  global  necessity  for  understanding  and 

communication  across  cultural  boundaries.  This  is  a  theoretical  and  practical  approach  to 

understanding  cultural  differences  as  well  as  similarities.  GS-VI 

CUL  110  Culture  through  Films  (3) 

This  course  uses  a  thematic  approach  to  analyze  a  selected  number  of  cultures  from  different 

parts  of  the  world  through  films. 

or  PHI  162  Philosophy  and  Native  Cultures      (3) 

CUL  114  Faces  of  Spirituality  (3) 

The  focus  of  this  course  is  to  survey  and  gain  an  understanding  of  how  different  cultures 

approach  spirituality. 

or  RST  161  Introduction  to  World  Religions      (3) 

CUL  117  Women's  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 

In  search  of  similarities  and  differences  in  women's  conditions,  aspirations  and 

accomplishments  as  seen  through  literature  written  by  women  from  around  the  globe. 

or  ENG  123  Women's  Voices  in  Literature        (3) 

ART  173  Multiculturalism  &  the  Visual  Arts(3) 

MUS 106  Varieties  of  Music  (3) 

or  MUS  116  Music  of  World  Cultures  (3) 


ECONOMICS     141 


Economics 


Departmental  Affiliation:  Business  Administration 

ECO  1  Microeconomics  (3) 

An  exploration  of  the  economic  affairs  of  industries  and  the  individual  business  firm.  This 

course  introduces  the  price  system,  the  law  of  supply  and  demand  and  economic  analysis  of 

individual  markets  such  as  labor  or  international  trade.  GS-IIIF 

ECO  2  Macroeconomics  (3) 

An  introductory  analysis  of  the  aggregate  economic  system.  This  course  discusses  methods  of 

recording  and  determining  gross  national  product,  employment,  price  stability,  fiscal  and 

monetary  policy.  GS-IIIG 

ECO  44/144  Personal  Finance  (3) 

Emphasis  on  the  principles  underlying  financial  security  and  investment  planning;  the  study 

of  credit  institutions,  the  stock  market,  and  home  buying  through  special  projects  and 

experiences  in  the  field.  Does  not  count  as  an  upper  level  business  requirement  for  Business 

students. 

ECO  112/112H  World  Economic  History  (3) 

This  course  will  offer  a  unified  explanation  for  the  growth  of  Western  Europe  from  AD  900  to 

1900,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  evolution  of  economic  institutions.  These  institutions 

include  property  rights,  banking  and  credit,  public  finance,  forms  of  business  organizations 

and  wage  labor.  Also  HIS  1 12/1 12H.    GS-IIIF.  (Formerly  Economic  History  of  Europe) 

ECO  123  Travel  and  Study  Abroad  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  participants  with  the  business,  historical,  cultural,  and 

social  environments  of  the  countries  visited.  Visits  will  be  arranged  to  business  organizations 

as  well  as  with  government  officials  connected  with  economic  and  business  development. 

Areas  visited  may  include  South  America,  China  or  East  Asia.  The  class  can  be  repeated  for 

credit.  Also  BUS  123. 

ECO  193  Selected  Problems  (1-3) 

Courses,  workshops,  seminars,  or  directed  readings.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

ECO  195  International  Economics  (3) 

The  general  principles  of  international  regulations  and  trade;  the  problems  of  developing 

countries  and  theories  of  growth  and  development;  progress  toward  economic  integration  and 

cooperation  in  Europe,  Latin  America  and  Africa.  GS-IIIG 


142  EDUCATION 


Education 


The  Education  department  offers  undergraduate  and  graduate  programs  for  the  preparation  of 
teachers: 

Undergraduate 

Early  Childhood  Education  in  conjunction  with  the  Associate  degree. 

Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  in  conjunction  with  a  Baccalaureate  degree  and  a 
Liberal  Studies  major. 

Secondary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  in  conjunction  with  a  Baccalaureate  degree  and  an 
academic  major. 

Graduate 

Preliminary  Teacher  Preparation  (Credential)  Program: 

Elementary  (2042) 

Secondary  (2042) 

Education  Specialist  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities 

Professional  Clear  Teacher  Preparation  (Credential)  Programs: 

Level  II  Professional  Clear  Education  Specialist:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities 
Fifth  Year  Professional  Clear  Multiple  and  Single  Subject  Credentials 

Master  of  Science  in  Education  with  concentrations  in: 

Elementary  Education 

Secondary  Education 

Special  Education:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities 

Instructional  Leadership 


EDUCATION  143 


Early  Childhood  Education  Program 

A.A.  Degree  with  a  Specialization  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

The  Associate  Degree  Program  with  a  specialization  in  Early  Childhood  Education  is 
designed  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  enter  the  field  of  preschool  teaching  directly  upon 
graduation.  At  the  completion  of  the  two-year  program,  the  student  is  qualified  to  teach  in 
child  development  programs  (pre-kindergarten)  or  to  transfer  to  a  four-year  program  to 
complete  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  Child  Development,  or  to  complete  the  requirements 
for  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  a  related  field  and  to  apply  for  admission  to  the  Preliminary 
Multiple  Subject  Teacher  Preparation  Program. 

Program  Requirements 

Core  Courses 

EDU  3 1  Intro  to  Early  Childhood  Education:  Profession  and  Programs  (3) 

EDU  32  E.  C.  E.:  Observation  and  Curriculum  Planning  (3) 

EDU  33  The  Visual  and  Performing  Arts  for  the  Young  Child  (3) 

EDU  36  Emergent  Math  and  Science  Experiences  in  Preschool  Classroom  (3) 

EDU  39  Supervised  Field  Work:  Preschool  (taken  during  last  semester)  (6) 

PSY  12  Child/Human  Development  (3) 

PSY  36  Language  and  Literacy  Development  in  the  Young  Child         (3) 

SOC  6  Family,  Child,  and  Community  (3) 

General  Requirements 

PSY  1  General  Psychology  (3) 

BIO  10  Health  Science  (3) 

PHI  15  Challenges  in  Philosophy  or 

PHI  10  Critical  Thinking  (3) 

A.A.  Program  Requirements 

SPR  85  Intro  to  College  Studies  ( 1 ) 

ENG  6AB  Written  and  Oral  Communication  or 

ENG1AB  Freshman  English  (3,3) 

Religious  Studies  course  (3) 

Humanities  course  (3) 

Quantitative  Literacy  course  (3) 

Recommended  Electives 

Courses  in  Spanish  and  Physical  Education 

The  two-year  program  at  the  Doheny  Campus  fulfills  coursework  and  fieldwork  requirements 
for  a  Child  Development  Teacher  Permit. 


144  EDUCATION 


The  requirements  as  established  by  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  are 
the  following: 

•  Completion  of  an  Associate  of  Arts  degree  or  higher  in  early  childhood  education. 

•  A  supervised  field  experience  (EDU  39)  in  an  early  childhood  education  setting. 

•  The  candidate  must  have  earned  a  C  or  above  in  each  course  used  for  the  permit. 
This  permit  is  issued  for  five  years  and  is  renewable  for  successive  five-year  periods  with  the 
completion  of  105  hours  of  professional  growth.  A  Child  Development  Teacher  Permit 
authorizes  the  holder  to  provide  service  in  the  care,  development,  and  instruction  of  children 
in  a  child  development  program,  and  supervise  a  Child  Development  Permit  Associate 
Teacher,  a  Child  Development  Permit  Assistant,  and  an  aide. 

As  Title  5  California  Administrative  Code  Regulations  pertaining  to  revisions  in  the  Child 
Development  Permit  are  enacted,  notification  of  such  revisions  are  made  to  students  who  are 
enrolled  in  the  program,  as  well  as  those  who  make  inquiry  regarding  it.  It  is  recommended 
that  those  reading  this  section  for  the  first  time  inquire  as  to  whether  the  regulations  stated 
here  have  undergone  revision  by  the  state. 

Admission  Requirements 

To  be  accepted  as  an  Early  Childhood  Education  major,  a  student  entering  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  must  have  a  high  school  GPA  of  2.5.  SAT  or  ACT  scores  are  also  considered;  an 
interview  may  be  required.  Transfer  students  applying  for  the  Early  Childhood  Education 
program  after  college  experience  must  have  a  GPA  of  2.25  in  college-level  courses,  grades  of 
C  or  better  in  all  Early  Childhood  Education  courses  accepted  for  transfer,  and  a  grade  of  C  or 
better  in  a  college-level  (non-remedial)  English  course. 

Specific  Program  Requirements 

The  student  must  complete  all  Early  Childhood  courses  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better.  A  grade  of 
C  or  better  must  also  be  achieved  in  ENG  6AB  or  ENG  1 AB.  Because  of  a  demand  in 
Southern  California  for  preschool  teachers  who  can  demonstrate  speaking  and  writing  ability 
in  the  Spanish  language,  students  are  encouraged  to  take  courses  in  Spanish  in  conjunction 
with  the  program. 

Students  in  the  Early  Childhood  Education  specialization  must  be  able  to  establish  rapport 
with  very  young  children  and  their  families.  They  must  be  able  to  create  an  environment 
where  children  can  discover  themselves;  to  do  this,  they  need  broad  knowledge  of  children's 
physical,  social/emotional  and  cognitive  development.  Coursework,  including  observation, 
participation,  and  supervised  teaching  of  children,  is  designed  to  enable  students  to 
demonstrate  expertise  in  these  areas  within  the  two-year  period. 

Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  in  Conjunction 
with  a  B.A.  Degree  with  a  Liberal  Studies  Major 

Preparation  for  certification  as  an  elementary  teacher  in  California  consists  of  two 
components,  (1)  academic  preparation  and  (2)  professional  preparation.  In  addition,  other 
state  requirements  must  be  met,  as  in  (3)  below.  The  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Elementary 
Teacher  Preparation  Program  is  a  California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  approved 
program  for  the  preparation  of  students  for  the  Preliminary  Multiple  Subject  Teaching 
Credential  as  defined  by  SB  2042.  It  is  possible  to  complete  both  the  academic  and 
professional  preparation  as  an  undergraduate  and  graduate  with  a  preliminary  teaching 
credential. 


EDUCATION  145 


(1)  Academic  Preparation.  The  undergraduate  student  interested  in  elementary  school 
teaching  completes  a  Liberal  Studies  major  as  described  on  page  213.  Students  must  satisfy 
the  academic  preparation  requirement  for  a  teaching  credential  b  achieving  a  passing  score  on 
the  state-required  Multiple  Subject  CSET  examinations.  This  requirement  must  be  satisfied 
prior  to  enrollment  in  supervised  teaching. 

(2)  Professional  Preparation.  Simultaneously  with  the  Liberal  Studies  major,  undergraduate 
students  complete  the  Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  courses  to  satisfy 
professional  requirements.  Fieldwork  in  public  schools  affiliated  with  the  Education  Program 
is  required  in  each  professional  preparation  class.  The  student  must  be  able  to  arrange  for 
transportation  to  fieldwork  sites.  Contact  with  program  advisors  is  especially  important  for 
students  planning  to  complete  preparation  for  a  teaching  credential  as  undergraduates. 

Refer  to  page  148-149  for  the  Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  course  list.  Also  see 
page  147  for  teacher  preparation  program  requirements  and  pages  151  and  152  for  supervised 
teaching  policies.  Units  taken  in  the  Teacher  Preparation  Program  may  count  toward  the 
Baccalaureate  degree  but  are  not  required  for  graduation. 

(3)  Other  Requirements.  Students  who  wish  to  teach  at  the  elementary  level  in  California 
must  also  fulfill  the  requirement  related  to  the  United  States  Constitution  and  pass  a  state- 
required  examination  on  the  teaching  of  reading  (RICA),  Political  Science  I,  American 
Government  and  Institutions,  currently  meets  the  U.S.  Constitution  requirement.  If  a  student 
wishes  to  fulfill  this  requirement  by  taking  a  course  off-campus,  she  must  submit  for  approval 
an  equivalency  petition  to  the  Education  Department  prior  to  enrollment.  Education  156, 
Language  and  Literacy:  Elementary  Curriculum,  will  prepare  students  for  the  RICA  exam. 
This  exam  is  taken  at  the  end  of  the  program,  prior  to  filing  for  the  credential.  Students  must 
be  officially  admitted  to  the  Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  with  a  passing  score  on 
the  CBEST  examination  to  enroll  in  advanced  professional  preparation  coursework:  EDU  155 
Social  Studies  and  the  Arts  and  EDU  156  Language  and  Literacy.  Finally,  all  teacher 
credential  candidates  must  pass  the  state-required  Teacher  Performance  Assessment  (TPA) 
administered  during  the  supervised  teaching  experience. 

For  additional  information  about  the  Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  requirements, 
contact  the  Education  Department.  It  is  particularly  important  to  obtain  individual  advisement 
because  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  (CCTC)  regulations  are  subject 
to  change. " 

Secondary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  in  Conjunction  with 
a  B.A.  Degree  with  an  Academic  Subject  Matter  Preparation 
Program 

Preparation  for  certification  as  a  secondary  school  teacher  in  California  consists  of  two 
components:  (1)  academic  preparation  and  (2)  professional  preparation.  In  addition,  other 
state  requirements  must  be  met,  as  in  (3)  below.  The  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Secondary 
Teacher  Preparation  Program  is  a  California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  approved 
program  for  the  preparation  of  students  for  the  Preliminary  Single  Subject  Teaching  credential 
as  defined  by  SB  2042.  It  is  possible  to  complete  both  the  academic  and  professional 
preparation  as  an  undergraduate  and  graduate  with  a  preliminary  teaching  credential. 


146  EDUCATION 


(1)  Academic  Preparation.  The  undergraduate  student  interested  in  secondary  school  teaching 
majors  in  the  academic  subject  she  plans  to  teach.  Students  must  satisfy  the  academic 
preparation  requirement  for  a  teaching  credential  by  achieving  a  passing  score  on  the  state- 
required  CSET  examination  in  the  academic  subject  they  intend  to  teach.  This  requirement 
must  be  satisfied  prior  to  enrollment  in  supervised  teaching. 

(2)  Professional  Preparation.  Simultaneously  with  the  academic  studies,  undergraduate 
students  complete  the  Secondary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  courses  to  satisfy  professional 
requirements.    Fieldwork  in  public  schools  affiliated  with  the  Education  Program  is  required 
in  each  professional  preparation  class.  The  student  must  be  able  to  arrange  for  transportation 
to  fieldwork  sites. 

Refer  to  page  149  for  the  Secondary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  course  list.  Also  see  page 
147  for  teacher  preparation  program  requirements  and  pages  151  and  152  for  supervised 
teaching  policies.  Units  taken  in  the  Teacher  Preparation  Program  may  count  toward  the 
Bachelors  degree  but  are  not  required  for  graduation. 

(3)  Other  Requirements.  Students  who  wish  to  teach  in  California  must  also  fulfill  the 
requirement  related  to  the  United  States  Constitution.  Political  Science  1,  American 
Government  and  Institutions,  currently  meets  this  state  requirement.  If  a  student  wishes  to 
fulfill  this  requirement  by  taking  a  course  off-campus,  she  must  submit  for  approval  an 
equivalency  petition  to  the  Director  of  Secondary  Education  prior  to  enrollment.  Students 
must  be  officially  admitted  to  the  Secondary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  with  a  passing 
score  on  the  CBEST  examination  to  enroll  in  advanced  professional  preparation  coursework: 
EDU  1 66  Principles  of  Secondary  Education,  EDU  1 67  Principles  of  Secondary  Curriculum 
and  EDU  168  Content-Based  Reading  Instruction.  Finally,  all  teacher  credential  candidates 
must  pass  the  state-required  Teacher  Performance  Assessment  (TPA)  administered  during  the 
supervised  teaching  experience. 

Students  interested  in  the  Secondary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  are  urged  to  contact  the 
Education  Department  as  early  as  possible  to  obtain  individual  advisement. 


EDUCATION  147 


Preliminary  Teacher  Preparation  Programs 

The  Teacher  Preparation  Programs  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offer  coursework  and 
fieldwork  leading  to  a  California  Preliminary  Teaching  Credential  for  elementary,  secondary, 
or  special  education:  mild/moderated  disabilities.  Students  may  already  be  teaching  in  their 
own  classrooms  in  public  or  private  schools,  or  be  completing  the  program  prior  to 
employment  as  a  teacher.  Coursework  is  grounded  in  the  California  Standards  for  the 
Teaching  Profession  and  emphasizes  a  cycle  of  planning,  teaching,  and  reflecting  that 
provides  students  with  an  ever-deepening  understanding  of  how  to  provide  all  students  with 
rigorous  academic  learning.  The  programs  prepare  teachers  who  are  committed  to  working 
with  diverse  student  population  in  urban  settings.  Theory  and  practice  are  infused  throughout 
the  coursework  with  discussion  and  readings  augmenting  early  fieldwork  experiences  in 
exemplary  teacherse  classroom  in  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  associated  schools.  Courses  and 
fieldwork  provide  essential  knowledge  and  skills  that  students  need  to  pass  the  California 
Teacher  Performance  Assessment  and  qualify  for  a  Preliminary  Teaching  Credential.  Other 
state  and  program  requirements  apply,  and  students  are  urged  to  maintain  regular  contact  with 
their  program  advisor.  Students  may  complete  a  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Education  in 
conjunction  with  the  teacher  preparation  coursework. 

Admission  to  Teacher  Preparation  Programs 

Undergraduate  applicants  for  a  Teacher  Preparation  Program  apply  directly  to  the  Education 
Department  for  admission.  Graduate  applicants  apply  through  the  Graduate  Division  (See 
Graduate  Degree  Admissions  Policies,  p.  81.).  Ongoing  contact  with  program  directors  and 
advisors  is  important,  as  teacher  preparation  requirements  are  subject  to  change. 

Requirements  for  admission  include: 

•  completion  of  the  appropriate  application  form  and  payment  of  fee 

•  an  application  essay 

•  completion  of  statements  affirming  the  moral  character  of  the  candidate  according  to 
guidelines  provided  by  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing 

•  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.5  on  a  four-point  scale,  documented  by  official 
transcripts 

•  two  letters  of  recommendation  indicating  suitability  for  teaching  and  potential  for 
success  in  the  Teacher  Preparation  Program 

•  interview  with  an  Education  department  advisor  related  to  professional  attitude, 
goals,  and  personal  qualifications 

•  a  passing  score  on  the  California  Basic  Skills  Test  (CBEST) 

•  verification  of  medical  clearance  for  tuberculosis 

•  for  graduate  students,  an  official  score  report  from  at  least  one  subtest  of  the 
appropriate  CSET  examination 

•  for  graduate  students,  a  Baccalaureate  degree  from  an  accredited  college  or 
university.  Degrees  earned  outside  the  United  States  must  be  evaluated  for 
equivalency  by  an  agency  approved  by  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher 
Credentialing.  The  Graduate  Division  provides  a  list  of  approved  agencies. 

•  for  students  applying  to  a  Professional  Clear  program,  verification  of  employment  as 
a  full-time  teacher  in  a  setting  appropriate  to  the  credential,  a  copy  of  a  valid 
Preliminary  teaching  credential,  and  documentation  that  an  approved  induction 
program  is  not  available  to  them. 


148  EDUCATION 


Applications  are  accepted  at  any  time.  Students  may  enroll  in  one  course  as  a  non- 
matriculating  student  prior  to  program  acceptance. 

Admission  to  a  teacher  preparation  program  does  not  guarantee  that  a  credential  will  be 
granted.  The  Committee  on  Admissions  reserves  the  right  to  dismiss  from  a  teacher 
preparation  program  a  student  who  does  not  meet  program  requirements. 

Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program 

The  Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  has  been 
approved  by  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  under  the  2001  SB  2042 
Standards  for  Professional  Preparation.  This  program  prepares  teachers  to  work  with  students 
in  elementary  (typically  K-6)  classrooms.  Students  begin  the  program  with  prerequisite 
courses  in  foundational  areas  such  as  development,  culture,  and  language  acquisition.  They 
complete  four  professional  preparation  courses  that  include  early  fieldwork  in  exemplary 
teacherse  classroom  in  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  associated  schools.  Students  finish  the 
program  with  supervised  teaching  and  a  culminating  seminar.  Coursework  and  fieldwork 
provide  the  essential  knowledge  and  skills  students  need  to  pass  the  state-mandated  California 
Teacher  Performance  Assessment  and  the  Reading  Instruction  Competence  Assessment 
(RICA).  Upon  successful  completion  of  all  requirements,  students  apply  for  the  Preliminary 
Multiple  Subject  Teaching  Credential.  Other  state  and  program  requirements  apply;  students 
are  urged  to  maintain  regular  contact  with  their  program  advisor.  Graduate  students  may 
complete  a  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Education  in  conjunction  with  the  preliminary  teacher 
preparation  coursework. 

Prerequisite  Coursework  (15-17  units)* 

EDU  106-206  School  and  Society  (3) 

PSY  113  /EDU  251  Development  and  Learning  Across  Cultures  (3) 

SOC  161  Majority/Minority  Relations  (3) 

or  EDU  252  Diversity  and  Schools  (3) 

ENG  1 02  Structure  of  Modern  English  (3) 

or  EDU  253  Language  Competence  and  Education  (3) 

EDU  170  A/2 70  A  Intro  to  the  Education  of  Exceptional  Learners  (1) 

BIO  10  Health  Science  (3) 

or  EDU  2 1 3  Health  Related  Issues  in  Education  ( 1 ) 

PED  1 00/EDU  2 1 2  Physical  Education:  Elementary  Curriculum  ( 1 ) 

Preliminary  Professional  Preparation  Coursework  (12  units)* 

EDU  150/250  Elementary  Instruction:  Theory  &  Practice  (3) 

EDU  154/254  Mathematics  and  Science:  Elementary  Curriculum  (3) 

EDU  155/255  Social  Studies  and  the  Arts:  Elementary  Curriculum  (3) 

EDU  156/256  Language  and  Literacy:  Elementary  Curriculum  (3) 

Supervised  Teaching  (8-14  units)* 

EDU  116/316  Supervised  Teaching:  Elementary  Fieldwork  (6- 1 2) 

EDU  3 1 6L  Intensive  Fieldwork:  Elementary  (0) 

EDU  123/323  Supervised  Teaching  Seminar  (2) 

*Undergraduate  program  includes  100  level  courses;  Graduate  program  includes  200/300 
level  courses. 


EDUCATION  149 


Secondary  Teacher  Preparation  Program 

The  Secondary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  has  been  approved 
by  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  under  the  2001  SB  2042  Standards 
for  Professional  Preparation.  This  program  prepares  teachers  to  work  with  students  in  middle 
and  high  school  classrooms.  Students  begin  the  program  with  prerequisite  courses  in 
foundational  areas  such  as  development,  culture,  and  language  acquisition.  Content  area 
coaches  are  assigned  to  work  with  students  in  each  of  the  three  professional  preparation 
courses.  This  experience  includes  fieldwork  in  Content  Area  Coaches'  secondary  classrooms. 
Students  finish  the  program  with  supervised  and  teaching  and  a  culminating  seminar. 
Coursework  and  fieldwork  provide  the  essential  knowledge  and  skills  students  need  to  pass 
the  California  Teacher  Performance  Assessment  and  qualify  for  the  Preliminary  Single 
Subject  Teaching  Credential.  Other  state  and  program  requirements  apply,  and  students  are 
urged  to  maintain  regular  contact  with  their  program  advisor.  Graduate  students  may  complete 
a  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Education  in  conjunction  with  the  preliminary  teacher 
preparation  coursework. 

Prerequisite  Coursework  (15-17  units)* 

EDU  106-206  School  and  Society  (3) 

PSY  113  /EDU  251  Development  and  Learning  Across  Cultures  (3) 

SOC  161  Majority/Minority  Relations  (3) 

or  EDU  252  Diversity  and  Schools  (3) 

ENG  1 02  Structure  of  Modern  English  (3) 

or  EDU  253  Language  Competence  and  Education  (3) 

EDU  170A/270A  Intro  to  the  Education  of  Exceptional  Learners  (1) 

BIO  10  Health  Science  (3) 

or  EDU  2 1 3  Health  Related  Issues  in  Education  ( 1 ) 

Preliminary  Professional  Preparation  Coursework  (12  units)* 

EDU  166/266  Principles  of  Secondary  Education  &  Content  Area  Modules  (4) 

EDU  167/267  Principles  of  Secondary  Curriculum  &  Content  Area  Modules  (4) 

EDU  168/268  Content-Based  Reading  Instruction  &  Content  Area  Modules  (4) 

Supervised  Teaching  (8-14  units)* 

EDU  164/364  Supervised  Teaching:  Secondary  Fieldwork  (6-12) 

EDU  123/323  Supervised  Teaching  Seminar  (2) 

*  Undergraduate  program  includes  100  level  courses;  Graduate  program  includes  200/300 
level  courses. 


150  EDUCATION 


Education  Specialist:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities  Teacher 
Preparation  Program 

The  Education  Specialist  Credential  program  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  prepares  teachers 
to  work  with  K-12  students  with  mild/moderate  disabilities  which  includes  students  with 
learning  disabilities,  mental  retardation,  serious  emotional  disturbance,  and  health 
impairments.  These  teachers  may  be  employed  in  their  own  classroom,  in  a  resource  specialist 
position,  or  in  an  inclusion  specialist  position  serving  special  education  students  in  general 
education  settings.  The  Preliminary  Education  Specialist  program  is  open  to  graduate  students 
only. 

Students  begin  their  preparation  in  the  Preliminary  Level  I  program  with  general  and  special 
education  course-work  and  field  experiences,  and  conclude  the  program  with  supervised 
teaching.  For  the  general  education  requirements,  students  select  an  elementary  or  a 
secondary  emphasis.  Courses  include  fieldwork  experiences  in  general  and  special  education 
classrooms.  The  fieldwork  requirements  may  be  completed  in  the  student's  own  classroom  or 
in  exemplary  teachers'  classroom  in  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  associated  schools.  Prior  to 
applying  for  a  credential,  students  must  pass  the  state-mandated  Reading  Instruction 
Competence  Assessment  (RICA). 

General  Education  Requirements  (9-10  units) 

EDU  253  Language  Competence  and  Education  (3) 

EDU  250  Elementary  Instruction:  Theory  &  Practice  (3) 

or 

EDU  266  Principles  of  Secondary  Education  &  Content  Area  Modules  (4) 

EDU  256  Language  &  Literacy:  Elementary  Curriculum  (3) 

Special  Education  Requirements  ( 15  units) 

EDU  270B  Education  of  Exceptional  Learners  (3) 

EDU  271  Educational  Assessment-Student  with  Disabilities  (3) 

EDU  272  Classroom  Management  for  Student 

w/  Learning  &  Behavior  Problems  (3) 

EDU  275  Literacy  Instruction  for  Struggling  Readers  and  Writers  (3) 

EDU  276  Content  Area  Instruction  for  Student  with  Special  Needs  (3) 

Supervised  Teaching  Requirements  (13  units) 

EDU  378  Supervised  Teaching:  Special  Education  (6-12) 

EDU316L/364L    Intensive  Fieldwork:  General  Education  (0) 

EDU  320  Supervised  Teaching  Seminar  (1) 

Upon  completion  of  all  requirements,  students  apply  for  either  a  Certificate  of  Eligibility  for  a 
Preliminary  Education  Specialist  Credential  or,  if  employed  in  a  special  education  setting,  a 
Preliminary  Education  Specialist  Credential.  When  students  complete  the  Preliminary 
Education  Specialist  program  and  obtain  a  special  education  teaching  position,  they  must 
begin  the  Professional  Level  II  Education  Specialist  Credential  program. 


EDUCATION  151 


Supervised  Teaching  Policies 

The  supervised  teaching  experience  in  the  Teacher  Preparation  Programs  is  structured  to 
address  candidates'  diverse  levels  of  teaching  experience  of  the  credential  candidates.  An 
important  part  of  candidates'  initial  advisement  is  the  determination  of  how  they  will  fulfill 
the  supervised  teaching  requirement  based  on  their  previous  experience  and  present  situation. 

Those  planning  to  register  for  supervised  teaching  must  meet  with  their  advisor  at  least  one 
semester  before  the  beginning  of  the  semester  in  which  they  plan  to  register  for  this 
experience  and  complete  an  Application  for  Supervised  Teaching. 

Prerequisites  for  Supervised  Teaching 

1.  Official  admission  to  the  Teacher  Preparation  Program  (includes  passage  of  the  CBEST). 

2.  Official  passing  score  report  on  the  appropriate  CSET  examination 

3.  Successful  completion  of  the  appropriate  prerequisite  coursework  and  professional 
preparation  coursework  with  at  least  a  3.0  GPA. 

4.  Application  for  a  Certificate  of  Clearance. 

5.  In-Service  Teachers:  Approved  Equivalency  Petition  forms  for  waiver  of  6  units  of 
supervised  teaching. 

Options  to  Meet  Equivalency  for  Supervised  Teaching 

Option  I:  Supervised  Teaching  for  Pre-Service  Candidates 

Pre-Service  candidates  are  required  to  complete  a  full-time  supervised  teaching  experience  of 
12  units  over  one  semester  (See  EDU  1 16A/316A,  EDU164A/364A,  or  EDU/378A  below.). 
Students  are  placed  in  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Teacher  Centers  (Mount  St.  Mary's- 
affiliated  local  public  schools)  with  cooperating  teachers  for  two  six-to-seven  week 
assignments.  Students  do  not  make  their  own  arrangements  for  the  supervised  teaching 
placement.  Students  are  guided  in  teaching  techniques  by  the  cooperating  teacher  and  the 
college  supervisor  through  two  assignments  at  varying  grade  levels  and  with  culturally  and 
linguistically  diverse  student  populations.  A  bi-weekly  seminar  supports  the  supervised 
teaching  experience. 

Option  II:  Supervised  Teaching  for  In-Service  Teachers/Individualized  Intern  Certificate 
Candidates 

Option  II  is  available  only  to  candidates  whose  schools  are  located  in  Los  Angeles  County. 
Candidates  who  are  full-time,  contracted  teachers  may  fulfill  the  supervised  teaching 
component  in  their  own  classroom  (See  EDU  316C/D,  EDU  364C/D,  or  EDU  378C/D.). 
In-service  candidates  must  complete  12  units  of  supervised  teaching,  6  units  a  semester  for 
two  semesters.  Multiple  Subject  candidates  must  be  teaching  multiple  subjects  in  a  self- 
contained  classroom  in  grades  K-8.  Single  Subject  candidates  must  be  teaching  in  a 
departmentalized  setting,  in  the  subject  area  in  which  they  are  pursuing  a  credential,  typically 
in  grades  6-12.  Education  Specialist  candidates  must  be  teaching  in  a  Special  Day  Class, 
Full  Inclusion  Program  or  Resource  Specialist  Program  for  students  with  mild/moderate 
disabilities.  A  bi-weekly  seminar  supports  the  supervised  teaching  experience. 


152  EDUCATION 


Teachers  who  have  taught  successfully  on  a  full-time,  contracted  basis  in  the  appropriate 
subject  area  and  level  for  at  least  two  years  prior  to  the  supervised  teaching  semester  may 
petition  to  have  six  of  the  required  12  units  of  supervised  teaching  waived.  For  those  who 
successfully  waive  six  units  of  supervised  teaching,  the  remaining  six  units  may  be  fulfilled  in 
their  own  classroom  in  one  semester.  (If  waived,  units  are  not  awarded.)  Students  must 
submit  documentation  that  their  teaching  assignment  has  been,  and  continues  to  be,  a  full- 
time,  paid  teaching  position  and  that  the  subject  matter  and  level  are  congruent  with  the 
credential  sought.  For  secondary  credential  candidates,  other  requirements  apply;  please  see 
the  Program  Director.  Equivalency  petitions  are  available  from  the  education  advisor  and 
must  be  approved  by  the  program  director  prior  to  enrollment  in  supervised  teaching. 

Intensives:  Private  school  teachers  are  required  to  complete  fieldwork  in  a  public  school 
classroom.  Secondary  candidates  satisfy  this  requirement  during  the  early  fieldwork 
assignments  in  the  methods  courses  (EDU  266,  267,  268).  Elementary  candidates  satisfy  this 
requirement  during  a  two-week  intensive  in  a  public  school  classroom  (See  EDU  316L.). 
Education  Specialist  candidates  are  required  to  complete  field  work  in  a  general  education 
classroom.  This  requirement  is  satisfied  by  completing  a  two-week  intensive  in  an  elementary 
or  secondary  classroom  (See  EDU  316L.). 

Option  HI:  Private  School  Teachers  with  Three  or  More  Years  of  Experience 
State  regulations  under  SB  57  allow  private  school  teachers  with  three  or  more  years  of 
appropriate  experience  to  waive  all  of  the  supervised  teaching  requirement  for  the  Preliminary 
Multiple  Subject  or  Single  Subject  Credential.  State  guidelines  and  procedures  are  available 
from  the  program  advisors. 

Professional  Clear  Credential  Programs 

Professional  Clear  Multiple  Subject  and  Single  Subject  Teacher 
Credential  Programs 

New  regulations  and  guidelines  for  the  Professional  Clear  Multiple  Subject  and  Single 
Subject  Credentials  have  been  developed  by  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher 
Credentialing.  There  are  now  several  options  for  completion  of  the  professional  clear 
requirements.  Students  should  see  a  program  advisor  to  determine  the  most  appropriate 
program  for  them  to  pursue.  The  Education  Department  has  a  California  Commission  of 
Teacher  Credentialing  approved  fifth  year  program  of  study  for  the  Multiple  and  Single 
Subject  Professional  Clear  Credential.  This  program  requires  30  semester  units  of  post- 
Baccalaureate  coursework  including  the  following  advanced  courses.  A  total  of  15  units  of 
coursework  must  be  taken  in  residence  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  to  be  eligible  for  a 
college  recommendation  for  a  professional  clear  credential.  The  "fifth  year"  option  for  a 
professional  clear  credential  is  only  available  to  candidates  working  in  school  settings  that  do 
not  have  a  CCTC  approved  induction  program. 

Advanced  Courses 

EDU  270B  Education  of  Exceptional  Learners  (3) 

EDU  205  Technologies  for  Educators  (3) 

EDU  289  English  Learners:  Supporting  Educational  Equity  and  Access  (3) 

EDU213B  Healthy  Environments  for  Student  Learning  (3) 


EDUCATION  153 


Professional  Level  II  Education  Specialist: 
Mild/Moderate  Disabilities  Credential  Program 

Students  are  eligible  to  begin  the  Professional  Education  Specialist  program  when  they 
complete  the  Preliminary  Education  Specialist  program  and  obtain  a  special  education 
teaching  position  working  with  students  with  mild/moderate  disabilities.  This  must  be  a  full- 
time,  long-term  position.  Teachers  in  day-to-day  substitute  or  long-term  substitute  positions 
are  not  eligible  for  this  program. 

In  the  Professional  Education  Specialist  program,  students  work  with  a  district  support 
provider  and  a  college  advisor  to  develop  a  Professional  Induction  Plan  that  includes 
advanced  coursework,  professional  experiences,  and  a  one-year  mentorship  under  an  assigned 
support  provider.  The  program  is  designed  to  meet  the  studentes  individual  needs  and 
professional  development  goals.  The  plan  must  be  developed  within  the  first  120  days  of 
employment.  Students  may  complete  a  CLAD  certificate,  a  Masters  degree,  a  multiple  or 
single  subject  credential,  or  non-college  professional  development  activities  as  a  part  of  their 
Professional  Education  Specialist  program.  The  program,  including  30  post-Baccalaureate 
degree  units,  must  be  completed  within  five  years  of  the  issuance  date  of  the  preliminary 
credential. 

The  Professional  Education  Specialist  Program  is  offered  in  collaboration  with  Loyola 
Marymount  University. 

Core  Special  Education  Requirements  (10  units) 

EDU  321  Professional  Induction  Planning  Seminar  (0.5) 

EDU  281  Advanced  Issues  in  Assessment  and  Instruction  of  Students  with  Special 

Needs  (3) 

EDU  282  Consultation  and  Collaboration  for  Students  w/  Special  Needs       (3) 

EDU  283  Supportive  Environments  for  Students  with  Behavioral  and  Emotional 

Needs  (3) 

EDU  322  Professional  Educator  Evaluation  Seminar  (0.5) 

Elective  (3  units)  or  Non-University  Option  (45  hours) 

Depending  on  their  individual  needs  and  professional  goals,  students  may  elect  to  complete 
their  Level  II  special  education  requirements  by  taking  a  three-unit  elective  course  or  by 
completing  45  hours  of  approved  professional  development  activities.  Students  who  choose 
to  take  a  three-unit  elective  are  encouraged  to  select  a  course  that  will  enable  them  to  pursue 
a,  CLAD  certificate,  Multiple  Subject  Credential,  Single  Subject  Credential,  or  Masters 
degree  in  conjunction  with  the  Level  II  program. 

Additional  Professional  Clear  Requirements  (5  units) 

EDU  205  Technologies  for  Teachers  (3) 

EDU  2 1 3  A  Health-Related  Issues  in  Education  ( 1 ) 

and  CPR 


154  EDUCATION 


Teacher  Preparation  Course  Equivalency 

Candidates  who  have  had  previous  courses/experience  which  are  equivalent  to  the  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College  teacher  preparation  requirements  may  petition  through  the  program  advisor  to 
have  such  courses/experience  accepted  in  lieu  of  the  prescribed  coursework  for  a  teaching 
credential.  Courses  for  which  equivalency  is  granted  must  have  been  completed  no  more  than 
seven  years  previous  to  the  date  of  petition,  with  a  grade  of  B-  or  better.  Courses  must  have 
been  taken  for  a  letter  grade.  Narrative  assessment  will  be  considered.  Pass/Fail  or  Credit/No 
Credit  courses  are  not  accepted  for  course  equivalency.  It  is  the  candidate's  responsibility  to 
obtain,  complete,  and  submit  the  required  petition  forms  and  supporting  documents  to  the 
program  director.  The  program  director  makes  a  recommendation  in  consultation  with  the 
instructor  who  is  responsible  for  the  course  for  which  the  candidate  is  seeking  equivalency. 
The  department  chair  reviews  this  recommendation.  No  grades  or  unit  credits  are  granted  or 
indicated  on  the  candidate's  transcript  as  a  result  of  this  process.  However,  completion  of  the 
equivalency  is  indicated  in  the  candidate's  advisement  file.  No  more  than  six  units  may  be 
fulfilled  in  this  manner  to  qualify  for  the  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  recommendation  for  the 
credential. 


EDUCATION  155 


Master  of  Science  in  Education 

Master  of  Science  in  Conjunction  with  a  Preliminary  Teacher 
Preparation  Program 

Programs  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Education  in  conjunction  with  a 
preliminary  teaching  credential  are  available  with  the  following  areas  of  concentration: 

Elementary  Education 

Secondary  Education 

Special  Education:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities 

Master  of  Science  in  Conjunction  with  a  Professional  Clear 
Credential  Program 

Candidates  may  pursue  a  Master  of  Science  in  Education  in  conjunction  with  a  professional 
clear  credential  in  the  above  areas  of  concentration. 

Master  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Concentration  in 
Instructional  Leadership 

This  advanced  Masters  degree  program  is  designed  for  candidates  with  teaching  experience 
who  wish  to  obtain  the  skills  and  knowledge  that  will  prepare  them  to  assume  instructional 
leadership  roles.  Program  options  are  available  for  candidates  who  wish  to  also  prepare  for 
National  Board  Certification. 

Application  Requirements 

The  same  application  requirements  for  a  Teacher  Preparation  Program  apply  to  the  Master  of 
Science  in  Education  in  conjunction  with  a  preliminary  teaching  credential.  For  the 
Instructional  Leadership  Program,  candidates  must  hold  a  valid  NCLB  compliant  teaching 
credential  and  be  employed  in  an  educational  setting.  Candidates  apply  through  the  Graduate 
Division  and  must  meet  all  admission  requirements  within  the  first  semester  of  enrollment 
(See  Graduate  Degree  Admission  Policies,  p.  81,  for  application  requirements.). 

Program  Requirements 

Candidates  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Education  must  complete  30  units  of 
graduate  coursework  including  six  semester  units  of  core  course  requirements  and  other 
coursework  required  for  the  area  of  concentration. 

Core  Course  Requirements  (6  units) 

EDU  200  Research  Methods  (3) 

EDU296A  Masters  Project  Proposal  Seminar  (1) 

EDU  296B  Masters  Project  Seminar  (2) 


156  EDUCATION 


Elementary  Education  Concentration  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  core  course  requirements,  candidates  complete  the  coursework  required  for 
the  Multiple  Subject  Teacher  Preparation  Program.  (See  pp.  147,  152.) 

Secondary  Education  Concentration  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  core  course  requirements,  candidates  complete  the  coursework  required  for 
the  Single  Subject  Teacher  Preparation  Program.  (See  pp.  147,  152.) 

Special  Education:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities  Concentration 
Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  core  course  requirements,  candidates  complete  the  coursework  required  for 
the  Education  Specialist:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities  Teacher  Preparation  Program.  (See 
pp.  150,  153.) 

Instructional  Leadership  Concentration  Requirements 

The  Masters  in  Education  with  a  concentration  in  Instructional  Leadership  is  designed  to 
prepare  experienced  teachers  to  assume  leadership  roles  in  curriculum  and  instruction.  In 
addition  to  the  6  units  of  core  masters  courses  (EDU  200,  296),  candidates  complete  24  units 
of  graduate  coursework.  Several  options  are  available  that  will  allow  teachers  to  combine 
their  graduate  degree  work  with  preparation  for  a  Professional  Clear  Credential  or  National 
Board  Certification.    This  new  program  will  be  available  beginning  Fall  2006.  Program  and 
course  descriptions  are  available  from  the  Education  Department  as  a  supplement  to  the  2006- 
2008  catalog. 

Masters  Project 

The  Masters  Project  is  a  classroom-based  project  designed  to  improve  the  candidate's 
teaching  practice  through  the  implementation  of  research-based  practice.  Qualitative  and 
quantitative  research  methodologies  are  acceptable.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on  reflective, 
evidence-based  practice.  The  project  must  be  grounded  in  current  research  in  education. 

To  enroll  in  EDU  296 A  and  begin  work  on  the  Masters  project,  students  must  have  passed  all 
subtests  of  the  appropriate  CSET  examination,  have  a  grade  of  B  or  better  in  EDU  200  and 
have  no  more  than  three  units  of  required  coursework  outstanding.  Candidates  are  required  to 
prepare  and  obtain  approval  of  the  masters  project  proposal  before  enrolling  in  EDU  296B, 
Masters  Project  Seminar.  Candidates  who  have  completed  the  first  three  chapters  of  their 
project,  collected  and  analyzed  their  data  and  presented  their  project  findings  at  the  Masters' 
Sharing  event  will  be  permitted  to  walk  in  the  graduation  ceremony,  but  they  will  not  receive 
their  degree  until  all  requirements,  including  the  approval  of  the  final  project,  have  been  met. 
Candidates  who  are  not  able  to  complete  their  project  during  the  semester  in  which  they 
reenrolled  in  EDU  297B  will  be  required  to  enroll  in  a  one-unit  project  continuation  course 
(EDU  297  A,B,  C)  for  the  subsequent  semesters  (excluding  the  summer  session),  until  the 
project  is  complete.  Once  three  project  continuation  courses  are  completed,  no  other  options 
for  completing  the  Masters  degree  are  available. 

NOTE: 

All  post-Baccalaureate  programs  of  study  offered  by  the  Education  Department  are  graduate 
level  programs,  whether  leading  to  a  Masters  degree  or  not  (e.g.,  Elementary  and  Secondary 
Teacher  Preparation  Programs).  As  such,  these  programs  are  governed  by  policies  and 
procedures  for  graduate  degree  programs  in  all  applicable  areas.  Since  credential  regulations 
and  legislation  are  subject  to  change,  it  is  important  to  contact  the  Education  Department  for 
up-to-date  information. 


EDUCATION  157 


Grading  Policies 

All  education  program  courses,  liberal  studies  courses,  and  subject  matter  preparation  courses 
must  be  taken  on  a  letter  grade  basis,  except  EDU  39,  100,  101,  102  and  supervised  teaching 
which  are  Credit/No  Credit  courses. 

Undergraduate  students  must  maintain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  2.5.  Failure  to 
maintain  the  2.5  GPA  places  a  student  on  probation.  (See  p.  79  for  the  College  probation 
policy). 

Students  must  maintain  a  GPA  of  3.0  in  education  program  courses,  including  prerequisites.  If 
a  student's  GPA  in  education  classes  drops  below  3.0  in  any  semester,  the  student  is  placed  on 
probation  for  the  next  semester.  If  the  student  does  not  attain  a  GPA  of  a  3.0  in  the  program, 
including  prerequisites,  within  two  semesters  on  probation,  the  student  will  be  disqualified 
from  the  program.  Students  may  repeat  education  courses  in  which  a  grade  of  C-  was  earned 
to  raise  the  GPA  to  3.0. 

Course  credit  is  not  granted  for  a  grade  of  D  or  F  in  an  education  course.  A  student  may 
repeat  the  first  course  in  which  a  grade  of  D  or  F  is  received.  Receiving  a  second  D  or  F, 
either  in  the  repeated  course  or  in  another  course  in  the  program,  results  in  disqualification 
from  the  program.  This  policy  includes  the  courses  required  for  the  professional  clear 
teaching  credential.  For  supervised  teaching,  students  will  be  assigned  credit  (CR)  for  the 
experience  if  their  performance  in  the  Supervised  Teaching  course  is  evaluated  as  C  quality  or 
better.  If  a  student's  work  is  evaluated  as  work  of  below  C  quality,  no  credit  (NC)  will  be 
awarded.  Students  receiving  a  grade  of  NC  may  petition  to  re-register  for  6  to  12  units  of 
supervised  teaching. 


EDU  31  Introduction  to  Early  Childhood  Education:  Profession  and 

Programs  (3) 

A  study  of  the  history,  scope,  and  current  philosophies  of  programs  for  young  children. 
Observations  in  a  variety  of  local  early  childhood  programs,  and  exploration  of  the  education 
and  licensing  requirements  for  such  programs.  Ethical  and  value  issues  in  working  with 
children  and  their  families,  as  well  as  the  importance  of  becoming  an  advocate  for  upgrading 
the  profession  and  improving  the  quality  of  children's  services,  are  stressed. 
EDU  32  Early  Childhood  Education:  Observation  and  Curriculum 

Planning  (3) 

Introduction  and  use  of  alternative  formats  for  recording  observations  of  children.  Use  of 
observational  data  and  portfolios  to  diagnose  children's  interests,  developmental  levels,  and 
learning  needs.  Review  of  basic  principles  of  child  development  and  their  application  in  the 
early  childhood  setting  by  means  of  observation  and  curriculum  planning.  Opportunities  to 
create  environments  that  enhance  cultural  pluralism.  Includes  opportunity  for  observation  and 
participation  in  an  early  childhood  setting.  Prerequisite:  Departmental  approval. 

EDU  33/133    The  Visual  and  Performing  Arts  for  the  Young  Child  (3) 

A  study  of  the  visual  arts  (basic  concepts,  theories,  and  techniques);  dance  (basic  concepts, 
and  improvisations  including  philosophical  and  practical  differences  among  the  various 
disciplines  of  dance);  music  (singing,  listening  and  improvisational  activities);  theatre  arts 
(creative  drama,  role  playing,  improvisation  and  story  enactment).  Lab  fee  of  $20.00  required. 


158  EDUCATION 


EDU  36  Emergent  Math  and  Science  Experiences  in  the  Preschool 

Classroom  (3) 

An  exploration  of  ways  to  enhance  children's  natural  interest  in  mathematics  and  their 

disposition  to  use  it  to  make  sense  of  their  physical  and  social  worlds.  Students  will  also  learn 

to  create  preschool  science  programs  based  on  the  premise  that  young  children  develop 

science  knowledge  as  they  observe  and  act  on  the  world,  ask  questions,  make  predictions,  test 

those  predictions,  and  reflect  on  their  experience.  Piaget's  theory  of  cognitive  development 

will  be  studied  in  detail. 

EDU  37  Infant  and  Toddler  Development  and  Care  (3) 

This  course  presents  an  in-depth  study  of  infant  and  toddler  development.  The  principles  of 

infant  and  toddler  care-giving  with  an  emphasis  on  the  environment  and  appropriate  learning 

activities  will  be  explored.  Health,  safety,  nutrition,  and  parent  relations  will  also  be 

discussed.  Observation  of  infants  and  toddlers  and  programs  for  them  is  required. 

EDU  39  Supervised  Field  Work:  Preschool  (6) 

Instruction  of  children  in  an  early  childhood  setting  under  the  direction  of  a  master  teacher. 

Conferences  with  teachers  and  supervisors  accompany  this  work.  Weekly  seminars  include 

methods  of  curriculum  planning  and  child  guidance,  as  well  as  content  related  to  children's 

health,  safety,  and  nutrition.  Prerequisite:  Departmental  approval.  This  course  is  taken  for 

CR/NC. 

EDU  99  Special  Studies  (.5-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

EDU  100         Introduction  to  Liberal  Studies  and  the  Concurrent 

Program  of  Undergraduate  Teacher  Preparation  (1) 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences  and  to  the  concurrent  program  of 

teacher  preparation.  Students  are  introduced  to  the  interrelationships  among  subject  matter 

areas  and  to  the  essential  connection  between  subject  matter  preparation  and  pedagogy 

(methods  of  teaching  and  assessment  of  learning).  Integrating  themes  of  diversity  and 

technology  are  introduced.  Other  topics  include  the  philosophy  of  the  liberal  studies  major 

and  the  goals  of  the  concurrent  program  of  teacher  preparation  and  the  California  Content 

Specifications  included  in  the  program  of  study.  The  MSMC  Liberal  Studies  Portfolio  and  the 

California  Subject  Matter  Examination  for  Teachers  (CSET),  as  components  of  the  final 

assessment  of  the  major  and  the  subject  matter  preparation  program,  are  introduced  and 

explained. 

EDU  101  Introduction  to  the  Concentration:  Liberal  Studies  Major  (.5) 

This  seminar  provides:  (1)  an  introduction  to  the  concentration  selected  as  part  of  the  Liberal 

Studies  Major  and  (2)  a  continuing  focus  on  the  program  in  relation  to  topics  introduced  in 

EDU  100.  Students  focus  on:  a)  the  coherent  relationship  among  the  courses,  b)  the  role  of 

technology  in  society  and  of  ethical  issues  surrounding  the  impact  of  technology  on  society,  c) 

an  understanding  of  the  diverse  ethnic,  gender,  cultural,  and  disability  perspectives,  and  d) 

organization  of  knowledge  in  the  major  and  the  various  teaching  strategies  experienced  in  the 

areas  of  study.  Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  EDU  100. 


EDUCATION  159 


EDU  102  Integrative  Seminar  in  Liberal  Studies    (1) 

Culminating  course  required  to  complete  the  Liberal  Studies  Major.  Students  examine  the 
relationships  among  the  disciplines  included  in  their  program  of  study,  synthesize  the  major 
themes,  and  compare  the  forms  of  inquiry.  Requirements  for  the  Liberal  Studies  Portfolio  are 
reviewed  and  selected  requirements  discussed  and  submitted  as  class  assignments.  Course 
includes  review  of  application  procedures  for  supervised  teaching,  including  the  California 
Subject  Matter  Examination  for  Teachers  (CSET)  as  a  required  component. 

EDU  106/206  School  &  Society  (3) 

The  course  explores  major  concepts  and  principles  regarding  the  historical  and  contemporary 
purposes,  roles  and  functions  of  formal  education  in  American  society.  Three  primary  areas 
are  examined:  (1)  the  social  and  cultural  conditions  of  K-12  schooling,  especially  as  it  relates 
to  persistent  inequalities  in  schools  and  the  role  of  teachers  in  the  creation  of  equitable 
classrooms;  (2)  the  underlying  principles,  values,  and  history  of  the  content  areas  taught  in  K- 
12  schools  in  the  U.S.;  and  (3)  legal  and  ethical  obligations  of  teachers  and  schools  in  todayes 
society. 
EDU  116A/316A        Supervised  Teaching:  Elementary  Fieldwork  (6, 12) 

(Additional  fieldwork  fee  of  $300)    Fall  or  Spring  in  Teacher  Center. 

EDU  116B/316B         Supervised  Teaching:  Elementary  Fieldwork  (6) 

(Additional  fieldwork  fee  of  $150)    Fall  or  Spring  in  Teacher  Center. 

EDU  316C  Supervised  Teaching:  Elementary  Fieldwork  (6) 

Fall  or  Spring  in  candidatees  own  classroom. 

EDU  316L  Intensive  Fieldwork:  Elementary  (0) 

Fall,  Spring  or  Summer  in  Teacher  Center  (Additional  fieldwork  fee  of  $150.) 
Supervised  teaching  is  designed  as  the  culminating  experience  in  the  teacher  preparation 
program  and  provides  opportunities  for  the  candidate  to  integrate  and  refine  the  many 
competencies  acquired  throughout  the  program.  The  goal  of  supervised  teaching  is  to  ensure 
that  the  candidate  is  prepared  to  assume  the  full-time  responsibilities  of  a  classroom. 

In  EDU  116A/316A,  the  candidate  assumes  the  responsibilities  of  the  classroom  teacher  and 
is  under  the  direct  supervision  of  an  experienced  and  effective  teacher  and  a  college 
supervisor.  The  supervised  teaching  involves  two  assignments,  each  spanning  one-half  of  the 
semester  in  two  schools,  and  at  two  grade  levels  (primary  and  intermediate).  Full-time 
teaching  is  required  along  with  participation  in  the  bi-weekly  seminar  (EDU  23/323)  [See 
Option  I,  p.  151.].  The  candidate  must  have  access  to  daily  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site. 

In  EDU116B/316B,  the  candidate  assumes  the  responsibilities  of  the  classroom  teacher  and  is 
under  the  direct  supervision  of  an  experienced  and  effective  teacher  and  a  college  supervisor. 
The  supervised  teaching  involves  one  assignment  over  one  semester  in  one  school  and  at  one 
grade  level  (primary  or  intermediate).  Full-time  teaching  is  required  along  with  participation 
in  the  bi-weekly  seminar  (EDU  123/323)  [See  Option  I,  p.  151.].  The  candidate  must  have 
access  to  daily  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site. 


160  EDUCATION 


In  EDU  316C,  candidates  teach  in  their  own  classrooms  over  one  or  two 
semesters  (6  units  per  semester)  and  are  supervised  by  an  on-site  supervisor 
and  a  college  supervisor.  Full-time  teaching  is  required  along  with 
participation  in  the  bi-weekly  seminar  (EDU  123/323).  [See  Option  II,  p. 
151]. 

In  EDU  316L,  Intensive  Fieldwork,  provides  private  school  teachers  and  special  education 
candidates  with  the  opportunity  to  observe  and  participate  in  a  general  education,  elementary 
public  school  setting.  Prerequisites:  Satisfactory  completion  of  all  program  courses  with  a 
3.0  GPA,  completion  of  an  Application  for  Supervised  Teaching  one  semester  before 
supervised  teaching,  verification  of  passing  scores  on  CBEST  and  CSET  Multiple  Subject 
examinations,  application  for  a  Certificate  of  Clearance 


Seminar  (2) 

This  course  is  the  final  seminar  in  the  Teacher  Preparation  Program.  Taken  concurrently  with 
the  supervised  teaching  fieldwork,  if  required,  it  provides  a  culminating  forum  for  discussion, 
reflection,  and  goal-setting  toward  developing  professionalism  as  a  teacher.  Course  activities 
will  extend  candidates'  understanding  of  key  concepts  and  principles  in  the  California 
Standards  for  the  Teaching  Profession  and  allow  candidates  to  demonstrate  competence  on 
the  Teaching  Performance  Assessment. 

EDU  138A      Organization  and  Administration  of  Early  Childhood 
Education  Programs:  Program  Development  and  Curriculum  (3) 

Various  program  structures  and  curricula  will  be  examined  together  with  administrative  styles 
relevant  to  the  operation  of  early  childhood  education  programs.  Development  and 
implementation  of  appropriate  curricula  will  be  stressed  as  will  environmental  planning. 
Course  will  partially  fulfill  administrative  requirement  for  Child  Development  Director 
Permit. 

EDU  138B       Organization  and  Administration  of  Early  Childhood 
Education  Programs:  Financial  and  Legal  Aspects  (3) 

Examination  of  various  funding  and  legal  requirements  in  the  operation  of  early  childhood 
programs  with  special  focus  on  budgeting,  staffing,  licensing  and  compliance  with  Federal 
and  State  requirements.  Course  will  partially  fulfill  administrative  requirement  for  Child 
Development  Director  Permit. 

EDU  138C       Organization  and  Administration  of  Early  Childhood 
Education  Programs:  Management  of  Non-Profit  Programs  (3) 
This  course  will  introduce  non-business  majors  to  managerial  theories  to  lead  non-profit 
organizations.  The  learning  experience  includes  review  of  literature,  class  presentations  and 
active  sponsorship  of  service  organizations.  A  service-learning  project  integrates  theory 
with  practice,  requiring  team  cooperation,  planning  and  accountability. 
(Also  BUS  139,  GER  138,  PSY  128  and  SOC  138) 


EDUCATION  161 


EDU  150/250  Elementary  Instruction:  Theory  and  Practice  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  develop  effective  instructional  and  management  methods  within  the 
context  of  a  multilingual  society  and  is  the  introductory  professional  preparation  course  for 
the  Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program.  Students  develop  effective  educational 
practices  through  observation  and  participation  in  an  elementary  school  classroom,  inquiry- 
based  research  carried  out  by  the  teacher  candidates  themselves,  the  use  of  technology  tools 
and  curriculum  resources,  and  the  study  of  educational  and  language  learning  theories.  Course 
content  includes  classroom  management,  standards-based  lesson  planning,  and  an  emphasis 
on  content  instruction  for  students  learning  English  as  a  new  language.  GS-VI 
Note:  On-site  school  observations  require  a  minimum  commitment  of  several  hours  a  week 
during  the  teaching  day,  as  well  as  travel  time  to  and  from  Teacher  Centers.  Candidates  must 
have  access  to  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site. 

EDU  252         Culture  and  Cultural  Diversity  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  for  teacher  candidates  to  explore  the  role  that  culture  plays  and  has 
played  in  our  lives,  classrooms,  city  and  country.  Students  analyze  the  nature  and 
manifestations  of  culture,  the  concepts  of  cultural  contact,  and  the  history  of  cultural  diversity 
in  the  United  States  and  California.  The  dynamics  of  prejudice  are  studied,  and  emphasis  is 
placed  on  delineating  curriculum  and  practices  that  honor,  motivate,  and  empower  all 
students.  Examination  of  personal  biases  and  identification  of  areas  of  deficient  knowledge  is 
encouraged.  Use  of  the  Los  Angeles  community  as  a  powerful  resource  will  be  explored. 
EDU  154/254  Mathematics  and  Science:  Elementary  Curriculum    (3) 
This  course  examines  mathematics  and  science  concepts  and  theories  and  their  application  in 
teaching.  A  major  focus  is  on  constructivist  learning  and  inquiry  and  related  instructional 
methods  and  assessment  procedures.  Concrete,  manipulative  materials  critical  to  the  learning 
of  mathematics  and  science  are  used  throughout  the  course.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  both 
individual  and  group  participation.  Note:  Observation  and  participation  in  exemplary- 
mathematics  and  science  elementary  school  classrooms  plus  travel  time  is  required. 
Candidates  must  have  access  to  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site    Prerequisite: 
EDU  150/250. 

EDU  155/255  Social  Science  and  The  Arts:  Elementary  Curriculum  (3) 

This  course  introduces  curriculum  and  instructional  methods  for  teaching  social  studies  and 
the  arts  in  elementary  school.  Course  content  addresses  the  scope  and  sequence  of  the  social 
science  and  arts  curricula;  thematic  teaching  and  the  integration  of  the  social  science  and  arts 
disciplines  in  relation  to  California  Content  Standards  and  Frameworks;  the  use  of  technology 
resources;  and  support  for  English  language  learners.  Candidates  use  backwards  design  to 
create  an  original  curriculum  unit.  Note:  Observation  and  participation  in  community 
instructional  settings  plus  travel  time  is  required-  Candidates  must  hare  access  to 
transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site.  Prerequisites:  EDU  150/250  and,  for  undergraduates, 
official  acceptance  in  the  Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  with  a  passing  CBEST 
score. 

EDU  156/256  Language  and  Literacy:  Elementary  Curriculum  (3) 

This  course  encompasses  language  and  literacy  learning  in  the  elementary  grades  and 
methods  for  teaching  a  balanced  literacy  program  to  multiethnic,  multilingual  student 
populations.  Current  theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  the  reading,  writing,  and  related 
language  arts  curriculum  will  be  learned.  These  include  explicit  instruction  and  strategies  for 
developing  a  balanced  literacy  program  for  native  English  speakers  and  English  language 
learners;  observational  skills  necessary  for  helping  individual  students;  and  exploring 
appropriate  materials.  Methods  and  principles  for  developing  proficient  readers  and  writers 


162  EDUCATION 


and  for  analyzing  students"  strengths  and  areas  of  needed  growth  will  be  studied  and 
practiced,  including  use  of  technological  tools  and  resources.  Note:  Fifteen  hours  of  focused 
observations  and  participation  (plus  travel  time)  are  required  in  an  exemplary  elementary 
school  classroom  during  language  arts  instruction.  Candidates  must  have  access  to 
transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site.  Prerequisites:  ENG  102/EDU  253  and  EDU 150/250 
and,  for  undergraduates,  official  acceptance  in  the  Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program 
with  a  passing  CBEST  score. 


EDU  164/364-A  Supervised  Teaching:  Secondary  Fieldwork  (12) 

Fall  or  Spring  in  Teacher  Center 
(Additional  fieldwork  fee  of $300) 

EDU  164/364-B  Supervised  Teaching:  Secondary  Fieldwork  (6) 

Fall  or  Spring  in  Teacher  Center 
(Additional  fieldwork  fee  of  $150) 

EDU  164/364-C  Supervised  Teaching:  Secondary  Fieldwork  (6) 

Fall  or  Spring  in  candidate's  own  classroom 

EDU  364L  Intensive  Fieldwork:  Secondary  (0) 

For  Education  Specialist  candidates  only. 

Fall,  Spring  or  Summer  in  Teacher  Center  (Additional  fieldwork  fee  of  $150) 

Supervised  teaching  is  designed  as  the  culminating  experience  in  the  teacher  preparation 
program  and  provides  opportunities  for  the  candidate  to  integrate  and  refine  the  many 
competencies  acquired  throughout  the  program.  The  goal  of  supervised  teaching  is  to  prepare 
the  candidate  to  assume  the  full-time  responsibilities  of  a  classroom. 

In  EDU  164/364A,  the  candidate  assumes  the  responsibilities  of  the  classroom  teacher  and  is 
under  the  direct  supervision  of  an  experienced  and  effective  teacher  and  a  college  supervisor. 
The  supervised  teaching  involves  two  assignments,  each  spanning  one-half  of  the  semester  in 
two  schools,  and  at  two  grade  levels  (middle  school  and  high  school).  Full-time  teaching  is 
required  along  with  participation  in  the  bi-weekly  seminar  (EDU  123/323).  [See  Option  I, 
p.  151.].  Candidates  must  have  access  to  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site. 

In  EDU164B/364B,  the  candidate  assumes  the  responsibilities  of  the  classroom  teacher  and  is 
under  the  direct  supervision  of  an  experienced  and  effective  teacher  and  a  college  supervisor. 
The  supervised  teaching  involves  one  assignment  over  one  semester  in  one  school  and  at  one 
grade  level  (middle  school  or  high  school).  Full-time  teaching  is  required  along  with 
participation  in  the  bi-weekly  seminar  (EDU  123/323).  [See  Option  I,  p.  151.]  Candidates 
must  have  access  to  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site. 

In  EDU  364C,  candidates  teach  in  their  own  classrooms  over  one  or  two  semesters  (6  units 
per  semester)  and  are  supervised  by  an  on-site  supervisor  and  a  college  supervisor.  Full-time 
teaching  is  required  along  with  participation  in  the  bi-weekly  seminar  (EDU  123/323). [See 
Option  II,  p.  151] 


EDUCATION  163 


EDU  166/266  Principles  of  Secondary  Education  and  Content  Area 
Modules  (4) 

Principles  of  Secondary  Education  is  the  initial  professional  preparation  course  in  the 
Secondary  Teacher  Preparation  Program.  This  course  provides  opportunities  to  assess  student 
development  and  to  design  and  deliver  instruction  informed  by  contemporary  learning  theory 
and  research,  practical  experience,  and  inquiry.  The  role  of  the  teacher  is  examined  as  one 
who  assists  student  performance,  with  special  attention  to  the  needs  of  adolescents,  English 
learners,  and  urban  populations  and  settings.  Content  Area  Modules  for  each  of  the  content 
areas  are  integrated  into  this  course.  These  modules  address  content-specific  instructional  and 
curricular  strategies.  Each  candidates  is  enrolled  in  his/her  specific  content  area  module  and 
works  with  a  Content  Area  Coach,  a  current  expert  teacher  in  that  discipline.  Note: 
Approximately  15  hours  offieldwork  in  the  Content  Area  Coach's  classroom  is  required. 
Candidates  must  have  access  to  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site.  Prerequisite:  For 
undergraduates,  official  acceptance  in  the  Secondary  Teacher  Preparation  Program  with  a 
passing  CBEST  score. 

EDU  167/267  Principles  of  Secondary  Curriculum  and  Content  Area 
Modules  (4) 

Principles  of  Secondary  Curriculum  is  a  continuation  of  EDU  166/266  and  focuses  on  the 
teacher  as  curricular  decision-maker  and  instructional  designers.  Students  deepen  their 
knowledge  of  assessment  of  student  development,  design  and  delivery  of  instruction,  and 
educational  equity.  Students  use  backwards  design  to  create  units  of  instruction  and  develop 
performance  assessments  anchored  in  the  California  content  standards  for  their  discipline. 
Content  Area  Modules  for  each  of  the  content  areas  are  integrated  into  this  course.  These 
modules  address  content-specific  instructional  and  curricular  strategies.  Each  candidate  is 
enrolled  in  his/her  specific  content  area  module  and  works  with  a  Content  Area  Coach,  a 
current  expert  teacher  in  that  discipline. 

Note:  Approximately  15  hours  offieldwork  in  the  Content  Area  Coach's  classroom  is 
required.   Candidates  must  have  access  to  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site.  Prerequisite: 
EDU  166/266. 

EDU  168/268  Content-Based  Reading  Instruction  and  Content  Area 
Modules  (4) 

Content-Based  Reading  Instruction  encompasses  language  and  literacy  development  in 
secondary  curricula  and  methods  for  enhancing  that  development  with  multiethnic, 
multilingual  student  populations.  The  interwoven  nature  of  speaking,  reading,  writing,  and 
listening  in  content  area  instruction  will  be  explored,  with  emphasis  on  the  importance  of 
content-based  discourse  in  the  development  of  disciplinary  understanding  and  critical 
thinking.  Course  content  includes  instructional  and  assessment  strategies  for  students  learning 
English.  Content  Area  Modules  for  each  of  the  content  areas  are  integrated  into  this  course. 
These  modules  address  content-specific  instructional  and  curricular  strategies.  Each 
candidate  is  enrolled  in  his/her  specific  content  area  module  and  works  with  a  Content  Area 
Coach,  a  current  expert  teacher  in  that  discipline 

Note:  Approximately  15  hours  offieldwork  in  the  Content  Area  Coach's  classroom  is 
required.   Candidates  must  have  access  to  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site.  Prerequisite: 
ENG  102/EDU253,  EDU  166/277,  and  EDU  167/267. 


164  EDUCATION 


EDU  170/270A  Introduction  to  the  Education  of  Exceptional  Learners  (1) 

This  course  is  designed  to  introduce  teacher  preparation  candidates  to  the  general  educators' 
role  and  responsibilities  in  the  education  of  exceptional  learners  in  the  general  education 
classroom.  Characteristic  of  students  with  disabilities  and  gifted  and  talented  students  are 
explored  as  candidates  visit  programs  for  exceptional  learners.  Candidates  develop  basic 
skills  in  the  assessment  of  the  learning  and  language  abilities  of  exceptional  learners  and 
apply  their  knowledge  of  the  state  and  federal  laws  pertaining  to  the  education  of  the  students 
with  disabilities  during  a  class  simulation  of  an  Individualized  Education  Plan  (IEP)  meeting. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  modifying  instruction  to  meet  the  needs  of  exceptional  learners. 
Fulfills  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  Level  I  special  education 
requirement  for  the  Preliminary  and  Professional  Clear  Credential. 

EDU  270B    Education  of  Exceptional  Learners  (3) 

This  course  reviews  the  historical  and  philosophical  significance  of  special  education  and  the 
education  of  gifted  and  talented  students.  The  legal  and  administrative  framework  for 
education  of  exceptional  learners  in  California  is  addressed  with  an  emphasis  on  the  policies 
and  procedures  in  the  candidates'  school  district  for  identifying  and  providing  services  for 
these  students.  Coursework  will  emphasize  the  development  of  positive,  inclusive  classrooms 
with  differentiated  instruction  designed  to  enable  all  students  to  achieve  at  high  performance 
levels.  All  course  requirements  will  be  applied  in  the  teachers'  current  teaching  assignment. 
Fulfills  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  Level  II  special  education 
requirement  for  the  Professional  Clear  Credential.  Prerequisite:  Acceptance  in  a 
Professional  Clear  Credential  Program  and  a  current  teaching  position. 

EDU  271  Educational  Assessment  of  Students  with  Disabilities    (3) 

This  course  examines  the  educational  assessment  of  students  with  disabilities  including 
statistical  concepts  in  measuring  abilities,  principles  of  assessment,  methods  of  administration 
and  interpretation,  and  the  relationship  of  assessment  results  to  the  determination  of  eligibility 
for  special  education  services  and  the  development  of  an  Individualized  Educational  Plan. 
Standardized  educational  assessment  instruments  and  informal  curriculum-based 
measurements  are  examined.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  appropriateness  of 
standardized  and  informal  assessment  instruments  and  procedures  for  culturally  and 
linguistically  diverse  students. 

Fieldwork  Requirements:  10  hours  assessing  a  K-12  student  experiencing  significant 
academic  difficulty.  Candidates  must  have  access  to  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site. 
Prerequisites:  General  Education  Requirements  and  EDU  27 OB. 

EDU  272  Classroom  Management  for  Students  with  Learning  and 
Behavior  Problems  (3) 

This  course  provides  an  overview  of  behavioral  disturbances  in  the  classroom.  Medical, 
behavioral  and  socio-cultural  interventions  will  be  explored  with  an  emphasis  on  creating 
positive  classroom  environments  that  enable  students  with  learning  and  behavior  problems  to 
participate  productively  in  the  classroom  learning  community.  The  historical,  theoretical  and 
legal  bases  for  identification  and  treatment  of  students  with  behavior  disorders,  serious 
emotional  disturbances,  and  attention  deficit  disorders  will  be  addressed. 
Fieldwork  Requirements:  10  hours  in  a  classroom  for  students  with  learning  and  behavior 
problems.  Candidates  must  have  access  to  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site 
Prerequisites:  General  Education  Requirements  and  EDU  27 OB. 


EDUCATION  165 


ECU  275  Literacy  Instruction  for  Struggling  Readers  and  Writers  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  meet  the  competencies  required  for  language  arts  instruction  for  the 
Education  Specialist:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities  Credential  and  to  prepare  general  educators 
to  meet  the  language  arts  instructional  needs  of  general  education  students  who  experience 
literacy  development  problems.  Assessment  and  instructional  strategies  drawn  from  diverse 
perspectives  (e.g.,  behavioral,  cognitive,  social-interaction)  are  presented  and  examined 
relative  to  their  effectiveness.  Reading  and  writing  difficulties  are  examined  across  the  K-12 
continuum.  Emphasis  is  on  application  of  literacy  assessment  and  instructional  strategies  in 
actual  teaching  settings  with  students  experiencing  reading  delays. 

Fieldwork  Requirements:  10  hours  assessing  and  instructing  a  K-12  student  experiencing 
significant  reading  delay.  Candidates  must  have  access  to  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site. 
Prerequisites:  General  Education  requirements  and  ECU  27 OB. 

ECU  276  Content  Area  Instruction  for  Students  with  Special  Needs  (3) 

In  this  course  the  candidate  draws  upon  the  knowledge  and  skills  requisite  for  effective 
content  area  instruction  in  the  general  education  classroom  with  necessary  adaptations  to 
make  the  curriculum  accessible  to  students  with  special  needs.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
creation  of  curriculum  units  that  incorporate  learning  strategies  approaches  to  the  instruction 
of  students  with  mild/moderate  disabilities  and  instructional  modifications  for  students  with 
limited  English  proficiency.  Content  area  instruction  in  math,  science  and  social  studies  for 
students  with  mild  to  moderate  disabilities  in  grades  kindergarten  through  twelve  is  addressed. 
Fieldwork  requirements:  Ten  hours  in  a  special  education  setting  for  students  with 
mild/moderate  disabilities  at  the  intermediate  to  high  school  levels  Candidates  must  have 
access  to  transportation  to  the  fieldwork  site,    Prerequisites:  General  Education 
Requirements  and  ECU  270 A/B. 

ECU  378A  Supervised  Teaching:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities      (12) 

Fall  or  Spring  in  Teacher  Center.   Candidates  must  have  access  to  transportation  to  the 
fieldwork  site.   (A  dditional  fieldwork  fee  of  $3  00) . 

ECU  378B  Supervised  Teaching:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities       (6) 

Fall  or  Spring  in  Teacher  Center.  Candidates  must  have  access  to  transportation  to  the 
fieldwork  site.  (Additional  fieldwork  fee  of  $150) 

ECU  378C  Supervised  Teaching:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities  (6) 

Fall  or  Spring  in  candidates  own  classroom 

ECU  378D  Supervised  Teaching:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities  (2,3) 

Fall  or  Spring  in  candidates  own  classroom 
Individualized  Intern  Certificates  candidates  only 

Supervised  teaching  is  designed  as  the  culminating  experience  in  the  credential  program  and 
provide  opportunities  for  the  candidate  to  integrate  and  refine  the  many  competencies 
acquired  throughout  the  program.  The  goal  of  supervised  teaching  is  to  prepare  the  candidate 
to  assume  the  full-time  responsibilities  of  a  classroom.  Supervised  teaching  provides 
experiences  in  the  major  aspects  of  teaching  students  with  mild/moderate  disabilities: 
assessment,  programming,  instruction,  management,  record  maintenance,  evaluation  of 
progress,  and  collaboration  with  general  educators,  families  and  community  resources.  The 
candidate  refines  and  synthesizes  the  skills  and  knowledge  acquired  in  previous  course  work 
to  demonstrate  competency  as  a  teacher  of  culturally  diverse  students  with  mild/moderate 
disabilities.  General  Education  field  experience  is  also  required  (ECU  316L,  364L). 
Concurrent  registration  in  the  Supervised  Teaching  Seminar,  ECU  320,  is  required. 


166  EDUCATION 


Students  who  have  no  teaching  experience  complete  two  seven-week  assignments  in  a 
special  education  setting  for  students  with  mild/moderate  disabilities  in  one  of  the  MSMC 
affiliated  schools  (EDU  3 78 A,  12  units)  and  a  two-week  intensive  in  a  general  education 
classroom  (EDU  316L,  364L). 

Students  who  have  a  general  education  teaching  credential  or  two  years  or  more  of 
general  education  teaching  experience  may  petition  to  waive  the  6  units  of  the  supervised 
teaching  requirement  on  the  basis  of  their  experience.  These  students  complete  a  seven-week 
assignment  in  a  special  education  classroom  in  one  of  the  MSMC  affiliated  schools  (EDU 
378B,  6  units)  or  one  semester  of  supervision  in  their  own  special  education  classroom  (EDU 
378C,  6  units)  if  they  have  a  mild/moderate  special  education  teaching  assignment. 

In  EDU  378A,  the  candidate  assumes  the  responsibilities  of  the  classroom  teacher  and  is 
under  the  direct  supervision  of  an  experienced  and  effective  teacher  and  a  college  supervisor. 
The  supervised  teaching  involves  two  assignments,  each  spanning  one-half  of  the  semester  in 
two  schools,  and  at  two  grade  levels.  Full-time  teaching  is  required  along  with  participation 
in  the  bi-weekly  seminar  (EDU  200)  [See  Option  1,  p.  151.]. 

In  EDU  378B,  the  candidate  assumes  the  responsibilities  of  the  classroom  teacher  for  a  seven 
week  assignment  in  a  classroom  for  students  with  mild/moderate  disabilities  under  the  direct 
supervision  of  an  experienced  and  effective  teacher  and  a  college  supervisor.  Full-time 
teaching  is  required  along  with  participation  in  the  bi-weekly  seminar  (EDU  320)  [See  Option 
I.p.151]. 

In  EDU  378B,  the  candidate  teaches  in  his/her  own  classroom  for  students  with 
mild/moderate  disabilities  over  one  semester.  The  candidate  is  supervised  by  an  on-site 
supervisor  and  a  college  supervisor.  Full-time  teaching  is  required  along  with  participation  in 
the  bi-weekly  seminar  (EDU  320)  [See  Option  II,  p.  151]. 

Prerequisites:  Satisfactory  completion  (3. 0  GPA)  of  coursework  required  for  the  Preliminary 
Education  Specialist:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities  credential,  verification  of  a  passing  score 
on  CB EST  and  the  CSET  Multiple  Subject  Examination,  application  for  a  Certificate  of 
Clearance,  and  approval  of  the  Program  Director.  An  Application  for  Supervised  Teaching 
must  be  filled  with  the  Program  Director  one  semester  before  supervised  teaching  experience. 


EDU  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 

EDU  199  AB  Special  Studies  (0.5-3;  0.5-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

Prerequisite:  Senior  or  graduate  standing  or  consent  of  department. 

EDU  200  Research  Methods  (3) 

A  study  of  the  various  approaches  to  educational  research  including  historical,  qualitative,  and 
quantitative.  Intended  to  develop  facility  in  reading  research  articles  and  applying  knowledge 
gained  through  research  to  one's  own  teaching  practice  and  to  issues  of  importance  in 
education.  Candidates  prepare  a  review  of  the  literature  in  an  area  of  interest. 


EDUCATION  167 


EDU  205         Technologies  for  Educators  (3) 

This  course  is  an  advanced  seminar  in  which  students  study  the  pedagogical  implications  of 
technology  in  education  and  gain  practical  experience  in  integrating  technology  into 
classroom  instruction.  In  addition  to  applying  common  software  (word  processing, 
spreadsheets,  database,  multi-media)  to  educational  objectives,  students  will  be  engaged  in 
projects  utilizing  collaborative  dialogue  tools  (email,  discussion  groups),  teleconferencing, 
internet  research,  electronic  portfolios  and  distance  learning.  The  course  meets  the  California 
Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  Level  II  technology  requirements  for  the  Professional 
Clear  Credential.  Prerequisites:  Demonstration  of  general  technological  knowledge  and  skill, 
acceptance  in  a  Professional  Clear  Credential  Program  and  a  current  teaching  position. 

EDU  212         Physical  Education:  Elementary  Curriculum  (1) 

This  course  is  designed  to  introduce  elementary  teacher  preparation  candidates  to  the 
California  Physical  Education  Framework  and  specific  teaching  strategies  for  the 
development  of  students'  motor  skills,  a  healthy  lifestyle,  student  knowledge  of  rules  and 
strategies  of  games  and  sports,  and  student  self-confidence  and  self-worth  in  relation  to 
physical  education  and  recreation. 

EDU  2 13 A      Health-Related  Issues  in  Education  (1) 

The  course  addresses  major  laws,  concepts  and  principles  related  to  creating  a  supportive, 
healthy  environment  for  K-12  student  learning.  Credential  candidates  will  study  the  effects  of 
student  health  and  safety  on  learning,  teachers'  legal  responsibilities,  and  how  to  access 
school  and  community  resources  to  meet  individual  student  needs.  They  will  practice  means 
for  working  constructively  with  students,  families,  and  community  members  on  health  and 
safety  issues. 

EDU  213B       Healthy  Environments  for  Student  Learning  (3) 
This  advanced  course  for  teachers  is  designed  to  build  upon  the  preliminary  preparation  for 
creating  a  supportive  and  healthy  environment  for  student  learning.  Teachers  will  identify 
health  and  safety  factors  that  influence  student  well-being  and  become  knowledgeable  about 
school  and  community  resources  that  support  health  and  safety  including  accident  prevention 
strategies,  violence  prevention,  the  school's  crisis  response  plan,  the  adopted  health 
curriculum,  and  school  and  community  health  and  mental  health  resources.  Major  state  and 
federal  laws  and  local  policies  and  procedures  related  to  student  health  and  safety  will  be 
reviewed  to  ensure  that  teachers  will  be  able  to  act  in  compliance  with  these  guidelines.  All 
course  assignments  will  be  applied  to  the  teaching  assignment.  Fulfills  California 
Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  Level  II  health  requirement  for  the  Professional  Clear 
Credential.  Prerequisite:  Acceptance  in  a  Professional  Clear  Credential  Program,  and  a 
current  teaching  position. 

EDU  251  Child  and  Adolescent  Development  and  Learning  Across 
Cultures  (3) 

Analyzes  learning  and  development  in  children  and  adolescents  across  cultures  and  explores 
the  complementary  and  interdependent  relationships  of  biology  and  culture.  Historical  and 
global  comparisons  will  be  made  to  contemporary  Angelino  children  as  well  as  to  the 
educator's  personal  experience.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  a  personal  philosophy  of 
how  we,  as  a  society  and  as  individuals,  can  work  to  give  children  healthy  foundations  that 
support  growth  and  learning. 


168  EDUCATION 


EDU  253  Language  Competence  and  Education      (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  general  and  special  educators  with  a  foundational 
background  in  applied  linguistics  as  it  relates  to  K-12  instruction  with  applications  for 
students  with  limited  English  proficiency  and  students  with  language  learning  disabilities. 
Topics  to  be  covered  include  the  structure  of  English;  linguistic  variation;  language 
development  in  first-  and  second-language  learners;  disorders  of  language  development,  and 
implications  for  creating  classroom  environments  that  promote  language  development. 
EDU  270B       Special  Populations:  Supporting  Educational  Equity  and 
Access  (2) 

This  course  reviews  the  historical  and  philosophical  significance  of  special  education  and  the 
education  of  gifted  and  talented  students.  The  legal  and  administrative  framework  for  the 
education  of  exceptional  learners  in  California  is  addressed  with  an  emphasis  on  the  policies 
and  procedures  in  the  candidate's  school  district  for  identifying  and  providing  services  for 
these  students.  Coursework  will  emphasize  the  development  of  positive,  inclusive  classrooms 
with  differentiated  instruction  designed  to  enable  all  students  to  achieve  at  high  performance 
levels.  All  course  requirements  will  be  applied  in  the  teacher's  current  teaching  assignment. 
Fulfills  California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  Level  II  special  education 
requirement  for  the  Professional  Clear  Credential.  Prerequisite:  Acceptance  in  a 
Professional  Clear  Credential  Program  and  a  current  teaching  position. 

EDU  281         Advanced  Issues  in  Assessment  &  Instruction  of  Students 
with  Special  Needs  (3) 

In  this  advanced  course,  candidates  acquire  knowledge  and  skills  to  appropriately  assess  and 
instruct  students  with  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities.  Course  content  includes  selecting  and 
administering  a  variety  of  formal  and  informal  assessment  procedures  in  order  to  be  able  to 
teach,  adapt  and  integrate  curriculum  appropriate  to  the  educational  needs  of  students. 
Prerequisite:  Preliminary  Level  I  Education  Specialist:  Mild/Moderate  Disabilities 
Credential 

EDU  282         Consultation  and  Collaboration  for  Students  with  Special 
Needs  (3) 

This  course  will  provide  opportunities  for  candidates  to  develop  skills  in  communication, 
collaboration  and  consultation  with  teachers  and  other  school  personnel,  community 
professionals  and  parents.  A  specific  area  of  emphasis  will  be  on  the  communication  of 
relevant  social,  academic,  and  behavioral  information  in  the  areas  of  assessment,  curriculum, 
behavior  management,  social  adjustment  and  legal  requirements.  At  the  completion  of  the 
course,  candidates  will  be  prepared  to  coordinate  the  process  involved  in  special 
education  placements.  Prerequisite:  Preliminary  teaching  credential. 


EDUCATION  169 


EDU  283  Supportive  Environments  for  Students  with  Behavioral  and 
Emotional  Needs  (3) 

In  this  advanced  course,  candidates  develop  systems  for  academic  and  social  skills  instruction 
for  students  with  complex  behavioral  and  emotional  needs  including  attention  disorders, 
conduct  disorders,  depression  and  suicidal  behavior,  psychotic  behavior,  anxiety  and  related 
disorders,  and  delinquency  and  substance  abuse.  Course  content  includes  advanced  study  of 
behavioral  supports,  social  skills  instruction,  crisis  management,  and  positive  learning 
environments.  Collaborative  work  with  other  professionals  and  community  agencies  is 
emphasized  in  the  development  of  comprehensive  support  programs  for  these  students. 
Prerequisite:  Preliminary  teaching  credential  and  EDU  272 

EDU  289  English  Learners:  Supporting  Educational  Equity  and 
Access  (3) 

This  advanced  course  for  teachers  focuses  on  the  delivery  of  specialized  instruction  for 
English  learners  that  will  support  equity  in  access  to  the  core  curriculum.  Teachers  will 
become  knowledgeable  about  instructional  programs,  school  organizational  structures,  and 
resources  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  English  learners,  particularly  those  in  their  own 
district.  They  will  develop  skills  in  designing,  implementing  and  evaluating  instructional 
programs  to  support  English  language  development  and  access  to  the  core  academic 
curriculum  for  English  learners.  Teachers  will  use  assessments  of  English  learners,  including 
the  English  Language  Development  Test,  to  diagnose  students'  language  abilities  relative  to 
the  core  academic  curriculum  and  plan  appropriate  instruction.  Course  assignments  require 
application  of  principles  in  the  teacher's  current  teaching  context.  Prerequisite:  Preliminary 
teaching  credential  Fulfills  California  Professional  Clear  Level  II  requirements  for  teaching 
English  language  learners. 

EDU  295  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

A  student-designed  course  of  study.  See  Guidelines  for  Independent  Study.  Student  must 
complete  an  Independent  Study  Approval  and  Application  Form. 

EDU  296A  Masters  Project  Proposal  (1) 

Students  work  with  their  project  advisor  in  this  course  to  design  a  proposal  for  an  action 
research  project  to  be  completed  in  their  classroom.  The  masters  project  provides  an 
opportunity  for  the  candidate  to  develop  competency  in  researching  an  issue  relevant  to  their 
teaching  practice,  designing  and  implementing  a  project  focused  on  this  issues  that  will 
improve  their  practice,  and  preparing  and  presenting  a  report  of  the  research  findings. 
Prerequisite:  Official  score  report  with  a  passing  score  on  all  subtests  of  the  required  CSET 
subject  matter  examination  and  employment  as  a  teacher. 

EDU  296B  Masters  Project  (2-3) 

Students  work  with  their  project  advisor  in  this  course  to  implement  their  Masters  project 
proposal  and  write  the  final  project  report. 

Prerequisites:  EDU  200  and  satisfactory  and  completion  of  EDU  29  6 A  as  evidenced  by  an 
approved  Masters  project  proposal. 

EDU  297A,B,C  Thesis/Project  Continuation  (1,1,1) 

Continuation  of  Master's  Project  or  Thesis  under  the  direction  of  the  faculty  advisor. 
EDU  299  Special  Studies  in  Education:  (3) 

Courses  on  special  topics  in  education.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


170  EDUCATION 


EDU  320  Supervised  Teaching  Culminating  Seminar: 

Special  Education  (1) 

This  course  is  the  final  seminar  in  the  Education  Specialist  Teacher  Preparation  Program. 
Taken  concurrently  with  supervised  teaching  fieldwork,  it  provides  a  culminating  forum  for 
discussion,  reflection,  and  goal-setting  toward  developing  professionalism  as  a  teacher. 
Candidates  develop  a  professional  portfolio  that  documents  their  competence  on  the 
professional  standards  for  Education  Specialists. 

EDU  321  Professional  Induction  Planning  Seminar    (.5) 

Candidates  for  the  Professional  Level  II  Education  Specialist  credential  are  required  to  take 
this  course  at  the  beginning  of  their  Level  II  program.  During  this  individualized  seminar,  the 
candidate  develops  a  Professional  Induction  Plan  with  an  assigned  district  support  provider 
and  a  college  advisor. 

EDU  322  Professional  Educator  Evaluation  Seminar    (.5) 

This  seminar  is  the  culminating  experience  for  the  Professional  Education  Specialist 
credential  program.  Students  reevaluate  their  professional  competency  to  assess  and  teach 
culturally  diverse  students  with  learning  and  behavior  problems.  They  compile  a  Professional 
Educator  Portfolio,  which  includes  artifacts  documenting  their  professional  competence  and  a 
plan  for  their  continuing  professional  growth.  The  district  support  provider  and  the  college 
advisor  continue  to  support  the  student  in  this  process. 


Education  Extension  Units 

These  extension  courses  are  offered  in  conjunction  with  the  Santa  Monica/Malibu  Unified 
School  District  Induction  Program  and  are  only  available  to  teachers  participating  in  that 
program. 


EDUX  700XL  Supporting  Educational  Equity  and  Access  for  English 
Learners  (2  extension  units) 

This  advanced  professional  development  course  for  teachers  is  designed  to  build  upon 
candidates'  preliminary  preparation  for  delivery  of  specialized  instruction  for  English  learners 
that  will  support  equity  in  access  to  the  core  curriculum.  Teachers  will  become 
knowledgeable  about  district  adopted  instructional  programs,  school  organizational  structures, 
and  resources  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  English  learners.  They  will  develop  skills  in 
designing,  implementing  and  evaluating  instructional  programs  to  support  English  language 
development  and  access  to  the  core  academic  curriculum  for  English  learners.  Teachers  will 
use  assessments  of  English  learners,  including  the  English  Language  Development  Test,  to 
diagnose  students'  language  abilities  relative  to  the  core  academic  curriculum  and  plan 
appropriate  instruction.  Course  requirement  requires  application  of  principles  in  the  teacher's 
current  teaching  context.  Induction  teachers  in  BTSA  programs  should  take  this  course  in  the 
Fall  of  year  2  as  the  course  requirements  are  coordinated  with  CFASST  events  7-9. 


EDUCATION  171 


EDUX  701XL  Health  Environments  for  Student  Learning 
(1  extension  unit) 

This  advanced  professional  development  course  for  teachers  is  designed  to  build  upon  the 
preliminary  preparation  for  creating  a  supportive  and  healthy  environment  for  student  learning. 
Teachers  will  identify  health  and  safety  factors  that  influence  student  well-being  and  become 
knowledgeable  about  school  and  community  resources  that  support  health  and  safety  including 
accident  prevention  strategies,  the  school's  crisis  response  plan,  the  adopted  health  curriculum,  and 
school  and  community  health  and  mental  health  resources.   Major  state  and  federal  laws  and  local 
policies  and  procedures  related  to  student  health  and  safety  will  be  reviewed  to  ensure  that  teachers 
will  be  able  to  act  in  compliance  with  these  guidelines.  All  course  assignments  will  be  applied  to 
the  teaching  guidelines.   All  course  assignments  will  be  applied  to  the  teaching  assignment. 
Induction  candidates  in  BTSA  programs  should  take  this  course  in  the  Fall  of  year  2  as 
assignments  are  coordinated  with  CFASST  event  7. 

EDUX  702XL  Supporting  Educational  Equity  and  Access  for  Special 
Populations  (2  extension  units) 

This  advanced  professional  development  course  for  teachers  is  designed  to  build  upon  the 
preliminary  preparation  for  teaching  students  with  disabilities  and  students  who  are  gifted  and 
talented.  Teachers  will  extend  their  knowledge  of  the  legislative  provisions  for  the  education  of 
students  with  disabilities  (IDEA)  and  students  who  are  gifted  and  talented  and  the  policies  and 
procedures  in  their  local  district  for  identifying  and  providing  services  for  these  students. 
Coursework  will  emphasize  the  development  of  positive,  inclusive  classrooms  with  differentiated 
instruction  designed  to  enable  all  students  to  achieve  at  high  performance  levels.  All  course 
requirements  will  be  applied  in  the  teacher's  current  teaching  assignment.   Induction  candidates  in 
BTSA  programs  should  take  this  course  in  the  Spring  of  year  2  as  course  requirements  are 
coordinated  with  CFASST  event  1 1 . 

EDUX  703XL  Applied  Technologies  for  Educators  (1  extension  unit) 

This  advanced  professional  development  course  for  teachers  is  designed  to  build  upon  the 
preliminary  preparation  for  the  specialized  use  of  appropriate  computer-based  technologies  to 
facilitate  the  teaching  and  learning  processes.  Teachers  will  acquire  advanced  skills  in  the 
development,  implementation  and  evaluation  of  1)  technology-enhanced  lessons  aligned  with 
the  adopted  curriculum  for  their  students,  2)  curricula  to  develop  students'  information 
processing  and  problem  solving  skills,  and  3)  computer  applications  for  recording  and 
analyzing  student  assessment  data  and  providing  feedback  to  students  and  their  parents. 
Teachers  will  use  various  forms  of  electronic  media  to  communicate  during  the  course  and 
will  establish  on-going  electronic  communication  channels  with  other  professionals.  Course 
assignments  require  application  of  principles  in  the  teaching  context.  Induction  teachers  in 
BTSA  programs  should  take  this  course  in  the  Spring  of  year  2  as  assignments  are 
coordinated  with  CFASST  events  10-12. 


172  ENGLISH 


English 


The  English  major  explores  the  way  people  communicate  and  how  they  reflect  on  their 
existence.  It  gives  sustained  training  in  critical  thinking  and  writing,  creative  self-expression, 
and  the  perceptive  reading  of  literature.  Working  from  a  foundation  in  theory  and  criticism  of 
literature,  students  select  courses  in  writing  and  literature,  and  may  design  their  own 
independent  study  and  directed  reading  courses  in  areas  of  special  interest.  Because  English 
majors  get  extensive  experience  in  analyzing,  solving  problems,  researching,  organizing, 
studying  human  behavior,  and  above  all  writing  and  speaking  with  clarity  and  self- 
confidence,  they  have  the  background  for  a  wide  variety  of  careers.  These  include  law, 
business  management,  journalism,  public  relations,  teaching,  public  administration,  and  many 
areas  of  writing.  Internships  in  the  field  of  the  student's  career  interest  are  highly 
recommended.  Students  are  encouraged  to  combine  their  English  major  with  a  second  major 
or  minor,  in  order  to  combine  the  liberal  arts  emphasis  with  a  professional  preparation. 
English  and  Business  offer  a  combined  major  (see  below).  Students  interested  in  law  are 
encouraged  to  select  a  second  major  in  American  Studies,  Philosophy,  or  Political  Science, 
and  to  complete  the  Pre-Law  Minor.  Other  desirable  minor  programs  include  Business  and  the 
sequence  of  core  courses  in  Public  Administration  (POL  185,  186,  and  187). 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  Degree  in  English 

Preparation: 

ENG  1 AB/C         Freshman  English  (3,3)  or 

ENG  5H  Freshman  Honors  English  (3)  and 

HIS  1 AB  Western  Civilization  (3,3) 

0 

Requirements: 

30  additional  units  in  English,  at  least  24  of  which  are  upper  division,  including: 
One  course  in  advanced  writing  (ENG  106,  107,  or  109  etc.)  (3) 

One  upper-division  course  in  American  literature  (ENG  126,  145,  or  146)  (3) 
One  course  in  English  literature  before  1700  (ENG  143,  144,  or  172)        (3) 
One  course  in  English  literature  after  1700  (ENG  147,  148,  or  156H)       (3) 
One  genre  course  (ENG  161,162,  or  163)  (3) 

One  Shakespeare  course  (ENG  73, 1 73,  or  1 74)  (3) 

Theory  and  Criticism  (ENG  181)  (3) 

English  Seminar  (ENG  195)  (3) 

Two  electives  chosen  from  English  offerings  (3,3) 

Strongly  Recommended: 

ENG  70/1 70  Western  Literary  Heritage  (3) 

Total  units  in  English:  36 

Any  English  course  completed  with  a  grade  of  D  or  below  is  not  acceptable  toward  a  major 

in  English. 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  1 24  semester  units,  including 

Modern  Language  requirement. 

At  least  1 5  upper  division  units  must  be  completed  in  the  MSMC  English  Program. 


ENGLISH  173 


Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  Degree  in  English  and  Business 
Administration 

(A  cooperative  program  offered  through  the  departments  of  English  and  Business 
Administration) 

English  Preparation: 

ENG  1AB/C  Freshman  English  (3,3) 

HIS  1AB  Western  Civilization  (3,3) 

SPR  18  Career  Planning  Seminar  (1) 

Requirements: 

24  additional  units  in  English,  at  least  18  of  which  are  upper  division,  including: 
ENG  1 8 1  Theory  and  Criticism  (3) 

ENG  195  English  Seminar  (3) 

Recommended: 

One  course  in  American  literature  (3) 


Business  Administration 

Lower  Division  Core  Requirements: 


BUS  4 

Business  Foundations  &  Analysis 

(3) 

BUS  5 

Business  Law  I 

(3) 

BUS  15A 

Accounting  Principles  I 

(3) 

BUS  15B 

Accounting  Principles  II 

(3) 

CIS  1 

Computer  Process  and  Applications 

(3) 

ECOl 

Microeconomics 

(3) 

ECO  2 

Macroeconomics 

(3) 

MTH28 

Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business 

(3) 

MTH  38 

Elements  of  Probability  &  Statistics 

(3) 

PHI  92/192 

Business  Ethics 

(3) 

SPE  10 

Introduction  to  Communication 

(2) 

Courses  Strongly  Recommended: 

PSY  1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

PHI  5 

Introduction  to  Logic 

(3) 

Upper  Division  Core  Requirements: 

BUS  122 

Management  Communications 

(3) 

BUS  130 

Principles  of  Finance 

(3) 

BUS  160 

Principles  of  Marketing 

(3) 

BUS  177 

Management  Information  Systems 

(3) 

BUS  185 

Principles  of  Management 

(3) 

BUS  192 

Business  Policy  and  Strategy 

(3) 

Total  units  in  English  and  Business:  61 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units,  including 
Modern  Language  requirement. 

At  least  12  upper  division  units  must  be  completed  in  the  MSMC  English  Program. 


174  ENGLISH 


The  Minor  in  English 

Requirements: 

Satisfactory  completion  of  ENG  1 AB  or  equivalent.  Eighteen  additional  units  in  English,  at 
least  twelve  of  which  are  upper-division  MSMC  units. 

Strongly  Recommended: 

ENG  126  The  American  Experience  (3) 

or  ENG  146  American  Literature:  1914  to  Present  (3) 

ENG  17  Shakespeare  (3) 

Students  interested  in  an  English  minor  plan  their  program  with  a  departmental  advisor. 

Because  of  the  variety  of  careers  to  which  an  English  program  may  lead,  the  choice  of  courses 

is  flexible.  Any  course  completed  with  a  D  or  below  is  not  acceptable  toward  a  minor  in 

English. 

Prerequisites  for  Literature  Courses 

Lower-division  literature  courses:  ENG  1 A  or  6AB  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Upper-division  literature  courses:  ENG  1 AB/C  or  permission  of  instructor. 

ENG  1AB  Freshman  English  (3) 

Completion  with  a  grade  of  C  (2.0)  or  better  and  a  score  of  4  or  better  on  the  Writing  Exit  test 

fulfills  Communication  Skills  requirement  in  writing  for  both  the  Associate  and  Baccalaureate 

degrees.  GS-IA 

ENG  1C  Freshman  English  (3) 

Completion  with  a  grade  of  C  (2.0)  or  better  and  a  score  of  4  or  better  on  the  Writing  Exit  test 

fulfills  Communication  Skills  requirement  in  writing  for  both  the  Associate  and  Baccalaureate 

degrees.  GS-IA,  II  Prerequisite:  ENG  J  A.   Completion  with  a  grade  ofC  or  better. 

ENG  3X  Basic  Writing  (3) 

A  study  of  basic  elements  of  writing  including  sentence  structure,  paragraph  development, 

and  mechanics.  Does  not  fulfill  the  Communication  Skills  requirement  in  writing,  nor  does 

credit  apply  to  the  Baccalaureate  degree. 

ENG  5H  Freshman  Honors  English  (3) 

College  writing  for  students  who  are  accepted  for  Honors  at  entrance,  and  who  earn  a  grade  of 

5  or  6  on  the  Writing  placement  test  or  who  are  admitted  by  the  instructor.  A  study  of  selected 

masterpieces  of  world  literature  with  emphasis  on  written  analysis.  Includes  introduction  to 

college-level  library  and  research  skills.  Completion  with  a  grade  of  B  or  better  fulfills 

Communications  Skills  requirements  in  writing.  GS-IA 

ENG  6AB        Written  Communication  and  Analytical  Reading  (3,3) 

A  two-semester  course  focusing  on  standard  written  English.  Includes  expository  and 

analytical  writing;  library  and  research  skills;  analytical  reading.  Prerequisite:  Placement  is 

dependent  on  scores  received  in  entrance  testing.   Completion  with  a  grade  ofC  or  better  in 

both  ENG  6A  and  6B  and  a  score  of  4  or  better  on  the  Writing  Exit  test  fulfills  the 

Communication  Skills  requirement  in  writing  for  the  Associate  degree. 


ENGLISH  175 


ENG  7  Writing  for  College  (3) 

Preparation  for  college-level  English,  with  a  focus  on  standard  written  English,  expository 
writing,  and  analytical  reading.  Prerequisite:  Score  of  3  or  better  on  Writing  Placement  test, 
plus  satisfactory  scores  on  the  English  entrance  exams  in  grammar  and  reading. 

ENG  11  College  Writing  (1-3) 

Intensive  experience  in  expository  writing  with  special  emphasis  on  continued 
development  of  essay  skills.  Prerequisite:  C-  or  better  in  ENG  1AB,  6AB,  or  equivalent. 
Strongly  recommended  for  students  preparing  for  CBEST  and/or  transferring  to  a 
Baccalaureate  program. 

ENG  12/112  Literary  Analysis  (3) 

Introduction  to  college-level  literary  analysis  as  applied  to  drama,  poetry, 
and  fiction.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  15  Literature  and  Society  (3) 

Examination  of  society's  accomplishments  and  vexations  in  selected  literary  works  that 

portray  human  striving  in  family,  nation,  and  technological  world.  May  be  repeated  for 

credit.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  16  Literature  and  the  Human  Experience  (3) 

Studies  in  the  stages  of  human  development  as  portrayed  in  classic  works  of  Western 

literature  with  particular  focus  on  the  growth  of  the  self  and  on  the  individual's  relationship  to 

others  and  to  God.  Themes  include  adolescence,  the  female  experience,  love,  the  family, 

moral  choice,  faith,  death  and  dying.  May  be  repeated  for  credit.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  17  Literary  Focus  (3) 

In-depth  study  of  works  selected  by  author,  theme,  or  genre.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

GS-IIIB 

ENG  18/118  Great  Works  in  World  Literature  (3) 

Study  of  major  works  in  world  literature,  representing  a  variety  of  periods,  themes,  and 

genres.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  19/119  Great  Works  in  British  Literature  (3) 

Study  of  major  works  in  British  literature,  representing  a  variety  of  periods  and  genres. 

GS-IIIB 

ENG  20/120  Great  Works  in  American  Literature  (3) 

Study  of  major  works  in  American  literature,  representing  a  variety  of  periods  and  genres. 

GS-IIIB 

ENG  21/121  Classical  Epic  and  Drama  (3) 

Reading  of  the  Iliad,  Odyssey,  Aeneid,  and  several  Greek  tragedies.  Study  of  their  origins, 
development,  meaning  to  the  ancient  world  and  to  the  contemporary  reader.  GS-IIIB 
ENG  25/125  Mythmaking:  the  Quest  for  Meaning  (3) 

An  exploration  of  mythmaking  in  literature  as  a  reflection  and  interpretation  of  human 
experience.  Major  mythic  themes  are  traced  and  compared  in  the  arts,  as  well  as  in  literature. 
GS-IIIB 

ENG  26  Literature  of  the  American  West     (3) 

Study  of  values  and  themes  in  American  fiction  and  nonfiction  from  the  perspective  of  a 
variety  of  cultures.    GS-IIIB,  VI 


176  ENGLISH 


ENG  27/127  Women  in  Quest  (3) 

Study  of  women's  lives  and  choices  in  fiction  and  nonfiction.  Emphasis  on  current  literature 

from  diverse  ethnic  groups.    GS-IIIB,  VI 

ENG  28/128  Contemporary  Issues  in  World  Literature  (3) 

A  sampling  of  contemporary  literature  from  various  cultures  around  the  world  with  emphasis 

on  women  authors  and  their  concerns.  Students  will  encounter  issues  and  problems  from 

racism  and  poverty  to  domestic  violence,  rape,  prostitution,  and  war.  Course  includes  relation 

of  students'  lives  to  global  issues.  GS-IIIB,  VI 

ENG  32/132  Literature  of  Los  Angeles  (3) 

An  interdisciplinary  exploration  of  the  literature  and  history  of  Los  Angeles.  Emphasis  on  the 

ways  national,  geographic,  cultural,  moral,  legal,  and  ethnic  boundaries  are  blurred  in  the 

city's  history,  mythology,  texts,  people,  and  communities.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  34  Literature  for  the  Young  Child        (3) 

A  survey  of  children's  literature  for  lower  division  students  interested  in  working  with  young 

children  and  primary  grade  children.  Students  have  experiences  in  sharing  stories  or  poems 

with  children  (includes  use  of  reading,  storytelling,  flannel  board  activities,  and  puppets). 

Analysis  of  books  based  on  literary  characteristics.  Includes  study  of  artist  illustrators. 

ENG  70/170  Western  Literary  Heritage  (3) 

Selected  readings  in  Greek  mythology  and  literature,  the  Bible,  and  Dante's  Divine  Comedy. 

Designed  to  provide  the  serious  reader  with  literary  and  cultural  background  to  better 

understand  and  appreciate  the  range  of  Western  literature.  Strongly  recommended  for  English 

majors.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  73  Shakespeare  (3) 

A  study  of  selected  Shakespearean  plays  and  poetry.  Because  readings  vary  each  semester, 

course  may  be  repeated  for  credit.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  90  Internship  (1-6) 

Students  are  placed,  supervised  and  evaluated  in  a  position  that  makes  use  of  the 

communication  skills  developed  in  college  English  classes.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  up  to 

six  units. 

ENG  91  Directed  Study  (1-3) 

Study  in  a  field  of  special  interest,  under  the  direction  of  a  department  member.  May  be 

repeated  for  credit. 

ENG  92  Special  Studies  (3) 

Exploration  of  special  interest  areas  in  the  study  of  language  and  literature.  May  be  repeated 

for  credit.  Prerequisite:  ENG  1A/6AB,  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

ENG  94/194  Special  Studies  in  Writing  (1-3) 

Study  of  a  selected  mode  of  writing  with  focus  on  technique  and  practice.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit.  Prerequisite:  Completion  of  ENG  1AB/C  or  6AB,  equivalent,  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

ENG  96  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


ENGLISH  177 


ENG  101  History  of  the  English  Language     (3) 

Analysis  of  the  prehistoric  antecedents  of  the  English  language  and  traces  the  growth  of 
English  from  its  earliest  documentation  to  modern  times,  paying  attention  to  structural 
changes  in  phonology,  morphology  and  syntax  and  to  the  enrichment  of  the  lexicon.  Students 
are  introduced  to  the  principles  of  linguistic  evolution.  Special  emphasis  is  also  placed  on  the 
changes  in  social  institutions  that  affect  language  and  the  many  ethnic  sources  that  have 
enriched  the  resources  of  English,  especially  in  the  United  States. 

ENG  102  Structure  of  Modern  English  (3) 

Introduction  to  varieties  of  contemporary  linguistic  theories  and  their  application  to  modern 
American  English.  Includes  study  of  the  structure  of  the  English  language  and  the 
conventions  of  standard  English,  basic  principles  of  first  and  second  language  acquisition  and 
development,  theories  of  language  acquisition  in  relation  to  the  social  context,  and 
implications  of  speaking  a  primary  language  other  than  the  mainstream  language. 
ENG  104  Expository  Writing  (3) 

Intensive  review  of  standard  English  grammar  and  punctuation  for  students  wishing  to 
improve  their  writing  proficiency.  Advanced  analytical  reading  and  critical  thinking.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 
ENG  105  Advanced  Composition  (3) 

Designed  to  meet  the  particular  needs  of  the  Liberal  Studies  major.  Assignments  include 
academic,  professional,  and  personal  writing  that  enables  the  student  to  increase  writing 
confidence  and  competency  by  exploring  the  English  language,  reviewing  basic  skills,  and 
discovering  one's  style.  Prerequisite:  Completion  of  ENG  1AB  or  equivalent,  and  score  of  4 
or  better  on  the  Writing  Placement  test. 

ENG  106  Creative  Writing  (3) 

Students  write  fiction,  poetry,  and  personal  essays  from  their  experiences  and  observations. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

ENG  107  Professional  Writing  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  kinds  of  writing  used  in  the  communications  media,  with  practice  in 
developing  newspaper,  magazine,  television,  or  radio  material.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

ENG  108  The  News  Media  (3) 

A  critical  examination  of  the  news  media,  showing  how  print  and  broadcast  news 
organizations  operate  and  giving  extensive  practice  in  evaluating  media  reporting  of  current 
stories.  GS-II 
ENG  109  Writing:  Voice  and  View  (3) 

Nonfiction  writing  as  a  literary  art.  Designed  for  good  writers  and  anyone  who  enjoys  the 
challenge  of  responding  to  life  through  the  written  word.  An  opportunity  to  develop  one's 
personal  style  and  voice  while  examining  the  work  of  great  essayists,  past  and  present.  May 
be  repeated  for  credit.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

ENG  122  Love  in  World  Literature  (3) 

The  idea  of  love  studied  in  historical  perspective  through  the  analysis  of  literary  works.  Focus 

on  critical  enjoyment.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  123  Women's  Voices  in  Literature  (3) 

Major  contemporary  works  by  women  studied  in  the  context  of  current  critical  theory.  Impact 
of  women's  voices  from  diverse  ethnic  groups.  GS-IIIB,  VI 


178  ENGLISH 


ENG 124  Fiction  to  Film  (3) 

Examination  of  how  works  of  fiction  become  motion  pictures.  The  component  elements  of 

both  fiction  and  film  are  applied  to  representative  novels  to  assess  their  adaptation  from  the 

medium  of  fiction  to  the  medium  of  film.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  126  The  American  Experience  (3) 

Study  of  works  of  American  literature  from  various  periods  of  history  and  representative  of 

the  cultures  and  ethnic  identities  that  make  up  the  American  heritage.  GS-IIIB,  VI 

ENG  1 29  Ethnic  Literatures  of  America         (3) 

Comparative  study  including  two  or  more  of  the  following  groups:  African  American,  Asian 

American  ,  Latino/a,  Native  American,  Jewish.  Interdisciplinary  approach  using  historical 

and  sociopolitical  context  to  address  issues  of  race,  class,  and  gender.  GS-IIIB,  VI 

ENG  130  Faith  and  Fiction  (3) 

A  study  of  Christian  poets,  dramatists,  and  novelists  in  historical  perspective.  Focus  on  both 

the  changing  and  the  unchanging  aspects  of  Christian  faith.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  131  Russian  Literature  (3) 

Major  Russian  authors  examined  in  their  cultural  and  historical  contexts.  Writers  include 

Pushkin,  Gogol,  Dostoevsky,  Tolstoy,  and  Solzhenitsyn.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  134  Children's  Literature  (3) 

Wide  reading  of  children's  books,  including  Caldecott  and  Newbery  awards  and  honor  books. 

Multicultural  emphasis  spans  all  genres  covered.  Focus  on  appreciation  of  literature,  as  well 

as  on  literary  analysis  of  the  selections.  Includes  study  of  critics  in  the  field  and  of  illustrators. 

ENG  143  English  Literature:  Beowulf  to  1500  (3) 

Major  works  of  the  medieval  period  studied  in  their  historical  and  cultural  contexts. 

Prerequisite:  HIS  I A  in  addition  to  regular  literature  prerequisites.. 

ENG  144  English  Literature:  1500  to  1700     (3) 

Major  works  of  the  Renaissance  and  Restoration  studied  in  their  historical  and  cultural 
contexts.  Prerequisite:  HIS  1A  in  addition  to  regular  literature  prerequisites. 

ENG  145  American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  1914    (3) 

Major  works  of  colonial,  early  federal,  and  nineteenth-century  America  studied  in  the  light  of 

their  historical  contexts. 

ENG  146  American  Literature:  1914  to  Present  (3) 

Study  of  major  works  of  modern  America;  consideration  of  how  the  literature  reflects  the 

condition  of  society  after  World  War  I. 

ENG  147  English  Literature:  1700  to  1900     (3) 

Major  works  of  the  18th  Century,  Romantic  and  Victorian  periods  studied  in  their  historical 

and  cultural  contexts. 

ENG  148  Twentieth  Century  English  and  European 

Literature  (3) 

Major  contemporary  works  studied  in  their  historical  and  cultural  contexts. 

ENG  156H  The  Modern  Temper  (3) 

Recommended  for  upper  division.  An  exploration  of  the  concept  of  the  modern,  through  a 

study  of  nineteenth  and  twentieth-century  literature,  with  particular  attention  to  the  interfacing 

of  literature  with  history,  philosophy,  religion,  or  the  behavioral  sciences.  Recommended  for 

honor  students.  GS-IIIB 


ENGLISH  179 


ENG 161  Study  of  the  Novel  (3) 

Chronological  reading  and  study  of  representative  novels  from  the  18th  to  the  20th  centuries. 
Emphasis  on  critical  enjoyment  and  awareness  of  the  novel's  changing  form. 

ENG  1 62  Study  of  Poetry  (3) 

Study  of  the  development  of  poetry  from  its  beginnings  to  the  twentieth  century  with 
emphasis  on  critical  enjoyment. 

ENG  163  Study  of  Drama  (3) 

Analysis  of  representative  plays  from  major  periods  of  theater  history  with  emphasis  on  works 

of  classical,  European,  English,  and  American  playwrights;  theories  of  interpretation  are 

applied. 

ENG  164  American  Drama  (3) 

In-depth  study  of  American  drama.  Plays  ranging  from  Eugene  OeNeill  to  the  present 

selected  to  reflect  the  rich  cultural  diversity  that  gives  American  drama  its  distinctive  voice. 

GS-IIIB,  VI 

ENG  165  Novels  of  the  Americas:  Latino  Voices  (3) 

Major  contemporary  Latin  American  and  U.S.  Latino  novelists  examined  in  cultural, 

historical,  and  political  contexts.  Multicultural  emphasis  shows  how  the  two  groups  influence 

each  other  while  also  showing  their  unique  traits.  Writers  include  Isabel  Allende,  Gabriel 

Garcia  Marquez,  Cristina  Garcia.  GS-IIIB,  VI 

ENG  172  Chaucer  (3) 

Readings  in  the  poetry  of  Chaucer,  principally  the  Canterbury  Tales  and  Troilus  and 
Criseyde,  with  reference  to  the  minor  works. 

ENG  173  Shakespeare  (3) 

Appreciation  of  Shakespeare's  range  and  art  as  a  playwright  through  study  of  works  from 

different  periods  of  his  development;  combination  of  in-depth  and  background  study. 

May  be  repeated  for  credit.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  174  Shakespeare  Seminar  (3) 

Advanced  study  and  research  in  the  works  of  Shakespeare,  with  attention  to  Renaissance 

culture  and  thought.  Culminates  in  a  written  project.  Designed  for  upper-division  English 

majors,  but  other  upper-division  students  may  be  admitted  with  permission  of  instructor. 

ENG  175  Exploring  World  Theatre  (3) 

This  course  develops  an  understanding  and  appreciation  for  the  theatre  as  an  art  form  and  as  a 

collaborative  creative  process.  Students  learn  to  appreciate  the  many  styles  of  theatre  from 

ancient  forms  to  the  Musical  Theatre,  from  Medea  through  Shakespeare  and  Ibsen  to  West 

Side  Story.  Students  develop  a  command  of  the  basic  vocabulary  of  working  professionals  on 

the  stage  by  enacting  and  directing  scenes  from  the  works  studied.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 

power  of  different  forms  of  theatre  to  influence  and  affect  the  community.  GS-IIIB 

ENG  181  Theory  and  Criticism  (3) 

Advanced  study  in  methods  of  examining  and  discussing  literature.  Practice  in  literary 

analysis.  Consideration  of  selected  major  critical  theories  and  documents. 

ENG  184  Studies  in  British  and  American  Literature  (3) 

Study  of  selected  authors,  literary  periods,  or  genres.  May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Designed  for 

upper-division  English  majors,  but  other  upper-division  students  may  be  admitted  with 

permission  of  instructor. 


180 


ENGLISH 


ENG 190  Internship  (1-6) 

Students  are  placed  and  supervised  in  business  or  administrative  positions  that  make  use  of 
the  skills  developed  in  the  major  study.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  up  to  6  units. 
Prerequisites  vary  and  are  determined  in  consultation  with  the  coordinator. 

ENG  191  Directed  Study  (1-3) 

Study  in  a  field  of  special  interest  under  the  direction  of  a  department  member.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

ENG  192  Special  Studies  (1-3) 

Exploration  of  special  interest  areas  in  the  study  of  language  and  literature.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit.  Prerequisite:  ENG  1AB,  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

ENG  193  Special  Studies  in  Language  and  Literature  (3) 

Advanced  reading  and  research  in  selected  areas  of  language  and  literature.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit.  Designed  for  upper-division  English  majors,  but  other  upper-division  students  may 
be  admitted  with  permission  of  instructor. 

ENG  195  English  Seminar  (3) 

Designed  to  provide  upper-division  English  majors  with  an  opportunity  for  in-depth 
investigation  into  literature  and  ideas;  culminates  in  a  written  project.  English  minors  and 
other  upper-division  students  admitted  with  permission  of  instructor. 
ENG  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 


FILM 181 

Documentary  Film  and  Social  Justice 

Department  Affiliation:  Art  and  Sociology 

The  medium  of  film  has  become  a  universal  means  of  communication.  Today,  with  the 
advancement  of  digital  technologies,  film  production  capability  has  dramatically  increased, 
creating  tremendous  opportunities  for  engagement  in  the  filmmaking  enterprise.  A  Mount  St. 
Maryes  College  education,  with  a  strong  foundation  in  the  liberal  arts,  is  an  ideal  setting  for 
the  artistic  exploration  of  the  social  conditions  of  our  time,  with  a  focus  on  social  justice.  This 
is  the  central  goal  of  our  film  program. 

The  program  is  dedicated  to  educating  students  in  the  applied  art  of  documentary  filmmaking, 
including  a  conceptual  understanding  of  the  nature  and  influence  of  film  in  society,  and 
providing  a  social  justice  lens  through  which  they  may  express  their  perception  and 
understanding  of  the  social  world. 

Unique  aspects  of  our  documentary  film  program  include  its  emphasis  on  social  justice,  its 
interdisciplinary  nature  (principally  in  art,  sociology  and  philosophy),  and  the  intimate 
classroom  setting,  with  a  low  instructor  to  student  ratio.  In  addition,  students  can  gain  hands- 
on  filmmaking  experience  early  on  in  the  program.  The  required  internship  experience  in  the 
senior  year  allows  Mount  students  the  chance  to  enter  the  real  world  of  film  production, 
positioning  them  for  job  options  upon  graduation.  State-of-the-art  cameras,  software,  and 
hardware  are  available  for  studentse  creative  projects.  A  theater  for  public  screening  of 
student  work  and  the  programes  yearly  documentary  film  festival  possesses  excellent 
amenities  and  the  latest  projection  technologies. 

Required  courses  are  offered  at  both  the  Doheny  and  Chalon  campuses  and  are  open  to  both 
majors  and  non-majors.  A  student  majoring  in  documentary  film  will  be  prepared  to  enter  a 
vast  array  of  careers  related  to  the  industry,  including  film  production  for  non-profit 
organizations  or  for-profit  companies. 

B.A.  Degree  in  Documentary  Film 

ART  2       •  Design  (3) 

ART  10  Photography  (3) 

SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 

FLM  33  or  133  Culture,  Music,  and  Broadcasting  (3) 

FLM  35/135  Internship  (3) 

FLM  127  Alternative  &  Independent  Media  (3-6) 

FLM  129  History,  Theory  &  Ethics  of  Documentary  Film  (3) 

FLM  131  The  Documentary  and  Social  Justice  (3) 

FLM  132  Film  and  Television  (3) 

FLM  135  Mass  Media  (3) 

FLM  137  Documentary  Film  and  Storytelling  (3) 

FLM  139  Documentary  Production  I  (3) 

FLM  140 ABC  Documentary  Production  II  (3) 

Plus  two  social  justice  courses  offered  by  the  Sociology  Department,  selected  with  the 
approval  of  the  Film  Program  Director 

Total  Units:  45 


182  FILM 


Recommended: 

CUL  107 

Theory  and  Practice  of  Culture 

(3) 

CUL  110 

Culture  Through  Film 

(3) 

PHI  167 

Ethics  and  Film 

(3) 

PHI  174 

Philosophy  of  Art 

(3) 

PHI  175 

Philosophy  of  Film 

(3) 

RST45 

Contemporary  Issues  in  Christian  Ethics 

(3) 

Minor  in  Documentary  Film 

ART  2 

Design  I 

(3) 

ART  10 

Photography  I 

(3) 

FLM  139 

Documentary  Production  1 

(3) 

FLM33orl33 

Culture,  Music  and  Broadcasting 

(3) 

FLM  131 

The  Documentary  and  Social  Justice 

(3) 

Plus  one  social  justice  course  offered  by  the  Sociology  Department,  selected  with 
approval  of  the  Film  Program  Director. 
Total  units:  18 


ART  2  Design  I  (3) 

An  investigation  of  the  elements  and  principles  of  design  through  specific  visual  problems. 

Color  theories  are  explored  and  subsequent  interaction  of  color  is  studied  through  application. 

GS-IIIA 

ART  10  Photography  I  (3) 

A  laboratory  and  theory  course  that  is  concerned  with  a  working  understanding  of  a  35mm 
format  camera,  techniques  of  shooting,  developing,  and  printing.  Photo  projects  in  this  course 
will  have  an  emphasis  in  issues  dealing  with  contemporary  society  and  social  issues.  This 
course  investigates  content  and  form  through  the  use  of  black  and  white  film.  The  Art 
department  will  loan  35mm  camera  to  students  with  a  need. 

SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives      (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  human  social  behavior,  including  the  foundational 
theories  and  the  basic  elements  of  social  research.  Viewing  human  life  as  inherently  social, 
the  social  and  environmental  forces  that  influence  and  are  influenced  by  personal  experience, 
culture,  and  social  arrangements,  are  examined.  GS-IIIF,  VI 

FLM  127  Alternative  &  Independent  Media  (3-6) 

A  practical  study  of  the  various  forms  of  alternatives  to  mainstream  corporate  media,  focusing 
especially  on  its  potential  for  advocating  and  effecting  social  change.  As  a  practical 
application  of  principles  studied,  members  of  the  class  will  work  together  to  produce  and 
promote  three  screenings  of  the  MSMC  Human  Rights  Film  Festival  as  well  as  a  radio 
program  intended  for  broadcast  on  a  local  independent  radio  station.  (Same  as  SOC  167) 


FILM 183_ 

FLM  129  History,  Theory  &  Ethics  of  Documentary  Film  (3) 

A  history  of  the  documentary  form  from  the  beginnings  of  file  to  the  present.  The  course  will 
also  include  components  exploring  basic  theoretical  concepts  and  ethical  considerations 
relevant  to  filmmakers  working  in  the  documentary  form. 

FLM  131  The  Documentary  and  Social  Justice  (3) 

The  elements,  style,  research,  and  production  methods  of  the  documentary  as  a 
communication  medium  is  examined.  Introductory-level  student  projects  will  be  developed, 
informed  by  genealogical,  anthropological,  and  psychosocial  theory  and  methods.   (Same  as 
SOC  131.) 

FLM  132  Film  and  Television  (3) 

The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  examine  and  critically  analyze  contemporary  film  and 
television  as  a  communication  medium  of  culture,  social  trends,  values  and  sentiments.  The 
organizational,  political,  economic,  and  strategic  dynamics  involved  in  this  medium  of 
creative  expression  and  the  production  demands  and  constraints  associated  with  it  are  also 
studied.  (Same  as  SOC  132.) 

FLM  133  Culture,  Music  and  Broadcasting    (3) 

A  study  of  the  intersection  of  mass  culture,  subculture,  personal  identity,  musical  expression, 
production  and  distribution.  Studio  processes,  technical  aspects,  the  economics  and  politics  of 
production,  icon  development,  social  networking,  opportunity  structures,  and  presentation  of 
self  are  also  addressed.  (Same  as  SOC  133) 

FLM  135  Mass  Media  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  popular  mass  media  as  a  reflection,  characterization,  and  interpretation 
of  culture  and  society.  In  addition,  the  use  of  the  mass  media,  with  an  emphasis  on  television 
and  film,  in  politics,  economics,  and  religion  will  be  explored.  Critical  analysis  of  ongoing 
and  emerging  trends  in  television  and  film  will  also  be  conducted.  (Same  as  SOC  135) 
FLM  139  Documentary  Production  I  (3) 

Both  a  lab  and  field  work  class.  This  course  introduces  all  aspects  of  beginning  filmmaking 
including  screenwriting,  shooting,  editing,  and  sound.  (Same  as  ART  139  and  SOC  139.) 

FLM  140ABC  Documentary  Production  (3) 

Advanced  production  class.  Perfecting  of  all  aspects  of  production  encountered  in 
Documentary  I  with  the  addition  of  lighting  skills.  Expected  outcome  is  feature  quality 
documentary  films.   (Same  as  ART  140.) 

FLM  141  Documentary  Production  Lab  Assistant  (3) 

Student  must  have  taken  Art  139  with  a  grade  of  A.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  give 
students  a  chance  to  hone  understandings  of  production  and  content  with  regard  to  editing  and 
story  through  helping  other  students  in  the  editing  lab.  Assistant  will  work  with  an  instructor 
in  researching  equipment,  trouble-shooting,  and  advanced  research.   (Same  as  ART  141.) 
FLM  197  Internship  (3) 

Application  of  major  program  study  in  an  internship  setting.  Minimum  of  100  hours  of  on- 
site  experience  enhanced  by  a  running  log  of  activities,  learning  experience,  and  journal 
entries.  Development  of  professional  portfolio  is  also  required.  Internship  site  is  to  be 
selected  and  agreed  upon  by  both  student  and  department  advisor.  (Same  as  ART  35/135.) 


184  FILM 

PHI  167  Ethics  and  Film  (3) 

This  course  examines  the  ways  in  which  film  can  raise  ethical  issues  that  challenge  us  to 
reflect  upon  our  lives  and  the  society  in  which  we  live.  There  are  two  approaches  that  we  will 
take:  (1)  case  study  approach—going  from  the  film  itself  (the  characters,  the  story,  etc.)  to 
examining  the  sorts  of  ethical  issues  that  arise,  the  ethical  decision-making,  and  ways  in 
which  we  might  evaluate  the  decisions  and  actions  shown  in  the  film;  (2)  theoretical 
approach— going  from  major  ethical  theories  to  specific  films  (e.g,  Fargo,  Do  The  Right 
Thing,  The  Insider,  What  About  Bob? ,  Shawshank  Redemption,  Quiz  Show).  Prerequisite:  Any 
other  ethics  class  or  any  two  Philosophy  classes. 

PHI  174  Philosophy  of  Art  (3) 

A  study  of  the  philosophical  concerns  around  the  creative  process,  the  work  of  art,  and 
aesthetic  evaluation.  This  includes  a  study  of  the  classical  thinkers  of  aesthetics  (e.g., 
Aristotle,  Plato,  Croce,  Langer,  Tolstoy),  as  well  as  contemporary  theories.  As  part  of  this 
study,  we  examine  multicultural  perspectives  (e.g.,  Chicano  murals,  African  American  film 
directors,  women  in  film).  Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy. 
GS-VBI,  VI 

PHI  1 75  Philosophy  of  Film  (3) 

A  study  of  philosophical  ideas  and  theories  about  film,  film  theory  and  various  schools  of  film 
criticism.  In  a  particular  semester,  we  may  focus  on  a  particular  theme,  such  as  the  hero  in 
American  film,  or  authenticity  and  personal  integrity,  or  visions  of  society.  In  addition,  we 
will  be  interested  in  looking  at  film  as  an  expression  of  cultural  values  and  an  instrument  for 
change.  As  part  of  that  goal,  we  will  examine  the  role  of  race,  class,  and  gender  in  assessing 
film.  Prerequisite:  one  philosophy  course.  GS-VBI,  VI 

CUL  107  Theory  and  Practice  of  Culture  (3) 

The  course  addresses  the  growing  domestic  and  global  necessity  for  understanding  and 

communication  across  cultural  boundaries.  This  is  a  theoretical  and  practical  approach  to 

understanding  cultural  differences  as  well  as  similarities. 

CUL  110  Culture  through  Films  (3) 

This  course  uses  a  thematic  approach  to  analyze  a  selected  number  of  cultures  from  different 

parts  of  the  world  through  films. 

RST  45/145  Contemporary  Issues  in  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

A  consideration  of  the  positions  and  views  of  Christian  ethicists  on  selected  contemporary 
issues.  Topics  may  vary,  Prerequisite  for  RST  145:  A  lower  division  course  in  this  area. 
GS-VA3 


FRENCH     STUDIES  185 


French  Studies 

Department  Affiliation:  Language  and  Culture 

French  remains  the  most  widely  spoken  European  language  outside  of  English.  It  remains  the 
language  of  refinement  and  culture,  and  through  Francophone  literature  reflects  a  uniquely 
global  diversity  of  cultures  based  solely  on  language. 

The  department  has  programs  for  both  majors  and  minors  in  French  Studies.  These  are 
comprehensive  programs  leading  to  a  proficiency  in  the  four  basic  language  skills:  listening, 
speaking,  reading  and  writing.  Incorporated  into  the  programs  are  the  culture  and  civilization 
of  France,  and  a  focus  on  French  and  Francophone  literature. 

Major:  38  units 
Minor:  26  units 

Core  Courses  required  for  Majors  and  Minors 

FRE  1  &  2  Elementary  French  I  &  II  (or  equivalent)  (4,4) 

FRE  3  &  4  Intermediate  French  III  &  IV  (3,3) 

CUL  1 07  Theory  &  Practice  of  Culture  (3) 

Minors  must  complete  26  units,  combining  core  courses  with  3  upper  division  courses. 

Upper  division  courses  required  for  Majors 

FRE  1 0 1  French  Writing  Lab  (3) 

FRE  112  History  and  Civilization  of  France  (3) 

FRE  126  Modern  Classics  (3) 

FRE  191  Senior  Thesis  (3) 

Three  additional  upper  division  courses  are  required. 
Majors  must  complete  24  upper  division  units. 

FRE  4  is  prerequisite  for  all  upper  division  French  courses. 

Any  course  completed  with  a  grade  of  D  or  below  is  not  acceptable  toward  a  Major  or 
Minor  in  French  Studies  and  must  be  repeated. 

All  students  are  strongly  encouraged  to  do  a  double  Major  or  combine  a  Major  with  a 
Minor.  Students  are  also  strongly  encouraged  to  do  a  Junior  Semester  Abroad,  for  a 
maximum  of  12  transferable  units. 

Majors  must  take  a  minimum  of  15  upper  division  units  in  the  department.  Minors  must 
take  a  minimum  of  1 2  units  in  the  department. 


FRE  1  Elementary  French  I  (4) 

Develops  fundamental  skills:  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing.  Emphasis  on  speaking 

and  writing.  GS-IV 

FRE  2  Elementary  French  II  (4) 

Further  improves  all  four  language  skills  stressing  reading  and  writing,  and  vocabulary 
building.  GS-IV 


186  FRENCH  STUDIES 


FRE  3  Intermediate  French  III  (3) 

Emphasis  on  conversation  and  oral  comprehension.  Emphasis  on  vocabulary  building  and  the 

acquisition  of  idiomatic  speech  patterns.  GS-IV 

FRE  4  Intermediate  French  IV  (3) 

Introduction  to  French  and  Francophone  literature.  A  variety  of  literary  texts  will  be  read  and 

discussed  to  improve  reading  and  oral  communication.  GS-IV,VI 

FRE  33A/B  French  Culture  and  Civilization       (3,3) 

A  comprehensive  approach,  both  historical  and  thematic,  to  a  better  understanding  of  French 

culture  today.  Highlights  of  major  social  and  historical  developments  and  of  literary  and 

artistic  movements.  These  courses  are  given  in  English  only  through  the  Weekend  College. 

GS-IV 

FRE  101  French  Writing  Lab  (3) 

Intensive  training  in  writing,  with  emphasis  on  vocabulary,  idiom,  structural  patterns  and 

style.  Exercises  in  rhetoric,  in  creative  and  other  forms  of  writing. 

FRE  112  History  and  Civilization  of  France  (3) 

This  course  will  cover  the  major  trends  and  expressions  of  French  civilization,  including  the 

Age  of  Cathedrals,  the  French  Renaissance,  the  glory  of  Versailles,  and  the  French 

Revolution. 

FRE  114  The  Belle  Epoque:  Before  and  After  (3) 

This  post  Revolutionary  period  starts  with  Napoleon  and  ends  with  the  second  World  War. 

From  Romanticism  and  Surrealism  in  literature,  from  Impressionism  to  Cubism  in  painting,  it 

is  the  vibrant  evolution  of  modern  France. 

FRE  116  Contemporary  Culture  and  Politics  (3) 

The  economic  recovery  of  France  under  the  leadership  of  Charles  de  Gaulle,  its  place  and  role 

in  the  European  Community,  as  well  as  the  new  trends  in  art,  philosophy,  literature  and  films 

are  some  of  the  topics  included  in  this  course. 

FRE  124  Literary  Masterpieces  (3) 

Poetry,  tragedies,  comedies  and  philosophical  essays,  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  end  of  the 

eighteenth  century:  the  best  of  French  literature  before  the  Revolution. 

FRE  126  Modern  Classics  (3) 

The  nineteenth  century  has  been  called  the  Golden  Age  of  French  literature  and  includes 

Balzac,  Victor  Hugo,  Beaudelaire,  Flaubert,  Emile  Zola  and  many  other  remarkable  writers. 

FRE  128  Twentieth  Century  Literary  Trends  (3) 

From  the  Surrealists  to  the  Roman  Nouveau,  this  course  will  focus  on  some  of  the  great 

French  writers  of  this  century,  with  special  emphasis  on  Albert  Camus,  Andre  Malraux, 

Marcel  Pagnol,  and  Natalie  Sarraute.  Selected  texts  from  various  Francophone  cultures  will 

be  evaluated  in  terms  of  cultural  variances  and  their  impact  on  mainstream  French  literature. 

GS-VI 

FRE  190A/B  Internship  (3,3) 

Internship/cooperative  experience  programs  in  areas  related  to  French  culture  or  international 

business. 


FRENCH  STUDIES  187 


FRE  191  Senior  Thesis  (3) 

A  two-semester  directed  research  project  required  for  majors  under  the  direction  of  a 
department  faculty  member.  The  topic  of  the  thesis  must  be  approved  by  the  department 
chairperson.  Students  must  enroll  in  their  thesis  course  no  later  than  the  first  semester  of  their 
senior  year. 

FRE  194  Study/Travel  (1-6) 

Pre-travel  lectures  and  readings,  as  well  as  guided  tours  in  the  country,  serve  as  basis  for  a 

study/travel  program,  with  each  participant  developing  a  project  highlighting  the  travel 

experiences. 

FRE  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 

FRE  198AB  Directed  Readings  (3,3) 

Directed  readings  selected  from  authors  representative  of  significant  literary  periods. 

FRE  199 AB  Independent  Studies  (1-3,1-3) 

Directed  research.  For  qualified  students  with  the  approval  of  the  department. 


188     GERONTOLOGY 


GERONTOLOGY 


Department  Affiliation:  Sociology 

The  Gerontology  major  is  interdisciplinary  and  grounded  in  the  excellent  liberal  arts  tradition 
of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  All  required  courses  for  the  major,  minor  and  certificate  are 
available  in  an  online  format.  This  means  the  program  core  requirements  (as  listed  below) 
can  be  completed  via  distance  learning. 

Gerontology  consists  of  an  exploration  of  the  biopsychosocial  dimensions  of  life  course 
development,  with  a  focus  on  the  rapidly  expanding  aging  population  of  the  United  States.  In 
the  twenty-first  century,  careers  in  gerontology  are  projected  to  expand  rapidly,  with  demand 
remaining  high  over  the  next  several  decades. 

As  a  gerontologist,  career  options  include  case  management  and  care  management,  social 
work,  non-profit  or  for-profit  management,  and  more.  The  Gerontology  major  provides 
excellent  preparation  for  graduate  studies  in  social  work,  public  policy,  the  law,  and  research. 

Along  with  the  Major  in  Gerontology,  a  Minor  and  Certificate  Program  are  also  available. 

Core  required  courses  for  B.A.  in  Gerontology: 

GER  120  Case  Management  (3) 

GER  188  Caregiving  and  Adaptations  for  Elders  (3) 

GER  189  Gerontology  (3) 

GER  192  Thanatology  (3) 

GER  197  Gerontology  Internship  (3) 

SOC  1 3  or  BIO  40A  Anatomy  for  Social  Services/Anatomy  (3/4) 

SOC  104  The  Family  (3) 

SOC  1 12  Medical  Sociology  (3) 

SOC  1 1 7  or  1 1 8  Research  Methods  (3) 

SOC  1 2 1  Human  Services  Ethics  (3) 

SOC  160  Diversity  in  Society  (3) 
Plus  one  human  rights  course  : 

SOC  162,  163  or  164  (3) 
Plus  two  additional  courses  from  the  following  : 

BIO  1 1 2  Human  Nutrition  (3) 

BUS  185  Principles  of  Management  (3) 

GER  138  Non-Profit  Management  Seminar  (3) 

PSY  132  Personality  (3) 

PSY  1 60  Cognition  and  Perception  (3) 

PSY  168  Abnormal  Psychology  (3) 

PSY  188  Crisis  Intervention  (3) 

SOC  103  Group  Therapy:  Theory  and  Practice  (3) 

SOC  106  Introduction  to  Psychotherapy  (3) 

Plus  completion  of  General  Studies  requirements  for  a  total  of  124  units.  If  a  student's  first  or 
primary  major  will  culminate  in  a  B.S.  Degree,  the  Modern  Language  requirement  is  not 
applicable. 

Total  units  for  Major  in  Gerontology:  36 


GERONTOLOGY  189 


The  Minor  in  Gerontology 
Required  courses: 

A  minimum  of  six  courses,  which  must  include: 

BUS  4  Business  Foundations 

Or 

BUS  185  Principles  of  Management                               (3) 

Or 

GER  138  Non-Profit  Management  Seminar                     (3) 

GER  120  Case  Management                                            (3) 

GER  188  Caregiving  and  Adaptations  for  Elders            (3) 

GER  189  Gerontology                                                     (3) 

GER  192  Thanatology                                                     (3) 

PS Y  168  Abnormal  Psychology                                     (3) 

Plus  two  additional  courses  from  the  Gerontology  major  or  recommended  list  (shown  above). 
Total  units  for  the  Minor  in  Gerontology:  18 


Certificate  in  Gerontology 

A  Certificate  in  Gerontology  is  available  to  those  who  have  previously  earned  a  Bachelor 
degree,  but  now  wish  to  receive  training  in  gerontology  in  order  to  prepare  for  a  career  in  the 
field. 

Required  Courses: 

GER  120                             Case  Management  (3) 

GER  188                             Caregiving  and  Adaptations  for  Elders  (3) 

GER  189                             Gerontology  (3) 

GER  192                             Thanatology  (3) 

SOC  104                             The  Family  (3) 

SOC  112"                           Medical  Sociology  (3) 

SOC  121                              Human  Services  Ethics  (3) 
Total  units  in  Gerontology:  21 


GER  120  Case  Management  (3) 

A  study  of  the  methods  and  practices  utilized  by  health  and  human  services  case  managers 
working  in  a  variety  of  social  service  resource  settings,  such  as  hospitals,  daycare  centers, 
senior  centers,  non-profit  outreach  programs,  and  convalescent  facilities.  Fundamental 
business,  management  and  social  interaction  skills  will  be  highlighted. 


190  GERONTOLOGY 


GER  138  Non-Profit  Management  Seminar   (3) 

This  course  will  introduce  managerial  theories  on  leading  non-profit  organizations.  The 

learning  experience  includes  review  of  literature,  class  presentations  and  active  sponsorship  of 

service  organizations.  A  service-learning  project  integrates  theory  with  practice,  requiring 

team  cooperation,  planning,  and  accountability. 

GER  188  Caregiving  and  Adaptations  for  Elders  (3) 

This  course  addresses  the  multiple  challenges  caregivers  must  address  in  serving  the  needs  of 

elders.  Caregiving,  service  modalities,  and  care  options  are  examined.  In  addition, 

environmental  adaptations  that  provide  optimal  conditions  for  sustained  independent  living 

are  presented. 

GER  189  Gerontology  (3) 

A  cross-cultural  exploration  of  aging  as  experienced  in  the  United  States.  Ageism,  societal 

attitudes  regarding  the  elderly,  and  responses  to  the  aging  process,  both  from  the  individual 

and  social  perspective,  are  examined.  Cultural  variation  and  responses  to  aging  and  the 

social,  political,  and  economic  implications  of  a  rapidly  expanding  aging  population  in  the 

U.S.  and  in  many  regions  of  the  world,  will  be  analyzed.  Resource  and  service  availability  for 

the  elderly-locally,  regionally,  and  nationally~will  also  be  assessed. 

GER  192  Thanatology  (3) 

A  multi-disciplinary  and  comparative  approach  to  death  and  dying.  The  course  focus  will 

consist  of  historical  and  literary  themes,  along  with  cultural  responses  which  have  provided 

understanding,  coping,  and  meaning  for  the  death  and  dying  process. 

GER196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 

GER  197  Gerontology  Internship  (3-6) 

The  application  of  the  major's  program  of  study  through  an  internship  experience.  A 
minimum  of  1 20  hours  of  on-site  experience  is  required,  along  with  practicum  attendance  and 
participation.  Internship  site  to  be  selected  and  mutually  agreed  upon  by  student  and  advisor. 
Open  to  majors  only  and  to  be  taken  in  senior  year  of  study.    Prerequisite:  GER  189. 

GER  198  Readings  in  Gerontology  (1-6) 

Intensive  and  independent  study  in  a  field  of  special  interest  at  the  culmination  of  one's 

gerontology  studies. 

GER  199  Special  Studies  (1-6) 

A  more  advanced  or  specialized  treatment  of  an  area  covered  in  the  regular  course  list. 


HUMAN  SERVICES  191 


Health  and  Human  Services 

Departmental  Affiliation:  Sociology 

A.A.  Degree 

Within  the  Department  of  Sociology,  an  Associate  in  Arts  degree  in  Health  and  Human 
Services  is  available  on  the  Doheny  Campus.  This  program  prepares  students  for  entry  level 
careers  in  the  social  services  (e.g.,  health  services,  law  enforcement,  probation,  family 
services  and  youth  services),  and  for  advanced  studies  in  the  Baccalaureate  program  on  the 
Chalon  Campus.  In  addition  to  completion  of  all  General  Studies  courses  for  the  Associate  in 
Arts  degree,  the  following  are  required: 

Courses  Required  for  A.A.  Degree  in  Health  and  Human  Services: 

SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 

SOC  6  The  Family,  Child,  and  Community  (3) 

SOC  7  Introduction  to  Human  Services  (3) 

SOCIO  Deviance  and  Youth  (3) 

SOC  13  Anatomy  for  the  Social  Services  (3) 

SOC  25  Internship:  Human  Services  (3) 

SOC  30  Human  Communication  (3) 

SOC  49  Multicultural  Issues  for  Health  Care  Professionals    (3) 

PSY  1  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3) 

BIO  10  or  Health  Science  (3) 

BIO  5  Life  Sciences  (3) 

BUS  4  Business  Foundations  (3) 
One  Ethics  course: 

PHI  2 1 ,  RST  4 1 ,  RST  45,  RST  49,  or  RST  50  (3) 

Students  may  select  an  emphasis  in  Bilingual  Settings  by  the  addition  of  the 
following  courses: 

SPA  1  *  Elementary  Spanish  I  (4) 

SPA  2  or  Elementary  Spanish  II  (4) 

SPA  3A*  Accelerated  Spanish  III  (3) 

SPA  4  Intermediate  Spanish  IV  (3) 

*  Requirements  may  be  met  through  examination 

Plus  all  other  General  Studies  requirements  for  the  A.A.  Degree. 


192  HISTORY 


History 


Department  Affiliation:  History  and  Political  Science 

The  student  who  majors  in  History  examines  and  analyzes  the  heritage  of  the  recorded  past  in 
an  effort  to  better  understand  and  evaluate  events  and  developments  of  the  present.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  American,  European,  and  non- Western  civilizations. 

Other  options  are  offered  in  the  closely-allied  area  majors  offered  in  Social  Science  with 
emphasis  in  History,  Political  Science,  and  Public  Administration. 

It  is  possible  to  have  history  and  American  Studies  as  a  double  major.  See  American  Studies. 
Such  a  combination  is  highly  desirable  and  very  useful,  combining  as  it  does  with  the  general 
major  a  specialized  study  of  the  character  and  developing  trends  of  American  society. 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  Degree  in  History 

Lower  Division: 

HIS  1 AB  Western  Civilization  (3,3) 

HIS  3  World  History  (3) 

Upper  Division: 

Nine  upper  division  courses  including: 

HIS  101  Historical  Methods  and  Historiography  (3) 

Two  courses  in  United  States  history  (6) 

Two  courses  in  non-European/non-United  States  history  (6) 

Total  units  in  History:  36 

The  Minor  in  History 

A  minimum  of  six  courses  including: 

HIS  1 A  or  IB        Western  Civilization  (3) 

HIS  3  World  History  (3) 

Four  upper  division  History  courses,  at  least  one  of  which  is  non-European/non-United  States 

history. 

To  declare  a  minor  in  History  a  student  must  take  at  least  5  approved  courses  from  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College. 

Total  units  in  History:  18 

HIS  1AB  Western  Civilization  (3,3) 

An  historical  study  of  the  major  elements  in  human  heritage  designed  to  introduce  the  student 

to  the  ideas,  attitudes,  and  institutions  basic  to  western  civilization.  GS-IIIC 

HIS  3/103  World  History  (3) 

A  global  perspective  on  world  history,  focusing  on  the  major  civilizations  and  their 

interaction  with  the  environment  GS-IIIC 

HIS  4/104  History  and  Film  (3) 

An  exploration  between  film  and  the  past  that  focuses  on  how  film  constructs  history  and  how 

history  can  be  approached  through  the  study  of  history 


HISTORY  193 


HIS  5/5H  European  Leaders  and  Ideas  in  Ferment  and  Flux  (3) 

A  study  of  the  major  people  and  forces  which  shaped  European  culture  and  institutions  from 

the  mid- 19th  century  to  the  present.  GS-IIIC 

HIS  6/106  American  Cultural  History  (3) 

An  historical  perspective  on  American  cultural  practices,  values,  and  patterns  of 

representation,  focusing  not  only  on  "highbrow"  sources  such  as  Emerson's  essays,  but  also 

on  movies,  music,  cartoons,  advertising  images,  and  other  forms  of  expression  taken  from 

popular  culture.  Topics  include  American  humor,  gender  relations,  African-American 

culture,  civil  religion,  the  Emersonian  tradition,  and  the  West  as  symbol  and  myth.  GS-IIIC 

HIS  7/107  History  of  Women  in  the  Middle  Ages:  Finding  a  Voice  (3) 

A  survey,  from  the  period  of  late  Roman  antiquity  through  the  Christian  Middle  Ages,  of  Western 

perspectives  about  women  written  by  men  as  well  as  "counter-perspectives"  written  by  women 

themselves.  The  lives  and  writings  of  key  women  and  their  contributions  to  the  history  of  women 

and  modern  feminist  thought  are  highlighted,  including  Hroswitha,  Hildegard,  Heloise,  Marie  de 

France,  Julian  of  Norwich,  Margery  of  Kempe,  Christine  de  Pisane. 

HIS  11/111  Native  American  History  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  varied  historical  experiences  of  the  diverse  nations  native  to  North 

America  from  the  pre-colonial  period  to  the  present. 

HIS  19/119  History  of  the  American  West  (3) 

An  examination  of  myth  and  reality  concerning  the  American  frontier  experience.  Emphasis 

is  placed  on  the  multicultural  nature  of  the  American  West  and  on  the  role  and  experience  of 

women  in  settling  it. 

HIS  20/120  The  Sixties  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  foreign  policy,  domestic  politics,  and  social  and  cultural  developments 

of  the  1960s.  Topics  include  the  Vietnam  War;  the  student,  civil  rights  and  anti-war 

movements;  the  counterculture,  second-wave  feminism,  and  the  New  Right. 

HIS  23/123  American  Revolutions  (3) 

Focuses  on  periods  that  constituted  major  turning  points  in  the  history  of  the  United  States, 

including  the  Revolutionary  period  and  early  Republic,  the  Civil  War  and  its  aftermath, 

FDR's  New  Deal,  and  the  sixties. 

HIS  25  Cultural  and  Historical  Geography        (3) 

A  survey  of  the  basic  cultural  elements  of  geography,  of  their  correlation  with  the  physical 

elements,  and  of  the  geographic  factors  basic  to  the  study  of  history  and  the  social  sciences. 

GS-IIIC,  VI 

HIS  45/145  Europe  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  Enlightenment,  1300-1789  (3) 

Students  are  invited  to  probe  the  intellectual  and  artistic  flowering  of  the  Renaissance  as  well 

as  its  political  and  economic  foundations;  further  investigation  will  focus  on  the  intellectual, 

social,  religious  and  political  complexities  of  the  Reformation  era  as  well  as  its  major 

religious  and  political  personalities.  The  European  search  for  security  and  the  effort  to 

reconcile  the  Old  Regime  with  the  New  Science  of  the  Enlightenment.  An  examination  of  the 

attempts  to  maintain  the  political  balance  and  growth  of  forces  leading  to  the  modern  world. 

GS-IIIC 

HIS  46/146Europe:The  Age  of  Revolution  and  Nationalism,1789-1871(3) 

A  study  of  class  conflicts,  culture  and  nationalism  in  the  period  from  the  beginning  of  the 

French  revolution  to  the  unification  of  Italy  and  Germany  and  the  Commune  of  Paris.  The 

intellectual  and  artistic  achievements  of  figures  such  as  Goya,  Beethoven,  Stendhal,  Darwin, 

Marx,  and  Wagner  will  be  treated  in  relation  to  the  political,  social,  and  cultural  trends  of  this 

period.  GS-IIIC 


194  HISTORY 


HIS  47/147  Europe:  The  Age  of  Imperialism  and  Totalitarianism,  1871- 
1945  (3) 

The  history  of  Europe  in  the  German  era  from  the  establishment  of  the  Second  Reich  to  the 

collapse  of  the  Third.  A  study  of  society  and  culture  in  nations  preparing  for  and  conducting 

total  war.  The  intellectual  and  artistic  achievement  of  figures  such  as  Nietzsche,  Freud,  Mann, 

Nijinsky,  Orwell,  and  Picasso  will  be  treated  in  relation  to  the  political  and  intellectual 

currents  of  the  period.  GS-IIIC 

HIS  50/150  An  Introduction  to  Asian  History    (3) 

Introduction  to  the  major  themes  in  the  social,  cultural,  religious,  and  political  development  of 

Asia;  principally  India,  China,  and  Japan.  Examines  and  compares  the  history  of  these 

civilizations  from  pre-history  to  the  early  twentieth  century.  GS-IIIC 

HIS  75  Contemporary  America  (3) 

American  life  since  1945;  national  and  international  problems,  the  place  of  the  United  States 

in  world  affairs,  and  the  changing  mores  of  American  society.  GS-IIIC,  IIIG 

HIS  93ABCD  Studies  in  Selected  Historical  Problems/Topics 

(3,3,3,3) 

The  course  will  reflect  special  areas  of  research  by  various  faculty  members  and  visiting 
lecturers.  The  particular  areas  of  study  will  be  announced  in  the  semester  schedules. 
HIS  101  Historical  Methods  and  Historiography  (3) 

An  examination  of  modern  research  and  writing  methods  emphasizing  needed  skills  in 
preparing  research  papers.  Evaluation  of  the  most  significant  historians  and  historical  works. 
Required  for  history  majors. 

HIS  112/112H  Economic  History  of  Europe  (3) 

This  course  will  offer  a  unified  explanation  for  the  growth  of  Western  Europe  from  A.  D.  900 

to  1900,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  evolution  of  economic  institutions.  These  institutions 

include  property  rights  and  wage  labor.  (See  ECO  112H.)  GS-IIIC 

HIS  113  History  and  Civilization  of  Spain    (3) 

A  study  of  the  social,  cultural  and  political  history  of  Spain  with  an  emphasis  on  the  values 

and  institutions  which  have  created  modern  society  in  Spain.  (See  SPA  112.) 

HIS  114  Ancient  Civilizations  (3) 

A  study  of  the  history,  society,  literature  and  religion  of  the  peoples  of  ancient  Egypt,  Israel 

and  Mesopotamia.  The  course  covers  the  dawn  of  civilization  up  to  the  coming  of  Alexander 

the  Great  with  emphasis  on  the  influence  and  contributions  of  the  ancient  Near  East  on  the 

development  of  "Western"  civilization. 

HIS  1 15AB  History  of  Political  Theory  (3,3) 

(See  POL  117AB.)  GS-IIIC 

HIS  116  Classical  Civilization  (3) 

The  development  of  ancient  Greece  from  the  Bronze  Age  through  the  Hellenistic  Ages.  The 

rise  of  Rome,  its  rule  of  the  Mediterranean,  and  its  role  as  transmitter  of  the  Greek  heritage. 

GS-IIIC 

HIS  1 18  The  World  of  Medieval  Europe,  500-1300  (3) 

An  Exploration  of  the  forces,  institutions,  and  people  of  the  late  Roman  Empire,  the 
emerging  Christian  Church,  and  the  Germanic  tribes  which  fused  together  to  create  the 
foundations  for  Western  European  civilization.  GS-IIIC 


HISTORY  195 


HIS  124  History  of  the  Middle  East  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  development  of  major  Islamic  civilizations  to  the  emergence  of  the 
contemporary  nation  states.  Emphasis  on  the  origins  of  the  Turkish-Christian  and  Arab- 
Jewish  conflicts. 

HIS  126  Department  Seminar  (3) 

This  course  is  limited  to  juniors  and  seniors  and  provides  an  in-depth  examination  into  an 
historical  topic.  Research  and  writing  skills  are  emphasized;  a  major  research  paper  is 
required.  (Same  as  POL  153.)  Prerequisite:  His  101. 

HIS  130  Colonial  Latin  American  (3) 

A  survey  of  Latin  America  from  the  period  of  conquest  and  colonization  through  the 

nineteenth  century  movements  for  independence. 

HIS  131  History  of  Religion  in  North  America  (3) 

An  historical  survey  of  the  North  American  religious  experience  from  colonial  times  to  the 

present.  Topics  include  African- American  religion,  Puritanism,  evangelical  revivalism, 

religion  and  politics  in  antebellum  reform,  Mormonism,  Spiritualism,  and  New  Thought, 

religion's  response  to  urbanization,  industrialization,  immigration,  religion  and  science, 

religion  and  politics  from  the  radicalism  of  the  1960s  to  the  neoconservative  evangelism  of 

the  contemporary  period,  New  Age  religion,  and  women  and  religion.  Although  the  course 

emphasizes  Christianity,  it  includes  brief  examinations  of  the  historical  experience  of  Native 

Americans,  Jews,  and  Muslims. 

HIS  132  Civil  Liberties  (3) 

A  critical  study  of  the  various  efforts  to  suppress  the  rights  of  citizens  defined  by  the 

Constitution  from  the  period  of  the  early  Republic  to  the  Patriotic  Act. 

HIS  133  Political  Biography  (3) 

History  approached  through  the  biographies  of  major  political,  social,  and  cultural  actors, 

American  and  non- American.   (See  POL  104.) 

HIS  151  Advanced  Studies  in  the  History  of  Modern  Japan  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  rapid  transition  of  the  feudal  Japan  of  the  Shogun  to  the  modern 

technological  state.  This  course  will  probe  the  events  that  brought  changes  in  government, 

family,  religion,  education,  industry  and  foreign  relations  from  1600  to  1952.  (See  POL 

152A.)  GS-IIIC 

HIS  152  Advanced  Studies  in  the  History  of  Modern  China  (3) 

An  emphasis  on  the  development  of  Modern  China  through  a  biographical  approach. 

Personalities  such  as  the  Empress  Dowager,  Sun  Yat-Sen,  Mao  Tse  Tung  and  others  will 

provide  insights  into  the  evolution  of  the  Chinese  state.  (See  POL  152B.)  GS-IIIC 

HIS  154  The  History  of  Modern  Mexico        (3) 

This  course  on  Modern  Mexico  examines  the  social,  cultural,  political  and  economic  forces 

that  have  shaped  contemporary  Mexico. 

HIS  162  History  and  Civilization  of  Latin  America  (3) 

A  survey  of  pre-Columbian  and  Latin  American  social  and  cultural  history,  with  stress  on  the 

values  and  institutions  which  have  created  modern  society  in  the  Latin  American  world.  (See 

SPA  44/144.)  GS-VI 

HIS  165  History  of  the  Spanish-Speaking  Peoples  of  the  United  States  (3) 

A  study  of  the  Spanish-speaking  peoples  in  the  United  States  today.  The  history, 

contemporary  status,  and  emerging  future  of  the  Mexican  Americans,  with  attention  to  the 

Puerto  Ricans,  Cubans,  and  other  communities  of  importance  to  Southern  California.   (See 

SPA  145.) 


196  HISTORY 


HIS  171  The  United  States  from  Colony  to  Republic,  1607-1800  (3) 

The  American  Revolution,  Confederation,  and  Union  under  the  Constitution;  the  social, 

economic,  and  cultural  development  of  the  United  States  to  1800.  GS-IIIC 

HIS  173  The  United  States  in  the  19th  Century  (3) 

Social,  economic,  political  development  from  the  early  national  period  through  the  Gilded 

Age,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  Civil  War,  including  the  underlying  causes  of  the  conflict 

and  its  consequences  for  American  civilization.  GS-IIIC 

HIS  175  The  U.S.  in  the  20th  Century  (3) 

United  States  social,  economic,  political  and  cultural  development  from  the  Progressive  Era  to 

the  present,  including  World  Wars  I  and  II,  Korea  and  Vietnam,  the  Great  Depression,  the 

Cold  War,  Women's  suffrage,  the  Civil  Rights  Movement,  and  the  globalization  of  American 

culture  during  'The  American  Century."  GS  IIIC 

HIS  178  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  factors  entering  into  the  formation  and  the  carrying  out  of  American  foreign 

policy,  with  emphasis  on  twentieth  century  developments  and  post  World  War  II  problems. 

GS-IIIG 

HIS  179  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States  (3) 

The  evolution  of  the  fundamental  characteristics  and  trends  in  American  constitutional 

development  with  emphasis  on  contemporary  problems.  Consent  of  instructor  necessary  for 

non-majors  and  non-minors.  (See  POL  108.)  GS-IIIC,  IIIG 

HIS  180  Current  Constitutional  History        (3) 

Emphasis  on  the  Bill  of  Rights  as  applied  to  both  federal  and  state  jurisdictions.  Also  includes 

examination  of  both  substantive  and  procedural  due  process.  (See  POL  109.)  GS-IIIC,  IIIG 

HIS  181  Modern  Presidential  History  (3) 

A  study  of  20th  Century  presidents  and  how  their  personalities  and  styles  of  leadership 

influenced  political  trends.  A  comparative  analysis  of  crises  and  leaders  will  be  the  major 

emphasis.  GS-IIIC 

HIS  184  Radicalism  and  Dissent  (3) 

A  look  at  American  history  and  society  through  the  eyes  of  those  on  the  margins,  including 

religious  "come-outers,"  Wobblies,  anarchists,  sixties  radicals  and  flower  children,  and 

contemporary  eco-terrorists.  GSIII-C 

HIS  185A  African  American  History:  American  Slavery,  1619-1865  (3) 

Slavery  as  an  economic  and  social  institution  from  its  introduction  to  the  English  colonies  in 

1619  to  its  abolition  following  the  Civil  War  in  1865.  GS-IIIC 

HIS  185B  African  American  History:Emancipation  to  the  Modern  Era(3) 

Social,  political,  economic,  and  cultural  history  of  African  Americans,  with  emphasis  on  how 
African  Americans  achieved  legal  and  political  equality  with  the  American  system.  African 
American  cultural  expression,  Black  Nationalism,  and  changing  race  relations  throughout  the 
history  of  the  United  States.  GS-IIIC 

HIS  185C/185CH       Race  and  Racism  in  American  Life  and  Thought  (3) 
The  evolution  and  role  of  race  constructs  in  American  social  and  intellectual  history, 
including  law  and  politics,  art  and  the  media,  and  evolving  social  mores  from  Colonial 
America  to  the  late  20th  Century.  GS-IIIC 


HISTORY  197 


HIS  186/186H  Gender  in  American  Life  and  Thought  (3) 

The  evolution  and  role  of  gender  constructs  in  American  social  and  intellectual  history 
including  law  and  politics,  art  and  the  media,  and  evolving  social  mores  from  Colonial 
America  to  the  late  20th  Century. 

HIS  188  California  History  (3) 

Social,  economic,  cultural,  and  institutional  development  of  California  through  the  Spanish, 
Mexican,  and  American  periods.  (See  POL  1 79.)  GS-IIIG 

HIS  191  Major  Issues  in  the  United  States  Women's  History  (3) 

A  topical  study  of  women's  struggle  and  evolving  role  in  American  life  throughout  American 

history.  Among  the  areas  considered  are  politics  and  public  life,  economics  and  business,  art 

and  culture,  family  relationships,  gender  roles  and  expectations,  and  the  race/gender  nexus. 

GS  IIIC 

HIS  192ABC  Women  of  Color  in  the  U.S.  (3) 

This  course  explores  the  experiences  of  women  of  color  in  the  United  States  through  history, 

literature,  and  film.  Each  semester  the  course  focuses  on  a  single  group  of  women  of  color. 

The  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

HIS  193ABCD  Studies  in  Selected  Historical  Problems/Topics  (3,3,3,3) 

Each  course  will  reflect  special  areas  of  research  or  interest  by  various  faculty  members  and 

visiting  lecturers.  The  particular  areas  of  study  will  be  announced  in  the  semester  schedules. 

HIS  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 

HIS  197ABC  Readings  in  Historical-Literature    (1-3) 

Individual  programs  of  reading  on  significant  historical  topics  or  fields.  Designed  to  acquaint 
the  student  with  pertinent  books  of  the  past  and  present.  Limited  to  majors  in  history. 
HIS  198  Internship  in  Public  History  (3) 

Students  serve  a  supervised  internship  in  a  selected  museum  or  public  history  site. 


198  MASTERS  DEGREE  IN  HUMANITIES 


The  Masters  Degree  in  Humanities 

Department  Affiliations:  English,  Cultural  Studies,  History,  Political 
Science 

The  Master  of  Arts  Degree  in  the  Humanities  is  an  interdisciplinary  degree,  which 
includes  courses  from  three  separate  disciplines—  English,  History /Political  Science,  and 
Cultural  Studies.  Students  may  spread  their  courses  among  all  three  or  choose  a  concentration 
in  one  area.  Whichever  choice  the  student  makes,  he  or  she  will  take  three  interdisciplinary 
core  courses  that  deal  with  an  integration  of  ideas  that  go  beyond  the  boundaries  of  a  single 
discipline.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  oral  and  written  communication  skills,  on  critical  and 
analytical  thinking,  and  on  creative,  interdisciplinary  problem  solving. 

Students  will  have  the  opportunity  to  nurture  the  habit  of  life-long  learning  through  the  study 
of  works  by  the  great  thinkers  and  imaginative  artists  of  the  past  and  present  who  have 
reflected  on  the  nature  of  God  and  the  universe,  on  nature  and  time,  and  on  what  it  means  to 
be  human. 

The  Master  of  Arts  Degree  in  the  Humanities  is  a  30-unit  program  in  which  the  final 
course  constitutes  an  original  contribution.  This  original  work  may  take  the  form  of  a  Masters 
thesis  or  a  creative  project. 

Admission  Requirements 

•  Completion  of  a  Baccalaureate  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited  institution  of 
higher  education 

•  Cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.0  on  a  4.0  scale 

•  Two  letters  of  recommendation 

•  Entrance  interview  with  an  advisor 

•  No  graduate  admission  tests  are  required 

Core  Courses  (9  units):  At  the  heart  of  the  program  is  a  series  of  three  required  courses,  one 
in  each  of  these  areas:  Cultural  Studies,  English,  and  History /Political  Science.  Each  of  these 
interdisciplinary  seminars  features  a  research  and  writing  component  designed  to  help  prepare 
students  to  work  on  their  final  thesis  or  project.  Students  may  take  these  courses  in  any  order 
as  long  as  they  complete  one  seminar  in  each  of  the  three  areas.  With  the  guidance  of  a  faculty 
advisor,  a  student  may  elect  to  earn  a  concentration  by  completing  four  courses  (12  units)  in 
one  of  these  disciplines. 

Elective  Courses  (18  units):  The  remaining  six  courses  may  be  chosen  from  a  list  of 
interdisciplinary  courses  created  to  offer  students  the  opportunity  to  explore  the 
interrelatedness  of  various  disciplines  of  study. 


MASTERS  DEGREE  IN     HUMANITIES  199 


Culmination  Course  (3  units):  To  complete  the  Masters  degree,  each  student  submits  an 
original,  graduate-level  project  or  thesis.  This  work  is  done  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
advisor.  If  a  student  chooses  to  do  a  project  in  place  of  a  traditional  thesis,  a  written 
component  is  required  that  places  the  project  in  a  context  that  reflects  the  student's 
cumulative  experience  in  the  program.  Application  forms  and  guidelines  are  available  from 
the  Program  Director. 

Students  are  encouraged  (but  not  required)  to  consider  a  project  or  thesis  that  draws  upon  the 
resources  of  the  community  surrounding  the  Doheny  campus.  Faculty  as  well  are  encouraged 
to  draw  upon  this  racially  and  culturally  diverse  neighborhood  in  designing  the  content  and 
methodology  of  their  courses. 

CORE  COURSES: 
CULTURAL  STUDIES 

People  of  Two  Worlds 

HUM  270CS  People  of  Two  Worlds  (3) 

Explores  various  perspectives  on  men  and  women  who  have  left  their  homelands  to  live 
temporarily  or  permanently  in  new  cultures. 

HUM  271CS  Landscapes  and  Timelines:  The  Development  of 

Social  Units  Around  the  Globe  (3) 

Studies  the  chronological  development  of  social  units  around  the  world  from  the  beginning  of 
time  to  the  present  with  emphasis  on  the  community  and  the  individual. 

Sex  and  Gender 

HUM  272CS  Sex  and  Gender  (3) 

Using  the  perspective  of  gender  as  a  social  construct,  this  course  explores  how  the  roles  of 
men  and  women  differ  with  different  societies,  looking  at  rites  of  passage,  attitudes  and 
values  around  marriage,  age-based  and  socio-economic  perceptions  of  "other,"  as  well  as 
variance  in  attitudes  toward  sexual  behavior. 

Faces  of  Spirituality 

HUM  273CS  The  Faces  of  Spirituality  (3) 

This  course  looks  at  how  various  cultural  groups  conceptualize  spirituality  and  worship,  and 
how  such  ideas  determine  people's  perception  of,  and  relationship  to,  the  cosmos. 

Theory  and  Practice  of  Culture 

HUM  274CS  Theory  and  Practice  of  Culture       (3) 

This  course  examines  a  range  of  theoretical  approaches  to  the  study  of  culture  and  cultural 
practice.  The  course  focuses  on  different  aspects  of  cultural  life,  including  symbols,  language, 
ritual,  religion,  gender,  politics,  globalization,  race,  ethnicity,  and  memory.  Theoretical  and 
methodological  approaches  to  interpreting  and  portraying  culture  will  be  explored,  using  the 
cross-disciplinary  genres  of  ethnography,  cultural  studies,  fiction,  and  film. 


200  MASTERS  DEGREE  IN  HUMANITIES 


Culture  through  Film 

HUM  275CS  Culture  through  Film  (3) 

Films  as  visual  literature  afford  direct  access  to  the  hidden  world  of  culture.  This  course 
analyzes  through  film  a  selected  number  of  cultures  from  different  parts  of  the  world.  Using  a 
comparative  approach  to  understand  these  films  as  texts,  we  parallel  the  traditional  study  of 
literature,  but  with  a  more  specific  intent  to  study  culture. 

Aesthetics  and  Taste 

HUM  276CS  Aesthetics  and  Taste  (3) 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  understand  the  many  different  criteria  for,  and  conceptions 
of,  what  is  perceived  to  be  "beautiful"  and  "good"  across  global  cultures.  A  wide  selection  of 
topics  will  be  explored,  such  as  fashion  and  taste;  inner  and  outer  beauty;  and  creative 
representations  of  beauty  in  music,  dance,  architecture,  and  art. 

Culture  of  Time  and  Space 

HUM  277CS  Culture  of  Time  and  Space  (3) 

These  two  universal  and  all-encompassing  dimensions  are  conceived  of  and  understood  with 
considerable  variation  in  different  societies.  The  issue  of  time  as  duration,  of  monochrome 
and  polychronic  time  will  be  explored,  as  well  as  the  field  of  proxemics  which  is  the  study  of 
how  people  conceive  and  use  space — social,  visual,  auditory,  and  architectural  space  among 
others. 

HUM  278CS  The  Silk  Road:  A  Cultural  Mosaic (3) 

This  course  will  study  the  historic  Silk  Road,  its  historical  evolution  and  the  cultural 
geographical  aspects  of  cultural  regions  along  the  road,  cultural  diffusion  especially  of  art  and 
religious  ideas,  cultural  integration,  human  landscapes,  and  human  ecology. 

HUM  284CS  The  Early  Modern  Experience.       (3) 

This  course  will  focus  on  the  era  that  gave  rise  to  Humanism,  printing,  the  Renaissance,  and 
the  European  encounter  with  the  Americas.  Particular  emphasis  on  the  interaction  of  cultures, 
languages,  and  religions. 

Biography,  Autobiography  and  Anthology 

HUM  279CS  Cervantes  in  the  Twenty-First  Century  (3) 

Four  hundred  years  after  his  death,  why  are  people  of  all  ages,  from  all  over  the  world,  still 
drawn  to  the  works  of  this  man?  What  is  the  universal  appeal  of  his  work  that  resonates  in  the 
modern  world  and  inspires  contemporary  writers?  Why  do  we  still  read  his  works  today? 

HUM  280CS  Contemporary  Russian  Women's  Writing:  Text 

and  Context  (3) 

Traces  the  ways  in  which  Russian  society's  concept  of  womanhood  changed  and  remained  the 
same;  explores  the  varied  and  dynamic  literary  production  by  Russian  women  authors  in  the 
aftermath  of  glasnost.  Authors  such  as  Ludmilla  Petrushevskaya,  Tatyana  Tolstaya,  and 
Ludmilla  Ulitskaya  shed  light  on  the  struggle  for  identity  within  a  changing  cultural  and 
sociopolitical  climate.  Looks  at  issues  like  motherhood  and  work,  marriage,  sexuality  and 
gender  relations,  and  the  importance  of  friendships  between  women  in  Russian  culture. 


MASTERS  DEGREE  IN  HUMANITIES  201 


HUM  282CS  Biography,  Autobiography  and  Anthology  (3) 

Personal  accounts  of  men  and  women  who  have  had  a  global  impact  across  cultures  and  time. 

Myths  across  Cultures 

HUM  281CS  Myths  Across  Cultures  (3) 

Studies  significant  patterns  of  world  myths  and  theories  of  mythology  as  both  a  reflection  of 
culture  and  of  universal  human  themes.  The  course  also  introduces  the  Masters  candidate  to 
graduate  level  research  methods. 

Healing  Body  and  Soul 

HUM  283CS  Healing  body  and  soul  (3) 

The  concern  for  healing  is  shared  equally  by  all  cultures,  as  it  has  a  metaphysical  dimension 
among  certain  people  and  less  so  in  others.  This  course  will  focus  on  the  philosophies  that 
underlie  the  process  of  healing  and  their  manifestations. 

HUM  289CS  Special  Topics  in  Cultural  Studies:  (3) 

May  be  repeated  as  topics  vary. 

ENGLISH 

HUM  205E  Shakespearean  Subjects  (3) 

Centers  on  the  individual  in  selected  works  of  William  Shakespeare  and  his  portrayal  of  the 
individual  mind  at  work,  the  actor  among  events  larger  than  the  self:  the  fates  of  kings  and 
nations,  the  agonies  of  lovers,  the  betrayal  of  friends  and  comrades.  Will  also  include 
theoretical  texts  on  the  construction  of  "subject"  in  the  early  modern  period  and  scholarship 
about  Shakespeare  the  man. 

HUM  212E  Epic,  Community,  and  Identity       (3) 

A  culture  studies-focused  course  that  looks  at  the  Homeric  texts,  Virgil,  Beowulf,  and 
Arthuriana,  and  their  cultural  progeny.  Examines  what  these  texts  (including  their  retellings, 
especially  through  film)  say  about  cultural  and  individual  self-concepts  and  how  those  self- 
concepts  connect  to  empire. 

HUM  230E  The  Gothic  Tradition  in  Art  and  Literature  (3) 

Explores  the  history  of  the  Gothic  ideal  in  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  from  1 2th 
century  through  the  dawn  of  the  Renaissance,  including  the  exquisite  cathedrals  at  Chartres, 
Rhiems,  and  Paris  as  well  as  Gothic  art  in  England,  Italy,  Germany,  and  Spain  and  considers 
how  the  idea  of  "gothic"  translates  to  narrative  art. 
HUM  23 IE  Dante  (3) 

Interdisciplinary  approach  to  Dante,  viewing  his  literary  achievement  in  light  of  other 
perspectives,  especially  theology,  philosophy,  art  history,  and  politics.  Readings  include  his 
Commedia  and  his  political  treatise,  On  Monarchy,  as  well  as  contemporary  political  and 
religious  treatises. 


202  MASTERS  DEGREE  IN  HUMANITIES 


HUM  232E  Creative  Writing  (3) 

Through  both  reading  and  writing,  this  class  delves  into  considerations  of  elements  of  "style," 
and  "voice,"  exploring  character  development,  plot,  dialogue,  time,  place,  stream  of 
consciousness,  and  suspension  of  disbelief.  Type  of  writing  ranges  from  short  pieces  of 
fiction  to  chapters  for  novels,  to  poetry  depending  on  the  genre  being  offered.  Method  of 
instruction  also  varies  with  the  instructor  and  may  include  "workshop"  in  which  each 
student's  writing  is  read  by  the  rest  of  the  class  for  constructive  criticism.  Class  may  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

HUM  233E  Shakespeare  and  His  World  (3) 

Examines  Shakespeare's  drama  in  the  social,  political,  and  economic  context  of  the 
Renaissance  period.  Questions  whether  plays  such  as  Richard  II  and  Henry  /Fpose  a 
challenge  to  the  monarchy  and  social  hierarchy,  how  comic  conventions  of  cross-dressing  and 
mistaken  identity  in  such  plays  as  Twelfth  Night  and  The  Merchant  of  Venice  reflect  conflicts 
between  individual  desire  and  social  convention,  and  what  his  plays  tell  us  about  the 
Elizabethan  age — and,  by  comparison,  our  own.  Texts,  journals,  diaries,  letters,  etc.,  by  other 
writers  of  the  period  will  also  be  examined. 

HUM  234E  Science  &  the  Victorians  (3) 

Looks  at  how  literature  of  the  Victorian  Period  responded  to  contemporary  scientific  theories, 
how  it  borrowed  from  and  gave  emotional  substance  to  scientific  concepts,  and  considers  how 
Victorian  scientists  conveyed  their  theories  in  the  language,  metaphors,  and  analogies  usually 
reserved  for  literature.  In  exploring  the  works  of  writers  like  Mary  Shelley,  Tennyson, 
Dickens,  and  Hardy,  and  scientists  like  Darwin,  Koch,  Pasteur,  Doyle,  and  others,  students 
will  consider  how  these  two  seemingly  antithetical  disciplines  are  actually  closely  interrelated 
cultural  practices  that  reflect  the  social,  political,  and  economic  hopes  and  fears  of  the  period. 
HUM  235E  Los  Angeles  Literature  (4) 

This  course  will  explore  the  way  myths  have  ruled  L.A.  and  its  literature,  including  the 
numerous  ways — for  instance  noir,  realism,  multiculturalism,  postmodernism — that  L.A. 
authors  have  responded  to  and  deconstructed  the  so-called  "sunshine  mythology"  of  the  city's 
"disneyfied  "  boosters. 

HUM  236E     Southern  Exposure:  The  Fiction  of  William  Faulkner  (3) 
Investigates  Faulkner's  exposure  of  the  "Southern  fagade"  by  focusing  on  the  social  and 
psychological  themes  of  his  fiction,  including  issues  of  gender,  race,  and  class.  Also  examines 
the  "fiction"  of  the  author's  own  life.  Includes  selected  short  stories  and  novels  by  Faulkner 
and  biographical  works. 

HUM  237E  The  American  Dream  and  its  Literary  Legacy  (3) 

Much  of  American  literature  results  from  an  attempt  to  deal  with  the  problematic  intersection 
between  the  promise  of  the  American  dream  and  the  reality  of  America's  historical  legacy, 
which  includes  a  good  deal  of  individual  failure  as  well  as  racism,  the  destruction  of  Native 
American  cultures,  and  discrimination.  Some  recent  American  writers  have  tried  to  redefine 
the  American  dream  in  order  to  reaffirm  its  validity  while  others  pursue  alternative  visions  out 
of  the  past  or  into  the  future.  This  course  examines  19th  and  20th  Century  American  literature 
with  an  eye  towards  this  problematic  dream.  Includes  authors  such  as  Harriet  Jacobs, 
Sojourner  Truth,  Emerson,  Whitman,  Melville,  Kate  Chopin,  Fitzgerald,  Silko,  etc. 


MASTERS  DEGREE  IN    HUMANITIES  203 


HUM  238E  World  Literature:  The  Changing  Face  of  Evil  (3) 

Since  the  beginning  of  time,  evil  has  worn  many  faces,  and  the  concept  of  evil  has  found 
expression  in  many  forms  of  creative  thought — art,  literature,  philosophy.  An  investigation 
into  the  changing  ideas  about  the  nature  of  evil  in  Western  literature  raises  questions  like: 
How  does  "nature"  figure  into  the  definition  of  evil?  Is  there  a  connection  between  gender 
and  evil?  The  inquiry  takes  students  through  a  wide  range  of  time  and  a  number  of  cultures. 

HUM  239E  The  Romantic  Heritage  (3) 

Romanticism,  as  a  literary  movement  in  England,  began  at  the  dawn  of  the  1 9th  Century  with 

the  poetry  of  Samuel  Taylor  Coleridge  and  William  Wordsworth  and  quickly  found  kindred 

spirits  in  Keats,  Shelly,  Byron,  and  others.  The  major  proponents  in  America  were  Walt 

Whitman  and  the  "Transcendentalists" — Emerson  and  Thoreau,  etc.  Students  immerse 

themselves  in  the  poetry  and  ideas  of  the  English  and  American  "Romantics"  and  trace  the 

movement  through  the  Victorian  period  and  into  "modernist"  poets  like  Cummings  and  Eliot 

and  even  into  the  later  20th  Century. 

HUM  240E  "Story  Painters  and  Picture  Writers":  Poetry  and 

the  Visual  Arts  (3) 

Artists  such  as  William  Blake,  Dante  G.  Rosetti,  E.  E.  Cummings,  and  William  Faulkner  (yes, 

Faulkner)  worked  in  more  than  one  medium — written  text  and  visual  art.  In  some  instances, 

poets  were  inspired  by  objects  of  art;  in  other  cases,  poems  become  the  subject  of  visual  art. 

This  interdisciplinary  course  uses  a  variety  perspectives  and  critical  approaches  to  explore  the 

relationships  between  these  media. 

HUM  24 IE  Sports  in  Literature  (3) 

This  course  examines  sport  as  subject,  symbol,  and  motif  in  a  variety  of  texts,  including 

journalism,  fiction,  and  autobiography.  By  looking  at  the  intersection  of  text  and  sport, 

students  examine  what  sports  mean  to  our  society  and  reveal  about  our  culture. 

HUM  242E  Nineteenth-Century  Gothic  Literature       (3) 

The  Gothic  novel  came  into  its  own  in  the  mid-eighteenth  century  but  had  its  heyday  in  the 

nineteenth  century.  This  course  offers  a  variety  of  approaches  to  the  topic,  ranging  from 

vampire  literature  to  female  Gothic,  to  race,  gender  and  imperialism  in  Victorian  Gothic 

and/or  American  Gothic,  depending  on  the  instructor.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  as  topic 

changes. 

HUM  243E  Voices  From  the  Margins:  A  Search  for  Identity  (3) 

Students  have  the  opportunity  to  explore  what  gives  voice  to  marginalized  groups  in  such 

works  as  Toni  Morrison's  Song  of  Solomon,  Maxine  Hong  Kingston's  Woman  Warrior, 

Leslie  Marmon  Silko's  stories  and  novels,  and  plays  by  David  Henry  Hwang  and  August 

Wilson.  Readings  will  be  determined  by  instructor. 

HUM  244E  Eco-Criticism:Literature  and  the  Environment  (3) 

Uses  the  most  intriguing  schools  of  contemporary  literary  criticism  to  examine  the  work  of 

prosenature  writers  like  Annie  Dillard,  Edward  Abbey,  and  Henry  David  Thoreau;  of  poets 

like  Mary  Oliver,  Wendell  Berry,  Joy  Harjo,  and  W.  S.  Merwin;  and  of  novelists  like  Zora 

Neale  Hurston,  Khemingway,  DeLillo,  and  Cormac  McCarthy.  Includes  reading  from  fields 

of  biology,  history,  geography  and  philosophy. 

HUM  245E  Chaucer  (3) 

HUM  249E  Special  Topics  in  Literature:  (3) 

May  be  repeated  as  topics  vary. 


204  MASTERS  DEGREE  IN  HUMANITIES 


HISTORY 

HUM  210H  The  Survival  of  Democracy  in  America:  Alexis 

DeTocqueville  &  His  Critics  (3) 

This  course  examines  the  fragile  nature  of  democracy,  and  the  political  and  social  institutions 

that  can  serve  to  strengthen  it,  through  an  examination  of  Alexis  de  Tocquevillees  classic 

work,  Democracy  in  America.  Students  will  consider  Tocqueville's  critics,  the  relevance  of 

Tocquevillees  analysis  under  current  political  conditions,  and  assess  his  predictions  for  the 

survival  of  democracy  in  America. 

HUM  223H     Roots  of  the  Holocaust  in  Western  Culture:  Anti-Semitism 

from  Antiquity  to  the  Shoah  (3) 

This  course  will  study  the  origins  of  anti-Semitism  in  Western  culture,  from  its  pre-Christian 

roots  through  the  interaction  between  the  early  Christian  Church  and  its  Jewish  antecedents, 

and  the  unfolding  anti-Semitism  of  the  Middle  Ages.  The  relationship  between  the  cultural 

foundations  and  the  development  of  political  traditions  in  post-Enlightenment  Europe  that  led 

to  the  Nazi  Holocaust  will  be  examined. 

HUM  250H  Japan  in  Film  (3) 

Japanese  cinema  has  played  a  special  role  in  global  film  history,  influencing  directors  as 

diverse  as  George  Lucas,  Steven  Spielberg  and  Quinten  Tarentino.  This  course  examines  the 

history  of  Japanese  film,  and  the  history  of  Japan  through  film.  It  will  include  directors  such 

as  Kurosawa  Akira,  Ozu  Yasujiro,  Itami  Juzo  and  Miyazaki  Hayao.  Comparisons  will  be 

made  between  Japanese  film,  the  Western  films  they  influenced,  and  vice  versa.  The  course 

will  include  both  live-action  and  animated  film. 

HUM  251H  Leadership  and  Personality  (3) 

How  do  character  and  personality  influence  political  leadership?  Using  a  psychoanalytic 

approach,  and  focusing  on  American  presidents,  this  course  will  illuminate  the  way  in  which 

character  traits,  personality  patterns,  and  worldview  have  shaped  the  way  leaders  make 

decisions,  respond  to  crises,  and  contribut  to  the  political  environment. 

HUM  253H  America  in  the  Sixties  (3) 

This  course  examines  conflicting  concepts  of  community  and  personal  identity  in  modern 

Americans  most  formative  decade,  the  1960s.  Topics  to  be  covered  include  the  Civil  Rights 

movement  under  Dr.  Martin  Luther  King,  Black  Power,  csecond-wavee  feminism,  and  the 

Chicano  movement. 

HUM  256H  Racism  in  the  Modern  Age  (3) 

The  evolution  and  role  of  racial  constructs  in  American  social  and  intellectual  history, 

including  law  and  politics,  art  and  the  media,  and  evolving  social  mores  from  colonial 

America  to  the  modern  era. 

HUM  258H  Political  Theory  and  the  Individual  (3) 

Explores  notions  of  the  "individual"  in  society  as  developed  by  political  theorist  of  the  early 

modern  era.  The  investigation  includes  studying  The  Leviathan,  in  which  Thomas  Hobbes 

theorizes  that  the  reality  of  human  nature  requires  the  formation  of  contractual  government  if 

the  individual  is  to  escape  a  life  that  is  "short,  brutish  and  nasty."  Students  will  also  analyze 

J.  S.  Mill's  On  Liberty,  and  his  theory  of  the  free  and  independent  individual  and  the 

relationship  between  passion  and  intellectual  reason.  Finally,  students  will  examine  Adam 

Smith's  The  Wealth  of  Nations  and  assess  his  theory  that  the  power  of  individual  rationality 

and  "self-interest  rightly  understood"  provide  the  best  opportunity  for  a  workable  society. 


MASTERS  DEGREE  IN   HUMANITIES  205 


HUM  259H  Natural  Law  (3) 

Natural  Law  theory  posits  that  morality  can  and  should  play  an  important  role  in  law  and 

politics.  Scholars  in  the  natural  law  tradition  argue  that  law  informed  by  morality  can 

preserve  a  cultural  environment  in  which  citizens  refrain  from  self-corrupting  actions,  and  are 

more  likely  to  make  morally  upright  choices.  Critics  of  this  theory  argue  that  "morals  laws" 

are  more  likely  to  be  an  affront  to  civil  liberties  and  individual  autonomy.  This  course 

explores  Natural  Law  theory  and  its  leading  critics  from  the  liberal  tradition. 

HUM  261H  African  American  History:  Seeking  Liberation    (3) 

A  series  of  thematic  courses  that  explore  the  African-American  experience  from  slavery 

through  contemporary  times,  exploring  such  issues  as  legal,  social,  and  political  struggles  for 

equality,  civil  rights,  Black  nationalism,  and  Black  political  movements. 

HUM  262H     Special  Topics:  African  American  History:  Building 

Community  (3) 

A  series  of  thematic  courses  that  explore  the  African- American  experience  of  community 

building  in  the  United  States  in  all  its  manifestations,  including  religious,  social,  professional, 

and  Utopian  communities. 

HUM  262H     Special  Topics:  African  American  History:  Building 

Community  in  the  Promised  Land:  Black  Los  Angeles,  1900-1945  (3) 

Los  Angeles's  Black  community,  in  the  early  years  of  the  20  th  century,  absorbed  two  great 

waves  of  migrants  from  the  South,  looking  for  new  opportunities.  This  course  examines  how 

this  culture  interacted  with  the  nativist  elements  it  encountered  and  how  it  established  an 

identity  of  its  own  that  registered  a  wider  influence  in  all  spheres  of  American  and  African 

American  culture. 

HUM  263H  African  American  History:  Culture  and  Image    (3) 

A  series  of  thematic  courses  that  explore  the  Black  image  in  American  culture  through  time, 

including  Black  imagery  in  literature,  film,  advertising,  music,  and  myth.  The  course  will 

also  explore  what  role  the  popular  and  cultural  image  had  on  the  contemporary  status  of 

Blacks  in  society. 

HUM  264H  Marx,  Marxism,  and  History  (3) 

Delves  into  the  details  of  Marx's  thought,  examines  how  revolutionaries  around  the  world 

attempted  to  apply  these  notions  to  their  own  societies,  and  studies  the  relationship  between 

Marxism  and  intellectuals,  looking  at  why  Marx's  ideas  have  failed  to  produce  a  communist 

world.  The  Soviet  Union,  China,  and  Cuba  especially  will  be  analyzed. 

HUM  265H  Race  and  Slavery  in  America  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  role  of  race  in  the  development  of  slavery  as  a  legal  institution  on  the 

American  continent,  from  the  colonial  era  through  the  American  Civil  War.  Will  study  the 

phenomenon  of  race  as  a  social  and  legal  construct  as  the  underpinning  of  American  slavery 

from  1619  to  1865. 

HUM  266H  Politics  and  Religion  in  America      (3) 

Explores  the  relationship  between  religion  and  politics  in  American  history.  Examines  the 

Constitutional  concept  of  the  separation  of  church  and  state  as  well  as  landmark  legal  cases 

associated  with  it.  Also  looks  at  the  nation's  "civil  religion,"  that  unique  conflation  of 

Protestant  and  republican  values  that  has  informed  American  public  life  since  the 

Revolutionary  era.  With  this  context  in  place,  the  course  focuses  on  specific  issues  involving 

religion  that  are  matters  of  public  controversy  today-abortion,  gay  marriage,  stem  cell 

research,  intelligent  design,  and  the  problem  of  poverty. 


206  MASTERS  DEGREE  IN  HUMANITIES 


HUM  267H     Kennedy:  The  Camelot  Presidency  in  History  and  Myth  (3) 

The  presidency  of  John  F.  Kennedy  (1961  -  1963)  survives  as  both  an  historical  and  a 
mythological  legacy.  In  contemporary  America,  it  is  often  difficult  to  distinguish  where  one 
ends  and  the  other  begins.  This  course  will  examine  the  historical  record  of  the  Kennedy 
administration  and  its  foreign  and  domestic  policies,  as  well  as  the  popular  myths  that  have 
grown  from  that  era,  comparing  the  two  while  attempting  to  determine  why  myths  emerge  and 
what  purpose  they  serve  in  a  political  and  social  context. 
HUM  268H     Plays  and  Politics  (3) 

HUM  269H     Special  Topics  in  History/Political  Science:  (3) 
May  be  repeated  as  topics  vary. 

ELECTIVES 

HUM  201        The  Role  of  Women  in  Western  Christian  Culture  (3) 

Considers  the  role  of  women  in  the  creation  and  continuation  of  Western  Christian  culture, 
and  Christianity's  ambivalence  toward  women  throughout  the  centuries.  Focuses  on  three 
historical  periods:  The  First  Thousand  Years;  Reformation  Years  to  Modernity;  Post-Modern 
Years. 

HUM  202        The  Philosophy  of  Death  (3) 

This  course  examines  the  significance  of  death  over  twenty-five  centuries  of  thought  and 
across  several  different  disciplines,  from  ancient  Greek  philosophy,  through  the  Hindu  and 
Buddhist  religious  traditions,  through  Christianity,  to  modern  and  contemporary  attempts  to 
deal  with  the  phenomenon  of  death  in  psychoanalysis,  social  anthropology,  and  philosophy. 
HUM  206        Native  American  Art  and  Philosophy         (3) 
This  course  is  a  journey  into  the  realm  of  Native  American  art  and  philosophy.  Central  to  this 
study,  we  will  look  at  art,  film,  and  literature  as  vehicles  of  mythology,  ideas,  and  values.  Our 
goal  is  to  see  how  (1)  the  images  and  symbols  in  art  and  film  and  (2)  the  ideas  and  stories  in 
literature  shape  a  worldview  and  a  tribal  philosophy.  This  will  include  the  Inuit,  Haida, 
Ojibwa,  and  the  Huichol. 

HUM  207        Contemporary  Political  Philosophy  (3) 

Does  the  political  subject  still  exist,  or  are  we  merely  the  demographically  determined  targets 
of  political  campaigns?  Do  we  still  need  the  "state"?  Or  is  this  19th  Century  concept  no 
longer  valid  in  an  era  when  global  capital,  trans-national  corporations,  NGOs  and  other  "non- 
state  actors"  (e.g.,  "terrorists")  all  wield  power?  Does  this  complex  concept  articulate  the 
relations  between  political  subjects  and  the  political  community?  Will  investigate  these 
questions  in  works  by  Derrida,  Foucault,  Zizek,  and  others. 
HUM  211        Explorations  of  Non- Western  Ideas  (3) 

Interdisciplinary  exploration  of  non-Western  ideas-expressions  and  perspectives  of  India, 
China,  Japan,  Africa,  and  Southeast  Asia—focusing  on  the  broad  themes  of  individual, 
society,  creativity,  and  cosmos. 

HUM  215        Blood  on  Our  Hands:  Crime,  Violence  and  Fear  in 
America  (3) 

This  course  will  examine  crime  and  violence  as  part  of  America's  past  and  present  culture, 
and  the  dynamic  role  that  fear  plays  as  both  a  motivation  for  and  a  consequence  of  violence. 


MASTERS  DEGREE  IN    HUMANITIES  207 


HUM  222       Charles  Darwin:  His  Life  and  His  Legacy  (3) 

Biology,  sociology,  psychology,  even  theology,  literature,  and  the  arts  have  all  been  shaped 
by  the  Darwinian  paradigm.  Politicians  struggle  with  the  impact  of  his  theories,  which 
continue  to  drive  the  most  fundamental  questions:  "Who  are  we,  and  where  did  we  come 
from?"  This  course  looks  at  the  historical  Darwin  and  the  contemporary  understanding  of 
Darwinism  on  post-modern  life. 

HUM  224  20th  Century  World  Views  (3) 

Surveys  contemporary  worldviews,  including  some  that  profoundly  shaped  the  world  in  the 

20th  Century,  and  now  define  the  21st  Century.  Includes  such  modes  of  thought  as  idealism, 

phenomenology,  existentialism,  hermeneutics,  Marxism,  critical  theory,  psychoanalysis, 

structuralism,  post-structuralism,  deconstruction,  postmodernism,  and  feminism. 

Thematically,  our  interdisciplinary  concern  will  be  with  such  issues  as  the  rise  of  Humanism 

and  the  reaction  against  it,  the  flirtation  with  Marxism,  the  rise  of  the  women's  movement,  the 

loss  of  colonial  empires,  etc. 

HUM  225  Film  and  Sociology  (3) 

HUM  229  Special  Topics  in  Humanities:  (3) 

May  be  repeated  as  topics  vary. 

HUM  295  Directed  Individual  Study  (3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


HUM  296A  Capstone  Project  Proposal  Workshop        (1) 

Workshop  prepares  students  for  their  final  project. 

HUM  296B  Capstone  Project  (2) 

Students  may  elect  to  do  a  Masters  thesis  or  a  creative  project  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty 
advisor.  Before  registering  for  the  project,  students  must  complete  HUM296A  and  must  have 
their  proposals  approved  by  their  advisors,  the  Humanities  Committee,  and  the  Director  of  the 
Program.  Forms  and  guidelines  are  available  from  the  Program  Director. 

HUM  297ABC  Capstone  Project  Continuation        (1, 1, 1) 


208  JAPANESE 


Japanese 

Department  Affiliation:  Language  and  Culture 

As  an  institution  of  higher  education  on  the  Pacific  Rim  and  with  a  student  population  praised 
for  its  diversity,  the  department  of  Language  and  Culture  offers  two  semesters  of  Japanese  to 
fulfill  the  language  requirement.  These  courses  can  also  be  taken  as  electives. 


JPN 1  Elementary  Japanese  I  (4) 

This  course  develops  the  student's  four  communication  skills.  The  course  reviews  selected 

grammar,  builds  vocabulary  and  Kanji.  The  different  levels  of  politeness  in  speech  are 

introduced.  The  course  also  covers  topics  that  enhance  the  student's  awareness  and 

understanding  of  Japanese  culture.  GS-IV 

JPN  2  Elementary  Japanese  II  (4) 

This  course  continues  perfecting  the  student's  four  communication  skills.  By  extensive 

aural/oral  and  reading/writing  exercises,  the  student  achieves  further  proficiency  in  the  target 

language.  It  focuses  on  building  vocabulary,  idiomatic  expressions,  and  Kanji  to  help 

students  discuss  and  write  essays  with  enough  ease  on  selected  topics,  including  Japanese 

culture,  literature,  and  history.  GS-IV 


JOURNALISM  209 


Journalism 

Department  Affiliation:  English 

JRN  101  Basic  News  Writing  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  basic  skills  of  reporting  and  news  writing.  Intensive  writing  practice. 

Overview  of  print  and  broadcast  journalism. 

JRN  102  Advanced  Reporting  and  News  Writing  (3) 

Reporting  techniques  and  intensive  experience  in  identifying  news  sources,  interviewing, 
researching,  and  constructing  the  story.  Practice  in  a  variety  of  types  of  journalistic  writing. 
Emphasis  on  journalism  ethics  and  law.  Prerequisite:  JRN  101  or  equivalent. 

JRN  90/190  Internship  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

JRN  96/196  Oracle  Workshop  (1-3) 

Guides  students  through  the  monthly  production  of  the  student  newspaper.  Addresses  all 
aspects  of  production  including  reporting,  writing,  editing,  layout  and  advertising.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 


210  LANGUAGE  &  CULTURE 


Language  and  Culture 

The  Department  of  Language  and  Culture  offers  Spanish,  French  and  Japanese  programs 
carefully  designed  to  provide  students  with  the  necessary  tools  to  interact  effectively  in  a 
multicultural  social  or  professional  environment.  In  order  to  sharpen  their  skills,  students  are 
encouraged  to  use  the  latest  technology,  do  service  learning,  and  study  abroad. 

In  this  age  of  globalization,  communicating  with  the  rest  of  the  world  has  never  been  more 
important.  For  communication  to  truly  take  place,  we  must  understand  not  only  the  words  but 
what  is  behind  them;  we  must  understand  how  people  of  different  cultures  think  and  act,  and 
why.  We  must  understand  their  culture. 

Culture  is  the  set  of  beliefs,  values,  traditions  and  the  history  that  has  shaped  the  minds  and 
rituals  of  any  given  group.  Understanding  cultures  and  having  proficiency  in  their  languages 
open  a  wide  array  of  career  opportunities,  not  only  in  the  world  of  business,  but  also  in  any 
aspect  of  a  service  career  such  as  health,  education,  law  and  order,  and  politics.  For  this 
reason,  our  department  offers  various  interdisciplinary  programs  to  combine  Language  and 
Culture  with  such  departments  as  Business,  Education,  History  and  Political  Science,  Nursing, 
and  Sociology.  Students  are  encouraged  to  arrange  double  majors  with  these  disciplines. 

In  the  Department  of  Language  and  Culture,  the  student  can  graduate  with: 

1 .  A  Cultural  Studies  Minor  (See  p.  140.) 

2.  A  Minor  or  Major  in  French  Studies  (See  p.  185.) 

3.  Japanese  classes  (See  p.  208.) 

4.  A  Minor  or  Major  in  Spanish  Studies  (See  p.  347.) 

5.  A  Minor  in  Human  Service  for  the  Bilingual  Settings 
(Interdepartmental  collaboration  with  the  Sociology  Department)  (See  p.  191.) 

6.  A  Major  in  Spanish  and  Business 

(Interdepartmental  collaboration  with  the  Business  Department)  (see  p.  117) 


LIBERAL  ARTS  211 


Liberal  Arts 


A.A.  Degree 

The  Associate  in  Arts  degree  with  a  specialization  in  Liberal  Arts  is  designed  for  the  student 
who  wishes  to  explore  various  disciplines  and  have  a  wide  variety  of  experiences.  At  the 
completion  of  the  Associate  in  Arts  program,  the  student  may  pursue  a  major  leading  to  a 
Baccalaureate  degree  in  her  chosen  field  and/or  she  may  enter  a  career  which  utilizes  the 
benefits  from  her  interdisciplinary  program.  For  transfer  to  the  Baccalaureate  program  on  the 
Chalon  campus,  the  student  should  consult  her  advisor  regarding  General  Studies 
requirements.  Requirements  for  admission  into  the  Liberal  Arts  program  are  the  same  as  those 
for  admission  into  the  Associate  degree  program. 

The  Liberal  Arts  Program  requirements  include: 


English  6AB/1AB 

(3,3) 

Outreach 

(1) 

Intro  to  College  Studies 

(1) 

Art  or  Music 

(3) 

Literature 

(6) 

Modern  Language 

(8) 

Mathematics 

(3) 

Science 

(3) 

Psychology 

(3) 

Sociology 

(3) 

History/Political  Science/Economics 

(3) 

Speech 

(2) 

Philosophy 

(3) 

P.E./Wellness 

(1) 

The  student  must  complete  all  Liberal  Arts  requirements  with  a  grade  of  C-  or  better  (except 
for  English  classes  where  grades  must  be  C  or  better). 

Total  units  in  the  Liberal  Arts  Program:  46 

Plus  additional  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  60  semester  units. 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  the  following  majors  on  the  Chalon  campus  can  declare  an 
emphasis  and  should  take  the  following  suggested  courses  when  fulfilling  their  Liberal  Arts 
requirements: 


nglish 

Liberal  Studies 

Psychology 

HIS  1A&  IB 

ART  2 

BIO  5 

PHI  5  or  PHI  10 

BIO  5  and  10 

PHI  10 

MTH50&51 

PSY  1 

istory 

MUS6 

PSY  12 

HIS  1A&  IB 

PHI  10 
POL  1 

olitical  Science 

PSY  12 

POL2&  10 

RST61 

212  LIBERAL  ARTS 


The  B.A.  Degree  with  a  Major  in 
Liberal  Arts 

(Offered  through  Weekend  College) 
Departmental  Affiliation:  English 

The  Liberal  Arts  major  involves  the  study  of  human  beings  and  societies  from  the  multiple 
perspectives  of  the  humanities  and  the  social  sciences.  By  means  of  this  interdisciplinary 
major,  a  student  can  explore  and  combine  the  varied  insights  into  human  art  and  activity  that 
are  revealed  by  the  disciplines  and  methodology  of  psychology,  literature,  art,  history, 
philosophy,  religious  studies,  music,  sociology,  economics,  and  anthropology. 

Building  on  the  base  of  the  General  Studies  curriculum,  students  select  courses  for  their  major 
which  will  further  their  examination  of  human  beings  and  societies  through  the  lenses  of  at 
least  two  disciplines  in  the  humanities  and  two  in  the  social  sciences.  This  focusing  of 
perspectives  allows  the  student  to  illuminate  chosen  themes  such  as  the  character  of  American 
culture  or  women's  issues  from  a  variety  of  intellectual  angles,  and  to  do  so  in  depth  and  with 
rigor. 

The  Liberal  Arts  major  provides  a  solid  background  for  graduate  work  in  Law,  Public 
Administration,  and  most  fields  in  the  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences.  Students  who  wish  to 
develop  a  strong  professional  specialization  are  encouraged  to  combine  the  major  with  a 
minor,  such  as  Business  Administration. 

Requirements: 

A  minimum  of  thirty  units  in  Liberal  Arts  offerings,  of  which  twenty-four  must  be  upper 
division.  A  minimum  of  four  of  the  upper-division  courses  must  be  in  the  humanities, 
representing  at  least  two  of  the  following  disciplines: 

art  music 

language  philosophy 

literature  religious  studies 

A  minimum  of  four  upper-division  courses  must  be  in  the  social  sciences,  representing  at  least 
two  of  the  following  disciplines: 

anthropology  political  science 

economics  psychology 

history  sociology 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units, 
including  Modern  Language  requirement  of  two  courses  in  Modern  Language  or 
Cultural  Studies.. 

Total  Units  in  Liberal  Arts:  30 


LIBERAL  STUDIES  213 


Liberal  Studies 


Department  Affiliation:  Education 

The  Liberal  Studies  major  is  an  integrative  program  of  study  designed  specifically  for 
students  seeking  the  Multiple  Subject  Credential  authorizing  them  to  teach  in  California 
elementary  schools.  This  rigorous  and  intellectually  stimulating  major  is  designed  to: 

•  Prepare  teachers  who  know  subject  matter  in  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences  and  who 
demonstrate  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  diverse  fields  of  human  endeavor. 

•  Enable  future  teachers  to  see  relationships  between  subject  matter  content  and  the 
ways  subject  matter  is  developed,  learned,  and  taught. 

•  Assist  future  teachers  in  learning  specified  content  in  the  major  areas  of  study  (see 
Major  Requirements). 

•  Help  future  teachers  acquire  the  skills  needed  to  transfer  their  knowledge  to  real-life 
applications  in  an  elementary  classroom. 

Students  in  the  major  explore  areas  of  learning  as  active  participants;  they  acquire  a  variety  of 
skills  and  techniques,  reflect  on  the  learning  process,  and  take  responsibility  for  their  role  in 
it. 

Students  may  enroll  in  the  Liberal  Studies  major  elementary  subject  matter  preparation 
program  and,  concurrently,  be  enrolled  in  the  elementary  teaching  preparation  program.  (See 
Education.) 

To  be  eligible  for  acceptance  into  the  Liberal  Studies  major,  applicants  must  have  achieved  a 
minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.5  (C  +)  in  high  school  and  in  any  previous  college 
coursework.  Students  pursuing  the  Liberal  Studies  major  may  be  assigned  course  credit  for 
Advanced  Placement  Scores  of  3,  4,  or  5  in  subject  areas  that  fulfill  requirements  for  the 
major  at  the  discretion  of  the  program  advisor. 

MSMC  does  not  do  equivalency  evaluations  of  academic  preparation  programs  or  courses 
completed  by  candidates  from  other  colleges  or  universities.  MSMC  does  not  evaluate 
academic  preparation  program  equivalency  for  candidates  who  completed  the  Baccalaureate 
degree  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  unless  the  candidate  completed  the  Diversified  or  Liberal 
Studies  major. 

Contact  the  Coordinator  of  the  Liberal  Studies  major  with  questions  about  this  policy  or  about 
meeting  requirements  for  the  academic  preparation  for  the  Multiple  Subject  Credential. 
California  legislation  and  regulations  regarding  credential  requirements  are  subject  to  change 
and  supercede  MSMC  catalog  policies  and  department  procedures  regarding  them. 

At  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  the  Liberal  Studies  major  is  offered  through  the  Education 
Department. 

Liberal  Studies  Major  Requirements 

All  courses  taken  as  part  of  the  major  must  be  approved  by  the  Liberal  Studies  advisor  during 
the  official  advisement  period. 


214  LIBERAL  STUDIES 


Language 

9  units  in  composition  (e.g.,  ENG  1 A  and  IB  or  ENG  5H,  and  ENG  105) 

One  course  in  speech  (SPE  10) 

3  units  in  linguistics  (ENG  102) 

Courses  in  language  other  than  English  to  meet  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Modern  Language 

requirements  (See  p.  62  in  this  catalog.)  Spanish  recommended. 

One  course  in  children's  literature 

3  upper  division  units  in  literature 

Mathematics  and  Science 

6  units  in  mathematics  (e.g.,  MTH  50  and  51) 

3  units  in  biological  science  (must  include  a  laboratory,  e.g.,  BIO  5) 

4  units  in  physical  science,  including  the  study  of  physics,  chemistry,  space  and  earth  science 
(e.g.,  PHS  2AB) 

3  units  in  health  science  (BIO  10) 

One  course  in  computer  processes  and  applications 

Social  Science  and  History 

6  units  in  U.S.  history  and  government,    (e.g.,  HIS  106  and  POL  1) 

(Candidates  for  the  California  teaching  credential  must  complete  2  units  of  study  of  the  U.S. 

Constitution.) 

3  units  in  world  history  (e.g.,  HIS  3  or  HIS  1 12,  or  HIS  1 16) 

3  units  in  geography  (HIS  25) 

3  units  in  sociology  (SOC  161) 

3  units  in  California  history  (HIS  188) 

Humanities 

15  units  are  required  to  meet  General  Studies  requirements  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 
RST  61  should  be  included  as  one  of  the  courses. 

Fine  Arts 

4  units  in  art  (a  course  in  art  appreciation  or  history  and  ART  145) 
4  units  in  music  (a  course  in  music  appreciation  and  MUS  130) 

1  unit  in  drama  and  dance  (INT  194 A) 

Physical  and  Health  Education 

4  units  in  physical  and  health  education  (BIO  10  and  PED  100) 

Human  Development 

6  units  in  human  development  (PSY  12  and  PSY  1 13) 

Education 

The  EDU  100,  101,  and  102  courses  provide  opportunities  for  students  to  reflect  on  their 
integrative  program  of  study.  EDU  106  enables  students  to  meet  the  field  experience 
component  of  the  program  as  required  by  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher 
Credentialing. 


LIBERAL  STUDIES 


215 


EDU  100  Introduction  to  Liberal  Studies  (1 ) 

EDU  101  Seminar  in  the  Concentration:  Liberal  Studies  Major  (.5) 

EDU  102  Integrative  Seminar  in  Liberal  Studies  (1) 

EDU  106  School  and  Society  (3) 

Students  in  the  major  complete  a  subject  matter  portfolio  demonstrating  their  knowledge  and 
skills  in  the  areas  of  study  included  in  the  Liberal  Studies  major.  According  to  State  of 
California  regulations,  the  California  Subject  Examination  for  Teachers  (CSET)  is  a  required 
component  of  the  MSMC  Liberal  Studies  major. 

Concentrations 

Candidates  for  the  Liberal  Studies  major  also  complete  a  concentration  in  an  area  such  as 
English,  mathematics,  social  science,  or  Spanish.  Concentrations  are  completed  in  subject 
areas  commonly  taught  in  elementary  schools  or  related  areas.  The  concentration  consists  of 
12  units  of  study  which  are  coherently  related  to  each  other  with  an  integrative  theme  and  are 
ordinarily  upper  division  units.  Information  about  and  examples  of  concentrations  are 
discussed  in  EDU  100  and  101. 


216  MATHEMATICS 


Mathematics 


Departmental  Affiliation:  Physical  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

While  offering  students  an  opportunity  to  study  mathematics  as  part  of  a  liberal  education,  the 
Mathematics  major  serves  as  excellent  preparation  for  work  in  fields  such  as  computer 
science,  statistics,  secondary  teaching,  business,  or  graduate  study.  Coupled  with  courses  in 
chemistry  and  biology,  a  degree  in  mathematics  also  provides  excellent  preparation  for 
entrance  into  schools  of  medicine,  dentistry,  or  optometry. 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  Degree  in  Mathematics 
Computer  Science  Emphasis 

Lower  Division: 

MTH  5ABC  Calculus  I/II/III  (4,4, 4) 

CIS  2  Introduction  to  Computer  Programming  (3) 

MTH  20  Programming  (3) 

MTH  25  The  LINUX/UNIX  Environment  (3) 

PHY  1 1 AB  Mechanics/Electricity,  Magnetism,  and  Optics  (4,3) 

PHY  1 BL  Physics  Laboratory  ( 1 ) 

Students  who  can  demonstrate  their  proficiency  in  any  of  the  above  courses  may  enroll  in  the 

next  course  in  the  sequence.  Students  who  need  further  preparation  in  algebra  and  elementary 

functions  should  take  MTH  1,  College  Algebra,  before  MTH  5  A. 


Upper  Division: 

MTH  102 

Advanced  Calculus 

(3) 

MTH  103 

Linear  Algebra 

(3) 

MTH  1 1 1 

Abstract  Algebra 

(3) 

MTH  113 

Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

MTH  119 

Differential  Equations 

(3) 

MTH  128  A 

Numerical  Analysis 

(3) 

Nine  units  from  the  following: 

MTH  101 

Topics  in  Geometry 

(3) 

MTH  120 

Discrete  Mathematics 

(3) 

MTH  128B 

Numerical  Analysis 

(3) 

MTH  135 

Structure  of  Programming  Languages 

(3) 

MTH  140 

History  of  Mathematics 

(1) 

Total  units  in  Mathematics:  48 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units,  including 
Modern  Language  requirement.  An  overall  GPA  of  2.0  in  major  courses  is  required  for  the 
degree. 


MATHEMATICS         217 


The  Minor  in  Computer  Programming 

Lower  Division: 

MTH  5ABC  Calculus  I/II/III  (4,4,4) 

CIS  2  Introduction  to  Computer  Programming  (3) 

MTH  20  Programming  (3) 

MTH  25  The  LINUX/UNIX  Environment  (3) 

Upper  Division: 

Two  upper  division  courses  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  student's  advisor  from  the 

following: 

MTH  1 1 3  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

MTH  1 19  Differential  Equations  (3) 

MTH  120  Discrete  Mathematics  (3) 

MTH  128 AB        Numerical  Analysis  (3,3) 

MTH  135  Structure  and  Comparison  of  Programming  Languages  (3) 

The  Minor  in  Mathematics 

A  minimum  of  eight  courses  including  the  following: 

MTH  5ABC  Calculus  I/II/III  (4,4,4) 

MTH  1 1 9  Differential  Equations  (3) 

MTH  103  Linear  Algebra  (3) 

MTH  1 1 1  Abstract  Algebra  (3) 

Two  additional  upper  division  courses  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  department.  (6) 


MTH  OX  Math  Tutorial  (1) 

This  class  is  for  students  who  need  a  review  in  a  limited  number  of  mathematical  topics.  The 
topics  may  include  the  numbers  of  arithmetic,  an  introduction  to  algebra,  linear  equations  in 
one  variable,  word  problems,  polynomials,  graphing  and  straight  lines,  systems  of  equations, 
rational  expressions,  radicals,  quadratic  equations,  absolute  value  and  inequalities.  Students 
will  meet  one  hour  per  week  with  a  tutor.  Credit  does  not  apply  to  the  Baccalaureate  degree. 
MTH  1  College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  (4) 

Set  language  and  notation,  real  and  complex  numbers,  fundamental  operations,  inequalities; 
polynomial,  exponential,  and  trigonometric  functions,  and  their  graphs;  De  Moivre's  theorem. 
Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  score  on  the  Mathematics  Placement  Examination  or  completion  of 
MTH2X.    GS-IHE,VIIB 

MTH  2X  Fundamentals  of  Algebra  (3) 

Real  numbers  and  their  properties,  exponents  and  radicals,  fundamental  operations, 
polynomials,  factoring,  rational  expressions,  linear  and  quadratic  equations  and  inequalities, 
systems  of  equations.  Meets  four  hours  per  week.  Successful  completion  of  MTH  2X  fulfills 
the  AA  Liberal  Arts  math  requirement;  credit  does  not  apply  to  the  Baccalaureate  degree. 
MTH  5A  Calculus  I  (4) 

Limits;  continuity;  derivatives  of  algebraic  and  transcendental  functions  with  applications; 
antiderivatives;  an  introduction  to  the  definite  integral;  the  Fundamental  Theorem  of  Calculus. 
Prerequisite:  Three  to  four  years  of  high  school  mathematics  including  trigonometry  and 
satisfactory  score  on  Mathematics  Placement  Examination  or  grade  ofC  -  or  better  in 
MTH  1.  GS-IIIE,VIIB 


218  MATHEMATICS 


MTH  5B  Calculus  II  (4) 

Techniques  of  integration  (including  substitution  and  parts);  numerical  methods  of 
integration;  applications  of  the  integral  (including  areas,  and  volumes);  improper  integrals; 
infinite  series;  an  introduction  to  parametric  equations  and  polar  coordinates.  Prerequisite: 
Grade  ofC  -  or  better  in  MTH 5 A.  GS-IIIE,  VIIB 

MTH  5C  Calculus  III  (4) 

Partial  derivatives;  multiple  integrals;  three-dimensional  space;  vectors  in  two-  and  three- 
dimensional  space;  vector  calculus.  Prerequisite:  Grade  ofC  or  higher  in  MTH  5B  or  consent 
of  instructor.  GS-VIIB 

MTH  10  Quantitative  Reasoning  and  Mathematical  Ideas  (3) 

Ideas  in  mathematics  chosen  to  emphasize  problem-solving,  decision-making,  economic 

productivity  and  real-world  applications.  Recommended  to  fulfill  GS  HIE  requirement  absent 

other  major  requirements.  Topics  include  critical  thinking,  inductive  reasoning,  problem 

solving,  numbers,  finances,  statistics,  probability,  geometry,  algebra  and  exponential 

functions.  Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  score  on  Mathematics  Placement  Examination  or 

completion  ofMTH2X.  GS-IIIE,  VIIB 

MTH  20  Programming  (3) 

Intermediate  level  programming  methods  including  vector  and  array  manipulations,  classes, 

functions,  and  subroutines.  Applications  in  science,  mathematics,  and  business.  Prerequisite: 

CIS  2  and  MTH  5 A  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  MTH  5 A  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

GS-IIIE 

MTH  25  The  LINUX/UNIX  Environment     (3) 

Basic  LINUX  and  UNIX  commands,  the  file  systems,  pipes,  filters,  shell  procedures,  reading 

of  binary  files  and  programming  debugging  aids.  Prerequisite:  CIS  2  and  familiarity  with  a 

compiled  programming  language;  MTH  5 A  is  highly  recommended. 

MTH  28  Mathematical  Analysis  for  Business  (3) 

Topics  in  Algebra  including  solutions  of  systems  of  equations  and  inequalities;  exponential 
and  logarithmic  functions;  linear  programming  and  mathematics  of  finance.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  application  of  mathematics  to  problems  in  business.  Prerequisites:  Satisfactory 
score  on  the  Mathematics  Placement  Examination  or  completion  of  MTH  2X.  GS-IIIE,  VIIB 

MTH  30  Calculus  for  Business  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  differential  and  integral  calculus  of  elementary  functions  and  analytic 
geometry.  Applications  of  the  methods  of  calculus  to  business  and  economic  problems. 
Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  score  on  Mathematics  Placement  Examination  or  a  grade  ofC  or 
better  in  MTH  1  or  a  grade  ofB  or  better  in  MTH  28. 

MTH  38  Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

Elementary  probability  theory,  properties  of  distributions,  sampling,  estimation,  hypothesis 
testing,  correlation.  Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  score  on  the  Mathematics  Placement 
Examination  or  completion  of  MTH  2X.    GS-IIIE,  VIIB 

MTH  38H  Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

Topics  in  probability  and  statistics  including  measures  of  central  tendency  and  spread, 
elementary  probability  theory,  properties  of  distributions,  estimation,  confidence  intervals, 
hypothesis  testing,  linear  correlations  and  regression.  An  algebra-based  course  intended 
primarily  for  nonmathematics  majors.  Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  score  on  the  Mathematics 
Placement  Examination  or  completion  of  MTH  2X.  Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the 
Honors  Program.  GS-IIIE 


MATHEMATICS  219 


MTH  50  Elementary  Number  Systems  (3) 

Sets,  numeration  systems,  properties  of  integers,  rational  and  real  numbers,  elementary 
number  theory,  modular  systems,  problem-solving  processes,  ratio,  proportion,  percentage. 
This  course  receives  General  Studies  credit  and  is  required  for  Liberal  Studies  majors.  Can  be 
taken  for  professional  credit.  Prerequisite:  High  school  algebra  and  geometry  with  a  grade  of 
C  or  better  or  satisfactory  score  on  the  Mathematics  Placement  Examination.  GS-IIIE,  VI IB 

MTH  51  Elements  of  Geometry  and  Statistics  (3) 

Intuitive  geometry  of  lines,  planes,  and  space;  congruence,  similarity,  measurement, 
geometric  constructions,  elements  of  probability  and  statistics.  This  course  is  intended 
primarily  for  Liberal  Studies  majors.  Can  be  taken  for  professional  credit.  Prerequisite:  High 
school  algebra  and  geometry  with  a  grade  ofC  or  higher  or  satisfactory  score  on  the 
Mathematics  Placement  Examination.  GS-IIIE,  VIIA 

MTH  99/199  Special  Studies  in  Mathematics        (1-3) 

Independent  or  group  studies  in  mathematics.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

Prerequisite:  Approval  of  the  department  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 

Any  upper  division  mathematics  course  will  require  a  minimum  grade  ofC  in  prerequisite 

courses. 

MTH  101  Topics  in  Geometry  (3) 

A  brief  treatment  of  the  axiomatic  foundations  of  Euclidean  and  non-Euclidean  geometry.  An 
introduction  to  differential  geometry.  Prerequisite:  MTH  5C,  103  concurrent. 

MTH  102  Advanced  Calculus  (3) 

Set  theory,  real  numbers  and  their  topology,  limits,  continuity,  differentiation  and  integration 
theory.  Prerequisite:  MTH  5C. 

MTH  103  Linear  Algebra  (3) 

Vectors  and  vector  spaces,  linear  transformations  and  matrices,  determinants,  eigenvalues  and 
eigenvectors.  Prerequisite:  MTH  5B. 

MTH  104  Number  Theory  (3) 

The  division  algorithm,  different  bases,  g.c.d.  and  1  .cm.,  the  equation  ax  +  by  =  n,  the 
fundameatal  theorem  of  arithmetic;  properties  of  congruence,  reduced  residue  systems,  Euler 
phi-function,  simultaneous  congruences;  polynomial  congruences,  primitive  roots,  indices,  the 
law  of  quadratic  reciprocity,  finite  and  infinite  continued  fractions,  some  computer 
applications  in  elementary  number  theory.  Prerequisite:  MTH  5C  or  consent  of  instructor . 

MTH  105  Complex  Analysis  (3) 

Complex  numbers  and  functions,  analytic  functions,  integration,  conformal  mapping. 
Prerequisite:  MTH  5C. 

MTH  1 1 1  Abstract  Algebra  (3) 

Numbers  and  number  systems,  groups,  rings;  fields;  homomorphism  and  isomorphism 
theorems.  Prerequisite:  MTH  5C;  MTH  120  strongly  recommended  or  consent  of  instructor. 

MTH  113  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

Probability  as  a  mathematical  system,  random  variables  and  their  distributions,  limit 
theorems,  statistical  applications,  hypotheses  testing.  Prerequisite:  MTH  5C  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

MTH  119  Differential  Equations  (3) 

Linear  equations,  series  solutions,  Laplace  transforms,  numerical  methods,  existence  and 
uniqueness  of  solutions.  Prerequisite:  MTH  5B. 


220  MATHEMATICS 


MTH  120  Discrete  Mathematics  (3) 

Logic,  proof  writing  (including  induction),  set  theory,  functions  and  relations,  algorithms  and 
recursion,  elementary  number  theory,  combinatories  probability,  graph  theory,  and  trees. 
Prerequisite:  MTH  5B.  GS-VIIB 

MTH  128AB  Numerical  Analysis  (3,3) 

Solutions  of  large  systems  of  linear  algebraic  equations.  Eigenvalues  and  eigenvectors  of 
matrices.  Interpolation:  Lagrange  and  Newton  polynomials.  Fourier  series  and  orthogonal 
polynomials.  Introduction  to  the  theory  of  ordinary  differential  equations.  Heun  and  Runge- 
Kutta  numerical  techniques.  Numerical  determination  of  real  and  complex  roots  of 
polynomials;  cubic  splines;  numerical  treatment  of  partial  differential  equations,  techniques  of 
numerical  integration.  Prerequisites:  MTH  5C,  MTH  20. 

MTH  135  Structure  and  Comparison  of  Programming 

Languages  (3) 

Basic  concepts  of  syntax  and  semantics.  Comparison  of  syntax  and  semantics  of  selected 
programming  languages.  Language  design.  How  to  evaluate  a  computer  programming 
language.  Prerequisites:  MTH  5 A,  MTH  20,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

MTH  140  History  of  Mathematics  (1) 

History  of  mathematics  from  antiquity  to  the  mid  20th  Century.  Prerequisites:  MTH  5C,  MTH 
103,  and  demonstrated  mathematical  maturity. 

MTH  190  Internship  (1-3) 

An  intensive  work-study  program  for  qualified  upper  division  students.  The  student  is 

responsible  for  setting  up  the  internship  in  conjunction  with  the  appropriate  faculty  and  the 

office  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement.  This  must  be  approved  by  the  department 

chairperson. 

MTH  195H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 


MUSIC  221 


Music 


The  Music  major  is  a  program  carefully  designed  to  provide  a  rich  and  wide  range  of  musical 
learning  and  experience.  It  combines  classroom  study,  discussions  and  lectures  enhanced  by 
technology  with  individual  instruction,  solo  and  ensemble  performance,  concert  attendance 
and  internships.  Students  select  an  emphasis  in  performance  or  music  history. 

The  B.A.  degree  offers  preparation  in  music  for  students  desiring  a  broad  knowledge  of  music 
for  teaching,  research,  performance,  personal  enjoyment,  cultural  development,  or  advanced 
degrees.  The  total  curriculum  includes  two-thirds  of  the  studies  in  the  Liberal  Arts  and  one- 
third  in  Music. 

The  Music  Department  offers  a  Music  Ministry  Certificate  program  for  persons  wishing  to 
pursue  music  leadership  roles  in  parishes.  Essentially  a  two-year  program,  it  can  serve  as  the 
basis  for  a  Baccalaureate  degree. 

The  Music  minor  is  available  to  interested  students  by  completing  at  least  2 1  units  as 
indicated.  Students  interested  in  music  as  an  elective  may  participate  in  various  offerings  of 
the  Music  Department  including  performance  classes,  individual  instruction,  or  in  the  study  of 
music  as  an  art. 

In  addition  the  Music  Department  presents  varieties  of  musical  concerts,  workshops,  and 
other  activities  which  enrich  the  quality  of  the  educational  and  cultural  life  of  the  College  and 
the  community. 

Mount  students  have  the  opportunity  to  cross-register  at  UCLA  for  courses  not  offered  at 
MSMC. 

The  Music  Department  is  accredited  by  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music. 

Requirements  for  Admission  as  a  Music  Major  or  Minor: 

1.  Audition  showing  potential  in  the  field  of  performance 

2.  Theory  examination  for  placement  purposes 

3.  Interview  with  designated  department  personnel 

4.  Recommendations  which  indicate  potential  for  music 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  Degree  in  Music 
Performance  Emphasis 


Core  courses  : 

MUS  1AB 

Musicianship  I 

(3,1) 

MUS  1CD 

Musicianship  I 

(3,1) 

MUS  2AB 

Musicianship  II 

(3,1) 

MUS  5 

Music  Practicum 

(.5,-5) 

MUS  11 

Functional  Keyboard  Skills 

(1) 

Required  of  all  but  keyboard  majors.  Every  student  must  pass  the  piano 
proficiency  examination  before  graduation.  Only  three  units  may  be  taken 
for  credit. 


222           MUSIC 

MUS  15 
MUS  24AB 
MUS  105 
MUS  133  A 

MUS  139 
or  MUS  140 

Applied  Music      (1-2)  (4  semesters — Total  6  units) 
Surveys  of  the  History  and  Literature  of  Music  (3,3) 
Music  Practicum                                               (.5,. 5) 
Music  Analysis                                                  (2) 
Instrumental  Conducting                                  (2) 
Choral  Techniques                                            (2) 

Requirements: 

MUS  115 

Applied  Music 

(2)  (4  semesters,  2  units  each  term) 

MUS  151 
And  choice  of  the 
MUS16/116 
MUS  17/117 

MUS  25/125 
MUS  142 
MUS  146 
Senior  Recital 


Pedagogy 

following  to  total  4  units: 
Music  of  World  Cultures 
Women  in  Music 
Music  Masterpieces 
American  Musical  Theater 
Special  Projects  in  Music 


(2) 

(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(3) 
(1-3) 


For  the  special  needs  of  the  individual,  the  department  may  substitute  other  courses  for  these 
music  requirements.  See  also  additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  degree. 

Total  Units  in  Music:  43 
Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  units,  including  Modem 
Language  requirement. 


Music  History  Emphasis 


Core  Courses: 

MUS  1AB 
MUS  1CD 
MUS  2AB 

MUS  5 
MUS  11 


MUS  15 
MUS  24AB 
MUS  105 
MUS  133  A 
MUS  139 
MUS  140 


Musicianship  I 
Musicianship  I 
Musicianship  II 
Music  Practicum 


(3,1) 
(3,1) 
(3,1) 
(0.5,0.5) 


Functional  Keyboard  Skills  (1)  Required  of  all  but  keyboard  majors. 

Every  student  must  pass  the  piano  proficiency  examination  before 

graduation.  Only  three  units  may  be  taken  for  credit. 

Applied  Music  (At  least  one  unit  each  term) 

Surveys  of  the  History  and  Literature  of  Music  (3,3) 

Music  Practicum  (0.5,  0.5) 

Music  Analysis  (2) 

Instrumental  Conducting  (2)  or 

Choral  Techniques  (2) 


Requirements: 

MUS  115  Applied  Music 

MUS  125  Music  Masterpieces 
And  choice  of  the  following  to  total  4  units: 

MUS  1 1 6  Music  of  World  Cultures 

MUS  1 1 7  Women  in  Music 

MUS  142  American  Musical  Theater 

MUS  146  Special  Projects  in  Music 


(Total  6  units) 
(3) 

(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(1-3) 


MUSIC       223 


For  the  special  needs  of  the  individual,  the  department  may  substitute  other  courses  for  these 
music  requirements.  See  also  additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  degree. 

Total  Units  in  Music:  Approximately  43 
Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  units,  including  Modern 
Language  requirement. 

Additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  degree: 

1.  Evidence  of  academic  and  musical  maturity  prior  to  admission  to  junior  standing. 

2.  Performance  in  student  recitals,  and  jury  examinations  in  major  instrument. 

3.  Participation  in  an  ensemble  every  semester. 

4.  Satisfactory  completion  of  Piano  Proficiency  Examination. 

CERTIFICATE  PROGRAM  IN  MUSIC  MINISTRY 

MUS  1/101AB  Musicianship  I  (3,1) 

MUS  1/101CD  Musicianship  I  (3,1) 

MUS2/102AB  Musicianship  II  (3,1) 

MUS  10  Music  and  Worship  (1-2) 

MUS  13  Applied  Music  -  (Secondary  Instrument)  -  two  semesters 

MUS  15  Applied  Music  -  (Primary  Instrument)  -  four  semesters 

MUS  24/1 24 AB  Surveys  of  Music  History  and  Literature  (3,3) 

MUS  1 12  Music  Ministry  (2) 

MUS  140  Choral  Techniques  (2) 

MUS  146E  Special  Projects  in  Music:  Theory  and  Composition  (3) 

Ensemble:  four  semesters 

Electives  in  Church  Music  (2-8) 

RST  1 90T  Foundations  of  Liturgy  (3 ) 

THE  MINOR  IN  MUSIC 

Requirements: 

A  minimum  of  21  units  including: 

MUS  1/101AB      Musicianship  I  (3,1) 

[Prerequisite  MUS  3  or  consent  of  the  instructor] 
MUS  1/101  CD     Musicianship  I  (3,1) 

MUS  3  Discovering  Music  Fundamentals  (optional)  (1-3) 

MUS  6/106  Varieties  of  Music  (3) 

or 
MUS  24A/B  or  124A/B  Surveys  of  the  History  and  Literature  of  Music    (3,3) 
MUS  13/113         Applied  Music  (4  semesters)  (1-2) 

Ensemble 
Electives  in  Music 

MUS  1/101  AB;  CD  Musicianship  I  (3,1;3,1) 

(Harmony  -  3,  Solfege  -  1  Lecture,  three  hours,  and  laboratory,  two  hours  each  week.)  A 
functional  study  of  the  theoretical  elements  of  music  including  the  quantitative  and  aesthetic 
aspects  of  rhythm,  intervals,  scales,  triads,  two-  and  three-part  counterpoint,  and  problem- 
solving  chord  connection  up  to  the  chord  of  the  seventh.  Development  of  aural,  visual, 
singing,  writing,  playing,  improvisatory,  and  compositional  skills  in  notation,  scales,  modes, 
rhythm,  and  melodic  and  harmonic  intervals.  Prerequisite:  MUS  3  or  consent  of  instructor. 
GS-VIIA 


224  MUSIC 


MUS  2/102  AB  Musicianship  II  (3,1) 

(Harmony  -  3,  Solfege  -  1  Lecture,  three  hours,  and  laboratory  two  hours  each  week.) 

Continuation  of  Musicianship  I,  including  ninth,  eleventh,  and  thirteenth  chords,  chromatic 

harmony  and  modulation.  Contemporary  techniques  in  harmony,  rhythm,  melody, 

counterpoint  and  form,  including  the  12-tone  technique,  chance  and  electronic  music. 

Development  of  aural,  visual,  singing,  writing,  playing,  improvisatory,  and  compositional 

skills  in  compound  intervals,  chromatic  and  atonal  melodies,  chromatic  harmonies, 

modulation,  and  more  complex  meters  and  rhythms  to  include  twentieth  century  techniques. 

MUS  3  Discovering  Music  Fundamentals  (1-3) 

A  functional  approach  to  the  theoretical  aspects  of  music  for  personal  enjoyment,  teaching,  or 

access  to  more  advanced  theory  courses.  Emphasis  on  experiencing  the  melodic,  rhythmic, 

harmonic  and  formal  aspects  of  music. 

MUS  4  Guitar  Class  (1) 

Class  instruction  in  the  basic  technique  and  performance  of  the  guitar,  development  of  music 

reading  skills  and  appropriate  repertoire.  Students  must  provide  their  own  instruments. 

MUS  5  Music  Practicum  (.5) 

Study  of  music  literature  of  varied  times,  styles,  and  cultures  through  performance,  concert 

attendance,  lectures  and  reports.  Discussion  and  study  of  selected  issues  and  trends  impacting 

the  music  profession. 

MUS  6/1 06M  Varieties  of  Music  (3) 

Beginning  with  an  introduction  to  the  world  and  language  of  music,  this  course  explores  the 

richness  of  the  art  of  sound  from  varieties  of  avenues  in  order  to  heighten  awareness, 

understanding  and  appreciation  of  this  art.  Emphasis  on  the  diversity  and  stylistic 

development  of  music  as  it  reflects  the  times  and  world  cultures.  Both  MUS  6/106  may  be 

taken  for  Honors  Credit.  Designed  for  non-music  majors.  GS  -  IIIA,  VI 

MUS  7  Voice  Class  (1) 

Study  of  fundamental  techniques  of  breath  control,  tone  production,  diction,  and 

interpretation.  Development  of  appropriate  repertoire.  Open  to  both  music  (other  than  voice 

major)  and  non-music  majors.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  8A  Elementary  Piano  I  (1) 

Orientation  to  the  piano,  introduction  to  rudiments  of  music  including  note  reading,  basic 

chords  and  five  finger  scales.  Simple  pieces  played  with  both  hands  in  several  major  keys. 

MUS  8B  Elementary  Piano  II  (1) 

Instruction  includes  scale  structures  of  major  keys  and  primary  chord  harmonizations  in 

simple  major  and  minor  keys.  Easy  pieces  making  use  of  extended  hand  positions,  and  played 

with  attention  to  good  rhythm,  tone  and  dynamics.  Prerequisite:  MUS  8A  or  consent  of 

instructor. 

MUS  8C  Intermediate  Piano  (1) 

The  course  includes  technical  studies,  major  and  minor  scales,  hand  over  hand  arpeggios  and 
chord  progressions.  Pieces  from  easy  classic  repertoire  played  with  attention  to  basic  concepts 
of  piano  technique,  style  and  interpretation.  Prerequisite:  MUS  8B  or  consent  of  instructor. 

MUS  10  Music  and  Worship  (1-2) 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  ritual,  and  the  role  music  has  played  in  the  major  liturgies 
throughout  the  centuries,  with  emphasis  on  the  present. 


MUSIC       225 


MUS 1 1  Functional  Keyboard  Skills  (1) 

A  keyboard  class  to  develop  practical  knowledge  of  chords,  chord  progressions,  cadences, 

simple  accompaniment  of  melodies,  transposition  and  modulation.  Includes  program  for 

progressive  development  of  sight-reading,  technical  skills,  and  improvisation.  Often  taken  as 

Directed  Study. 

*MUS  13/113  Applied  Music  (1-3) 

Private  instruction  -  instrumental  or  vocal.  For  non-music  majors.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

*MUS  15/115  Applied  Music  (1-3) 

Private  instruction  -  instrumental  or  vocal.  For  music  majors.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  16/116  Music  of  World  Cultures  (1) 

Introduction  to  the  richness  and  variety  of  musical  expression  found  in  selected  world 

cultures.  Emphasis  on  the  music  of  cultures  well  represented  in  California.  Selected  cultures 

may  vary  with  each  offering. 

MUS  17/117  Women  in  Music  (1) 

A  study  of  the  contribution  of  women  to  the  world  of  music  both  as  composers  and 

performers. 

*MUS  19/119  Mount  Chorus  (1) 

Study  and  performance  of  masterpieces  of  choral  literature  from  all  periods  for  women.  Open 

to  all  college  students,  members  of  the  community,  and  to  qualified  high  school  students  with 

senior  standing.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

*MUS  21/121  Mount  Singers  (1) 

Study  and  performance  of  masterpieces  of  choral  literature  for  women  from  all  periods.  Open 

to  men  and  women,  members  of  the  community,  and  to  qualified  high  school  students  with 

senior  standing  by  audition.  May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Women  participating  students  must 

enroll  in  MUS  19/119  concurrently. 

*MUS  23/123  Chamber  Music  (1) 

Study  and  performance  of  chamber  music  for  various  instrumental  and/or  vocal  combinations. 

May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Prerequisites:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

MUS  24/124  AB         Surveys  of  the  History  and  Literature  of  Music  (3,3) 

Development  of  compositional  forms  and  styles  viewed  from  the  historical  perspective.  A. 

Antiquity  to  the  year  1750.  B.  1750  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  MUS  6  or  equivalent. 

MUS  25/125  Music  Masterpieces  (3) 

Study  of  selected  masterpieces  of  music  in  historic  context.  Open  to  all  students.  Areas  of 
emphasis  may  vary  and  will  be  advertised  prior  to  its  scheduled  offering.  Prerequisite:  MUS 
6/106  or  consent  of  instructor.  GS-IIIA 

MUS  105  Music  Practicum  (.5) 

Study  of  music  literature  of  varied  times,  styles  and  cultures  through  performance,  concert 
attendance,  lectures,  and  reports.  Discussion  and  study  of  selected  issues  and  trends 
impacting  the  music  profession.  (Continuation  of  Music  5.) 

MUS  112  Music  Ministry  (2) 

An  examination  of  the  role  and  responsibility  of  the  music  minister  within  the  parish 
structure.  Study  of  legislation  governing  the  use  of  music  in  the  church  as  well  as 
administrative  practices  conducive  to  a  successful  music  program.  Often  taken  as  Directed 
Study. 


226  MUSIC 


MUS  122  Performance  Practices  (2) 

Study  and  performance  of  significant  instrumental  and  vocal  literature  for  solo  and  ensembles. 
MUS  130  Creative  Music  Experience  (1) 

An  introduction  to  music  and  its  use  in  the  education  and  development  of  children.  Emphasis 

is  placed  on  rhythm,  melody,  harmony,  form,  style,  notation,  and  creativity.  It  includes 

instruction  on  melodic,  percussion,  and  fretted  instruments,  classroom  observation  and 

participation.  This  course  serves  as  basic  preparation  for  the  elementary  and  intermediate 

school  instructor,  and  for  those  working  in  various  areas  of  child  development. 

MUS  133AB  Music  Analysis  (2,2) 

A.  A  study  of  the  forms  found  in  Classical  period  music:  motive,  phrase,  period,  song  form, 

rondo,  theme  and  variation,  and  sonata.  Principles  of  understanding  musical  structures  as  they 

apply  to  folk,  pop  and  music  of  world  cultures.  B.  A  study  of  the  forms  found  in  the  music  of 

the  Renaissance,  Baroque,  Romantic,  and  Contemporary  periods. 

MUS  135  Composition  (2) 

Analysis,  improvisation  and  composition  of  music  in  various  styles,  forms,  and  instrumental 

and/or  vocal  combinations,  and  electronic  sound  sources.  May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Often 

taken  as  Directed  Study. 

MUS  139  Instrumental  Conducting  (2) 

Study  of  baton  technique,  score  reading,  and  interpretation  of  orchestral  literature. 

MUS  140  Choral  Techniques  (2) 

Study  of  baton  technique,  score  reading,  and  interpretation  of  choral  literature  of  various 

styles. 

MUS  142  American  Musical  Theater  (3) 

A  history  of  the  American  Musical  from  its  origins  to  the  present  day.  The  class  will  include 

in-depth  analysis  of  varied  musicals  to  further  the  understanding  of  how  plot,  musical 

structure  and  interpretation  combine  to  define  the  genre. 

MUS  146 

Special  Projects  in  Music    (1-3)  (Independent  Study) 


A. 

Vocal  Literature 

B. 

Instrumental  Literature 

C. 

Music  History  and  Literature 

D. 

Church  Music 

E. 

Theory  and  Composition 

F. 

Music  Education 

(j. 

Musicianship 

H. 

Chamber  Music 

I. 

Choral  Music 

J. 

Music  Therapy 

K. 

Conducting 

L. 

Electronic  Media 

M. 

Women  in  Music 

N. 

Special  Topic 

MUSIC       227 


MUS  147  Seminar  in  Music  Education  (2) 

Overview  of  the  organization  of  music  in  the  schools.  Scheduling,  length,  and  content  of 
music  offerings.  Consideration  of  general  music  classes,  chorus,  glee  clubs,  orchestras,  band, 
ensembles,  theory  and  music  literature.  Review  of  technology  available  for  music  education. 
Observation  and  some  supervised  teaching. 

MUS  151ABC  Pedagogy:  Principles  and  Methods  (2) 

Analysis  and  comparison  of  various  procedures  for  beginning  and  intermediate  instruction. 
Review  of  various  approaches  to  the  art  of  teaching  and  appropriate  literature.  Guided 
teaching  incorporated. 

A.  Keyboard 

B.  Vocal 

C.  Instrumental 

MUS  190  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 


228  NURSING 


Nursing 

The  college  offers  Associate,  Baccalaureate,  and  Masters  degree  programs  with  majors  in 
nursing  that  provide  options  for  career  mobility. 

Philosophy 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  an  academic  community  committed  to  continuing  exploration  of 
our  relationship  to  God,  to  other  persons,  and  to  nature.  This  exploration  takes  the  form  of 
programs  devoted  to  excellence  in  the  liberal  arts  and  career  preparation  with  a  special  focus 
on  educating  women  for  participation  and  leadership  in  our  society  and  our  time.  The  Catholic 
tradition  of  the  College  offers  a  value  orientation  for  the  student's  personal  and  professional 
life,  giving  the  motivation  for  a  Christian  commitment  that  views  professional  life  as  service. 
Nursing  is  a  service  to  humanity.  It  is  a  profession  committed  to:  the  promotion  and 
restoration  of  health;  the  prevention  of  illness  of  individuals,  families,  groups,  and 
communities;  and  support  for  a  dignified  death.  It  is  the  science  whose  main  concern  involves 
the  life  processes  that  positively  affect  the  health  status  and  integrity  of  persons,  families,  and 
groups.  These  life  processes  involve  physiological,  sociological,  and  spiritual  life 
components.  A  focus  on  the  interaction  of  these  components  delineates  nursing  science. 

The  Department  of  Nursing  functions  within  the  philosophy  of  the  College  and  has  developed 
a  curriculum  on  the  Roy  Adaptation  Model  of  Nursing.  The  Adaptation  Model  recognizes  that 
a  person  is  a  bio-psycho-social-spiritual  being  in  constant  interaction  with  a  dynamic  and 
complex  world.  Humans  possess  both  innate  and  acquired  mechanisms  which,  in  health, 
enable  coping  with  the  complex  internal  and  external  environment.  In  times  of  stress,  these 
coping  mechanisms  may  be  disrupted.  The  ability  to  adapt  to  the  internal  and  external 
environment  at  this  time  affects  the  person's  position  on  the  health-illness  continuum.  The 
promotion  of  adaptation  in  the  direction  of  health  depends  upon  an  educational  program 
which  prepares  the  student  to  understand  the  person  as  a  total  being,  to  recognize  and  respect 
human  values,  and  to  utilize  a  scientific  process  within  the  framework  of  the  adaptation 
model. 

The  goal  of  nursing  is  directing,  maintaining,  and  reinforcing  the  adaptation  of  person, 
families,  and  groups  toward  optimal  health. 

The  process  involves: 

•  Assessing  the  factors  that  influence  the  position  on  the  illness  continuum,  the  factors 
that  influence  the  position,  and  the  effectiveness  of  the  coping  mechanisms. 

•  Determining  the  actual  or  potential  health  problem(s). 

•  Establishing  mutually  acceptable  goals. 

•  Intervening  by  promoting  adaptation  through  the  modification  of  influencing  factors 
and/or  increasing  the  response  in  the  coping  potential. 

•  Evaluating  the  position  on  the  health-illness  continuum  to  reaffirm  and/or  modify 
interventions. 

Each  student  enters  the  nursing  program  with  a  unique  background  for  potential  growth. 
Students  are  active  learners.  Learning  progresses  from  novice  to  beginning  level  practitioner 
in  a  variety  of  settings  from  simple  to  complex.  Because  each  student  is  unique  with  different 


NURSING  229 


learning  potentials  and  different  critical  thinking  skills,  the  expectation  is  that  the  student  will 
seek  assistance  and  demonstrate  growth  at  all  stages  of  learning.  The  extent  to  which  this 
distinct  potential  is  achieved  is  determined  by  behavioral  changes  which  are  observed  and 
evaluated  in  the  context  of  the  expected  outcomes  of  the  learning  process. 

The  faculty  believe  the  program  has  different  levels  of  competencies  for  students  to  achieve 
their  distinct  potential.  Options  to  select  entry  levels  to  promote  career  mobility  are  offered. 

The  faculty  believe  providing  a  supportive  environment  enhances  learning  at  each  level  of  the 
program.  The  faculty  act  as  role  models  and  therefore  must  be  clinically  competent  and 
professionally  active.  In  addition,  they  assume  responsibility  for  individual  advisement  of 
nursing  majors  and  provide  opportunities  for  assistance  in  the  event  of  academic  difficulties. 

Policy  on  Admission/Progression  in  the  Nursing  Major: 
Essential  Performance  Standards 

Background: 

The  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  (ADA)  of  1990  was  instituted  by  Congress  to  prohibit 
discrimination  against  qualified  individuals  with  disabilities.  Schools  of  nursing  and  state 
university  systems,  like  other  state  and  federally  funded  entities,  are  required  to  comply  with 
the  stipulations  of  the  ADA.  The  ADA  defines  a  qualified  individual  with  a  disability  as  an 
individual  with  a  disability  who,  with  or  without  reasonable  accommodation,  can  perform  the 
essential  functions  of  the  employment  position  that  such  individual  holds  or  desires.  In 
addition,  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  prohibits  discrimination  in  admissions  of  a  qualified 
person  with  disabilities. 

ADA  and  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  eligibility  requirements  vary  depending  on  the  type 
of  services,  activities,  and  functions  needed  in  particular  areas.  The  practice  of  nursing  is  an 
applied  discipline  with  cognitive,  sensory,  affective,  and  motor  components.  Hence,  students 
must  be  able  to  perform  the  functions  which  are  necessary  for  the  safe  practice  of  nursing  and 
essential  to  the  licensing  standards  with  or  without  reasonable  accommodations  in  order  to  be 
admitted  to  or  progress  in  the  nursing  program  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Core  Performance  Standards: 

1 .  Ability  to  think  critically,  such  that  the  student  can  begin  to  make  clinical  decisions, 
identify  cause-and-effect  relationships  with  clinical  date,  and  develop  nursing  care  plans. 

2.  Ability  to  demonstrate  interpersonal  abilities  such  that  the  student  can  appropriately 
interact  with  individuals,  families,  and  groups  from  a  variety  of  social,  emotional, 
cultural,  and  intellectual  backgrounds. 

3.  Ability  to  clearly  communicate  in  verbal  and  written  forms  such  that  students  can 
communicate  nursing  actions,  interpret  client  responses,  initiate  health  teaching, 
document  and  understand  nursing  activities,  and  interact  with  clients,  staff  and  faculty 
supervisors. 


230  NURSING 


4.  Ability  to  maneuver  in  small  spaces  and  move  from  one  place  to  another  such  that  the 
student  can  move  around  in  clients'  rooms  and  bathrooms,  into  and  out  of  work  spaces, 
access  treatment  areas,  and  procure  needed  emergency  materials  when  indicated.  While 
health  care  agencies  must  meet  ADA  physical  access  standards,  potential  clients  with 
equipment  may  limit  the  amount  of  available  space  in  which  to  move. 

5.  Ability  to  demonstrate  gross  and  fine  motor  skills  sufficient  to  provide  safe  and  effective 
nursing  care  such  that  the  student  can  move  and  position  clients  in  and  out  of  bed, 
ambulate  and  transport  patients,  calibrate  and  use  equipment,  and  perform 
cardiopulmonary  resuscitation. 

6.  Ability  to  hear  well  enough  to  monitor  and  assess  clients'  health  needs  such  that  the 
student  can  hear  cries  for  help,  alarms  on  equipment,  emergency  signals,  breath  and  heart 
sounds  on  auscultation,  and  various  overhead  codes. 

7.  Ability  to  see  well  enough  to  observe  and  assess  clients'  health  status  and  changes  in 
condition  such  that  the  student  could  see  grimacing,  movement,  changes  in  skin  color, 
rashes,  and  other  observed  client  changes  or  responses. 

8.  Ability  to  have  tactile  capabilities  sufficient  for  physical  assessment  such  that  the  student 
could  successfully  perform  palpation,  note  changes  in  skin  temperature,  perform  skills 
related  to  therapeutic  activities  and  identify  by  touch  other  changes  in  client  condition. 

Credit  for  policy  given  to  Point  Loma  Nazarene  College 
Printed  with  permission  from  Point  Loma  Nazarene  College 

Department  of  Nursing  Policies 

(Policies  apply  to  each  nursing  program) 

Nursing  focuses  on  prevention  and  promotion  of  health.  Students  admitted  to  and  progressing 
through  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Nursing  Program  are  strongly  encouraged  to  engage  in 
health  practices  which  model  those  they  are  teaching  to  patients.  Prior  to  enrollment  in  the 
first  nursing  course,  students  will  be  informed  of  the  nursing  department  health  policies. 

Every  student  admitted  to  the  nursing  courses  must  have  completed  the  following  health  data. 
Clinical  agencies  will  not  accept  a  student  who  has  not  met  all  of  the  following  health 
requirements: 

•  Past  medical  history  on  which  the  student  attests  that  physical  and  emotional  health 
are  such  as  to  allow  for  full  participation  in  both  clinical  and  theoretical  components 
of  the  nursing  curriculum. 

•  Physical  examination,  including  a  visual  screening,  urinalysis,  and  complete  blood 
count,  must  be  completed  by  a  licensed  physician,  certified  nurse  practitioner,  or 
physician's  assistant  annually. 

•  A  two-step  PPD/Mantoux  skin  test  for  Tuberculosis  is  required  on  admission  to  the 
nursing  program.  Then  annual  testing  is  required.  If  the  student  tests  positive  or  has 
previously  tested  positive,  a  chest  x-ray  is  required  every  year. 

IMMUNIZATIONS 

•  Polio  -  Series  of  three  doses  for  those  under  18  years  of  age. 


NURSING  231 


•  Measles/Mumps/Rubella  (MMR)  -  If  born  in  1957  or  later,  the  student  must  have 
two  doses,  with  at  least  one  since  1980.  Students  born  prior  to  1957  may  either  have 
one  dose  or  demonstrate  proof  of  immunity  through  titers  or  have  two  doses. 

•  Tetanus  and  Diptheria  (TD)  -  Every  10  years. 

•  Hepatitis  B  -  Unless  the  student  can  demonstrate  immunity  through  a  titer,  all 
nursing  majors  must  have  completed  at  least  two  of  three  shots  prior  to  beginning 
clinical.  The  second  shot  is  given  one  month  after  the  first,  and  the  third  shot  is  due 
six  months  after  the  first. 

TITERS: 

•  Measles:  demonstrate  immunity  through  serological  testing  or  be  immunized  for 
rubella,  rubeola,  mumps 

•  Varicella  (chicken  pox)  Titer:  If  the  result  is  negative,  two  doses  of  a  varicella 
vaccine  are  required  one  month  apart. 

•  Hepatitis  B  Titer:  After  the  third  shot  of  the  hepatitis  B  series  is  completed,  the 
student  must  demonstrate  proof  of  immunity.  A  Hepatitis  IGG  AB  titer  is  drawn  a 
minimum  of  30  days  after  the  3rd  shot  is  received.  If  the  titer  is  negative,  a  fourth 
vaccine  may  be  required  with  a  repeat  titer  after  30  days.  If  the  titer  continues  to  be 
negative  it  is  recommended  for  the  student  to  have  a  medical  evaluation  to  determine 
the  efficacy  of  further  Hepatitis  B  immunization. 

If  a  student  is  not  able  to  comply  with  these  health  requirements,  the  student  must  obtain  a 
written  statement  to  this  effect  from  her/his  physician  and  submit  it  to  the  Nursing 
Department. 

Students  have  the  responsibility  of  disclosing  any  temporary  medical  condition  which  may 
hamper  their  ability  to  perform  the  essential  performance  standards.  A  written  medical  release 
from  their  health  care  practitioner  must  be  submitted  to  the  Nursing  Department  prior  to 
returning  to  the  clinical  area. 

Clinical  agencies  may  have  requirements  other  than  those  above.  If  so,  students  will  be 
instructed  to  obtain  the  necessary  tests.  The  student  is  not  allowed  to  participate  in  clinical 
experiences  if  the  medical  processing  is  not  completed  prior  to  the  start  of  the  clinical 
rotation. 

A  student  with  a  health  condition  (i.e.,  pregnancy,  seizure  disorder,  HIV  positive,  diabetes, 
infectious  disease,  emotional  problems,  etc.)  that  may  have  a  safety  consideration  must 
immediately  notify  the  clinical  instructor  so  that  assignment  modification  can  be  made  as 
necessary.  The  Department  of  Nursing  has  the  responsibility  to  determine  those  health  issues 
that  may  interfere  with  the  student's  progress  in  the  clinical  area. 

To  ensure  success  in  the  program,  all  students  with  documented  disabilities  must  inform  each 
nursing  instructor  at  the  beginning  of  each  course,  so  that  reasonable  accommodations  can  be 
made. 

Criminal  Background  Checks  for  Clinical  Placement  Policy: 

To  comply  with  clinical  agency  requirements,  nursing  students  are  required  to  have  a  clear 
criminal  background  check  to  participate  in  placement(s)  at  clinical  facilities.  Background 
checks  are  required  for  registration  in  clinical  nursing  courses.  The  initial  background  check 
satisfies  this  requirement  during  continuous  enrollment  in  the  program.  Should  your 
educational  process  be  interrupted,  a  new  background  check  will  be  required.  Students  under 
18  years  of  age  are  exempt  from  this  requirement. 


232  NURSING 


Objectives:  Associate  in  Arts  Degree  -  Major  in  Nursing 
(ADN  Program) 

Upon  completion  of  the  program,  the  student  will  have  met  the  following  objectives: 

I.  Provider  of  Care 

A.  Utilize  Roy  Adaptation  Model  to: 

1 .  Recognize,  assess  and  define  the  factors  influencing  the  person's/family's 

adaptive  level,  adaptive  response,  and  consequent  position  of  the  health- 
illness  continuum; 

2.  Identify,  assess  and  validate  the  person's/family's  adaptive  level  and 

response; 

3.  Define  patient/client  goals  based  upon  a  clear  analysis  and  synthesis  of  data 

in  collaboration  with  patient,  nursing  and  other  disciplines; 

4.  Define  and  perform  those  nursing  interventions  which  affect  the 

patient/client  goals; 

5.  Evaluate  the  consequences  of  nursing  interventions  in  terms  of  the 

person's/family's  behavioral  change  and  the  achievement  of  both 
patient/client  and  nursing  goals,  and  modify  those  nursing  actions,  if 
desired  adaptive  outcomes  are  not  achieved. 

B.  Utilize  the  nursing  process  as  a  scientific  method. 

C.  Utilize  knowledge  of  health-illness  (normal/disruption)  as  it  pertains  to 

patient/client  care. 

D.  Demonstrate  competency  in  common  nursing  procedures. 

II.  Communicator 

A.  Utilize  effective  communication  skills  with  clients  and  peers. 

B.  Use  communication  skills  as  a  method  of  data  collection,  nursing  intervention 

and  evaluation  of  care. 

C.  Communicate  and  record  assessments,  nursing  care  plans,  interventions  and 

evaluations  within  the  protocol  of  the  institution. 

III.  Client  Teacher 

A.  Apply  principles  of  the  teaching/learning  process. 

B.  Develop  short-range  teaching  plans  based  on  the  learning  process. 

IV.  Manager  of  Client  Care 

A.  Function  effectively  as  a  member  of  health  care  team. 

B.  Utilize  basic  leadership  skills  in  practice,  based  on  small  group  patient  care 

management  and  primary  nursing. 

V.  Membership  within  the  profession  of  Nursing 

A.  Make  judgments  based  on  moral,  ethical,  and  legal  principles. 

B.  Continue  to  evaluate  and  enhance  personal  and  professional  behavior. 

C.  Assume  responsibility  for  self-development  and  use  resources  for  continued 

learning. 

D.  Maintain  the  role  of  the  nurse  as  a  patient  advocate. 

Upon  completion  of  the  program,  the  student  is  eligible  to  take  the  California  State  Board 
examination  for  registered  nurses  (R.N.)  licensure. 


NURSING  233 


Associate  in  Arts  Degree:  The  Major  in  Nursing 
Admission  Policy 

Admission  of  adult  women  and  men  students  is  based  upon  consideration  of  the  completed 
application  form,  the  student's  academic  achievement,  personal  statement  and  two  satisfactory 
recommendations  from  individuals. 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  college  admission  requirements,  a  candidate  must  meet  a 
cumulative  GPA  of  2.50  in  all  transferable  college  work,  a  GPA  of  2.25  in  all  transferable 
science  courses,  and  have  completed  prerequisite  college  level  chemistry,  general  psychology 
and  English  1  A,  or  equivalent  courses,  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 

Candidates  who  have  30  units  of  general  studies  requirements  completed  (except  RST  41) 
prior  to  admission  may  be  admitted  into  the  second  year  of  the  program. 

LVNs  who  have  met  the  admission  requirements  for  the  ADN  program  must  give  written 
notification  to  the  director  of  the  program  of  their  intent  to  pursue  the  Mobility  Option  upon 
admission  in  the  program.  In  the  Mobility  Option,  LVNs  are  awarded  15  units  of  nursing 
course  credits  (NUR  23-27,  30)  upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the  NLN  Mobility  Exam  at  a 
score  of  75%  or  above  and  satisfactory  demonstration  of  skills  competency.  There  is  a  fee 
associated  with  this  test  option.  Completion  of  NUR  20  is  required  for  continuation  in  the 
LVN  Mobility  Option. 

A  non-degree  option  is  available  for  LVNs  who  meet  the  college  entrance  requirements.  The 
student  is  eligible  to  take  the  NCLEX-RN  examination  for  the  registered  nurse  licensure  after 
completing  29  units  of  prescribed  courses.  The  student  is  not  awarded  a  degree  from  Mount 
St.  Mary's  College.  Entrance  interview  with  the  Program  Director  is  required  for  this  option. 

Candidates  with  previous  Registered  Nursing  education  may  be  given  transfer  credit  for 
previous  nursing  courses  equivalent  to  the  Nursing  Department  courses.  Admission  of  these 
candidates  will  be  on  a  probationary  status.  The  student  must  have  a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.5 
or  better  in  the  nursing  courses  for  admission  consideration.  A  minimum  of  1 8  units  of 
nursing  courses  must  be  completed  during  the  last  two  semesters  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Candidates  who  have  taken  courses  related  to  nursing  with  a  theoretical  foundation  and  are 
currently  practicing  in  the  healthcare  setting  (i.e.,  CNA,  Respiratory  Tech,  Hemodialysis 
Tech,  LPT)  may  challenge  specific  courses.  The  student  must  make  an  appointment  with  the 
Program  Director  to  discuss  this  option  and  his/her  qualifications.  Eligible  candidates  will  be 
given  the  challenge  process  for  specific  courses.  The  college  policy  for  challenge  exams  will 
be  followed. 

Academic  Policy:  ADN 

The  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Nursing  has  the  right  and  the  responsibility  forjudging  and 
evaluating  the  quality  of  the  student's  achievement,  both  in  the  mastery  of  theoretical  content 
and  in  clinical  competence. 

Notice  of  academic  difficulty,  probation,  or  dismissal  is  used  when  deemed  necessary.  A 
grade  below  C  (2.0)  in  a  course  (Nursing  or  General  Education)  is  considered  a  failed  course 
and  must  be  repeated.  A  student  may  have  only  one  failed  course  during  the  entire  nursing 


234  NURSING 


program.  A  student  may  repeat  only  one  failed  course  in  the  entire  program.  A  second  failed 
course  or  a  failed  repeated  course  results  in  dismissal  from  the  program.  A  failure  of  more 
than  one  course  in  a  series  of  courses  (e.g.,  NUR  24,  24A,  24L,  25)  taken  concurrently,  counts 
as  one  failed  course.  If  a  student's  level  of  clinical  practice  is  unsatisfactory  or  unsafe,  the 
student  may  fail  before  the  end  of  the  semester. 

■ 

Readmission  may  be  granted  by  special  action  of  the  Admission  Committee  of  the  ADN 
Department.  Readmission  of  a  student  who  was  dismissed  from  the  nursing  program  due  to 
unsafe  practice  is  not  permitted. 

Upon  admission  to  the  ADN  program,  a  proficiency  examination  in  English  and  math  is 
administered.  A  math  score  of  84%  is  necessary  to  participate  in  nursing  courses.  Students 
who  score  below  the  passing  score  are  required  to  attend  a  "Bridges"  class  offered  by  the 
College.  This  is  a  tutorial  course  offered  through  the  Learning  Resource  Center  with  a  lab  fee 
charged. 

Students  are  re-tested  at  the  completion  of  the  course.  A  student  may  retest  only  once.  An 
unsuccessful  score  of  less  than  84%  on  the  second  math  test  results  in  dismissal  from  the 
nursing  program.  The  purpose  of  this  examination  is  to  determine  the  student's  ability  to 


correctly  calculate  medication  dosages  in  the  clinical  setting.  All  students  (regardless  of  entry 
level  status),  even  if  they  have  previously  successfully  completed  a  college  mathematics 
course,  are  to  complete  this  requirement.  Students  who  fail  the  English  proficiency  test  are 
encouraged  to  work  with  the  Learning  Center  staff  to  improve  English  skills.  These  students 
are  retested  at  the  end  of  the  first  semester. 

During  the  clinical  portion  of  the  program,  students  must  carry  malpractice  insurance,  have  a 
current  CPR  card  (Health  Care  Provider  or  BCLS/Professional  Rescuer  CPR),  and  an  LA  City 
fire  safety  card. 

AA  Degree  Curriculum  Requirements  ADN  Program 

First  Year 

BIO  40A  Human  Anatomy  (4) 

BIO  50B  Human  Physiology  (4) 

BIO  3  General  Microbiology  (4) 

ENG  1A  Written  and  Oral  Communication     (3) 

SPE  10  Introduction  to  Communication         (2) 

PSY  1  General  Psychology  (3) 

PSY  12  Developmental  Psychology  (3) 

PHIL  10  Critical  Thinking  (3) 

RST  4 1  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 
General  Studies  Elective  III  A  (3) 
Total  units:  35 


NURSING  235 


Second  Year 

NUR  20  Adaptation  Model  Nursing  Theory  (2) 

NUR  23,  23L  Principles  and  Practice  of  Nursing  Skills         (2,  1 ) 

NUR  24,  26  Adult  Adaptation  Nursing  I,  II  (2,  2) 

NUR  24A,  24L  Medical-Surgical  Principles  and  Practice  of  Skills  I  (0.5,  0.5) 

NUR  26A,  26L  Medical-Surgical  Principles  and  Practice  of  Skills  II  (0.5,  0.5) 

NUR  25,  27  Medical-Surgical  Practicum  I,  II  (2,  2) 

NUR  28  Adult  and  Adolescent  Mental  Health  Adaptation  (2) 

NUR  28  A  Principles  and  Practice  of  Advanced  Interpersonal  Skills  (1) 

NUR  29  Mental  Health  Practicum  (2) 

NUR  30  Pharmacology  (2) 

NUR  3 1  Children:  Adaptation  (2) 

NUR  32A  Community  focused  care:  Children  (1) 

NUR  32  Children:  Practicum  (2) 

NUR  34  Community  Health  Nursing  (1) 

Total  units:  27 

Third  Year 

NUR  33  Professional  and  Management  Issues  in  Nursing  (2) 

NUR  35  Childbearing:  Adaptation  (2) 

NUR  36A  Community  focused  care:  Childbearing  (1) 

NUR  36  Childbearing:  Practicum  (2) 

NUR  37  Gerontological  Nursing  (2) 

NUR38A  Community  focused  care:  Gerontology  (1) 

NUR  38  Gerontological  Nursing  Practicum  (2) 

NUR  46  Adult  Adaptation  Nursing  III  (2) 

NUR  47  Medical-Surgical  Practicum  III  (2) 

NUR  48  Professional  Nursing  Practicum  (2) 

Total  units:  18 

Total  units  for  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  Nursing:  80 

Prerequisites  to  beginning  nursing  courses  are  completion  of  Anatomy,  Physiology, 
Microbiology,  Written  and  Oral  Communication,  General  Psychology,  Developmental 
Psychology,  Philosophy,  and  a  GS  III  course. 

LVN  Mobility  Option  Curriculum  Requirement  ADN  Program 

First  Year 

Same  as  AA  Degree  curriculum  requirement. 
Total  units:  35 

Second  Year 

NUR  20  Adaptation  Model  Nursing  Theory  (2) 

NUR  28  Adult  and  Adolescent  Mental  Health  Adaptation  (2) 

NUR  28  A  Principles  and  Practice  of  Advanced  Interpersonal  Skills  (1) 

NUR  29  Mental  Health  Practicum  (2) 

NUR  3 1  Children:  Adaptation  (2) 

NUR32A  Community  focused  care:  Children  (1) 

NUR  32  Children:  Practicum  (2) 

NUR  34  Community  Nursing  (1) 

Total  units:  13 


236  NURSING 


Third  Year 

NUR  33  Professional  and  Management  Issues  in  Nursing  (2) 

NUR  35  Childbearing:  Adaptation  (2) 

NUR36A  Community  focused  care:  Childbearing  (1) 

NUR  36  Childbearing:  Practicum  (2) 

NUR  37  Gerontological  Nursing  (2) 

NUR  38 A  Community  focused  care:  Gerontology  (1) 

NUR  38  Gerontological  Nursing  Practicum  (2) 

NUR  46  Adult  Adaptation  Nursing  III  (2) 

NUR  47  Medical-Surgical  Practicum  III  (2) 

NUR  48  Professional  Nursing  Practicum  (2) 

Total  units:  18 

Total  units  for  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  Nursing:  66 

LVN  30  Units  Non-Degree  Option  Curriculum  Requirement 

First  Year 

BIO  50B  Human  Physiology  (4) 

BIO  3  General  Microbiology  (4) 

NUR  20  Adaptation  Model  Nursing  Theory  (2) 

NUR  28  Adult  and  Adolescent  Mental  Health  Adaptation  (2) 

NUR  28 A  Principles  /  Practice  of  Advanced  Interpersonal  Skills  (1) 

NUR  29  Mental  Health  Practicum  (2) 

Total  units:  15 
Second  Year 

NUR  34  Community  Nursing  (1) 

NUR  33  Professional  and  Management  Issues  in  Nursing  (2) 

NUR  37  Gerontological  Nursing  (2) 

NUR38A  Community  focused  care:  Gerontology  (1) 

NUR  38  Gerontological  Nursing  Practicum  (2) 

NUR  46  Adult  Adaptation  Nursing  III  (2) 

NUR  47  Medical-Surgical  Practicum  III  (2) 

*NUR  48  Professional  Nursing  Practicum  (2) 

*Highly  recommended 

Total  units:  14 

Total  units  required  for  California  RN  Licensure  Exam:  29 


NUR  20  Adaptation  Model  Nursing  Theory  (2) 

Introduction  of  the  Roy  Adaptation  Model  as  a  theoretical  framework  for  nursing  practice. 
Emphasis  is  on  nursing  process  according  to  adaptation  theory,  with  integration  of 
physiological  and  psychosocial  modes  of  adaptation  in  the  adult  population.  GS-VIIA 
NUR  23/23L  Principles  and  Practice  of  Nursing  Skills  (2,1) 

This  course  introduces  theoretical  foundation  for  basic  assessment  skills  including 
interviewing  (beginning  communication  skills),  observation,  basic  physical  assessment,  vital 
signs  measurement.  The  course  also  introduces  basic  nursing  skills  and  interventions 
necessary  for  safe  patient  care,  including  sterile  techniques,  concepts  of  infection  control,  and 
basic  hygiene  care.  The  concurrent  clinical  component  in  the  Skills  Lab  focuses  on 
development  of  associated  psychomotor  skills  introduced  in  NUR  23.  Prerequisite:  NUR  20 
or  concurrent  enrollment  with  NUR  20. 


NURSING  237 


NUR  24  Adult  Adaptation  Nursing  I  (2) 

This  course  involves  an  Adaptation  Process  approach  focusing  on  the  Physiologic  Mode  of 
adult  population.  The  course  focuses  on  beginning  adaptation  problems  of  oxygenation, 
nutrition,  activity /rest,  elimination  and  protection  needs  of  the  patient.  The  impact  of 
physiological  processes  of  fluid  and  electrolytes,  neurological,  endocrine,  sensory  system  in 
adaptation  is  discussed.  Prerequisite:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  or  concurrent  enrollment  with 
NUR  30. 

NUR  24A/24L  Medical-Surgical  Principles  and  Practice  of  Skills  I  (.5,  .5) 

Introduction  of  skills  for  nursing  interventions  related  to  medication  administration, 
management  of  mobility  problems,  management  of  nutritional  problems,  management  of 
elimination  problems,  and  fluid  management.  Prerequisite:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30  or 
concurrent  enrollment  with  NUR  30. 

NUR  25  Medical-Surgical  Practicum  I  (2) 

This  first  medical-surgical  practicum  introduces  the  student  to  the  care  of  the  adult 
hospitalized  patient  with  common  medical-surgical  problems.  Experience  is  provided  in  a 
variety  of  hospital  settings  and  with  patients  who  are  at  various  points  along  the  health-illness 
continuum.  The  focus  of  this  course  is  the  application  of  concepts  from  Adult  Adaptation  I 
(NUR  24)  and  Medical-Surgical  Principles  and  Practice  of  Nursing  Skills  (NUR  24A/24L). 
Prerequisite:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  or  concurrent  enrollment  with  NUR  30.  NUR  24, 
24A/24L,  25  are  taken  concurrently  and  must  be  passed  successfully  before  progressing. 

NUR  26  Adult  Adaptation  Nursing  II  (2) 

The  second  medical-surgical  course  focuses  on  advanced  adaptation  problems  of  oxygenation, 
nutrition,  activity /rest,  elimination  and  protection  needs  of  the  patient  and  incorporates  the 
psychosocial  modes  in  applying  the  Adaptation  Model.  The  impact  of  physiological 
processes  of  fluid  and  electrolytes,  neurological,  endocrine,  sensory  system  in  adaptation  is 
discussed.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25. 
NUR  26A/26L  Medical-Surgical  Principles  and  Practice  of  Skills  II(.5,  .5) 
Introduction  of  skills  for  nursing  interventions  related  to  IV  insertion  and  central  line 
management;  blood  therapies;  airway  and  oxygenation  management.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20, 
23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25. 

NUR  27  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  Practicum  II  (2) 

This  second  medical-surgical  practicum  provides  the  student  with  experience  in  the  care  of 
the  adult  hospitalized  patient  with  common  medical-surgical  problems.  Experience  is 
provided  in  a  variety  of  hospital  settings  and  with  patients  who  are  at  various  points  along  the 
health-illness  continuum.  The  focus  of  this  course  is  the  application  of  concepts  from  Adult 
Adaptation  II  (NUR  26)  and  Medical-Surgical  Principles  and  Practice  of  Nursing  Skills  (NUR 
26A/26L).  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25.  NUR  26,  26A/26L,  27  are 
taken  concurrently  and  must  be  passed  successfully  before  progressing. 

NUR  28  Adult  and  Adolescent  Mental  Health  Adaptation  (2) 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  an  array  of  mental  health  problems  of  adolescent,  adult, 
and  geriatric  population.  The  focus  of  the  course  is  the  psychosocial  impact  of  health-illness 
problems  and  its  adaptation  process.  The  course  addresses  legal  and  social  issues  of  the 
mentally  ill  and  provides  students  with  available  resources  for  interventions.  Prerequisites: 
NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25. 

NUR  28A  Principles  and  Practice  of  Advanced  Interpersonal  Skills  (1) 
This  course  introduces  the  students  to  basic  and  advanced  therapeutic  communications  skills. 
Dynamics  of  interpersonal  relationships  and  assertiveness  principles  are  addressed. 
Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25. 


238  NURSING 


NUR  29  Mental  Health  Practicum  (2) 

This  course  provides  the  student  with  experiences  interacting  with  adolescent,  adult,  and 
geriatric  population  with  mental  health  illness.  The  focus  of  the  course  is  the  psychosocial 
impact  of  health-illness  problems  and  its  adaptation  process  and  application  of  concepts  from 
Adult  and  Adolescent  Mental  Health  Adaptation  (NUR  28)  and  Principles  and  Practice  of 
Advanced  Interpersonal  Skills  (NUR  28A).  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L, 
25.  NUR  28,  28A,  29  are  taken  concurrently  and  must  be  passed  successfully  before 
progressing. 

NUR  30  Pharmacology  (2) 

This  course  presents  pharmacology  as  related  to  treatment  of  pathological  processes.  Major 
drug  classes  and  mechanisms  of  drug  actions  as  well  as  nursing  implications  are  covered. 
NUR  20  or  concurrent  enrollment  with  NUR  20,  or  concurrent  enrollment  with  NUR  24,  24A, 
24L,  25.  GS-VIIA 

NUR  31  Children:  Adaptation  (2) 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  health  problems  of  children  and  the  impact  on  the  family 
unit.  The  focus  of  the  course  is  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health-illness  problems  and 
its  adaptation  process.  The  course  addresses  legal  and  social  issues  of  children  and  provides 
students  with  available  resources  for  interventions.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24, 
24A/24L,  25,  26,  26A/26L,  27,  28,  28 A,  29. 

NUR  32A  Community  focused  care:  Children       (1) 

The  course  provides  community  care  experience  of  the  children,  focusing  on  bio-psycho- 
social  impact  of  health  related  problems.  Experience  is  provided  in  a  variety  of  non-hospital 
settings,  such  as  ambulatory  mobile  unit.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L, 
25,  26,  26A/26L,  27,  28,  28 A,  29. 

NUR  32  Children:  Practicum  (2) 

The  course  provides  clinical  experience  of  children,  focusing  on  bio-psycho-social  impact  of 
health  related  problems  in  an  acute  care  setting.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24, 
24A/24L,  25,26,  26A.26L,  27,  28,  28A,  29.  NUR  31,  32,  32A  are  taken  concurrently  and  must 
be  passed  successfully  before  progressing. 

NUR  33  Professional  and  Management  Issues  in  Nursing  (2) 

The  course  examines  issues  faced  by  professional  nurses  in  providing  health  care,  focusing  on 
the  roles  of  the  professional  nurse.  It  also  addresses  beginning  concepts  of  leadership  role  in 
discussing  principles  of  leadership  and  management.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24, 
24A/24L,  25,  28,  28A,  29,  31,  32A,  32,  35,  36A,  36,  37,  38A,  38,  46,  47. 
NUR  34  Community  Health  Nursing  (1) 

This  course  provides  students  with  theoretical  foundation  of  Community  Health  Nursing  principles 
focusing  on  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health  related  problems  in  the  community  setting. 
Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25,  26,  26A/26L,  27,  28,  28A,  29. 
NUR  35  Childbearing:  Adaptation  (2) 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  health  problems  of  the  childbearing  adult  and  the  impact 
on  the  family  unit.  The  focus  of  the  course  is  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health-illness 
problems  and  its  adaptation  process.  The  course  addresses  legal  and  social  issues  of 
childbearing  and  provides  students  with  available  resources  for  interventions.  Prerequisites: 
NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25,  26,  26A/26L,  27,  28,  28 A,  29. 
NUR  36A        Community  focused  care:  Childbearing     (1) 
The  course  provides  community  care  experience  of  the  childbearing  adult,  focusing  on  bio- 
psycho-social  impact  of  health  related  problems.  Experience  is  provided  in  a  variety  of  non- 
hospital  settings,  such  as  ambulatory  setting.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24, 
24A/24L,  25  26,  26A/26L,  27,  28,  28A,  29. 


NURSING  239 


NUR  36  Childbearing:  Practicum  (2) 

The  course  provides  clinical  experience  of  the  childbearing  adult,  focusing  on  bio-psycho- 
social  impact  of  health  related  problems  in  an  acute  care  setting.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20, 
23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25,  28,  28A,  29.  NUR  35,  36,  36A  are  taken  concurrently  and  must 
be  passed  successfully  before  progressing. 

NUR  37  Gerontological  Nursing:  Adaptation  (2) 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  multiple  and  chronic  health  problems  of  the  geriatric 
population.  The  focus  of  the  course  is  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health-illness  problems  and 
its  adaptation  process.   The  course  addresses  legal  and  social  issues  of  the  older  adults  and 
provides  students  with  available  resources  for  interventions.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30, 
24,  24A/24L,  25,  26,  26A/26L,  27,  28,  28 A,  29. 
NUR  38A        Community  focused  care:  Gerontology      (1) 

The  course  provides  community-care  experience  of  the  older  adults,  focusing  on  bio-psycho-social 
impact  of  aging  and  health  related  problems.  Experience  is  provided  in  a  variety  of  non-hospital 
settings,  such  as  Meals-on- Wheels  program  and  residential  settings. 
Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25,  26,  26A/26L,  27,  28,  28A,  29. 

NUR  38  Gerontological  Nursing:  Practicum  (2) 

The  course  provides  clinical  experience  of  older  adults,  focusing  on  bio-psycho-social  impact 
of  health  related  problems  in  a  long-term  setting.  The  course  also  will  experience  the  manager 
role  of  the  RN.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25,  26,  26A/26L,  27,  28, 
28 A,  29.  NUR  37,  38,  38 A  are  taken  concurrently  and  must  be  passed  successfully  before 
advancing. 

NUR  46  Adult  Adaptation  Nursing  III  (3) 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  health  problems  of  acute,  complex,  multi-system  health 
problems  of  adults.  The  focus  of  the  course  is  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health-illness 
problems  and  its  adaptation  process.  Nursing  interventions  focus  on  acute  medical  and 
nursing  management  of  adults.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25,  26, 
26A/26L,  27,  28,  28A,  29,  31,  32,  32A,  35,  36,  36A,  37,  38,  38A. 
NUR  47  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  Practicum  III  (2) 

The  course  provides  clinical  experience  of  acute,  complex,  multi-system  management  of 
adults  in  an  acute  care  setting.  Focus  of  care  is  on  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  acute  health 
problems  on  an  individual  and  the  family.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L, 
25,26,  26A/26L,  27,  28,  28A,  29,  31,  32,  32A,  35,  36,  36A,  37,  38,  38A.  NUR  46,  47  are  taken 
concurrently  and  must  be  passed  successfully  before  progressing. 

NUR  48  Professional  Nursing  Practicum      (3) 

The  course  provides  an  internship  experience  in  applying  leadership  and  management  principles  in 
an  acute  care  settings.   Focus  of  care  is  on  developing  clinical  and  leadership  skills  of  a  beginning 
professional  nurse.  A  group  of  students  is  assigned  to  a  preceptor/mentor  of  the  assigned  unit 
during  the  experience.  Prerequisites:  NUR  20,  23/23L,  30,  24,  24A/24L,  25,  26,  26A/26L,  27, 
28,  28A,  29,  31,  32,  32A,  35,  36,  36A,  37,  38,  38A,  46,  47. 
NUR  98  Independent  Studies  (1-3) 

Independent  investigation  of  significant  problems  in  nursing.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

NUR  99  Special  Studies  in  Nursing  (1-3) 

Selected  problems;  offered  as  a  course  or  seminar  on  current  issues  in  nursing.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 


I 

240  NURSING 

Objectives:  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  -  Major  in  Nursing 
(BSN)  Program 

At  the  completion  of  the  Baccalaureate  nursing  program,  the  graduate  will  have  met  the 
following  objectives  and  will: 

1 .  Utilize  the  Roy  Adaptation  Model  as  a  scientific  method  to  deliver  nursing  care  to 
persons,  families,  and  groups. 

2.  Utilize  knowledge  of  health/illness  continuum  to  advocate  for  and  maximize  health 
of  persons,  families  and  groups. 

3.  Use  critical  thinking,  knowledge,  and  skills  obtained  from  nursing  and  liberal  arts 
courses  to  provide  professional  nursing  care  in  a  variety  of  settings. 

4.  Utilize  and  apply  complex,  effective  communication  skills  to  persons,  families,  and 
groups. 

5.  Develop  and  implement  individualized  teaching/learning  plans  for  persons,  families, 
and  groups. 

6.  Utilize  leadership  skills  based  on  the  principles  of  management,  delegation,  change 
process,  group  process,  and  systems  theory  in  health  care  settings. 

7.  Utilize  research  findings  to  guide  practice  in  health  care  delivery. 

8.  Critically  examine  and  integrate  the  principles  of  moral,  ethical,  and  legal  issues 
which  influence  health  care. 

9.  Create  interventions  that  consider  a  variety  of  influencing  factors:  e.g.,  culture, 
religion,  race,  ethnicity,  and  socioeconomic  status. 

10.  Establish  independent  and  interdependent  roles  which  will  enhance  professional 
growth. 

Upon  the  completion  of  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree:  Major  in  Nursing,  the  student  is 
eligible  to  take  the  National  Council  Licensure  Examination  for  Registered  Nurses  (NCLEX- 
RN)  and  is  also  qualified  to  apply  for  the  Public  Health  Nursing  Certificate  issued  by  the 
Board  of  Registered  Nursing. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree:  Major  in  Nursing 
Admission  Policy 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  admission  requirements,  acceptance  into  the  Department  of 
Nursing  is  determined  by  the  Admission  Committee  of  the  department.  Admission  is  based 
upon  a  consideration  of  the  student's  academic  achievement.  There  is  a  formal  review  of  the 
student's  high  school  achievement  record,  grade  point  average,  College  Entrance  Examination 
scores,  previous  college  experience  (if  any).  Students  who  intend  to  major  in  nursing  are 
advised  to  take  high  school  chemistry. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  review,  applicants  must  be  admitted  to  the  College  and  then  fulfill 
the  nursing  admission  requirements.  Admission  to  the  Sophomore  nursing  courses  is 
considered  for  the  fall  semester  only  and  is  based  on: 

Cumulative  GPA 

Science  GPA 

Successful  demonstration  of  English  competency 

Written  essay 

Letters  of  reference 

Personal  interviews  may  be  scheduled  for  qualified  applicants  once  admission 

documents  are  received. 


NURSING  241 


Priority  is  given  to  students  who: 

•  Meet  the  required  criteria  and  who  have  completed  two  semesters  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College. 

•  Have  a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.7  for  all  transferable  college  work  attempted. 

•  A  science  GPA  of  2.50  is  required  for  admission  to  the  nursing  program.  The  science 
-GPA  will  consist  of  grades  received  from  chemistry /physics,  anatomy,  physiology, 
and  microbiology. 

•  A  student  may  repeat  a  course  required  for  the  nursing  major  no  more  than  once. 
Failure  (C-  and  below)  of  any  two  required  science  or  pre-requisite  courses  results  in 
non-admission. 

LVNs  that  have  been  accepted  by  the  College  and  have  completed  the  general  studies 
requirements  of  the  first  two  years  may  challenge  Sophomore  nursing  courses  and  move 
directly  into  Junior  nursing  courses.  NUR  41  and  NUR  52  must  be  satisfactorily  completed 
prior  to  acceptance  into  Junior  nursing  courses.  A  non-degree  program  is  available  for  LVNs 
who  meet  the  College  entrance  requirements.  After  completing  30  units  of  prescribed  courses, 
the  student  is  eligible  to  take  the  NCLEX-RN  exams  for  licensure  as  a  Registered  Nurse  but  is 
not  considered  a  graduate  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  California  registered  nurses  accepted 
by  the  College  may  be  given  transfer  credit  for  previous  nursing  courses  equivalent  to  the 
Nursing  Department  lower  division  courses.  NUR  41  and  NUR  52  are  to  be  satisfactorily 
completed  prior  to  acceptance  into  Senior  nursing  courses. 

The  BSN  program  is  approved  by  the  California  Board  of  Registered  Nursing  and  accredited 
by  the  Commission  on  Collegiate  Nursing  Education. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree:  Major  in  Nursing 
Academic  Policies 

The  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Nursing  has  the  right  and  the  responsibility  forjudging  and 
evaluating  the  quality  of  the  student's  achievement,  both  in  the  mastery  of  theoretical  content 
and  in  clinical  competence.  Mid-term  warning,  probation,  or  dismissal  is  used  when  deemed 
necessary.. 

•  A  grade  of  C-  or  below  in  a  required  course  or  a  nursing  theory  course  is  not 
accepted.  If  the  grade  of  C-or  below  is  in  a  nursing  theory  course,  non-progression  in 
the  program  occurs. 

•  A  student  may  repeat  a  nursing  theory  course  required  for  the  nursing  major  no  more 
than  once. 

•  A  grade  of  C-  or  below  in  a  nursing  clinical  course  or  failure  of  any  two  required 
nursing  courses  results  in  dismissal  from  the  nursing  program. 

If  a  student's  level  of  clinical  practice  is  unsatisfactory  or  unsafe,  the  student  may  fail  before 
the  end  of  the  semester.  Readmission  may  be  granted  by  special  action  of  the  Admission 
Committee  of  the  Department  of  Nursing. 

Before  admission  to  nursing  courses: 

1.  A  departmental  examination  in  mathematics  must  be  successfully  completed  (84%). 
The  purpose  of  this  examination  is  twofold:  1)  to  earn  credit  for  the  mathematics 
requirement  General  Studies  HIE;  and  2)  to  determine  the  student's  ability  to 
correctly  calculate  medication  dosages  in  the  clinical  setting.  All  students,  regardless 
of  entry  level  status,  even  if  they  have  previously  successfully  completed  a  college 
mathematics  course  are  to  complete  this  requirement.  Should  the  applicant  not  pass 
the  exam,  score  below  84%: 


242  NURSING 


•  20  hours  of  documented  tutoring  or  a  remedial  math  course  passed  with  a 
minimum  grade  of  C  is  required. 

•  The  exam  may  then  be  retaken  only  one  more  time  and  must  be  passed  in 
order  to  be  considered  for  admission. 

2.     A  critical  thinking  exam  is  also  required  to  assist  in  academic  advisement. 

Once  admitted  and  enrolled  in  the  College,  all  BSN  nursing  students  will  be  required  to 
successfully  complete  PHI  168 A  or  B  or  RST  149  at  MSMC.  In  order  to  meet  the  nursing 
department  requirements  for  bioethics,  any  bioethics  course  transferred  in  prior  to  admission 
must  be  an  upper  division  course. 

Departmental  policy  statements  regarding  grading,  mathematical  competence,  clinical 
progression,  incomplete  grades,  probation,  absences,  dismissal,  and  readmission  to  the 
program  are  provided  to  the  student  at  the  beginning  of  the  nursing  major.  During  the  clinical 
portion  of  the  program,  students  must: 

Ordinarily  be  enrolled  full-time  (see  Tuition  and  Fees). 

Carry  malpractice  insurance. 

Have  a  current  CPR  card  (AHA  Health  Care  Provider  BLS). 

Have  a  fire  safety  card. 

Complete  a  criminal  background  as  outlined  in  clinical  policies. 

Complete  a  First  Aid  Course  prior  to  beginning  senior  level  coursework. 

Have  membership  in  the  National  Student  Nurse  Association,  highly  recommended. 

Nursing  classes  are  held  at  multiple  sites  and  transportation  for  these  classes  is 

essential.  Senior  year  students  are  required  to  have  a  current  driver's  license  and 

auto  insurance.  Information  on  all  policies  and  procedures  can  be  obtained  from  the 

Department  of  Nursing's  Coordinator  of  Advisement  and  Testing. 

Certain  health  requirements  must  be  met  prior  to  clinical  experience.  In  addition  to  the 
College  Baccalaureate  degree  requirements,  students  who  step  back  into  the  MSMC  BSN 
program  after  an  absence  of  seven  (7)  years  or  more  must  complete  all  requirements  of  the 
Department  of  Nursing  and  the  level  to  which  they  are  re-enrolling. 

Clinical  Agencies/Scheduling 

Multiple  agencies  are  used  for  clinical  practice  and  include  the  following:  private  and  public 
acute  care  facilities,  skilled  nursing  facilities,  Los  Angeles  County  public  health  sites,  home 
health  agencies,  schools,  and  other  community  health  care  facilities. 

Transportation  for  clinical  classes  is  the  responsibility  of  each  student.  Students  in  their 
senior  session  are  required  to  have  a  current  driver's  license  and  auto  insurance. 

Schedules  for  clinical  and  class  times  are  subject  to  change.  Clinical  classes  may  include 
weekends. 

Baccalaureate  Degree  Curriculum  Requirements 

Freshman  Year 

**CHE  3/PHS  1  Chemistry/Scientific  Concepts  (3) 

**BIO  50A  Human  Anatomy  (4) 

**BIO  50B  Human  Physiology  (4) 

**BIO  3  General  Microbiology  (4) 


NURSING 


243 


*PSY  1 
*S0C5 


General  Psychology 
Sociological  Perspectives 
*ENG  1A  and  IB  or  1C  Freshman  English 
*SPE  10  Public  Speaking 

*PSY  12  Developmental  Lifespan  Psychology 

***SPR  85  Intro  to  College  Studies 

*  *  *  SPR  7 1 X         Preparation  for  Nursing 
Total  units:  32-34 


(3) 
(3) 
(6) 

(2) 
(3) 

(1) 
(1) 


Sophomore  Year 

*NUR51 
*NUR  53A 
*NUR  53B/C 
*NUR  54 
*NUR60 
*NUR61 
*NUR  65 
*BIO  112 
*PHI21/RST41 
GSIVA 
GS-IIIA: 


Practicum:  Adult  Medical/Surgical 
Fundamentals  of  Nursing:  Theory 
Fundamentals  of  Nursing:  Skills 
Introduction  to  Pathophysiology 
Adaptation  Nursing  Theory 
Practicum:  Adult  Medical  Surgical 
Adaptation  Nursing:  Adult  Medical/Surgical 
Human  Nutrition 

Moral  Values  and  Ethical  Decisions 
Religious  Studies  Requirement 
Art  or  Music 


(4) 

(2) 

(1.5, 

(3) 

(3) 

(4) 

(31 

(3) 

(3) 

O) 

O) 


I) 


Total  units:  33.5 


Junior  Year 

*NUR  135 
*NUR  160 
*NUR  161 
*NUR  162 
*NUR  163 
*NUR  164 
*NUR  165 
*NUR  166 
*NUR  167 
*PHI  168 A  or 
GS-IIIB: 
GS-IIIC: 

Total 


Pharmacology  in  Nursing  (2) 

Adaptation  Nursing:  Childbearing  Family  (2.5) 

Practicum:  Childbearing  Family  (2.5) 

Adaptation  Nursing:  Children  (2.5) 

Practicum:  Children  (2.5) 

Adaptation  Nursing:  Advanced  Medical/Surgical  (2.5) 

Practicum:  Advanced  Medical/Surgical  Nursing  (2.5) 

Adaptation  Nursing:  Mental  Health  (2.5) 

Practicum:  Mental  Health  (2.5) 

PHI  168B  or  RST  149  (upper  division)  Bioethics  (3) 

Literature  (3) 

History  (3) 

units:  31 


Senior  Year 

*NUR  134 
*NUR  136 
*NUR  138 
*NUR  178 
*NUR  179 
*NUR180 
*NUR  181 
*NUR182 
*NUR183 


Issues  in  Professional  Nursing  (2) 

Abuse:  Child  to  Elder  (1) 

Nursing  Research  (3) 

Adaptation  Nursing:  Senior  Preceptorship  (1.5) 

Practicum:  Senior  Preceptorship  (2.5) 

Adaptation  Nursing:  Community  Health  (1.5) 

Practicum:  Community  Health  Nursing  (2.5) 

Adaptation  Nursing:  Leadership  and  Management  (1 .5) 

Practicum:  Nursing  Leadership  and  Management  (2.5) 


244  NURSING 


*NUR  1 90            Adaptation  Nursing:  Older  Adult  (1.5) 

*NUR  1 9 1             Practicum:  Older  Adult  (2.5) 

GS-VA/B              Philosophy  or  Religious  Studies  (3) 

GS-IIIG:               Econ/  Politics  (3) 

See  Catalog           Philosophical  Ideas  (3) 

Total  units:  31 

Total  units  for  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Nursing:  127.5 
*Courses  required  by  the  Department  of  Nursing 
**Must  have  been  completed  within  five  years  prior  to  admission 
***Not  required  for  students  entering  MSMC  with  over  24  transferable  units 


Accelerated  Bachelor  of  Science  -  Major  in  Nursing 

The  Accelerated  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  -  Major  in  Nursing  (AccBSN)  Program  is  the 
same  curriculum  design  as  the  Bachelor  of  Science  -  Major  in  Nursing  program  (BSN), 
follows  the  stated  philosophy,  and  students  meet  the  terminal  objectives  as  delineated  for  the 
BSN  program.  The  AccBSN  program  offers  the  BSN  program  within  a  one  year  (May  to 
May)  time  frame  and  is  a  rigorous  program  of  study.  The  Accelerated  student  completes  a 
three  semester  course  of  study,  beginning  with  the  first  Summer  session,  followed  by  a  Fall 
semester,  and  ending  with  a  final  Spring  semester.  At  the  completion  of  the  final  semester, 
graduates  are  eligible  to  take  the  National  Council  Licensure  Examination  for  Registered 
Nurses  (NCLEX-RN)  and  to  qualify  for  the  California  Public  Health  Nursing  Certificate.  The 
AccBSN  program  is  approved  by  the  California  Board  of  Registered  Nursing  and  accredited 
by  the  Commission  on  Collegiate  Nursing  Education. 

AccBSN  Application  Procedure 

AccBSN  applicants  must  submit  the  following  documents: 

■  Completed  admissions  application 

■  Personal  statement  of  intent 

■  Official  transcripts  of  all  college  work 

■  Two  recommendations  by  those  acquainted  with  the  applicant's  ability  to  succeed  in 
an  accelerated  curriculum. 

■  Personal  interviews  may  be  scheduled. 

AccBSN  Program  Admission  Requirements 

The  AccBSN  program  is  open  to  persons  who  have  previously  completed  a  Baccalaureate 
degree  and  who  meet  specific  admission  requirements.  Admission  to  the  program  is  open  only 
once  a  year.  The  application  deadline  is  November  1,  and  decisions  are  mailed  in  mid 
December. 

To  be  considered  for  admission,  students  must  be  graduates  of  an  accredited  four-year  college 
or  university  with  an  earned  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least  3.0. 

An  eligible  applicant  must  have  also  completed  the  following  requirements  prior  to  beginning 
the  program. 


NURSING  245 


Transfer  Articulation  for  the  Accelerated  Bachelor  of  Science  -  Major  in 
Nursing 

Mount  Saint  Mary's  College  accepts  completed  Baccalaureate  degrees  from  accredited 
colleges  and  universities  as  evidence  of  fulfillment  of  MSMC  General  Studies  requirements 
with  the  exception  of  philosophy  and  religious  studies.  To  fulfill  these  requirements,  students 
must  complete  two  courses  in  each  discipline. 

Nursing  Core  Requirements 

*Chemistry  or  Physics  (3-4  units) 

*Human  Anatomy  with  Lab  (3-4  units) 

*Human  Physiology  with  lab  (3-4  units) 

*  Microbiology  with  Lab  (4  units) 

Human  Nutrition  (3  units) 

General  Psychology  (3  units) 

Life-span  Developmental  Psychology  (Infant  through  Older  Adult )  (  3  units) 

Introduction  to  Sociology  or  Cultural  Anthropology  (  3  units) 

Written  and  Oral  Communication   (6  units) 
*Must  have  been  completed  within  five  years  prior  to  admission 

General  Studies  Requirements 

Philosophy  (3  units) 

Philosophy  (3  upper  division  units,  must  be  Bioethics) 

Religious  Studies  Courses  (6  units) 

Entrance  Requirements  (AccBSN) 

Before  admitted  students  begin  the  program  in  May,  they  must: 

•  Complete  the  Department  of  Nursing  Math  Test  with  a  minimum  score  of  84%. 

•  Complete  the  necessary  health  forms  and  immunizations  (See  Health  Policies, 
Department  of  Nursing.). 

•  Be  current  in  CPR  (Healthcare  Provider  BCLS/Professional  Rescuer  CPR). 

•  Garry  malpractice  insurance. 

•  Complete  a  First  Aid  Course. 

•  Submit  a  successful  completion  of  Criminal  Background  as  outlined  in  clinical 
policies 

Costs/Financial  Aid/Registration 

Tuition  for  the  AccBSN  program  is  the  same  as  the  standard  Mount  St.  Mary's  College 
undergraduate  tuition  and  fees  for  three  semesters.  There  is  a  nursing  fee  for  each  of  the  three 
accelerated  sessions.  Please  refer  to  the  Fees  and  Expenses  for  exact  figures  and  guidelines. 

While  AccBSN  students  are  not  eligible  for  Mount  St.  Mary's  grants  or  scholarships,  students 
may  be  eligible  for  federal,  state,  or  private  grants  or  loans.  In  order  to  qualify,  students  must 
send  the  FAFSA  forms  to  the  processor  no  later  than  January  15.  Information  on  financial  aid 
eligibility  will  be  sent  prior  to  the  deposit  deadline.  A  non-refundable  deposit  fee  of  $300.00 
is  due  on  the  date  specified  in  the  acceptance  letter. 


246  NURSING 


AccBSN  Degree  Curriculum  Requirements 

The  AccBSN  program  requires  124  units  which  includes  56  Nursing  department  units 
and  3  units  of  Bioethics.  Admitted  students  must  complete  their  total  curriculum  plan  at 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  They  may  not  take  required  nursing  courses  at  other  institutions. 
A  sample  program  is  listed  below. 

Summer 

NUR  4 1  Adaptation  Nursing  Theory  (3) 

NUR42A  Fundamentals  of  Nursing:  Theory  (2) 

NUR  42B  Fundamentals  of  Nursing:  Skills  (1) 

NUR  44 A  Introduction  to  Pathophysiology  (3) 

NUR  44B  Adaptation  Nursing:  Adult  Medical/Surgical  Nursing   (3) 

NUR  45 AB  Practicum:  Adult  Medical/Surgical  Nursing  (4,4) 

Total  units:  20 
Fall 

NUR  135  Pharmacology  in  Nursing  (2) 

NUR  140  Adaptation  Nursing:  Childbearing  Family  (2.5) 

NUR  141  Practicum:  Childbearing  Family  (1.5) 

NUR  142  Adaptation  Nursing:  Children  (2.5) 

NUR  143  Practicum:  Children  (1.5) 

NUR  144  Adaptation  Nursing:  Advanced  Medical/Surgical  (2.5) 

NUR  145  Practicum:  Advanced  Medical/Surgical  Nursing  (1.5) 

NUR  146  Adaptation  Nursing:  Mental  Health  (2.5) 

NUR  147  Practicum:  Mental  Health  (1.5) 

Total  units:  18 
Spring 

NUR  134  Issues  in  Professional  Nursing  (2) 

NUR  136  Abuse:  Child  to  Elder  Adult  (1) 

NUR  1 3  8  Nursing  Research  (3) 

NUR  150  Adaptation  Nursing:  Community  Health  (1.5) 

NUR  151  Practicum:  Community  Health  Nursing  (1.5) 

NUR  152  Adaptation  Nursing:  Leadership  and  Management        (1.5) 

NUR  153  Practicum:  Nursing  Leadership  and  Management  (1.5) 

NUR  1 56  Adaptation  Nursing:  Older  Adult  (1 .5) 

NUR  157  Practicum:  Older  Adult  (1.5) 

NUR  158  Adaptation  Nursing:  Senior  Preceptorship  (1.5) 

NUR  159  Practicum:  Senior  Preceptorship  (1.5) 

Total  units:  18 

Total  units  for  an  Accelerated  B.S.  in  Nursing:  124 

Note:  Prerequisites  for  courses  in  the  NUR  140  and  160  Series:  Successful 
completion  of  the  NUR  41,  42AB,  44AB,  45 AB  or  51,  53ABC,  54,  60,  61,  65,  and 
Nutrition.  The  NUR  140  and  160  courses  involve  the  continued  use  of  the  Roy 
Adaptation  Model  as  a  basis  for  prevention,  rehabilitation,  and  teaching. 


NURSING  247 


NUR  41  Adaptation  Nursing  Theory  (3) 

Introduces  the  Roy  Adaptation  Model  of  Nursing  with  emphasis  on  the  physiological  and 
psychosocial  modes  as  related  to  adult  and  older  adult  behaviors.  Introduces  concepts  of 
cultural  diversity,  aging,  and  sexuality. 

NUR  42A  Fundamentals  of  Nursing:  Theory  (2) 

Covers  basic  nursing  measures  necessary  for  safe  patient  care.  The  focus  is  to  provide  the 
theoretical  foundation  for  selected  nursing  skills. 

NUR  42B  Fundamentals  of  Nursing:  Skills      (1) 

Practice  and  development  of  the  student's  psychomotor  ability  in  the  performance  of  basic 
nursing  skills  taught  in  NUR  42A.  Designed  to  integrate  computer  assisted  learning  for  an 
independent  approach  to  learning. 

NUR  44A  Introduction  to  Pathophysiology     (3) 

Basic  pathophysiological  mechanisms  of  disease  and  selected  medical-surgical  disruptions  of 
protection  and  oxygenation  that  are  common  to  adults  are  presented  for  discussion.  Patient 
care  management  is  included.  Sophomore  standing. 

NUR  44B  Adaptation  Nursing:  Adult  Medical/Surgical  (3) 

Common  disruptions  in  the  body's  structure,  function  and  regulatory  mechanisms  are 

presented  which  include  immune  response,  inflammation,  and  temperature  control.  Nursing 

and  Medical  Management  will  be  discussed. 

NUR  45A  Practicum:  Adult  (4) 

Clinical  practice  of  nursing  with  application  of  concepts  related  to  basic  nursing  knowledge, 

fundamentals,  and  skills.  The  focus  is  on  the  care  of  the  adult  hospitalized  patient  with 

common  medical/surgical  problems.  Sophomore  standing. 

NUR  45B  Practicum:  Adult  (4) 

Clinical  practice  of  nursing  process  and  skills  with  application  of  concepts  related  to  basic 
nursing  skills  and  to  common  disruptions  in  body  systems.  Focus  on  common  medical- 
surgical  problems  affecting  adults  and  older  adults,  stimuli  for  illness,  nursing  diagnoses, 
nursing  interventions,  prevention,  and  teaching  in  an  in-patient  setting. 
NUR  51  Practicum:  Adult  (4) 

Clinical  practice  of  nursing  process  and  skills  with  application  of  concepts  related  to  basic 
nursing  skills  and  to  common  disruptions  in  body  systems.  Focus  on  common  medical- 
surgical  problems  affecting  adults  and  older  adults,  stimuli  for  illness,  nursing  diagnoses, 
nursing  interventions,  prevention,  and  teaching  in  an  in-patient  setting. 
NUR  53  A  Fundamentals  of  Nursing:  Theory  (2) 

Introductory  course  that  covers  the  theories,  concepts,  principles  and  procedures  that  are 
fundamental  to  current  nursing  practice.  Provides  a  knowledge  base  to  understand  the 
practice  of  professional  nursing  with  a  focus  on  the  adult  hospitalized  patient. 
NUR  53B/C  Fundamentals  of  Nursing:  Skills      (1.5/1.0) 

Covers  basic  nursing  measures  necessary  for  safe  patient  care.  The  focus  is  to  provide  the 
theoretical  basis  for  selected  nursing  skills  and  to  develop  the  student's  psychomotor  ability  in 
the  performance  of  these  skills.  Designed  to  integrate  computer  assisted  learning  for  an 
independent  approach  to  learning. 
NUR  54  Introduction  to  Pathophysiology     (3) 

Basic  pathophysiological  mechanisms  of  disease  and  selected  medical-surgical  disruptions  of 
protection  and  oxygenation  that  are  common  to  adults  are  presented  for  discussion.  Patient 
care  management  is  included.  Sophomore  standing. 


248  NURSING 


NUR  60  Adaptation  Nursing  Theory  (3) 

Introduces  the  Roy  Adaptation  Model  of  Nursing  with  emphasis  on  the  physiological  and 

psychosocial  modes  as  related  to  adult  and  older  adult  behaviors.  Introduces  concepts  of 

cultural  diversity,  aging,  and  sexuality. 

NUR  61  Practicum:  Adult  (4) 

Continuation  of  the  Nursing  Skills  and  Process  with  application  of  concepts  related  to  the 

physiologic  and  psychosocial  mode  of  adaptation. 

NUR  65  Adaptation  Nursing:  Adult  Medical/Surgical  (3) 

Common  disruptions  in  the  body's  structure,  function  and  regulatory  mechanisms  are 

presented  which  include  immune  response,  inflammation,  and  temperature  control.  Nursing 

and  Medical  Management  will  be  discussed. 

NUR  98  Independent  Studies  (1-3) 

Independent  investigation  of  significant  problems  in  nursing.  Prerequisite: 

Consent  of  instructor. 

NUR  99  Special  Studies  in  Nursing  (1-3) 

Selected  problems;  offered  as  a  course  or  seminar  on  current  issues  in  nursing.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor. 

NUR  134  Issues  in  Professional  Nursing         (2) 

The  focus  is  on  the  profession  of  Nursing.  Content  includes  the  history  of  nursing,  the 
Nursing  Practice  Act,  legal  aspects,  liability,  and  other  current  issues  affecting  the  nursing 
profession.  Prerequisites:  Successful  completion  of  the  NUR  160/140  series. 
NUR  135  Pharmacology  in  Nursing  (2) 

Pharmacology  as  related  to  pathological  processes  and  various  groups  of  clients  is  presented, 
major  drug  classes  and  mechanisms  of  drug  actions  as  well  as  nursing  implications  are 
detailed.  Prerequisites:  Successful  completion  of  the  NUR  40,  50,  60  series. 

NUR  136  Abuse:  Child  to  Elder  Adult  (1) 

Child,  elder  and  women's  abuse  will  be  covered.  Included  will  be  prevention,  early  detection, 

and  intervention  techniques.  California  reporting  requirements  for  child  abuse  will  be 

covered. 

NUR  138  Research  (3) 

Principles  of  scientific  methods,  research  designs  appropriate  to  nursing,  ethical  conduct  in 

human  subject  research,  and  components  of  theoretical  frameworks  are  presented.  Emphasis 

on  understanding,  critiquing,  and  applying  published  research  findings  to  clinical  practice. 

Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  NUR  160/140  series.  Student  must  be  in  Senior 

standing.  GS-II,  VIIA  (Satisfies  one  QL  unit.) 

NUR  140  Adaptation  Nursing:  Childbearing  Family  (2.5) 

Lecture.  The  focus  of  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health  and  illness  problems  related  to 

childbearing  families.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing. 

NUR  141  Practicum:  Childbearing  Family     (1.5) 

Clinical  practice  in  prenatal,  delivery  and  postnatal  care.  Includes  the  study  of  parenting  roles 

and  health  needs  of  emerging  family  groups. 

NUR  142  Adaptation  Nursing:  Children         (2.5) 

Lecture.  The  focus  of  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health  and  illness  problems  related  to 
children. 


NURSING  249 


NUR 143  Practicum:  Children  (1.5) 

Clinical  practice  in  the  health-illness  problems  encountered  in  the  care  of  children,  from 
infancy  through  adolescence,  and  their  families. 

NUR  144         Adaptation  Nursing:  Advanced  Medical/Surgical  (2.5) 

Lecture.  The  focus  of  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health  and  illness  problems  related  to 
complex  episodic  medical  and  surgical  disruptions  in  the  adult.  Patient  care  management  is 
included.  Junior  standing. 

NUR  145         Practicum:  Advanced  Medical/Surgical  Nursing  (1.5) 

Clinical  practice  in  the  health-illness  problems  encountered  in  the  care  of  complex  episodic 
medical  and  surgical  disruptions  in  the  adult.  Patient  care  management  is  included.  Junior 
standing. 

NUR  146  Adaptation  Nursing:  Mental  Health  (2.5) 

Lecture.  The  focus  of  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health  and  illness  problems  related  to 
the  mental  health  of  individuals  and  groups.  Junior  standing. 

NUR  147  Practicum:  Mental  Health  (1.5) 

Clinical  practice  in  the  application  of  the  principles  and  concepts  related  to  psycho-social 
problems  in  psychiatric  settings.  Junior  standing. 

NUR  150  Adaptation  Nursing:  Community  Health  (1.5) 

Lecture.  Theories  and  concepts  from  nursing  and  public  health  are  presented  from  a  bio- 
psycho-social  perspective.  The  focus  is  on  the  health  of  the  population,  as  well  as  on 
individuals,  families  and  groups  living  in  the  community.  The  Roy  Adaptation  Model  is 
threaded  throughout  the  broad  topics,  which  include  community  oriented  practice,  family, 
community  assessment,  epidemiology  and  communicable  disease.  Senior  standing. 
NUR  151  Practicum:  Community  Health  Nursing     (1.5) 

Provides  a  clinical  experience  for  the  senior  level  student  to  use  the  Roy  Adaptation  Model  to 
improve  the  health  of  individuals,  families,  groups  and  the  community  as  a  whole.  An 
epidemiological  approach  is  utilized  to  identify  and  assess  problems  within  aggregates  in  the 
community.  A  variety  of  populations  and  settings  are  used  in  order  to  provide  the  student 
with  the  opportunity  to  apply  the  theories  and  concepts  from  NUR  180/150.  Senior  standing. 

NUR  152         Adaptation  Nursing:  Leadership  and  Management  (1.5) 

Lecture.  Theory  in  this  senior  level  course  is  designed  to  analyze  leadership  and  management 
principles  and  illustrate  how  these  concepts  reflect  professional  nursing  practice.  The  health 
care  delivery  environment  will  be  discussed  with  an  emphasis  on  the  current  and  future  trends 
in  the  management  of  nursing  resources  and  personnel.  The  Roy  Adaptation  Model  and 
systems  theory  is  threaded  through  each  topic  and  will  be  used  to  evaluate  individuals,  groups 
and  organizations  on  how  they  work  together.  Senior  standing. 

NUR  153         Practicum:  Nursing  Leadership  and  Management  (1.5) 

This  clinical  course  provides  the  senior  level  student  the  opportunity  to  assess  and  practice 
under  supervision  the  principles  of  leadership  and  management  with  a  variety  of  populations 
in  various  settings.  In  addition,  a  conference  will  be  utilized  to  simulate  situations  to  enhance 
student's  learning  of  theories  and  concepts  from  NUR  182/152.  The  Roy  Adaptation  Nursing 
Model  and  management  principles  will  be  utilized  to  guide  assessment  of  a  group  identified  in 
the  clinical  setting.  Students  may  identify  additional  objectives  to  meet  their  personal 
learning  needs  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor.  Senior  standing. 


250  NURSING 


NUR  156  Adaptation  Nursing:  Older  Adult  ( 1.5) 

Lecture.  This  gerontology  course  provides  the  student  with  the  principles  of  the  Functional 
Consequences  Theory  as  it  relates  to  the  Roy  Adaptation  Model.  The  student  will  apply  both 
models  to  the  psychological  and  physiological  functions  of  the  older  adult.  Topics  also 
include  functional  assessment,  characteristics  of  today's  older  adults  in  the  United  States  and 
issues  regarding  long-term  care.  Additionally,  the  student  will  carry  out  in-depth  research  in  a 
gerontology  related  subject.  This  research  will  be  presented  in  a  formal  paper.  Senior 
standing. 

NUR  157  Practicum:  Older  Adult  (1.5) 

Clinical  practice  with  older  adult  clients  in  various  settings  enabling  the  student  to  apply  the 
concepts  and  principles  in  NUR  156.  Senior  standing. 

NUR  158  Adaptation  Nursing:  Senior  Preceptorship  (1.5) 

Lecture:  Theory  in  this  senior  level  course  is  applicable  to  any  area  of  nursing  specialty.  Bio- 
psycho-social  and  spiritual  approaches  will  be  used  to  present  concepts  that  the  Baccalaureate 
prepared  nurse  can  apply  to  promote  adaptation  in  individuals,  families,  and  groups.  Broad 
topics  include  cultural  aspects,  palliative  care,  chronic  illness,  disabilities  and  management  of 
health  regimens.  Professional  role  aspects  of  quality  improvement,  accreditation, 
environmental  health  and  disaster  management  are  included.  Senior  standing. 
NUR  159  Practicum:  Senior  Preceptorship     (1.5) 

The  senior  level  student  will  continue  to  develop  and  practice  the  role  of  the  Baccalaureate 
prepared  nurse  in  this  practicum.  The  student  will  have  the  opportunity  to  demonstrate  the 
ability  to  apply  the  theory  content  from  NUR  178/158  and  the  MSMC  Nursing  Baccalaureate 
Program  Objectives.  A  variety  of  clinical  agencies  and  nursing  specialties  will  be  used.  The 
Roy  Adaptation  Model  will  be  used  as  the  foundation  for  professional  nursing  practice. 
Taken  as  Credit/No  Credit.  Senior  standing. 

NUR  160  Adaptation  Nursing:  Childbearing  Family  (2.5) 

Lecture.  The  focus  is  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health-illness  problems  related  to 
childbearing  families.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  161.  Junior  standing.  GS-VI 

NUR  161  Practicum:  Childbearing  Family     (2.5) 

Provides  clinical  experience  in  prenatal,  delivery,  and  postnatal  care,  study  of  the  parenting 
roles,  and  the  health  needs  of  the  emerging  family  groups.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  160. 
Junior  standing. 

NUR  162  Adaptation  Nursing:  Children         (2.5) 

Lecture.  The  focus  is  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health-illness  problems  related  to 

children.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  163.  Junior  standing.    GS-  VIIA  (Satisfies  one  QL 

unit.) 

NUR  163  Practicum:  Children  (2.5) 

Provides  clinical  experience  in  the  health-illness  problems  encountered  in  the  care  of  children 

and  their  families.  Growth  and  development  from  infancy  through  adolescence  in  terms  of  the 

Adaptation  Theory  of  Nursing.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  162.  Junior  standing. 

NUR  164         Adaptation  Nursing:  Advanced  Medical/Surgical  (2.5) 

Lecture.  The  focus  is  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health-illness  problems  related  to 

complex  episodic  medical  or  surgical  disruptions  in  the  adult.  Leadership  and  patient  care 

management  included.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  165. 


NURSING  251 


NUR  165  Practicum:  Advanced  Medical/Surgical  (2.5) 

Provides  clinical  experience  in  the  health-illness  problems  of  adult  patients  with  more 
complex  medical  or  surgical  disruptions.  Leadership  and  patient  care  management  included. 
Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  164.  Junior  standing. 

NUR  166  Adaptation  Nursing:  Mental  Health  (2.5) 

Lecture.  The  focus  is  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health-illness  problems  related  to 
mental  health  of  individuals  and  groups.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  167. 

NUR  167  Practicum:  Mental  Health  (2.5) 

Provides  clinical  experience  in  the  application  of  the  principles  and  concepts  related  to 
psycho-social  problems  in  psychiatric  settings.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  166.  Junior 
standing. 

NUR  178  Adaptation  Nursing:  Senior  Preceptorship  (2.5) 

Lecture.  Theory  in  this  senior  level  course  is  applicable  to  any  areas  of  nursing  specialty. 
Bio-psycho-social  and  spiritual  approaches  will  be  used  to  present  concepts  that  the 
Baccalaureate  prepared  nurse  can  apply  to  promote  adaptation  in  individuals,  families,  and 
groups.  Broad  topics  include  cultural  aspects,  palliative  care,  chronic  illness,  disabilities,  and 
management  of  health  regimens.  Professional  role  aspect  of  quality  improvement, 
accreditation,  environmental  health  and  disaster  management  are  included.  Senior  standing. 

NUR  179  Practicum:  Senior  Preceptorship     (2.5) 

The  senior  level  student  will  continue  to  develop  and  practice  the  role  of  the  Baccalaureate 
prepared  nurse  in  this  practicum.  The  student  will  have  the  opportunity  to  demonstrate  the 
ability  to  apply  the  theory  content  from  NUR  178/158  and  the  MSMC  Nursing  Baccalaureate 
Program  Objectives.  A  variety  of  clinical  agencies  and  nursing  specialties  will  be  used.  The 
Roy  Adaptation  Model  will  be  used  as  the  foundation  of  professional  nursing  practice.  Taken 
as  Credit/No  Credit.  Senior  standing. 

NUR  180  Adaptation  Nursing:  Community  Health   (1.5) 

Lecture.  Theories  and  concepts  from  nursing  and  public  health  are  presented  from  a  bio- 
psycho-social  perspective.  The  focus  is  on  the  health  of  the  population,  as  well  as  on 
individuals,  families  and  groups  living  in  the  community.  The  Roy  Adaptation  Model  is 
threaded  throughout  the  broad  topics,  which  include  community  oriented  practice,  family, 
community  assessment,  epidemiology  and  communicable  disease.  Taken  concurrently  with 
NUR  181.  Senior  standing. 

NUR  181  Practicum:  Community  Health  Nursing         (2.5) 

Provides  a  clinical  experience  for  the  senior  level  student  to  use  the  Roy  Adaptation  Model  to 
improve  the  health  of  individuals,  families,  groups  and  the  community  as  a  whole.  An 
epidemiological  approach  is  utilized  to  identify  and  assess  problems  within  aggregates  in  the 
community.  A  variety  of  populations  and  settings  are  used  in  order  to  provide  the  student 
with  the  opportunity  to  apply  the  theories  and  concepts  from  NUR  180/150.  Taken 
concurrently  with  NUR  1 80.  Senior  standing. 

NUR  182  Adaptation  Nursing:  Leadership/Management  (1.5) 

Theory  in  this  senior  level  1.5  unit  course  is  designed  to  analyze  leadership  and  management 
principles  and  illustrate  how  these  concepts  reflect  professional  nursing  practice.  The  health 
care  delivery  environment  will  be  discussed  with  an  emphasis  on  the  current  and  future  trends 
in  the  management  of  nursing  resources  and  personnel.  The  Roy  Adaptation  Model  and 
systems  theory  is  threaded  through  each  topic  and  will  be  used  to  evaluate  individuals,  groups 
and  organizations  on  how  they  work  together.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  183. 
Senior  standing. 


252  NURSING 


NUR  183         Practicum:  Nursing  Leadership/Management      (2.5) 

This  clinical  course  provides  the  senior  level  student  the  opportunity  to  assess  and  practice 
under  supervision  the  principles  of  leadership  and  management  with  a  variety  of  populations 
in  various  settings.  In  addition,  a  conference  will  be  utilized  to  simulate  situations  to  enhance 
students'  learning  of  theories  and  concepts  from  NUR  182/152.  The  Roy  Adaptation  Nursing 
Model  and  management  principles  will  be  utilized  to  guide  objectives  to  meet  their  personal 
learning  needs  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  182.  Senior 
Standing. 

NUR  190  Adaptation  Nursing  :  Older  Adult  ( 1.5) 

Lecture.  This  gerontology  course  provides  the  student  with  the  principles  of  the  Functional 
Consequences  Theory  as  it  relates  to  the  Roy  Adaptation  Model.  The  student  will  apply  both 
models  to  the  psychological  and  physiological  functions  of  the  older  adult.  Topics  also 
include  functional  assessment,  characteristics  of  today's  older  adults  in  the  United  States  and 
issues  regarding  long  term  care.  Additionally,  the  student  will  carry  out  in  depth  research  in  a 
gerontology  related  subject.  This  research  will  be  presented  in  a  formal  paper.  Senior 
standing. 

NUR  191  Practicum:  Older  Adult  (2.5) 

Clinical  practice  with  older  adult  clients  in  various  settings  enabling  the  student  to  apply  the 

concepts  and  principles  in  NUR  190.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  190.  Senior  standing. 

NUR  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 

NUR  198  Independent  Studies  (1-3) 


NURSING  253 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN 
NURSING  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Nursing  Education 

This  program  requires  the  successful  completion  of  37  semester  units  of  both  nursing  and 
education  courses  with  a  grade  of  B  (3.0)  or  better  and  the  completion  of  an  approved  Nursing 
Education  Project.  This  program  encompasses  both  nursing  and  education  classes  in  order  to 
assist  the  graduate  in  developing  the  necessary  skills  to  assume  responsibilities  as  a  nursing 
educator  in  health  care  agencies,  schools  of  nursing  and  colleges. 

The  MSN  program  is  accredited  by  the  Commission  of  Collegiate  Nursing  Education. 

The  nursing  courses  cannot  be  waived  or  taken  as  independent  study  regardless  of  the 
student's  professional  experiences.  The  MSN  student  is  encouraged  to  grow  in  her/his  role  as 
a  nurse  educator  both  in  depth  and  breadth  thus  maximizing  the  benefits  of  receiving  a  Master 
of  Science  in  Nursing  Education  degree  from  Mount  St.  Mary's  College 

NUR  243  Theoretical  Foundations  of  Leadership  and  Community  Health  is  a  required  bridge 
course  for  MSN  students  who  do  not  have  a  BSN  degree.  The  credit  received  can  be  used 
towards  meeting  the  elective  unit  requirement. 

Health  Data:  During  the  application  process,  students  must  verify  the  following  health 
screening/immunization  data: 

•  Tuberculosis 

•  MMR  immunity 

•  Varicella  Titer 

•  Hepatitis-B  testing 

A  criminal  background  check  and  malpractice  insurance  are  prerequisites  for  the  practicum 
courses:  NUR  295  and  NUR  297. 

Course  Units  (37  units) 

A.  Core  Units  (13  units) 

NUR  200  Advanced  Health  Assessment  (4) 

NUR  201  Theoretical /Conceptual  Foundations  of  Nursing  (3) 

NUR  202  Current  Health  Care  Issues  &  Nursing  Roles  (3) 

NUR  290  Nursing  Research  and  Methodologies  (3) 

B.  Emphasis  (20  units) 

NUR  206  Educational  Theories,  Principles,  &  Methods  in  Nursing  (3) 

NUR  208  Curriculum  Development  &  Evaluation  in  Nursing  (3) 

NUR  295  Nursing  Education  Practicum  I  (3  lab./  1  seminar)  (4) 

NUR  296  Nursing  Education  Project  Seminar  (3) 

NUR  297  Nursing  Education  Practicum  II  (4  lab./  1  seminar)  (5) 


C.  Electives  (6  units) 


254  NURSING 


NUR  200  Advanced  Health  Assessment  (4) 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  comprehensive  health  care  assessment  of  the  child  and' 
adult  client/  patient.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  physiology,  pathophysiology,  psychopathology, 
physical,  psychosocial,  ethnic  and  cultural  needs  of  clients.  Upon  this  foundation,  the  student 
will  develop  a  client-centered  management  plan.  Prerequisites:  Admission  into  the  MSN 
program. 

NUR  201  Theoretical  /  Conceptual  Foundations  of  Nursing  (3 

This  seminar  explores  the  relationships  between  theory,  research,  practice  and  philosophical 
dimensions  in  nursing.  There  is  a  scholarly  exploration  of  the  theoretical  and  conceptual 
models  that  influence  the  discipline  of  nursing.  A  historical  view  of  the  nursing  profession 
will  be  presented  and  analyzed.  Prerequisites:  Admission  into  the  MSN  program. 

NUR  202  Current  Health  Care  Issues  and  Nursing  Roles  (3) 

This  course  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  explore  and  analyze  major  health,  federal 
and  worldwide  issues  that  effect  the  nursing  profession  and  its  communities  of  interest.  In 
addition,  this  seminar  provides  discussion  regarding  the  economical,  historical,  political, 
ethical  and  legal  issues  that  require  consideration  and  potential  resolutions.  In  addition, 
students  will  discuss  and  analyze  developing,  advanced  roles  in  nursing.  Prerequisite: 
Admission  into  the  MSN  program 

NUR  206  Educational  Theories,  Principles  and  Methods  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  the  advanced  practice  role  as  nursing  educator. 
The  focus  of  this  course  is  on  the  use  of  various  teaching  techniques  and  strategies  to  assist  in 
the  education  of  staff,  students,  health  care  professionals,  clients  and  communities  of  interest. 
In  the  role  of  nursing  educator,  students  will  learn  how  to  influence  changes  in  how  the  client 
perceives  health  and  his/her  ability  to  seek  information  to  reach  optimal  health.  Prerequisite: 
Successful  completion  of  NUR  201. 

NUR  208  Curriculum  Development  and  Evaluation  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  so  that  the  student  can  explore  curriculum  theories,  design  and 
evaluation  as  they  apply  to  nursing.  The  course  is  geared  toward  an  examination  of 
philosophical  bases  for  the  development  of  curriculum.  The  students  design  and  critique  a 
model  curriculum  and  include  outcome  criteria  to  evaluate  educational  goal  attainment. 
Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  NUR  201  and  NUR  206. 

NUR  240  Organizational  Management  and  Economics  in 

Nursing  (3).  Elective 

This  course  is  designed  for  graduate  students  in  the  MSN  Program.  The  course  will  provide  a 
forum  for  discussion  and  analysis  of  current  economic  conditions  that  affect  health  care  and 
health  care  systems.  Course  content  will  provide  information  that  will  assist  the  student  to 
understand  and  plan  cost-effective  methods  to  increase  quality  care  in  various  systems  for 
diverse  aggregates.  The  content  will  also  enhance  the  understanding  of  strategic  and  fiscal 
planning.  In  addition,  the  course  will  afford  opportunities  to  learn  and  analyze  management 
and  leadership  theories  and  styles  related  to  problem-solving  in  the  work  environment.  There 
will  also  be  opportunities  to  analyze  work  climates,  interpersonal  and  group  dynamics, 
communications,  quality  management,  and  the  improvement  of  the  work  environment. 


NURSING  255 


NUR  241         Marketing  Through  the  Art  of  Negotiation  (3).  Elective 

This  course  is  designed  for  graduate  students  who  are  interested  in  the  art  of  negotiation.  The 
course  will  provide  a  forum  for  discussion  and  analysis  of  negotiating  techniques  used  to 
promote  desired  changes  in  a  variety  of  settings  including  health  care.  Students  will  learn  how 
to  market  their  programs  and  ideas  through  the  art  of  negotiation.  Course  content  also 
provides  skills  that  will  assist  students  in  developing  their  own  strategies  in  the  negotiation 
process  with  diverse  aggregates. 

NUR  242         Health  Care  Epidemiology/Infection  Control  (3).  Elective 

This  course  is  designed  for  graduate  students  in  the  MSN  program.  The  course  will  provide  a 
forum  for  discussion  and  analysis  of  epidemiology  and  infection  control  in  the  healthcare 
setting.  Course  content  will  provide  information  that  will  assist  the  students  in  the  appraisal  of 
various  methodologies  and  approaches  to  infection  control.  The  content  will  also  enhance  the 
understanding  of  the  administrative  and  educational  aspects.  In  addition,  the  course  will 
afford  opportunities  to  evaluate  specific  infectious  diseases  such  as  tuberculosis,  ventilator- 
associated  pneumonia,  multiple-resistant  organisms,  emerging  pathogens,  etc. 
NUR  243  Theoretical  Foundations  of  Community  Health  and  Leadership 
in  Nursing  (1) 

(Required  bridge  course  for  non-BSN  degree  holders).  This  course  may  also  be  taken  for 
graduate  level  credit  by  those  MSN  students  who  are  BSN  prepared. 
This  course  is  considered  as  a  graduate  level  bridge  course  specifically  designed  for  graduates 
from  non-BSN  nursing  programs.  This  course  constitutes  an  exploration  of  concepts  and 
theories  related  to  nursing  leadership  roles  and  the  community  health  specialty.  Discussion 
will  surround  the  roles,  responsibilities,  ethics  and  legal  aspects  of  managing  and  leading  in 
nursing  positions.  A  secondary  portion  of  the  class  is  an  introduction  to  community  health 
nursing  based  on  the  components  and  domains  of  the  Clinical  Prevention  and  Population 
Health  recommendations. 

NUR  244  Technology  of  Professional  (TOP)  Presentations  (1).  Elective 
This  course  is  designed  for  graduate  students  who  are  interested  in  integrating  multimedia  into 
their  professional  presentations.  Recognizing  that  technological  advancement  serves  as  a 
catalyst  for  innovative  methods  of  communication,  this  course  will  equip  students  with  the 
skills  necessary  to  create  presentations  using  various  multimedia  resources  to  complement 
their  chosen  discipline.  Course  content  also  provides  skills  that  will  assist  students  in 
developing  their  presentation  techniques  and  computer  literacy. 
NUR  245  Community  Health  Care  Systems  and  Influence  of  Public 
Policies  (2).  Elective 

This  course  is  considered  a  graduate  level  elective  in  nursing.  The  focus  of  the  course  is  on 
community  health  care  systems,  preventive  services,  community  aspects  of  practice,  as  well 
as  the  link  to  evidenced  based  practice.  In  addition,  this  class  will  provide  knowledge  about 
the  importance  of  public  health  advocacy  and  the  tools  necessary  to  affect  public  policy.  The 
course  is  highly  interactive  and  is  presented  in  a  seminar  format.  This  requires  that  the 
student  be  prepared  for  discussion  during  each  session. 
NUR  290  Nursing  Research  (3) 

This  course  constitutes  an  in-depth  exploration  of  the  research  process  and  strategies. 
Discussion  will  surround  both  quantitative  as  well  as  qualitative  designs.  It  also  provides  an 
opportunity  for  students  to  prepare  the  first  three  chapters  of  their  project  proposal. 
Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  a  mathematical  statistics  course  and  NUR  201. 


256  NURSING 


NUR  295         Nursing  Education  Practicum  I  (4  -  3  lab.  / 1  seminar) 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  teaching  experiences  for  the  graduate  student  with  staff/ 
patient  educators.  The  experience  will  provide  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  the 
development  or  revision  of  education  plans.  Students  will  design  a  learning  opportunity  and 
will  include  a  course  description,  learning  objectives,  and  methods  of  evaluating  both  the 
learning  and  the  education  offering.  Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  NUR  201, 206, and 
208.  (NUR  208  may  be  taken  concurrently  with  NUR  295.) 

NUR  296  Nursing  Education  Project  (3) 

The  student  will  assess  the  need  for  the  nursing  project,  design  and  implement  it  and  finally 
evaluate  its  effectiveness.  The  project  needs  to  be  aimed  at  solving  a  practical  or  clinical 
problem,  or  meeting  an  educational  or  administrative  need  in  a  service  or  academic  setting. 
The  project  may  include  a  nursing  intervention  program,  a  change  project  or  an  educational 
program  that  is  designed  in  the  form  of  a  class,  instructional  module,  computer  program, 
videotape,  nursing  education  evaluation  tool.  A  written  report  describing  the  project  is  the 
final  assignment  in  this  course.  The  project  must  first  be  approved  by  the  course  faculty.  This 
seminar  will  provide  the  student  with  the  opportunity  to  meet  with  the  faculty  during  the 
semester  to  discuss  the  progress  of  the  graduate  project  and  to  obtain  guidance  from  the 
course  faculty  member.  Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  NUR  201,206,208,  and  290. 

NUR  297         Nursing  Education  Practicum  II      (5-4  lab.  / 1  seminar) 

This  course  will  serve  as  the  culminating  experience  for  the  nursing  graduate  student.  The 
course  will  prepare  students  to  become  educators  in  a  college-level  nursing  education 
program.  The  student  will  choose  an  educational  setting  in  which  to  complete  a  learning  needs 
assessment,  prepare  coursework,  syllabi,  student  faculty  evaluations  and  course  evaluations 
while  being  supervised  by  a  master  faculty  member.  In  addition,  the  student  will  be 
responsible  for  presenting  course  content  to  the  chosen  nursing  student  group. 
Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  NUR  201,206,208,  and  290. 


PHILOSOPHY  257 


Philosophy 


Philosophy  is  not  just  for  those  who  love  wisdom;  it  is  also  for  those  who  want  techniques  to 
be  able  to  think,  speak,  and  write  clearly  and  defensibly.  Philosophy  provides  us  with  the 
tools  to  discover,  examine,  and  evaluate  our  own  and  others'  insights  and  ideas.  It  helps  us 
look  into  the  meaning  of  knowledge,  notions  of  personal  identity,  and  examine  fundamental 
concepts  about  the  universe  and  what  we  can  and  ought  to  be  doing  in  the  world.  Philosophy 
helps  us  evaluate  theoretical  systems  and  how  they  are  applied  in  our  lives  and  institutions. 
Philosophy  also  helps  us  reflect  on  our  values  and  beliefs,  as  well  as  take  stock  of  the  biases 
and  prejudice  within  and  around  us.  In  short,  Philosophy  gives  us  the  powerful  tools  to  make 
a  difference  in  how  we  live  in  the  world  and  with  one  another. 

This  major  is  an  excellent  preparation  for  graduate  study  or  a  career  in  college  teaching,  law, 
medicine,  computer  programming,  culture  studies,  social  sciences,  or  religious  studies. 
Philosophy  provides  a  strong  foundation  for  careers  in  education,  business,  research,  writing, 
or  counseling.  In  addition  to  providing  a  foundation  in  the  discipline,  our  Philosophy 
department  brings  ideas  to  life  and  helps  students  find  ways  to  apply  them  to  the  world  we 
live  in. 

The  Philosophy  department  encourages  students  to  major  in  Philosophy.  It  is  an  excellent 
major  for  those  who  wish  to  go  into  bioethics,  law,  medicine,  journalism,  media  studies,  and 
interdisciplinary  studies.  We  also  help  students  arrange  double  majors  such  as  with  Art, 
Political  Science,  Business,  English,  Business,  Psychology,  and  Religious  Studies.  A  minor 
in  Philosophy  is  also  a  possibility  for  students  and  works  well  with  virtually  all  majors,  as 
well  as  the  Pre-Law  minor. 

Courses  Required  for  a  BA.  Degree  in  Philosophy 
Lower  Division.   One  course  from  each  of  the  following  groups: 

A.  Analytical  Skills  one  of: 

Phi  5       Introduction  to  Logic 
Phi  10     Critical  Thinking 

B.  Introductory  Ethics  one  of: 

Phi  21     Moral  Values 
Phi  92     Business  Ethics 

Upper  Division.   At  least  ten  upper  division  courses  in  Philosophy  are  required  for  the 
major.  Students  will  select  one  of  the  following  programs: 

1 .  Traditional  Philosophy:  A  program  of  study  primarily  for  those  interested  in  pursuing 
graduate  study  in  Philosophy  or  who  desire  a  classical  philosophical  education.  Students  must 
take  at  least: 

a.  Three  courses  (9  units)  from  area  A  (History  of  Philosophy) 

b.  One  course  (3  units))  from  area  B  (Value  Theory) 

c.  Three  courses  (9  units)  from  area  C  (Logic,  Metaphysics,  Epistemology) 

d.  One  course  (3  units)  from  area  D  (Interdisciplinary  Philosophy). 

e.  Two  elective  courses  (6  units)  from  any  of  areas  A,  B,  C,  and  D. 


258 


PHILOSOPHY 


2.  Applied  Philosophy:  A  program  of  study  primarily  for  those  interested  in  fields  where  a 
background  in  Philosophy  is  particularly  valuable,  such  as  law,  bioethics,  business  ethics, 
medicine,  women's  studies,  or  culture  studies.  Students  must  take  at  least: 

a.  One  course  (3  units)  from  area  A  (History  of  Philosophy ) 

b.  Three  courses  (9  units)  from  areas  B  (Value  Theory) 

c.  One  course  (3  units)  from  area  C  (Logic,  Metaphysics,  Epistemology) 

d.  Three  courses  (9  units)  from  area  D  (Interdisciplinary  Philosophy) 

e.  Two  elective  courses  (6  units)  from  any  of  areas  A,  B,  C,  and  D. 


History  of  Philosophy: 

Phi  124  Socrates,  Plato,  &  Aristotle 

Phi  126  Descartes  to  Kant 

Phi  130  Existentialism 

Phi  134  American  Philosophy 

Phi  172  Marxism 

Phi  1 80  Chinese  Philosophy 


B.  Value  Theory: 

Phi  167 
Phi  168  A 
Phi  168B 
Phi  170 
Phi  174 
Phi  179 
Phi  192 


Ethics  and  Film 

Contemporary  Moral  Problems 

Bioethics 

Social  and  Political  Philosophy 

Philosophy  of  Art 

Women  and  Values 

Business  Ethics 


C.  Logic,  Metaphysics,  and  Epistemology: 

Phi  150  Metaphysics 

Phi  152  Theory  of  Knowledge 

Phi  155  Symbolic  Logic 

Phi  158  Scientific  Method 

Phi  160  Philosophy  of  Religion 

D.  Interdisciplinary  Philosophy: 

Phi  162  Philosophy  and  Native  Cultures 

Phi  1 65  Philosophy  of  Law 

Phi  169  Philosophy  of  Technology 

Phi  175  Philosophy  of  Film 

Phi  1 76  Philosophy  of  Literature 

Phi  178  Philosophy  of  Women 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 

(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


Total  Units  in  Philosophy:  36 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units,  including 
Modern  Language  requirement. 

The  Minor  in  Philosophy 

A  minimum  of  21  units  in  Philosophy,  15  of  which  must  be  upper  division  and  approved  by 
the  Philosophy  department.  At  least  one  course  should  be  from  Category  A,  above  (History  of 
Philosophy). 


PHILOSOPHY  259 


Independent  Study  Policy:  Independent  studies  are  open  to  Philosophy  majors  and 
minors  who  wish  to  explore  an  area  of  philosophy  for  advanced  or  specialized  work.  Any 
non-major  wishing  to  do  an  Independent  Study  in  Philosophy  must  have  a  clearly  defined 
goal  and  must  confer  with  both  the  faculty  member  and  the  chair  of  the  department  to  see  if  it 
is  appropriate.  Independent  studies  require  independent  research.  Students  are  expected  to 
meet  the  faculty  member  at  least  one  hour  per  week,  undertaking  an  equivalent  amount  of 
work  that  would  be  expected  in  a  three  credit  course.  Normally,  independent  studies  are  not 
intended  to  replace  a  course  taught  in  the  department.  For  details  on  what  must  be  included  in 
your  petition  for  an  Independent  Study,  please  contact  the  Chair  of  the  Philosophy 
department. 

PHI  5  Introduction  to  Logic  (3) 

An  introduction  to  argument  structure,  including  inductive  and  deductive  arguments,  the  rules 

of  inference  and  replacement,  fallacies  of  reasoning,  validity  and  soundness,  syllogisms,  the 

use  of  language,  diverse  frames  of  reference,  analysis,  decision-making  and  problem-solving, 

and  evaluating  arguments.  GS-II,  VB3,  VIIA  (Satisfies  one  QL  unit.) 

PHI  10  Critical  Thinking  (3) 

Students  taking  this  course  will  learn  reasoning  techniques  so  they  develop  their  skills  at 

argumentation,  spotting  fallacious  reasoning,  examining  uses  of  language,  evaluating 

reasoning,  examining  assumptions,  weighing  evidence,  determining  credibility  of  witnesses, 

problem  solving,  decision-making,  and  applying  critical  thinking  skills  to  moral  reasoning, 

advertising,  the  media,  and  legal  reasoning.  This  course  carries  credit  equivalent  to  PHI  5. 

GS-II,  VB3 

PHI  15  Introduction  to  Philosophy  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  nature  of  philosophy  and  why  philosophy  is  considered  the  love  of 

wisdom.  Included  are  philosophical  questions,  major  thinkers,  and  the  methodology  involved 

in  a  philosophical  inquiry.  Topics  covered  include  free  will  and  determinism,  the  existence  of 

God,  the  problem  of  evil,  mind  and  body,  the  theory  of  knowledge,  and  personal  identity. 

Traditional  views,  as  well  as  contemporary  ones  from  diverse  perspectives  (such  as  women 

and  people  of  color)  will  be  included.  Prerequisite:  Eligible  for  ENG  1A. 

GS-VBI,  VI 

PHI  21  Moral  Values  and  Ethical  Decisions  (3) 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  moral  reasoning  and  ethical  decision-making,  with  a  focus  on 

fundamental  ethical  theories.  Using  the  different  theories,  we  examine  some  major  moral 

dilemmas  we  face  (such  as  the  death  penalty,  world  hunger,  environmental  ethics,  abortion, 

sexual  morality,  censorship).  GS-VB2,  VI 

PHI  24  Socrates,  Plato,  and  Aristotle  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  origins  of  philosophical  traditions  in  the  West  through  study  of  the 

lives  and  major  works  of  Socrates,  Plato,  and  Aristotle.  Philosophy  majors  and  minors  only 

are  to  take  this  course  for  upper  division  credit  as  PHI  124.  They  will  be  assigned  an 

additional  critical  assignment  appropriate  to  a  more  advanced  level  of  study.  This  may  be  in 

either  written  or  oral  form.  GS-VBI 

PHI  92  Introduction  to  Business  Ethics       (3) 

A  case  study  approach  to  business  ethics  and  information  technology.  Using  ethical  theories, 

we  will  cover  such  moral  dilemmas  as  affirmative  action,  electronic  privacy,  censorship  and 

the  Internet,  and  business  practices  (product  liability,  whistle  blowing,  honesty,  advertising) 

environmental  concerns,  global  issues,  corporate  decision-making  and  responsibility. 

Students  who  take  this  course  may  not  take  PHI  2 1  for  credit.  Honors  student  should  take 

PHI  21H,  not  PHI  92.  GS-VB2,  VI 


260  PHILOSOPHY 


PHI  126  Descartes  to  Kant  (3) 

The  development  of  modern  views  on  the  relationship  of  reality  and  knowledge;  the  tension 
of  reason  and  experience  in  classical  modern  rationalists  and  empiricists  and  the  synthesis  of 
Kant.  Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI 
PHI  130  Existentialism  (3) 

A  study  of  existentialist  thinking  drawing  from  Nietzsche,  Kierkegaard,  Sartre,  Heidegger, 
Camus,  de  Beauvoir.  The  emphasis  is  on  the  individual,  free-will,  choices,  decision-making, 
authenticity  vs.  inauthenticity,  and  global  considerations.  Existentialist  literature  (Kafka, 
Beckett,  Atwood,  Shange,  etc.)  and  challenges  raised  by  women  and  people  of  color  may  be 
included.  Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI 

PHI  134  American  Philosophy  (3) 

A  study  of  the  major  philosophical  ideas  that  have  influenced  the  development  of  American 

intellectual  life,  civilization,  and  culture:  Transcendentalism,  Idealism,  and  the  Pragmatic 

movement.  Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI 

PHI  150  Metaphysics  (3) 

A  study  of  philosophical  theories  of  being  and  the  nature  of  reality.  Among  a  cluster  of 

metaphysical  concepts  to  be  considered  are  substance,  matter,  mind,  causation,  space  and 

time,  and  the  transcendent.  Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI 

PHI  152  Theory  of  Knowledge  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  nature  and  possibility  of  human  knowledge,  objectivity,  perception, 

truth,  self-knowledge  and  the  knowledge  of  other  minds,  the  conditions  of  justified  belief. 

Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI 

PHI  155  Symbolic  Logic  (3) 

This  course  provides  the  tools  to  do  more  advanced  work  in  deductive  reasoning  and  legal 
reasoning.  This  includes  propositional  logic,  quantification  logic,  and  examining  complex 
argument  forms.  This  course  is  highly  recommended  for  Pre-Law  students,  as  part  of  the 
course  will  look  at  analytical  reasoning  on  LSAT  exams.  Also  recommended  for  Computer 
Science  majors.  Prerequisite:  PHI  5  or  PHI  10,  preferably  Phi  5.  GS-II,VB3,  VIIB 
PHI  158  The  Scientific  Method  (3) 

An  historical  introduction  to  the  philosophy  of  science  from  Aristotle  to  the  present.  Topics 
will  include  Aristotle's  inductive  /  deductive  method;  Copernican  vs.  Ptolemaic  models  of  the 
universe;  the  Newtonian  synthesis;  Mach's  sensationalism;  twentieth  century  positivism. 
Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI,  VB3 

PHI  160  Philosophy  of  Religion  (3) 

A  study  of  the  philosophical  concerns  raised  in  religion,  including  the  existence  of  God,  faith, 
images  and  concepts  of  God,  the  problem  of  evil,  along  with  multi-cultural  and  feminist 
considerations  of  religion  and  mythology.  Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in 
philosophy  and  one  in  religious  studies.  (See  RST  198.)  GS-VA4,  VBI,  VI 

PHI  162  Philosophy  and  Native  Cultures      (3) 

In  this  course  we  explore  the  philosophy,  mythology  and  world  views  of  four  major  groups  of 
Native  Americans.  The  focus  is  usually  on  the  tribes  of  the  Southwest,  Northwest,  Far  North, 
and  Mexico  (especially  Huichol).  Examination  of  the  philosophical  issues,  myths,  language, 
literature  of  these  tribes;  as  well  as  contemporary  issues  (such  as  casinos  and  gambling, 
nuclear  waste  storage  on  reservations,  and  cultural  authenticity).  Prerequisite:  One  lower 
division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI,  VI 


PHILOSOPHY  261 


PHI  165  Philosophy  of  Law  (3) 

This  course  examines  philosophical  issues  and  concerns  in  law  and  in  the  application  of  laws. 
This  includes  notions  of  personhood,  freedom  of  speech,  freedom  of  religion,  pornography 
and  obscene  speech,  major  Supreme  Court  decisions  affecting  a  particular  field  (e.g., 
bioethics,  medicine,  research,  biotechnology,  business,  the  media).  In  any  given  semester,  we 
will  examine  a  particular  theme  (such  as  terrorism,  international  justice,  laws  regarding  the 
workplace,  environmental  law,  the  media,  or  philosophical  issues  in  international  law). 
Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI,  VIIA 
PHI  167  Ethics  and  Film  (3) 

This  course  examines  the  ways  in  which  film  can  raise  ethical  issues  that  challenge  us  to 
reflect  upon  our  lives  and  the  society  in  which  we  live.  There  are  two  approaches  that  we  will 
take:  (1)  case  study  approach—going  from  the  film  itself  (the  characters,  the  story,  etc.)  and 
examine  the  sorts  of  ethical  issues  that  arise,  the  ethical  decision-making,  and  ways  in  which 
we  might  evaluate  the  decisions  and  actions  shown  in  the  film;  (2)  theoretical  approach- 
going  from  major  ethical  theories  to  specific  films  (e.g,  Fargo,  Do  The  Right  Thing,  The 
Insider,  What  About  Bob? ,  Shawshank  Redemption,  Quiz  Show).  Pre-requisite:  Any  other 
ethics  class  or  any  two  Philosophy  classes.  GS-VB1,  3. 
PHI  168A  Contemporary  Moral  Problems  (3) 

A  study  of  contemporary  moral  and  social  problems;  including  the  death  penalty,  public 
policy  issues,  corporate  responsibility,  environmental  ethics,  world  hunger,  animal 
experimentation,  advertising  and  media  ethics,  and  individual  vs.  societal  rights.  At  least  one 
third  of  the  course  covers  bioethical  issues  (such  as  surrogacy,  euthanasia,  abortion,  medical 
experimentation,  justice  and  health  care).  Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  ethics  course. 
GS-VB2,  VI 

PHI  168B  Bioethics  (3) 

An  examination  of  moral  problems  regarding  the  moral  issues,  decision-making  processes  and 
procedures  facing  the  medical  profession,  presented  within  a  historical  context.  This  includes 
informed  consent,  honesty,  patient  rights  v.  paternalism,  physician  assisted  death,  abortion, 
surrogate  parenting,  pregnant  substance  abusers,  cloning,  medical  experimentation, 
biotechnology,  and  justice  issues  such  as  the  allocation  of  scarce  resources.  Prerequisite:  One 
lower  division  ethics  course.  GS-VB2 

PHI  1 69  Philosophy  of  Technology  (3) 

In  this  course  we  consider  philosophical  perspectives  on  ways  reality,  knowledge,  and  the 
relation  between  individuals  and  society  are  part  of  technological  development.  We  also 
investigate  how  information  technologies  like  the  computer,  the  Internet,  and  communications 
media  help  shape  our  lives.  Pre-requisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  Philosophy.  PHI  150 
are  152  are  helpful  but  not  required.  GS-VBI 

PHI  170  Social  and  Political  Philosophy  (3) 

This  section  of  Social  and  Political  Philosophy  will  examine  the  tradition  of  social  and 
political  theories  from  the  perspective  of  women  and  family.  This  will  include  conceptual 
analyses  of  traditional  theories  in  order  to  understand  why  these  theories  have  either  excluded, 
marginalized,  or  placed  restrictions  on  the  participation  of  women.  We  will  also  study 
recommendations  from  various  theoretical  traditional  perspectives  as  to  how  to  fully 
incorporate  women  and  families  in  ways  that  are  fully  inclusive. 
Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI 


262  PHILOSOPHY 


PHI  172  Marxism  (3) 

An  examination  and  comparison  of  some  of  the  central  works  of  Marx,  Engels,  Lenin,  Mao, 
and  other  writers  in  the  Marxist  tradition  with  a  focus  on  the  criticisms  of  capitalism,  the 
revolution  to  establish  communism,  the  nature  of  communist  society;  and  the  relevance  to  the 
contemporary  world  and  the  future  of  Marxist/  socialist  societies.  Prerequisite:  One  lower 
division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VB1 

PHI  174  Philosophy  of  Art  (3) 

A  study  of  the  philosophical  concerns  around  the  creative  process,  the  work  of  art,  and 
aesthetic  evaluation.  This  includes  a  study  of  the  classical  thinkers  of  aesthetics  (e.g., 
Aristotle,  Plato,  Croce,  Langer,  Tolstoy),  as  well  as  contemporary  theories.  As  part  of  this 
study,  we  examine  multicultural  perspectives  (e.g.,  Chicano  murals,  African  American  film 
directors,  women  in  film).  Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy. 
GS-VBI,  VI 

PHI  1 75  Philosophy  of  Film  (3) 

A  study  of  philosophical  ideas  and  theories  about  film,  film  theory,  and  various  schools  of 
film  criticism.  In  a  particular  semester,  we  may  focus  on  a  particular  theme,  such  as  the  hero 
in  American  film,  or  authenticity  and  personal  integrity,  or  visions  of  society.  In  addition,  we 
will  be  interested  in  looking  at  film  as  an  expression  of  cultural  values  and  an  instrument  for 
change.  As  part  of  that  goal,  we  will  examine  the  role  of  race,  class,  and  gender  in  assessing 
film.  Prerequisite:  One  philosophy  course.  GS-VBI,  VI 

PHI  176  Philosophy  of  Literature  (3) 

In  this  course  we  study  the  literary  expression  of  philosophical  concerns,  such  as  authenticity, 
freedom  and  choice,  good  vs.  evil,  justice  vs.  injustice.  This  involves  one  or  two  philosophical 
works  that  investigate  a  philosophical  issue  (e.g.,  the  ideal  society)  and  then  we  look  at 
various  novels  or  plays  to  see  how  the  issue  is  treated  in  literature.  This  course  includes 
multicultural  and  non-traditional  expressions  and  concerns.  Prerequisite:  One  lower  division 
course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI,  VI 

PHI  178  Philosophy  of  Women  (3) 

A  critical  study  of  traditional  and  contemporary  conceptions  of  women  and  various 
manifestations  of  the  oppression  of  women  particularly  in  Western  societies  and  the  US, 
especially  for  women  of  color.  Various  strategies  of  addressing  women's  issues  will  be 
studied,  including  various  forms  of  feminism  and  research  on  or  by  women  and  of  the 
women's  movement  will  be  explored  from  diverse  perspectives,  especially  those  of  women  of  I 
color.  Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI,  VI 

PHI  179  Women  and  Values  (3) 

An  examination  of  women's  perspectives  in  areas  reflecting  values,  including  ethics, 
aesthetics  and  art,  political  and  social  theory,  the  law,  and  religion.  The  course  focuses  on 
how  women  tend  to  perceive  values  differently  than  men  and  the  contributions  women  make 
to  value  theory  as  well  as  the  problems  of  interpretation  and  practice  that  these  differences 
raise,  e.g.,  regarding  sexual  harassment,  pornography,  or  the  value  of  attachment.  Differences 
among  women,  especially  cultural  differences,  will  be  explored  throughout.  Prerequisite:  One 
lower  division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VBI  or  VB2,  VI 


PHILOSOPHY  263 


PHI  180  Chinese  Philosophy  (3) 

This  course  will  study  the  origins  of  Chinese  philosophy  in  the  classical  writings  of 
Confucius,  Mozi,  Menchius,  Laozi,  and  others.  The  focus  will  be  on  understanding  the  basic 
conceptual  framework  of  Confucianism  and  Daoism  in  the  context  of  ancient  Chinese  history 
and  also  how  these  philosophies  are  understood  today.  We  will  also  explore  the  place  of 
women  in  Chinese  philosophy;  both  what  it  was  understood  to  be  in  the  past  and  how  it  can 
be  conceptualized  today.  Prerequisite:  One  lower  division  course  in  philosophy.  GS-VB1 

PHI  192  Business  Ethics  (3) 

A  case  study  approach  to  business  ethics  and  information  technology.  Using  ethical  theories, 
we  will  cover  such  moral  dilemmas  as  affirmative  action,  electronic  privacy,  censorship  and 
the  Internet,  and  business  practices  (product  liability,  whistle  blowing,  honesty,  advertising) 
environmental  concerns,  global  issues,  corporate  decision-making  and  responsibility. 
Prerequisite:  Any  ethics  course  or  any  two  Philosophy  classes.  GS-VB2,  VI 

PHI  198  Special  Topics  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

PHI  199  Senior  Thesis  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Offered  only  on  request. 

PHI  199H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 


264  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Physical  Education  courses  are  offered  as  electives,  intended  to  enhance  and  balance  the 
academic  course  load  of  students.  All  courses,  with  the  exception  of  PED  100,  are  Credit/No 
Credit  and  may  be  repeated  for  credit;  however,  a  maximum  of  six  units  of  SPR  and  PED 
combined  may  be  applied  to  requirements  for  the  Baccalaureate  degree. 

PED  1  Fitness  for  Freshmen  (1) 

Fight  off  the  Freshmen  Fifteen  with  this  interactive  class  that  is  designed  to  address  the 
specific  physical  activity  and  nutrition  needs  of  freshmen  as  they  transition  to  life  in  college. 
Students  will  participate  in  aerobic  and  resistance  training  activities  as  well  as  meal  planning 
and  nutrition  logs.  Students  will  learn  to  make  lifestyle  changes  that  will  enhance  their 
mental  and  physical  health  with  the  support  of  classmates  and  instructors. 
PED  3B  HARD  CORE  (1) 

Use  the  exercise  ball  (Swiss  Ball,  Stability  Ball)  to  strengthen  your  CORE  (abs,  glutes,  and 
low  back).  Your  CORE  is  the  foundation  of  strength  for  all  other  movement.  If  you  have  a 
strong  CORE,  you  prevent  injury,  enhance  your  ability  to  perform  any  movement  (exercise  or 
everyday  living),  and  improve  your  posture.  This  class  will  build  your  CORE  first,  and  move 
on  to  more  advanced  stability  ball  moves  to  strengthen  your  entire  body!  You'll  tone,  trim 
excess  body  fat,  and  improve  your  health! 

Ancient  Arts 

PED  IS  Women's  Self  Defense  (1) 

An  introduction  to  self  defense  techniques  combining  practical  safety  skills,  physical 

conditioning,  and  martial  art  movements. 

PED  IT  Tai  Chi  (1) 

An  introduction  to  the  Yang  style  of  Tai  Chi  Chuan,  an  ancient  blend  of  mental  concentration 

and  physical  movement,  with  applications  to  self-defense. 

PED  1Y  Yoga  (1) 

An  introduction  to  yoga,  an  ancient  blend  of  stretching,  relaxation,  and  breathing  techniques 

that  increase  flexibility  and  muscle  strength  and  tone,  improve  circulation,  and  reduce  stress. 

PED  2Y  Power  Yoga  (1) 

Power  Yoga  is  an  energetic,  strong  practice,  with  yoga  movements  that  flow  from  one  posture 

to  the  next  without  the  use  of  props  or  devices.  Power  Yoga  is  designed  to  heat  the  body 

internally  to  build  strength,  increase  cardiovascular  endurance,  and  calm  the  mind.  Students 

begin  at  any  level  of  expertise. 

PED  3Y  Pilates/Yoga  (1) 

Get  the  best  of  both  worlds!  This  class  is  taught  two  days  a  week;  work  on  Yoga  one  day: 

meditation/breathing,  strengthening  poses,  and  flexibility,  and  on  the  second  day  learn  what 

your  "Powerhouse"  is  by  practicing  some  Pilates.  Both  classes  will  strengthen  your  body  and 

increase  your  flexibility. 

Aerobic  Conditioning 

PED  2A  Aerobics  Hi/Lo  (1) 

A  high  intensity,  low  impact  workout,  designed  for  all  levels,  that  improves  cardiovascular 
endurance,  muscle  strength  and  endurance,  body  composition,  and  flexibility. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  265 


PED002C  Boot  Camp  (1) 

ATTENTION  RECRUITS!  The  eight-week  session  requires  Boot  Camp  participants  to 
follow  an  hour-long  exercise  regimen  four  days  a  week.  Each  day  students  will  build  on  the 
previous  day's  practice.  Students  will  not  be  asked  to  do  more  than  is  comfortable  and  safe, 
but  will  be  challenged  to  improve  their  endurance,  strength,  and  cardiovascular  capacity. 
Every  session  begins  with  a  warm-up,  followed  by  the  day's  given  exercise  activities,  which 
can  include  cardiovascular  activities  such  as  running  up  and  down  hills,  walking,  jumping 
rope,  resistance  and  weight  training;  exercises  to  increase  flexibility  and  tone,  sit-ups  and 
push-ups  and  fitness  testing.  The  goal  of  this  class  is  to  challenge  the  mind  and  body  and  to 
gain  a  rejuvenated  sense  of  health  and  fitness. 

PED  2K  Kickboxing  (1) 

High  intensity,  multi-level  hi/lo  workout  incorporating  moves  from  kickboxing  and  other 
martial  arts  techniques.  This  class  emphasizes  proper  technique,  mental  discipline  and  self- 
awareness.    Give  bad  health  the  boot! 

PED  2P  Studio  Cycling  (1) 

A  high  energy  workout  utilizing  stationary  racing  bikes  to  improve  cardio-respiratory  and 
muscular  endurance. 

PED  2S  Step  Aerobics  (1) 

A  high  intensity,  primarily  low  impact  cross  training  class,  utilizing  the  aerobic  step  and 
exercise  tubing,  that  improves  cardiovascular  endurance,  muscle  strength  and  endurance, 
body  composition,  and  flexibility. 

PED  2W  Water  Aerobics  (1) 

An  aerobic  conditioning  class  which  utilizes  the  resistance  of  water  to  enhance  cardiovascular 
endurance  and  reduce  the  risk  for  injury. 

PED  2E  W.E.T.  Workout  (1) 

Water  Earth  Training.  Learn  the  best  of  both  water  and  earth  (land-based)  training!  You'll 
work  on  basic  swimming  skills,  water  aerobics,  weight  training,  &  cardiovascular  work.  ALL 
levels  are  welcome,  from  beginning  to  advanced! 
PED  1W  Ultimate  Body  Conditioning  (1) 

A  high  intensity  class  that  combines  cardiovascular  endurance  with  circuit  weight  training 
designed  to  burn  optimal,  maximum  calories  in  the  least  amount  of  time.  This  course  will 
also  introduce  various  aspects  of  fitness  and  wellness  including  fitness  assessments,  lifestyle 
management  and  nutrition. 

Muscle  Conditioning 

PED  3W  Resistance  Training  (1) 

Weights  are  for  EVERYONE!  Many  people  think  that  weights  and  resistance  training  are  for 
men  or  women  who  want  the  "bulky"  look.  This  is  NOT  true!  Resistance  training  is  one  of 
the  best  ways  to  decrease  excess  body  fat  and  lose  weight.  If  you  want  a  sleek,  toned  body, 
you  have  got  to  try  this  class!  This  course  will  emphasize  muscular  strength  and  endurance 
using  resistance  equipment  and  free  weights.  Students  will  develop  and  implement  a  personal 
workout  based  on  individual  goals,  fitness  level,  and  ability. 

Dance 

PED  4A  African  and  Latin  Rhythms  (1) 

A  dance  class  which  emphasizes  basic  African  and  Latin  movements  to  improve 

cardiovascular  endurance,  muscle  strength  and  tone. 

PED  4B  Ballet  (1) 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  movements  and  choreography  of  ballet  which  will  increase 

flexibility,  muscle  strength,  endurance,  and  tone. 


266  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 


PED  4C  Cardio  Dance  (1) 

Get  on  the  floor!  A  high  energy  class  that  works  to  improve  overall  fitness,  as  well  as  dance 
technique.  Learning  to  pick  up  different  types  of  choreography  and  understanding  music  will  | 
also  be  included.  Students  will  work  on  learning  short  dance  combinations.  Some  strength, 
toning,  and  flexibility  exercises  will  also  be  included.  Styles  and  types  of  dance  may  vary 
with  instructor,  but  may  include  Hip  Hop,  Salsa,  Disco,  Old  School,  Swing,  and  other 
varieties.    All  levels  are  welcome,  from  beginner  to  advanced. 
PED  4D  Dance  Workshop  (1) 

Instruction  and  choreography  of  various  dance  forms  including  jazz,  modern,  and  street  dance 

with  the  opportunity  for  performance. 

PED  4H  Hip  Hop  (1) 

A  high  intensity  free-style  street  dance  class  that  increases  cardiovascular  endurance,  muscle 

strength  and  endurance,  and  improves  body  composition. 

PED  4J  Jazz  (1) 

A  dance  class  which  emphasizes  basic  jazz  movements  to  improve  cardiovascular  endurance, 

muscle  strength  and  tone. 

PED  4S  Salsa  (1) 

An  introduction  to  the  choreography  of  salsa,  a  dynamic  dance  class  designed  to  increase 

cardiovascular  endurance  and  improve  body  composition. 

Outdoor  Recreation 

PED  5H  Hiking  and  Wildflowers  (1) 

An  introduction  to  hiking  with  emphasis  on  wildflower  identification. 

PED  5S  Special  Topics  in  Outdoor  Recreation  (1) 

Primarily  off  campus  activities  which  could  include  mountain  biking,  roller  blading/skating, 
beach  volleyball,  biking,  hiking,  snow  and  water  skiing. 

Sports 

PED  6A  Inside  Sports  (1) 

This  course  will  explore  the  social,  cultural,  and  historical  components  of  sport  and  physical 

activity  of  today.  Inside  Sports  will  include  lectures,  films  and  videos,  student  presentations 

and  field  trips  on  historical,  social,  and  cultural  aspects  of  sport.  What  to  do  if  you  grew  up 

not  playing  sports?  Lack  the  knowledge  of  sports  today?  You  want  to  join  or  learn  but  don't 

know  where  to  start?  All  your  co-workers  enjoy  games  at  the  local  pub  and  the  office  pool  is 

circulating  but  you  have  no  clue  about  what  to  do?  How  do  you  become  a  team  player? 

Sports  provide  an  important  social  setting  and  may  be  a  critical  asset  for  women  trying  to 

advance  in  today's  business  world. 

PED  6B  Basketball  (1) 

She  shoots,  she  scores!  An  introduction  to  basic  basketball  skill  techniques,  scoring,  rules  and 

game  strategy. 

PED  6C  Court  Sports  (1) 

Get  on  the  court!  Instruction  in  the  rules,  techniques,  and  strategies  of  basketball  and 

volleyball. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  267 


Ped  6F  Field  Sports  and  Games  (1) 

Weekend  Warrior!  Instruction  in  the  rules,  techniques,  and  strategies  of  ultimate  frisbee, 
softball,  flag  football,  grass  volleyball,  new  games,  soccer  and  much  more  (dependent  upon 
instructor,  facilities  and  equipment).  All  levels  are  welcome,  from  beginner  to  advanced. 

PED  60  Softball  (1) 

Catch  it!  An  introduction  to  softball  techniques,  scoring,  rules  and  game  strategy. 

PED  6R  Soccer  (1) 

Kick  it!  An  introduction  to  basic  soccer  skill  techniques,  scoring,  rules  and  game  strategy. 
PED  6S  Swimming  (1) 

Splash!  A  comprehensive  course  addressing  both  basic  stroke  technique  and  cardiovascular 
conditioning. 

PED  6T  Tennis  I/II  (1) 

Ace  it!  An  introduction  to  basic  tennis  skill  techniques,  scoring,  rules,  and  game  strategy. 

PED  6V  Volleyball  (1) 

Bump,  Set,  Spike!  An  introduction  to  basic  volleyball  skill  techniques,  scoring,  rules,  and 

game  strategy. 

PED  6W  Sports  Conditioning  (1) 

You  say  you  have  skills?  Well  whether  you  do  or  don't,  this  class  is  for  the  sports  lover! 

Condition  your  body  to  play  any  sport!  This  class  will  work  on  cardiovascular  endurance, 

muscular  strength  and  power,  and  flexibility,  with  the  intention  of  improving  your  body's 

health  and  fitness.  Perfect  for  any  athlete  OR  any  wanna-be  athlete!  Even  if  you  aren't  into 

sports,  this  class  provides  great  variety  to  your  workout  and  will  decrease  excess  body  fat  in 

those  who  are  up  to  the  challenge! 

Certification  Courses 

PED  7B  Lifeguarding  (1) 

This  course  teaches  rescue  skills  including  equipment-based  rescuers,  spinal  injury 

management,  and  post-rescue  care  and  surveillance  skills  to  help  prevent  or  immediately 

recognize  injuries.  In  addition,  first  aid  training  and  "CPR  for  the  Professional  Rescuer"  are 

included  in  the  course  content.  At  the  conclusion  of  this  course,  testing  for  the  American  Red 

Cross  Lifeguarding  Certificate  will  be  offered.  This  course  is  for  the  intermediate  and  above 

swimmer. 

PED  7C  CPR/First  Aid/AED  (1) 

This  course  teaches  basic  CPR  (for  adult,  child,  and  infant)  and  First  Aid  methods,  the 

Automated  External  Defibrillator  in  preparation  for  passing  the  American  Red  Cross 

Certification. 

Education 

PED  100  Physical  Education  (1) 

Required  course  for  Liberal  Studies  majors  emphasizing  the  State  Curriculum  Framework, 

movement  skill  and  movement  knowledge,  self-image  and  personal  development,  and  social 

development  of  children  K- 1 2  through  the  participation  in  rhythms,  games,  sports,  and 

physical  fitness  activities.  Letter  graded  course. 

PED  5W  Lifetime  Fitness  (1) 

This  course  is  an  independent  on-line  study  course  designed  to  educate  students  to  adopt  and 

maintain  the  behaviors  associated  with  an  active  and  healthy  lifestyle.  Students  will  learn  the 

facts  about  fitness,  wellness,  physical  activity;  become  an  informed  fitness,  wellness,  and 

exercise  consumer;  and  plan  their  own  personal  lifetime  fitness  and  wellness  program. 

Prerequisite:  Junior  and/or  senior  standing. 


268         PHYSICAL  SCIENCE 


Physical  Science 

Departmental  Affiliation:  Physical  Science  and  Mathematics 

PHS 1  Scientific  Concepts  (3) 

A  course  in  the  basic  principles  of  chemistry  and  physics  with  particular  emphasis  on  the 

application  of  these  principles  to  contemporary  concerns.  GS-IIID,  VIIB 

PHS  2AB  General  Physical  Science  (2,2) 

This  course  for  the  non-science  major  surveys  the  four  main  fields  of  physical  science: 

physics,  chemistry,  astronomy,  and  geology.  It  explores  how  things  work  and  how  we  find 

out.  Elementary  mathematical  concepts  are  introduced  as  required.  Recommended  for 

students  planning  to  become  teachers.  GS-IIID,  VIIA 

PHS  2  Contemporary  Physical  Science      (3) 

A  survey  of  the  four  major  physical  sciences:  physics,  chemistry,  astronomy,  and  geology 

with  a  special  emphasis  on  contemporary  concerns.  Offered  in  Weekend  College  format  only. 

PHS  4  Elementary  Environmental  Studies  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  human's  physical  resources  and  environment  leading  to  a 

consideration  of  the  problems  of  conservation  and  pollution.  Prerequisite:  PHS  1  or  PHS  2 A. 

GS-II,IIID 

PHS  5  Selected  Topics  in  Physical  Science  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department. 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY  269 


The  Doctor  of  Physical  Therapy  Degree 

This  post-Baccalaureate  degree  program  offers  professional  education  based  on  a  foundation 
of  liberal  arts  and  sciences.  It  is  a  three-year  (9  semester)  program  of  academic  rigor  requiring 
full  time  study  throughout  the  curriculum.  Concentration  on  the  basic  and  clinical  sciences  is 
integrated  with  physical  therapy  patient/client  management  principles  and  procedures.  The 
total  educational  experience  of  the  student  involves  life-long  learning,  and  the  physical 
therapy  curriculum  facilitates  this  value  throughout  the  student's  acquisition  of  knowledge  and 
development  of  intellectual  skills,  professional  behaviors,  cognitive  abilities,  and  practice 
competencies.  The  program  design  provides  early  and  continual  integration  of  clinical 
experiences  that  foster  maximum  development  of  the  student's  clinical  thought  processes,  and 
provides  opportunities  for  mastery  of  the  personal  and  skill-based  competencies  requisite  for 
entry-level  practice.  The  Physical  Therapy  Department  is  committed  to  providing  an 
education  that  enables  graduates  to  be  generalist  practitioners  of  the  highest  quality.  The 
learning  environment  nurtures  students  to  become  skilled  professional  practitioners, 
possessing  the  skills  of  clinical  reasoning  and  effective  communication  education.  Students 
experience  and  discover  the  person  and  service-oriented  aspects  of  health  care  including: 

•  An  understanding  of  the  holistic  nature  of  health,  integrating  body,  mind,  spirit  and 
emotion 

•  An  understanding  of  human  beings  and  their  inherent  dignity,  and  their  diverse 
cultures  and  ethnicity 

•  A  respect  for  the  role  of  compassion  and  communication  in  health  and  healing 

•  A  respect  for  the  role  of  mutual  trust  and  responsibility  in  patient  relationships 

•  An  ethical  basis  for  decision  making 

As  integral  members  of  the  health  care  team,  graduates  impart  their  knowledge  and  skill 
through  competent  and  compassionate  patient  care,  enlightened  education,  scholarly  activity 
and  research,  quality  consultation  and  a  commitment  to  life-long  learning  and  professional 
development. 

The  program  is  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Accreditation  in  Physical  Therapy 
Education,  the  official  accrediting  body  for  Physical  Therapy  Education  Programs.  Upon 
successful  completion  of  all  clinical  and  academic  requirements,  the  degree  of  Doctor  of 
Physical  Therapy  is  awarded.  Graduates  are  eligible  for  licensure  in  all  fifty  states,  the  District 
of  Columbia,  and  Puerto  Rico. 

Required  Documents  Include: 

•  Transcripts:  one  official  copy  from  each  college  attended 

•  Three  recommendations  (academic,  physical  therapist,  and  interpersonal  skills 
assessment) 

•  Statement  of  Interest  as  well  as  evidence  of  physical  therapy  experience 

•  Admission  Interview  required  (scheduled  upon  preliminary  review  of  the 
application) 

•  Official  GRE  Score  Report  or  TOEFL 


270  PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


Admission  Requirements: 

•  Cumulative  Grade  Point  Average  (for  the  last  30  units  of  study)  of  3.0  on  a  4.0 
scale. 

•  Science  Grade  Point  Average  for  all  science  courses  of  3.0  on  a  4.0  scale. 

•  Composite  Score  of  1000  on  the  Verbal  and  Quantitative  sections  of  the 
Graduate  Record  Examination. 

•  Knowledge  of  the  profession  attained  preferably  by  paid  or  volunteer  clinical 
experience  including  outpatient  and  inpatient  settings. 

•  Demonstration  of  satisfactory  written  and  oral  communication  skill  (essay  and 
interview). 

•  Completion  of  all  prerequisites  by  the  end  of  the  Spring  semester  of  the  year  of 
intended  enrollment.  (A  maximum  of  three  prerequisites  may  be  outstanding  at 
the  time  of  application.) 

•  For  applicants  whose  first  language  is  other  than  English,  a  TOEFL  score  of  at 
least  550. 

•  Acceptable  recommendations:  one  from  an  academician  with  direct  knowledge 
of  the  applicant's  academic  ability;  one  from  a  physical  therapist  who  can 
address  the  applicant's  clinical  potential  and  communication  skills;  and  one  from 
an  individual  who  can  address  the  applicant's  problem  solving  skills 

•  Submission  of  completed  application  with  all  official  transcripts, 
recommendation  forms,  Graduate  Record  Examination  results,  and  the  $75.00 
application  fee.  Admission  decisions  for  Fall  begin  the  previous  October.  For 
guaranteed  consideration,  documents  must  be  received  by  December  1 . 

•  Admission  decisions  are  made  within  2  weeks  of  application  and  interview. 

Prerequisite  Coursework 

To  be  acceptable,  letter  grades  of  C  or  higher  are  required.  All  prerequisite  courses  must  be 
taken  on  a  graded  basis.  All  science  courses  must  have  laboratories.  The  requirements 
presented  are  on  the  semester  system.  If  the  applicant  has  attended  an  institution  which  is  on 
the  quarter  system,  it  must  be  recognized  that  three  quarter  units  are  equivalent  to  two 
semester  units.  Prerequisite  science  courses  must  have  been  taken  within  the  last  ten  (10) 
years  at  an  accredited  college  or  university  in  the  United  States.  Introductory  courses  are  not 
accepted  for  credit  toward  prerequisite  course  work.  All  applicants  must  show  evidence  of 
satisfactory  completion  of  the  following  courses: 

Biology  (General)  2  semesters  (8  units) 

Upper  division  science  (3  units) 

Chemistry:  2  semesters  (8  units) 

Communication:  1  semester  written  (3  units),  1  semester  speech  (3  units) 

Human  Anatomy:  1  semester  (4  units) 

Human  Physiology:  1  semester  (4  units) 

Physics:  2  semesters  (8  units) 

Psychology:  3  semesters  (9  units):  general,  two  elective 

Statistics:  1  semester  (3  units) 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY         271 


Recommended  (not  required): 

Computer  Science/Literacy 

Critical  Thinking 

Ethics 

Gerontology 

Kinesiology 

Motor  Learning/Development 

All  courses  must  be  completed  by  the  summer  prior  to  enrollment  in  the  program. 

Admissions  decisions  are  made  on  a  rolling  basis.  To  be  considered  for  priority  admission, 
applications  must  be  submitted  directly  to  the  Department  of  Physical  Therapy  and  must  be 
postmarked  by  or  before  December  1  of  the  year  of  intended  enrollment.  Applications  will  be 
processed  only  when  the  application  fee  is  paid  and  all  transcripts,  GRE  scores,  and  letter  of 
recommendation  forms  are  received. 

The  Physical  Therapy  Admission  Committee  retains  discretionary  authority  in  the  application 
of  all  the  criteria  for  admission  and  their  decision  is  final.  Applicants  will  be  notified  of  their 
status  within  2  weeks  of  application  and  interview.  Applicants  for  admission  are  considered 
on  the  basis  of  the  qualifications  of  each  student  without  regard  for  race,  religion,  sex,  age, 
national  or  state  origin.  Individuals  who  have  received  their  Baccalaureate  degree  outside  of 
the  United  States  must  have  their  credentials  and  transcripts  evaluated  by  a  recognized 
credential  evaluation  agency  before  the  application  for  admission  to  the  DPT  degree  program 
will  be  considered. 

Clinical  facilities  are  utilized  throughout  California  and  the  United  States. 

Financial  Arrangements 

Students  are  responsible  for  the  financing  of  their  education.  Information  and  assistance  is 
available  and  should  be  directly  requested  from  the  Office  of  Student  Financing.  For  the 
tuition  expenses  for  the  DPT  program,  see  the  tuition  expense  section  at  the  beginning  of  this 
catalog,  or  on  the  College  website  at  http://www.msmc.la.edu. 

Requirements  for  the  Professional  Program 

The  Doctor  of  Physical  Therapy  program  offers  the  student  an  entry-level  professional  degree. 
As  such,  to  remain  in  the  program,  the  student  must  achieve  grades  of  C  or  higher  in  all 
physical  therapy  course  work.  A  grade  point  average  of  2.5  is  required  in  each  semester  for 
continuation  in  the  program.  The  letter  grade  of  C-  in  one  course  results  in  suspension  from 
the  program  until  the  course  is  repeated  and  a  letter  grade  of  C  or  higher  is  achieved.  One 
repeat  of  a  course  is  permitted.  Letter  grades  of  two  or  more  C-s  or  Ds  or  one  F  results  in 
dismissal/disqualification  from  the  program.  The  student  must  receive  credit  (CR)  for  each 
clinical  affiliation.  A  student  may  not  be  advanced  to  the  next  component  of  the  curriculum 
until  a  grade  of  CR  is  attained.  More  than  one  failed  clinical  affiliation  results  in  dismissal 
from  the  program.  A  cumulative  average  of  less  than  2.5  in  any  given  semester  will  result  in 
academic  probation.  Two  sequential  semesters  of  academic  probation  will  result  in  dismissal 
from  the  program.  In  order  to  remain  in  the  program,  the  student  must  obtain  a  2.5 
cumulative  GPA  by  the  end  of  the  academic  semester  immediately  following  the  semester  that 
resulted  in  probation  status.  If  student  performance  in  a  clinical  setting  is  deemed 
unsatisfactory  or  unsafe  according  to  the  standards  of  the  facility,  the  College,  the  accrediting 
agency,  or  the  state,  the  student  may  be  suspended  or  disqualified  from  the  program. 


272        PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


Before  enrollment  and  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  and  third  years,  students  must  submit 
written  evidence  of  a  chest  x-ray,  current  immunization  and  a  physical  examination.  Students) 
are  responsible  for  their  own  housing  and  transportation.  During  all  clinical  aspects  of  the 
program,  students  are  required  to  carry  health  insurance  and  malpractice  insurance. 

DPT  Curriculum:  Design 

The  curriculum  is  a  sequential  3 -year,  9-semester  design  based  on  a  foundation  of  hierarchical 
and  adult  learning  theory.  Bases  on  which  the  curriculum  is  designed  incorporate  values, 
content  and  process  components.  In  the  domain  of  values,  six  values  serve  as  a  core  for  the 
program  and  are  based  on  the  mission  and  philosophy  of  the  College  and  department.  These 
values  are  compassion,  communication,  collaboration,  community,  critical  thinking  and 
competence  (including  professionalism). 

Seven  themes  serve  as  the  conceptual  framework  around  which  the  curriculum  is  organized. 
They  are  Foundational  and  Basic  Sciences,  Medical  Sciences,  Critical  Thinking/Research, 
Patient/Client  Management,  Practice  Management,  Integration  Seminar,  and  Clinical 
Experiences.  The  program  design  incorporates  the  presentation  of  foundational  sciences  prior' 
to  clinical  application;  the  appreciation  of  "normal"  prior  to  learning  "pathological;"  a 
hierarchical  organization  that  progresses  content  and  process  presentation  from  simple 
material  to  more  complex  content  and  skill  application,  and  from  the  cognitive  processing 
domains  of  knowledge  and  comprehension  to  application,  analysis,  synthesis  and  evaluation. 
There  is  also  an  interweaving  of  progressively  more  complex  clinical  experiences  with 
didactic  learning  within  and  outside  of  the  classroom  environment;  and  a  consistent 
integration  of  learning  (current  and  prior)  through  intentional  learning  activities  and 
experiences.  The  program  includes  a  total  of  36  weeks  of  clinical  experiences,  culminating 
with  a  10-  and  12-  week  clinical  affiliation. 

Foundational  and  Basic  Sciences 

PT  401  Gross  Anatomy  (6) 

Integrated  study  of  the  gross,  surface,  and  microscopic  anatomy  of  the  human  body  including 

the  integumentary,  nervous,  musculoskeletal,  circulatory,  digestive,  metabolic,  respiratory, 

endocrine,  and  urogenital  systems. 

PT  402  Biomechanics  (3) 

This  course  provides  a  survey  of  various  topics  in  the  biomechanics  of  the  human 

musculoskeletal  system,  with  particular  emphasis  on  understanding  mechanics  as  applied  to 

human  movement  and  musculoskeletal  tissue  function,  and  the  application  of  biomechanical 

principles  to  patient  problems.  The  course  covers  three  broad  content  areas:  (1)  basic 

biomechanical  principles,  (2)  tissue  mechanics,  and  (3)  specific  biomechanics  for  each  of  the 

major  joints. 

PT  403  Applied  Kinesiology  (3) 

This  course  in  applied  kinesiology  utilizes  the  principles  of  biomechanics  and  movement 

science  to  study  clinically  relevant  examples  of  common  human  movements.  The  clinically 

oriented  approach  taken  in  this  course  includes  consideration  of  both  functional  and 

dysfunctional  movements  using  a  lifespan  perspective.  Topics  include  the  applied  kinesiology 

of  human  posture,  gait,  and  specific  movements  such  as  lifting,  jumping,  throwing,  kicking. 

PT  404  Applied  Exercise  Science  (2) 

The  study  of  muscle,  nerve,  and  cardio  respiratory  physiology  as  they  relate  to  exercise 

performance,  conditioning,  deconditioning,  and  the  rehabilitation  of  disorders  involving  the 

neuromuscular,  cardiovascular,  pulmonary,  and  endocrine  systems. 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY       273 


PT  406  Lifespan  Development  (2) 

This  course  examines  normal  growth  and  development  across  the  human  lifespan.  All  aspects 
of  development  are  considered,  including  biological,  cognitive,  emotional,  social, 
moral/ethical  and  spiritual. 

PT  407  Neuroscience  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  an  in-depth  introduction  and  overview  to  neuroanatomy, 
neurodevelopment,  neurological  function,  neuropharmacology,  and  neurophysiology.  This 
course  provides  a  basis  for  understanding  clinical  manifestations  seen  in  neurological 
disorders. 

Medical  Sciences 

PT  410  Pathology/Medical  Science:  General  Systems  (2) 

This  course  introduces  concepts  of  tissue-  and  system-specific  pathology  and  disease 

commonly  encountered  in  patients/clients  who  receive  physical  therapy.  Course  content 

focuses  on  the  mechanisms,  types  and  processes  of  tissue  injury  and  repair  in  major 

physiologic  systems  excluding  musculoskeletal,  cardiopulmonary,  and  neurological  systems 

which  will  be  addressed  in  later  semesters. 

PT  411 A  Pathology/Medical  Science:  Orthopedic  (2) 

This  course  is  focused  on  the  study  of  regional,  tissue  specific  and  system-specific  pathology 

and  disease  commonly  encountered  in  patients/clients  who  receive  physical  therapy  in  an 

orthopedic  setting. 

PT  41  IB  Pharmacology /Diagnosis  Technique:  Orthopedic  (1) 

The  first  component  of  this  course  focuses  on  pharmacology  as  it  impacts  the  practice  of 

orthopedic  physical  therapy.  The  second  component  of  this  course  will  serve  as  an 

introduction  to  a  variety  of  diagnostic  technologies  commonly  used  in  the  diagnosis  and 

medical  management  of  patients  with  neuromusculoskeletal  dysfunction. 

PT  412A  Pathology/Medical  Science:  Neurologic  (2) 

This  course  will  focus  on  the  pathological  processes  that  result  in  neurological  injury  and 

impairment.  The  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  nervous  system  will  be  used  first  to 

demonstrate  normal  function  and  then  to  illustrate  the  physiological  basis  for  loss  of  function 

occurring  with  trauma  or  disease. 

PT  412B  Pharmacology/Diagnosis  Technique:  Neurologic  (1) 

This  course  will  focus  on  the  use  of  pharmacology  as  it  impacts  the  practice  of  neurologic 

physical  therapy.  Content  will  focus  on  specific  pharmacological  agents  used  in  the  medical 

management  of  neurological  patient  problems  encountered  by  physical  therapists.  The  second 

component  of  this  course  will  focus  on  diagnostic  technologies  commonly  used  in  the 

diagnosis  and  medical  management  of  patients  with  nervous  system  pathology  and 

dysfunction. 

PT  413A  Pathology/Medical  Science:  Cardiopulmonary  (1.5) 

Study  of  pathologies  affecting  the  cardiac  and  pulmonary  systems,  their  diagnosis, 

pathophysiological  effects,  and  clinical  manifestations. 

PT  413B  Pharmacology/Diagnosis  Technique:  Cardiopulmonary  (1.5) 

A  study  of  the  various  diagnostic  tests,  and  the  significance  of  their  results  in  the  diagnosis 
and  prognosis  of  cardiovascular  and  pulmonary  disorders.  Also  includes  the  pharmacological 
treatment  of  these  disorders,  as  well  as  the  indications,  contraindications,  and  potential  drug 
interactions  which  the  physical  therapist  should  be  aware  of  in  the  treatment  of  these  patients. 


274        PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


PT  415A  Integumentary  System  (0.5) 

This  course  consists  of  lecture  and  laboratory  components  and  is  designed  to  prepare  students 
to  safely,  legally,  ethically,  and  appropriately  evaluate  and  treat  common  wound  types. 
Evaluation  consists  of  evaluation  of  the  wound  itself,  its  etiology,  the  periwound,  and  the 
person  as  a  whole.  Treatment  methods  include  dressings,  debridement  options,  and 
therapeutic  modalities.  Course  content  includes  lectures,  demonstrations,  and  laboratory 
experiences  designed  to  assist  the  student  in  applying  concepts  of  evidence-based  practice, 
clinical  reasoning,  phases  of  tissue  healing,  and  evaluations,  while  making  appropriate 
treatment  intervention  decisions. 

PT  415B  Women's  Health  (0.5) 

This  course  consists  of  lecture  and  laboratory  components  dealing  with  women's  health  care 
in  physical  therapy.  Course  content  includes  review  of  female  anatomy  as  it  relates  to 
obstetric  and  gynecologic  concerns,  pelvic  floor  muscle  training,  maternal  physiology  and 
responses  to  exercise,  fetal  response  to  exercise,  disease/conditions  of  the  urogenital  region 
and  the  role  of  the  physical  therapist.  There  will  also  be  discussion  of  pathological  conditions 
pertaining  to  the  pre/post  partum  patient,  as  well  as  medical  and  surgical  interventions  used  to 
manage  these  conditions.  The  focus  of  the  course  will  be  identifying  problems  unique  to  the 
female  patient  throughout  the  lifecycle  and  demonstrating  how  physical  therapists  are 
perfectly  suited  for  practice  with  this  patient  population. 

Practice  Management 

PT  431  Health  Systems  I:  Introduction  to  Physical  Therapy  (2) 

An  introduction  to  physical  therapy  including  history,  professional  issues  and  development, 
the  Guide  to  PT  practice  and  written  documentation. 

PT  432  Health  Systems  II:  Organizational  Management  (2) 

A  review  of  organizational  socialization,  organizational  learning  and  organizational  behavior 
with  an  emphasis  on  the  management  of  change  in  physical  therapist  practice. 
PT  433  Health  Systems  III:  Payment  Policy  (1) 

An  overview  of  the  various  methods  of  health  care  reimbursement  in  the  United  States.  Also 
includes  methods  for  determining  an  appropriate  fee  schedule,  developing  a  fiscally  sound 
budget,  effective  documentation  techniques  for  optimum  reimbursement,  and  a  discussion  of 
current  legislation  affecting  health  care  reimbursement. 
PT  434  Health  Systems  IV:  Law  and  Policy  (2) 

An  overview  of  health  care  policy  in  the  United  States,  health  policy  legislation  and  the  role 
of  the  physical  therapist  and  a  thorough  exploration  of  physical  therapist  practice  and  the 
California  rules  and  regulations. 

PT  435  Health  Systems  V:  Medical  Ethics  (2) 

This  course  will  explore  ethical  issues  in  health  care  with  the  focus  on  the  development  of 
skills  for  ethical  decision  making  in  physical  therapist  practice. 
PT  436  Health  Systems  VI:  Entrepreneuralism      (1) 

This  final  course  in  the  Health  Systems  Series  considers  professional  development  as  a  life- 
long activity  and  addresses  the  entrepreneurial,  marketing  and  service  aspects  of  physical 
therapist  practice. 

Integrative  Seminar 

PT  441  Integrative  Seminar  I  (1) 

PT  442  Integrative  Seminar  II  (1) 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY         275 


PT  443  Integrative  Seminar  III  (1) 

PT  444  Integrative  Seminar  IV  (1) 

PT  445  Integrative  Seminar  V  (1) 

PT  446  Integrative  Seminar  VI  (1) 

The  Integrative  Seminars  are  a  series  of  six  courses,  designed  to  provide  for  students'  situated 
or  contextual  learning  experience  within  the  academic  curriculum,  in  which  to  develop 
clinical  reasoning  skills  and  prepare  students  for  practice  in  the  clinical  environment  before 
they  get  there.  The  Integrative  Seminars  promote  application  and  integration  of  newly 
acquired  knowledge  (propositional  and  non-propositional)  with  previously  learned 
knowledge/experience,  within  a  clinical  reasoning  framework.  Examples  of  the  types  of 
knowledge/skills  that  will  be  integrated  are  basic  sciences,  research  and  evidence-based 
practice  principles,  biomedical  knowledge,  clinical  skills,  kinesthetic/motor  skills,  and 
observation  skills,  communication  skills,  collaboration  skills,  and  self-evaluative  skills. 

Patient/Client  Management 

PT  461  Physical  Therapist  as  Educator  (1) 

Introduction  to  learning  theory  and  its  application  to  physical  therapist  practice,  including 

patient/client  management,  education  and  consultation. 

PT  462A  Health  Care  Procedures  I  (1) 

Introduction  to  basic  healthcare  procedures  and  clinical  reasoning  utilized  in  patient  care 

including  inpatient  physical  therapy  services. 

PT  462B  Health  Care  Procedures  II  (2) 

Introduction  to  basic  physical  therapy  procedures  and  clinical  reasoning  skills  utilized  in 

patient  care. 

PT  463A         Therapeutic  Interactions  I  (2) 

This  first  of  a  series  of  three  lecture/laboratory  courses  is  an  experiential  opportunity  for  the 

student  to  develop,  practice  and  apply  techniques  and  principles  of  all  phases  of  effective 

communication.  The  course  is  oriented  toward  learning  about  one's  self  and  will  provide 

opportunities  for  developing  self-reflective  skills  and  awareness  of  one's  presentation,  and 

communication  strengths  and  areas  for  improvement,  in  the  context  of  developing  effective 

patient  and  peer  relationships  as  a  practicing  physical  therapist. 

PT  463B  Therapeutic  Interactions  II  (1) 

The  second  of  the  communications  series  concentrates  on  the  relationship  of  self  to  and  with 

others  as  revealed  and  experienced  in  everyday  professional  and  personal  encounters.  It 

explores  the  role  of  team  member  and  the  interrelated  responsibilities  of  team  leadership  and 

team  participation. 

PT  463C  Therapeutic  Interactions  III  (2) 

This  final  course  in  the  communications  series  explores  the  various  roles  of  the  physical 

therapist  in  the  context  of  communication  skills  in  the  domains  of  both  health  (prevention  and 

wellness)  and  illness  (including  chronic  illnesses  and  disability). 

PT  465  Therapeutic  Modalities  (3) 

This  course  consists  of  lecture  and  laboratory  components  and  is  designed  to  prepare  students 

to  safely,  legally,  ethically,  and  appropriately  apply  physical  agents  and  modalities  such  as 

heat,  cold,  light,  sound,  water,  wrapping/taping,  mechanical  compression,  and  mechanical 

traction  as  components  of  physical  therapy  intervention.  Also  included  are  principles  of 

electrophysiologic  evaluation  and  electrotherapy,  and  soft-tissue  assessment,  massage,  and 

soft-tissue  mobilization. 


276         PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


PT  466A  Therapeutic  Exercise  (2) 

PT  466B  Therapeutic  Exercise  (1.5) 

This  series  of  two  courses  consists  of  lecture  and  laboratory  components  focused  on  the 

process  of  examination  and  evaluation  of  patients/clients  and  intervention  with  therapeutic 

exercise.  Course  content  includes  management  of  patients/clients  with  a  variety  of  underlying 

neuro-musculoskeletal  pathologies  and/or  disease  presentations.  The  focus  of  the  course  is 

identification  and  intervention  of  impairments  correlated  with  functional  limitation  by 

application  of  therapeutic  exercise  and  related  interventions.  Students  will  learn  to  use  these 

interventions  to  assist  patients/clients  in  regaining  optimal  function. 

PT  467  Prosthetics/Orthotics  (3) 

Part  I-Introduction  to  upper  extremity,  lower  extremity  and  spinal  orthotics.  Discussion  of 

various  orthotic  components,  devices,  and  their  applications.  Assessment  for  orthotic 

candidacy.    Part  2 -Introduction  to  the  principles  and  use  of  upper  and  lower  extremity 

prosthetic  devices,  their  components  and  application;  the  biomechanical  analysis  of  normal 

vs.  pathological  gait;  and  therapeutic  requirements  for  rehabilitation  and  reintegration  of  this 

unique  patient  population. 

PT  468  Complementary  Health  Practices  (1) 

Provides  the  student  with  an  understanding  of  the  adjunctive  and  alternative  health  care 

practices  in  which  patients  may  be  participating  and/or  be  appropriate  for  referral. 

PT  471A         Patient/Client  Management:  Orthopedic  I  (3) 

This  course  is  the  first  in  a  series  of  two  courses  on  management  by  the  physical  therapist  for 

patients  with  orthopedic  dysfunction  for  all  body  regions.  Each  element  of  patient/client 

management  will  be  considered  throughout  the  course,  including  examination,  evaluation, 

diagnosis,  prognosis,  intervention,  and  outcomes.  This  first  course  consists  of  lecture  and 

laboratory  components  and  focuses  on  introduction  to  foundational  concepts  with  application 

to  lower  quarter  body  regions. 

PT  471B  Patient/Client  Management:  Orthopedic  II  (3) 

This  course  is  the  second  in  a  series  of  two  courses  on  management  by  the  physical  therapist 

for  patients  with  orthopedic  dysfunction  for  all  body  regions.  This  second  course  consists  of 

lecture  and  laboratory  components  and  focuses  on  solidifying  the  knowledge  of  foundational 

concepts  introduced  during  the  first  course  (PT  471  A),  with  application  to  upper  quarter  body 

regions.  As  the  course  progresses,  student  performance  expectations  will  demonstrate  higher 

levels  of  application,  analysis,  and  synthesis  of  course  content. 

PT  471C  Patient/Client  Management:  Orthopedic  (Advanced)  (3) 

A  lecture  and  laboratory  course  designed  to  facilitate  the  student  in  the  application  and 

expansion  of  concepts  and  skills  acquired  previously  within  the  orthopedic  curriculum  and 

within  the  other  patient/client  management  components  of  the  curriculum.  Within  a  strong 

clinical  reasoning  framework,  students  will  evaluate  and  plan  intervention  strategies  for  more 

complex  orthopedic  patient  problems,  as  well  as  for  patients  with  primary  orthopedic 

problems  complicated  by  involvement  of  multiple  other  factors/systems. 

PT  472A  Patient/Client  Management:  Neurologic  I  (3) 

This  course  is  the  first  in  a  series  of  two  courses  on  management  by  the  physical  therapist  for 

patients  with  neurologic  dysfunctions  for  the  central  and  peripheral  nervous  systems.  Each 

neurologic  dysfunction  presented  will  be  considered  in  terms  of  examination,  evaluation, 

diagnosis,  prognosis,  intervention  and  outcomes.  The  first  course  will  focus  on  neurologic 

dysfunction  resulting  from  lesions  or  pathology  of  the  peripheral  nervous  system,  spinal  cord 

and  brainstem. 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY       277 


PT472B  Patient/Client  Management:  Neuro  II  (3) 

This  course  is  the  second  in  a  series  of  two  courses  on  management  by  the  physical  therapist 
for  patients  with  neurologic  dysfunctions  for  the  central  and  peripheral  nervous  systems. 
Each  neurologic  dysfunction  presented  will  be  considered  in  terms  of  examination, 
evaluation,  diagnosis,  prognosis,  intervention  and  outcomes.  This  course  will  focus  on 
neurologic  dysfunction  resulting  from  lesions  or  pathology  of  the  central  nervous  system  and 
cranial  nerves. 

PT  472C  Patient/Client  Management:  Neurologic  (Advanced)  (3) 

A  lecture  and  laboratory  course  designed  to  facilitate  the  student  in  the  application  and 
expansion  of  concepts  and  skills  acquired  previously  within  the  neuro  curriculum  and  within 
the  other  Patient/Client  Management  components  of  the  curriculum.  Within  a  strong  clinical 
reasoning  framework,  students  will  evaluate  and  plan  intervention  strategies  for  more 
complex  neurologic  patient  problems,  as  well  as  for  patients  with  primary  neurologic 
problems  complicated  by  involvement  of  multiple  other  factors/systems. 
PT  473  Patient/Client  Management:  Cardiopulmonary  (4) 

A  detailed  class  on  the  evaluation,  treatment,  and  implementation  of  therapeutic  procedures 
for  cardiac  and  pulmonary  patients  and  other  critically  ill  patients.  Includes  primary  and 
secondary  preventative  measures  and  rehabilitation  concepts. 
PT  475  Patient/Client  Management:  Pediatric  (2) 

A  lecture/laboratory  course  designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  foundations  of  assessment 
and  management  for  the  pediatric  population.  The  course  provides  the  requisite  knowledge- 
base and  analytical  skills  for  preparation  as  an  entry-level  general  practitioner  of  physical 
therapy. 

PT  476  Patient/Client  Management:  Geriatric  (2) 

This  course  focuses  on  complex  assessment  and  management  of  aging  older  adults.  The 
student  is  exposed  to  advanced  applied  science  of  normal  and  pathological  aging,  clinical 
problems,  implications  for  therapeutic  interventions,  and  intrinsic  and  extrinsic  risk  factors 
impacting  older  adults'  lifespan  in  order  to  promote  optimal  care,  functional  outcomes,  and 
wellness  prevention  for  older  adults. 

PT  477  Patient/Client  Management:  Medical  Screening  (1) 

This  course  focuses  on  the  roles  and  responsibilities  of  the  physical  therapist  in  screening  for 
medical  disease.  Students  will  revisit  and  explore  in  greater  depth  the  signs  and  symptoms 
associated  with  pathology  of  multiple  systems,  introduced  in  previous  pathology  courses 
within  the  curriculum  (i.e.,  general  systems,  orthopedic,  neurologic,  cardiopulmonary). 

Clinical  Experience 

PT  478A    Patient/Client  Management:  Chronic  Pain  Management  (0.5) 

This  course  focuses  on  chronic  pain  as  a  multidimensional  experience.  Students  will  examine 

the  roles  of  physical  therapists  in  the  management  of  patients/clients  with  chronic  pain 

conditions. 

PT  481  Clinical  Practicum  (0.5) 

This  course  introduces  the  students  to  the  responsibilities  of  clinical  practice.  Students  may 
find  themselves  in  a  variety  of  settings  with  the  aim  of  developing  basic  patient  handling 
skills,  professional  behaviors  and  socialization  under  the  supervision  of  a  licensed  physical 
therapist. 


278        PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


PT  482  Orthopedic  Practicum  (0.5) 

This  course  continues  the  student's  increasing  responsibilities  in  clinical  practice  in  an 
outpatient  orthopedic  setting.  The  use  of  musculoskeletal  interventions  will  be  the  primary 
focus  along  with  the  development  of  professional  behaviors.  The  student  will  begin 
developing  examination,  evaluation  and  intervention  skills  while  under  the  supervision  of  a 
licensed  physical  therapist. 

PT  483  Orthopedic  Clinical  (3) 

This  course  is  the  first  of  four  long-term  clinical  affiliations  designed  to  develop  student 

clinical  competencies  in  a  variety  of  clinical  settings  with  diverse  patients.  PT  483  focuses  on 

settings  where  the  primary  pathologies,  impairments  and  functional  limitations  experienced 

by  patients  are  musculoskeletal.  The  student  will  examine,  evaluate,  diagnose,  prognose  and 

design/implement  physical  therapy  interventions  while  under  the  supervision  of  a  licensed 

physical  therapist.  PT  483  will  provide  students  the  opportunity  to  develop  skills  directly 

impacting  patient  outcomes  and  professional  behaviors. 

PT  484  Neurological  Practicum  (0.5) 

This  course  is  the  third  of  four  practicums  introducing  students  to  various  aspects  of  physical 

therapy  practice.  The  primary  pathologies,  impairments  and  functional  limitations 

experienced  by  patients  in  this  practicum  will  be  neuromusculoskeletal.  The  student  will 

examine,  evaluate,  diagnose,  prognose,  and  design/implement  physical  therapy  interventions 

while  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  licensed  physical  therapist.  PT  484  will  provide 

students  the  opportunity  to  develop  skills  directly  impacting  patient  outcomes  and 

professional  behaviors. 

PT  485  Neurological  Clinical  (3) 

This  is  the  second  of  four  long-term  clinical  affiliations  designed  to  develop  the  clinical 

competence  of  students  in  a  variety  of  clinical  settings  with  diverse  patients.  PT  485  focuses 

on  acute  and/or  out-patient  rehabilitation.  The  primary  pathologies,  impairments  and 

functional  limitations  experienced  by  patients  will  be  neuromusculoskeletal.  The  student  will 

examine,  evaluate,  diagnose,  prognose,  and  design/implement  physical  therapy  interventions 

while  under  the  supervision  of  a  licensed  physical  therapist.  In  addition,  students  will 

experience  multi-disciplinary  interactions,  administrative  responsibilities  and  professional 

duties  that  are  unique  to  this  patient  population. 

PT  486  Specialty  Practicum  (0.5) 

This  course  is  the  last  of  the  four  practicums  introducing  the  student  to  various  aspects  of 

physical  therapy  clinical  practice.  The  student  will  examine,  evaluate,  diagnose,  prognose, 

and  design/implement  physical  therapy  interventions  while  under  the  supervision  of  a  licensed 

physical  therapist.  Students  will  experience  a  variety  of  settings  with  the  emphasis  on 

exploration  of  specialty  or  non-traditional  practice  settings. 

PT487  Clinical  Affiliation  (5) 

This  10-week  affiliation  is  designed  to  develop  the  clinical  competence  of  the  student  for 

generalist  physical  therapist  practice.  The  setting  selected  is  coordinated  with  the  setting  of 

the  final  affiliation  (PT  488)  and  the  two  prior  full-time  affiliations  (PT  483  and  485)  to 

ensure  the  student  has  the  appropriate  complement  of  clinical  settings  and  patient  diagnoses. 

The  student  will  examine,  evaluate,  diagnose,  prognose  and  design/implement  physical 

therapy  interventions  while  under  the  supervision  of  a  licensed  physical  therapist.  The  student 

will  also  develop  skills  in  professional  and  practice  management. 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY        279 


PT  488  Final  Affiliation  (6) 

This  12-week  affiliation  is  the  final  of  four  clinical  affiliations  designed  to  develop  the 
clinical  competence  of  the  student  for  generalist  physical  therapist  practice.  The  setting  this 
semester  will  be  chosen  by  the  student  to  complement  the  previous  assignments  within  the 
scope  of  physical  therapy  practice.  The  student  will  examine,  evaluate,  diagnose,  prognose, 
and  design/implement  physical  therapy  interventions  while  under  the  supervision  of  a  licensed 
physical  therapist.  The  students  will  also  develop  skills  in  professional  and  practice 
management. 

PT  489  Repeat  Affiliation 

Critical  Thinking/Research 

PT  490  Research  I:  Quantitative  Research  Design  and  Statistics  (1) 

The  first  course  in  this  series  of  eight  research  courses  focuses  on  the  development  of  skills 
necessary  to  understand  quantitative  research  design  and  analysis.  Students  will  learn  to 
recognize  the  application  of  quantitative  research  to  studying  issues  related  to  physical 
therapy  and  gain  perspective  on  the  limitations  and  appropriate  use  of  quantitative  research 
methods. 

PT  491  Research  II:  Qualitative  Research  Design/Statistics  and 

Case  Reports  (1) 

The  second  course  in  this  series  of  eight  research  courses  focuses  on  the  development  of  skills 

necessary  to  understand  qualitative  research  design  and  analysis.  Students  will  learn  to 

recognize  the  application  of  qualitative  research  to  studying  issues  related  to  physical  therapy 

and  gain  perspective  on  the  limitations  and  appropriate  use  of  qualitative  research  methods. 

PT  492  Research  III:  Evidence-Based  Practice       (1) 

The  third  course  in  this  series  of  eight  research  courses  focuses  on  the  development  of  skills 

necessary  to  incorporate  research  evidence  into  clinical  practice.  Students  will  learn  to 

recognize  the  strengths  and  limitations  of  the  clinical  research  paradigm  in  the  study  and 

practice  of  physical  therapy.  This  course  will  introduce  students  to  the  concepts  and 

philosophies  of  Evidence-Based  Practice. 

PT  493  Research  IV:  Survey  Research  (0.5) 

The  fourth  course  in  this  series  of  eight  research  courses  will  introduce  the  students  to  the  use 

of  survey  and  outcomes  research  in  physical  therapy  and  rehabilitation.  Students  will  learn  the 

importance  of  these  research  methodologies  in  decision  making/planning  in  a  clinical  and 

research  setting. 

PT  494  Research  V:  Proposal  Writing  (0.5) 

The  fifth  course  in  this  series  of  eight  research  courses  focuses  on  writing  a  research  proposal. 

Under  the  supervision  of  faculty,  students  will  utilize  their  clinical  and  didactic  knowledge  of 

physical  therapy  to  create/develop  a  research  project  related  to  physical  therapy  practice  or 

education. 

PT  495A  Research  VI:  Research  Development  A      (1) 

PT  495B  Research  VII:  Research  Development  B     (1) 

PT  495C  Research  VIII:  Research  Forum  (1) 

The  final  three  courses  in  this  series  of  eight  research  courses  will  focus  on  developing, 
conducting  and  presenting  the  research  projects. 

PT  499  Independent  Study  (1) 


280  PHYSICS 


Physics 

Departmental  Affiliation:  Physical  Science  and  Mathematics 

PHY  1A  Introductory  Physics  IA  (4) 

Lecture,  three  hours;  discussion,  one  hour.  An  algebra-based  physics  course  covering  statics, 
dynamics,  and  an  introduction  to  electricity.  Prerequisite:  Two  years  of  high  school 
mathematics  and  a  satisfactory  performance  on  the  Mathematics  Placement  Examination  or 
completion  ofMTH  1  with  a  grade  ofC-  or  better.  GS-IIID,  VIIB 

PHY  IB  Introductory  Physics  IB  (3) 

Lecture,  three  hours.  Continuation  of  PHY  IA:  electricity,  magnetism,  optics,  and  an 
introduction  to  modern  physics.  Prerequisite:  C-  or  better  in  PHY  IA.  GS-VIIB 

PHY  1BL  Introductory  Physics  Laboratory    (1) 

Experiments  in  mechanics,  electric  fields,  circuits,  optics,  radioactivity.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
quantitative  analysis  of  data.  Prerequisite:  Grade  ofC-  or  better  in  PHY  IA  (or  PHY  11  A) 
and  concurrent  enrollment  in  PHY  IB  (or  PHY  1  IB)  or  completion  of  PHY  IB  (or  11B)  with 
a  grade  ofC-  or  better. 

PHY  5  Selected  Topics  in  Physics  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  Department. 

PHY  11 A  Mechanics  (4) 

Lecture,  three  hours;  discussion,  one  hour.  A  calculus-based  physics  course  covering  the 

statics  and  dynamics  of  particles,  gravitation,  potentials  and  fields,  and  fluid  mechanics. 

Prerequisite:  A  calculus  course,  concurrent  enrollment  in  MTH  5 A,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

GS-IIID,  VIIB 

PHY  11B  Electricity,  Magnetism,  and  Optics  (3) 

Lecture,  three  hours.  A  calculus-based  physics  course  covering  electric  and  magnetic  fields, 

circuit  theory,  and  optics.  Prerequisite:  PHY  11 A  or  consent  of  instructor .  GS-VIIB 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE  281 


Political  Science 

Department  Affiliation:  Social  Science 

Division  Affiliation:  History  and  Social  Science 

The  student  who  specializes  in  Political  Science  investigates  issues  and  topics  relating  to  the 
following  subfields  within  the  discipline:  political  theory,  international  relations,  American 
politics  and  institution,  comparative  politics,  public  policy  and  administration,  and  public  law. 
The  purpose  of  the  major  or  minor  is  to  examine  how  issues  in  the  discipline  relate  to 
historical  developments  and  to  the  current  state  of  political  affairs.  A  maximum  choice  is 
allowed  so  that  the  course  of  study  can  be  designed  according  to  the  primary  interests  of  the 
student. 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  Degree  (or  Major)  in  Political  Science 

Lower  Division:  9  units 

POL  1     American  Government  and  Institutions  (3) 

POL  2     Comparative  Government  (3) 

Upper  Division: 

POL  101  Research  Methodology  (3) 

Nine  additional  upper  division  courses  in  Political  Science         (27) 

Total  units  in  Political  Science:  36 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements,  electives  and  Modern  Language  requirement  totaling  124 
semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  Political  Science 

Students  wishing  to  minor  in  Political  Science  are  required  to  take  POL  1  or  2  and  five 
additional  Political  Science  courses.  At  least  4  of  the  remaining  5  courses  (or  12  units)  must 
be  at  the  upper  division  level. 


To  declare  a  minor  in  Political  Science,  a  student  must  take  at  least  5  approved  courses  from 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 


POL  1  American  Government  and  Institutions  (3) 

This  course  examines  the  structure  and  procedures  of  American  governmental  institutions;  the 
political  principles  upon  which  American  democracy  is  based;  and  political  participation  in 
the  United  States.  GS-IIIG 


282  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


POL  2  Comparative  Government  and  Politics  (3) 

An  investigation  of  the  concepts  and  techniques  which  enable  the  student  to  compare  various 

political  systems,  focusing  upon  both  traditional  and  innovative  concepts  such  as  power, 

ideology,  policy  and  decision  making,  and  issues  of  political  and  economic  development. 

GS-IIIC,  IIIF,  VI 

POL  5  Business  Law  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  development  of  legal  principles  for  business  activity,  as  found  in 

common  law,  statutory  laws,  and  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code.  Use  of  case  studies  for 

practical  applications.  Also  see  BUS  5. 

POL  10  Political  Concepts  (3) 

The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  students  with  the  scope  and  techniques  of  political 

science  by  relating  major  concepts  in  political  theory  to  current  problems  and  issues.  Major 

political  theorists  such  as  Plato,  Aristotle,  Locke,  Hobbes,  Hegel,  and  Marx  are  the  focal 

points  of  analysis.  In  this  way  the  contribution  of  political  science  to  the  understanding  and 

clarification  of  political  phenomena  can  be  exemplified.  GS-IIIF 

POL  93ABCD  Selected  Problems  and  Projects  in  Political  Science  (1-3) 

Subject  announced  in  term  schedule.  May  be  taken  for  upper  division  credit.  See  POL  193. 

POL  101  Research  Methodology  (3) 

Examination  of  research  and  writing  methods  with  an  emphasis  on  skills  in  conducting 

political  science  research  and  preparing  research  papers;  working  with  statistical  techniques 

and  databases,  using  libraries  and  archives;  and  evaluating,  citing  and  presenting  evidence. 

GS  VIIB 

POL  102  Women  and  the  Law  (3) 

This  course  analyzes  the  relationship  between  gender  and  the  law  and  how  it  has  evolved  over 

time.  Students  examine  the  landmark  cases  that  have  shaped  women's  rights  in  America  and 

the  works  of  leading  legal  scholars  in  the  field.  GS-IIIG 

POL  103  Legal  Reasoning  (3) 

This  course  introduces  students  to  the  basic  principles  of  legal  reasoning.  Students  will  learn 

to  analyze  cases  and  statutes,  identify  applicable  law  and  apply  law  to  a  given  set  of  facts. 

These  skills  will  prepare  students  for  the  case  analysis  methodology  used  in  law  school  and, 

more  broadly,  provide  students  with  the  insight  that  comes  from  approaching  problems 

analytically.  Legal  Reasoning  is  required  for  all  pre-law  minors. 

POL  104  Political  Biography  (3) 

See  HIS  133. 

POL  105  Advanced  Business  Law  (3) 

Upper  level  study  of  business  law.  Applications  to  areas  of  agency,  partnerships,  corporate 

law,  sales  security  transactions,  and  insurance.  Also  see  BUS  106.  GS-IIIG 

POL  106  Real  Estate  Law  (3) 

Business  and  legal  aspects.  Estates  in  land,  purchase  and  sales  contract,  conveyances, 

mortgage  and  trust  deed  transactions,  property  taxes,  landlord  and  tenant,  wills  and 

inheritance.  Also  see  BUS  171.  Prerequisite:  BUS  5. 

POL  107  Criminal  Law  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  elements  of  the  criminal  law  with  emphasis  on  crimes  against  the 
person  as  well  as  crimes  against  property.  The  standard  defenses  will  also  be  considered. 
POL  108  American  Constitutional  Law  (3) 

See  HIS  179.  Consent  of  instructor  necessary  for  non-majors  and  non-minors.  GS-IIIG 


POLITICAL  SCIENCES  283 


POL  109  Individual  Rights  (3) 

Emphasis  on  the  Bill  of  Rights  as  applied  to  both  federal  and  state  jurisdictions.  See  HIS  180. 

GS-IIIC,  IIIG 

POL  110  Political  Behavior  (3) 

This  course  explores  the  political  behavior  of  American  citizens.  Students  will  examine 
citizens'  participation  in  elections,  issue  advocacy  and  protest  movements.  The  examination 
will  include  a  comparison  of  political  behavior  and  preferences  among  differing  socio- 
economic groups,  minorities  and  women. 

POL  116  Democracy  and  Democratic  Theory  (3) 

A  critical  examination  of  the  major  theorists  of  democracy  in  the  twentieth  century  and 
preconditions  of  democratic  government  and  society;  in  particular,  insights  derived  from 
psychology  and  sociology  are  utilized.  Consent  of  instructor  necessary  for  non-majors  and 
non-minors. 

POL  1 17AB  History  of  Political  Theory  (3,3) 

An  examination  of  the  major  theorists  of  political  theory  from  antiquity  to  the  middle  of  the 

nineteenth  century.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  writings  of  such  seminal  figures 

such  as  Plato,  Aristotle,  Machiavelli,  Hobbes,  Locke  and  Rousseau.  (See  HIS  1 15  AB.) 

GS-IIIC 

POL  118  American  Presidency  (3) 

This  course  examines  the  powers  of  the  office  of  the  President  of  the  United  States.  Students 

will  analyze  the  President's  formal  constitutional  powers,  informal  powers  of  persuasion  and 

the  impact  of  the  personal  styles  of  those  who  have  held  the  office.  The  role  of  White  House 

staff,  institutional  resources,  and  the  dynamic  relationship  between  the  President,  Congress 

and  the  courts  will  be  considered  in  determining  the  ability  of  Presidents  to  successfully 

achieve  their  political  agendas  and  affect  public  policy. 

POL  119  Concepts  in  Political  Theory  (3) 

Selected  concepts  in  political  theory  examined  comprehensively  and  in  depth. 

POL  120  Legislative  Process  (3) 

This  course  examines  legislative  process,  organization  and  structure.  Students  will  analyze 

committee  structure,  the  impact  of  House  and  Senate  rules,  and  the  electoral  motivations  of 

the  members  of  Congress.  The  role  of  constituents,  interest  groups,  party  politics  and  the 

dynamic  relationship  among  the  branches  of  government  will  all  be  considered  in  assessing 

the  law  and  policy  making  function  of  the  U.S.  Congress. 

POL  121  Judicial  Politics  (3) 

This  course  examines  the  role  of  the  courts  in  American  government  and  politics.  Students 

will  explore  the  structure  of  the  American  judicial  system,  judicial  processes,  the  nature  of 

judicial  decision-making  and  the  increasingly  contentious  judicial  appointment  process.  The 

relationship  of  the  courts  to  the  other  branches  of  government  will  also  be  considered  in 

determining  the  courts'  impact  on  major  substantive  policy  areas. 

POL  122  Middle  East  Politics  (3) 

An  analysis  of  political  societies  in  the  Middle  East  and  of  the  many  ways  in  which  they  were 

transformed  into  nation  states.  Issues  addressed  include  nationalism,  religious  political 

activism,  colonialism,  regional  conflicts,  revolutions  and  the  position  of  women. 

POL  123  African  Politics  (3) 

Provides  an  understanding  of  the  historical,  economic  and  social  variables  that  shape  modern 
African  politics.  Central  themes  will  include  nation-building  and  democratization,  the 
international  relations  of  Africa,  issues  of  peace  and  security,  and  Africa's  political  economy. 


284  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


POL  124  Latin  American  Politics  (3) 

A  comparative  analysis  of  Latin  American  political  systems.  Emphasis  on  the  politics  of 

development,  the  problems  of  leadership,  the  military  in  politics,  legitimacy,  and  regime 

continuity. 

POL  125  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States  (3) 

See  HIS  178.  GS-IIIG 

POL  126  Politics  of  the  former  Soviet  Union  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  revolutionary  origins,  development,  and  dissolution  of  the  Soviet 

Union  followed  by  a  discussion  of  the  issues  confronting  Russia  and  the  new  republics. 

Issues  include  political  and  economic  transformation,  ideological  transitions,  and  proliferation 

of  weapons. 

POL  128  Politics  of  Globalization  and  Interdependence  (3) 

An  assessment  of  globalization  and  interdependence,  and  the  challenges  they  pose  to  the 

governments  of  nation-states  since  the  end  of  World  War  II.  Topics  include  the  global 

economy  and  trade;  the  challenges  to  national  cultural  identities  and  sovereignty;  the  role  of 

technological  advancements;  and  integration. 

POL  130  International  Political  Economy      (3) 

Examines  approaches  to  the  international  political  economy  (IPE)  including  the  liberal, 

economic  nationalist,  and  neo-Marxist  perspectives.  Topics  include  the  Bretton  Woods 

institutions  (World  Bank,  IMF  and  GATT/WTO),  international  trade  and  development, 

foreign  debt,  poverty  and  global  inequality. 

POL  131  International  Relations  (3) 

A  general  survey  of  the  institutions,  considerations,  and  ideologies  involved  in  the  formation 

and  execution  of  foreign  relations  within  a  world  context.  Special  attention  is  placed  upon 

international  agencies  such  as  the  United  Nations  and  non-governmental  organizations. 

GS-IIIG 

POL  132  Political  and  Economic  Development  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  major  explanations  for  underdevelopment  and  alternative  strategies  for 

development.  Topics  discussed  include  colonialism,  nationalism,  the  Third  World  in  the 

international  system,  state-building  and  political  change,  and  gender  perspectives  on 

underdevelopment. 

POL  133  Moot  Court  (1-3) 

This  course  will  teach  students  the  fundamental  skills  of  legal  oral  advocacy.  Students  will 

receive  training  in  case  analysis  and  development,  rules  of  evidence,  and  basic  trial  and 

appellate  court  techniques.  Students  will  participate  in  appellate  moot  court  competitions  and, 

based  on  class  performance,  may  be  chosen  to  compete  in  national  mock  trial  competitions. 

This  course  may  be  taken  for  1,  2,  or  3  credits.   This  course  may  be  repeated  for  up  to  a  total 

of  12  units.  GS-IB 

POL  134  International  Organization  (0-3) 

An  examination  of  the  origins,  structure,  and  practices  of  international  agencies  with  special 

attention  to  the  United  Nations.  GS-IB,  IIIG 

POL  135  Selected  Problems  in  International  Organization  (3) 

Examines  the  various  ways  in  which  international  organizations  are  used  to  promote  the 

domestic  and  global  interests  of  international  actors.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on 

promotion  and  maintenance  of  world  order.  GS-IB,  IIIG 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE  285 


POL  136  Revolutions  in  World  History  (3) 

This  course  focuses  on  the  social,  political,  economic  and  ideological  forces  that  promote  and 
sustain  political  revolutions.  Case  studies  may  include  the  French,  American,  Russian  and 
Chinese  revolutions  as  well  as  revolutionary  groups  and  individuals. 

POL  137  Ethnic  Conflict  and  Civil  War         (3) 

Examines  discord  within  multiethnic  societies  by  analyzing  how  nationalist,  racial,  ethnic 
and/or  religious  identities  serve  as  sources  of  internal  conflict.  Issues  addressed  include 
communalism,  civil  strife,  systematic  violence,  and  genocide.  GS-IB,  IIIG 
POL  138  International  Law  (3) 

This  course  examines  the  origins  and  evolution  of  international  law.  Special  emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  development  of  international  law  under  the  aegis  of  international  organizations 
and  through  the  promulgation  of  treaties  and  customary  practice. 
POL  140  North-South  Relations  (3) 

Examines  the  political,  social  and  economic  issues  that  often  create  tensions  between 
developing  (South)  and  developed  (North)  countries.  Issues  include  sustainable  development, 
foreign  debt  and  investment,  terms  of  trade,  political  hegemony  and  cultural  relativism. 
POL  142  International  Conflict  and  Cooperation  (3) 

Focuses  on  the  various  types  of  international  conflict  and  ways  in  which  cooperation 
manifests  in  international  politics.  Topics  include  the  management  and  prevention  of  conflict, 
regional  and  global  conflicts  throughout  history  and  the  causes  of  conflict. 
POL  144  Politics  of  Europe  and  the  European  Union  (3) 

Analyzes  the  political,  social  and  economic  development  of  modern  European  nation-states 
and  the  evolution  of  the  European  Union.  Topics  include  the  political  and  economic 
integration  of  Europe  since  the  end  of  World  War  II. 
POL  145  Southeast  Asian  Politics  (3) 

Provides  an  understanding  of  the  historical,  economic  and  social  variables  that  shape  modern 
Southeast  Asian  countries  including  Indonesia,  Malaysia,  Vietnam,  Singapore,  Myanmar, 
Brunei,  the  Philippines,  Thailand,  Laos  and  Cambodia.  Central  themes  include  nation- 
building  and  democratization,  peace  and  security,  and  political  economy. 
POL  146  Military  in  Politics  (3) 

Focus  on  relations  between  the  military  and  politics.  Emphasis  on  the  varieties  of  military 
involvement  in  politics,  cases  of  direct  military  intervention  in  political  systems,  and  the 
consequences  of  military  influence  over  political  decisions. 
POL  147  Women  and  Development  (3) 

Analyzes  the  impact  of  development  policies  on  women  in  developing  countries.  Topics 
include  the  status  of  women  in  traditional  societies,  the  gendered  allocation  of  resources,  and 
the  informal  economy. 

POL  148  Refugees  and  International  Migration  (3) 

Examines  the  politics  of  mass  migration  across  state  borders  or  within  nation-states.  Cases 
studied  include  forced  relocation,  refugees  of  war,  and  different  forms  of  legal  and  illegal 
immigration  including  the  international  trafficking  of  persons. 
POL  149  Comparative  Foreign  Policy  (3) 

Comparative  study  of  foreign  policy  making  in  different  political  systems.  Issues  include 
economic,  military  and  political  relations  among  countries,  and  foreign  policy  actors  such  as 
heads  of  state  and  bureaucrats. 


286  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


POL  150  International  Security  (3) 

Analyzes  the  factors  surrounding  security  studies  in  international  relations.  Topics  include  the 
spread  of  nuclear  weapons  and  weapons  of  mass  destruction,  deterrence,  arms  races,  the 
security  dilemma,  and  domestic  threats  to  global  peace. 

POL  151  Humanitarian  Intervention  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  issues  that  provoke  humanitarian  concerns  such  as  civil  strife,  poverty, 

epidemics  and  famine.  The  development  of  norms  of  humanitarian  intervention  will  be  a 

focus  of  this  course. 

POL  152A       Advanced  Studies  in  the  History  of  Modern  Japan  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  rapid  transition  of  the  feudal  Japan  of  the  Shogun  to  the  modern 

technological  state.  This  course  will  probe  the  events  that  brought  changes  in  government, 

family,  religion,  education,  industry,  and  foreign  relations  from  1600  to  1952.  (See  HIS  151.) 

GS-IIIC 

POL  152B       Advanced  Studies  in  the  History  of  Modern  China  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  political  and  economic  development  of  Modern  China.  Personalities  such 

as  the  Sun  Yat-sen,  Mao  Tse  Tung,  and  Deng  Xiao  Ping  and  others  will  provide  insights  into 

the  evolution  of  the  Chinese  State.  (See  HIS  152.)  GS-IIIC 

POL  153  Department  Seminar  (3) 

This  course  is  limited  to  juniors  and  seniors  and  provides  an  in-depth  examination  into  a  topic 

within  political  science.  The  course  emphasizes  research  and  writing  skills  and  requires  a 

major  research  paper.  (Same  as  HIS  126.)  Prerequisite:  POL  101  Research  Methodology. 

POL  154  U.S./Mexican  Relations  (3) 

This  course  examines  the  relevant  actors,  issues  and  political  history  of  foreign  policy  and 

interactions  between  the  United  States  and  Mexico.  Attention  is  given  to  current  policy  topics 

of  significance,  e.g.,  drugs,  immigration,  security  and  trade. 

POL  160  Civil  Liberties 

See  HIS  132. 

POL  170  American  Party  Politics  (3) 

The  development,  organization,  and  character  of  the  American  party  system. 

POL  171/171H  Presidents  and  Personality  (3) 

An  attempt  to  illuminate  and  characterize  the  contributions  of  American  presidents  to 

American  politics  by  an  examination  of  the  writings  of  psycho-historians  and  others 

emphasizing  psychological  insights.  GS-IIIG 

POL  175AB    Selected  Topics  in  the  American  Political  Structure  (3,3) 

Specific  area  will  be  announced  in  the  term  schedules.  Consent  of  instructor 

necessary  for  non-majors  and  non-minors. 

POL  176  Public  Policy  (3) 

This  course  considers  major  public  issues  in  American  politics  within  a  framework  that 
emphasizes  analysis,  social  configurations,  and  resolution  of  conflicts. 
POL  179  California  Politics  (3) 

See  HIS  188.  GS-IIIG 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE  287 


POL  180  State  and  Local  Government  (3) 

This  course  examines  state  and  local  political  systems  in  the  United  States.  The  course 

examines  the  structure  of  state  and  local  government,  the  administrative  procedures  employed 

by  these  political  entities,  their  relationship  to  the  federal  government,  and  the  public  policy 

outcomes  resulting  from  state  and  local  government  action.  The  course  includes 

consideration  of  the  unique  role  of  local  governmental  action  to  American  political  life. 

GS  IIIG 

POL  185  Public  Personnel  Administration     (3) 

The  process  of  formulating  and  administering  public  personnel  policies;  concepts  and 

principles  utilized  in  selected  governmental  personnel  systems.  Special  emphasis  on 

collective  bargaining  in  public  employment. 

POL  186  Introduction  to  Public  Administration  (3) 

The  executive  function  in  government;  principles  of  administrative  organization,  personnel 
management,  financial  administration,  administrative  law;  and  problems  and  trends  in 
government  as  a  career. 
POL  187  Organizational  Theory  and  Governmental  Management  (3) 

Organizational  structure,  human  factors  in  organization,  dynamics  of  organizational  change, 
internal  adaptability  to  external  environment;  problems,  limitations,  and  trends  in 
governmental  organization  and  management. 

POL  188  Administrative  Law  (3) 

Introduction  to  administrative  law  and  its  impact  on  the  American  political  and  bureaucratic 
landscape.  Regulatory  agencies,  procedural  due  process  and  their  interface  with  vested  and 
individual  rights  are  the  focal  point  for  discussion  on  constitutional  and  legal  precedents  in  a 
case  study  context. 
POL  191  Internship  in  Government  Service  (3) 

Students  in  the  public  administration  program  serve  as  interns  working  in  government  offices 

in  the  Los  Angeles  area. 

POL  192  Plays  and  Politics  (3) 

A  study  of  selected  plays  from  antiquity  to  contemporary  times  in  which  the  insights  of  the 

playwright  and  the  conclusions  of  the  political  scientist  are  interrelated.  A  multidimensional 

and  interdisciplinary  approach  is  utilized.  May  be  taken  for  lower  division  credit.  GS- 

IIIG,VI 

POL  193ABCD  Selected  Topics  and  Projects  in  Political  Science  (3) 

Subject  announced  in  term  schedule.  May  be  taken  for  lower  division  credit. 

POL  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 


288  PRE-HEALTH  SCIENCE 


Pre-Health  Science 

Associate  in  Arts  Degree 

The  Pre-Health  Science  Program  (PRH)  is  designed  for  students  who  wish  to  pursue  studies 
which  prepare  them  for  a  healthcare  related  profession.  The  Pre-Health  Science  Program 
provides  the  student  with  the  opportunity  to  take  general  studies  requirements  and  preparatory 
courses  for  programs  in  Nursing,  Pre-Physical  Therapy,  Pre-Medical,  Pre-Dental,  Pre- 
Veterinarian,  and  Pre-Pharmacy.  The  program  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  the 
opportunity  to  consider  career  alternatives. 

The  program  has  an  entry-level  category  in  which  all  students  entering  the  program  are 
enrolled  during  the  first  semester  of  the  freshman  year  in  two  selected  areas  of  emphasis:  Pre- 
Nursing  and  Pre-Biological  Sciences.  Students  completing  the  Pre-Health  Science  Program 
requirements  will  receive  an  Associate  in  Arts  degree.  To  graduate  with  an  Associate  in  Arts 
degree  in  Pre-Health,  students  must  select  an  emphasis. 


Core  Requirements  for  Pre-Health  Science: 


PSY  1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

BIO  5 

Life  Science 

(3) 

BIO  40 A/ 1 A 

Human  Anatomy/ 

Biological  Dynamics 

(4) 

BIO50B/1B 

Human  Physiology/ 

Biological  Dynamics 

(4) 

PHI  21  or 

Moral  Values  or 

RST41 

Intro  to  Christian  Ethics 

(3) 

PHS  1 

Scientific  Concepts 

(3) 

SPR70 

Careers  in  Health 

SPE  10 

Intro  to  Communication 

(2) 

NOTE:  BIO  1A/1B,  Biological  Dynamics  for  Pre-Health  Science  Biology  emphasis  only. 

Plus  meet  all  the  requirements  for  the  A. A.  Degree 

For  a  student  to  remain  in  the  Pre-Health  Science  program,  at  the  end  of  the  first  semester,  the 
student  must  have: 

•  A  2.5  cumulative  GPA  and 

•  A  2.3  science  GPA. 

The  student  will  select  an  emphasis  within  the  program  at  the  end  of  the  first  semester.  To 
remain  in  the  Pre-Health  Science  program,  the  student  must  maintain  a  2.5  cumulative  GPA 
for  all  semesters. 


PRE-HEALTH  SCIENCE  289 


Biological  Sciences  Emphasis 

The  Biological  Sciences  emphasis  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  transfer  into  the 
Biological  Sciences  Major  with  a  B.S.  degree:  Pre-Med,  Pre-Dental,  or  Pre-Pharmacy 
emphasis  or  the  B.S.  Degree  in  Biological  Sciences  with  an  emphasis  on  preparation  for 
graduate  school  in  biology. 

Students  may  complete  an  AA  PRH  with  a  biology  emphasis  in  two  years.  If  they  then 
transfer  to  the  BS.BIO  program  at  Chalon,  the  degree  will  take  four  additional  years  (six  years 
altogether).  AA  students  who  qualify  may  choose  to  transfer  after  their  first  year  in  the 
program  and  fulfill  the  BS.BIO  degree  in  five  years.  Students  who  transfer  prior  to  receiving 
their  AA  degree  cannot  request  it  retroactively. 

Math  Requirement  for  Pre-Health  Biology:  6-12  units  of  MATH  required  depending  on 
placement  exam  scores  (See  your  Advisor  for  more  information.). 

Nursing  Emphasis 

The  Nursing  emphasis  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  transfer  into  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  -  Major  in  Nursing  (BSN)  program  on  the  Chalon  campus.  Admission  to 
MSMC  does  not  constitute  admission  to  the  Nursing  program. 

To  be  considered  for  admittance  into  the  BS  NUR  program,  students  must  also  complete: 
BIO  3  Microbiology 

SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives 

PSY  12  Developmental  Psychology /Lifespan 

Admission  to  the  BSN  program: 

•  Is  determined  by  the  Admissions  Committee  of  the  Nursing  Department. 

•  To  the  sophomore  level  entry  is  considered  for  fall  semester  only. 

•  Is  highly  competitive.  The  BSN  Admission  Committee  strongly  suggests  achieving  a 
G.P.A.  well  above  the  minimum  requirement. 

Priority  will  be  given  to  students  who  meet  the  required  criteria  and  have  completed  two 
semesters  at  MSMC. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  review,  applicants  must  meet  the  following  criteria: 
2.7  cumulative  GPA. 

•  2.5  science  GPA. 

•  Complete  all  pre-requisite  courses  with  a  grade  of  C  (2.0)  or  better. 

•  Complete  nursing  mathematics  examination  with  a  score  of  84%  or  higher. 

•  Successfully  demonstrate  English  competency  and  department-determined 
requirements. 

•  Failure  of  two  (2)  required  nursing  prerequisite  courses,  either  the  same 
course  or  two  separate  courses,  will  result  in  non-admission. 

•  A  grade  of  C-  or  below  in  any  two  required  prerequisite  courses  (science 
or  other)  results  in  non-admission. 

Pre-Health  Science  students  who  transfer  to  the  BSN  program  at  the  Chalon  Campus  require 
five  years  (altogether)  to  complete  the  BSN  program  because  of  the  sequencing  of  the  science 
and  nursing  courses. 


29C  PRE-LAW  MINOR 


The  Pre-Law  Minor 

Department  Affiliation:  History  and  Political  Science 

An  undergraduate  major  in  either  the  social  sciences  or  the  humanities  is  the  preferred 
preparation  for  legal  study.  The  Pre-Law  Minor  is  designed  to  supplement  the  study  in  the 
major  program  with  additional  emphases  on  analytic  and  expository  skills  requisite  to  the 
study  of  law.  Early  identification  of  an  interest  in  law  enables  the  student  to  approach  the 
rigorous  demands  of  both  legal  study  and  that  of  the  legal  profession  more  efficiently  and 
effectively.  It  is  essential  that  the  student  and  the  Director  of  the  Pre-Law  Minor  collaborate 
in  the  process  of  selecting  elective  courses  within  the  minor  that  will  best  prepare  the 
individual  student.  The  minor  requires  a  minimum  of  six  upper  division  courses  (18units). 

Prerequisites:  9  units 

POL  1  American  Government  (3) 

PHI  10  Critical  Thinking  or 

ENG1C  Freshman  English  (3) 

BUS  5/POL  5        Business  Law  (3) 

Required  upper  division  courses: 

POL  103  Legal  Reasoning  (3) 

POL  108  Constitutional  Law  (3) 

Plus  four  upper  division  elective  courses  from  among  the  following: 


Business  Law: 

BUS/POL  105 

Business  Law  II 

(3) 

BUS/POL  106 

Real  Estate  Law 

(3) 

Civil  Rights/Advocacy: 

POL  102 

Women  and  the  Law 

(3) 

POL  109 

Individual  Rights 

(3) 

POL  133 

Moot  Court 

(3) 

POL  138 

International  Law 

(3) 

POL  176 

Public  Policy 

(3) 

POL  180 

State  and  Local  Government 

(3) 

POL  188 

Administrative  Law 

(3) 

Criminal  Law: 

POL  107 

Criminal  Law 

(3) 

SOC  109 

Forensics  Studies:  Criminalistics 

(3) 

SOC  110 

Deviant  Behavior:  Juvenile  Delinquency 

(3) 

SOC  1 1 1 

Deviant  BehavionCriminology 

(3) 

Theory  and  Process: 

PHI  155 

Symbolic  Logic 

(3) 

PHI  165 

Philosophy  of  Law 

(3) 

POL  120 

Legislative  Process 

(3) 

POL  121 

Judicial  Politics 

(3) 

Any  upper  division  course  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Pre-Law  Minor. 


PSYCHOLOGY  291 


Psychology 


Contemporary  psychology  is  an  empirical  science  actively  pursuing  basic  research  and 
applications  in  school  settings,  the  workplace,  and  the  treatment  of  personal  problems  in 
private  life.  The  curriculum  for  the  psychology  major  consists  of  courses  critically  examining 
the  basic  theories,  findings,  and  applications  of  psychological  research.  Training  is  geared 
toward  preparing  students  for  later  advanced  studies.  In  addition  to  the  major,  the  College 
offers  a  minor  in  Psychology,  and  a  Master  of  Science  in  Counseling  Psychology,  with 
specializations  in  Marriage  and  Family  Therapy  (MFT)  or  Human  Services  Personnel 
Counseling  (HSPC),  counseling  the  Spanish-speaking  client,  and  pastoral  counseling. 

Program  Requirements  for  Psychology  Majors 

It  is  recommended  that  psychology  majors  take  MTH  1  or  MTH  10  (GS-IIIE)  in  preparation 
for  PSY  40  Basic  Statistical  Methods. 

All  psychology  majors  are  required  to  take  the  following  courses: 

Foundation  Courses 

BIO  5  Life  Science  (GS-IIID)  (3) 

or  another  course  in  biology,  anatomy,  physiology,  or  chemistry  approved  by 

the  department  chair. 

PSY1*  Introduction  to  Psychology  (GS-IIIF)  (3) 

PSY  1 2  Child/Human  Development  (GS-IIIF)  (3 ) 

PSY  52  Biological  Psychology  (GS-IIIF)  (3) 

PSY  52L  Biological  Psychology  Lab  ( 1 ) 

Methods  Courses 

PSY  40  Basic  Statistical  Methods  (GS-VIIB,  HIE)  (3) 

PSY  1 06  Basic  Research  Methods  (GS-VIIA)  (3) 

PSY  1 06L'  Basic  Research  Methods  Lab  ( 1 ) 


Introduction  to  Counseling  (3) 

Personality  Theory  (3) 

Social  Psychology  (3) 

Abnormal  Psychology  (3) 

Learning  &  Memory  (3) 

Cognition  &  Perception  •                              (3) 

Clinical  Practicum  (3) 
or 

PSY  193                Research  Practicum  (3) 

Upper  Division  Electives:  (9) 


Core  Courses 

PSY  125 

PSY  132 

PSY  145 

PSY  168 

PSY  134 

or 

PSY  160 

PSY  192 

Total  Units  for  Major:  47 


292 


PSYCHOLOGY 


*PSY  1  is  a  prerequisite  to  all  other  psychology  courses. 

Psychology  majors  must  take  9  units  of  upper  division  electives.  It  is  recommended  that 
students  choose  a  track  to  use  as  guidance  in  selecting  those  elective  courses. 


Suggested  Sequence  of  Courses:  Bachelor  of  Arts 

The  following  is  a  model  for  completing  the  Psychology  major  in  four  years. 

Psychology  courses  are  listed. 

First  Year 

PSY  1  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3) 

PSY  12  Child/Human  Development  (3) 

PSY  40  Basic  Statistical  Methods  (3) 

BIO  5  Life  Sciences  (3) 


Only 


Second  Year 

PSY  106 

Basic  Research  Methods 

(3) 

PSY 106L 

Basic  Research  Methods  Lab 

(1) 

PSY  132 

Personality  Theory 

(3) 

PSY  52 

Biological  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  52L 

Biological  Psychology  Lab 

(1) 

PSY  168 

Abnormal  Psychology 

(3) 

Third  Year 

PSY  125 

Introduction  to  Counseling 

(3) 

PSY  145 

Social  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  134 

Learning  and  Memory  Processes 

or 

PSY  160 

Cognition  and  Perception 

(3) 

PSY  192 

Clinical  Practicum  or 

PSY  193 

Research  Practicum 

(3) 

UDPSY 

Elective 

(3) 

Fourth  Year 

UDPSY 

Elective 

(3) 

UDPSY 

Elective 

(3) 

Undergraduate  Psychology  Policies 

Majors  must  earn  a  grade  of  C  (2.0)  or  higher  in  Psychology  courses  applied  toward  degree 
requirements.  Grades  of  C  -  or  lower  must  be  repeated.  Courses  may  only  be  repeated  one 
time.  The  higher  grade  will  be  computed  in  the  GPA. 

Students  must  successfully  complete  with  a  grade  of  C  or  higher  any  prerequisites  before 
being  admitted  to  courses  with  listed  prerequisites.  This  policy  may  only  be  waived  with 
instructor  consent. 

Students  must  also  complete  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  for  a  total  of  124 
semester  units,  including  the  Modern  Language  requirement.  At  least  1 5  upper  division  units 
must  be  completed  in  the  MSMC  Psychology  program. 


Students  may  choose  a  program  of  study  in  general  psychology,  or  one  of  the  following  tracks 
designed  to  provide  a  foundation  of  study  in  Psychology  as  indicated  on  next  page. 


PSYCHOLOGY  293 


Track  One:  Preparation  for  Industrial/Organizational  Psychology 
Extensive  study  in  the  application  of  psychological  processes  to  design  more  effective 
organizations  and  improve  motivation,  performance  and  job  satisfaction.  To  work  in 
Industrial/Organizational  psychology  requires  a  graduate  degree  (an  M.A./M.S.  or  a  Ph.D.). 
This  course  of  study  will  allow  for  exploration  of  the  field  and  provide  a  foundation  for 
further  study. 

PSY  148  Industrial/Organizational  Psychology 

PSY  155  Psychological  Testing 

Choose  one  of  the  following  courses: 

PSY  129  Motivation 

PSY  138  Nonprofit  Management 

Track  Two:  Preparation  for  Careers  in  Counseling 

This  track  is  designed  for  students  interested  in  pursuing  further  education  in  preparation  for  a 
career  in  counseling.  Students  that  pursue  this  track  will  receive  applied  training  and 
fieldwork  in  an  area  of  their  choosing  within  a  psychological  setting.  Such  students  typically 
plan  to  attend  a  Masters  or  Doctoral  program. 

PSY  155  Psychological  Testing 

Choose  one  of  the  following  courses: 

PSY  1 39  Child  Abuse  and  Family  Violence 

PSY  165  Behavioral  Psychopharmacology 

PSY  172  Developmental  Psychopathology 

PSY  175  Human  Sexuality 

PSY  188  Crisis  Intervention 

Track  Three:  Preparation  for  Careers  in  Research  Psychology 

This  track  is  designed  for  students  who  plan  to  pursue  further  education  in  a  research  area  of 
psychology  (e.g.,  Developmental,  Personality,  Social,  Cognition).  Such  students  plan  to 
attend  a  Masters  or  Doctoral  program.  The  courses  in  this  track  will  provide  research 
experience  needed  for  admission  to  most  research  programs. 
PSY  193  Research  Practicum 

PSY  194  Advanced  Research 

Choose  one  of  the  following  courses: 

PSY  155  Psychological  Testing 

PSY  1 82  History  &  Systems  of  Psychology 

PSY  1 92  Clinical  Practicum 

Or  courses  in  area  of  topical  interest  (e.g.,  gender,  prejudice,  development,  neuropsychology, 
law,  motivation,  divorce,  etc.) 

Requirements  for  a  Minor  in  Psychology 

A  Psychology  minor  requires  a  minimum  of  1 8  units  selected  in  consultation  with  the 
Department  Chair.  At  least  four  upper  division  courses  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  are 
required.  Three  courses  (9  units)  must  be  completed  in  the  MSMC  Psychology  program. 


294  PSYCHOLOGY 


Master  of  Science  in  Counseling  Psychology 

Admission  Requirements 

Those  applying  for  the  Masters  degree  in  Counseling  Psychology  should  have  all  of  the 
following: 

•  A  Bachelors  degree  or  its  equivalent  from  an  accredited  institution. 

•  A  grade  point  average  of  at  least  3.00  for  undergraduate  work. 

•  A  recommended  minimum  of  12  upper  division  units  in  the  Behavioral  Sciences 
(Psychology,  Anthropology,  Sociology  or  Education).  If  the  undergraduate 
degree  is  not  in  Psychology,  applicants  must  take  an  Introductory  Psychology 
course  prior  to  entering  the  program. 

•  Results  of  the  Graduate  Record  Exam  (GRE). 

•  Successful  completion  of  an  Introduction  to  Psychology  course. 

•  See  other  general  requirements  of  the  Graduate  Division. 

Program  Concentrations 

Marriage  and  Family  Therapy  (Minimum  of  50  units  required) 

The  Masters  degree  in  Counseling  Psychology  with  a  specialization  in  Marriage  and  Family 
Therapy  will  teach  students  to  apply  psychotherapeutic  research  and  principles  in  the 
treatment  of  individuals,  couples  and  families.  The  focus  of  the  program  is  on  clinical 
assessment,  planning  and  implementation  of  treatment  goals  for  those  with  emotional 
difficulties  and  distress.  Students  will  learn  the  theories  and  ethical  practice  of 
psychotherapy,  to  be  applied  in  a  variety  of  treatment  settings.  The  program  meets  academic 
requirements  for  those  who  seek  the  California  Marriage  and  Family  Therapy  License. 

Preparation  (6  units) 

PSY  202  Psychological  Foundations  of  Growth,  Development,  and  Learning  (3) 

PSY  268  Psychopathology  (3) 

Theories  of  Marriage,  Family,  and  Child  Counseling  (14  units) 
PSY  203  Multicultural  Counseling  (2) 

PSY  225  Counseling  Theory  and  Procedure  (3) 

PSY  236  Family  Therapy  (3) 

PSY  241  Marriage  and  Relationship  Counseling  (3) 

PSY  274  Psychological  Treatment  of  Children  (3) 

Counseling  Skills  (13  units) 

PSY  230  Psychological  Testing:  Theory  and  Procedure  (2) 

PSY  235  Group  Dynamics:  Theory  and  Procedures       (3) 

PSY  265  Behavioral  Psychopharmacology  (2) 

PSY  269  A,  B       Field  Experience  in  Counseling  (6) 

[with  a  minimum  of  180  client  contact  hours  and  240  total  BBS-acceptable  hours] 

Family  Challenges  (3  units) 

PSY  237                Human  Sexuality  (1) 

PSY  238                Alcohol  and  Substance  Abuse  (1) 

PSY  240                Spousal  Abuse  .     (1) 


PSYCHOLOGY  295 


Research  (3  units) 

PSY  200  Research  Methods  (3) 

Professional  Ethics  and  Law  (2  units) 

PSY  263  Laws  and  Ethics  in  Counseling  (2) 

Thesis/Project/Oral  Exam 

PSY  295  Masters  Thesis  (3)  or 

PSY  296  Masters  Project  (3)  or 

PSY  298  Case  Presentation  (0) 

Students  who  do  not  complete  their  thesis  or  project  during  the  semester  they  originally  enroll 
in  PSY  295/296  must  enroll  in  PSY  297,  a  one-unit  continuation  course,  each  subsequent 
semester  until  the  thesis/project  is  completed.  Students  may  enroll  in  the  one-unit 
continuation  course  a  maximum  of  three  times. 


Students  may  take  the  case  presentation  a  maximum  of  two  times.  The  examination  must  be 

successft 

graduate. 


successfully  completed  by  the  end  of  the  1 2th  week  of  the  semester  the  student  intends  to 


Emphasis  (6-9  units) 

In  order  to  complete  50  semester  units,  MFT  students  complete  from  three  (3)  to  nine  (9)  units 
of  elective  coursework.  Elective  units  may  be  selected  to  create  an  emphasis  in  Counseling 
the  Spanish-speaking  client,  Pastoral  Counseling,  clinical  skills,  research  skills,  or  another 
area  of  special  interest  to  the  student. 

Community  and  Interpersonal  Relations  (Minimum  36-39  units  required) 
The  Master's  degree  in  Counseling  Psychology  with  a  specialization  in  Community  and 
Interpersonal  Relations  will  teach  students  to  apply  psychological  research  and  theory  to  the 
improvement  of  human  welfare.  The  focus  of  the  program  is  on  facilitating  normal  human 
development,  and  fostering  effective  interactions.  Students  will  learn  essential  elements  of 
communication,  interpersonal,  and  organizational  dynamics.  The  program  is  intended  for 
those  who  wish  to  prepare  for  employment  in  an  agency,  corporation  or  other  setting  not 
requiring  a  specific  license. 

Core  Courses  (25-31  units) 

PSY  227  Basic  Counseling  Skills  (3) 

PSY  202  Psychological  Foundations  of  Growth,  Development  and  Learning  (3) 

PSY  268  Psychopathology  (3) 

PSY  264  Counseling  Ethics  (2) 

PSY  23 1  Group  and  Organizational  Dynamics  (3) 

PSY  200  Research  Methods  (3) 

PSY  203  Multicultural  Counseling  (2) 

PSY  260A,B         Counseling  Practicum/Fieldwork  (6) 

Elective  Courses 

Students  will  take  8-11  elective  course  units  to  complete  the  degree. 


296  PSYCHOLOGY 


Thesis/Project/Exam 

PSY  295  Masters  Thesis  (3),  or 

PSY  296  Masters  Project  (3),  or 

PSY  29 1  Written  Examination  (0) 

Students  who  do  not  complete  their  thesis  or  project  during  the  semester  they  originally  enroll 
in  PSY  295/296  must  enroll  in  PSY  297,  a  one-unit  continuation  course,  each  subsequent 
semester  until  the  thesis/project  is  completed.  Students  may  enroll  in  the  one-unit 
continuation  course  a  maximum  of  three  times. 


Students  may  take  the  written  examination  a  maximum  of  two  times.  The  examination  must 

be  succes 

graduate. 


be  successfully  completed  by  the  end  of  the  12th  week  of  the  semester  the  student  intends  to 


If  the  written  examination  option  is  chosen,  students  must  take  an  extra  course  for  a  total  of 
39  units. 


Graduate  Psychology  Policies 

Professional  behavior  is  expected  from  MSMC  students  at  all  time.  Students  must  abide  by 
the  ethical  standards  of  the  American  Association  of  Marriage  and  Family  Therapy  and  the 
California  Association  of  Marriage  and  Family  Therapists,  all  departmental  and  College 
policies,  and  the  policies  of  any  and  all  placement  sites.  If  the  expectations  of  the  College  or 
the  placement  site  are  not  met,  the  student  is  subject  to  dismissal  from  the  program. 

Students  enrolled  in  the  Masters  programs  at  MSMC  must  maintain  a  3.0  GPA.  If  they  fall 
below  this  GPA,  students  are  put  on  probation  and  given  one  semester  to  bring  their  grades  up 
to  a  3.0.  If  this  is  not  achieved,  they  will  be  dismissed  from  the  program. 

Students  must  earn  the  grade  of  B-  or  better  in  each  course  applied  toward  degree 
requirements.  Courses  may  only  be  repeated  one  time.  The  higher  grade  will  be  computed  in 
the  GPA.  If  a  student  does  not  earn  a  B-  or  better  upon  repetition  of  the  course,  the  student 
will  be  dismissed  from  the  program. 


ENLACES  Certificate  Program  -  Counseling  the  Spanish-Speaking 
Client  (17  units): 

Coursework  familiarizes  students  with  the  diversity  of  cultures  in  the  Spanish-speaking 
community,  the  unique  issues  that  these  cultures  bring  to  the  counseling  setting.  Professional 
terminology  and  theory  in  Spanish,  and  the  Spanish-language  psychological  literature,  are 
emphasized,  in  addition  to  practicum  experience  working  with  Spanish-speaking  clients.  This 
certificate  program  is  a  unique  focus  of  the  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Masters  in  Counseling 
degree. 


PSYCHOLOGY  297 


This  certificate  requires: 

PSY  203  Multicultural  Counseling  (2) 

PSY  245  The  Cultures  of  Spanish-speaking  People  of  the  Americas  (3)  or 

SPA  244  Hispanic  Civilization  and  Cultures  (3) 

PSY  275  Professional  Spanish  for  Counselors  (3) 

PSY  269 A,  B        Fieldwork  Experience  (6) 

(Internship  must  involve  work  with  Spanish-speaking  clients.) 
PSY  290  Workshop  (3) 

(Three  1-unit  special  topic  workshops  must  be  taken.) 

Pastoral  Counseling  Emphasis  (12  units): 

This  emphasis  allows  students  to  combine  Psychology  and  Religious  Studies  courses  in  their 
degree  program,  and  to  focus  on  pastoral  counseling  within  selected  Psychology  courses. 

The  emphasis  requires: 

PSY  225  Counseling  Theory  and  Procedure  (3)  or 

(taken  with  the  pastoral  counseling  emphasis) 

RST  280A  Theories  of  Pastoral  Counseling  (3) 

PSY  236  Family  Therapy  (3)  or 

(taken  with  the  pastoral  counseling  emphasis) 

RST  280B  Pastoral  Counseling:  Family  Therapy  (3) 

RST  283  Psychology  of  Religion  (3) 

PSY  203  Multicultural  Counseling  (2)  or 

RST  284B  Issues  in  Pastoral  Counseling:  Cross  Cultural  Issues     (1) 

PSY  240  Spousal  Abuse  (1)  or 

RST  289  Special  studies  in  Pastoral  Counseling  (1-3) 

PSY  1  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3) 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  mental  processes  and  behavior.  The  course  will 
survey  major  concepts,  research  findings,  and  practical  applications  of  current  research.  The 
course  focuses  on  questions  such  as:  How  do  people  change  and  grow  from  infancy  to 
adulthood?  How  do  we  learn  and  remember  best?  How  does  biology  influence  behavior? 
How  do  our  senses  help  us  to  interpret  the  world?  How  does  personality  work?  How  do 
other  people  affect  our  behavior?  What  does  it  mean  to  be  "abnormal"?  GS-IIIF 
PSY  12/102  Child/Human  Development  (3) 

Introduction  to  human  development  from  conception  to  death.  Covers  major  theories  of 
psychological  growth,  interactions  between  heredity  and  environment,  and  the  physical, 
cognitive,  and  social  domains  of  development  in  childhood,  adolescence,  and  adulthood. 
Focuses  on  concepts  and  issues  important  in  prenatal  development,  thinking  and  social 
relationships  in  childhood  and  adolescence,  effective  parenting,  and  personal  growth  through 
the  lifespan.  Prerequisite:  PSY  1  (waived  for  qualified  Liberal  Studies  majors  and  for  Single 
Subject  Credential  students).  GS-IIIF 

PSY  14  Adult  Development  (1) 

A  survey  of  the  major  psychological  theories  and  milestones  related  to  adult  development. 
Course  topics  include  developmental  stages  of  adolescence,  young  adulthood,  middle  age  and 
the  process  of  advancing  age.  In  combination  with  a  previously  completed  course  in  child 
development,  this  course  meets  the  life  span  human  development  requirement  of  the  MSMC 
Department  of  Nursing.  Prerequisite:  PSY  12. 


298  PSYCHOLOGY 


PSY  36    Language  and  Literacy  Development  in  the  Young  Child  (3) 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  acquisition  and  development  of  language  and  emergent  literacy  from 
birth  through  age  8.  Vygotsky's  theory  of  cognitive  development  and  its  relationship  to  the 
language  arts  will  be  studied.  Children's  literature  will  be  surveyed,  with  an  emphasis  on 
winners  of  the  Caldecott  Award.  The  course  will  encompass  how  to  choose  books  and  ways 
to  integrate  them  into  the  preschool  curriculum.  Prerequisite:  PSY  12. 

PSY  40  Basic  Statistical  Methods  (3) 

Focus  on  applied  descriptive  and  inferential  statistical  techniques  as  used  in  behavioral 
science  research.  Topics  covered  include  properties  of  distributions,  measures  of  central 
tendency,  elementary  probability  theory,  hypothesis  testing,  correlation,  and  analysis  of 
variance.  Prerequisites:  PSY  1  and  satisfactory  score  on  the  Mathematics  Placement 
Examination  or  completion  ofMTH  2X.  MTH 1  or  10  recommended.    GS-IIIE,  VIIB 

PSY  52  Biological  Psychology  (3) 

Critical  survey  of  the  structure  and  function  of  the  nervous  system.  Topics  include  the  neural 
control  of  sensory  systems,  hormonal  systems,  motor  systems,  learning,  memory,  emotions,  and 
sleep.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  recent  advances  in  our  knowledge  of  brain  structure, 
neurotransmitter  systems,  neural  development  and  plasticity,  neuropharmacology,  neuropathology 
and  psychopathology.  Prerequisites:  BIO  5,  PSY  1.  GS-IIIF 

PSY  52L  Biological  Psychology  Lab  (1) 

Required  concurrent  laboratory  supplement  to  PSY  52.  The  laboratory  provides  the 
background  in  neuroanatomy  necessary  to  understand  basic  principles  of  neural  function. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  learning  to  recognize  gross  and  microscopic  structures  of  the  brain 
within  a  functional  perspective.  Prerequisites:  BIO  5,  PSY  1. 
PSY  106  Basic  Research  Methods  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  scientific  method  and  its  use  in  answering  questions  about  psychological 
phenomena.  Covers  each  of  the  major  steps  in  the  research  process,  including  formulation  of 
hypotheses,  choice  of  appropriate  research  designs,  empirical  testing  of  hypotheses  with  proper 
controls  and  regard  for  ethical  issues,  systematic  analysis  of  data,  and  reporting  of  results  in  a 
scientific  format.  Must  be  taken  concurrently  with  PSY  106L.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  40.  GS-VIIA 

PSY  106L  Basic  Research  Methods  Lab  (1) 

Required  laboratory  supplement  to  PSY  106,  which  must  be  taken  concurrently.  The 
laboratory  sessions  provide  structured  practice  in  conducting  psychological  research.  Students 
perform  several  simple  studies  on  topics  in  different  areas  of  psychology  assigned  by  the 
instructor.  The  final  laboratory  report  should  demonstrate  competence  in  formulating  and 
testing  hypotheses,  as  well  as  in  reporting  the  results  and  their  interpretation  in  the  format 
specified  by  the  American  Psychological  Association.  Prerequisite:  PSY  40. 
*PSY 110  Gender  Issues  in  Psychology  (3) 

Exploration  of  the  psychological  theories  and  research  findings  related  to  gender  issues. 
Topics  to  be  covered  include  gender  role  development,  gender  differences  in  personality,  and 
the  analysis  of  social  issues  of  gender  and  sexuality  in  the  realms  of  society,  politics,  and 
culture.  Prerequisite:  PSY  1. 

PSY  112      Careers  and  Observation  in  Child  Development  Settings  (3) 

Overview  of  the  child  development  field  and  careers  working  with  children  under  age  13  and 
their  families.  Each  student  will  observe  in  a  community  child  development  setting  for  a 
minimum  of  15  hours.  Professional  ethics  and  current  issues  in  the  field  will  be  explored. 
Prerequisites:  PSY  12  and  (EDU  32  or  PSY  11 3). 


PSYCHOLOGY  299 


PSY  113  Learning  in  Children  and  Adolescents  Across  Cultures  (3) 

This  course  examines  how  developmental,  biological  and  cultural  factors  influence  the  ability 
and  motivation  to  learn.  Assignments  and  class  discussions  address  the  role  of  teachers, 
parents,  and  other  adults  in  facilitating  children's  development  in  school  contexts.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  the  interaction  between  cognitive  performance  and  the  total  sociocultural 
environment  in  which  the  child  and  adolescent  lives.  Prerequisite:  PSY  12  GS-VI 

*PSY  118        Intervention  of  Children  with  Disabilities  (3) 

This  course  will  survey  a  variety  of  physical  disabilities,  as  well  as  different  levels  of  general 
cognitive  functioning  that  identify  children  as  qualifying  for  Special  Education  programming. 
The  course  will  go  on  to  investigate  the  current  "best  practices"  strategies  and  interventions 
for  the  effective  development  of  psycho-social,  behavioral,  and  instructional  integration  of 
"exceptional  children"  into  the  least  restrictive  environment  offered  within  the  public 
education  system.  Prerequisite:  PSY  1. 

PSY  125  Introduction  to  Counseling  (3) 

Survey  of  basic  counseling  skills,  with  emphasis  on  the  underlying  theoretical  framework. 
Stages  and  goals  of  the  therapeutic  process  will  be  examined.  Students  will  participate  in 
demonstrations  of  basic  counseling  techniques  (e.g.,  reflective  listening,  confrontation, 
demonstration  of  empathy).  Course  work  will  focus  on  practical  applications  of  these  skills. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  168. 

*PSY  128  Adulthood  and  Aging  (3) 

Exploration  of  psychological  factors  of  the  process  of  aging.  Focus  will  be  on  attitudes, 
values,  motivations,  and  behavior  as  they  are  influenced  by  environmental  and  biological 
changes  associated  with  aging.  This  course  is  conducted  as  a  seminar  and  includes  a  fieldwork 
component;  visiting  and  evaluating  various  care  facilities  for  the  senior  population. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  1,  PSY  12. 

*PSY  129  Motivation  (3) 

Comparison  of  the  range,  strengths  and  limitations  of  the  prominent  theories  explaining  high 
and  low  motivation.  Explores  common  motivation  problems  and  their  effect  on  the  individual 
and  society.  Motivation  treatments  are  applied  to  a  variety  of  contexts,  including  education, 
work,  love  and  others.  A  critical  analysis  of  the  current  applied  motivation  literature  is 
emphasized.  Prerequisite:  PSY  145. 

PSY  132  Personality  Theory  (3) 

Comprehensive  study  of  the  major  theories  of  personality  (e.g.,  Psychoanalytic,  Behavioral, 
Humanistic,  Cognitive).  The  course  will  address  development,  structure  and  dynamics  of 
personality,  utilizing  contemporary  research.  Survey  of  these  theories  highlights  the  origin  of 
normal  and  pathological  personality  development.  Prerequisite:  PSY  12. 
PSY  134  Learning  and  Memory  Processes     (3) 

Explores  the  major  forms  of  learning  and  memory  processes  common  to  human  and  non- 
human  animals.  Focuses  on  the  most  basic  learning  processes,  particularly  classical  and 
instrumental  conditioning,  but  also  covers  observational  learning.  Examines  the  essential 
features  of  memory  processes  as  explained  by  information  processing  models.  Particular 
attention  is  paid  to  applications  of  learning  and  memory  theories  in  solving  practical  problems 
in  normal  and  clinical  situations.  Prerequisite:  PSY  1,  PSY  106/1 06L  or  consent  of  instructor. 

PSY  138  Managing  Non-Profit  Organizations  (3) 

Will  introduce  non-business  majors  to  managerial  theories  to  lead  non-profit  organizations. 
The  learning  experience  includes  review  of  literature,  class  presentations  and  active 
sponsorship  of  service  organizations.  A  service  learning  project  integrates  theory  with 
practice,  requiring  team  cooperation,  planning  and  accountability.  (Also  BUS  139,  GER  138, 
EDU  138c  and  SOC  138.) 


300  PSYCHOLOGY 


PSY  139  Child  Abuse  and  Family  Violence   (3) 

A  theoretical  exploration  of  the  causes,  nature,  and  impact  (physical,  social  and 

psychological)  of  the  various  forms  of  family  violence  as  well  as  the  methods  used  by 

counseling  professionals  for  intervention,  remediation,  and  prevention.  Prerequisite:  PSY  12 

PSY  144  Psychology  of  Prejudice  (3) 

Exploration  of  psychological  factors  involved  in  the  development  and  maintenance  of  racism, 

sexism,  ageism,  and  other  manifestations  of  prejudice.  Focuses  on  research  of  both  individual 

and  group  behavior  and  includes  consideration  of  techniques  for  combating  prejudice  in 

individuals,  organizations,  and  society  as  a  whole.  Prerequisite:  PSY  1.  Recommended. 

PSY  145.  GS-VI 

PSY  145  Social  Psychology  (3) 

Surveys  the  pervasive  and  invisible  social  forces  acting  upon  individuals  and  the  social 

aspects  of  human  nature.  Topics  covered  include  the  way  we  perceive  others,  the  way  others 

affect  our  perceptions  of  ourselves  and  our  own  behavior,  persuasion,  conformity,  "mob" 

behavior,  gender  and  ethnicity  issues,  attraction  and  aggression.  Prerequisite:  PSY  1. 

*PSY  148  Industrial/Organizational  Psychology  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  psychological  relationship  between  individuals  and  their  work  places, 
particularly  business  settings.  Focuses  on  the  psychology  of  work  and  practical  techniques  in 
personnel  selection,  placement  training,  job  appraisal,  productivity  enhancement,  and 
assessment  of  consumer  behavior. 

*PSY  151  Divorce  and  Remarriage  (3) 

Examination  of  the  short  and  long-term  consequences  of  divorce  on  family  members, 
focusing  on  exacerbating  factors.  Emphasis  is  on  the  role  of  psychologists  and  mediators  in 
minimizing  these  effects.  Prerequisites:  PSY  12  and  consent  of  instructor. 

PSY  155  Psychological  Testing  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  field  of  psychological  testing,  including  an  examination  of  history,  theory, 

and  construction  of  tests  as  well  as  a  survey  of  principal  individual  and  group  tests  of 

intelligence,  personality,  interest,  and  ability  currently  used  in  clinical  and  research  settings. 

Special  attention  will  be  placed  on  the  development  of  skills  for  evaluating  the  reliability, 

validity,  and  ethics  of  psychological  tests  and  their  applications.  Prerequisite:  PSY  40, 

PSY  1 06/1 06L. 

PSY  160  Cognition  and  Perception  (3) 

Surveys  our  current  understanding  of  how  the  human  mind  acquires  information  about  the 

environment  and  how  it  manipulates  that  information  in  both  verbal  and  non-verbal  form.  The 

course  will  begin  with  an  examination  of  the  perceptual  phenomena  that  relate  to  cognition. 

The  course  will  then  examine  the  cognitive  processes  involved  in  selective  attention, 

perception,  memory  storage  and  retrieval,  representation  of  knowledge,  language 

comprehension  and  production,  thought,  and  decision  making.  Stress  is  placed  on 

understanding  the  relevance  of  cognitive  research  to  practical  problems  in  normal  and  clinical 

situations.  Prerequisites:  PSY  106  &  106L. 

PSY  165  Behavioral  Psychopharmacology  (3) 

The  course  is  designed  to  introduce  students  to  the  psychopharmacological  treatment  of 

mental  disorders.  The  course  will  emphasize  integrating  counseling  and  the  use  of 

medications  with  different  populations.  Additionally,  socio-political  issues  associated  with 

psychotropic  medications  will  be  explored.  Prerequisites:  PSY  52  &  52L,  PSY  168. 

*PSY  167  Special  Topics  in  Psychology  (1-3) 

Seminar  on  any  one  of  many  topics  in  the  field  of  psychology.  Format  varies  with  topic  and 

instructor(s).  Prerequisites:  PSY  1. 


PSYCHOLOGY  301 


PSY 168  Abnormal  Psychology  (3) 

Explores  mental  health  concepts,  principles  of  psychopathology,  and  related  treatment 

techniques.  Surveys  the  various  forms  of  abnormal  behavior,  covering  their  features,  potential 

causes,  and  most  effective  treatments.  Entails  analysis  of  case  studies  using  the  Diagnostic 

and  Statistical  Manual  of  the  American  Psychiatric  Association  (DSM  IV). 

Prerequisite:  PSY  1 . 

*PSY  172  Developmental  Psychopathology  (3) 

Examination  of  childhood  psychological  disorders,  including  disturbances  in  sleep,  eating, 

toileting,  speech,  mood,  and  cognitive  functions,  drug  use,  conduct  disorders,  autism,  and 

pervasive  developmental  disorders.  Addresses  issues  in  diagnosis  and  treatment. 

Prerequisites:  PSY  12,  PSY  168. 

PSY  175  Human  Sexuality  (3) 

Survey  of  topics  central  to  the  study  of  sexuality.  This  course  provides  a  strong  foundation  in 

physiology,  sexual  arousal  and  dysfunction,  history  of  sexuality,  and  gender  issues.  Current 

topics,  such  as  sexually  transmitted  diseases,  prostitution  and  rape  are  explored.  The  course 

provides  a  perspective  of  human  sexuality  from  historical,  biological,  psychological,  cultural 

and  sociological  points  of  view. 

PSY  178  Psychology  and  Film  (3) 

Exploration  of  psychological  theories  and  research  through  the  use  of  modern  film.  The 

course  will  explore  current  topics  in  specialized  areas  of  psychology  (e.g.,  abnormal,  social). 

Film  will  be  used  to  depict  human  interactions  and  provoke  thought  and  analysis  of  theory 

and  research. 

*PSY  182  History  and  Systems  of  Psychology        (3) 

The  course  illuminates  the  history  of  psychological  ideas,  as  well  as  the  lives  and  cultural 

contexts  of  prominent  theorists.  Emphasizes  the  historical  development  of  ideas  leading  to 

modern  psychology.  Prerequisites:  PSY  132. 

PS Y  1 85  Psychology  of  La w  (3) 

Overview  of  the  intersection  of  the  disciplines  of  psychology  and  law.  Introduces  the 

philosophical  foundation  of  both  fields,  the  legal  system  of  the  United  States,  clinical  issues 

and  the  law  (e.g.,  psychological  assessment,  determination  of  competency,  involuntary 

commitment,  family  law,  and  criminal  behavior)  and  psychological  research  on  the  legal 

system  (e.g.,  juror  decision  making,  jury  dynamics,  judicial  bias,  eyewitness  testimony  and 

police  procedure).  Prerequisites:  PSY  1. 

PSY  186  Violence  Against  Women  (3) 

Survey  of  the  research  literature  pertaining  to  sexual  assault,  partner  violence,  and  sexual 

harassment.  Students  will  examine  psychological  theories  concerning  causes  and  prevention 

of  violence  against  women,  as  well  as  the  experiences  of  women  as  victims  of  these  forms  of 

violence. 

PSY  187  Careers  in  Psychology  (3) 

Explores  options  available  to  students  interested  in  careers  in  psychology.  Job  options 

available  at  different  degree  levels  (e.g.,  B.A.,  Masters,  Ph.D.)  are  highlighted,  as  appropriate 

preparation  plans  for  particular  careers  are  developed  by  students.  Panel  discussions  by 

professionals  in  the  field  of  psychology  allow  students  to  gain  knowledge  about  the  diversity 

of  available  career  paths.  Fieldwork  in  a  site  of  the  student's  choice  is  required. 

*PSY  188  Crisis  Intervention  (3) 

Survey  of  crisis  intervention  theories,  assessment,  treatment  and  research.  Includes  legal  and 

ethical  issues,  suicide,  degrees  of  danger,  victims  of  abuse,  grief  reactions  and  the  family  in 

crisis.  Clinical  case  presentation  will  be  used  for  illustration. 


302  PSYCHOLOGY 


PSY 191  Child  Development  Practicum         (3) 

Applied  work  enhancing  student  understanding  of  the  principles  of  child  development  in 

community  settings.  Field  work  must  involve  ongoing  interactions  with  children  under  age  11 

and/or  their  parents.  Options  include  child  care,  infant/toddler,  preschool,  school  age, 

recreational,  hospital  child  life,  special  education,  resource  and  referral,  and  child  guidance 

settings.  Prerequisite:  PSY  113. 

PSY  192  Clinical  Practicum  (3) 

Applied  work  enhancing  a  student's  ability  to  use  the  principles  of  psychology  in  real  life 

settings.  Field  work  options  include  areas  of  school  psychology,  gerontology,  mental 

retardation,  emotional  disturbances,  learning  disabilities,  or  probation  work.  Course  includes 

weekly  seminar  oriented  towards  integrating  experiences  with  theory.  Prerequisites:  PSY  121 

PSY  168. 

PSY  193  Research  Practicum  (1-3) 

Applied  work  enhancing  student  understanding  of  the  methodology  and  tools  of  psychologic. 

research.  While  receiving  training  and  supervision,  the  student  assists  a  MSMC  psychology 

faculty  member  in  the  development  and/or  implementation  of  a  psychological  research 

project.  Students  will  participate  in  two  or  more  activities  involved  in  executing  major  steps 

in  the  research  process  (e.g.,  developing  the  proposal,  collecting  and  analyzing  data, 

presenting  and  publishing  results).  Course  includes  faculty/student  meetings  oriented  toward 

theoretical  reviews  and  discussions.  Concludes  with  a  library  research  paper  which  addresses 

a  project  related  question.  Prerequisites  PSY  40,  PSY  106,  PSY  106L  and  consent  of 

instructor.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  6  units. 

PSY  194  Advanced  Research  (1-3) 

Seminar  providing  direction  and  supervision  for  students  undertaking  original  psychological 

research.  Guidance  is  given  in  each  step  of  the  research  process:  in  developing  a  question, 

selecting  a  research  design,  collecting  and  analyzing  data,  and  reporting  the  results  in 

publishable  form.  The  final  product  should  be  suitable  for  presentation  at  student  sections  of 

professional/regional  association  meetings.  Prerequisites:  PSY  40,  PSY  106  &  106L  and 

consent  of  instructor.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  6  units. 

PSY  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Advanced  study  on  a  special  topic  chosen  by  the  student.  Prerequisites:  PSY  40,  PSY  106  & 

106L,  and  Honors  Student  status. 

PSY  199  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

Independent  exploration  of  a  topic  in  psychology  supervised  by  department  faculty  member. 
Independent  study  contract  required.  Prerequisites:  PSY  1  and  consent  of  instructor.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  of  6  units. 

Graduate  Course  Offerings 

PSY  200  Research  Methods  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  scientific  method  and  its  use  in  answering  questions  about  psychological 
phenomena.  Provides  instruction  in  critical  reading  of  research  articles.  Explores  basic  issues 
and  techniques  in  conducting  research  studies,  analyzing  data,  and  interpreting  their 
significance.  Class  projects  culminate  in  a  written  thesis  proposal. 


PSYCHOLOGY  303 


PSY  202  Psychological  Foundations  of  Growth,  Development  and 
Learning  (3) 

Contemporary  psychological  theory  as  applied  to  the  life-long  process  of  learning,  behavioral 

change,  education,  and  counseling.  Advanced  reading  and  exploration  of  life  span 

developmental  theories,  including  those  of  Freud,  Piaget,  Erikson,  Kohlberg,  Kagan,  Kubler- 

Ross,  and  others. 

PSY  203  Multicultural  Counseling  (2) 

A  systematic  study  of  the  cross-cultural  mores,  values,  and  behaviors  that  are  active  in  the 

process  of  counseling.  Both  theoretical  aspects  as  well  as  practical  considerations  of 

counseling  with  various  cultural  groups  will  be  explored.  Prerequisite:  PSY  225. 

*PSY  210  Gender  Issues  in  Psychology  (3) 

Exploration  of  the  psychological  theories  and  research  findings  related  to  gender  issues. 
Topics  to  be  covered  include  gender  role  development,  gender  differences  in  personality,  and 
the  analysis  of  social  issues  of  gender  and  sexuality  in  the  realms  of  society,  politics,  and 
culture. 

*PSY  218  Intervention  of  Children  with  Multiple  Impairments  (3) 
This  course  will  survey  a  variety  of  physical  disabilities,  as  well  as  different  levels  of  general 
cognitive  functioning  that  identify  children  as  qualifying  for  Special  Education  programming. 
The  course  will  go  on  to  investigate  the  current  "best  practices"  strategies  and  interventions 
for  the  effective  development  of  psycho-social,  behavioral,  and  instructional  integration  of 
"exceptional  children"  into  the  least  restrictive  environment  offered  within  the  public 
education  system. 

*PSY  225  Counseling  Theory  and  Procedures  (3) 

Detailed  exploration  into  the  theory  and  methodology  involved  in  the  process  of  marriage, 
family,  and  child  counseling.  Includes  a  survey  of  the  Psychoanalytic,  Client-centered, 
Gestalt,  Behavioral,  Rational  Emotive,  Phenomenological,  and  Humanistic  approaches. 
*PSY226  Brief  Therapies  (2) 

Course  provides  an  overview  of  various  methods  of  brief  therapies,  including  cognitive- 
behavioral,  brief  dynamic,  and  single-session.  The  special  tasks,  goals,  and  clinical  guidelines 
with  each  phase  of  treatment  will  be  described.  Prerequisite:  PSY  225  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

PSY  227  Basic  Counseling  and  Communication  Skills  (3) 

This  course  will  prepare  students  for  conducting  initial  interviews  and  establishing  therapeutic 
relationships.  The  course  will  introduce  students  to  the  initial  phase  of  the  counseling  process 
including  practice  of  listening  skills,  empathy,  and  facilitation  of  client  self-expression. 
*PSY  228  Adulthood  and  Aging  (3) 

Exploration  of  psychological  factors  in  the  process  of  aging.  Focus  will  be  on  attitudes, 
values,  motivations  and  behavior  as  they  are  influenced  by  environmental  and  biological 
changes  associated  with  aging.  This  course  is  conducted  as  a  seminar  and  includes  a  fieldwork 
component;  visiting  and  evaluating  various  care  facilities  for  the  senior  population. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  202. 

*PSY  229  Motivation  (3) 

Comparison  of  the  range,  strengths,  and  limitations  of  the  prominent  theories  explaining  high 
and  low  motivation.  Explores  common  motivation  problems  and  their  effect  on  the  individual 
and  society.  Motivation  treatments  are  applied  to  a  variety  of  contexts,  including  education, 
work,  love  and  others.  A  critical  analysis  of  the  current  applied  motivation  literature  is 
emphasized. 


304  PSYCHOLOGY 


PSY  230  Psychological  Testing:  Theory  and  Procedure  (2) 

Advanced  study  of  the  theory,  administration,  and  interpretation  of  individual  and  group 
psychological  tests  of  intelligence,  personality,  interest,  and  achievement.  Students  will 
administer  and  interpret  selected  instruments  used  in  counseling  and  psychology  practice. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  268. 

PSY  231  Organizational  Dynamics  (3) 

Examines  the  inter-relationships  between  management  and  communication  theories.  The 
systems  within  an  organization  are  emphasized  in  terms  of  intra-personal,  interpersonal,  small 
group  and  organizational  communication  theories.  This  course  will  help  students  develop  an 
understanding  of  behavior  in  organizations.  This  understanding  will  enable  the  student  to 
predict  and  influence  organizational  events. 

PSY  235  Group  Dynamics:  Theory  and  Procedures  (3) 

Investigation  of  group  processes.  Emphasizes  the  concepts  of  group  facilitation,  productivity, 
evaluation  and  the  application  of  group  methods  in  teaching,  counseling,  and  administrative 
work.  Prerequisite:  PSY  225. 

PSY  236  Family  Therapy  (3) 

Systematic  study  of  family  therapy  and  family  systems  theory.  This  course  will  allow  students 

the  opportunity  to  explore  both  normal  and  dysfunctional  lifestyles  in  family  environments 

and  will  provide  a  survey  of  the  treatment  modes  which  focus  on  the  entire  family  system. 

PSY  237  Human  Sexuality  (1) 

This  course  will  approach  the  topic  of  human  sexuality  as  a  comprehensive  and  integrated 

topic,  by  viewing  sexual  behavior  in  an  evolutionary,  historical,  and  cross-cultural 

perspective. 

PSY  238  Alcohol  and  Substance  Abuse  (1) 

Exploration  of  the  causes,  nature,  impact,  and  treatment  of  alcohol  and  substance  abuse. 

Focuses  on  methods  of  intervention  and  remediation  used  in  counseling  agencies. 

Prerequisite:  PSY  225  or  consent  of  instructor. 

PSY  240  Spousal  Abuse  (1) 

This  course  will  be  an  overview  of  the  research  exploring  the  fundamental  dynamics  of 
spousal  abuse/domestic  violence.  The  historical  nature  and  causes  of  battering  relationships, 
social  and  cultural  variables,  and  the  myths  about  battering  are  explored.  The  physical  and 
psychological  impact  violence  has  on  victims,  children,  family  and  society  will  be  examined. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  225,  PSY  268. 

PSY  241  Marriage  and  Relationships  (3) 

This  course  provides  a  systematic  examination  of  the  different  theoretical  approaches  to  the 
treatment  of  couples  and  a  critical  analysis  of  the  corresponding  empirical  data  that  supports 
and  refutes  these  theories. 

*PSY  248  Industrial/Organizational  Psychology  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  psychological  relationship  between  individuals  and  their  workplaces, 
particularly  business  settings.  Focuses  on  the  psychology  of  work  and  practical  techniques  in 
personnel  selection,  placement  training,  job  appraisal,  enhancing  productivity,  and  assessing 
consumer  behavior. 

*PSY  251  Divorce  and  Remarriage  (3) 

Examination  of  the  short  and  long-term  consequences  of  divorce  on  family  members, 
focusing  on  exacerbating  factors.  Emphasis  is  on  the  role  of  psychologists  and  mediators  in 
minimizing  these  effects. 


PSYCHOLOGY  305 


PSY  260AB  Counseling  Practicum/Fieldwork    (6) 

Practicum  relates  counseling  principles  to  a  variety  of  settings.  For  each  course  120  hours  of 

fieldwork  are  required.  Fieldwork  must  take  place  in  a  site  approved  by  the  instructor  and 

department.  Students  may  initiate  the  260  AB  series  only  in  the  Fall  semester.  Students  must 

successfully  complete  coursework  for  PSY  260 A  before  being  admitted  to  PSY  260B.  This 

requirement  may  be  waived  with  instructor  consent.  Prerequisites:  PSY 227,  231,  264,  268. 

PSY  263  Laws  and  Ethics  in  Counseling        (2) 

Review  of  the  current  legal  considerations  and  ethical  issues  regarding  the  delivery  of 

counseling  services.  This  course  highlights  ethical  requirements  for  licensed  professionals. 

PSY  264  Counseling  Ethics  (2) 

Review  of  the  current  legal  and  ethical  issues  regarding  the  delivery  of  counseling  services. 

This  course  is  designed  for  students  who  do  not  intend  to  become  licensed  counselors. 

PSY  265  Behavioral  Psychopharmacology     (2) 

The  course  is  designed  to  introduce  students  to  the  psychopharmacological  treatment  of 

mental  disorders.  The  course  will  emphasize  integrating  counseling  and  the  use  of 

medications  with  different  populations.  Additionally,  socio-political  issues  associated  with 

psychotropic  medications  will  be  explored.  Prerequisite:  PSY  268 

*PSY  267  Special  Topics  in  Psychology  (3) 

Seminar  on  any  one  of  many  topics  in  the  field  of  psychology.  Format  varies  with  topic  and 

instructors,).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

PSY  268  Psychopathology  (3) 

Systematic  study  of  the  nature  and  classification  of  mental  disorders  using  the  Diagnostic  and 
Statistical  Manual  of  the  American  Psychiatric  Association  (DSM  IV). 
PSY  26AB  Field  Experiences  in  Counseling      (3,3) 

Practicum  relates  counseling  principles  to  a  variety  of  clinical  settings.  For  each  course  120 
hours  of  fieldwork  are  required,  and  90  of  those  hours  must  be  face-to-face  with  clients. 
Fieldwork  must  take  place  in  a  site  approved  by  the  instructor  and  department.  Students  may 
initiate  the  269 AB  series  only  in  the  Fall  semester.  Students  must  successfully  complete 
coursework  for  PSY  269A  before  being  admitted  to  PSY  269B.  This  requirement  may  be 
waived  with  instructor  consent.  Prerequisites:  PSY  225,  PSY  263,  PSY  268. 
*PSY  272  Developmental  Psychopathology     (3) 

Examination  of  childhood  psychological  disorders,  including  disturbances  in  sleep,  eating, 
toileting,  speech,  mood,  and  cognitive  functions,  drug  use,  conduct  disorders,  autism,  and 
pervasive  developmental  disorders.  Addresses  issues  in  diagnosis  and  treatment.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  268. 

PSY  274  Psychological  Treatment  of  Children  (3) 

This  course  will  examine  the  efficacy  of  therapeutic  techniques  commonly  used  in  the 
assessment  and  treatment  of  children,  including  art,  play  and  expressive  therapies.  The 
theoretical  foundations  and  practical  applications  of  each  technique  will  be  explored. 
Prerequisites:  PSY  202,  PSY  225. 

PSY  275  Professional  Spanish  for  Counselors  (3) 

Taught  in  Spanish.  This  course  covers  psychological  terminology,  concepts,  theories,  and 
methodologies  from  a  variety  of  theoretical  perspectives,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  Spanish- 
language  psychological  literature. 
*PSY  282  History  and  Systems  of  Psychology  (3) 

Critical  examination  of  the  scientific  origins  of  contemporary  psychology.  Emphasizes 
historical/conceptual  development  of  ideas  leading  to  modern  schools  of  psychology. 


306  PSYCHOLOGY 


PSY  284  Object  Relations:  Theory  and  Practice  (1-3) 

An  overview  of  psychological  development  as  seen  through  the  human  need  for 

connectedness  to  others.  From  an  infant's  first  experiences  with  others  through  adulthood,  the 

class  will  explore  the  development  of  the  separate  and  unique  individual,  with  special  focus 

on  clinical  application  of  theoretical  concepts.  Explores  the  application  of  object  relations 

theories  to  marital  and  family  therapy.  Prerequisite:  PSY  202. 

*PSY  288  Crisis  Intervention  (3) 

Survey  of  crisis  intervention  theories,  assessment,  treatment  and  research.  Includes  legal  and 

ethical  issues,  suicide,  degrees  of  danger,  victims  of  abuse,  grief  reactions  and  the  family  in 

crisis.  Clinical  case  presentation  will  be  used  for  illustration. 

PSY  290  Workshop  (1-3) 

Experiential  class  focusing  on  particular  area  of  interest.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

PSY  291  Written  Examination  (0) 

Comprehensive  written  examination  based  on  the  student's  completed  coursework.  The 
Written  Examination  is  completed  during  the  last  semester  of  the  student's  coursework. 
Students  may  take  the  Written  Examination  a  maximum  of  two  times.  The  Examination  must 
be  successfully  completed  by  the  12th  week  of  the  semester  the  student  intends  to  graduate. 
PSY  295  Masters  Thesis  (3) 

Individual  work  on  Masters  thesis.  Prerequisite:  PSY  200  and  approval  of  Graduate  Program 
Director. 

PSY  296  Masters  Thesis  Project  (3) 

Individual  work  on  Masters  project.  Prerequisite:  PSY  200  and  approval  of  Graduate 
Program  Director. 

PSY  297  A,  B,  C         Thesis/Project  Continuation  (1,1,1) 

Students  who  have  not  completed  the  Masters  Project  or  Thesis  at  the  end  of  the  PSY  295  or 

PSY  296  course  must  enroll  in  the  Continuation  of  the  Masters  Project  or  Thesis  for  the 

subsequent  semesters,  until  the  thesis/project  is  completed.  Students  must  complete  the 

Project  or  Thesis  within  three  semesters. 

PSY  298  Case  Presentation  (0) 

Students  will  present  a  case  analysis,  based  on  a  case  provided  by  the  department.  The  paper 

and  presentation  will  integrate  the  content  areas  of  the  MFT  program.  The  case  presentation 

is  completed  during  the  last  semester  of  the  student's  coursework.  Students  may  take  the  case 

presentation  a  maximum  of  two  times.  The  case  presentation  must  be  successfully  completed 

by  the  12*  week  of  the  semester  the  student  intends  to  graduate. 

PSY  299  Special  Topics  (1-3) 

Individual  study  of  a  problem  of  interest.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

*Course  is  open  to  both  undergraduate  and  graduate  students.  Undergraduate  students  must 
obtain  instructor's  consent  before  taking  this  course.  See  appropriate  listing  of  course 
description  for  prerequisites. 


RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  307 


Religious  Studies 


The  Religious  Studies  Department  considers  the  study  of  religion  essential  to  the  liberal  arts 
because  of  the  Catholic  intellectual  tradition  of  the  College.  The  department  offers  both  an 
undergraduate  major  and  a  minor  in  Religious  Studies,  and  also  a  Masters  degree  in  Religious 
Studies.  The  major  and  the  minor  are  designed  to  provide  an  academic  foundation  for 
graduate  study  in  theology  or  religion,  or  for  a  career  related  to  Religious  Studies. 

Undergraduate  courses  are  divided  according  to  the  five  areas  listed  below: 

I.  Scripture 

II.  Christian  Thought 

III .  Christian  Ethics 

IV.  Religion  and  Religions 

V.  Special  Offerings 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  Degree  in  Religious  Studies 

•  Lower  Division: 

RST  15  Introduction  to  Christian  Scriptures    (3) 

RST21  Introduction  to  Catholicism  (3) 

RST  4 1  Introduction  to  Christian  Ethics  (3 ) 

•  Upper  Division: 

1.  Scripture  (3) 

RST  155  3  units  of  upper  division  Scripture  study 

2.  Christian  Thought  (6) 

RST  131  Jesus 

Another  upper  division  course  from  category  II,  Christian  Thought 

3.  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

An  upper  division  course  from  category  III,  Christian  Ethics 

4.  Upper  Division  Elective  (3) 

An  upper  division  course  from  any  of  the  Religious  Studies  categories 

5.  Senior  Thesis/Project  (3) 

RST  199  Senior  Thesis/Project 

•  General  Elective  (3) 

3  units  in  upper  or  lower  division 

•  Total  units  in  Religious  Studies:  30 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units  including  Modern 
Language  requirement.  Majors  must  maintain  a  C  or  better  in  each  of  the  courses  taken  in 
fulfillment  of  these  requirements  for  the  Religious  Studies  major. 


308  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 


The  Minor  in  Religious  Studies 
Requirements: 

1.  An  Introductory  Level  Scripture  course  (3) 

2.  Christian  Thought  (3) 

3.  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

4.  Electives:  9  units  (at  least  6  of  which  must  be  upper  division)  (9) 

Total  units  in  Religious  Studies:  18 

I.  Scripture 

Upper  Division  Prerequisites:  Ordinarily  all  upper  division  courses  in  Scripture  require  one 

(1)  lower  division  course  in  the  same  area  as  a  prerequisite.  A  waiver  of  this  prerequisite  may 

be  granted  by  the  instructor. 

RST  11  Introduction  to  Hebrew  Scriptures  (3) 

A  consideration  of  selected  themes  of  the  Hebrew  Scriptures  (Old  Testament),  viewed  from 

the  perspective  of  revelation  and  analyzed  with  the  methods  of  modern  biblical  scholarship. 

GS-VA1 

RST  15  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament  (3) 

An  introduction  to  methods  of  modern  biblical  scholarship  and  an  examination  of  the  four 

canonical  gospels,  selected  Pauline  letters,  and  Acts  of  the  Apostles.  GS-VA1 

RST  155ABCD  Upper  Division  Scripture  Study  (3,3,3,3) 

A,  Synoptic  Gospels:  Advanced  study  of  the  three  synoptics  with  special  attention  given  to 
literary  style,  historical  context,  interpretation  skills  and  the  Christology  contained  in  each. 

B,  Pauline  Literature:  Advanced  study  of  various  Pauline  themes  as  well  as  the  historical 
context  of  the  first  Christian  communities  that  affected  the  future  of  the  early  Church. 

C,  Johannine  Literature:  Study  of  the  Gospel  of  John  in  relation  to  other  New  Testament  texts, 
with  emphasis  on  the  historical  context  of  the  Johannine  community  and  its  understanding  of 
revelation. 

D,  Hebrew  Scriptures:  Advanced  study  of  selected  texts  in  the  Hebrew  Scriptures,  with 
attention  to  literary  style,  historical  context,  interpretation  skills  and  the  understanding  of 
God's  revelation  to  Israel.  (See  statement  on  prerequisite.)    GS-VA1 

II.  Christian  Thought 

Upper  Division  Prerequisites:  Ordinarily  all  upper  division  courses  in  Christian  Thought 

require  one  (1)  lower  division  course  in  the  same  area  as  a  prerequisite.  A  waiver  of  this 

prerequisite  may  be  granted  by  the  instructor. 

RST  21  Contemporary  Catholicism  (3) 

Study  of  how  early  Christianity  and  contemporary  Catholicism  perceive  representative 

beliefs,  rites,  ethics,  and  community  structures  in  the  Catholic  tradition  of  Christianity. 

Includes  discussion  of  some  contemporary  concerns  and  issues  in  light  of  Vatican  Council  II. 

GS-VA2 

RST  23  Spiritual  Journeys  of  Women  (3) 

An  exploration  of  the  spiritual  experiences  of  women  primarily  from  the  Judeo-Christian 

tradition.  These  experiences  will  be  probed  for  elements  which  might  be  transferable  beyond 

their  particular  historical  and  personal  contexts  to  current  spiritual  experiences.  GS-VA2 


RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  309 


RST  25/125  Theology  of  Marriage  and  Family  (3) 

Overview  of  Catholic  theology  of  marriage  and  family  from  biblical,  historical,  cultural  and 
ethical  perspectives.    (See  statement  on  prerequisite.)  GS-VA2 

RST  70  Faith  and  Human  Development       (3) 

A  study  of  the  phenomenon  of  religious  belief  and  the  importance  of  faith  for  one's  further 

development  as  a  person  in  relation  to  others  and  to  God.  GS-VA2 

RST  131  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  Christ  of  Faith  (3) 

A  brief  survey  of  the  historical  development  of  the  Christian  understandings  of  Jesus  as  the 

Christ  from  biblical  traditions  to  the  present.  Discussion  of  key  aspects  of  current 

interpretations  of  Jesus.  Prerequisite:  RST  15  or  RST  21,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

GS-VA2 

RST  135  Women  and  Christianity  (3) 

An  introduction  to  a  variety  of  the  major  themes  and  issues  which  are  engaging  Christian  and 

Catholic  feminist  liberation  theologians  including  the  roles  of  women  in  scripture,  Christian 

history,  and  church  life.  (See  statement  on  prerequisite.)  GS-VA2 

RST  137  Challenges  in  Contemporary  Theology  (3) 

Presentation  of  how  major  changes  in  theology  during  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries 
not  only  challenged  traditional  Catholic  thought  and  practice,  but  also  influenced 
contemporary  theology  and  praxis.  (See  statement  on  prerequisite.)  GS-VA2 

RST  170  Theology  and  Human  Experience  (3) 

A  survey  of  human  psychological  development  and  human  faith  development  which  explores 
how  personal,  social  and  cultural  experiences  influence  a  person's  faith  development.  (See 
statement  on  prerequisite.) 
RST  190T  Advanced  Studies  in  Christian  Thought  (1-3) 

Advanced  study  of  special  texts,  figures  or  topics  such  as  Church  history,  sacraments,  liturgy, 
Aquinas,  Rahner.  Selected  themes  may  vary  with  each  offering.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

III.  Christian  Ethics 

Upper  Division  Prerequisites:  Ordinarily  all  upper  division  courses  in  Christian  Ethics  require 

one  (1)  lower  division  course  in  the  same  area  (See  exception  for  RST  149,  which  also 

accepts  21  as  prerequisite.).  A  waiver  of  these  prerequisites  may  be  granted  on  approval  of 

the  instructor. 

RST  41  Introduction  to  Christian  Ethics      (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  moral  decision-making  from  the  perspective  of  Christian 

faith.  The  sources  and  nature  of  moral  obligation,  personal  and  social  responsibility,  freedom 

and  sinfulness  are  among  the  topics  to  be  covered.  GS-VA3 

RST  45/145  Contemporary  Issues  in  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

A  consideration  of  the  positions  and  views  of  Christian  ethicists  on  selected  contemporary 

issues.  Topics  may  vary.  Prerequisite  for  RST  145:  A  lower  division  course  in  this  area. 

GS-VA3 


310  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 


RST  49/149  Biomedical  Issues  in  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

A  study  of  issues  and  questions  concerning  the  phenomenon  of  human  life,  the  process  of 
dying,  and  current  developments  in  medicine  and  technology.  Topics  include  reproductive 
technologies,  genetic  engineering,  euthanasia,  healthcare  reform  and  clinical  ethics. 
Prerequisite  for  RST  149:  RST  41  or  RST  21.  GS-VA3 

RST  146  The  Catholic  Justice  and  Peace  Tradition  (3) 

An  examination  of  Catholic  Social  Teaching,  an  ethical  tradition  which  has  developed  in  the 
past  century  as  the  church  faced  contemporary  social  problems  such  as  structural  poverty, 
discrimination,  immigration,  racism,  violence  and  war.  The  course  will  also  focus  on 
particular  groups  which  have  been  inspired  by  this  body  of  teachings.  (See  statement  on 
prerequisite.)     GS-VA3 

RST  190E  Advanced  Studies  in  Christian  Ethics  (1-3) 

Advanced  study  of  special  figures  or  topics  such  as  war  and  peace,  liberation  theology,  and 
racism.  Selected  themes  may  vary  with  each  offering.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

IV.  Religion  and  the  Religions 

Upper  Division  Prerequisites:  Ordinarily  all  upper  division  courses  in  Religion  and  the 
Religions  require  one  (1)  course  in  the  same  area  of  study.  A  waiver  of  a  prerequisite  may  be 
granted  on  approval  of  the  instructor. 

RST  61/161  World  Religions  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  largest  religious  traditions:  includes  Judaism,  Islam,  Christianity,  Hinduism, 

and  Buddhism.  Other  religions  may  be  added  (e.g.,  Confucian/Taoism  at  the  discretion  of 

professor).  This  course  focuses  on  the  following:  the  religion's  historical  development,  its 

sacred  texts,  essentials  in  its  way  of  life,  its  spiritual  life  and  arts,  and  distinctive  truths  about 

ultimate  realities  and  the  unique  purpose  of  human  life  and  afterlife  hopes.  Prerequisite  for 

RST  161:  A  lower  division  course  in  the  same  area.  GS-VA4,  VI 

RST  78/178  Death  and  Afterlife  (3) 

A  study  of  world  religions  with  focus  on  each  religion's  distinctive  understanding  of  the 

unique  dimensions  of  human  death  and  mortality,  spiritual  religious  preparations  for  one's 

death  and  life,  ideals  for  religious  ways  to  go  through  bodily  death  and  a  detailed 

understanding  of  life  after  death  and  the  ultimate  hopes  it  embodies.  Prerequisite  for  RST  178: 

A  lower  division  course  in  the  same  area.  GS-VA4,  VI 

RST  172  Jesus  and  the  Buddha  (3) 

An  advanced  comparison  of  the  life  and  teachings  of  Jesus  and  Gautama,  the  Buddha. 

Comparisons  will  use  the  sacred  texts  of  these  two  religions  to  represent  the  life  story  and 

religious  teachings  of  these  founders.  It  will  also  include  dialogues  on  the  important 

similarities  and  differences  which  Christian  and  Buddhist  traditions  have  developed,  including 

how  Buddhists  understand  Jesus  and  Christians  understand  the  Buddha.  Prerequisite:  RST  61 

or  equivalent  background  in  Buddhism  and  Christianity.  GS-VA4,  VI 

RST  175  Myth,  Religion  and  Culture  (3) 

A  study  of  representative  religious  myths  on  a  variety  of  sacred  themes:  myths  of  creation, 
myths  of  salvation,  myths  of  the  cycles  of  history,  myths  of  the  origin  of  human  death,  myths 
of  the  gods'  and  goddesses'  lives,  myths  of  the  afterlife,  myths  of  the  ends  of  the  world.  The 
focus  of  these  studies  is  to  understand  the  special  nature  of  myth  as  a  religious  way  of 
understanding  these  sacred  realities.  Where  possible,  the  presence  of  these  myths  in  cultural 
literature,  cinema,  and  arts  will  also  be  illustrated.  GS-VA4,  VI 


RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  311 


RST  190R  Advanced  Studies  in  Religion(s)       (1-3) 

Advanced  study  of  special  topics,  figures,  or  texts.  Selected  themes  may  vary  with  each 
offering.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

V.  Special  Offerings 

RST  191  Seminar  (3) 

Advanced  study  and  research  in  any  of  the  four  major  areas  of  study.  Selected  themes, 
figures,  issues  or  texts.  May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Prerequisites:  A  minimum  of  one  (1)  lower 
division  course  from  any  area  of  religious  studies.  Permission  of  instructor  is  required. 

RST  193  Directed  Studies  (1-3) 

Offered  with  approval  of  instructor  and  chairperson,  following  the  published  procedures  for 

Directed  Studies  courses. 

RST  196  Independent  Studies  (1-3) 

Offered  only  with  approval  of  instructor  and  chairperson,  following  the  published  procedures 

for  Independent  Studies  courses. 

RST  199  Senior  Thesis/Project  -  for  RST  majors  only  (3) 

Written  thesis  or  service  ministry  project  (including  written  component)  completed  in  senior 

year  under  the  direction  of  a  Religious  Studies  faculty  member.  The  thesis  focuses  on  an  area 

of  interest  and  results  in  a  well-developed  research  paper  which  demonstrates  the  student's 

understanding  and  critical  assessment  of  a  topic  in  religion.  The  project  engages  the  student 

in  a  theological  reflection  process  at  a  predetermined  service  ministry  site,  and  demonstrates 

the  student's  ability  to  appropriate  and  apply  religious  theories  and  resources  to  practical 

ministry  and  to  correlate  practical  learnings  from  the  workplace  with  theory. 

RST  199H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 

The  following  courses  also  are  eligible  for  Religious  Studies  credit: 
PHI  160/RST  160       Philosophy  of  Religion  (3) 

See  PHI  160  for  course  description.  When  taken  under  RST  designation,  GS-VA4,  and  VI. 

SOC  195/RST  180      Sociology  of  Religion  (3) 

See  SOC  195  for  course  description.  When  taken  under  RST  designation,  GS-VA4. 

ENG130/RST  120    Faith  and  Fiction  (3) 

See  ENG  130  for  course  description.  When  taken  for  RST  designation,  prerequisite  applies: 

either  a  Scripture  course  or  RST  21,  Catholicism. 

HIS  131/RST  130       History  of  Religion  in  North  America  (3) 

See  HIS  131  for  course  description. 


312  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 


The  Graduate  Program  in  Religious  Studies 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Religious  Studies  integrates  Roman  Catholic  theology  and  pastoral 
ministry.  It  provides  opportunities  for  the  student  to  place  personal  faith  within  a  theological 
context  and  understanding  abased  on  the  teachings  of  the  Second  Vatican  Council.  The 
program  challenges  students  to  consider  the  interrelation  between  theory  and  praxis,  and  to 
see  personal  religious  goals  and  belief  systems  in  new  and  contemporary  ways.  Those  who 
are  already  in  pastoral  ministry  will  find  the  studies  practically  based  with  an  orientation 
towards  local  ecclesial  communities. 

The  Graduate  Program  responds  to  the  goals  and  objectives  of  all  its  students.  It  serves 
equally  students  interested  in  academic  research,  ministers  seeking  to  improve  pastoral  skills 
or  to  become  pastoral  associates  and  directors  of  parish  life,  teachers  wishing  to  offer 
understandable  theology  to  children  and  youth,  and  those  who  simply  wish  to  enhance  their 
personal  theological  and  spiritual  understanding.  A  core  group  of  faculty  and  visiting 
professors  provides  both  continuity  for  the  program  and  theological  competency  in  specific 
fields  of  inquiry. 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Religious  Studies  offers  the  following: 
M.A.  in  Religious  Studies, 
Certificate  in  Advanced  Religious  Studies, 
Certificate  in  Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministry, 

Certificate  in  Advanced  Studies  in  Youth  and  Young  Adult  Ministry, 
Continuing  education  for  pastoral  and  catechetical  ministry 

The  M.A.  in  Religious  Studies 

Admission  Requirements 

In  order  to  be  admitted  to  the  M.A.  Program  in  Religious  Studies 

Bachelors  degree  from  an  accredited  institution.  (Any  exception  to  this  policy  is 

subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Graduate  Council.) 

Evaluation  of  academic  background. 

Interview  with  the  M.A.  Program  Director. 

Satisfactory  completion  of  other  Graduate  Division  requirements. 

Unit  Requirement 

The  total  number  of  units  for  the  M.A.  in  Religious  Studies  is  36  units. 

1 .  All  students  in  the  M.A.  program  will  complete  28  units  which  will  include 

24  units  consisting  of  six  units  in  each  of  the  four  basic  areas  of  graduate 
study:  Sacred  Scripture,  Christian  Ethics,  Systematic  Theology  and 
Studies  in  Ministry; 
•      3  units:  RST  220  Foundations  of  Theology  (required  course); 
1  unit  in  the  form  of  a  comprehensive  examination  (RST  298) 

2.  Students  who  choose  the  Thesis  option  will  take  an  additional  4  units  in  RST  290  (Thesis) 
and  4  units  in  the  area  of  study  in  which  they  wish  to  specialize 


RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  313 


3.  Students  who  choose  the  Research  Essay  option  will  take  one  additional  unit  in  the  form 
of  RST  291  (Research  Essay)  and  seven  units  in  the  area  of  study  in  which  they  wish  to 
specialize 

4.  A  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  must  be  maintained  to  remain  in  the  program.  . 

Capstone  Project  and  Comprehensive  Examinations: 

In  order  to  receive  the  M.  A.,  the  student  must  successfully  complete  the  Capstone  Project  and 
the  Comprehensive  Examination. 

•  The  "Capstone  Project"  is  the  terminal  research  exercise  consisting  of: 

o      RST  290  (Thesis)  worth  4  units  or 

RST  291  (Research  Essay)  worth  3  units 
o      During  the  first  year  of  the  M.  A. Program  in  Religious  Studies,  the  graduate 

student  must  successfully  complete  RST  220,  Foundations  of  Theology  (3 

units).  This  course  will  introduce  the  student  to  various  methodologies 

encountered  in  theological  studies  and  research.  It  will  also  provide  the 

student  with  the  resources  and  methods  to  complete  the  Capstone  Project 

successfully, 
o      Normally,  the  student  completes  RST  290  or  291  within  one  academic 

semester.  If,  for  valid  reasons  this  is  impossible,  the  instructor  will  give  a 

grade  of  "IP"  (In  Progress), 
o      The  student  who  receives  an  "IP"  for  RST  290  must  complete  the  Thesis 

within  three  subsequent  academic  semesters, 
o      The  student  who  receives  an  "IP"  for  RST  291  must  complete  the  Research 

Essay  within  one  subsequent  academic  semester, 
o      If  the  student  does  not  complete  the  Capstone  Project  within  the  above  time 

limit  the  student  must  re-apply  for  admission  as  a  new  student  to  the 

program, 
o      The  Director  of  Graduate  Religious  Studies  and  the  Graduate  Dean  must 

approve  any  exception  to  this 

•  The  Comprehensive  Examination  (RST  298)  is  worth  one  unit  of  credit.  Topics 
include  the  four  areas  of  the  curriculum:  Sacred  Scripture,  Systematic  Theology, 
Christian  Ethics,  and  Pastoral  Theology  and  Ministry.  The  Director  of  Graduate 
Religious  Studies  will  set  the  date  and  the  questions  for  the  Comprehensive 
Examination  after  consulting  the  student's  Academic  Advisor. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

The  student  may  transfer  six  units  of  graduate  religious  studies  (theology)  credit  from  a 
regionally  accredited  institution  of  higher  learning  towards  the  completion  of  the  M.A.  In 
order  to  do  so,  the  student  must  first  successfully  complete  six  units  of  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  Graduate  Religious  Studies  credit  before  formally  petitioning  for  unit  transfer.  The 
acceptance  of  transfer  credit  is  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  Graduate  Religious 
Studies  and  the  Graduate  Dean.  Credits  cannot  predate  admission  to  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  my  more  than  seven  years.  The  Director  of  Graduate  Religious  Studies  and  the 
Graduate  Dean  must  approve  any  exception  to  this. 


314  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 


Certificate  Programs 

Certificate  in  Advanced  Religious  Studies 

i 

•  A  Certificate  in  Advanced  Religious  Studies  is  awarded  to  those  students  who 
satisfactorily  complete  33  units  of  selected  course  work  in  Graduate  Religious 
Studies  courses  selected  according  to  the  unit  distribution  requirements  for  the  M.A. 
in  Religious  Studies.  However,  neither  the  Comprehensive  Examination  nor  the 
Capstone  Project  is  required.  . 

•  A  student  in  the  M.A.  Program  in  Religious  Studies  who,  after  successfully 
completing  33  units,  decides  not  to  write  the  final  paper  or  complete  comprehensives 
has  the  option  to  apply  for  the  Certificate  in  Advanced  Religious  Studies.  The 
student  will  formally  apply  to  the  Director  of  Graduate  Religious  Studies,  who,  in 
consultation  with  the  Academic  Advisor  will  make  the  final  decision. 

•  A  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  must  be  maintained  to  remain  in  the  program. 
Admission  Requirements 

In  order  to  be  admitted  to  the  Certificate  Program  in  Advanced  Religious  Studies  the  student 
must: 

•  Have  a  Bachelors  degree  or  demonstrated  ability  for  graduate  study. 

•  Show  evidence  of  a  theological  background  necessary  to  begin  the  program. 

•  Completion  of  application  materials. 

•  Interview  with  the  Director  of  Graduate  Religious  Studies. 

Certificate  in  Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministry 

The  Certificate  Program  in  Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministry  is  a  1 7  unit  program  in  which  all 
courses  are  offered  in  Spanish.  The  program  goals  and  objectives,  admission  requirements 
and  program  requirements  are  described  below  in  English  and  Spanish  in  the  last  segment  of 
the  Graduate  Religious  Studies  Program. 

Certificate  of  Advanced  Studies  in  Youth  and  Young  Adult  Ministry 

The  Youth  Ministry  Certificate  Program  is  a  two-year  training  program  for  youth  and  young 
adult  ministers.  The  courses  and  general  sessions  are  offered  by  contractual  arrangement  with 
the  Center  for  Youth  Ministry  Development,  Connecticut,  on  location  in  the  Archdiocese  of 
Los  Angeles,  the  dioceses  of  Northern  California,  Orange,  Las  Vegas,  San  Bernardino,  and 
San  Diego,  under  co-sponsorship  with  the  diocesan  offices  of  youth  adult  ministry.  The 
Certificate  in  Advanced  Studies  in  Youth  and  Young  Adult  Ministry  will  be  granted  upon 
satisfactory  completion  of  12  units  of  course  work  as  outlined  in  the  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  Catalog. 


RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  315 


Admission  Requirements 

The  applicants  for  the  Youth  Adult  Ministry  Certificate  Program  are  screened  and  accepted  in 
accordance  with  the  guidelines  of  both  the  Diocesan  Youth  Ministry  Office  and  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College.  The  Director  of  the  Diocesan  Office  of  Youth  and  Young  Adult  Ministry 
serves  as  liaison  with  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  Programs  in  Religious  Studies  who  is 
responsible  for  oversight  of  all  graduate  degree  and  non-degree  programs. 

Continuing  Education  for  Pastoral  and  Catechetical  Ministry 

The  Graduate  Religious  Studies  Program  offers  workshops  both  in  English  and  Spanish  for 
the  continuing  education  of  those  in  pastoral  or  catechetical  ministries. 

Most  weekend  workshops  are  non-credit.  Occasionally,  graduate  credit  or  continuing 
education  units  (C.E.U.)  can  be  earned.  Courses  and  workshops  which  provide  continuing 
education  in  the  fields  established  by  the  California  Bishops  Conference  are  granted  re- 
certification  credit  by  the  Los  Angeles  Archdiocesan  Department  of  Catholic  Schools,  the 
Office  of  Religious  Education,  and/or  the  Office  of  Worship.  Verification  of  attendance  is 
provided  upon  request. 

Conferences  such  as  the  Religious  Education  Congress  (Anaheim)  are  granted  Continuing 
Education  Units  (CEUs)  and  filed  by  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  with  the  American  Council  on 
Education,  Washington,  D.C. 

The  Director  of  Graduate  Religious  Studies  is  responsible  for  oversight  of  all  graduate  degree 
and  non-degree  programs. 

Unit  Designation 

Please  consult  course  descriptions  in  catalog  for  course  unit  designation. 
Graduate  Religious  Studies  Academic  Review  Board 

The  Graduate  Religious  Studies  Academic  Review  Board  is  a  committee  that  helps  the 
Director  of  Graduate  Religious  Studies  supervise  the  Graduate  Religious  Studies  Programs.  It 
reviews  all  student  admission  applications  and  requests.  Its  members  are  selected  from 
current  Graduate  Religious  Studies  full  and  part-time  faculty,  former  faculty  and  professional 
staff.  Its  decisions  are  subject  to  approval  by  the  Graduate  Dean  and  Provost. 


316  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 


Course  Descriptions 

HEBREW  AND  CHRISTIAN  SCRIPTURE 

RST  200  Overview  of  the  Biblical  Tradition  (3) 

This  course  will  address  the  fundamental  principles  underlying  the  development  of  Biblical 

Tradition  from  the  Abramic  Covenant  to  modern  contemporary  biblical  hermeneutics  (a 

required  course  for  those  who  have  no  undergraduate  degree  in  religious  studies  or  theology.) 

RST  201  The  Pentateuch  and  Historical  Books  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  formation  of  the  historical  books  of  the  Old  Testament  and  to  their 

historical,  cultural,  and  theological  background. 

RST  203  The  Prophets  (3) 

A  study  of  the  major  prophetic  literature  in  relation  to  its  historical,  cultural,  and  theological 

context. 

RST  206  Psalms  and  Wisdom  Literature       (2-3) 

An  examination  of  the  psalter  and  wisdom  literature  and  exegesis  of  representative  psalms 

and  passages. 

RST  207  Hebrew  Apocalyptic  Texts  and  the  Book  of 

Revelation  (3) 

An  historical,  literary  and  the  theological  study  of  the  post-exhilic  texts  Daniel  and 

Maccabees  1  and  2,  their  relationship  to  other  writings  of  the  Hebrew  Scriptures  and  to  the 

Book  of  Revelation. 

RST  208  Synoptic  Gospels  (3) 

A  study  of  Johannine  Literature:  the  Gospel  of  John,  its  theology,  themes,  sources,  and 

associated  problematic;  the  letters  of  John,  their  theology,  questions,  themes,  and  sources. 

RST  210  Gospel  and  Letters  of  John  (3) 

The  Gospel  of  John:  its  theology,  themes,  sources,  and  problematics.  Johannine  literature:  the 

letters  of  John,  their  theology,  questions,  themes,  and  sources. 

RST  212  Pauline  Literature  (3) 

Theology  of  Paul  with  special  emphasis  on  such  themes  as  eschatology,  community, 

justification,  Christ,  apostleship. 

RST  213  Letters  to  the  Hebrews  and  the  Catholic  Letters  (3) 

Historical,  literary  and  theological  approaches  to  the  universal  letters  that  emerged  from  the 

first  Christian  communities. 

RST  219  Advanced  Studies  in  Scripture         (1-3) 

An  in-depth  study  of  a  specific  topic  or  issue  in  Scripture.  This  course  may  be  repeated  for 

credit. 

SYSTEMATIC  THEOLOGY: 

RST  220  Foundations  of  Theology  (3) 

This  course  introduces  various  methodologies  used  in  theological  research.  It  presents  the 
research  skills  required  to  study  the  Church  as  a  living,  Christian  community  constantly 
interpreting  its  own  life  within  the  context  of  an  ongoing  relationship  with  God.  (Required 
course  for  all  students) 


RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  317 


RST  222  Theology  of  God  (3) 

A  study  of  the  historical  and  contemporary  understanding  of  God  using  both  biblical  and 
traditional  sources.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  the  Trinity. 

RST  223  Christology  (3) 

A  critical-historical  theological  reflection  on  the  Christian  confession  that  Jesus  of  Nazareth  is 
Christ  and  Savior. 

RST  224  Pneumatology  (3) 

A  study  of  the  Spirit  of  God,  Third  Person  of  the  Trinity,  in  Scripture,  the  Tradition,  and 

contemporary-post  Vatican  II  Theology  with  an  application  to  pastoral  theology  and  the 

developing  self-understanding  of  the  Church. 

RST  225  Theology  of  Grace  (3) 

Grace  (the  loving  presence  and  action  of  God  in  the  world)  studied  from  the  point  of  view  of 

Sacred  Scripture,  and  its  historical  development  in  classical  and  contemporary  theology. 

RST  228  Ecclesiology  (3) 

Development  and  presentation  of  a  working  contemporary  ecclesiology  through  dialog  with 

the  Scripture,  the  Tradition  of  the  Church,  Vatican  II  and  contemporary  theologies. 

RST  229  General  Sacramentology  (3) 

A  history  and  theology  of  sacramental  life  as  it  has  developed  from  first  century  Christianity 

to  its  contemporary  setting. 

RST  229A  Sacraments  of  Initiation  I:  Baptism  and 

Confirmation  (3) 

A  study  of  the  history  and  theology  of  the  rite  of  Christian  Initiation,  with  special  emphasis 

on  the  theology  of  Baptism  and  Confirmation. 

RST  229B  Sacraments  of  Initiation  II:  The  Eucharist  (3) 

The  history  and  theology  of  the  Eucharist  as  it  has  developed  and  is  lived  out  in  the 

"Communio"  of  the  People  of  God. 

RST  229C  Sacraments  of  Healing:  Reconciliation  and 

Anointing  of  the  Sick  (3) 

The  history,  development  and  contemporary  practice  of  the  Sacraments  of  Reconciliation  and 

Anointing  of  the  Sick  as  an  extension  of  Jesus'  healing  ministry. 

RST  229D  Sacraments  of  Vocation  I:  Marriage  (3) 

A  study  of  the  history  of  the  marriage  covenant,  its  development  as  a  Sacrament  in  the  Church 

and  its  implications  for  the  family  as  a  "domestic  church". 

RST  229E  Sacraments  of  Vocation  II:  Sacrament  of  Orders 

and  Ministry  (3) 

The  history  and  development  of  the  Sacrament  of  Orders  in  the  Church  and  its  relationship  to 

other  baptismal  ministries. 

RST  230  A  Survey  of  Church  History  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  various  eras  in  Church  History:  The  beginning  of  the  Church,  the  Post- 

Modern  and  contemporary  era. 


318  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 


RST  232  Ecumenism  (3) 

This  course  presents  an  historical  overview  of  the  Ecumenical  Movement  and  its  antecedents. 

Special  attention  is  given  to  Nostra  Aetate  and  the  contemporary  efforts  towards  Christian 

unity. 

RST  234  Contemporary  Issues  in  World  Religions  (3) 

An  in-depth  study  of  contemporary  topics  in  the  dialog  between  the  major  world  faith 
traditions. 

RST  235  The  Catholic  Church  in  the  Southwestern  United  States  (3} 

A  survey  of  the  history,  traditions  and  roots  of  the  diverse  cultural  expressions  of  faith  as 
found  in  the  Church  in  the  Southwestern  United  States,  (units  may  be  used  to  fulfill  ministry 
requirements) 

RST  236  Christian  Spirituality  (3) 

A  study  of  the  sources  and  practices  of  Christian  Spirituality. 

RST  237  Foundations  of  Liturgy  (3) 

Liturgy  celebrates  and  proclaims  the  mystery  of  Christ  in  the  People  of  God.  This  course 

studies  its  development  in  Sacred  Scripture,  the  Tradition,  the  Documents  of  Vatican  II,  the 

Post-Conciliar  documents  and  contemporary  theology. 

RST  238  Special  Studies  in  Liturgy  (1-3) 

An  in-depth  study  of  selected  topics  and  issues  in  liturgy  (e.g.  development  of  the  epiclesis, 

the  breaking  of  the  bread  in  the  early  churches,  etc.)  This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

RST  239  Advanced  Studies  in  Systematics     (1-3) 

Advanced  Studies  in  Systematics  includes  in-depth  study  of  topics  in  Systematic  Theology. 

(This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit.) 

CHRISTIAN  ETHICS 

RST  242  Fundamental  Christian  Ethics         (3) 

A  study  of  the  way  in  which  contemporary  moral  theology  has  developed  in  treating  the 
fundamental  elements  of  Christian  moral  judgment,  formation  of  conscience,  person  as  moral 
agent,  moral  norms  and  natural  law.  (This  is  a  required  course  for  all  students  who  have  no 
degree  in  religious  studies  or  theology.) 

RST243  Catholic  Social  Teaching  (3) 

A  theological  investigation  of  the  collection  of  Catholic  Social  Teachings,  which  developed  in 
the  20th  century  when  Christian  morality,  rooted  in  Scripture  and  tradition,  encountered 
contemporary  social  problems. 
RST  245  Liberation  Theology  (3) 

An  investigation  of  the  theological  literature  concerned  with  liberation  and  a  discussion  of 
problematics  involved  in  social  change.  (Units  maybe  applied  to  requirements  for  Systematic 
Theology) 

RST  246  Biomedical  Ethics  (3) 

A  study  of  issues  and  questions  concerning  the  phenomenon  of  human  life  and  the  process  of 
dying.  Topics  include  reproductive  technologies,  genetic  engineering  and  euthanasia. 
RST  247  Sexual  Ethics  (3) 

A  study  of  the  questions  relating  to  human  sexuality  and  marriage  as  seen  from  an  ethical- 
biblical  perspective,  with  attention  given  to  the  insights  from  psychology,  theology  and 
spirituality. 


RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  319 


RST  248  Ethical  issues  in  Pastoral  Ministry  (3) 

An  overview  of  basic  ethical  concepts  involved  in  Christian  living,  (e.g.  conscience,  freedom, 
responsibility,  sin)  in  the  context  of  personal  and  social  moral  issues. 

RST  249  Advanced  Studies  in  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

An  in-depth  study  of  particular  topics  within  the  area  of  moral  theology  and  Christian  ethics 
(e.g.  ethics  of  globalization,  sexual  ethics  after  AIDS,  political  ethics,  etc.)  {This  course  may 
be  repeated  for  credit.) 

STUDIES  IN  MINISTRY  AND  PASTORAL  THEOLOGY 

RST  260  Principles  of  Youth  Ministry  (1-2) 

Principles  of  Youth  Ministry  proposes  foundational  understandings  and  principles  for 
effective  ministry  youth,  grounded  in  pastoral  theology,  culture  psychology,  developmental 
theory,  and  sociology.  {Off-site  cooperative  course.) 

RST  261  Foundations  of  Catechetics  (2-3) 

Survey  of  the  historical,  theological,  philosophical  foundations  of  contemporary  Catechetics. 
Current  Issues  and  practical  applications;  future  directions. 

RST  262A  Fostering  the  Faith  Growth  of  Youth  through  Evangelization, 
Catechesis  (1-2) 

Evangelization  and  catechesis  explores  the  foundation  of  nurturing  young  and  older 
adolescent  faith  development  and  Catholic  identity  through  an  integrated  approach  to  faith 
formation,  which  incorporates  teaching,  prayer  and  liturgy,  community  life,  and  justice  and 
service  to  ministry  with  adolescents.  Off-site  cooperative  course. 

RST  262B  Fostering  the  Faith  Growth  of  Youth  through  Prayer  and 
Worship  (1-2) 

Prayer  and  worship  investigates  the  foundational  role  that  Christian  worship  and  sacraments 
have  in  fostering  the  spiritual  growth  of  youth.  The  goal  is  to  develop  a  realistic  and 
integrated  approach  to  worship  within  a  comprehensive  ministry  to  youth  and  practical 
application  in  the  participant's  pastoral  setting. 

RST  262C  Fostering  the  Faith  Growth  of  Youth  through  Justice  and 
Service  (1-2) 

Justice  and  service  explores  the  foundations  for  fostering  a  justice  and  service  consciousness 
and  spirituality  in  youth  drawn  from:  Scripture,  Catholic  Social  Teaching,  adolescent 
development,  and  contemporary  catechetical  principles.  It  develops  skills  for  creating 
integrated,  action-learning  models  for  the  justice  and  service  component  of  a  comprehensive 
youth  ministry. 

RST  262D  Fostering  Faith  Growth  of  Youth  through  Pastoral  Care  (1-3) 

Pastoral  Care  explores  the  principles  and  methods  of  caring  for  young  people  from  various 

cultures  and  their  families.  The  course  develops  an  understanding  of  the  breadth  and  depth  of 

pastoral  care,  of  family  systems  and  adolescent  development,  and  the  role  that  cultural 

identity  plays  in  the  development  of  adolescents.  The  goal  is  two-fold:  (a)  it  aims  to  promote 

healthy  adolescent  development  from  a  pastoral  care  perspective  and  (b)  to  develop 

preventative  interventions  for  families  with  adolescents. 

RST  263 ABC  Advanced  Catechetical  Ministry      (2,2,2) 

A  three-phase  course  which  prepares  Archdiocesan  catechetical  leaders  for  ministry  to  adults. 

The  course  consists  of  three  areas:  theological  formation,  ministry  specialization,  and 

supervised  practicum.  {Off-site  cooperative  program  organized  by  Archdiocese.) 


320  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 


RST  266  Leadership  in  Pastoral  Ministry      (3) 

The  biblical,  theological,  ethical  and  social  foundations  for  Christian  leadership  in  the 

contemporary  Church. 

RST  266A  Ministry  Leadership  Skills  (1-3) 

The  application  of  leadership  theory  and  skills  to  various  ministerial  settings  and  issues. 

RST  267  Developing  Youth  Ministry  (1-3) 

Developing  Youth  Ministry  explores  processes  and  skills  for  effective  leadership  in  youth 
ministry.  Leaders  will  be  prepared  to  empower  the  parish  community  for  ministry  with  youth 
through  collaboration  and  leadership  development.  (Off-site  cooperative  course.) 

RST  269  Advanced  Studies  in  Ministry  and  Pastoral  Theology  (1-3) 

An  in-depth  study  of  topics  in  ministry  and  pastoral  theology.  (  This  course  may  be  repeated    I 
for  credit.) 

RST  273  Hispanic  Theology  and  Theologians  of  the  United  States  (3 

A  study  of  Hispanic  Theology  and  its  development  in  the  work  of  major  Hispanic  theologians 

in  the  United  States. 

RST  279  Advanced  Studies  in  Hispanic  Ministry  (1-3) 

Advanced  Studies  in  Hispanic  Ministry  include  particular  topics  in  Hispanic  Ministry  in  the 

United  States. 

RST  280A  Theories  of  Pastoral  Counseling      (3) 

An  introduction  to  theories  of  counseling  and  psychotherapy  as  they  apply  to  the  pastoral 

setting. 

RST  280B  Issues  in  Pastoral  Counseling  (3) 

An  in-depth  study  of  issues  which  arise  in  pastoral  counseling. 

RST  281  Pastoral  Theology  and  Ministry      (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  theological,  scriptural,  and  ethical  foundations  of  pastoral  ministry;  an 
overview  of  the  nature  of  ministry  in  diverse  settings;  the  spiritual  formation  of  the  pastoral 
minister. 

RST  282  Spiritual  Direction:  Theory  and  Practice  (3) 

An  introduction  to  spiritual  direction,  the  nature  of  spiritual  direction  and  the  preparation  and 

role  of  the  spiritual  director. 

RST  283  Spirituality  in  a  Pastoral  Context    (2) 

An  examination  of  spiritualities  encountered  in  ministry. 

RST  285  Parish  Management:  Theory  and  Practice  (  3) 

The  theory  and  skills  needed  by  pastoral  associates,  parish  life  directors,  parish  coordinators 

are  studied  within  the  context  of  pastoral  theology  and  ethics. 

RST  287  Civil  and  Church  Law  in  Pastoral  Ministry  (  3  ) 

The  application  of  church  and  civil  law  in  pastoral  ministry. 

RST  289  Advanced  Studies  in  Practical  Theology  (1-3) 

An  in-depth  study  of  topics  and  issues  in  Practical  Theology  (e.g.  conflict  resolution  in  the 
Church,  finances  in  ministry,  etc. 


RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  321 


Research: 

RST290  Thesis  (4):  Thesis 

RST  290A  (1)  Thesis  Continuation  (1) 

RST  290B  (1)  Thesis  Continuation  (1) 

RST_290C  (1)  Thesis  Continuation  (1) 

RST  291  Research  Essay  (1):  Research  Essay  (1) 

RST291A  (1)  Research  Essay  Continuation  (1) 

RST  295  Internship  (1-3) 

By  special  pre-arrangement  with  the  Program  Director,  available  by  request  in  any  term. 
RST  298  Comprehensives  (1) 

RST  299  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

A  student  may  apply  for  independent  study  with  the  approval  of  a  faculty  advisor  and  the 
program  director.  Ordinarily,  no  more  than  six  (6)  units  of  independent  study  may  be  taken 
towards  the  M.A.  Degree.  Any  exception  to  this  is  granted  by  the  Director  of  Graduate 
Religious  Studies  with  the  approval  of  the  Graduate  Dean. 


322  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 


HISPANIC  PASTORAL  MINISTRY 

CERTIFICATE  PROGRAM 

(PROGRAM  DE  CERTIFICATION  EN 

MINISTERIO  PASTORAL  HISPANO) 

CERTIFICATE  IN  HISPANIC  PASTORAL  MINISTRY 
CERTIFICADO  EN  MINISTERIO  PASTORAL  HISPANO 

INTRODUCTION  /  INTRODUCTION 

The  Certificate  Program  in  Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministry  is  offered  to  those  who  already  have  an 
undergraduate-level  formation  in  Catholic  theology,  are  personally  and  pastorally  committed 
to  Hispanic  pastoral  ministry  and  wish  to  pursue  graduate-level,  advanced  studies  in  theology 
either  for  academic  or  pastoral  purposes.  The  program  provides  the  theological  background 
and  academic  tools  needed  for  academic  and  pastoral  leadership  in  the  multicultural  U.S. 
Church. 

Participants  are  introduced  to  skills  that  will  help  them  to  analyze,  develop  and  lead  pastoral 
programs  in  U.S.  Catholic  Hispanic  communities.  They  will  also  become  familiar  with  the 
growing  volume  of  work  produced  by  Theologians  of  Hispanic  Ministry  and  will  learn  to 
apply  their  concepts  to  their  own  ministries. 

All  courses  are  offered  in  Spanish. 

El  Programa  del  Certificado  en  Minis terio  Pastoral  Hispano  se  ofrece  a  los  que  yaposeen  la 
formation  bdsica  (nivel  de  licenciatura)  en  teologia  Catolica,  esten  personal  y  pastor almente 
comprometidos  en  el  ministerio  pastoral  hispano  y  deseen  seguir  estudios  avanzados  en 
teologia  por  alguna  razon  academica  o  pastoral.  El  programa  provee  la  formation  teologica 
y  las  herramientas  academicas  necesarias  para  llevar  a  cabo  el  liderazgo  academico  o 
pastoral  en  la  Iglesia  multicultural  de  los  Estados  Unidos. 

Los  participantes  aprenderdn  tecnicas  que  les  ayudardn  a  analizar,  desarrollar  y  guiar 
programas  pastorales  en  las  comunidades  Catolicas  hispanas  estadounidenses.  Tambien,  se 
familiarizardn  con  el  trabajo  de  los  ted  logos  de  la  Teologia  del  Ministerio  Hispano  y 
aprenderdn  a  aplicar  sus  conceptos  a  sus  propios  ministerios. 

Todos  los  cursos  se  ofrecen  en  espahol 


RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  323 


ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS  /REQUISITOS  PARA  LA  ADMISION 

•  Bachelors  degree  from  either  a  regionally  accredited  institution  of  higher  learning  or 
its  equivalency,  or  demonstrated  ability  for  graduate  study. 

•  Evidence  of  theological  background  necessary  to  succeed  in  the  program. 

•  Completion  of  application  materials. 

•  Interview  with  the  Coordinator  of  the  Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministry  Certificate  Program 

Requisitos  para  admision  al programa: 

•  Licenciatura  de  una  universidad  acreditada  regionalmente  o  su  equivalencia,  o  la 
capacidad  demos trada  de  llevar  a  cabo  estudios  del  nivel  de  maestria. 

•  Prueba  de  formation  teologica  suficiente  para  llevar  a  cabo  el  programa. 

•  Completar  el proceso  de  admision. 

•  Entrevista  con  el  Coordinador  del  Programa  del  Certificado  de  Ministerio  Pastoral 
Hispano. 

PROGRAM  REQUIREMENTS  /  REQUISITOS  PARA  COMPLETAR  EL 

PROGRAMA 

The  student  must 

•  Successfully  complete  eighteen  (17)  units  of  course  work  distributed  among  the  four 
areas  of  studies  in  the  Graduate  Religious  Studies  Department  as  follows: 

o  Sacred  Scripture:  4  units 

o  Christian  Ethics:  4  units 

o  Systematic  Theology:  4  units 

o  Pastoral  Ministry:  4  units 

o  Integration  Seminar;  1  units 

•  Maintain  a  3.0  cumulative  grade  point  average  in  order  to  remain  in  the  program. 

(N.B.  Participants,  who  take  individual  courses  for  enrichment,  will  receive  a  certificate  or 
participation  in  the  course  upon  completion  of  the  required  work.) 

El  alumno  debe 

•  Completar  con  exito  dieciocho  (1 7)  unidades  de  cursos  en  las  cuatro  areas  de 
estudios  del  Graduate  Religious  Studies  Department: 

o  Sagrada  Escritura:  4  unidades 

o  Etica  Cristiana:  4  unidades 

o  Teologia  Sistemdtica:  4  unidades 

o  Ministerio  Pastoral:  4  unidades 

o  Seminario  de  integration:  1  unidades 

•  Mantener  un  por  medio  cumulativo  de  3.0  (3.0  cumulative  gpa)  en  los  cursos  para 
poder  continuar  en  el  programa. 

(N.B.  Al  terminar  la  tarea,  los  participantes  que  toman  un  curso  solo  para  enriquecimiento 
recibiran  un  certificado  de  participacion  en  el  curso.) 


324  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 


ADMISSION  TO  THE  M.A.  IN  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  PROGRAM  I ADMISION AL 
PROGRAM  DE  LA  M.A.  IN  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 

Participants  who  obtain  the  Certificate  in  Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministry,  if  they  desire,  may  apply 
to  enter  the  M.A.  in  Religious  Studies  Program.  After  satisfactorily  fulfilling  the  admission 
requirements  for  entrance  into  the  Graduate  Division,  students  complete  the  M.A.  in  Religious 
Studies  in  the  traditional  program. 

Los  participantes  que  obtengan  el  Certificado  en  Ministerio  Pastoral  Hispano  pueden,  si  lo 
desean,  aplicar para  entrar  en  el  Programa  de  la  Maestria  en  Estudios  Religiosos  (M.A.  in 
Religious  Studies).  Despues  de  haber  completado  de  manera  satisfactoria  los  requisitos  para 
la  admision  a  la  Graduate  Division,  sepuede  completar  la  M.A.  in  Religious  Studies  en  el 
programa  tradicional. 

COURSES  /  CURSOS 

SACRED  SCRIPTURE  /  SAGRADA  ESCRITURA 

RST  200S        Las  Escrituras  Hebraicas  de  la  Biblia         (1-3) 

El  estudio  del  desarrollo  de  las  Escrituras  Hebraicas  y  una  lectura  contemporanea  de  temas  y 
cuestiones  que  han  resultado  de  la  exegesis  clasica  y  actual  y  su  efecto  sobre  la  teologia 
contemporanea  y  el  ministerio  hispano. 

(Hebrew  Scriptures  of  the  Bible:  The  development  of  the  Hebrew  Scriptures  and  a 
contemporary  reading  of  themes  and  issues  resulting  from  classical  and  current  exegesis.  The 
effect  on  contemporary  theology  and  Hispanic  Ministry.) 

RST  203S        Los  Profetas  (1-3) 

Estudio  avanzado  de  la  literatura  profetica  en  su  contexto  historico,  cultural  y  teologico  con 
una  aplicacion  al  ministerio  hispano  contemporaneo. 

(The  Prophets:  Advanced  study  of  the  major  prophetic  literature  in  relation  to  its  historical, 
cultural,  and  theological  context  and  application  to  contemporary  Hispanic  Ministry.) 

RST  207S        Textos  Apocalipticos  Hebraicos  y  el  Libro  de  la  Revelacion 
de  Juan  (1-3) 

Un  estudio  historico,  literario  y  teleologico  de  los  textos  post-exilicos  de  Daniel  y  de  lro  y 
2do  Macabeos  y  su  relacion  a  otras  escrituras  hebraicas  de  la  Biblia  y  al  Libro  de  la 
Revelacion  de  Juan. 

(Hebrew  Apocalyptic  Texts  and  the  Book  of  Revelation:  An  historical,  literary  and  theological 
study  of  the  post-exilic  texts,  Daniel  and  Maccabees  1  and  2,  and  their  relationship  to  other 
writings  of  the  Hebrew  Scriptures  of  the  Bible  and  to  the  Book  of  Revelation. 

RST  208S        Las  Escrituras  Cristianas  de  la  Biblia         (1-3) 

El  estudio  del  desarrollo  de  las  Escrituras  Cristianas  y  una  lectura  contemporanea  de  temas  y 
cuestiones  que  han  resultado  de  la  exegesis  clasica  y  actual  y  su  efecto  sobre  la  teologia 
contemporanea  y  el  ministerio  hispano. 

(Christian  Scriptures  of  the  Bible:  The  development  of  the  Christian  Scriptures  and  a 
contemporary  reading  of  themes  and  issues  resulting  from  classical  and  current  exegesis. 
The  effect  on  contemporary  theology  and  Hispanic  Ministry.) 


RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  325 


RST  209S        Los  Evangelios  Sinopticos  (1~3) 

El  objetivo,  la  hermeneutica,  la  teologia  y  el  contexto  historico  de  los  evangelios  sinopticos 
con  temas  relacionados. 

(Synoptic  Gospels:  The  theology  and  background  of  the  synoptic  gospels;  their  related  special 
issues,  purpose,  and  hermeneutics.) 

RST  210S  El  Evangelio  de  Juan  (1-3) 

El  Evangelio  de  Juan,  fuentes,  teologia,  temas  y  problematica  relacionada.  (Gospel  of  John: 
sources,  theology,  themes  and  associated  problematic.) 

RST  212S  La  Literatura  Paulina  (1-3) 

La  teologia  de  Pablo  enfatizando  los  temas  de  escatologia,  comunidad,  justificacion, 
cristologia  y  apostolado. 

(Pauline  Literature:  Theology  of  Paul  with  special  emphasis  on  such  themes  as  eschatology, 
community,  justification,  Christology,  apostleship.) 

RST  219S  Estudios  Avanzados  en  Sagrada  Escritura      (1-3) 

Estudio  profundo  de  temas  y  cuestiones  particulares  de  la  Sagrada  Escritura.  Este  curso  se 
puede  repetir  para  credito. 

(Advanced  Studies  in  Scripture:  An  in-depth  study  of  a  specific  topic  or  issue  in  Scripture. 
This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit.) 

SYSTEMATIC  THEOLOGY  /  TEOLOGIA  SISTEMATICA 

RST  220S        Fundamentos  de  Teologia  Sistematica        (1-3) 

Las  metodologias  que  se  utilizan  en  la  investigacion  teologica.  Tambien  las  herramientas  y  la 
tecnica  academicas  que  se  requieren  en  el  estudio  de  la  Iglesia  como  comunidad  Cristiana  que 
siempre  re-interpreta  su  propia  vida  e  identidad  dentro  del  contexto  de  su  relation  con  Dios. 
(Foundations  of  Systematic  Theology:  This  course  introduces  various  methodologies  used  in 
theological  research.  It  presents  the  research  skills  required  to  study  the  Church  as  a  living, 
Christian  community  constantly  interpreting  its  own  life  within  the  context  of  an  ongoing 
relationship  with  God.) 

RST  222S        Teologia  de  Dios:  (1-3) 

Un  estudio  historico-critico  sobre  Dios  en  las  fuentes  biblicas,  en  la  tradition  de  la  Iglesia  y 

en  la  teologia  contemporanea  con  atencion  particular  a  la  Trinidad. 

(Theology  of  God:  An  historical  and  critical  study  of  the  understanding  of  God  in  biblical 

sources,  in  the  Tradition  and  in  contemporary  theology.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  the 

Trinity.) 

RST  223S        Cristologia  (1-3) 

Una  reflexion  teologica,  historico-critica  y  contemporanea  sobre  la  confesion  cristiana  que 
Jesus  de  Nazareth  es  Cristo  y  Salvador.  Las  consecuencias  para  una  Iglesia  multicultural. 
(Christology:  A  critical-historical  theological  reflection  on  the  Christian  confession  that 
Jesus  of  Nazareth  is  Christ  and  Savior.  Its  consequences  for  a  multicultural  Church.) 

RST  224S        Pneumatologia  (1-3) 

Estudio  sobre  el  Espiritu  de  Dios  (Tercer  Persona  de  la  Trinidad)  en  la  Tradicion  y  en  la 
teologia  contemporanea  post  Vaticano  II  con  una  aplicacion  a  la  teologia  pastoral  hispana  y 
al  auto-entendimiento  de  la  Iglesia  local  y  universal. 

(Pneumatology:  A  study  of  the  Spirit  of  God,  Third  Person  of  the  Trinity,  in  Scripture,  the 
Tradition,  and  contemporary-post  Vatican  II  Theology  with  an  application  to  Hispanic 
pastoral  theology  and  the  developing  self-understanding  of  the  local  and  universal  Church.) 


326  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 


RST  225S        Teologia  de  la  Gracia  (1-3) 

"La  Gracia",  como  presencia  y  accion  amorosa  de  Dios  en  el  mundo,  se  estudia  desde  el 

punto  de  vista  de  la  Sagrada  Escritura  y  el  desarrollo  historico  de  la  teologia  clasica  y 

contemporanea. 

(Theology  of  Grace:  Grace,  the  loving  presence  and  action  of  God  in  the  world,  studied  from 

the  point  of  view  of  Sacred  Scripture,  and  the  historical  development  of  classical  and 

contemporary  theology.) 

RST  228  Eclesiologia  (1-3) 

Desarrollo  y  presentation  de  una  eclesiologia  contemporanea  por  medio  del  dialogo  con  la 
Sagrada  Escritura,  la  Tradicion  de  la  Iglesia,  el  Concilio  del  Vaticano  II  y  varias  teologias 
contemporaneas.  Temas  tocando  al  ministerio  en  la  Iglesia  Hispana  de  los  Estados  Unidos. 
(Ecclesiology:  Development  and  presentation  of  a  contemporary  ecclesiology  through  dialog 
with  the  Scripture,  the  Tradition  of  the  Church,  Vatican  II  and  contemporary  theologies. 
Themes  affecting  ministry  in  the  Hispanic  Church  in  the  United  States.) 

RST  229AS  Teologia  de  los  Sacramentos:  (1-3) 

El  estudio  de  Jesus,  Sacramento  del  Encuentro  de  Dios,  en  el  contexto  actual  de  la  vida 
sacramental  de  la  Iglesia  contemporanea.  Temas,  cuestiones  y  problemas  concernientes  a  los 
Siete  Sacramentos. 

(Theology  of  the  Sacraments:  The  study  of  Jesus,  Sacrament  of  the  Encounter  with  God, 
within  the  context  of  contemporary  sacramental  life  in  the  Church.  Themes,  issues  and 
problems  relative  to  the  Seven  Sacraments.) 

RST  232S        Fundamentalismo  (1-3) 

Este  curso  estudio  el  desarrollo  historico  del  fundamentalismo  como  fenomeno  historico  y  su 
impacto  en  la  comunidad  hispana  de  los  Estados  Unidos.  Nuevas  formas  de  apologetica  y 
evangelization  Catolicas. 

(Fundamentalism:  This  course  presents  the  historical  development  of  fundamentalism  as  an 
historical  phenomenon  its  impact  on  the  Hispanic  community  in  the  United  States  as  well  as 
new  forms  of  Catholic  apologetics  and  evangelization.) 

RST  234  Teologia  Hispana  y  sus  Teologos  en  Los  Estados  Unidos  (1-3) 

Estudio  de  la  Teologia  Hispana  y  su  desarrollo  en  la  obra  de  sus  mayores  exponentes  en  los 
Estados  Unidos. 

(Hispanic  Theology  and  its  Theologians  in  the  United  States:  A  study  of  Hispanic  Theology 
and  its  major  theologians  in  the  United  States.) 

RST  235S  Historia  de  la  Comunidad  Hispana  en  Los  Estados  Unidos(l-3) 

Estudio  de  la  historia  social,  cultural  e  religiosa  de  la  comunidad  hispana  catolicas  en  los 
Estados  Unidos.  Sepuede  usarpara  completar  creditos  en  Teologia  y  Ministerio  Pastoral. 
{The  History  of  the  Hispanic  Community  in  the  United  States:  A  study  of  the  social,  cultural 
and  religious  history  of  the  Catholic  Hispanic  communities  in  the  United  States.  Units  may  be 
used  to  fulfill  pastoral  theology  and  ministry  requirements) 

RST  237S        Fundamentos  de  la  Liturgia  (1-3) 

La  liturgia  del  Pueblo  de  Dios  celebra  y  proclama  el  ministerio  del  Cristo  Resucitado.  Se 
estudia  su  desarrollo  en  la  Sagrada  Escritura,  la  Tradicion,  los  documentos  de  Concilio  del 
Vaticano  II,  los  documentos  post-conciliares  y  la  teologia  contemporanea. 
(Foundations  of  Liturgy:  Through  the  Liturgy  the  People  of  God  celebrate  and  proclaim  the 
mystery  of  Christ.   This  course  will  study  its  development  in  Scripture,  the  Tradition,  the 
Documents  of  Vatican  II,  the  Post-Conciliar  documents  and  contemporary  theology.) 


RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  327 


RST  239S  Estudios  Avanzados  de  Teologia  Sistematica  (1-3) 

Estudio  profundo  de  temas  o  cuestiones  de  Teologia  Sistematica.  Se  puede  repetir  para 

credito. 

(Advanced  Studies  in  Systematic  Theology:  In-depth  study  of  topics  in  Systematic  Theology. 

This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit) 

CHRISTIAN  ETHICS  / ETICA  CRISTIANA 

RST  242S        Fundamentos  de  Etica  Cristiana  (1-3) 

El  estudio  de  la  teologia  moral  catolica  contemporanea  en  su  tratamiento  de  los  elementos  del 
juicio  moral  cristiano,  de  la  formation  de  la  conciencia  moral,  de  la  persona  como  agente 
moral,  de  las  normas  morales  y  de  la  ley  natural. 

(Fundamental  Christian  Ethics:  A  study  of  the  way  in  which  contemporary  Catholic  moral 
theology  deals  with  the  fundamental  elements  of  Christian  moral  judgment,  formation  of 
conscience,  person  as  moral  agent,  moral  norms  and  natural  law.) 

RST  243S        La  Ensenanza  Social  de  la  Iglesia  (1-3) 

Una  investigacion  teologica  del  contenido  de  la  ensenanza  que  la  Iglesia  Catolica  produjo 
durante  el  Siglo  XX  cuando  la  moral  cristiana,  enraizada  en  la  Sagrada  Escritura  y  la 
Tradition,  se  enfrento  con  la  realidad  y  los  problemas  de  la  vida  social  contemporanea. 
{Catholic  Social  Teaching:  A  theological  investigation  of  the  collection  of  Catholic  Social 
Teachings  developed  in  the  20th  century  when  Christian  morality,  rooted  in  Scripture  and 
tradition,  encountered  contemporary  social  problems.) 

RST  245S        La  Teologia  de  la  Liberacion  (1-3) 

Una  investigacion  de  la  teologia  de  la  liberacion  y  de  los  problemas  relativos  al  cambio  social. 
Las  unidades  sepueden  aplicar  a  los  requisitos  en  Teologia  Sistematica. 
(Liberation  Theology:  An  investigation  of  the  theological  literature  concerned  with  liberation 
and  a  discussion  of  problematic  involved  in  social  change.  Units  maybe  applied  to 
requirements  for  Systematic  Theology) 

RST  246S        Etica  Biomedica  (1-3) 

Estudio  de  temas  y  cuestionas  concernientes  a  la  vida  humana  y  al  proceso  de  la  muerte.  Se 
considera  el  valor  moral  de  tecnologias  reproductivas,  ingenieria  genetica  y  eutanasia. 
(Biomedical  Ethics:  A  study  of  issues  and  questions  concerning  the  phenomenon  of  human  life 
and  the  process  of  dying.   Topics  include  reproductive  technologies,  genetic  engineering  and 
euthanasia.) 

RST  247S        Etica  Sexual  (1-3) 

Estudio  de  la  moral  sexual  y  matrimonial  desde  la  perspectiva  etica-biblica  con  atencion 
especial  en  aportes  de  la  sociologia,  de  la  psicologia,  la  teologia  y  de  la  espiritualidad. 
(Sexual  Ethics:  A  study  of  the  questions  relating  to  human  sexuality  and  marriage  as  seen 
from  an  ethical-biblical  perspective,  with  attention  given  to  the  insights  from  psychology, 
theology  and  spirituality.) 

RST  249S        Estudios  Avanzados  en  Etica  Cristiana       (1-3) 

Estudio  profundo  de  temas  o  cuestiones  de  teologia  moral  y  de  etica  cristiana.  Se  puede 
repetir  para  credito. 

(Advanced  Studies  in  Christian  Ethics:  An  in-depth  study  of  particular  topics  within  the  area 
of  moral  theology  and  Christian  ethics.  This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit.) 


328  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 


TEOLOGIA  Y  MINISTERIO  PASTORAL  /  PASTORAL  THEOLOGY  AND 
MINISTRY 

RST265S         Teologia  Pastoral  y  Ministerio  Pastoral      (1-3) 

Introduccion  a  los  fundamentos  teologicos,  biblicos  y  eticos  de  la  teologia  pastoral  y  del 
ministerio  pastoral.  Se  dara  una  atencion  particular  al  ministro  laico  eclesial  y  a  su  liderazgo 
en  la  Iglesia.  Tambien,  se  tratara  de  los  limites  a  su  ministerio  y  de  sus  responsabilidades 
legales  y  morales. 

(Pastoral  Theology  and  Ministry:  An  introduction  to  the  theological,  scriptural,  and  ethical 
foundations  of  pastoral  theology  and  ministry.  Special  attention  is  given  to  lay  ecclesial 
minister  leadership  in  the  Church.  Also,  boundary  issues  and  the  minister's  legal  and  moral 
responsibility.) 

RST  268S  Teoria  y  Practica  de  la  Administration  de  la  Parroquia  (1-3) 

La  teoria,  las  herramientas  y  la  tecnica  que  se  necesitan  para  administrar  una  parroquia  segun 
los  principios  teologicos  y  eticos  Catolicos. 

(Parish  Management  Theory  and  Practice:  The  theory,  skills  and  techniques  needed  to 
manage  a  parish  according  to  Catholic  theological  and  ethical  principles.) 

RST  271S        Espiritualidad  Catolica  y  Religiosidad  Popular  (1-3) 

Examen  de  la  relation  entre  espiritualidad  Catolica  y  religiosidad  popular  en  el  ministerio 
pastoral  hispano.  Las  fuentes  y  las  practicas  de  espiritualidad  en  la  Iglesia  se  meten  en  dialogo 
con  los  ritos  y  las  tradiciones  de  la  religiosidad  popular.  Las  tradiciones  se  estudian  desde  el 
punto  de  vista  cultural,  antropologico,  psicologico,  sociologico  y  politico. 
(An  examination  of  the  relationship  between  Catholic  spirituality  and  popular  religiosity  in 
Hispanic  pastoral  ministry.  The  practices  and  sources  of  spirituality  in  the  Church  are  put 
into  dialog  with  the  rites  and  traditions  of  popular  religiosity.   These  traditions  are  studied 
from  the  cultural,  anthropological,  psychological,  sociological  and  political  points  of  view.) 

RST  278S        Seminario  de  Integration  (1-3) 

Durante  el  seminario  de  integration  se  usa  los  principios  de  la  Teologia  Practica  para  hacer 
una  reflexion  teologica  sobre  la  vida  de  fe  de  comunidades  especificas.  Por  su  participation, 
su  presentation  oral  y  por  el  trabajo  de  investigation  terminal,  los  alumnos  demuestran  la 
capacidad  de  presentar  soluciones  creativas  y  concretas  a  problemas  pastorales  actuales  que 
presentan  durante  el  seminario.  Asi,  demuestran  tambien  su  dominio  de  las  cuatro  areas  de 
estudio  del  Programa  del  Certificado  en  Ministerio  Pastoral  Hispano. 
(Integration  Seminal:  During  the  integration  seminal,  students  use  the  principles  of 
Practical  Theology  to  reflect  theologically  on  faith-life  of  specific  faith  communities. 
Through  class  participation,  oral  presentations  and  a  research  paper,  students  demonstrate 
their  ability  to  present  creative  and  concrete  solutions  to  current  pastoral  problems  which 
they  present  during  the  seminar.   Thus,  they  also  show  their  command  of  the  four  areas  of 
study  in  the  Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministry  Certificate  Program:  Sacred  Scripture,  Christian 
Ethics,  Systematic  Theology,  Pastoral  Theology  and  Ministry.) 

RST279  Estudios  Avanzados  de  Teologia  Practica,  Teologia 

Pastoral  y  Ministerio  Pastoral  (1-3) 

Estudio  profundo  de  temas  y  cuestiones  particulares  de  teologia  practica,  teologia  pastoral  y 
ministerio  pastoral  hispano.  Este  curso  sepuede  repetir  para  credito. 
(Advanced  Studies  in  Practical  Theology,  Pastoral  Theology,  and  Hispanic  Pastoral 
Ministry:  In-depth  study  of  particular  topics  and  issues  in  Practical  Theology,  Pastoral 
Theology  and  Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministiy  in  the  United  States.  This  course  may  be  repeated 
for  credit.) 


SOCIAL  SCIENCE       329 


Social  Science 

Department  Affiliation:  History  and  Political  Science 

The  Social  Science  major  is  an  expanded  area  major  with  a  choice  of  three  emphases:  history, 
political  science,  and  public  administration. 

The  variations  within  the  major  make  it  possible  for  students  to  direct  their  studies  into 
particular  areas  of  interest.  A  core  of  studies  is  directed  toward  fiscal  problems,  employment, 
technology,  societal  roles,  ecology,  and  the  general  strategy  of  government. 

Courses  Required  for  a  B.A.  degree  in  Social  Science 
History  Emphasis 

Lower  Division: 

HIS  1AB  Western  Civilization  (3,3) 

HIS  3  World  History  (3) 

Upper  Division: 

Nine  upper  division  courses  including: 

HIS  101  Research  Methodology  (3) 

Two-course  sequence  in  American  history  (6) 

One  course  in  European  history  (3) 

One  course  in  non-Western  history  (3) 

Three  upper  division  courses  in 
economics,  political  science  and/or  sociology  (9) 

Recommendations: 

ECO  1  Microeconomics  (3) 

ECO  2  Macroeconomics  (3) 

HIS  25  Cultural  Geography  (3) 

Total  units  in  major  courses:  36 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units,  including  a 
Modern  Language  requirement. 

Political  Science  Emphasis 

Lower  Division: 

POL  2  Comparative  Government  (3) 

POL  1  American  Government  (3) 

Upper  Division 

Seven  upper  division  courses  in  Political  Science  (2 1 ) 

Three  upper  division  courses  in  history,  economics,  or  sociology  (3) 

Total  units  in  major  courses:  36 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units,  including  a 
Modern  Language  requirement. 


330  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 


Public  Administration  Emphasis 


Lower  Division: 

POL  1 

American  Government 

(3) 

Recommendations: 

BUS  16A 

Accounting  Principles  I 

(3) 

ECO  1 

Microeconomics 

(31 

ECO  2 

Macroeconomics 

(3) 

Upper  Division: 

POL  180 

State  and  Local  Government 

(3) 

POL  185 

Public  Personnel  Administration 

(3) 

POL  186 

Intro  to  Public  Administration 

(3) 

POL  187 

Organizational  Theory 

(3) 

POL  191  Internships  in  Government  Service  (3) 

Fifteen  Units  from  the  Following  Courses: 

MTH  9  Intro  to  Computer  Processes  (3) 

MTH  38  Elements  of  Probability  and  Stats  (3) 

POL  108  American  Constitutional  Law  (3) 

POL  109  Individual  Rights  (3) 

POL  1 10  Political  Behavior  (3) 

POL  120  Legislative  Process  (3) 

POL  134  International  Organization  (3-6) 

POL  138  International  Law  (3) 

POL  170  American  Party  Politics  (3) 

POL  175  Selected  Topics  in  the  American  Political  Structure  (3) 

SOC  161  Dynamics  of  Majority/Minority  Relations       (3) 

SOC175  Urban  Sociology  (3) 

Total  units  in  Public  Administration  emphasis:  36 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units,  including  a 
Modern  Language  requirement. 

All  courses  listed  above  are  described  in  the  respective  departmental  listings. 


SOCIAL  WORK 


331 


Social  Work 

Departmental  Affiliation:  Sociology  and  Gerontology 

The  goals  of  the  social  work  profession  is  multi-faceted  and  includes  counseling,  crisis 
intervention,  diagnosis,  evaluation  or  assessment  of  client's  status  and  needs,  and  resource 
referral.  Social  workers  work  in  a  wide  variety  of  settings  that  provide  direct  care  or  as 
referral  agents  for  clients  to  locate  an  array  of  services  in  the  community,  such  as  substance 
abuse  rehabilitation,  healthcare,  housing,  childcare,  eldercare,  adoption  services,  foster  care, 
grief  counseling,  or  job  training.  In  addition,  social  workers  work  in  organizations  that 
provide  emergency  or  disaster  relief  services  to  individuals,  families  and  the  community. 
They  can  be  found  in  city,  county,  state,  or  federal  agencies,  as  well  as  in  non-profit 
organizations  serving  the  community,  such  as  schools,  hospitals,  mental  health  centers, 
corrections  facilities,  or  other  health  and  human  services  settings.  Employment  in  for-profit 
private  practice  agencies  is  expanding. 

Social  work  as  a  social  services  profession  is  highly  rewarding  and  client-centered,  with  a 
strong  advocacy  focus.  Social  workers  aim  to  assure  that  services  and  resources  needed  by 
their  clients  are  provided  to  them. 

The  demand  for  social  workers  is  high  and  is  projected  to  continue  to  grow  in  the  future, 
particularly  in  the  areas  of  healthcare  and  gerontology.  Our  program  provides  excellent 
preparation  for  graduate  studies  in  social  work. 

Requirements  for  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Social  Work 


Required  preparatory  lower  division  courses: 


SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

SOC  13 

Anatomy  for  Social  Services  or  BIO  40A  Anatomy 

(3) 

PSY  1 

Introductory  Psychology 

(3) 

MTH38 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

Required  upper  division  courses: 

SOC  103 

Group  Therapy:  Theory  and  Practice 

(3) 

SOC  104 

The  Family 

(3) 

SOC  105 

Couples 

(3) 

SOC  106 

Introduction  to  Psychotherapy 

(3) 

SOC  110 

Juvenile  Delinquency 

(3) 

or  SOC  10 

Youth  &  Crime 

(3) 

SOC  112 

Medical  Sociology 

(3) 

SOC  117 

Quantitative  Research  Methods 

(3) 

SOC  118 

Qualitative  Research  Methods:  Ethnography 

(3) 

SOC  120 

Case  Management  in  Health  &  Human  Services 

(3) 

SOC  121 

Human  Services  Ethics 

(3) 

SOC  128 

Introduction  to  Social  Work 

(3) 

SOC  134 

Mediation 

(3) 

or  SOC  130 

Human  Communication 

(3) 

332           SOCIAL  WORK 

SOC  160 

Diversity  in  Society 

(3) 

orSOC  161 

Majority-Minority  Relations 

(3) 

SOC  180 

Social  Stratification 

(3) 

GER188 

Caregiving  and  Adaptation  for  Elders 

(3) 

GER  189 

Gerontology 

(3) 

GER  192 

Thanatology 

(3) 

SOC  197 

Internship  and  Practicum 

(3) 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  124  semester  units. 

Total  upper  division  required  units  for  B.S.  in  Social  Work:  54 


SOCIOLOGY  333 


Sociology 


Sociology  is  the  study  of  human  behavior  within  a  multitude  of  contexts,  from  the  family,  the 
community  and  workplace,  to  the  regional,  national,  and  global  arenas. 

The  major  prepares  students  for  professional  careers  in  such  areas  as  criminology,  law 
enforcement,  social  services,  urban  planning  and  development,  counseling,  race/ethnic 
relations,  human  resources,  child,  marriage,  and  family  relations,  community  relations,  global 
affairs,  and  employment  in  a  wide  range  of  government  agencies,  non-profit  and  for-profit 
organizations.  Sociology  also  provides  an  excellent  foundation  for  graduate  studies  in  social 
work,  counseling,  public  policy,  urban  development,  public  health,  population  studies,  global 
studies  and  the  law.  See  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Sociology  Department  Web  Page  for 
additional  examples  of  professional  options  in  the  field. 

The  department  offers  an  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  Human  Services  (see  this  catalog  under 
Human  Services  for  information  on  this  program),  a  general  program  of  sociology,  and  the 
option  of  seven  specializations  within  Sociology:  Criminology,  Global  Studies  and  Human 
Rights,  Medical  Sociology,  Race/Class/Gender,  Communications,  Social  Services  and  Family 
Relations.  The  Gerontology  Major  is  also  affiliated  with  the  department. 

B.A.  Degree  in  Sociology 

Core  Courses  Required: 

SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 

SOC  117  Quantitative  Research  Methods  (3) 

SOC  1 1 8  Qualitative  Research  Methods  (3) 

SOC  166  Sociological  Theory  (3) 

SOC  197  Internship  and  Practicum  (3) 

Plus  seven  additional  courses  in  Sociology.  A  maximum  of  12  lower  division  units  in 
Sociology  may  be  counted  toward  completion  of  the  major.  These  units  cannot,  however, 
include  lower  division  internship  units  (SOC  25). 

To  fulfill  a  B.A.  degree  in  Sociology,  students  must  complete  the  Sociology  requirements,  the 
General  Studies  requirements,  and  the  Modern  Language  requirement  for  a  total  of  124  units. 
Total  units  in  Sociology:  36 

The  following  specializations  within  the  Sociology  major  are  available,  but  not  required. 
However,  a  specialization  can  enhance  preparation  for  certain  career  directions,  as  discussed 
within  each  specialization.  The  courses  required  within  each  specialization  will  count  toward 
the  required  36  units  for  the  major  in  Sociology. 

Specialization  Option  One:  Criminology 

Excellent  preparation  for  careers  in  law  enforcement,  probation,  crime  prevention,  forensic 

research,  law  studies,  rehabilitation,  programs  for  at-risk  populations,  or  advanced  studies  in 

sociology  and  criminology. 

Required  Courses: 

SOC  109  Forensic  Studies:  Criminalistics  (3) 

SOC  110  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3) 

SOC  1 1 1  Criminology  (3) 

SOC  114  Corrections  (3) 


334  SOCIOLOGY 


SOC  1 1 5  Sociology  of  Violence  (3) 

SOC  1 16  Criminal  Justice  (3) 
Plus  select  two  additional  courses  from  the  following: 

SOC  160  Diversity  in  Society  (3) 

SOC  161  Majority-Minority  Relations  (3) 

SOC  175  Urban  Sociology  (3) 

SOC  180  Social  Stratification  (3) 

POL  107  Criminal  Law  (3) 

POL  109  Individual  Rights  (3) 

POL  180  State  and  Local  Government  (3) 

PSY  139  Child  Abuse  and  Family  Violence  (3) 

PSY  168  Abnormal  Psychology  (3) 

Specialization  Option  Two:  Global  Studies  and  Human  Rights 

This  specialization  addresses  the  fundamental  challenges  of  population  growth  and  migration, 
cultural  diffusion,  environmental  change,  and  quality  of  life  of  human  populations  around  the 
world,  with  a  core  guiding  foundation  of  human  rights  advocacy.  A  range  of  topics  will  be 
explored,  including  the  impact  of  poverty,  child  labor,  children  at  war,  regional  cultural 
conflict,  women's  issues,  environmental  change,  economic  development,  and  access  to  health 
care,  housing,  and  other  basic  resources  necessary  for  sustainability  or  growth.  The 
intersection  of  religion,  politics,  economics,  and  culture  will  be  emphasized. 

Required  courses: 


SOC  131 

The  Documentary  &  Social  Justice 

(3) 

SOC  162 

Human  Rights 

(3) 

SOC  163 

Women's  &  Children's  Rights 

(3) 

SOC  164 

Advocacy  and  Social  Justice 

(3) 

SOC  175 

Urban  Sociology 

(3) 

SOC  185 

Global  Development 

(3) 

SOC  195 

Sociology  of  Religion 

(3) 

Plus  two  additional  courses  from  the  following: 

SOC  125 

Cultural  Anthropology 

(3) 

SOC  134 

Mediation  and  Negotiation 

(3) 

SOC  186 

Political  Sociology 

(3) 

SOC  187 

Environmental  Studies 

(3) 

SOC  190 

Social  Change 

(3) 

SOC  191 

Social  Movements 

(3) 

POL  131 

International  Relations 

(3) 

POL  134 

International  Organization 

(3) 

POL  138 

International  Law 

(3) 

HIS  178 

Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States 

(3) 

Also  highly  recommended:  A  semester  of  study  abroad  in  the  junior  year.  This  requires 
coordination  with  the  Department  Chair  and  the  Advisement  Office. 

Specialization  Option  Three:  Medical  Sociology 

This  specialization  is  recommended  for  those  interested  in  careers  in  the  human  services 
specifically  related  to  social  work  and  case  management  in  healthcare  resources.  Possible 


SOCIOLOGY  335 


work  settings  include  hospitals,  health  management  organizations,  rehabilitation  centers, 
hospice,  and  private  or  government  agencies  that  are  involved  in  the  dissemination  of  health 
and  human  services. 


Required  courses: 


SOC  13 

Anatomy  for  Human  Services 

(3) 

SOC  112 

Medical  Sociology 

(3) 

SOC  120 

Case  Management 

(3) 

SOC  121 

Human  Services  Ethics 

(3) 

SOC  189 

Gerontology 

(3) 

SOC  192 

Thanatology 

(3) 

Plus  select  two  additional  courses  from  the  following: 

GER188 

Caregiving  and  Adaptations  for  Elders 

(3) 

SOC  49 

Multicultural  Issues  for  Healthcare  Professional 

(3) 

SOC  124 

Sociobiology 

(3) 

SOC  128 

Introduction  to  Social  Work 

(3) 

SOC  138 

Nonprofit  Management 

(3) 

BIO  10 

Health  Science 

(3) 

BIO  40A/50A 

Human  Anatomy 

(3) 

BIO  112 

Human  Nutrition 

(3) 

SPA  27 

Spanish  for  Health  Professionals 

(2) 

Specialization  Option  Four:  Race,  Class,  and  Gender 

This  specialization  provides  a  broad  and  inclusive  examination  of  the  complex  dynamics,  life 
trajectory  implications,  and  interactional  effects  that  exist  at  the  intersection  of  race,  class,  and 
gender  in  social  life.  This  is  an  appropriate  specialization  for  those  pursuing  careers  in  such 
areas  as  race/ethnic  relations,  immigration,  labor  relations,  human  resources,  or  public  policy. 
It  also  provides  good  preparation  for  graduate  studies  in  sociology  in  the  areas  of  race 
relations,  gender  studies,  and  social  stratification. 

Required  courses: 


SOC  125 

Cultural  Anthropology 

(3) 

SOC  160 

Diversity  in  Society 

(3) 

SOC  161 

Majority-Minority  Relations 

(3) 

SOC  180 

Social  Stratification 

(3) 

Plus  two  additional  courses  from  the  following: 

CUL  107 

Theory  and  Practice  of  Culture 

(3) 

SOC  115 

Sociology  of  Violence 

(3) 

SOC  155 

Personality  and  Culture 

(3) 

SOC  162 

Human  Rights 

(3) 

SOC  163 

Women's  &  Children's  Rights 

(3) 

SPA  144 

Culture  and  Civilization  In  Latin  America 

(3) 

LWS  100 

Introduction  to  Leadership  And  Women's  Studies 

(3) 

LWS  1 1 1 

Women  and  Work 

(3) 

LWS  192 

Women  of  Color 

(3) 

PSY  144 

Psychology  of  Prejudice 

(3) 

PSY  110 

Gender  Issues  in  Psychology 

(3) 

POL  109 

Individual  Rights 

(3) 

336  SOCIOLOGY 


The  Women's  Leadership  Program  is  also  highly  recommended  as  an  addition  to  one's 
professional  development  program.  Involvement  in  it  can  enhance  career  potential. 

Specialization  Option  Five:  Communications 

Students  are  introduced  to  basic  theories  and  practice  of  communication  through  mass  media 
using  a  range  of  tools-written,  verbal,  sociological,  and  technological.  Sociological  theory 
and  social  science  research  methods,  along  with  hands-on  skills  of  communication 
production,  are  provided  in  this  specialization.  Students  can  obtain  internship  and  career 
opportunities  in  the  film,  television,  and  broadcasting  arenas. 


Required  courses: 


SOC  131 

The  Documentary 

(3) 

SOC  132 

Film  and  Television 

(3) 

SOC  33/133 

Culture,  Music  and  Broadcasting 

(3) 

SOC  135 

Mass  Media 

(3) 

Plus  two  additional  courses  from  the  following: 

ART  15 

Computer  Graphics  I 

(3) 

ART  115 

Computer  Graphics  II 

(3) 

ART  130 

Graphic  Communication 

(3) 

ENG  108 

The  News  Media 

(3) 

JRN  101 

Basic  News  Writing 

(3) 

PHI  169 

Philosophy  of  Technology 

(3) 

PHI  175 

Philosophy  of  Film 

(3) 

SOC  136 

Disney  Inc.  and  Mass  Popular  Cultures 

(3) 

Highly  recommended:  A  Business  minor  or  major. 

Specialization  Option  Six:  Social  Services 

Preparation  for  careers  in  social  work,  non-profit  and  government  social  service  agencies, 
providing  a  foundation  of  understanding  of  development  over  the  life  course  and  basic  skills 
necessary  for  working  with  people  in  service  settings.  Good  preparation  for  advanced  study 
in  social  work.  This  specialization  and  family  relations  specialization  cannot  both  be  selected. 
The  student  must  choose  one  or  the  other. 

Required  courses: 

SOC  110  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3) 

SOC  1 12  Medical  Sociology  (3) 

SOC  120  Case  Management  (3) 

SOC  121  Human  Services  Ethics  (3) 

SOC  160  Diversity  in  Society  (3) 

or  SOC  161  Majority-Minority  Relations  (3) 

SOC  180  Social  Stratification  (3) 

SOC  189  Gerontology  (3) 


SOCIOLOGY 

337 

Plus  two  additional  courses  from  the  following: 

SOC7 

Intro  to  Human  Services 

(3) 

SOC  13 

Anatomy  for  Social  Services 

(3) 

SOC  103 

Group  Therapy:  Theory  and  Practice 

(3) 

SOC  105 

Couples 

(3) 

SOC  106 

Introduction  to  Psychotherapy 

(3) 

SOC  138 

Non-Profit  Management 

(3) 

GER188 

Caregiving  and  Adaptations 

(3) 

PSY  139 

Child  Abuse  and  Family  Violence 

(3) 

Specialization  Option  Seven:  Family  Relations 

For  students  interested  in  working  with  couples  and  families  in  a  variety  of  clinical  settings, 
this  specialization  provides  basic  preparation.  It  may  also  provide  a  foundation  for  continued 
studies  in  the  area  of  marriage  and  the  family  at  the  graduate  level.  This  specialization  and 
social  services  specialization  cannot  both  be  selected.  The  student  must  choose  one  or  the 
other. 

Required  courses: 


SOC  104 

The  Family 

(3) 

SOC  105 

Couples 

(3) 

SOC  106 

Introduction  to  Psychotherapy 

(3) 

SOC  110 

Juvenile  Delinquency 

(3) 

SOC  130 

Human  Communication 

(3) 

SOC  134 

Mediation  and  Negotiation 

(3) 

PSY  12 

Child  Development 

(3) 

Plus  two  additional  courses  from  the  following: 

SOC  6 

Child,  Family  and  Community 

(3) 

SOC  124 

Sociobiology 

(3) 

SOC  125  . 

Cultural  Anthropology 

(3) 

SOC  145 

Social  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC  155 

Personality  and  Culture 

(3) 

SOC  163 

Women's  and  Children's  Rights 

(3) 

PSY  35 

Language  and  Concept  Dev.  of  the  Young  Child 

(3) 

PSY  139 

Child  Abuse  and  Family  Violence 

(3) 

PSY  151 

Divorce  and  Remarriage 

(3) 

PSY  175 

Human  Sexuality 

(3) 

Recommended  for  graduate  school  preparation:  Math  38,  Probability  and  Statistics. 

The  Minor  in  Sociology 

A  minimum  of  six  courses,  two  of  which  must  include: 

SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 

SOC  166  Sociological  Theory  (3) 

Plus  four  elective  courses  in  sociology. 
Total  units  for  the  Minor  in  Sociology:  18 


338  SOCIOLOGY 


SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  human  social  behavior,  including  the  foundational 
theories  and  the  basic  elements  of  social  research.  Viewing  human  life  as  inherently  social, 
the  social  and  environmental  forces  which  influence  and  are  influenced  by  personal 
experience,  culture,  and  social  arrangements,  are  examined.  GS-IIIF,  VI 
SOC  6  The  Family,  Child,  and  Community  (3) 

The  study  of  the  family  as  a  primary  group  and  as  an  institution.  Varieties  of  family  patterns, 
pre-marital  and  marital  behavior,  child-parent  relationships,  and  family  disorganization  and 
reorganization  are  considered.  GS-IIIF,  VI 
(Formerly  Family  Relationships  and  Child  Development) 

SOC  7  Introduction  to  Human  Services      (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  broad  field  of  the  helping  professions  in  human  services  agencies. 
Includes  theoretical  applications  and  analysis  of  the  range  of  issues  addressed  in  these  settings 
for  individuals,  families,  groups,  organizations,  and  communities  such  as  healthcare  access, 
family  trauma,  caregiver  stress,  housing,  mental  health,  intervention  and  prevention  services. 
SOC  10  Deviance  and  Youth  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  combined  structural,  social  and  psychological  elements  which  are 
manifested  as  deviance  or  delinquency  in  the  juvenile  population.  Topics  such  as  youth 
violence,  substance  abuse,  adolescent  sexuality  and  parenting,  gang  cultures,  and  crime  will 
be  studied,  not  only  in  the  context  of  social  conditions,  but  also  within  the  juvenile  justice 
system  and  social  resource  organizations,  with  a  focus  on  the  California  Youth  Authority 
system  and  the  Los  Angeles  County  Probation  Department. 
SOC  13  Anatomy  for  Social  Services  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  structure  of  the  human  body.  This  course  provides  a  basic 
understanding  of  the  human  organism  and  explores  the  relationship  between  psychosocial 
functioning  and  biological  functioning.  It  is  designed  for  those  preparing  for  the  social 
services  professions,  such  as  social  work. 

SOC  25  Internship:  Human  Services  (3) 

Required  for  all  A.A.  Human  Services  Majors.  The  internship  site  to  be  selected  and 
mutually  agreed  upon  by  student  and  advisor.  A  minimum  of  120  hours  of  on-site  experience 
must  be  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the  internship  advisor.  This  course  is  not  open  to 
those  outside  the  A.A.  Human  Services  Program.  Prerequisite:  Approval  of  advisor  and 
sophomore  standing. 

SOC  30/130  Human  Communication  (3) 

A  study  of  the  wide  range  of  modes  and  means  of  human  communication  as  they  are 

expressed  at  both  the  micro  and  macro  levels.  Students  will  explore  the  roles  of 

communication  in  human  interaction,  and  will  practice  styles  of  effective  communication, 

such  as  public  speaking,  interviewing,  debating,  broadcasting,  and  interpersonal  exchange. 

GS-IB 

SOC  33/133  Culture,  Music  and  Broadcasting    (3) 

A  study  of  the  intersection  of  mass  culture,  subculture,  personal  identity,  musical  expression, 

production  and  distribution.  Studio  processes,  technical  aspects,  the  economics  and  politics  of 

production,  icon  development,  social  networking,  opportunity  structures,  and  presentation  of 

self  are  also  addressed.  Same  as  FLM  33/133 


SOCIOLOGY  339 


SOC  49  Multicultural  Issues  for  Health  Care  Professionals  (3) 

A  survey  of  ethnic  and  cultural  factors  that  have  an  impact  on  the  work  of  healthcare 
professionals  and  the  experience  of  patients  within  the  context  of  healthcare  settings.  GS-VI 

SOC  103  Group  Therapy:  Theory  and  Practice  (3) 

This  course  will  explore  the  theories  that  guide  group  therapy  as  an  intervention,  support 
mechanism  or  a  site  to  develop  interpersonal  social  and  interaction  skills.  An  emphasis  on 
strategies  and  techniques  will  allow  students  to  explore  topics  such  as  grief,  anger 
management,  delinquency,  and  drug  abuse  as  personal,  interpersonal  and  social  issues. 
SOC  104  The  Family  (3) 

An  exploration  of  the  structure,  functions,  and  challenges  of  the  institution  of  the  family  from 
a  cross-cultural  perspective.  The  impact  of  the  forces  of  social,  political,  religious  and 
economic  change  on  the  structure  of  the  family,  and  the  multiple  dynamics  of 
intergenerational  relationships  will  also  be  analyzed.  GS-IIIF,  VI 
SOC  105  Couples  (3) 

An  integrated  biopsychosocial  approach  to  the  study  of  intimate  relationships.  The  course 
focuses  on  the  interaction  between  the  biological,  psychological  and  sociological  dimensions 
of  the  relationship  system.  Attachment  and  communication  styles,  distance  regulation, 
pairing  patterns,  and  the  impact  of  history  and  culture  are  addressed. 
SOC  106  Introduction  to  Psychotherapy        (3) 

Introduction  to  the  major  methods  of  psychotherapy,  particularly  as  applied  to  couples  and 
families.  The  integration  of  theory  and  practice  will  be  emphasized.  Therapies  that  will  be 
covered  include  structural  family  therapy,  systems  family  therapy,  strategic  therapy,  Milan 
systemic  approach,  intergenerational  therapy,  Satir's  communication  approach,  cognitive- 
behavioral,  narrative  therapy,  solution-focused  approach,  and  symbolic-experiential  therapy. 
SOC  109  Forensic  Studies:  Criminalistics      (3) 

The  examination  of  theories  and  techniques  associated  with  the  recognition,  collection  and 
analysis  of  physical  evidence  from  the  context  of  a  crime  scene.  The  course  will  enable 
students  to  use  the  physical  and  social  environment  to  provide  information  for  use  by  the 
criminal  justice  system.  Prerequisite:  SOC  5. 

SOC  110  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  theories  and  concepts  applied  to  deviance  and  social  disorganization  as 
it  manifests  itself  among  the  juvenile  population.  Topics  include  contemporary  gang  culture 
and  other  issues  of  youths  at  risk.  Prerequisite:  SOC  5. 

SOC  111  Criminology  (3) 

The  scientific  application  of  the  theories  of  crime  and  deviance,  reflecting  the  structural  and 

environmental  influences  of  contemporary  American  society.  Prerequisite:  SOC  5. 

SOC  112  Medical  Sociology  (3) 

An  examination  of  contemporary  social  phenomena  associated  with  health  and  illness  and  the 

dissemination  of  health  care,  both  nationally  and  internationally.  Analysis  of  regional, 

national  and  international  data  on  the  health  status  of  a  variety  of  populations  will  be 

examined.  In  addition,  the  intersection  of  health,  healthcare  delivery,  demography,  economic 

trends,  and  the  swift  pace  of  changing  technology-both  medical  and  non-medical~will  be 

explored.  Societal  implications  for  the  future  will  be  discussed. 

SOC  114  Corrections  (3) 

An  exploration  of  the  corrections  system  in  the  U.S.  from  its  inception  to  the  present  day. 

Topics  include  prison  and  jail  cultures,  ethical  issues  related  to  incarceration,  history  of 

incarceration,  and  the  different  types  of  correction  modalities  to  include  institutional-based 

corrections.  A  study  of  the  responsibilities  of  correction  officers,  probation  officers,  parole 

officers,  and  parole  agents  is  included.  Prerequisite:  SOC  5. 


340  SOCIOLOGY 


SOC 115  Sociology  of  Violence  (3) 

This  course  will  explore  questions  about  the  origins  of  violence  in  human  society  and  the 
social  processes  that  produce  or  inhibit  violence.  A  focus  will  be  on  the  social  construction 
and  social  definition  of  violence  in  contemporary  society.  Also  included  is  a  study  of  the 
types  of  measurements  used  to  report  and  study  violence,  including  the  perspective  of  victims, 
offenders,  law  enforcement  agencies  and  agencies  for  violence  prevention. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  5. 

SOC  116  CriminalJustice  (3) 

The  scientific  study  of  crime,  criminal  law,  and  components  of  the  criminal  justice  system, 

including  police,  courts,  and  corrections  or  those  agencies  whose  goal  it  is  to  apprehend, 

convict,  punish,  or  rehabilitate  law  violators. 

SOC  117  Quantitative  Research  Methods      (3) 

An  introduction  to  and  application  of  quantitative  methods  used  in  social  science  research.  A 

research  project  will  be  undertaken.  Current  computer  applications  used  in  research  will  be 

applied.  Prerequisite:  SOC  5.  GS-VIIA 

SOC  118  Qualitative  Research  Methods         (3) 

An  introduction  to  qualitative  methods  used  in  social  science  research.  Ethnographic  methods 

such  as  observation,  case  studies,  and  interviewing  techniques  will  be  studied.  Prerequisite: 

SOC  5. 

SOC  120         Case  Management  in  Health  and  Human  Services  (3) 

A  study  of  the  methods  and  practices  utilized  by  health  and  human  services  case  managers 

working  in  a  variety  of  social  service  resource  settings,  such  as  hospitals,  daycare  centers, 

senior  centers,  non-profit  outreach  programs,  and  convalescent  facilities.  Fundamental 

business,  management  and  social  interaction  skills  will  be  highlighted.  See  GER  120. 

SOC  121  Human  Services  Ethics  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  values,  strategies,  and  skills  that  provide  a  framework  for  ethical 

decisions,  ethical  behaviors,  and  an  ethical  climate  in  the  human  services.  The  NASW  Code 

of  Ethics  and  social  justice  will  provide  the  context  for  the  professional  development  of  social  I 

workers,  site  managers,  and  human  services  leaders. 

SOC  124  Sociobiology  (3) 

The  essential  inquiry  of  this  course  is  to  explore  what  dimensions  of  the  human  condition  are 

based  on  our  genetic  heritage  versus  our  cultural  heritage.  Are  phenomena  such  as  prejudice, 

competition,  aggression,  altruism,  heroism,  and  child-parent  bonding  an  outcome  of  our 

biology  or  socialization?  A  comparative,  evolutionary  perspective  will  be  applied  in  order  to  \ 

explore  the  intersection  of  culture  and  biology.  Prerequisite:  SOC  5. 

SOC  125  Cultural  Anthropology  (3,3) 

An  examination  of  the  basic  social  structures  of  society.  A  study  of  the  similarities  among, 

and  differences  between,  societies,  including  a  comparison  of  primitive  and  modern  cultures. 

(Because  each  experience  is  unique,  this  class  may  be  repeated  once  for  additional  credit.) 

GS-VI 

SOC  127  Alternative  and  Independent  Media  (3-6) 

A  practical  study  of  the  various  forms  of  alternatives  to  mainstream  corporate  media,  focusing  j 

especially  on  its  potential  for  advocating  and  effecting  social  change.  As  a  practical 

application  of  principles  studies,  members  of  the  class  will  work  together  to  produce  and 

promote  three  screenings  of  the  MSMC  Human  Rights  Film  Festival  as  well  as  a  radio 

program  intended  for  broadcast  on  a  local  independent  radio  station.  See  FLM  127. 


SOCIOLOGY  341 


SOC 128  Introduction  to  Social  Work  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  theories  and  practice  in  the  field  of  social  work.  Course  will 
emphasize  human  diversity  (including  cultural,  gender,  age,  SES,  personality,  geographic 
locale,  and  special  populations  such  as  victims  of  violence  and  the  homeless),  problem- 
solving  and  intervention  modalities  that  can  be  used  for  individuals  and  families.  Interactional 
processes  between  client  and  social  worker  will  also  be  a  major  focus,  along  with  assessment, 
planning,  practice  actions  and  evaluation  methods. 

SOC  129  History,  Theory,  and  Ethics  of  Documentary  Film  (3) 

A  survey  history  of  the  documentary  film  as  an  artistic  advocacy,  editorial,  and  story-telling 
film  genre,  beginning  from  the  early  development  of  the  film  industry  to  the  present.  The 
course  will  also  include  an  examination  of  the  significant  components  of  a  documentary  film, 
basic  theoretical  concepts  related  to  and  involved  in  the  creation  of  this  film  form,  and  ethical 
considerations  relevant  to  documentary  filmmakers. 
SOC  131  The  Documentary  and  Social  Justice  (3) 

The  elements,  style,  research,  and  production  methods  of  the  documentary  as  a 
communication  medium  is  examined.  Introductory-level  student  projects  will  be  developed, 
informed  by  genealogical,  anthropological,  and  psychosocial  theory  and  methods.  See  FLM 
131.  Same  as  FLM  131. 

SOC  132  Film  and  Television  (3) 

The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  examine  and  critically  analyze  contemporary  film  and 

television  as  a  communication  medium  of  culture,  social  trends,  values  and  sentiments.  The 

organizational,  political,  economic,  and  strategic  dynamics  involved  in  this  medium  of 

creative  expression  and  the  production  demands  and  constraints  associated  with  it  are  also 

studied.  See  FLM  132.  Same  as  FLM  132. 

SOC  134  Mediation  and  Negotiation  (3) 

The  examination  and  practice  of  theory  and  skills  required  for  formal  and  informal  dialogue, 

understanding,  or  resolution  of  differences.  Focus  will  be  on  student  development  of 

mediation  and  negotiation  skills  through  application  of  techniques  to  group,  community,  and 

interpersonal  issues. 

SOC  135  Mass  Media  (3) 

An  examination  of  popular  mass  media  as  a  reflection,  characterization,  and  interpretation  of 

culture  and  society.  In  addition,  the  use  of  the  mass  media  in  politics,  economics,  social 

change,  and  religion  will  be  explored.  A  focus  on  critical  analysis  of  ongoing  and  emerging 

trends  in  television,  film  and  music  will  be  conducted.  Same  as  FLM  135. 

SOC  136  Disney,  Inc.  and  Mass  Popular  Culture  (3) 

The  course  analyzes  the  near-Orwellian  influence  that  mass  media  can  have  on  society. 

Utilizing  Disney  as  an  example,  students  will  examine  the  power  and  influence  of  media 

conglomerates  and  their  role  in  shaping  and  reinforcing  social  norms.  The  class  will  explore 

the  Disney  cultural  phenomenon;  how  and  why  Disney  has  been  able  to  become  an  important, 

if  not  dominant,  part  of  American  culture;  and  the  ways  in  which  Disney  both  reflects,  as  well 

as  shapes,  American  society.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  examining  how  Disney  movies 

not  only  reflect  era-specific  ideologies  and  social  trends,  but  also  the  tremendous  impact  and 

influence  these  films  did  have,  and  continue  to  have,  on  shaping  social  institutions,  both 

domestically  and  abroad. 


342  SOCIOLOGY 


SOC  137  Documentary  Film  and  Storytelling  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  documentary  film.  Screenings  of  a  selection  of  key  films  accompanied 
by  analysis  will  take  place,  focusing  specifically  on  the  narrative  style  and  strategies  used  by 
filmmakers.  Development  of  film  documentary  proposals,  narrative  strategies,  and 
preliminary  scripts  will  be  created  by  students  as  a  means  of  addressing  significant  social 
issues  of  our  time.  Same  as  FLM 137. 

SOC  138  Non-Profit  Management  Seminar   (3) 

This  course  will  introduce  managerial  theories  on  leading  non-profit  organizations.  The 

learning  experience  includes  review  of  literature,  class  presentations  and  active  sponsorship  of 

service  organizations.  A  service-learning  project  integrates  theory  with  practice,  requiring 

team  cooperation,  planning,  and  accountability. 

SOC  139  Documentary  Production  1  (3) 

Both  a  lab  and  fieldwork  class.  This  course  introduces  all  aspects  of  beginning  filmmaking 

including  screenwriting,  shooting,  editing,  and  sound.  (Same  as  ART  139  and  FLM  139.) 

SOC  145  Social  Psychology  (3) 

Surveys  the  pervasive  and  invisible  social  forces  acting  upon  individuals.  Explores  the 

cultural  and  familial  interactions  facilitating  the  socialization  of  people.  Provides  a  critical 

analysis  of  the  known  social  influences  or  hindering  individual  development.  See  PSY  145. 

SOC  155  Personality  and  Culture  (3) 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  cultural  context  of  personality-the  impact  of  culture  on  personality 

and  the  impact  of  personality  on  culture.  Individual  characteristics  such  as  motivation, 

creativity,  presentation  of  self,  perceptions  of  self,  values,  beliefs,  and  way  of  life  as  they  are 

influenced  and  driven  by  culture  will  be  explored. 

SOC  160  Diversity  in  Society  (3) 

The  study  of  the  complexities  and  intricacies  of  what  is  meant  by  human  diversity  in  a  variety 

of  manifestations.  The  influence,  implications  and  intersections  of  race/ethnicity,  gender, 

religion,  political  affiliation,  education,  occupation,  family  heritage,  sex  orientation, 

regionalism,  and  personal  identity  communities  are  examined.  Discussion  of  multiple  cultural 

identity,  intermarriage  and  cross-cultural  communication  is  a  recurring  focus  throughout  the 

semester. 

SOC  161  Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations  (3) 

A  study  of  the  history  and  contemporary  interactional  dynamics  among  majority  and  minority 
groups  within  the  United  States  and  California.  Analysis  of  the  nature  and  manifestations  of 
culture,  adaptive  strategies  of  culturally  diverse  populations,  and  the  development  of 
programs  and  practices  that  honor,  motivate,  and  empower  all  segments  of  society  will  be 
explored.  Examination  of  personal  biases  and  identification  of  deficient  knowledge  in  the 
area  of  cultural  diversity  and  majority-minority  relations  is  encouraged.  GS-VI 
SOC  162  Human  Rights  (3) 

The  examination  of  human  rights  from  a  contemporary  global  perspective.  A  range  of  topics 
will  be  explored,  including  poverty,  nutrition,  regional  cultural  conflict,  environmental 
degradation,  access  to  health  care,  housing,  and  other  basic  resources  necessary  for  human 
survival.  The  intersection  of  religion,  politics,  economics,  and  culture  will  be  emphasized. 
SOC  163  Women's  and  Children's  Human  Rights  (3) 

An  exploration  of  contemporary  human  rights  issues  with  a  focus  on  women  and  children,  as 
they  are  encountered  at  the  local,  national,  and  global  level.  Topics  include  women's  rights  in 
prison,  healthcare  access,  child  labor,  children  at  war,  and  spousal  abuse. 


SOCIOLOGY  343 


SOC 164  Advocacy  and  Human  Rights  (3) 

Necessary  theories  and  skills  for  advocacy  of  social  justice  in  society — from  the  local  to  the 
international  arena — will  be  explored.  Advocacy  projects  that  apply  theories  and  skills 
learned  in  the  classroom  will  be  conducted. 
SOC  165  Historical  and  Contemporary  Social  Thought  (3) 

An  overview  of  the  historical  roots,  evolution,  and  contemporary  manifestations  of  such 
social  thoughts  as  social  justice,  individualism,  social  responsibility,  universalism,  modernism 
and  post-modernism,  rationalization,  democratization,  tribalism,  globalization,  and  scientific 
inquiry. 

SOC  166  Sociological  Theory  (3) 

A  critical  evaluation  of  major  contemporary  sociological  theorists  as  representative  of  various 
schools  of  sociological  inquiry.  An  analysis  of  social  behavior  through  the  application  of 
sociological  theory.  Prerequisite:  SOC  5. 

SOC  175  Urban  Sociology  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  shift  from  rural  to  urban  communities,  the  current  conditions  of  a 

metropolitan  lifestyle  and  the  emergent  dynamics  of  the  global  community.  Applying 

theoretical  approaches  toward  the  understanding  and  resolution  of  urban  dilemmas 

surrounding  topics  such  as  poverty,  housing,  multi-ethnic  populations,  on  a  community  and 

global  level. 

SOC  176  Field  Work  Experience  (1-3) 

An  on-site  experiential  course  designed  to  advance  the  understanding  of  community  issues 

through  participation  in  a  civic  project,  in  collaboration  with  a  faculty  member  and  a 

community  organization.  Prior  consent  of  advisor  required.  Prerequisite:  SOC  5.  Maybe 

taken  more  than  one  time  for  one-unit  credit.  May  not  repeat  for  3 -unit  credit. 

SOC  177  Latin  American  Research  Seminar  (3) 

The  Latin  American  Research  Seminar  will  cover  contemporary  issues  impacting  the  Latina/o 

community,  particularly  in  Los  Angeles.  These  salient  areas  of  marginalization  and  inequity 

include  educational  attainment,  political  representation,  affordable  housing,  and  quality  health 

care.  Participants  will  be  expected  to  review  and  critique  theoretical  and  practical  work  that 

specifically  addresses  the  challenges  and  needs  of  Latina/os.  Prior  approval  from  the  professor 

is  required  for  enrollment. 

SOC  180  Social  Stratification  (3) 

A  study  of  the  class  system  in  the  United  States.  This  specifically  includes  an  examination  of 

stratification  as  it  occurs  by  educational  and  occupational  attainment,  prestige,  status,  income, 

and  power.  Variations  among  these  variables  as  mediated  by  race,  age  and  gender  will  be 

explored.  Prerequisite:  SOC  5. 

SOC  185  Global  Development  (3) 

A  study  of  the  multiple  interrelationships  between  political  structure,  political  movements, 
socioeconomic  development,  environment,  and  global  population  change.  From  a  global 
perspective,  shifts  in  population  composition,  quality  of  life  and  resource  management  and 
availability,  and  how  these  societal  conditions  are  influenced  by  such  forces  as  political 
organization,  international  relations,  religion,  and  environmental  conditions,  will  be  explored. 
Comparisons  among  these  socioeconomic  and  political  dimensions  between  developing  and 
developed  nation-states  will  be  discussed,  along  with  the  possible  implications  of 
globalization  for  the  United  States. 


344  SOCIOLOGY 


SOC 186  Political  Sociology  (3) 

An  overview  of  major  perspectives  and  exemplary  theoretical  and  empirical  sociological 

scholarship  on  the  modern  state.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  understanding  contemporary  liberal 

democratic  states  within  industrialized,  urbanized,  market-integrated,  culturally  pluralist 

societies. 

SOC  187  Environmental  Studies  (3) 

A  survey  study  of  the  relationship  between  the  natural  environment  and  human  population 

demographic  change,  industrial  development  and  urban  life.  Topics  such  as  ecosystems, 

biodiversity,  pollution,  conservation,  and  natural  resource  use  are  examined.  Concepts 

presented  will  be  applied  to  the  Southern  California  environment. 

SOC  189  Gerontology  (3) 

A  cross-cultural  exploration  of  aging  as  experienced  in  the  United  States.  Ageism,  societal 

attitudes  regarding  the  elderly,  and  responses  to  the  aging  process,  both  from  the  individual 

and  social  perspective,  are  examined.  Cultural  variation  and  responses  to  aging  and  the 

social,  political,  and  economic  implications  of  a  rapidly  expanding  aging  population  in  the 

U.S.  and  in  many  regions  of  the  world,  will  be  analyzed.  Resource  and  service  availability  for 

the  elderly-locally,  regionally,  and  nationally-will  also  be  assessed.  See  GER  189. 

SOC  190  Social  Change  (3) 

A  study  of  the  sociological  theories  of  change  from  an  historical  and  contemporary 

perspective.  The  influence  of  forces  such  as  migration,  population  increase,  advances  in 

technology,  ecological  shifts,  social  movements,  and  political  revolutions  will  be  examined. 

SOC  191  Social  Movements  (3) 

An  exploration  of  social  movements  as  a  cause  of  social  change  in  society.  A  selection  of 

social  movements,  both  historical  and  contemporary,  will  be  studied. 

SOC  192  Thanatology  (3) 

A  multi-disciplinary  and  comparative  examination  of  the  cultural  responses  which  have 

provided  understanding,  coping,  and  meaning  for  the  death  and  dying  process.  The  course 

focus  will  consist  of  historical  and  literary  themes.  See  GER  192. 

SOC  195  Sociology  of  Religion  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  universal  psychosocial  functions  of  the  institution  of  religion  and  of 

the  influence  religion  has  played  within  the  other  social  institutions,  such  as  in  the  family, 

government,  education,  and  economics,  in  the  past  and  present.  The  contemporary  societal 

challenges  in  which  religion  is  involved  will  also  be  highlighted.  GS-IIIF,  VA4 

SOC  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 

SOC  197  Internship  and  Practicum  (3-6) 

The  application  of  the  major's  program  of  study  through  an  internship  experience.  A 
minimum  of  100  hours  of  on-site  experience  is  required,  along  with  practicum  attendance  and 
participation.  Development  of  a  professional  portfolio  is  also  required.  Internship  site  is  to  be 
selected  and  mutually  agreed  upon  by  student  and  professor.  Open  to  majors  only  and  to  be 
taken  in  senior  year  of  study.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing. 

SOC  198  Readings  in  Sociology  (1-6) 

Intensive  and  independent  study  in  a  field  of  special  interest  at  the  culmination  of  one's 

sociological  work. 

SOC  199  Special  Studies  (1-6) 

A  more  advanced  or  specialized  treatment  in  sociology. 


SPANISH  STUDIES    345 


Spanish  Studies 


Department  Affiliation:  Language  and  Culture 

Spanish  is  the  second  most  widely  spoken  language  in  the  world  and  in  the  United  States,  and 
it  is  of  particular  importance  in  our  state  of  California  and  other  states.  Complete  proficiency 
of  the  language  provides  enormous  leverage  in  all  public  and  private  sectors  of  the  job 
market. 

The  department  offers  programs  for  both  Majors  and  Minors.  These  comprehensive  programs 
lead  to  a  proficiency  in  the  four  basic  language  skills:  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and 
writing.  Incorporated  into  the  program  are  the  cultures  and  civilizations  of  the  Spanish- 
speaking  world. 

A.  Degree: 

Spanish  Studies  Minor:  26  units 
Spanish  Studies  B.A./Major:  41  units 

B.  Interdepartmental  Degrees: 

A. A.  Human  Services  for  Bilingual  Settings.  See  A. A.  Human  Services  (Sociology). 
B.A.  Major  in  Spanish  and  Business  Administration,  as  listed  below. 

A.  Spanish  Studies  Minor  and  Major 

A.l.  Required  Courses  for  the  Spanish  Studies  Minor  -  25  units 

SPA  1  &  2  Elementary  Spanish  I  &  II  (or  equivalent)  (4,4) 

SPA  3  (A  or  B)     Intermediate  Spanish  III 

Accelerated  or  Conversational  Spanish  (3)* 
SPA  4                   Intermediate  Spanish  IV. 

Prerequisite  for  all  upper  division  courses  (3) 

CUL  107  Theory  and  Practice  of  Culture  (3) 

SPA  1 09  Spanish  Writing  Lab  (3) 

SPA  1 12  Spanish  Civilization  and  Culture  or 

SPA  44/144  Latin  American  Civilization  and  Culture  (3) 

Plus  1  upper  division  course  of  the  student  choice  (3) 

A.2.  Required  Courses  for  the  Spanish  Studies  Major  -  41  units 

All  courses  required  for  the  Minor  (26)  plus  5  upper  division  courses  (15).  A  total  of  14  lower 
division  and  27  upper  division. 

Students  receive  8  Spanish  language  college  units  if  they  have  4  or  5  in  SPA  Language 
Advance  Placement  Test. 

Students  who  are  Spanish  speakers,  and  have  been  placed  in  SPA3,  should  take  SPA  3 A. 
Non-Spanish  speakers  should  take  SPA  3B. 


346  SPANISH  STUDIES 


Any  course  completed  with  a  grade  of  D  or  below  is  not  acceptable  toward  a  major  or  minor 
in  Spanish  Studies  and  must  be  repeated. 

Students  are  strongly  encouraged  to  do  double  Majors  or  combine  a  Major  and  a  Minor. 
Students  are  also  strongly  encouraged  to  spend  a  Junior  semester  abroad,  for  a  maximum  of 
12  transferable  units. 

Majors  must  take  at  least  15  units  in  the  department.  Minors  must  take  at  least  12  units  in  the 
department. 

Three  courses  can  double  count  for  both  History  and  Spanish  Studies  degrees  and  can  be 
taken  interchangeably:  SPA  44/144  and  HIS  162;  SPA  145  and  HIS  165  and  SPA  1 12  and 
HIS  113. 

B.  Interdepartmental  Degrees 

B.l.  A.A.  in  Human  Services  for  Bilingual  Settings. 

See  A.A.  Human  Services    (Collaboration  with  the  Sociology  Department) 

Various  courses  including: 

SPA  1  &  2  Elementary  Spanish  (4,4) 

SPA  3A  Accelerated  Spanish  (3) 

SPA  4  Intermediate  Spanish  (3) 

B.2.  B.A.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Spanish  and  Business  Administration 

(Collaboration  with  Business  Administration). 

Spanish  Studies: 

SPA  1  and  2  Elementary  Spanish  I  and  II  (or  equivalent)  (4,4) 

SPA  3  and  4  Intermediate  Spanish  III  and  IV  (or  equivalent)  (3,3) 

Requirements: 

SPA  107  Theory  and  Practice  of  Culture  (3) 

SPA  109  Spanish  Writing  Lab  (3) 

SPA  114  Translation/Interpretation  (3) 

SPA  149  Business  Communication  and  Culture  (3) 

SPA  144  Culture  and  Civilization  of  Latin  America  (3) 

SPA  112  Culture  and  Civilization  of  Spain  (3) 

SPA  199  Internship  (3) 

Choose  1  of  the  following: 

BUS  189  International  Management  (3) 

BUS  195  International  Marketing  (3) 

ECO  195  International  Economics  (3) 

POL  131  International  Relations  (3) 

Business  Administration 
Lower  Division  Requirements: 

BUS  5  Business  Law  1  (3) 

BUS  15A  Accounting  Principles  I  (3) 


SPANISH  STUDIES 

347 

BUS  15B 

Accounting  Principles  II 

(3) 

CIS  1 

Introduction  to  Computer  Process 

(3) 

ECO  1 

Microeconomics 

(3) 

ECO  2 

Macroeconomics 

(3) 

BUS/MTH  28 

Math  Analysis  for  Business 

(3) 

BUS/MTH  38 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

PHI  92/192 

Business  Ethics 

(3) 

Total:  27  lower  division  units  in  Business  Administration 
Upper  Division  Requirements: 

BUS  122  Business  Communications  (3) 

BUS  130  Principles  of  Finance  (3) 

BUS  160  Principles  of  Marketing  (3) 

BUS  177  Management  Information  Systems  (3) 

BUS  185  Principles  of  Management  (3) 

BUS  192  Business  Policy  and  Strategy  (3) 

Total:   18  upper  division  units  in  Business  Administration 

Students  with  a  major  in  Spanish  and  Business  are  strongly  encouraged  to  do  a  Junior 
semester  in  Europe  or  Latin  America. 

Total  units  in  Spanish  and  Business:  83 


SPA  1  Elementary  Spanish  I  (4) 

Develops  the  four  fundamental  skills  of  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing.  Emphasis 

on  speaking  and  grammar.  GS-IV 

SPA  2  Elementary  Spanish  II  (4) 

Further  develops  the  fundamental  skills  stressing  reading  and  writing  as  well  as  vocabulary 
building.  Prerequisite:  SPA  1  or  equivalent.  GS-IV 

SPA  3A  Accelerated  Spanish  III  (3) 

This  is  a  fast-track  course  for  students  who  can  communicate  orally  but  need  to  improve  in 
grammar.  The  class  is  conducted  in  Spanish  only  and  will  focus  primarily  on  grammar. 
Prerequisite:  Oral  Test.  GS-IV 

SPA  3B  Intermediate  Spanish  III  (3) 

This  is  the  logical  continuation  of  SPA  1  and  SPA  2  for  students  who  are  not  Spanish- 
speaking.  Emphasis  on  conversation  and  oral  comprehension.  Prerequisite:  SPA  2  or 
equivalent.  GS-IV 

SPA  4  Intermediate  Spanish  IV  (3) 

Introduction  to  literature  which  underlines  cultural  diversity.  Prerequisite:  SPA  3  or 
equivalent.  GS-IV,  VI 

SPA  27  Spanish  for  Health  Professionals     (2) 

An  introduction  to  medical  vocabulary  with  emphasis  on  the  process  of  communication,  on 
medical  vocabulary  and  role  playing.  Prerequisite:  Elementary  knowledge  of  Spanish  useful, 
but  not  required. 


348  SPANISH  STUDIES 


SPA  33A  Civilizations  and  Cultures  of  Spain  (3) 

A  general  view  of  historical,  social,  and  cultural  developments  in  Spain  up  to  today.  This 

course  is  given  in  English  through  the  Weekend  College  only.  GS-IV 

SPA  33B  Civilizations  and  Cultures  of  Hispanic  America  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  Civilizations  and  Cultures  of  Hispanic  America  with  emphasis  on  their 

artistic  and  literary  masterpieces.  Cultural  differences  and  similarities  will  be  stressed.  This 

course  is  given  in  English  through  the  Weekend  College  only.  GS-IV,  VI 

SPA  44/144/244  Hispanic  Civilizations  and  Cultures  (3) 

A  background  course  for  the  study  of  the  arts  and  literature  of  Hispanic  America,  focusing  on 

historical,  social,  and  cultural  developments.  Emphasis  on  cultural  differences  and 

similarities.  GS-IV  (HIS  162) 

SPA  107  Theory  and  Practice  of  Culture       (3) 

The  course  addresses  the  growing  domestic  and  global  necessity  for  understanding  and 

communication  across  cultural  boundaries.  This  is  a  theoretical  and  practical  approach  to 

understanding  cultural  differences  as  well  as  similarities.  It  is  taught  in  English. 

SPA  109  Spanish  Writing  Lab  (3) 

Intensive  training  in  writing,  with  emphasis  on  vocabulary,  idiom,  structural  patterns,  and 

style.  Exercises  in  rhetoric,  in  creative  and  other  forms  of  writing. 

SPA  110  Chicano  and  other  Hispanic  Literature  in  the  U.S.  (3) 

The  focus  will  be  on  Chicano  writers  and  other  authors  from  Cuba  and  the  Caribbean,  Puerto 

Rico,  Central  and  South  America  writing  in  the  United  States. 

SPA  112  History  and  Civilization  of  Spain     (3) 

An  historical  and  cultural  analysis  of  the  civilization  of  Spain,  and  the  development  of  its 

socio-political  institutions  up  to  this  day. 

SPA  114  Translation/Interpretation  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  mechanics  for  written  translation  and  basic  oral 

interpretation.  Prerequisite:  Basic  fluency  in  both  languages. 

SPA  115/215  Applied  Linguistics  (3) 

Modern  descriptive  linguistics  and  its  application  to  teaching.  Attention  will  be  given  to 

phonology,  morphology,  syntax,  and  other  structural  elements  that  apply  to  language  learning. 

SPA  125  Spanish  Masterpieces  (3) 

A  study  of  the  masterpieces  of  Spanish  literature  with  emphasis  on  themes  and  styles  of 

works:  Cervantes,  Calderon,  Feijoo,  Zorilla,  Galdos,  Blasco  Ibanez  and  others. 

SPA  129  Cervantes  (3) 

A  study  of  the  most  important  shorter  works  of  Cervantes  meant  to  elucidate  his  thoughts  and 

his  continuing  relevance  for  our  time. 

SPA  132  Studies  in  the  Generation  of  1898    (3) 

The  spirit  of  the  Generation  of  "98  as  reflected  in  the  works  of  major  representative  authors. 

SPA  135  Contemporary  Spanish  Literature  (3) 

Major  trends  of  poetry,  theater,  and  prose  fiction  from  1898  to  present.  Intensive  study  of 

specific  authors  and  critical  analysis  of  selected  works. 

SPA  140  Contemporary  Literature  of  Hispanic  America  (3) 

A  study  of  the  most  outstanding  works  by  contemporary  Hispanic  and  Spanish- American 

writers  such  as  Octbavio  Paz,  Carlos  Fuentes,  Vargas  Llosa  and  Gabriel  Garcia  Marquez  and 

others.  GS-VI 


SPANISH  STUDIES  349 


SPA  145       Cultures  of  the  Spanish-Speaking  Peoples  of  the  Americas  (3) 

Various  historical  and  modern  aspects  of  the  cultures  and  their  roles  within  the  United  States 
and  California.  Includes  origins,  values,  communication  and  socialization  systems,  migration 
and  immigration  patterns,  relationships  with  other  cultures.  Prerequisite:  Completion  of 
SPA  1  &  2. 

SPA  146  Women  in  Hispanic  Literature        (3) 

Major  contemporary  women  writers  in  the  literature  of  Hispanic  America  and  Spain:  women's 

view  of  life  and  culture.  GS-VI 

SPA  148  Films  and  Hispanic  Literatures       (3) 

Analysis  of  main  aesthetic,  cultural,  and  philosophical  questions  in  the  Hispanic  world  as 

articulated  in  literature  and  films. 

SPA  149  Business  Communication  and  culture  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  forms,  styles,  usages  and  procedures  followed  in  commercial 
correspondence  and  business  practices  in  the  Spanish-speaking  world.  Prerequisite:  SPA  25 
or  instructor's  consent. 

SPA  150  Times,  People,  and  Themes  (3) 

This  course  will  foster  the  exploration  of  special  interest  areas:  from  Latin  American  music  to 

border  literature  to  specific  authors  and  artists.  Course  content  will  be  defined  and  announced 

when  the  course  is  offered.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPA  190AB  Internship  program  (3,3) 

Internship  program  in  areas  related  to  the  emphasis. 

SPA  191  Senior  Thesis  (3) 

A  two-semester  directed  research  project  required  for  majors  under  the  direction  of  a 

department  faculty  member.  The  topic  of  the  thesis  may  be  related  to  either  culture,  literature 

or  international  business  and  must  be  approved  by  the  department  chairperson.  Students  must 

enroll  in  their  thesis  course  no  later  than  the  first  semester  of  their  senior  year. 

SPA  194  Study/Travel  (1-6) 

Pre-travel  lectures  and  readings,  as  well  as  guided  tours  in  the  country,  serve  as  basis  for  a 

study /travel  program,  with  each  participant  developing  a  project  highlighting  the  travel 

experiences. 

SPA  196H  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program, 

SPA  198AB  Directed  Readings  (3,3) 

Directed  readings  selected  from  authors  representative  of  significant  literary  periods. 
SPA  199AB  Independent  Studies  (1-3, 1-3) 

Directed  readings  and  research.  For  qualified  students  with  the  approval  of  the  department. 


350  SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 


Special  Programs 


A  maximum  of  six  non-required  units  in  Special  Programs  (including  Physical  Education) 
may  be  applied  to  requirements  of  the  Baccalaureate  degree.  Unless  otherwise  noted,  special 
program  classes  are  credit/no  credit.  Courses  with  an  X  designation  are  non-transferable  to 
the  Baccalaureate  program. 

Interdisciplinary  Courses 


INT  91AB  Humanities  :  Los  Angeles  (1) 

Study  will  focus  on  the  early  history  of  Los  Angeles  through  study,  readings,  and  field  trips  to 

historical  points.  (Credit/No  Credit).  Can  be  repeated  for  credit. 

INT  93/193A/B  Guided  Experience  in  the  Arts         (1.5,1.5) 

A.  Explores  the  rich  cultural  opportunities  of  Los  Angeles,  and  includes  attendance  at  selected 
plays,  concerts,  and  special  art  exhibits,  including  pre-  and  post-event  discussion. 

B.  Continuation  of  93/ 193 A.  To  satisfy  General  Studies  GS-IIIA,  both  the  A  and  B  segments 
must  be  successfully  completed. 

INT  95/195  Study/Travel:  European  History  and  Culture  (1-6) 

Seminars  on  the  Fine  Arts  focusing  on  major  European  capitals  of  art,  music  and  the  theater, 

culminating  in  actual  travel  to  at  least  two  of  these  capitals.  Open  to  all  students  with  some 

background  in  the  arts  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  GS-IIIA 

INT  96A/B/C  Culture,  Race  and  Communication  (1,1,1) 

Study  and  interaction  focused  on  culture  and  intercultural  conflicts.  Topics  introduced  include 

race  and  racism,  stereotyping  and  prejudice,  and  understanding  privilege.  Emphasis  on 

communication  skills.  Can  be  repeated  for  credit. 

INT  194A  Introduction  to  Drama  and  Dance  (1) 

Study  will  focus  on  an  introduction  to  the  visual  and  performing  arts  using  the  concepts 

included  in  the  California  State  Frameworks  at  a  level  appropriate  for  college  study.  Primary 

emphases  will  be  placed  on  the  study  and  appreciation  of  drama  and  dance. 

Other  Courses 

SPR 11  Seminar  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPR  12  Studies  in  Humanities  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPR  13  Studies  in  Contemporary  Society    (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPR  14  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPR  15  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


SPECIAL  PROGRAMS  351 


SPR  18/118  Career  Planning  Seminar  (1) 

Assessment  of  one's  needs,  interests,  skills,  and  values;  application  to  decisions  about  work, 
leisure  time,  choice  of  major,  and  academic  planning.  Introduction  to  sources  of  career 
information  and  traditional  and  non-traditional  search  methods,  with  special  emphasis  on 
resume  writing  and  interviewing  skills.  Required  for  Business  Administration  majors. 
SPR  22X  Becoming  a  Master  Student  (1) 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  learn  and  adopt  concrete  techniques  and  specific  strategies  for 

success  in  college. 

SPR  23X  Strategies  for  Academic  Success      (1) 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  empower  students  with  academic  skills  necessary  to  return  to 

acceptable  academic  standing  during  the  current  semester.  The  student  will  gain  skills  to 

enable  her  to  self-assess  and  make  appropriate  adjustments  in  academic  habits  essential  for 

long-term  collegiate  and  professional  success. 

SPR  25  Scholar  Mentor  Seminar  (1) 

A  survey  of  the  issues  and  skills  needed  for  successful  peer  tutoring.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 

understanding  of  tutoring  principles  and  practices  important  for  initiating  a  productive  tutorial 

relationship.  Permission  of  instructor  is  required. 

SPR  25A  Resident  Assistant  Seminar  (1) 

A  more  advanced  course  which  is  designed  to  develop  leadership  skills.  Special  attention  is 
paid  to  self-understanding,  program  presentation  and  problem  solving.  Permission  of 
instructor  is  required. 

SPR  26  Student  Advocate  Class  (1) 

This  class  is  designed  to  introduce  student  leaders  to  skills  necessary  to  be  effective  student 
advocates.  Topics  of  discussion  include  group  dynamics,  confidentiality,  networking,  and 
interpersonal  communication  skills.  Special  attention  is  focused  on  the  complexities  of 
responding  to  counseling  situations  encountered  in  their  day  to  day  work.  Permission  of 
instructor  is  required. 

SPR  27/127  Student  Health  Advocate  (1) 

This  course,  is  designed  to  assist  the  student  in  the  development  of  skills  effective  in  health 
promotion.  The  student  will  be  guided  through  a  selection  of  a  health-related  subjects 
pertinent  to  the  college  or  community  population;  development  of  a  plan  to  design  and  deliver 
the  information  through  selected  media;  and,  evaluation  of  the  project  outcomes.  Permission 
of  instructor  is  required. 

SPR  51X  College  Skills:  Reading  (1) 

A  course  designed  to  address  the  vocabulary,  speech,  and  comprehension  skills  required  to 

meet  the  demands  of  college  classes.  (Graded) 

SPR53X  College  Skills:  Writing  (1-3) 

A  course  designed  to  address  writing  skills  to  meet  the  college  proficiency  writing 
requirement.  (Cr/NC) 

SPR  55X  Reading  Development  (3) 

A  course  designed  to  strengthen  reading  skills  with  an  emphasis  on  the  SQ3R  method.  It 
includes  vocabulary  development  through  the  study  of  structural  analysis  and  context  clues 
and  the  reading  and  discussion  of  selected  imaginative  and  expository  pieces.  (Graded) 
SPR56X  College  Skills:  Mathematics  (1) 

A  course  designed  to  address  the  basic  math  skills  in  addition,  subtraction,  multiplication  and 
division  of  whole  numbers,  fractions,  and  decimals.  (Cr/NC) 


352  SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 


SPR  57X  Basic  Mathematics  (3) 

A  skills  course  in  fundamental  processes  of  arithmetic  designed  to  develop  both  accuracy  and 

speed  in  addition,  subtraction,  multiplication,  and  division  of  whole  numbers,  fractions,  and 

decimals.  (Graded)  Does  not  fulfill  AA  Liberal  Arts  math  requirement. 

SPR  60A  Social  Action  (1-3) 

A  multi-faceted  community  action  program  geared  to  help  people  in  need.  Approximately 

fifteen  hours  of  volunteer  work  under  supervision  in  an  approved  agency  or  center  and  a 

weekly  seminar  required.  May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Fulfills  outreach  requirement  which 

may  also  be  fulfilled  by  fieldwork  or  clinical  experience  required  by  specific  majors,  or  by 

successful  completion  of  a  service  learning  (SL)  course. 

SPR  70  Careers  in  Health  (1) 

A  course  designed  to  explore  selected  careers  in  health.  Gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to 

develop  career  goals  related  to  individual  interest  and  skills.  Includes  an  introduction  to 

medical  terminology.  Required  for  AA.  Pre-health  majors.  (Graded) 

SPR  71  Preparation  for  Nursing  (1) 

Introduces  cognitive  skills  and  learned  behaviors  required  for  the  professional  nursing  role. 

Practice  and  development  of  communication  skills,  word  and  reading  comprehension,  math 

calculations,  test-taking  skills,  and  time  management.  Recommended  for  students  preparing 

for  the  Baccalaureate  nursing  program.  Does  not  fulfill  the  requirement  for  NUR  42A, 

Fundamentals  of  Nursing,  and  credit  does  not  apply  toward  the  Baccalaureate  degree. 

Prerequisite:  Declared  nursing  major  and  success  in  required  courses. 

SPR  72  Career  Exploration  (1) 

Designed  to  allow  students  with  undeclared  majors  or  those  considering  a  change  of  major  to 
explore  educational  and  career  options.  Using  various  assessment  tools  and  exercises  students 
will  examine  their  talents,  skills,  interests  and  values  as  they  relate  to  determining  major  and 
career  choices.  Emphasis  placed  on  the  decision-making  process  in  regards  to  choosing 
appropriate  major  and  career  goals.  Resume  and  cover  letter  writing  as  well  as  interviewing 
skills  will  be  discussed.  (Graded) 

SPR  85  Introduction  to  College  Studies       (1) 

This  course,  coordinated  by  the  Division  of  Student  Affairs,  is  designed  to  assist  new  students 
in  successfully  transitioning  into  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  Faculty  members  conduct  this 
class  in  a  seminar  format  and  address  the  most  common  issues  facing  first-year  students. 
Course  topics  may  include  time-management,  effective  utilization  of  college  technology,  self- 
care  and  stress  management,  academic  planning,  career  planning  and  introduction  to  college 
resources.  First-year  students  enroll  in  this  course  during  the  Fall  semester  of  their  freshman 
year.  SPR  85  is  a  required  class  for  all  students  entering  the  College  with  less  than  24  units. 
(Graded) 

SPR  87  Technology  Internship  (0.5) 

In  this  course,  a  student  participates  by  assisting  faculty  and  various  academic  and 
administrative  departments  in  using  technology  effectively  and  efficiently.  Students  should 
have  a  reasonable  understanding  of  computers  prior  to  enrolling  in  this  course.  Under  the 
direction  of  the  Coordinator  for  Technology  Mediated  Instruction,  students  are  given 
appropriate  training  and  placed  in  areas  of  need  and  student  interest,  such  as  video 
conferencing,  web  page  design  and  development,  technology  equipment  distribution/set  up. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


SPECIAL  PROGRAMS  353 


SPR  96X  Summer  Study  Skills  Workshop     (1) 

Workshop  offered  to  incoming  freshmen  to  review  study  skills  and  prepare  for  college  level 
work  in  writing,  reading,  basic  math,  and  studying  the  sciences. 

SPR  99  Undergraduate  Teaching  Assistant  (1) 

After  participation  in  an  extended  training  seminar,  undergraduate  teaching  assistants  will 
support  the  faculty  of  SPR  85 — Introduction  to  College  Studies.  Responsibilities  may  include 
facilitating  class  discussion,  reviewing  assignments,  providing  assistance,  support  and 
encouragement  to  first-year  students,  serving  as  a  role  model  and  engaging  in  out-of-class 
contact  with  students.  Upon  completion  of  the  semester,  the  teaching  assistant  is  required  to 
submit  a  reflective  journal.  Enrollment  is  limited  to  students  selected  for  this  leadership 
position.  Permission  of  instructor  is  required. 


354  SPEECH 


Speech 


Department  Affiliation:  English 

SPE  10  Introduction  to  Communication      (2) 

Introduction  to  basic  principles  of  communication  theory  in  both  small  and  large  groups 

together  with  practice  in  discussion  and  speech  delivery.  GS-IB 

SPE  12  Business  and  Professional  Communication  (1) 

Examination  of  the  communication  that  occurs  in  corporations  and  professional  settings  with 

practice  in  interviewing,  in  group  dynamics,  and  in  public  presentations  typical  of  the  world 

of  work.  GS-IB 

SPE  91  Directed  Study  (1-3) 

Study  in  a  field  of  special  interest  in  speech  or  drama,  under  the  direction  of  a  department 

member.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPE  92/192  Special  Studies  (1-3) 

Exploration  of  special  interests  in  speech  communication  or  drama.  May  be  repeated  for 

credit. 

SPE  96/196  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


WOMEN'S  STUDIES  355 


Women's  Studies 

Women's  Studies  Minor 

Department  Affiliation:  History  and  Political  Science 

The  minor  in  Women's  Studies  (WS)  offers  an  interdisciplinary,  cross-cultural  and  critical 
understanding  of  women  and  issues  relating  to  gender  including  the  practice  of  leadership. 
Courses  focus  on  the  intellectual,  political  and  cultural  life  of  women  in  a  variety  of  social  and 
historical  contexts.  The  minor  provides  students  with  a  strong  theoretical  and  empirical 
background  in  understanding  how  gender  and  women's  roles  in  society  are  shaped  by  factors 
such  as  race,  class,  ethnicity,  culture  and  sexuality.  The  program  emphasizes  women  as 
agents  of  social  change  through  advocacy  and  policy  making.  The  interdisciplinary  nature  of 
the  minor  exposes  students  to  a  diversity  of  approaches  and  views  on  gender  and  women's 
issues. 

The  Women's  Studies  program  is  well  suited  for  students  who  are  interested  in  pursuing 
advanced  academic  work  in  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  programs,  professional  schools  in  law,  business 
or  medicine  as  well  as  for  those  students  planning  a  career  in  public  service,  advocacy  or 
social  activism. 

CURRICULUM 

The  Women's  Studies  minor  consists  of  18  total  units,  including  WS  10  (Introduction  to 
Women's  Studies).  Nine  (9)  of  the  remaining  fifteen  units  must  be  at  the  upper  division  level, 
and  at  least  two  of  the  courses  must  be  from  two  different  departments.  All  courses  that  are 
counted  towards  the  WS  minor  must  be  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Women's  Studies 
program.  Courses  that  emphasize  leadership  theory  or  practice  are  designated  "LWS." 

Requirements  for  the  Minor 

1 8  total  units  consisting  of: 

LWS  10  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies  (3) 

The  remaining  15  units  will  consist  of  the  following  courses  that  carry  the  Women's  Studies 
course  designation  (Course  descriptions  can  be  found  in  the  appropriate  departmental  sections 
of  the  catalog.): 

(i) 
(i) 

(3) 

(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


LWS  1A 

Leadership  Concepts 

LWS  IB 

Leadership  Concepts 

WST  10 

Introduction  to  Women's  Studies 

LWS  100 

Leadership  Studies 

WST  191 

Internship  in  Leadership 

WST  196H 

Senior  Honors  Thesis 

356            WOMEN'S  STUDIES 

ART  174 

Women  in  Contemporary  Art 

(3) 

BUS  140 

Women's  Issues  in  Business  and  Economics 

(3) 

ENG  27/127 

Women  in  Quest 

(3) 

ENG  123 

Women's  Voices  in  Literature 

(3) 

ENG  129 

Ethnic  Literature  of  America 

(3) 

HIS  191 

Major  Issues  in  US  Women's  History 

(3) 

HIS  192 

Women  of  Color  in  the  US 

(3) 

HIS  186 

Gender  in  American  Life  and  Thought 

(3) 

NUR182 

Leadership  and  Management 

(3) 

PHI  170 

Social  and  Political  Philosophy 

(3) 

PHI  178 

Philosophy  of  Women 

(3) 

PHI  179 

Women  and  Values 

(3) 

POL  102 

Women  and  the  Law 

(3) 

POL  139 

Women  in  International  Politics 

(3) 

POL  147 

WTomen  and  Development 

(3) 

PSY110 

Gender  Issues  in  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  139 

Child  Abuse  and  Family  Violence 

(3) 

PSY  144 

Psychology  of  Prejudice 

(3) 

PSY  175 

Human  Sexuality 

(3) 

PSY  186 

Violence  Against  Women 

(3) 

RST23 

Spiritual  Journeys  of  Women 

(3) 

RST  135 

Women  and  Christianity 

(3) 

SOC  115 

Sociology  of  Violence 

(3) 

SOC  160 

Diversity  in  Society 

(3) 

SOC  161 

Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations 

(3) 

SOC  163 

Women's  and  Children's  Human  Rights 

(3) 

SOC  164 

Advocacy  and  Human  Rights 

(3) 

SOC  191 

Social  Movements 

(3) 

SPA  146 

Women  in  Hispanic  Literature 

(3) 

LWS 1A  Leadership  Concepts  (1) 

An  introduction  to  key  leadership  issues  and  concepts,  with  special  emphasis  on  the 

connection  of  self-awareness,  self-development  and  the  role  of  gender  to  the  leadership 

process. 

LWS  IB  Leadership  Concepts  (1) 

An  introduction  to  key  leadership  issues  and  concepts  for  women,  with  special  emphasis  on 

the  development  of  team  work,  decision-making  and  communication  skills. 

WST  10  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies    (3) 

Analyzes  the  theories,  concepts  and  issues  in  Women's  Studies.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  leadership, 
social  justice  and  agency.  This  course  focuses  on  women's  issues  (both  historical  and  contemporary)  by 
examining  how  gender  interacts  with  race,  class,  sexuality  and  ethnicity.  Gender  is  applied  to  various 
forms  of  social  organization  in  different  societies  such  as  work,  health,  education,  mass 
communication/media,  law  and  policy. 


W0MEN5  STUDIES  357 


LWS  100  Leadership  Studies  (3) 

A  critical  examination  of  the  leadership  process,  including  emerging  approaches  to  leadership, 
the  leaders  and  strategies  for  change.  A  special  focus  will  be  on  the  role  of  college  students  in 
the  leadership  process. 

LWS  125  Applied  Leadership  (3) 

An  experience-oriented  course  involving  the  student's  observation  and  some  application  of 
the  principles  of  effective  leadership.  Weekly  seminars  integrate  fieldwork  with  theories  and 
models  of  community  and  civic  leadership. 
WST 191  Internship  in  Leadership  (3) 

Qualified  students  intern  in  nonprofit  organizations,  government  offices,  or  businesses  where 
women's  needs  and  concerns  are  being  addressed.  Selected  readings  and  a  written  analysis  of 
issues  and  experiences  are  required.  Prerequisite:  LWS  10.  Maximum  3  units  may  be  applied 
towards  LWS  minor. 

WST  196H  Seniors  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program. 


358 


TRUSTEES  AND  ADMINISTRATION 


Board  of  Trustees 

Michael  A.  Enright 
Chair 


Dr.  Helen  S.  Astin 

James  R.  Belardi 

Sister  Marilyn  Binder,  CSJ  '65 

Thomas  J.  Blumenthal 

Msgr.  Clement  J.  Connolly 

Jacqueline  Powers  Doud 

Kathleen  M.  Duncan 

William  H.  Elliott 

James  Flanigan 

Mark  Foster 

Phyllis  L.  Hennigan 

Sister  Miriam  Therese  Larkin,  CSJ  '53 

Thomas  E.  Larkin,  Jr 


Karl  H.  Loring 

Monica  Spillane  Luechtefeld  '71 

Sister  Mary  McKay,  CSJ  '67 

David  L.  Mclntyre 

Sister  Jill  Napier,  CSJ '71 

Sister  Maureen  O'Connor,  CSJ  '63 

Barry  Patmore 

Sister  Mary  Patricia  Rosholt,  CSJ  '64 

Jack  H.  Schuster 

David  W.  Waechter 

Joseph  W.  Waechter 

Val  Zavala 


Trustees  Emeriti 

Dr.  Rosemary  Park  Anastos  (deceased) 

Sister  Mary  Brigid  Fitzpatrick,  CSJ  '47 

Sister  Mary  Kevin  Ford,  CSJ  (deceased) 

Sister  Cecilia  Louise  Moore,  CSJ  '53  (deceased) 

Dr.  Frank  R.  Moothart 

J.  Robert  Vaughan  (deceased) 

Administrative  Officers 

and 

Members  of  the  President's  Cabinet 


Jacqueline  Powers  Doud,  Ph.D. 

President 
Eleanor  D.  Siebert,  Ph.D. 

Interim  Provost  &  Academic  Vice  President 
Stephanie  Cubba,  Ph.D. 

Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement 
Jane  Lingua,  Ph.D. 

Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 
Chris  K.  McAlary 

Vice  President  for  Administration  and  Finance 
Lawrence  M.  Smith 

Vice  President  for  Information  Support  Services  & 

Enrollment  Management 


TRUSTEES  AND  ADMINISTRATION 


359 


Regents  Council 


Eileen  Murphy  Bigelow  '65 

Hank  C.  Bowman 

James  A.  Cole 

Sheila  Cole 

Bebette  Gualano  Coleman  '52 

Thomas  J.  Coleman 

Karen  McKnight  Compton  '88 

Keith  Compton 

Jane  Zola  Delahanty  '65 

James  Delahanty 

Genevieve  Castellanos  Denault  '53 

John  C.  Fitzgerald 

John  J.  Gillin 

Martha  Gillin 

Deborah  Morris  Greene  '66 

Patrick  Greene 

Toni  Bannon  Gross  '67 

Steven  Gross 

Angela  Hawekotte  '75 

Casey  Quinn 

Helen  Hawekotte  '68 

Mary  Anne  Sterling  Houlahan  '75 

Michael  Houlahan 

Roger  Hughes 

Katharine  Hughes 

Mary  K.  Hughes 

Kimberly  H.  Iselin 

Carl  N.  Karcher 

Margaret  Karcher 

Elaine  Kindle  '75 

Javad  Hashtroudian 

Jack  A.  Knight  '96 

Vivien  F.  Lo  Pizzo  '65 

Fiorenza  Courtright  Lucas 

The  Honorable  Malcolm  Lucas 


Montgomery  F.  Lunn 

Kathleen  Lunn 

Allison  Lynch  '86 

Kathleen  A.  Maloney  '71 

Lola  McAlpin-Grant  '63 

William  G.  McGagh 

Michelle  Melanson  '75 

Rosemary  Moothart  '70 

Sheila  Kelly  Muller '57 

Pam  Rubin 

Mark  Rubin 

Marshall  C.  Sale 

Suzannah  Sale 

Sandy  Sawchuk 

Mariette  Sawchuk 

Richard  F.  Schmid 

Gena  Schmid 

Mary  Caratan  Sloper  '63 

Donald  Sloper 

Gail  Sullivan 

John  P.  Sullivan 

Margaret  Thalken  '46 

The  Honorable  Kim  Wardlaw 

William  M.  Wardlaw 

Jeffrey  Whitman 

Katherine  Schreuder  Whitman  '63 

Grace  Kadner  Wickersham  '69 


Regent  Emeritus 

Frank  R.  Moothart 


360         ACADEMIC  AND  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


Academic  and  Student  Affairs 

Gina  Aguirre,  B.A. 

Senior  Admission  Counselor 
Aimee  Arreygue,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Assistant  Director,  Weekend  College 
Daniel  Aucutt,  M.A.T. 

Assistant  Director  of  Learning  Assistance  Programs 
Jessica  Benson,  B.A. 

Assistant  Director  for  Operations 
Araba  Blankson,  B.A. 

Senior  Assistant  Director  for  Nursing  Admission 
Maureen  Bond,  M.A. 

Director,  Fitness  Education  and  Athletics 
Sister  Carol  Brong,  CSJ,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Assistant  Registrar,  Doheny  Campus 
Lydia  Castillo,  B.A. 

Director  of  Academic  Advisement 
Marisol  Castillo,  BA 

Administrative  Assistant  for  Nursing  Admissions 
Kevin  Collins,  M.S.Ed,  Ed.M 

Director  of  Internships  and  Career  Placement 
Rocio  DeLeon,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Registrar 
Audra  DiPadova,  M.A. 

Assistant  Director  Women's  Leadership 
Sister  Janet  Duffy,  CSJ,  Ed.D. 

Dean,  Associate  in  Arts  Programs 
Sister  Joseph  Adele  Edwards,  CSJ,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Dean,  Baccalaureate  Programs 
Arleen  Fernandez,  R.N.,  P.H.N,  M.S.N 

Director  of  Health  Services 
Romesh  Fernando 

Admission  Counselor 
Mark  Forte,  B.A. 

Director  of  Learning  Resource  Center,  Doheny  Campus 
Wendy  Galan,  M.A. 

Director,  Child  Development  Center 
Laura  Gomez,  M.A. 

Coordinator  for  Campus  Ministry 

and  Music  Ministry,  Chalon  Campus 
Gail  Gresser,  Ph.D.  (Cand.) 

Director  of  Campus  Ministry 
Thomas  Hoener,  B.A. 

Director  of  Graduate  Recruitment 
Carrie  Jo  Johnson,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Director,  Counseling  and 

Psychological  Services 


ACADEMIC  AND  STUDENT  AFFAIRS  361 


Rosalyn  Kempf,  Ed.M. 

Director  of  Women's  Leadership  Program 
Dean  Kilgour,  B.A. 

Dean  of  Admission 
Mary  Kranz,  B.A.,  M.A.T.,  M.L.S. 

Assistant  Librarian,  Doheny  Campus 
Michele  Lewis,  M.S. 

Director  of  Learning  Assistance  Programs  and  ISAE 
Monica  Lond-LeBlanc,  M.S. 

Director  of  Career  Planning 
Laura  Lopez,  M.Ed. 

Director  of  Residence  Life 
Maria  Lyons,  B.A. 

Director  of  Student  Activities  and 

Community  Liaison,  Doheny 
Veronica  Martinez,  B.A. 

Assistant  Director  of  ISAE,  Doheny  Campus 
Chinako  Miyamoto,  B.A. 

Assistant  Director  of  Residence  Life,  Chalon  Campus 
Linda  Moody,  Ph.D 

Dean,  Graduate  Programs 
Faraah  Mullings,  M.Ed. 

Director  of  Student  Activities 

and  Commuter  Services,  Chalon  Campus 
Sonali  Perera,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Associate  Director  for  Freshman  Admissions 
Ruzica  Popovitch-Krekic,  M.A.,  M.L.S. 

Reference  Librarian,  Chalon  Campus 
Veronica  Portillo,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Assistant  Registrar,  Chalon  Campus 
Claudia  Reed,  M.L.S.,  M.A. 

Director  of  MSMC  Libraries 
Bernadette  Robert,  B.A. 

Assistant  Vice  President  of  Student  Affairs 

and  Experiential  Learning 
Merrill  Rodin,  M.A. 

Dean,  Weekend  College 
Jessica  Rojas,  B.A. 

Assistant  Director,  Residence  Life,  Doheny  Campus 
Renee  Rouzan-Kay,  B.A. 

Associate  Director  for  Transfer  Admission 
Susan  K.  Salem,  Ph.D. 

Director  of  Counseling  and  Psychological  Services 
Shannon  Shank,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Director  of  Data  Integration 


362       ACADEMIC  AND  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


Jeanette  Stone,  M.S. 

Coordinator  of  Inter  Campus  Transfer  Programs, 

Pre-Health  Director 
Cynthia  Tamayo,  A. A. 

Admission  Counselor 
Kimberly  Terrill,  M.A. 

Coordinator  of  Experiential  Learning  and  Career  Planning 
Annie  Terry 

Admission  Counselor 
Mari  Wadsworth,  Ed.D 

Associate  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 
Stella  Wohlfarth,  RN,  PHN,  MSN 

Coordinator,  Doheny  Health  Services 


Business  Management  and  Administrative  Services  Staff 

Akousa  Amporful,  M.S. 

Assistant  Director  of  Human  Resources 
Joanna  Banks 

Manager  Public  Relations 
Nora  Cobian 

Director  of  Student  Employment 
La  Royce  Dodd,  B.A. 

Director  of  Student  Financing 
Patrick  Dull,  B.A. 

Assistant  Controller 
Lois  Dunne,  B.A. 

Director  of  Development  Services 
Peggie  Ehrbar 

Executive  Assistant  to  the  Vic  President 
Don  Haviland,  Ph.D. 

Director  of  Institutional  Research  and  Assessment 
Milania  Henley,  B.A. 

Planned  Giving  Officer 
Joy  Jacobs,  B.A. 

Assistant  Director  of  Communications  and  Marketing 
Francine  Marlenee 

Director  of  Public  Relations 
Jeremy  Niculescu 

Grants  Coordinator 
M.  Sue  Ott,  B.S. 

Director  of  Development  Services 
Jotanna  Proescholdt,  B.A. 

Director  of  Food  Services  (Bon  Appetit) 
Elizabeth  Robles 

Alumnae  Relations  Coordinator 


BUSINESS  MANAGEMENT  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  SERVICES  STAFF  FACULTY 363_ 

Angelic  Rome 

Office/Special  Events  Assistant 
Jeanne  Ruiz,  B.A. 

Director  of  Alumnae  Relations 
Melissa  Salazar 

Director  of  Annual  Giving 
Heather  Schraeder 

Director  of  Special  Events 
Maria  Solano 

Manager  of  Major  Gifts 
Nora  Swe 

Assistant  Development  Services 
Rosie  Taravella 

Assistant  Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement 
Fermin  Vigil,  M.B.A. 

Controller 


Faculty 

Kelli-Ann  Agner  EDU Department  Fieldwork  Coordinator 

B.A.,  California  State  University,  Northridge,  CA;  M.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  Los  Angeles,  CA 

Pat  Alford-Keating  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

B.A.,  American  Christian  College;  M.S.,  Northeastern  Oklahoma  State  U;  Ph.D.,  Oklahoma  State  U 

Mark  S.  Alhanati  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  California  State  University,  Northridge;  M.B.A.,  Loyola  Marymount  University 

Marianne  Annis  Special  Education  Supervised  Teaching 

B.A.  and  M.A.,  Pacific  Oaks  College,  Pasadena,  California 

Peter  H.  Antoniou  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  M.I.B.A,  International  University,  London;  D.B.A.,  U.S.  International  University,  San  Diego 

Edward  Archer  Lecturer  in  Music 

B.A.  California  State  University,  Northridge 

Sister  Patricia  Arnold,  CSJ  Associate  Professor  Emerita  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Loyola  University,  Chicago 

Lorenzo  Arengo-Yarnes  Instructor  in  Education 

Patricia  Ash  Assistant  Professor  of  History  &  Political  Science 

B.A.  and  M.A.,  Rice  University;  J.D.,  University  of  Miami  School  of  Law;  Ph.D.,  Claremont  Graduate  U 

Margaret  Avila  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles;  M.S.N., 

California  State  University,  Long  Beach 

Milarose  Baleva-Wilson   Lecturer  in  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Nancy  Ballesteros  Lecturer  in  Modern  Languages 

Jody  Baral  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  California  State  University,  Northridge;  M.F.A.,  Cranbrook  Academy  of  Art 

Brigid  Barrett  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  San  Francisco,  CA;  M.S.  California  State  University,  Sacramento,  CA 


364  FACULTY 


Roxanna  Baiter  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  San  Francisco;  M.S.N.,  CSU-Long  Beach;  Acute  Care  NP,  CSU-Long  Beah 

Albert  Beach  Lecturer  in  Art 

B.F.A.,  University  of  Arizona;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Colorado 

Daphne  Nicholson  Bennett  Professor  Emerita  of  English  and  Speech 

M.A.  University  of  London;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  London;  M.A.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Amy  Berfield  Lecturer  in  Education 

Suzanne  Birman  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.,  Georgetown  University;  M.S.N.,  University  of  San  Diego 

Juliette  Boewe  Instructor  in  Education 

Maureen  Ann  Bond  Lecturer  in  Education  and  Fitness 

B.A.,  CSU-Dominguez  Hills,  Carson,  CA;  M.A.,  CSU-  Northridge,  California 

MaryAnn  Bonino  College  Professor  at  Large 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Helen  Boutrous  Assistant  Professor  of  History  and  Political  Science 

B.A.,  UCLA;  J.D.,  University  of  San  Diego;  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University 

Sister  Annette  Bower,  CSJ  Professor  of  Biological  Sciences 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  Creighton  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arizona,  Tucson 

Matthew  Brosamer  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Georgetown  University;  M.A.,  C.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Jim  Browder  Lecturer  in  Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  Illinois 

Michelle  Browning  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  Auburn  University;  M.B.A.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  USC 

Frank  Custer  Brownstead  Lecturer  in  Music 

A.B.,  B.M.  College  of  Wooster;  S.M.M.  Union  Theological  Seminary 

Katherine  T.  Brueck         Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  John  Carroll  University;  M.A.,  Purdue  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Madeleine  Bruning  Associate  Professor  in  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.Ed.,  CSU,  Northridge;  M.S.N;  C.P.N.P,  UCLA;  Ed.D.(c),  USC 

Pam  Bruns  Lecturer  in  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Southern  California;  M.A.,  New  York  University 

Scott  Bryson  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Baylor  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

Charles  Bunce  Lecturer  in  History  and  Political  Science  and  Sociology 

B.A.,  Brigham  Young  University;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago 

Richard  Burns  Lecturer  in  Pastoral  Care  Counseling  and  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  San  Francisco;  M.Div.,  Graduate  Theological  Union;  M.S.W.,  USC 

Larry  Cahalin  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  St.  Louis  University;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa 

Tori  Canillas-Dufau  Associate  Professor  in  Nursing 

B.A.,  CSU,  Los  Angeles;  M.Ed.,  M.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  Los  Angeles;  Ed.D.  Pepperdine  U,  Malibu,  CA 

Ronda  Carlson  Elementary  Supervised  Teaching-Education 

B.A.,  California  State  University,-Los  Angeles 

Lisa  Carroll  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Lynne  Carscallen  Elementary  Supervised  Teaching-Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Louisville,  Louisville,  KY;  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Long  Beach 


FACULTY  365 


A.  Tad  Chamberlain         Instructor  in  Sociology  and  Documentary  Film  &  Social  Justice 

B.A.,  Brigham  Young  University;  M.F.A.,  American  Film  Institute 

Julia  Chang  Associate  Professor  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  Irvine;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester 

Tanyetta  Chateau  Lecturer  in  Sociology  and  Gerontology 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.W.,  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Carlos  Chavez  Lecturer  in  Physical  Sciences/Mathematics 

B.A.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles 

Joan  M.  Cho  Professor  Emerita  of  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  Indiana  University 

Jennifer  Chotiner  Assistant  Professor  in  Biology 

B.S.,  UC-San  Diego  ;  Ph.D.,  UCLA 

Ralph  Cioffl  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

B.A.,  Pace  University;  M.Ed.,  Antioch  College;  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles 

Deniz  Cizmeciyan  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Science  and  Math 

B.S.,  Bogazici  University,  Istanbul,  Turkey;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  Pennsylvania 

Michael  Cooper  Lecturer  in  Sociology 

B.A.,  Point  Park  College,  Pittsburgh;  M.S.W.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Laura  Crandall  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  California  State  University,  Long  Beach 

Jane  Crawford  Lecturer  in  History 

A.  A.,  College  of  Southern  Idaho;  B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Brigham  Young  University 

Randal  Cummings  Lecturer  in  Religious  Studies 

B.A.,  California  State  University,  Northridge;  M.A.,  Ph.D.  (c),  UCLA 

Edythe  Davis  Lecturer  in  English  and  Speech 

B.S.,  Kent  State  University;  M.S.  Emerson  College 

Maggie  Davis-Kendrick    Instructor  in  Nursing 

A.S.N.,  University  of  New  York;  B.S.N.,  CSU-Dominguez  Hills;  M.S.N.,  Regis  University 

Karol  Dean  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Boston  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Sharon  DeBriere  Supervised  Teaching  Education 

James  Delahanty  Professor  Emeritus  of  Political  Science 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Rutgers  U;  Ph.D.  UCLA;  J.D.,  Loyola-Marymount  University 

Matthew  S.  Delaney  Professor  Emeritus  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Immaculate  Heart  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

Debbie  Diaz  Assistant  Professor  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  CSU-Long  Beach;  M.S.,  CSU-Long  Beach;  PIlD.,  UCLA 

Mary  Patricia  Disterhoft    Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City;  M.A.,  Pacific  Oaks  College;  Ph.D.,  Claremont  Graduate  University 

Arthur  Dixon  Lecturer  in  Physical  Sciences 

B.S.,  University  of  Missouri;  M.S.,  University  of  California,  Santa  Barbara 

Darin  Dockstader  Lecturer  in  Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  Utah;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Claremont  Graduate  University 

Matt  Doran  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music 

B.A.,  B.M.,  M.Mus.,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Aaron  Drane  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  Washington  State  University;  M.F.A.  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Michele  Dumont  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  CSU-Long  Beach;  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 


366  FACULTY 


Darla  Dunlop  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

B.S.N.,  Northeastern  University;  M.S.N.,  Boston  University 

Sister  Joseph  Adele  Edwards,  CSJ  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Marie  Egan,  IHM  Professor  Emerita  of  Religious  Studies 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Immaculate  Heart  College;  S.T.B.,  S.T.L.,  S.T.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America 

Terri  Eichman  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  California  State  University  Consortium;  M.S.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Donna  Emmanuel  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.M.,  Webster  University;  M.A.,  California  Family  Study  Center 

Sister  Teresita  Espinosa,  CSJ  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.M.,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Julie  Feldman-Abe  Assistant  Professor  and  Director  of  Elementary  Teacher  Preparation  Program 

B.A.,  Brown  University;  Ph.D.,  International/Global  Education,  New  York  University 

Michele  Fine        Associate  Professor  of  Modern  Languages 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Jacqueline  Fisher  Instructor  in  Education 

Sister  Mary  Evelyn  Flynn,  CSJ    Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Eugene  G.  Frick  Associate  Professor  of  Religious  Studies 

B.A.,  University  of  Dayton;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Marquette  University 

Makiko  Fujiwara-Skrobak   Lecturer  in  Modern  Languages 

Charlene  Gagliardi  Instructorr  in  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Texas;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  University 

Carol  Garrett  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

B.A.  and  J.D.,  University  of  Louisville;  M.B.A.  and  Ph.D.,  Georgia  State  University 

Laurie  Wright  Garry        Assistant  Professor  in  Religious  Studies 

B.S.,  University  of  South  Dakota  ;  M.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame  ;  Ph.D.,  Marquette  University 

Sister  Aline  Marie  Gerber,  CSJ     Emerita  Professor  of  Romance  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  Southern  California;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley;  Ph.D., 

University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Lance  Gist  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Holy  Names  College,  Oakland,  California;  J.D.,  Gonzaga  University,  Spokane,  Washington 

Pamela  Gist  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.G.S.,  Gonzaga  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Barbara  Goldstein  Lecturer  in  Education 

Jim  Gordon  Lecturer  in  Sociology,  Social  Work  and  Gerontology 

B.A.,  Cal  Lutheran  University;  M.A.,  Azusa  Pacific;  Ph.D.,  Sierra  University 

Robin  Gordon  Assistant  Professor  and  Director  of  Secondary  Teacher  Preparation  Program 

B.A.,  California  State  Polytechnic  University,  Pomona;  M.A.,  Califronia  State  University  at 

Los  Angeles;  Ph.D.,  Education,  Claremont  Graduate  University 

Keith  Gosselin  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

B.B.,  Loyola  Marymount  University;  M.B.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  Virigina 

Paul  Green  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.S.,  Biola  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Irvine 


FACULTY  367 


Cynthia  Hagstrom  Lecturer  in  Education 

Carol  Hahn  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Virginia;  M.S.N.,  California  State  University,  Dominguez  Hills 

Pamela  D.  Haldeman         Professor  of  Sociology,  Social  Work  and  Gerontology 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  M.M.F.T.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Sandra  Harte  Associate  Professor  in  Sociology,  Social  Work,  Gerontology 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  M.M.F.T.,  Ph.D.  University  of  Southern  California 

Jacquelyn  Herst  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  M.A.,  Pepperdine  University 

Fehrn  Hesse  Assistant  Professor  in  Nursing 

A.A.,  Pasadena  City  College;  B.S.,  La  Verne  University;  M.S.N.,  Azusa  Pacific  University 

Ruth  Hoffman  Professor  Emerita  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 

Amina  Humphrey  Lecturer  in  Education 

Joseph  Janeti  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Fordham  University  ;  Ph.D.  Michigan  State  University  ;  Ph.D.  Pacifica  Graduate  Institute 

Joan  Johnson  Lecturer  in  English 

A. A.,  Foothill-DeAnza  College;  B.A.,  M.A.  San  Jose  State  University 

Sister  Darlene  Kawulok,  CSJ  Assistant  Professor  in  Religious  Studies 

B.S.,  Northern  Arizona  University;  M.A.,  St.  Michael  College;  D.Min.,  Barry  University,  Miami 

James  Kelly  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Yale  University 

Kathy  Kelly  Instructor  in  Nursing 

A. A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  B.S.and  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Northridge 

Veronica  Arespacochaga  Kelley     Lecturer  in  Sociology,  Social  Work  and  Gerontology 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.W.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Millie  Kidd  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Nancy  Lee  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  Marquette  University;  M.S.,  California  State  University,  Northridge 

David  Leese  Professor  of  English  and  Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Amherst;  J.D.,  Northwestern  U;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Brandeis  University;  M.B.A.,  CSU-  Northridge 

Marie  Leighton  Lecturer  in  Political  Science 

B.A.,  Cabrini  College;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Frankie  Lennon  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  Bloomington 

Darlene  Levy  Assistant  Professor  in  Nursing 

B.S.N,  and  B.A.,  CSU-Los  Angeles;  M.N,  UCLA;  N.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

Barbara  Lewis  Lecturer  in  Fitness  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Vermont,  Burlington,  Vermont;  M.B.A.,  University  of  California  Los  Angeles 

Debbie  Lowe  Assistant  Professor  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  Pepperdine  U;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas;  M.S.,  Duke  U;  Ph.D.,  U  of  Wisconsin 

Verle  Lubberden  Assistant  Professor  Emeritus  of  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Corinne  Hay  Mabry  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  M.S.,  U  of  Tennessee,  Knoxville;  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  at  Vanderbilt  University 


368  FACULTY 


Eileen  McArow  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Kelly  McGoldrick  Assistant  Professor  of  Biological  Sciences 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  Davis;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Patricia  Melnick  Assistant  Professor  in  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois;  M.S.N.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles 

Doug  Meyer  Lecturer  in  Art 

B.F.A.;  University  of  Southern  California;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Arizona 

Susan  Meyer  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.N.,  California  State  University,  Dominguez  Hills 

Helena  JinAh  Min  Lecturer  in  Art 

B.F.A.,  Otis  Art  Institute;  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Long  Beach 

Lora  Morn  Lecturer  in  Education 

Marie  Alexis  Navarro,  IHM  Professor  Emerita  of  Religious  Studies 

B.A.,  Immaculate  Heart  College;  M.A.,  Fordham  University;  Ph.D.,  St.  Michael's  College, 

University  of  Toronto 

Angella  Nazarian  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Long  Beach 

Craig  Newsam  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  Holstra  University,  Hempteore,  NY;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Marsha  Nickerson  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.N.,  UCLA 

Zeba  Noorani  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Ronald  J.  Oard  Professor  Emeritus  of  History  and  Political  Sciences 

B.A.,  Regis  College;  M.A.,  Creighton  University;  M.P.A.,  University  of  California,  Los 

Angeles;  Ph.D.,  St.  Louis  University 

Reverend  George  O'Brien    Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  St.  John's  College;  M.A.,  Loyola  Marymount  University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Southern  California 

John  O'Callaghan  Lecturer  in  Religious  Studies 

M.A.,  Loyola  Marymount  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California,  Los  Angeles 

Sister  Ann  Patricia  O'Connor,  CSJ  Supervised  Teaching  Education 

B.A.  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  University  of  California  at  San  Jose 

Judith  Ontiveros  Instructor  in  Nursing 

A.A.,  Pasadena  City  College;  B.S.N.,  CSU-Dominguez  Hills;  M.S.N.,  CSU-Dominguez  Hills 

Philip  Otis  Lecturer  in  Languages  and  Culture 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  M.A.,  Universidad  de  Mexico 

Rebecca  Otten  Associate  Professor  in  Nursing 

B.A.,  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.N.,  California  State  University,  Dominguez  Hills;  Ed.D., 

Pepperdine  University,  Malibu,  California 

Karen  Perell  Research  Director  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  M.S.,  PhD.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Dave  Powers  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  Loma  Linda  University;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Redlands 

Elisa  Pulido-Ragus  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.A.  and  M.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Sister  Carol  Purzycki,  CSJ  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.N.,  UCLA;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


FACULTY  369 


Montserrat  Reguant         Associate  Professor  of  Language 

B.A.  and  M.A.  University  of  Barcelona;  M.A.  and  Ph.D.,  Yale  University; 

Susan  Mais  Requejo  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  UCLA;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  New  York;  D.P.T.,  USC 

Anne  Rigone  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  Pepperdine  University,  Los  Angeles;  M.B.T.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Lia  Roberts  Instructor  in  History/Political  Science 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Charlotte;  M.A.,  University  of  Tennessee;  Ph.  D.,  UC-Santa  Barbara 

Janet  Robinson  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  University  of  Redlands;  M.B.A.,  Loyola  Marymount  University,  Pepperdine  Univ.,  Ed.D. 

Diane  Rodriguez  Assistant  Professor  in  Sociology,  Social  Work,  Geronotology 

B.A.,  San  Diego  State  University;  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Maricela  Redriguez  Lecturer  in  Education 

Melanie  Ronning  Lecturer  in  Education 

Sister  Callista  Roy,  CSJ    Professor  Emerita  of  Nursing 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Stuart  Rugg  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  Davis;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Marsha  Sato  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Jeannine  Savedra  Secondary  Supervised  Teaching-Education 

B.A.,  California  State  University,  LOS  Angeles;  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Dominguez  Hills 

Eileen  Schiffrin  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  Los  Angeles 

Karen  Schoen  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

A.A.,  West  Los  Angeles  College;  B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Diane  Searls  Elementary  Supervised  Teaching-Education 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles,  M.A.,  United  States  International  University 

Mary  Sedgwick  Academic  Resource  Personnel  HI 

B.A.,  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Long  Beach;  M.A.,  Immaculate  Heart  College 

Jennifer  Selig  Lecturer  in  Education 

Beverly  Serra-Brooks       Lecturer  in  Music 

B.F.A.  California  Institute  of  the  Arts;  M.M.,  CSU-Northridge;  D.M.A.  Claremont  Graduate  School 

Michelle  Shwartz  Lecturer  in  Education 

Eleanor  D.  Siebert  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A.,  Duke  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Dennis  Signorovitch  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  Washington,  D.C.;  M.A.,  Old  Dominican  University,  Norfolk,  Virginia 

Fred  Simonelli  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  John  Carroll  University;  M.P.A.,  University  of  San  Francisco;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nevada 

Lance  Skidmore  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Pomona  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Santa  Barbara 

Dolores  Sloan  Lecturer  in  English,  Speech,  and  Sociology 

B.A.,  M.A.  Claremont  Graduate  School;  M.A.,  Lone  Mountain  College,  University  of  San  Francisco 

Mary  Sloper  Professor  Emerita  of  Nursing 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  Los  Angeles;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles; 

M.B.A.,  California  State  University,  Dominguez  Hills 

George  E.  Snow  Professor  Emeritus  of  Biological  Sciences 

B.A.,  Rockhurst  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado,  Boulder 


370  FACULTY 


Elena  Stark  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

M.D.  and  Ph.D.,  University  of  Barcelona  Medical  School 

Michele  A.  Starkey  Assistant  Professor  in  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  California  State  University,  Long  Beach 

Eric  Stemp  Professor  of  Physical  Sciences 

B.S.,  University  of  Denver;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 

Delores  Stevens  Lecturer  in  Music 

B.M.,  University  of  Kansas; 

Elizabeth  Sturgeon  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  UC-Irvine;  M.A.  Northwestern  University;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 

Tonia  Symensma  Assistant  Professor  of  Biological  Sciences 

B.A.,  North  Central  College,  Naperville,  IL;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  Bloomington,  IN 

Peter  Tan  Lecturer  in  Philosophy 

B.S.,  University  of  Arizona;  M.A.,  Boston  College 

Wanda  Teays  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  California  State  University,  Fullerton;  M.A.,  University  of  Alberta,  Edmonton;  M.T.S. 

Harvard  University;  Ph.D.,  Concordia  University,  Montreal,  Quebec 

Valerie  Teglia  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  UCLA;  M.P.T.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  D.P.T.,  Temple  City  College 

Michael  Temkin-Martinez  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.A.  and  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Northridge 

Susan  Terrell  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  Simmons  College 

Cynthia  Tino-Sandoval     Lecturer  in  English 

A.A.,  Marymount  College;  B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  CSU-Dominguez  Hills 

Shelly  Tochluk  Assistant  Professor  in  Education 

B.A.,  UCLA;  M.A.,  Loyola  Marymount  University;  Ph.D.  Pacifica  Graduate  Institute 

Paul  Trautwein  Lecturer  in  Art 

B.F.A.,  Atlanta  College  of  Art;  M.F.A.,  University  of  the  Arts,  Philadelphia 

Olivia  Trevino  Lecturer  in  Modern  Languages 

Rose  Marie  Toliver  Elementary  Supervised  Teaching-Education 

B.A.,  Los  Angeles  State  College;  M.A.,  California  Lutheran  College 

Helen  Tsuda  Assistant  Pofessorr  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  Davis;  M.A.,  Stanford  University 

Monica  Turner  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Northridge 

Sharon  A.  Vairo  Professor  Emerita  of  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  Wayne  State  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado;  D.N.Sc.,  University  of  San  Diego 

Sister  Kieran  Vaughan,  CSJ  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  Ed.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

B.A.,  St.  Ambrose  University;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Iowa 

Christopher  Walker  Lecturer  in  Music 

B.A.,  M.M.,  Bristol  University;  Certificate  in  Music  Education,  Trent  Park  College,  London 

Dan  Wanner  Lecturer  in  Music 

B.A.,  M.A.,  D.M.A.  Columbia  University 

Joann  Watchie  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  San  Francisco;  M.A.,  San  Francisco  State  University 


FACULTY  371 


Elizabeth  Weiner  Lecturer  in  Education 

Bill  Whiting  Lecturer  in  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  Stanford  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Katherine  Whitman  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  UCLA;  Graduate  Study,  Temple  University 

Lea  Whittington  Lecturer  in  Art 

B.F.A.,  California  State  University  Fullerton;  M.F.A.,  Claremont  Graduate  School 

Anne  Wilcoxen  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Oklahoma;  M.A.,  George  Washington  University;  Ph.D.,  UCLA 

Sister  Mary  Williams,  CSJ  Professor  Emerita  of  English 

B.A.,  College  of  St.  Catherine;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University 

Michelle  Windmueller      Lecturer  in  Education 

B.A.,  California  State  University,  Northridge;  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles 

Patricia  Woodlin  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.A.,  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles;  Ph.D.,  Union  Institute 

Bruce  Yazajian  Assistant  Professor  in  Biology 

B.S.  Michigan  State  University;  Ph.D.,  USC 

Colette  R.  York  Lecturer  in  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  D.N.Sc,  University  of  San  Diego 

Peter  Zaferes  Lecturer  in  Music 

B.F.A.,  M.F.A.,  California  Institute  of  the  Arts 

Marie  Zeuthen  Professor  Emerita  of  Biological  Sciences 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 


372  AGENCIES  /  AFFILIATES 


Teacher  Education  Program  - 
Cooperating  Staff 

Agencies/ Affiliates 

Early  Childhood  Education 

and  Teacher  Preparation  Programs 

Cooperating  Schools 

Anna  Bing  Arnold  Child  Care  Center 

John  Tracy  Clinic 

Mount  St.  Mary's  Child  Development  Center 

Trade  Tech  Child  Development  Center 

University  of  Southern  California  School  for  Early  Childhood  Education 

Alta  Loma  School  (LAUSD) 

Ann  Street  School  (LAUSD) 

Arlington  Heights  School  (LAUSD) 

Bancroft  Middle  School  (LAUSD) 

Bell  Gardens  Intermediate  (Montebello  USD) 

Bella  Vista  School  (Montebello  USD) 

Brockton  Ave  School  (LAUSD) 

Buford  Elementary  (Lennox  SD) 

Camino  Nuevo  Charter  Academy  (LAUSD  Associated) 

Canfield  School  (LAUSD) 

Delores  Huerta  Elementary  (Lennox  SD) 

Eastmont  Intermediate  (Montebello  USD) 

Esperanza  School  (LAUSD) 

Franklin  Elementary  (Santa  Monica/Malibu  USD) 

Foshay  Learning  Center  (LAUSD) 

Granada  Hills  High  School  (LAUSD) 

Grant  Elementary  (Santa  Monica/Malibu  USD) 

Hazeltine  School  (LAUSD) 

Hubbard  School  (LAUSD) 

Humphreys  Math-Science  Magnet  (LAUSD) 

Jefferson  Elementary  (LENNOX  SD) 

Kenneth  L.  Moffett  Elementary  School  (Lennox  SD) 

La  Merced  Elementary  (Montebello  USD) 

Leo  Politi  School  (LAUSD) 

Lockwood  Ave.  School  (LAUSD) 

Los  Angeles  Center  for  Enriched  Studies  (LAUSD) 

McArthur  Park  Primary  Center  (LAUSD) 

McKinley  Elementary  (Santa  Monica/Malibu  USD) 

Magnolia  School  (LAUSD) 

Montebello  High  School  (Montebello  USD) 


AGENCIES  /  AFFILIATES  373 


Norwood  School  (LAUSD) 

Overland  School  (LAUSD) 

Plainview  School  (LAUSD) 

Ramona  School  (LAUSD) 

Roosevelt  High  School  (LAUSD) 

St.  Euphrasia  (LA  Archdiocese) 

St.  Genevieve  High  School  (LA  Archdiocese) 

St.  Joseph  High  School  (LA  Archdiocese) 

San  Fernando  Middle  School  (LAUSD) 

Sierra  Madre  Elementary  School  (Pasadena  USD) 

Stevenson  Middle  School  (LAUSD) 

Roosevelt  High  School  (LAUSD) 

32nd  Street  Visual  &  Performing  Arts  Magnet  (LAUSD) 

University  High  School  (LAUSD) 

Van  Nuys  High  School  (LAUSD) 

West  Vernon  School  (LAUSD) 

Wilcox  School  (Montebello  USD) 

Wilmington  Park  School  (LAUSD) 

Applied  Music  Faculty 

Piano:  Nancy  Fierro,  Hyeja  Chong  Ganahl,  Ruth  Goldin,  Deborah  How,  Beverly  Serra- 

Brooks,  Delores  Stevens,  Chet  Swiatkowksi,  Hak  Soon  Hahn  Swiatkowski. 

Organ:  William  C.  Beck,  Frank  Brownstead,  Harold  Daugherty. 

Voice:  Nicole  Baker,  Martha  Cowan,  Yvette  Devereaux,  Melodee  Fernandez,  Gail  Gordon, 

William  Hanrahan,  Linda  Sue  Marks,  Agnieszka  Noris,  Sue  Ann  Pinner,  LeNore  Porter,  Seth 

Riggs,  Joyce  Sweeney. 

Harp:  Dorothy  Victor,  Carolyn  Sykes 

Harpsichord:  Frederic  Hammond. 

Violin:  Briana  Ackerman,  Franklyn  D' Antonio 

Viola:  Briana  Ackerman,  David  Stockhammer. 

Cello:  Gianna  Abondolo,  Janice  Foy,  Rowena  Hamill,  Victor  Sazer. 

Bass:  Nico  Abondolo. 

Flute:  Deborah  Avery,  Susan  Greenberg,  Salpy  Kerkovian, 

Oboe:  Deborah  Avery,  David  Sherr. 

Clarinet:  Deborah  Avery,  Kay  Nevin,  David  Sasaki. 

Bassoon:  John  Campbell,  Norman  Herzberg. 

Saxophone:  Milton  Hall,  David  Sherr. 

French  Horn:  Gale  Robinson. 

Trumpet:  Kevin  Brown,  David  Searfoss. 

Trombone:  Miles  Anderson. 

Tuba:  John  Johnson. 

Percussion:  Linda  Sue  Marks,  Thomas  D.  Raney,  Kenneth  Watson. 

Classical  Guitar:  Anthony  Lupica,  Peter  Zaferes. 

Folk  Guitar:  Anthony  Lupica,  Peter  Zaferes 


374  AGENCIES  /  AFFILIATES 


Nursing  Department 
Cooperating  Agencies 


Accredited  Home  Health  Service 
Encino,  CA  91316 

AltaMed  Health  Services  Corp-MSSP 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90063 

Alta  Med  Health  Service,  Corp. 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90255 

AltaMed  Health  Service  Corportaion 
Huntington  Park,  CA  90255 

Assisted  Home  Recovery 
North  Hills,  C A  91343 


Children's  Hospital  of  LA 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90027 

Children's  Hospital  Orange  County 
Orange,  CA  92868 

Christ  Lutheran  Church  School 
Rancho  Palos  Verdes,  CA  90275 
CHW:  St.  Bernadine  Medical  Center 

CHW:  California  Hospital 

CHW:  Northridge  Hospital  Medical  Center 
Northridge,  CA  91328 


Biola  University 
LaMirada,CA  90639 
MSN  PROGRAM 

Breast  Feeding  Task  Force 
Pacific  Palisades,  CA  90272 

Brotman  Medical  Center 
Culver  City,  CA  90231-2459 

California  State  University,  Bakersfield 
Bakersfield,  CA  93311 
MSN  PROGRAM 

California  State  University,  LA 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90032 
MSN  PROGRAM 

CCFS  Headstart 
Altadena,  CA  91001 

CSUN  Student  Health 
Northridge,  CA  91330 

Cedars-Sinai  Medical  Center 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90048 

Centinela  Hospital  Medical  Center 
Inglewood,  C A  90301-4011 

Century  City  Hospital 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90067 

Century  City  Hospital 
Center  for  Geriatric  Health 
Geriatric  Day  Hospital 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90067 

Cerritos  College 
Norwalk,CA  90650 
MSN  PROGRAM 


CHW:  St.  Francis  Medical  Center 
Lynwood,  CA  90262 

CHW:  St.  Mary's  Medical  Center 
Long  Beach,  CA  90262 

Circle  of  Friends  ADHC 
Inglewood,  CA  90302 

City  of  Hope 
Duarte,  CA  91010 

College  of  the  Canyons 
Santa  Clarita,  CA  91355 

Compton  ADHC 

East  Rancho  Dominguez,  CA  90221 

Corinne  Seeds  University  Elem.  School  /  UCLA, 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90095-1619 

Crown  ADHC 
Pasadena,  C A  91101 

CSUN  Health  Center 
Northridge,  C A  91330 

Culver  City  Unified  School  District 
Culver  City,  CA  90230 

Cypress  College 
Anaheim,  C A  92801 

Daniel  Freeman  Memorial  Hospital 
Inglewood,  CA  90301 

East  Los  Angeles  College 
Monterey  Park,  CA  91754 
MSN  PROGRAM 


AGENCIES  /  AFFILIATES 


375 


El  Camino  College 
Torrance,  CA  90506 
MSN  PROGRAM 


Kaiser-  Sunset 

Los  Angeles,  CA  90027 


Encino  Tarzana  Regional  Medical  Center 
Encino,  CA  91436 


Kaiser-  Woodland  Hills 
Woodland  Hills,  CA  91365 


First  Choice  Adult  Day  Health  Care 
Los  Angeles,  C A  90061 


Kaiser-  Senior  Services 
Los  Angeles,  C A  90010 


Garfield  Medical 
Monterey  Park,  CA  91754 


The  Kensington 
Alhambra,  CA  91803 


Glendale  Adult  Health  Care 
Glendale,  CA  91201 


Little  Company  of  Mary  Hospital 
Torrance,  CA  90503 


Glendale  Community  College 
Glendale,  C A  91238 


Little  Company  of  Mary  Hospital 
San  Pedro,  CA  90732 


Glendale  Gardens  ADHC 
Glendale,  CA 


Long  Beach  Memorial  Medical  Center 
Long  Beach,  CA  90806 


Glendale  Health  Center  (Public  Health  Dept.) 
Glendale,  CA  91206 

CHW:  Glendale  Memorial  Hospital  &  Health 

Center, 

Glendale,  CA  91203 

Good  Samaritan  Hospital 
Los  Angeles,  C A  90017 

Harbor  -  UCLA  Medical  Center 
Torrance,  CA  90509-2910 

Henry  Mayo  Newhall  Memorial  Hospital 
Valencia,  C A  91355 

Hoag  Memorial  Hospital 
Newport  Beach,  CA  92658 

Hollywood/Wilshire  Health  Center  (Public  Health 

Dept.) 

Los  Angeles,  CA  90038 

Human  Services  Association-MSSP 
Bell  Gardens,  CA  90201-4958 

Huntington  Memorial  Hospital 

Jewish  Family  Service 
West  Hollywood,  CA  90046 

Kaiser  Bellflower 
Bellflower,  CA 

Kaiser  Harbor  City 
Harbor  City,  CA  907 10 

Kaiser  Panorama  City 
Panorama  City,  CA  91402 
Kaiser  West  LA 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90034 


Los  Angeles  Harbor  College 
Wilmington,  CA  90744 
MSN  PROGRAM 

Los  Angeles  Southwest  College 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90047 
MSN  PROGRAM 

Los  Angeles  Mission  Community  Clinic 
Los  Angeles,  C A  90013 

Motion  Picture  and  Television  Fund 
Woodland  Hills,  CA  91364-2792 

Motion  Picture  and  Television  Fund 
Toluca,CA  91505 

Moorpark  JC 
Moorpark,  CA  93021 
MSN  PROGRAM 

Mount  St.  Jacinto  College 
San  Jacinto,  CA  92583 
MSN  PROGRAM 

Northridge  Hospital  Medical  Center 
Northridge,  CA  91328 

Northrup  Grumman  Medical  Group 
El  Segundo,  CA  90245 

One  Generation  Adult  Day  Health  Program 
VanNuys,  CA  91406 

Partners  Adult  Day  Health  Care  Center 
Jewish  Family  Services  of  Los  Angeles 
West  Hollywood,  CA  90046 


376  AGENCIES  /  AFFILIATES 


Partners  for  Healthy  Kids 
Pasadena  City  College 
Pasadena,  C A  91106 

Pasadena  Unified  School  District 
Pasadena,  C A  91109 

Presbyterian  Intercommunity 
LaMirada,CA  90638 

Project  Achieve 
Glendale,  CA  91204 

Public  Health  Agency 

Los  Angeles,  Alhambra,  Inglewood, 

Canoga,  Van  Nuys,  Hollywood-Wilshire 

Partners  in  Care  Foundation-MSSP 
Burbank,  CA  91502 

QueensCare  Health  and  Faith  Partnership 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90027 

Rio  Hondo  College 
Whittier,CA  90601 
MSN  PROGRAM 

S.  Mark  Taper  Foundation  ADHC 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 

Saddle  Back  College 
Mission  Viejo,  CA  92692 
MSN  PROGRAM 


St.  John  of  God  Retirement  &  Care  Ctr. 
Los  Angeles,  C A  90018 

St.  John's  Health  Center. 
Santa  Monica,  CA  90404 

St.  Mary's  Medical  Center 
Long  Beach,  CA  90813-3393 

St.  Vincent's  Hospital 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 

Sunnyside  Rehab  and  Nursing  Center 
Torrance,  CA  90502 

South  Health  Center  (Public  Health  Dept.) 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90002 

Torrance  Memorial  Medical  Center 
Torrance,  CA  90505-5873 

Trinity  Care  Hospice 
Torrance,  CA  90505 
Valley,  Mission  Hills,  CA  91345 

UCLA  Medical  Center 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90024 

UCLA-  Santa  Monica 
Santa  Monica,  CA  90404 

UCLA  Neuropsychiatric 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90024-1759 


San  Pedro  Peninsula  Hospital 
San  Pedro,  CA  90732 

Santa  Ana  College 

Santa  Ana,  CA      MSN  PROGRAM 

Santa  Monica  /  Malibu  USD 
Santa  Monica,  CA  90404-3891 

Santa  Monica/UCLA  Medical  Center 
Santa  Monica,  CA  90404 


United  American  Indian  Involvement,  Inc. 
Los  Angeles,  C A  90017 

USC  University  Hospital 
Los  Angeles,  C A  90017 

Valley  Presbyterian 

Van  Nuys,  CA  91409-9102 

VA  Sepulveda  Ambulatory  Care  Center 
North  Hills,  CA  91343 


Senior  Care  Action,  Network  Health  Plan-MSSP, 
Signal  Hill,  CA  90806 

Senior  Care  Network  -  MSSP 
Pasadena,  CA  91 105-2619 

Sherman  Oaks  Hospital 
Grossman  Burn  Center 

Sinai  Adult  Day  Health  Care 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90035 


VA  West  Los  Angeles  Healthcare  Center 
(Greater  Los  Angeles  Healthcare  System) 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90073 

Ventura  College 
Ventura,  CA  93003 

VNA  Care 
Glendale,  CA  91206 

Western  Medical  Center 
Santa  Ana,  CA  92705 


AGENCIES  /  AFFILIATES 


377 


Westside  Children's  Center 
Culver  City,  CA  90230 

Westside  Regional  Center 
(Health  &  Medical  Services) 
Culver  City,  CA  90230 


Westwood  Adult  Day  Health  Care  Center 
West  Los  Angeles,  CA  90064 

White  Memorial  Medical  Center 
Los  Angeles,  CA 


Physical  Therapy  Program: 
Clinical  Affiliates 


A  Physical  Therapy  Alternative,  Inc. 
Santa  Monica,  CA  90404 


CCS-Kern  County 
Bakersfield,  CA  93305 


Alameda  County  Medical  Center 
San  Leandro,  CA 


CCS-Los  Angeles  Co. 
El  Monte,  Ca  91731 


Albert  Einstein  Medical  Center 
Philadelphia,  PA  19141 

Alhambra  Hospital  Rehab  Center 
Alhambra,CA  91801 


CCS-Orange:  Regional  Coordinator 
Santa  Ana,  C A  92701 

CCS-Riverside  (Central  Office) 
Riverside,  CA  92513 


Alvarado  Medical  Center/SDRI 
San  Diego,  CA  92120 

Anberry  Rehab  Hospital 
Atwater,  CA  95301 

Ando  &  Aston  Physical  Therapy 
Anaheim  Hills,  CA  92807 


CCS-San  Bernardino 
Montclair,  CA  91763 

CCS-San  Diego 

San  Diego,  C A  92 120 

CCS-San  Luis  Obispo 
Oceano,  Ca  93445 


Baby  and  Baby,  Inc. 
Culver  City,  CA  90066 

Bakersfield  Memorial  Hospital 
Bakersfield,  CA  93301 


CCS-San  Rafael 

San  Rafael,  CA  94903 

CCS-Ventura 
Ventura,  CA  93003 


Brotman  Medical  Center 
Culver  City,  CA  90231 


CCS-Ventura 
Oxnard,  CA  93036 


California  Pacific  Medical  Center 
San  Francisco,  CA  941 15 

Carondelet  St.  Josephses  Hospital 
Tucson,  AZ  85711 

Casa  Colina  Centers  for  Rehabilitation 
Ponoma,  CA  91767 

CCS-Contra  Costa  Co. 
Alamo,  CA  94507 


Cedars-Sinai  Medical  Center 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90048 

CenterlMT  Los  Angeles 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90045 

Centinela  Hospital  Medical  Center 
Inglewood,  C A  90301 

Centre  for  Neuro  Skills 
Bakersfield,  CA  93306 


378  AGENCIES  /  AFFILIATES 


Chapman  Medical  Center 
Orange,  CA  92669 


E  &  L  Associates 
La  Mesa,  CA  91942 


Children's  Hospital  Central  California 
Madera,  CA  93638 


Eden  Medical  Center 
Castro  Valley,  CA  94546 


Children's  Hospital  Los  Angeles 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90027 


Eisenhower  Medical  Center 
Rancho  Mirage,  CA  92270 


Children's  Hospital  of  Orange  County 
Orange,  CA  92868 


Elite  Performance  Physical  Therapy 
Newport  Beach,  CA  92660 


City  of  hope  Medical  Center 
Duarte,  CA  91010 


Encino*/Tarzana  Regional  Medical  Center 
Encino,CA  91356 


Coast  Physical  Therapy 
Oxnard,  CA  93030 


Enloe  Medical  Center/Rehab  Center 
Chico,  CA  95926 


Coast  PT  &  Sports  Medicine 
La  Jolla,CA  92037 


Felix  Canout  Rehab  Services 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


Cognitive  Rehab  Services 
Redondo  Beach,  CA  90278 


Fortanasce  &  Associates 
Arcadia,  CA  91007 


Community  Memorial  Hospital 
Ventura,  CA  93003 


Fountain  Valley  Regional  Hospital  &  Medical  Ctr. 
Fountain  Valley,  CA  92708 


Continental  Rehab  Hospital 
San  Diego,  C A  92103 


French  Hospital  Medical  Center 
San  Luis  Obispo,  CA  93401 


Corona  Del  Mar  Rehab,  Inc. 
Corona  del  Mar,  CA  92625 


Garfield  Medical  Center/Tenet 
Monterey,  CA  91754 


Corona  Regional  Medical  Center 
Corona,  CA  91720 


Glendale  Adventist  Medical  Center 
Glendale,CA  91206 


Country  Villa  Health  Services 
Marina  Del  Rey,  CA  90292 


Glendale  Memorial  Hospital 
Glendale,  CA  91204 


CPMC  -  Davies  Campus 
San  Francisco,  C A  941 14 


Goleta  Valley  Cottage  Hospital 
Santa  Barbara,  CA  93 1 1 1 


CVMC/Intercommunity  Medical  Center 
Covina,CA  91722 


Good  Samaritan  Hospital 
Los  Angeles,  C A  900 17 


Cypress  Center 

Pacific  Palisades,  CA  90272 


Good  Samaritan  Hospital 
San  Jose,  CA  95124 


Dagostino  Physical  Therapy 
Oceanside,  CA  92056 


Hairston  &  Daley  PT 
Santa  Ana,  CA  92705 


Dominican  Hospital 
Santa  Cruz,  CA  95065 


Harbor-UCLA  Medical  Center 
Torrance,  CA  90509 


Downey  Regional  Medical  Center 
Downey,  C A  90241 


Harborview  Medical  Center 
Seattle,  WA  98104 


AGENCIES  /  AFFILIATES 


379 


Health  One  LLC 
Denver,  CO  80237 


LDS  Hospital 

Salt  Lake  City,  UT  84143 


HealthCare  Partners  PT 
Torrance,  CA  90505 


Legacy  Health  System 
Portland,  OR  97209 


Henry  Mayo  Newhall  Memorial  Hospital 
Valencia,  CA  91355 


Little  Company  of  Mary  Hospital 
Torrence,  CA  90503 


Hetrick  Center 
Middletown,  PA  17057 


Long  Beach  Memorial  Medical  Center 
Long  Beach,  C A  90801 


Hoag  Memorial  Hospital  Presbyterian 
Newport  Beach,  CA  92658 


Los  Robles  Regional  Med  Center 
Thousand  Oaks,  CA  91360 


Holy  Spirit  Hospital  System 
Camp  Hill,  PA  17011 


Magnolia  Physical  Therapy 
Huntington  Beach,  CA  92646 


Human  Performance  Center 
Santa  Barbara,  C A  93105 


Mariners  Physical  Therapy 
Costa  Mesa,  CA  92626 


Huntington  Memorial  Hospital 
Pasadena,  CA  91 109 


Mercy  Healthcare  Sacramento 
Sacramento,  CA  95819 


Organizational  &  Staff  Development 
Phoenix,  AZ  85020 


Mercy  Healthcare  Ventura  Co 
Oxnard,  CA  93030 


Joyner  Sports  Medicine 
Harrisburg,  PA  17111 


Mercy  Hospital  (Bakersfield) 
Bakersfield,CA93301 


Kaiser-  Woodland  Hills 
Woodland  Hills,  CA  91365 


Mercy  Medical  Center 
Redding,  CA  96049 


Kaiser  Foundation  Hospital 
Honolulu,  HI  96819 


Methodist  Hospital  of  South  CA 
Arcadia,  CA  91007 


Kaiser  Sunnyside  Medical  Center 
Clackamas,  OR  97015 


MHS-  Mercy  General  Hospital 
Sacramento,  CA  95819 


Kapolani  MC  for  Women  &  Children 
Honolulu,  HI  96826 


Mills  Health  Center 
San  Mateo,  C A  94401 


Kate  Grace  Physical  Therapy 
San  Diego,  C A  92122 


Mills-  Peninsula  Med  Center 
Burlingame,  CA  94010 


Kaweah  Delta  Health  Care  Center 
Visalia,  CA  93291 


Northridge  Hospital  Med  Center 
Northridge,  CA  91328 


Kentfield  Rehab  Hospital 
Kentfield,  CA  94904 


Olive  View-UCLA  Med  Center 
Sylmar,  CA  91342 


Kuakini  Medical  Center 
Honolulu,  HI  96817 


Orthopedic  Rehab  Specialist 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90007 


La  Palma  Intercommunity  Hospital 
La  Palma,  CA  90623 


Paulseth  &  Associates  PT,  Inc. 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90067 


380           AGENCIES  /  AFFILIATES 

■ 

Pediatric  Therapy  Network 
Torrance,  CA  90501 

Rehabilitation  Management  Services 
Beverly  Hills,  CA  90211 

Physical  Therapist  Specialists,  Inc. 
Beverly  Hills,  CA  902 11 

Robert  H.  Ballard  Rehab  Hospital-  CMS 
San  Bernardino,  C A  92411 

PRN  Ergonomics  Services 
Milpitas,  CA  95035 

Saddleback  Memorial  Med  Center 
Laguna  Hills,  CA  92653 

Physiotherapy  Associates 
Hayward,  CA  94541 

San  Antonio  Community  Hospital 
Upland,  CA  91786 

Physiotherapy  Associates 
San  Francisco,  C A  941 15 

San  Diego  Hospital  Association 
San  Diego,  CA  92123 

Physiotherapy  Associates/  BAK 
Burlingame,  CA94010 

San  Gabriel  Valley  Medical  Center 
Laguna  Hills,  CA  92653 

Pomona  Valley  Hospital  Medical  Center 
Pomona,  CA  91767 

San  Pedro  Peninsula  Hospital 
San  Pedro,  CA  90732 

Presbyterian  Intercommunity  Hospital 
Whittier,  CA  90602 

Santa  Barbara  Cottage  Hospital 
Santa  Barbara,  CA  93 102 

Progressive  PT 
Tarzana,  CA  91356 


Santa  Clara  Valley  Med  Center 
San  Jose,  CA  95 128 


Providence  Holy  Cross  Med  Center 
Mission  Hills,  CA  91346 


Santa  Monica  UCLA  Med  Center 
Santa  Monica,  CA  90404 


Providence  Holy  Cross  Med  Center 
Mission  Hills,  CA  91346 


Scripps  Memorial  Hospital 
Chula  Vista,  CA  91910 


Providence  St.  Joseph  Med  Center 
Burbank,CA  91505 


Scripps  Mercy  Hospital 
San  Diego,  CA  92130 


Queen  of  Angels/  Hollywood  Pres  MC 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90027 


Scripps-Shiley  Sports  &  Health  Center 
La  Jolla,  CA  92037 


Rancho  Los  Amigos  National  Rehab  Center 
Downey,  CA  90242 


Sharp  Grossmont  Hospital-Brier 
La  Mesa,  CA  91942 


Redlands  Community  Hospital 
Redlands,  CA  92373 


Sharp  Healthcare 
San  Diego,  C A  92123 


Rehab  Hospital  of  Nevada-  Reno 
Reno,  NV  89520 


Sherman  Oaks  Hospital  &  Health  Center 
Sherman  Oaks,  CA  91403 


Rehab  Hospital  of  the  Pacific 
Honolulu,  HI  96817 


Shriner's  Hospital  for  Children 
Honolulu,  HI  96826 


Rehab  Institute  of  Santa  Barbara 
Santa  Barbara,  C A  93 105 


Shriner's  Hospital  for  Crippled  Children 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90020 


Rehab  Institute  of  So  California 
Orange,  CA  92866 


Sierra  Vista  Hospital 

San  Luis  Obispo,  CA  93401 


Rehab  Care  Group,  Inc. 
St.  Louis,  MO  63105 


Simi  Valley  Hospital 
Simi  Valley,  CA  93065 


AGENCIES  /  AFFILIATES 


381 


So.  Bay  Rehab/  Paradise  Valley  Hospital 
National  City,  CA  91950 

Sports  Medicine  Institute 
Orange,  CA  92868 

St.  Bernardine  Med  Center 
San  Bernardino,  CA  92404 

St.  Francis  Medical  Center 
Lynwood,  CA  90262 

St.  Francis  Medical  Center 
Honolulu,  Hi  96817 

St.  John's  Hospital  &  Health  Center 
Santa  Monica,  CA  90404 

St.  John's  Pleasant  Valley  Hospital 
Camarillo,  C A  93010 

St.  John's  Regional  Medical  Center 
Oxnard,  CA  93030 

St.  Joseph  Hospital 
Orange,  CA  92868 

St.  Joseph's  Hospital  &  Med  Center 
Phoenix,  AZ  85013 

St.  Jude  Med  Center 
Fullerton,  CA  92635 

St.  Mary's  Med  Center  Long  Beach 
Long  Beach,  C  A  90813 

St.  Mary's  Regional  Med  Center 
Reno,  NV  89520 

St.  Vincent's  Med  Center 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 

Stanford  Hospital  &  Clinics 
Stanford,  CA  94305 

Summerlin  Hospital  &  Med  Center 
Morganville,  NJ  07751 


Tuality  Community  Hospital 
Hillsboro,  OR  97123 

Tustin  Hospital  Med  Center 
Tustin,  CA  92680 

Twin  Oaks  PT 

San  Marcos,  CA  92078 

UC  Irvine  Med  Center 
Orange,  CA  92668 

UCLA  Rehab  Services 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90024 

VA  Med  Center 
Long  Beach,  CA  90822 

VA  Med  Center 
LaJolla,  C A  92161 

VA  Med  Center 

Los  Angeles,  CA  90073 

VA  Palo  Alto  Health  Care  System 
Palo  Alto,  CA  94303 

Valley  Presbyterian  Hospital 
Van  Nuys,CA  91405 

Washoe  Med  Center 
Reno,  NV  89502 

Water  PT  Specialist 
Venice,  C A  90291 

West  Hills  Reg  Medical  Center 
West  Hills,  CA  91307 

Westside  Spine  &  Joint  Rehab 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90024 

White  Memorial  Medical  Center 
Los  Angeles,  CA  9003 


Terrio  Therapy/  Fitness 
Bakersfield,  CA  93308 

The  Queens  Med  Center 
Honolulu,  HI  96813 

Torrance  Memorial  Hospital 
Torrance,  CA  90509 

Torrance  Physical  Therapy 
Torrance,  CA  90503 


Tri-City  Medical  Center 
Oceanside,  CA  92056 


INDEX    382 


INDEX 


AA  Nursing  Program  Tuition 25 

Academic  Advisement 49,  70 

Academic  Advisement  Center 70 

Academic  Calendar 4,  10 

Academic  Dishonesty 39-41 

Academic  Information ,33 

Academic  Integrity 39 

Academic  Internship 38 

Academic  Petitions 41,  88 

Academic  Policies 

Associate  in  Arts  Degree 45-49 

Baccalaureate  Degree  Programs 57-69 

Graduate  Degree  Programs 83-88 

Undergraduate  Programs 33-44 

Academic  Probation 87 

Academic/Student  Affairs  Staff 359-361 

Academic  Support  Services 

Associate  Programs 49-5 1 

Baccalaureate  Programs 70-78 

Accelerated  Baccalaureate  Nursing 

Program 244-246 

Accreditation 2 

Activities 

Associate 54 

Baccalaureate 73 

Administrative  Officers 358,  362 

Admissions 

Undergraduate 16 

Graduate  Students 81 

AA  Nursing  Program 228 

International  Students 20 

Transfer  Students 18 

BA  Weekend  College 19 

Advanced  Placement 20 

Advanced  Standing 43 

Advanced  Religious  Studies 314 

Affirmative  Action 2 

Alumnae  Association 6 

Alumnae  Scholarship 21 

Ambassador  Program 55,  69 

America  Institute  for  Foreign  Study 

AIFS 71 

American  Studies 90-92 

Application  for  Graduation 44,  75 

Applied  Music  Faculty 373 

Archives 9 

Art  Majors/Minors 94-101 

Art/Music  Requirement 59 

Arts  and  Sciences  Requirement 59-62 

Associate  in  Arts  Degree  Program .  .  .  6,7,45-49 
Athletics. (see  Fitness  Education) 

Attendance 37 

Audit 34 

Baccalaureate  Degree  Program 7,  57-69 

Biochemistry 102-103 


Biological  Sciences  Major 104 

Board  of  Trustees 358 

Border  Links 72 

Business  Administration 111-130 

Accounting 111-113 

Associate  Degree 120-121 

Double  Major 115 

English  &  Business 116 

Entrepreneur  Certificate 122 

International  Business 111,113 

Majors Ill 

Management 1 12,  1 13 

Marketing 1 12,  1 13 

Minor 121 

Spanish  &  Business 117,  346 

Weekend  College 118 

Business  Management  Staff 362 

Calendar,  Academic 4,  10 

Campus  Ministry 

Chalon  Campus 73 

Doheny  Campus 51 

Career  Planning  Center 

Chalon  Campus 74 

Doheny  Campus 52 

Center  for  Cultural  Fluency 9 

Certificate  Programs 

Advanced  Religious  Studies 314 

Catechetical  Ministry 316 

Counseling 296 

Gerontology. 189 

Graduate  Religious  Studies 314 

Music  Ministry 221 

Pastoral  Ministry 315 

Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministry 314 

Pastoral  Care/Counseling 312 

Youth  and  Young  Adult 315 

Chalon  Campus  &  Map 12,  13 

Chemistry 132-134 

Child  Development 135-137 

Child  Development  Center 19 

Classification  of  Students 44 

Class  Level 44 

Coe  Library 9 

College  Skills 50 

Commencement/Graduation 36,  67 

Communication  (Sociology) 336 

Commuter  Services 77 

Comprehensive  Student  Fee 26 

Computer  Information  Science  Minor .  138-139 

Computer  Labs 51 

Computer  Programming  Minor 216 

Concurrent  enrollment 44 

Contemporary  Econ  or  Politics    

Requirement 62 


383    INDEX 


Counseling  Services 

Chalon  Campus 75 

Doheny  Campus 53 

Course  Fees .26 

Course  Load 83 

Course  Numbers  and  Designation 91 

Courses  of  Instruction 89 

Credential  Programs 153 

Credit 

By  exam 42,  87 

Credit/No  Credit  grade 35,  86 

Credit  Load 48 

Transfer 42,86,313 

Criminology 333 

Critical  Thinking 59 

Cross-Registration,  UCLA,  UJ 72 

Cultural  Studies  Minor 140,  210 

Dean's  List 36 

Deferred  Payments 30 

Degree  Programs 6,  45,  57,  79 

Graduate 79-88 

Undergraduate 45,  57 

Degree  Requirements 

Associate 46-47 

Baccalaureate 57-69 

Graduate 79-87 

Deposit 

Housing 25 

Tuition 25 

Designation  of  Credits  and  Courses 89 

Directed  Study/Independent  Study 38 

Disability  Policy 11,  41,  75 

Dismissal 40,  88 

Disqualification 40 

Diversity  Requirement 65 

Doctor  in  Physical  Therapy 269-279 

Doctoral  Degree  Program 269 

Documentary  Film 181 

Doheny  Campus  &  Map 14 

Double  Baccalaureate 67 

Double  Counting  Courses 67 

Double  Major 67 

Early  Childhood  Education 143-144 

Economics  Courses 141 

Education 142-171 

Admission  to  credential  status 147 

Admission  to  program 81 

Baccalaureate  Degree 144 

Credentials 142 

Course  descriptions 158-171 

Graduate  Program 155-171 

Elementary  Teaching 142,  144 

Employment,  Student 24 

ENLACES 296 

English  Major/Minor 172-180 

Examinations 

Course  (Credit  by  Exam) 42,  87 

Placement 37 


Expenses 

Tuition  and  Fees 25 

Faculty 363 

Family  Education  and  Privacy  Act 10 

Family  Relations  (Sociology) 337 

Federal  Nursing  Loans 23 

Federal  Parent  Loans 23 

Fees  (Tuition  &  Fees) 25-27 

Film  Major 181 

Financial  Aid 21 

First  Year  Merit  Award 21 

Fitness  Education 53,  75 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 63 

French  Major/Minor 185 

FPLUS  (Federal  Parent  Loans  for 

Undergrad  Students) 23 

General  Studies  Curriculum 58-66 

Double  counting 67 

Requirements 46-47,  59-66 

Gerontology  Major 188 

Gerontology  Minor 189 

Certificate 190 

Global  Studies 334 

Grades  and  Grading  Policies 

Graduate 85 

Undergraduate 33 

Grade  Point  Average  (GPA) 33,  85 

Graduation  GPA  Requirement 57,  85 

Graduate  Council 88 

Graduate  Degree  Programs 79-88 

Academic  Policies 83-87 

Admission  Policies 81 

Application  for  Graduation 84 

Graduate  Program  Application 81 

Graduate  Program  Tuition 25 

Graduate  Religious  Studies 307 

Certificates 312 

Graduation 44,  84 

Graduation/Commencement  Date 4 

Graduation  with  honors 47,  68 

Grants 2 1 

Grievance  Procedure 40,  88 

Health  and  Accident  Insurance 28 

Health  and  Human  Services  Major 191 

Health  Insurance  Waiver 28 

Health  Service 

Chalon  Campus 77 

Doheny  Campus 55 

Hispanic  Pastoral  Ministry 322-328 

History  Majors/Minors 192 

History  Requirements 60 

History  of  the  College 5 

Honors 

Dean's  List 36 

Graduation  with 48,  68 

Societies 37 

Honors  Program 69 

Housing  Deposit 26 


INDEX    384 


Human  Rights  (Sociology) 334 

Human  Services  Program 191 

Humanities  Major 198-207 

Incomplete  Grade 35,  86 

Independent  Study 38 

Instructional  Media  Center 9 

Institute  for  Student  Academic 

Enrichment(ISAE) 53,  75 

Institutional  Loans 23 

Insurance,  Health  and  Accident 27 

Intercampus  Transfer 48 

Scholarship 22 

To  Baccalaureate 22 

ToAccBSN 244 

Interdisciplinary  Courses 350 

International  Business  Emphasis 113 

Internships 38 

Japanese 208 

Journalism 209 

Keck  Toddler  Center 15 

Language  and  Culture 210 

Leadership  Program 

Chalon  Campus 78 

Doheny  Campus 56 

Leadership  Program 78 

Learning  Assistance  Program 75 

Learning  Resource  Center 49 

Leave  of  Absence 41 

Legal  Responsibility  of  College 11 

Liberal  Arts 

AA.  Program 211 

B.A.  Major  (Weekend  College) 212 

Liberal  Studies  Major 213-215 

Library  Facilities 9,  51,  70 

Loans 

Information  . 22-23 

Federal  Nursing  Loan 23 

FPLUS  (Federal  Parent  Loans  for 

Undergrad  Students) 23 

Federal  Stafford  Loan 23 

Institutional  Loans 23 

Short-term  Loans 23 

Majors  Offered 

Associate  in  Arts  Degree 45 

Baccalaureate  Degrees 57 

Master  of  Arts  in  Humanities 198 

Master  of  Arts  in  Religious  Studies 307 

Master  of  Science  in  Counseling 

Psychology 294-306 

Master  of  Science  in  Education 155 

Master  of  Science  in  Nursing 253 

Masters  Degree  Programs 79 

Mathematics 216 

Mathematics  Requirements 61 

McCarthy  Library 51 

Meal  Plans 29 

Medical  Sociology 334 

Minor  Policy 68 


Mission  Statement 5 

Modern  Language  Requirement 62-63 

Music  Majors/Minors 221-227 

Music  Scholarship 21 

Natural  and  Physical  Sciences 61 

Non  Degree  Seeking  Graduate 

Students 84 

Nondiscrimination  Policy 2 

Non-matriculating  students 84 

Nursing  Fee .....26,  28 

Nursing  Loans 23 

Nursing  Program 228-256 

Associate 228 

Baccalaureate 239 

Masters 253 

Cooperating  Agencies 374-377 

Off-Campus  Student  Employment 24 

On  Campus  Student  Employment 23 

Orientation 53,  76 

Parking  Fee 28 

Petitions 41,88 

Philosophy  Majors/Minors 257-263 

Philosophy  Requirement 64 

Physical  Education 264-267 

Physical  Science  Courses 268 

Physical  Therapy  Degree  Program 

Doctoral  Degree 269-279 

Clinical  Affiliates 377-381 

Physics  Courses 280 

Placement  Examination 37 

Political  Science 281-287 

Pre-Dental  Program 132 

Pre-Health  Program 288 

Pre-Law  Minor 290 

Pre-Medical  Program 132 

President's  Cabinet 358 

President's  Scholarship 22 

Probation  (Academic) 40 

Psychology  Courses 297-306 

Psychology  Majors/Minors 291-306 

Baccalaureate 291 

Certificates 296 

Master  of  Science 294 

Quantitative  Literacy 66 

Race  Studies  (Sociology) 335 

Readmission 

Graduate 83 

Undergraduate 18 

Regents  Council 360 

Religious  Commitment 6 

Religious  Studies 307-328 

Baccalaureate  Degree 307 

Graduate  Degree 312 

Certificate  Programs 314 

Religious  Studies  Courses 316-328 

Religious  Studies  Requirement 63 

Repetition  of  Courses 86 

Residence  Costs 28 


385    INDEX 


Residence  Life 

Chalon 76 

Doheny 54 

Residence  Life  Office 54,  76 

Residence  Requirements 

Associate  Program 45 

Baccalaureate  Program 67 

Graduate 83 

Room  Deposit 25,28 

Scholarships 21 

Science  Requirement 61 

Scholar  Mentor  Program 76 

Second  Baccalaureate 68 

Second  Major 68 

Secondary  Teaching 145 

Service  Learning 52 

Sexual  Harassment 10 

Short-term  Loans 23 

Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  College-Consortium 

Exchange 72 

Skills  Program 51 

Social  and  Behavioral  Science 

Requirement 62 

Social  Justice  (Film) 181 

Social  Services  (Sociology) 336 

Social  Science 329-330 

Social  Work 331-332 

Sociology  Major/Minor 333-344 

Spanish  Major/Minor 345-349 

Special  Education 

Mild-Moderate  Disabilities 150,  153 

Special  Programs 350-353 

Speech  Courses 354 

Student  Activities 

Associate 54 

Baccalaureate 73 

Student  Affairs 

Chalon  Campus 73-78 

Doheny  Campus 51-56 

Student  Employment 23 

Student  Health  Services 

Chalon 77 

Doheny 55 

Student  Health  and  Accident  Insurance 27 

Student  Responsibility 83 

Student  Services 

Associate  Programs 49-53 

Baccalaureate  Programs 70-78 

Student  Support  Services  (ISAE) 53,  75 

Study  Away 71 

Summer  Skills 51 

Supervised  Teaching 151 

Table  of  Contents 3 

Teacher  Education  Cooperating  Staff 372 

Teacher  Preparation  Programs 147 

Technology  Policy 11 

Transcripts 41 


Transfer 18 

Admission  procedures 18 

Credits 42,  86 

Transfer  Scholarship 21 

Trustees,  Board  of 358 

Tuition  and  Fees 25 

Deposit 25 

Tuition  Discount  (MSMC 

Graduate  Students) 22 

Tuition  Payment  Options 29 

Tuition  Refund  Policy 30 

Unauthorized  Withdrawal 35,  87 

UCLA  Cross-Registration 72 

UJ  Cross-Registration 73 

Undergraduate  Academic  Policies 45,  57 

Undergraduate  Tuition 25 

Undergraduate  Tuition  Deposit 25 

Unit  (Academic  Load) 83 

Washington  Semester  Program 72 

Weekend  College 7 

Admissions 19 

Information 7 

Tuition 25 

Withdrawal 

From  college 40,  87 

From  courses 35,  87 

Women's  Leadership 56 

Women's  Studies 355 

Youth  Ministry  Program 315 


..  •*•- 


-  $$M 


- 


.  ,-^lr-;' 


MOUNT 

ST.  MARYS 
COLLEGE 


haiofi  cammis 


los  Angeles,  ca  90049 
(310)  954-4000 


,os  Angeles,  ca  9000 


13)  477-25'